PROBLEM 2.1 Two forces are applied to an eye bolt fastened to a beam. Determine graphically the magnitude and direction of their resultant using (a) the parallelogram law, (b) the triangle rule. SOLUTION (a) (b) R = 8.4 kN We measure: α = 19° R = 8.4 kN 1 19° PROBLEM 2.2 The cable stays AB and AD help support pole AC. Knowing that the tension is 500 N in AB and 160 N in AD, determine graphically the magnitude and direction of the resultant of the forces exerted by the stays at A using (a) the parallelogram law, (b) the triangle rule. SOLUTION We measure: α = 51.3°, β = 59° (a) (b) We measure: R = 575 N, α = 67° R = 575 N 2 67° PROBLEM 2.3 Two forces P and Q are applied as shown at point A of a hook support. Knowing that P = 15 lb and Q = 25 lb, determine graphically the magnitude and direction of their resultant using (a) the parallelogram law, (b) the triangle rule. SOLUTION (a) (b) R = 37 lb, α = 76° We measure: R = 37 lb 3 76° PROBLEM 2.4 Two forces P and Q are applied as shown at point A of a hook support. Knowing that P = 45 lb and Q = 15 lb, determine graphically the magnitude and direction of their resultant using (a) the parallelogram law, (b) the triangle rule. SOLUTION (a) (b) We measure: R = 61.5 lb, α = 86.5° R = 61.5 lb 4 86.5° PROBLEM 2.5 Two control rods are attached at A to lever AB. Using trigonometry and knowing that the force in the left-hand rod is F1 = 120 N, determine (a) the required force F2 in the right-hand rod if the resultant R of the forces exerted by the rods on the lever is to be vertical, (b) the corresponding magnitude of R. SOLUTION Graphically, by the triangle law F2 ≅ 108 N We measure: R ≅ 77 N By trigonometry: Law of Sines F2 R 120 = = sin α sin 38° sin β α = 90° − 28° = 62°, β = 180° − 62° − 38° = 80° Then: F2 R 120 N = = sin 62° sin 38° sin 80° or (a) F2 = 107.6 N (b) 5 R = 75.0 N PROBLEM 2.6 Two control rods are attached at A to lever AB. Using trigonometry and knowing that the force in the right-hand rod is F2 = 80 N, determine (a) the required force F1 in the left-hand rod if the resultant R of the forces exerted by the rods on the lever is to be vertical, (b) the corresponding magnitude of R. SOLUTION Using the Law of Sines F1 R 80 = = sin α sin 38° sin β α = 90° − 10° = 80°, β = 180° − 80° − 38° = 62° Then: F1 R 80 N = = sin 80° sin 38° sin 62° or (a) F1 = 89.2 N (b) R = 55.8 N 6 PROBLEM 2.7 The 50-lb force is to be resolved into components along lines a-a′ and b-b′. (a) Using trigonometry, determine the angle α knowing that the component along a-a′ is 35 lb. (b) What is the corresponding value of the component along b-b′ ? SOLUTION Using the triangle rule and the Law of Sines sin β sin 40° = 35 lb 50 lb (a) sin β = 0.44995 β = 26.74° α + β + 40° = 180° Then: α = 113.3° (b) Using the Law of Sines: Fbb′ 50 lb = sin α sin 40° Fbb′ = 71.5 lb 7 PROBLEM 2.8 The 50-lb force is to be resolved into components along lines a-a′ and b-b′. (a) Using trigonometry, determine the angle α knowing that the component along b-b′ is 30 lb. (b) What is the corresponding value of the component along a-a′ ? SOLUTION Using the triangle rule and the Law of Sines (a) sin α sin 40° = 30 lb 50 lb sin α = 0.3857 α = 22.7° (b) α + β + 40° = 180° β = 117.31° Faa′ 50 lb = sin β sin 40° sin β Faa′ = 50 lb sin 40° Faa′ = 69.1 lb 8 PROBLEM 2.9 To steady a sign as it is being lowered, two cables are attached to the sign at A. Using trigonometry and knowing that α = 25°, determine (a) the required magnitude of the force P if the resultant R of the two forces applied at A is to be vertical, (b) the corresponding magnitude of R. SOLUTION Using the triangle rule and the Law of Sines Have: α = 180° − ( 35° + 25° ) = 120° Then: P R 360 N = = sin 35° sin120° sin 25° or (a) P = 489 N (b) R = 738 N 9 PROBLEM 2.10 To steady a sign as it is being lowered, two cables are attached to the sign at A. Using trigonometry and knowing that the magnitude of P is 300 N, determine (a) the required angle α if the resultant R of the two forces applied at A is to be vertical, (b) the corresponding magnitude of R. SOLUTION Using the triangle rule and the Law of Sines (a) Have: 360 N 300 N = sin α sin 35° sin α = 0.68829 α = 43.5° β = 180 − ( 35° + 43.5° ) (b) = 101.5° Then: R 300 N = sin101.5° sin 35° or R = 513 N 10 PROBLEM 2.11 Two forces are applied as shown to a hook support. Using trigonometry and knowing that the magnitude of P is 14 lb, determine (a) the required angle α if the resultant R of the two forces applied to the support is to be horizontal, (b) the corresponding magnitude of R. SOLUTION Using the triangle rule and the Law of Sines (a) Have: 20 lb 14 lb = sin α sin 30° sin α = 0.71428 α = 45.6° β = 180° − ( 30° + 45.6° ) (b) = 104.4° Then: R 14 lb = sin104.4° sin 30° R = 27.1 lb 11 PROBLEM 2.12 For the hook support of Problem 2.3, using trigonometry and knowing that the magnitude of P is 25 lb, determine (a) the required magnitude of the force Q if the resultant R of the two forces applied at A is to be vertical, (b) the corresponding magnitude of R. Problem 2.3: Two forces P and Q are applied as shown at point A of a hook support. Knowing that P = 15 lb and Q = 25 lb, determine graphically the magnitude and direction of their resultant using (a) the parallelogram law, (b) the triangle rule. SOLUTION Using the triangle rule and the Law of Sines (a) Have: Q 25 lb = sin15° sin 30° Q = 12.94 lb β = 180° − (15° + 30° ) (b) = 135° Thus: R 25 lb = sin135° sin 30° sin135° R = 25 lb = 35.36 lb sin 30° R = 35.4 lb 12 PROBLEM 2.13 For the hook support of Problem 2.11, determine, using trigonometry, (a) the magnitude and direction of the smallest force P for which the resultant R of the two forces applied to the support is horizontal, (b) the corresponding magnitude of R. Problem 2.11: Two forces are applied as shown to a hook support. Using trigonometry and knowing that the magnitude of P is 14 lb, determine (a) the required angle α if the resultant R of the two forces applied to the support is to be horizontal, (b) the corresponding magnitude of R. SOLUTION (a) The smallest force P will be perpendicular to R, that is, vertical P = ( 20 lb ) sin 30° = 10 lb (b) P = 10 lb R = ( 20 lb ) cos 30° = 17.32 lb 13 R = 17.32 lb PROBLEM 2.14 As shown in Figure P2.9, two cables are attached to a sign at A to steady the sign as it is being lowered. Using trigonometry, determine (a) the magnitude and direction of the smallest force P for which the resultant R of the two forces applied at A is vertical, (b) the corresponding magnitude of R. SOLUTION We observe that force P is minimum when α is 90°, that is, P is horizontal Then: (a) P = ( 360 N ) sin 35° or P = 206 N And: (b) R = ( 360 N ) cos 35° or R = 295 N 14 PROBLEM 2.15 For the hook support of Problem 2.11, determine, using trigonometry, the magnitude and direction of the resultant of the two forces applied to the support knowing that P = 10 lb and α = 40°. Problem 2.11: Two forces are applied as shown to a hook support. Using trigonometry and knowing that the magnitude of P is 14 lb, determine (a) the required angle α if the resultant R of the two forces applied to the support is to be horizontal, (b) the corresponding magnitude of R. SOLUTION Using the force triangle and the Law of Cosines R 2 = (10 lb ) + ( 20 lb ) − 2 (10 lb )( 20 lb ) cos110° 2 2 = 100 + 400 − 400 ( −0.342 ) lb 2 = 636.8 lb 2 R = 25.23 lb Using now the Law of Sines 10 lb 25.23 lb = sin β sin110° 10 lb sin β = sin110° 25.23 lb = 0.3724 So: β = 21.87° Angle of inclination of R, φ is then such that: φ + β = 30° φ = 8.13° R = 25.2 lb Hence: 15 8.13° PROBLEM 2.16 Solve Problem 2.1 using trigonometry Problem 2.1: Two forces are applied to an eye bolt fastened to a beam. Determine graphically the magnitude and direction of their resultant using (a) the parallelogram law, (b) the triangle rule. SOLUTION Using the force triangle, the Law of Cosines and the Law of Sines We have: α = 180° − ( 50° + 25° ) = 105° Then: R 2 = ( 4.5 kN ) + ( 6 kN ) − 2 ( 4.5 kN )( 6 kN ) cos105° 2 2 = 70.226 kN 2 or Now: R = 8.3801 kN 8.3801 kN 6 kN = sin105° sin β 6 kN sin β = sin105° 8.3801 kN = 0.6916 β = 43.756° R = 8.38 kN 16 18.76° PROBLEM 2.17 Solve Problem 2.2 using trigonometry Problem 2.2: The cable stays AB and AD help support pole AC. Knowing that the tension is 500 N in AB and 160 N in AD, determine graphically the magnitude and direction of the resultant of the forces exerted by the stays at A using (a) the parallelogram law, (b) the triangle rule. SOLUTION From the geometry of the problem: α = tan −1 2 = 38.66° 2.5 β = tan −1 1.5 = 30.96° 2.5 θ = 180° − ( 38.66 + 30.96° ) = 110.38 Now: And, using the Law of Cosines: R 2 = ( 500 N ) + (160 N ) − 2 ( 500 N )(160 N ) cos110.38° 2 2 = 331319 N 2 R = 575.6 N Using the Law of Sines: 160 N 575.6 N = sin γ sin110.38° 160 N sin γ = sin110.38° 575.6 N = 0.2606 γ = 15.1° φ = ( 90° − α ) + γ = 66.44° R = 576 N 17 66.4° PROBLEM 2.18 Solve Problem 2.3 using trigonometry Problem 2.3: Two forces P and Q are applied as shown at point A of a hook support. Knowing that P = 15 lb and Q = 25 lb, determine graphically the magnitude and direction of their resultant using (a) the parallelogram law, (b) the triangle rule. SOLUTION Using the force triangle and the Laws of Cosines and Sines We have: γ = 180° − (15° + 30° ) = 135° Then: R 2 = (15 lb ) + ( 25 lb ) − 2 (15 lb )( 25 lb ) cos135° 2 2 = 1380.3 lb 2 R = 37.15 lb or and 25 lb 37.15 lb = sin β sin135° 25 lb sin β = sin135° 37.15 lb = 0.4758 β = 28.41° Then: α + β + 75° = 180° α = 76.59° R = 37.2 lb 18 76.6° PROBLEM 2.19 Two structural members A and B are bolted to a bracket as shown. Knowing that both members are in compression and that the force is 30 kN in member A and 20 kN in member B, determine, using trigonometry, the magnitude and direction of the resultant of the forces applied to the bracket by members A and B. SOLUTION Using the force triangle and the Laws of Cosines and Sines γ = 180° − ( 45° + 25° ) = 110° We have: Then: R 2 = ( 30 kN ) + ( 20 kN ) − 2 ( 30 kN )( 20 kN ) cos110° 2 2 = 1710.4 kN 2 R = 41.357 kN and 20 kN 41.357 kN = sin α sin110° 20 kN sin α = sin110° 41.357 kN = 0.4544 α = 27.028° φ = α + 45° = 72.028° Hence: R = 41.4 kN 19 72.0° PROBLEM 2.20 Two structural members A and B are bolted to a bracket as shown. Knowing that both members are in compression and that the force is 20 kN in member A and 30 kN in member B, determine, using trigonometry, the magnitude and direction of the resultant of the forces applied to the bracket by members A and B. SOLUTION Using the force triangle and the Laws of Cosines and Sines We have: Then: γ = 180° − ( 45° + 25° ) = 110° R 2 = ( 30 kN ) + ( 20 kN ) − 2 ( 30 kN )( 20 kN ) cos110° 2 2 = 1710.4 kN 2 R = 41.357 kN and 30 kN 41.357 kN = sin α sin110° 30 kN sin α = sin110° 41.357 kN = 0.6816 α = 42.97° Finally: φ = α + 45° = 87.97° R = 41.4 kN 20 88.0° PROBLEM 2.21 Determine the x and y components of each of the forces shown. SOLUTION 20 kN Force: Fx = + ( 20 kN ) cos 40°, Fx = 15.32 kN Fy = + ( 20 kN ) sin 40°, Fy = 12.86 kN Fx = − ( 30 kN ) cos 70°, Fx = −10.26 kN Fy = + ( 30 kN ) sin 70°, Fy = 28.2 kN Fx = − ( 42 kN ) cos 20°, Fx = −39.5 kN Fy = + ( 42 kN ) sin 20°, Fy = 14.36 kN 30 kN Force: 42 kN Force: 21 PROBLEM 2.22 Determine the x and y components of each of the forces shown. SOLUTION 40 lb Force: Fx = − ( 40 lb ) sin 50°, Fx = −30.6 lb Fy = − ( 40 lb ) cos 50°, Fy = −25.7 lb Fx = + ( 60 lb ) cos 60°, Fx = 30.0 lb Fy = − ( 60 lb ) sin 60°, Fy = −52.0 lb Fx = + ( 80 lb ) cos 25°, Fx = 72.5 lb Fy = + ( 80 lb ) sin 25°, Fy = 33.8 lb 60 lb Force: 80 lb Force: 22 PROBLEM 2.23 Determine the x and y components of each of the forces shown. SOLUTION We compute the following distances: OA = ( 48)2 + ( 90 )2 = 102 in. OB = ( 56 )2 + ( 90 )2 = 106 in. OC = (80 )2 + ( 60 )2 = 100 in. Then: 204 lb Force: Fx = − (102 lb ) 48 , 102 Fx = −48.0 lb Fy = + (102 lb ) 90 , 102 Fy = 90.0 lb Fx = + ( 212 lb ) 56 , 106 Fx = 112.0 lb Fy = + ( 212 lb ) 90 , 106 Fy = 180.0 lb Fx = − ( 400 lb ) 80 , 100 Fx = −320 lb Fy = − ( 400 lb ) 60 , 100 Fy = −240 lb 212 lb Force: 400 lb Force: 23 PROBLEM 2.24 Determine the x and y components of each of the forces shown. SOLUTION We compute the following distances: OA = ( 70 )2 + ( 240 )2 OB = ( 210 )2 + ( 200 )2 = 290 mm OC = (120 )2 + ( 225)2 = 255 mm = 250 mm 500 N Force: 70 Fx = −500 N 250 Fx = −140.0 N 240 Fy = +500 N 250 Fy = 480 N 210 Fx = +435 N 290 Fx = 315 N 200 Fy = +435 N 290 Fy = 300 N 120 Fx = +510 N 255 Fx = 240 N 225 Fy = −510 N 255 Fy = −450 N 435 N Force: 510 N Force: 24 PROBLEM 2.25 While emptying a wheelbarrow, a gardener exerts on each handle AB a force P directed along line CD. Knowing that P must have a 135-N horizontal component, determine (a) the magnitude of the force P, (b) its vertical component. SOLUTION (a) P= Px cos 40° = 135 N cos 40° or P = 176.2 N (b) Py = Px tan 40° = P sin 40° = (135 N ) tan 40° or Py = 113.3 N 25 PROBLEM 2.26 Member BD exerts on member ABC a force P directed along line BD. Knowing that P must have a 960-N vertical component, determine (a) the magnitude of the force P, (b) its horizontal component. SOLUTION (a) P= = Py sin 35° 960 N sin 35° or P = 1674 N (b) Px = = Py tan 35° 960 N tan 35° or Px = 1371 N 26 PROBLEM 2.27 Member CB of the vise shown exerts on block B a force P directed along line CB. Knowing that P must have a 260-lb horizontal component, determine (a) the magnitude of the force P, (b) its vertical component. SOLUTION We note: CB exerts force P on B along CB, and the horizontal component of P is Px = 260 lb. Then: Px = P sin 50° (a) P= Px sin 50° = 260 lb sin50° = 339.4 lb (b) P = 339 lb Px = Py tan 50° Py = Px tan 50° = 260 lb tan 50° = 218.2 lb 27 Py = 218 lb PROBLEM 2.28 Activator rod AB exerts on crank BCD a force P directed along line AB. Knowing that P must have a 25-lb component perpendicular to arm BC of the crank, determine (a) the magnitude of the force P, (b) its component along line BC. SOLUTION Using the x and y axes shown. Py = 25 lb (a) Then: P= = Py sin 75° 25 lb sin 75° or P = 25.9 lb (b) Px = = Py tan 75° 25 lb tan 75° or Px = 6.70 lb 28 PROBLEM 2.29 The guy wire BD exerts on the telephone pole AC a force P directed along BD. Knowing that P has a 450-N component along line AC, determine (a) the magnitude of the force P, (b) its component in a direction perpendicular to AC. SOLUTION Note that the force exerted by BD on the pole is directed along BD, and the component of P along AC is 450 N. Then: (a) P= 450 N = 549.3 N cos 35° P = 549 N (b) Px = ( 450 N ) tan 35° = 315.1 N Px = 315 N 29 PROBLEM 2.30 The guy wire BD exerts on the telephone pole AC a force P directed along BD. Knowing that P has a 200-N perpendicular to the pole AC, determine (a) the magnitude of the force P, (b) its component along line AC. SOLUTION (a) P= Px sin 38° = 200 N sin 38° = 324.8 N (b) Py = Px tan 38° = 200 N tan 38° or P = 325 N = 255.98 N or Py = 256 N 30 PROBLEM 2.31 Determine the resultant of the three forces of Problem 2.24. Problem 2.24: Determine the x and y components of each of the forces shown. SOLUTION From Problem 2.24: F500 = − (140 N ) i + ( 480 N ) j F425 = ( 315 N ) i + ( 300 N ) j F510 = ( 240 N ) i − ( 450 N ) j R = ΣF = ( 415 N ) i + ( 330 N ) j Then: α = tan −1 R= 330 = 38.5° 415 ( 415 N )2 + ( 330 N )2 = 530.2 N R = 530 N Thus: 31 38.5° PROBLEM 2.32 Determine the resultant of the three forces of Problem 2.21. Problem 2.21: Determine the x and y components of each of the forces shown. SOLUTION From Problem 2.21: F20 = (15.32 kN ) i + (12.86 kN ) j F30 = − (10.26 kN ) i + ( 28.2 kN ) j F42 = − ( 39.5 kN ) i + (14.36 kN ) j R = ΣF = − ( 34.44 kN ) i + ( 55.42 kN ) j Then: α = tan −1 R= 55.42 = 58.1° −34.44 ( 55.42 kN )2 + ( −34.44 N )2 = 65.2 kN R = 65.2 kN 32 58.2° PROBLEM 2.33 Determine the resultant of the three forces of Problem 2.22. Problem 2.22: Determine the x and y components of each of the forces shown. SOLUTION The components of the forces were determined in 2.23. Force x comp. (lb) y comp. (lb) 40 lb −30.6 −25.7 60 lb 30 −51.96 80 lb 72.5 Rx = 71.9 33.8 Ry = −43.86 R = Rxi + Ry j = ( 71.9 lb ) i − ( 43.86 lb ) j tan α = 43.86 71.9 α = 31.38° R= ( 71.9 lb )2 + ( −43.86 lb )2 = 84.23 lb R = 84.2 lb 33 31.4° PROBLEM 2.34 Determine the resultant of the three forces of Problem 2.23. Problem 2.23: Determine the x and y components of each of the forces shown. SOLUTION The components of the forces were determined in Problem 2.23. F204 = − ( 48.0 lb ) i + ( 90.0 lb ) j F212 = (112.0 lb ) i + (180.0 lb ) j F400 = − ( 320 lb ) i − ( 240 lb ) j Thus R = Rx + R y R = − ( 256 lb ) i + ( 30.0 lb ) j Now: tan α = α = tan −1 30.0 256 30.0 = 6.68° 256 and R= ( −256 lb )2 + ( 30.0 lb )2 = 257.75 lb R = 258 lb 34 6.68° PROBLEM 2.35 Knowing that α = 35°, determine the resultant of the three forces shown. SOLUTION 300-N Force: Fx = ( 300 N ) cos 20° = 281.9 N Fy = ( 300 N ) sin 20° = 102.6 N 400-N Force: Fx = ( 400 N ) cos55° = 229.4 N Fy = ( 400 N ) sin 55° = 327.7 N 600-N Force: Fx = ( 600 N ) cos 35° = 491.5 N Fy = − ( 600 N ) sin 35° = −344.1 N and Rx = ΣFx = 1002.8 N Ry = ΣFy = 86.2 N R= (1002.8 N )2 + (86.2 N )2 = 1006.5 N Further: tan α = α = tan −1 86.2 1002.8 86.2 = 4.91° 1002.8 R = 1007 N 35 4.91° PROBLEM 2.36 Knowing that α = 65°, determine the resultant of the three forces shown. SOLUTION 300-N Force: Fx = ( 300 N ) cos 20° = 281.9 N Fy = ( 300 N ) sin 20° = 102.6 N 400-N Force: Fx = ( 400 N ) cos85° = 34.9 N Fy = ( 400 N ) sin 85° = 398.5 N 600-N Force: Fx = ( 600 N ) cos 5° = 597.7 N Fy = − ( 600 N ) sin 5° = −52.3 N and Rx = ΣFx = 914.5 N Ry = ΣFy = 448.8 N R= ( 914.5 N )2 + ( 448.8 N )2 = 1018.7 N Further: tan α = α = tan −1 448.8 914.5 448.8 = 26.1° 914.5 R = 1019 N 36 26.1° PROBLEM 2.37 Knowing that the tension in cable BC is 145 lb, determine the resultant of the three forces exerted at point B of beam AB. SOLUTION Cable BC Force: Fx = − (145 lb ) Fy = (145 lb ) 84 = −105 lb 116 80 = 100 lb 116 100-lb Force: Fx = − (100 lb ) 3 = −60 lb 5 Fy = − (100 lb ) 4 = −80 lb 5 156-lb Force: Fx = (156 lb ) 12 = 144 lb 13 Fy = − (156 lb ) 5 = −60 lb 13 and Rx = ΣFx = −21 lb, R= Ry = ΣFy = −40 lb ( −21 lb )2 + ( −40 lb )2 = 45.177 lb Further: tan α = α = tan −1 40 21 40 = 62.3° 21 R = 45.2 lb Thus: 37 62.3° PROBLEM 2.38 Knowing that α = 50°, determine the resultant of the three forces shown. SOLUTION The resultant force R has the x- and y-components: Rx = ΣFx = (140 lb ) cos 50° + ( 60 lb ) cos85° − (160 lb ) cos 50° Rx = −7.6264 lb and Ry = ΣFy = (140 lb ) sin 50° + ( 60 lb ) sin 85° + (160 lb ) sin 50° Ry = 289.59 lb Further: tan α = α = tan −1 290 7.6 290 = 88.5° 7.6 R = 290 lb Thus: 38 88.5° PROBLEM 2.39 Determine (a) the required value of α if the resultant of the three forces shown is to be vertical, (b) the corresponding magnitude of the resultant. SOLUTION For an arbitrary angle α , we have: Rx = ΣFx = (140 lb ) cos α + ( 60 lb ) cos (α + 35° ) − (160 lb ) cos α (a) So, for R to be vertical: Rx = ΣFx = (140 lb ) cos α + ( 60 lb ) cos (α + 35° ) − (160 lb ) cos α = 0 Expanding, − cos α + 3 ( cos α cos 35° − sin α sin 35° ) = 0 Then: tan α = cos 35° − sin 35° 1 3 or cos 35° − α = tan −1 sin 35° 1 3 = 40.265° α = 40.3° (b) Now: R = Ry = ΣFy = (140 lb ) sin 40.265° + ( 60 lb ) sin 75.265° + (160 lb ) sin 40.265° R = R = 252 lb 39 PROBLEM 2.40 For the beam of Problem 2.37, determine (a) the required tension in cable BC if the resultant of the three forces exerted at point B is to be vertical, (b) the corresponding magnitude of the resultant. Problem 2.37: Knowing that the tension in cable BC is 145 lb, determine the resultant of the three forces exerted at point B of beam AB. SOLUTION We have: Rx = ΣFx = − 84 12 3 TBC + (156 lb ) − (100 lb ) 116 13 5 Rx = −0.724TBC + 84 lb or and Ry = ΣFy = 80 5 4 TBC − (156 lb ) − (100 lb ) 116 13 5 Ry = 0.6897TBC − 140 lb (a) So, for R to be vertical, Rx = −0.724TBC + 84 lb = 0 TBC = 116.0 lb (b) Using TBC = 116.0 lb R = Ry = 0.6897 (116.0 lb ) − 140 lb = −60 lb R = R = 60.0 lb 40 PROBLEM 2.41 Boom AB is held in the position shown by three cables. Knowing that the tensions in cables AC and AD are 4 kN and 5.2 kN, respectively, determine (a) the tension in cable AE if the resultant of the tensions exerted at point A of the boom must be directed along AB, (b) the corresponding magnitude of the resultant. SOLUTION Choose x-axis along bar AB. Then (a) Require Ry = ΣFy = 0: ( 4 kN ) cos 25° + ( 5.2 kN ) sin 35° − TAE sin 65° = 0 TAE = 7.2909 kN or TAE = 7.29 kN (b) R = ΣFx = − ( 4 kN ) sin 25° − ( 5.2 kN ) cos 35° − ( 7.2909 kN ) cos 65° = −9.03 kN R = 9.03 kN 41 PROBLEM 2.42 For the block of Problems 2.35 and 2.36, determine (a) the required value of α of the resultant of the three forces shown is to be parallel to the incline, (b) the corresponding magnitude of the resultant. Problem 2.35: Knowing that α = 35°, determine the resultant of the three forces shown. Problem 2.36: Knowing that α = 65°, determine the resultant of the three forces shown. SOLUTION Selecting the x axis along aa′, we write Rx = ΣFx = 300 N + ( 400 N ) cos α + ( 600 N ) sin α (1) Ry = ΣFy = ( 400 N ) sin α − ( 600 N ) cos α (2) (a) Setting Ry = 0 in Equation (2): tan α = Thus 600 = 1.5 400 α = 56.3° (b) Substituting for α in Equation (1): Rx = 300 N + ( 400 N ) cos 56.3° + ( 600 N ) sin 56.3° Rx = 1021.1 N R = Rx = 1021 N 42 PROBLEM 2.43 Two cables are tied together at C and are loaded as shown. Determine the tension (a) in cable AC, (b) in cable BC. SOLUTION Free-Body Diagram From the geometry, we calculate the distances: AC = (16 in.)2 + (12 in.)2 = 20 in. BC = ( 20 in.)2 + ( 21 in.)2 = 29 in. Then, from the Free Body Diagram of point C: ΣFx = 0: − or and or TBC = ΣFy = 0: 16 21 TAC + TBC = 0 20 29 29 4 × TAC 21 5 12 20 TAC + TBC − 600 lb = 0 20 29 12 20 29 4 TAC + × TAC − 600 lb = 0 20 29 21 5 TAC = 440.56 lb Hence: (a) TAC = 441 lb (b) TBC = 487 lb 43 PROBLEM 2.44 Knowing that α = 25°, determine the tension (a) in cable AC, (b) in rope BC. SOLUTION Free-Body Diagram Force Triangle Law of Sines: TAC T 5 kN = BC = sin115° sin 5° sin 60° (a) TAC = 5 kN sin115° = 5.23 kN sin 60° TAC = 5.23 kN (b) TBC = 5 kN sin 5° = 0.503 kN sin 60° TBC = 0.503 kN 44 PROBLEM 2.45 Knowing that α = 50° and that boom AC exerts on pin C a force directed long line AC, determine (a) the magnitude of that force, (b) the tension in cable BC. SOLUTION Free-Body Diagram Force Triangle Law of Sines: FAC TBC 400 lb = = sin 25° sin 60° sin 95° (a) FAC = 400 lb sin 25° = 169.69 lb sin 95° FAC = 169.7 lb (b) TBC = 400 sin 60° = 347.73 lb sin 95° TBC = 348 lb 45 PROBLEM 2.46 Two cables are tied together at C and are loaded as shown. Knowing that α = 30°, determine the tension (a) in cable AC, (b) in cable BC. SOLUTION Free-Body Diagram Force Triangle Law of Sines: TAC TBC 2943 N = = sin 60° sin 55° sin 65° (a) TAC = 2943 N sin 60° = 2812.19 N sin 65° TAC = 2.81 kN (b) TBC = 2943 N sin 55° = 2659.98 N sin 65° TBC = 2.66 kN 46 PROBLEM 2.47 A chairlift has been stopped in the position shown. Knowing that each chair weighs 300 N and that the skier in chair E weighs 890 N, determine that weight of the skier in chair F. SOLUTION Free-Body Diagram Point B In the free-body diagram of point B, the geometry gives: θ AB = tan −1 9.9 = 30.51° 16.8 θ BC = tan −1 12 = 22.61° 28.8 Thus, in the force triangle, by the Law of Sines: Force Triangle TBC 1190 N = sin 59.49° sin 7.87° TBC = 7468.6 N Free-Body Diagram Point C In the free-body diagram of point C (with W the sum of weights of chair and skier) the geometry gives: θ CD = tan −1 1.32 = 10.39° 7.2 Hence, in the force triangle, by the Law of Sines: Force Triangle W 7468.6 N = sin12.23° sin100.39° W = 1608.5 N Finally, the skier weight = 1608.5 N − 300 N = 1308.5 N skier weight = 1309 N 47 PROBLEM 2.48 A chairlift has been stopped in the position shown. Knowing that each chair weighs 300 N and that the skier in chair F weighs 800 N, determine the weight of the skier in chair E. SOLUTION Free-Body Diagram Point F In the free-body diagram of point F, the geometry gives: θ EF = tan −1 12 = 22.62° 28.8 θ DF = tan −1 1.32 = 10.39° 7.2 Thus, in the force triangle, by the Law of Sines: Force Triangle TEF 1100 N = sin100.39° sin12.23° TBC = 5107.5 N Free-Body Diagram Point E In the free-body diagram of point E (with W the sum of weights of chair and skier) the geometry gives: θ AE = tan −1 9.9 = 30.51° 16.8 Hence, in the force triangle, by the Law of Sines: Force Triangle W 5107.5 N = sin 7.89° sin 59.49° W = 813.8 N Finally, the skier weight = 813.8 N − 300 N = 513.8 N skier weight = 514 N 48 PROBLEM 2.49 Four wooden members are joined with metal plate connectors and are in equilibrium under the action of the four fences shown. Knowing that FA = 510 lb and FB = 480 lb, determine the magnitudes of the other two forces. SOLUTION Free-Body Diagram Resolving the forces into x and y components: ΣFx = 0: FC + ( 510 lb ) sin15° − ( 480 lb ) cos15° = 0 or FC = 332 lb ΣFy = 0: FD − ( 510 lb ) cos15° + ( 480 lb ) sin15° = 0 or FD = 368 lb 49 PROBLEM 2.50 Four wooden members are joined with metal plate connectors and are in equilibrium under the action of the four fences shown. Knowing that FA = 420 lb and FC = 540 lb, determine the magnitudes of the other two forces. SOLUTION Resolving the forces into x and y components: ΣFx = 0: − FB cos15° + ( 540 lb ) + ( 420 lb ) cos15° = 0 or FB = 671.6 lb FB = 672 lb ΣFy = 0: FD − ( 420 lb ) cos15° + ( 671.6 lb ) sin15° = 0 or FD = 232 lb 50 PROBLEM 2.51 Two forces P and Q are applied as shown to an aircraft connection. Knowing that the connection is in equilibrium and the P = 400 lb and Q = 520 lb, determine the magnitudes of the forces exerted on the rods A and B. SOLUTION Free-Body Diagram Resolving the forces into x and y directions: R = P + Q + FA + FB = 0 Substituting components: R = − ( 400 lb ) j + ( 520 lb ) cos 55° i − ( 520 lb ) sin 55° j + FBi − ( FA cos 55° ) i + ( FA sin 55° ) j = 0 In the y-direction (one unknown force) −400 lb − ( 520 lb ) sin 55° + FA sin 55° = 0 Thus, FA = 400 lb + ( 520 lb ) sin 55° = 1008.3 lb sin 55° FA = 1008 lb In the x-direction: ( 520 lb ) cos55° + FB − FA cos 55° = 0 Thus, FB = FA cos 55° − ( 520 lb ) cos 55° = (1008.3 lb ) cos 55° − ( 520 lb ) cos 55° = 280.08 lb FB = 280 lb 51 PROBLEM 2.52 Two forces P and Q are applied as shown to an aircraft connection. Knowing that the connection is in equilibrium and that the magnitudes of the forces exerted on rods A and B are FA = 600 lb and FB = 320 lb, determine the magnitudes of P and Q. SOLUTION Free-Body Diagram Resolving the forces into x and y directions: R = P + Q + FA + FB = 0 Substituting components: R = ( 320 lb ) i − ( 600 lb ) cos 55° i + ( 600 lb ) sin 55° j + Pi + ( Q cos 55° ) i − ( Q sin 55° ) j = 0 In the x-direction (one unknown force) 320 lb − ( 600 lb ) cos 55° + Q cos 55° = 0 Thus, Q= −320 lb + ( 600 lb ) cos 55° = 42.09 lb cos 55° Q = 42.1 lb In the y-direction: ( 600 lb ) sin 55° − P − Q sin 55° = 0 Thus, P = ( 600 lb ) sin 55° − Q sin 55° = 457.01 lb P = 457 lb 52 PROBLEM 2.53 Two cables tied together at C are loaded as shown. Knowing that W = 840 N, determine the tension (a) in cable AC, (b) in cable BC. SOLUTION Free-Body Diagram From geometry: The sides of the triangle with hypotenuse CB are in the ratio 8:15:17. The sides of the triangle with hypotenuse CA are in the ratio 3:4:5. Thus: 3 15 15 ΣFx = 0: − TCA + TCB − ( 680 N ) = 0 5 17 17 or 1 5 − TCA + TCB = 200 N 5 17 (1) and ΣFy = 0: 4 8 8 TCA + TCB − ( 680 N ) − 840 N = 0 5 17 17 or 1 2 TCA + TCB = 290 N 5 17 (2) Solving Equations (1) and (2) simultaneously: (a) TCA = 750 N (b) TCB = 1190 N 53 PROBLEM 2.54 Two cables tied together at C are loaded as shown. Determine the range of values of W for which the tension will not exceed 1050 N in either cable. SOLUTION Free-Body Diagram From geometry: The sides of the triangle with hypotenuse CB are in the ratio 8:15:17. The sides of the triangle with hypotenuse CA are in the ratio 3:4:5. Thus: 3 15 15 ΣFx = 0: − TCA + TCB − ( 680 N ) = 0 5 17 17 or 1 5 − TCA + TCB = 200 N 5 17 (1) and ΣFy = 0: 4 8 8 TCA + TCB − ( 680 N ) − W = 0 5 17 17 or 1 2 1 TCA + TCB = 80 N + W 5 17 4 (2) Then, from Equations (1) and (2) TCB = 680 N + TCA = 17 W 28 25 W 28 Now, with T ≤ 1050 N TCA : TCA = 1050 N = 25 W 28 W = 1176 N or and TCB : TCB = 1050 N = 680 N + or W = 609 N 54 17 W 28 ∴ 0 ≤ W ≤ 609 N PROBLEM 2.55 The cabin of an aerial tramway is suspended from a set of wheels that can roll freely on the support cable ACB and is being pulled at a constant speed by cable DE. Knowing that α = 40° and β = 35°, that the combined weight of the cabin, its support system, and its passengers is 24.8 kN, and assuming the tension in cable DF to be negligible, determine the tension (a) in the support cable ACB, (b) in the traction cable DE. SOLUTION Note: In Problems 2.55 and 2.56 the cabin is considered as a particle. If considered as a rigid body (Chapter 4) it would be found that its center of gravity should be located to the left of the centerline for the line CD to be vertical. Now ΣFx = 0: TACB ( cos 35° − cos 40° ) − TDE cos 40° = 0 or 0.0531TACB − 0.766TDE = 0 (1) and ΣFy = 0: TACB ( sin 40° − sin 35° ) + TDE sin 40° − 24.8 kN = 0 or 0.0692TACB + 0.643TDE = 24.8 kN (2) From (1) TACB = 14.426TDE Then, from (2) 0.0692 (14.426TDE ) + 0.643TDE = 24.8 kN and (b) TDE = 15.1 kN (a) TACB = 218 kN 55 PROBLEM 2.56 The cabin of an aerial tramway is suspended from a set of wheels that can roll freely on the support cable ACB and is being pulled at a constant speed by cable DE. Knowing that α = 42° and β = 32°, that the tension in cable DE is 20 kN, and assuming the tension in cable DF to be negligible, determine (a) the combined weight of the cabin, its support system, and its passengers, (b) the tension in the support cable ACB. SOLUTION Free-Body Diagram First, consider the sum of forces in the x-direction because there is only one unknown force: ΣFx = 0: TACB ( cos 32° − cos 42° ) − ( 20 kN ) cos 42° = 0 or 0.1049TACB = 14.863 kN (b) TACB = 141.7 kN Now ΣFy = 0: TACB ( sin 42° − sin 32° ) + ( 20 kN ) sin 42° − W = 0 or (141.7 kN )( 0.1392 ) + ( 20 kN )( 0.6691) − W =0 (a) W = 33.1 kN 56 PROBLEM 2.57 A block of weight W is suspended from a 500-mm long cord and two springs of which the unstretched lengths are 450 mm. Knowing that the constants of the springs are kAB = 1500 N/m and kAD = 500 N/m, determine (a) the tension in the cord, (b) the weight of the block. SOLUTION Free-Body Diagram At A First note from geometry: The sides of the triangle with hypotenuse AD are in the ratio 8:15:17. The sides of the triangle with hypotenuse AB are in the ratio 3:4:5. The sides of the triangle with hypotenuse AC are in the ratio 7:24:25. Then: FAB = k AB ( LAB − Lo ) and LAB = ( 0.44 m )2 + ( 0.33 m )2 = 0.55 m So: FAB = 1500 N/m ( 0.55 m − 0.45 m ) = 150 N Similarly, FAD = k AD ( LAD − Lo ) Then: LAD = ( 0.66 m )2 + ( 0.32 m )2 = 0.68 m FAD = 1500 N/m ( 0.68 m − 0.45 m ) = 115 N (a) ΣFx = 0: − 4 7 15 (150 N ) + TAC − (115 N ) = 0 5 25 17 or TAC = 66.18 N 57 TAC = 66.2 N PROBLEM 2.57 CONTINUED (b) and ΣFy = 0: 3 24 8 (150 N ) + ( 66.18 N ) + (115 N ) − W = 0 5 25 17 or W = 208 N 58 PROBLEM 2.58 A load of weight 400 N is suspended from a spring and two cords which are attached to blocks of weights 3W and W as shown. Knowing that the constant of the spring is 800 N/m, determine (a) the value of W, (b) the unstretched length of the spring. SOLUTION Free-Body Diagram At A First note from geometry: The sides of the triangle with hypotenuse AD are in the ratio 12:35:37. The sides of the triangle with hypotenuse AC are in the ratio 3:4:5. The sides of the triangle with hypotenuse AB are also in the ratio 12:35:37. Then: ΣFx = 0: − 4 35 12 ( 3W ) + (W ) + Fs = 0 5 37 37 or Fs = 4.4833W and ΣFy = 0: 3 12 35 ( 3W ) + (W ) + Fs − 400 N = 0 5 37 37 Then: 3 12 35 ( 3W ) + (W ) + ( 4.4833W ) − 400 N = 0 5 37 37 or W = 62.841 N and Fs = 281.74 N or W = 62.8 N (a) 59 PROBLEM 2.58 CONTINUED (b) Have spring force Fs = k ( LAB − Lo ) Where FAB = k AB ( LAB − Lo ) and LAB = ( 0.360 m )2 + (1.050 m )2 = 1.110 m So: 281.74 N = 800 N/m (1.110 − L0 ) m or L0 = 758 mm 60 PROBLEM 2.59 For the cables and loading of Problem 2.46, determine (a) the value of α for which the tension in cable BC is as small as possible, (b) the corresponding value of the tension. SOLUTION The smallest TBC is when TBC is perpendicular to the direction of TAC Free-Body Diagram At C Force Triangle α = 55.0° (a) (b) TBC = ( 2943 N ) sin 55° = 2410.8 N TBC = 2.41 kN 61 PROBLEM 2.60 Knowing that portions AC and BC of cable ACB must be equal, determine the shortest length of cable which can be used to support the load shown if the tension in the cable is not to exceed 725 N. SOLUTION Free-Body Diagram: C ( For T = 725 N ) ΣFy = 0: 2Ty − 1000 N = 0 Ty = 500 N Tx2 + Ty2 = T 2 Tx2 + ( 500 N ) = ( 725 N ) 2 2 Tx = 525 N By similar triangles: BC 1.5 m = 725 525 ∴ BC = 2.07 m L = 2 ( BC ) = 4.14 m L = 4.14 m 62 PROBLEM 2.61 Two cables tied together at C are loaded as shown. Knowing that the maximum allowable tension in each cable is 200 lb, determine (a) the magnitude of the largest force P which may be applied at C, (b) the corresponding value of α. SOLUTION Free-Body Diagram: C Force Triangle Force triangle is isoceles with 2β = 180° − 85° β = 47.5° P = 2 ( 200 lb ) cos 47.5° = 270 lb (a) P = 270 lb Since P > 0, the solution is correct. (b) α = 180° − 55° − 47.5° = 77.5° 63 α = 77.5° PROBLEM 2.62 Two cables tied together at C are loaded as shown. Knowing that the maximum allowable tension is 300 lb in cable AC and 150 lb in cable BC, determine (a) the magnitude of the largest force P which may be applied at C, (b) the corresponding value of α. SOLUTION Free-Body Diagram: C Force Triangle (a) Law of Cosines: P 2 = ( 300 lb ) + (150 lb ) − 2 ( 300 lb )(150 lb ) cos85° 2 2 P = 323.5 lb P = 324 lb Since P > 300 lb, our solution is correct. (b) Law of Sines: sin β sin 85° = 300 323.5° sin β = 0.9238 or β = 67.49° α = 180° − 55° − 67.49° = 57.5° α = 57.5° 64 PROBLEM 2.63 For the structure and loading of Problem 2.45, determine (a) the value of α for which the tension in cable BC is as small as possible, (b) the corresponding value of the tension. SOLUTION TBC must be perpendicular to FAC to be as small as possible. Free-Body Diagram: C (a) We observe: Force Triangle is a right triangle α = 55° α = 55° TBC = ( 400 lb ) sin 60° (b) or TBC = 346.4 lb 65 TBC = 346 lb PROBLEM 2.64 Boom AB is supported by cable BC and a hinge at A. Knowing that the boom exerts on pin B a force directed along the boom and that the tension in rope BD is 70 lb, determine (a) the value of α for which the tension in cable BC is as small as possible, (b) the corresponding value of the tension. SOLUTION Free-Body Diagram: B TBD + FAB + TBC = 0 (a) Have: where magnitude and direction of TBD are known, and the direction of FAB is known. Then, in a force triangle: α = 90.0° By observation, TBC is minimum when (b) Have TBC = ( 70 lb ) sin (180° − 70° − 30° ) = 68.93 lb TBC = 68.9 lb 66 PROBLEM 2.65 Collar A shown in Figure P2.65 and P2.66 can slide on a frictionless vertical rod and is attached as shown to a spring. The constant of the spring is 660 N/m, and the spring is unstretched when h = 300 mm. Knowing that the system is in equilibrium when h = 400 mm, determine the weight of the collar. SOLUTION Free-Body Diagram: Collar A Fs = k ( L′AB − LAB ) Have: where: L′AB = ( 0.3 m )2 + ( 0.4 m )2 LAB = 0.3 2 m = 0.5 m ( ) Fs = 660 N/m 0.5 − 0.3 2 m Then: = 49.986 N For the collar: ΣFy = 0: − W + 4 ( 49.986 N ) = 0 5 or W = 40.0 N 67 PROBLEM 2.66 The 40-N collar A can slide on a frictionless vertical rod and is attached as shown to a spring. The spring is unstretched when h = 300 mm. Knowing that the constant of the spring is 560 N/m, determine the value of h for which the system is in equilibrium. SOLUTION ΣFy = 0: − W + Free-Body Diagram: Collar A or Fs = 0 Fs = k ( L′AB − LAB ) Now.. Then: ( 0.3)2 + h2 hFs = 40 0.09 + h 2 or where h L′AB = h 560 ( ( 0.3)2 + h2 LAB = 0.3 2 m m ) 0.09 + h 2 − 0.3 2 = 40 0.09 + h 2 (14h − 1) 0.09 + h 2 = 4.2 2h h∼m Solving numerically, h = 415 mm 68 PROBLEM 2.67 A 280-kg crate is supported by several rope-and-pulley arrangements as shown. Determine for each arrangement the tension in the rope. (Hint: The tension in the rope is the same on each side of a simple pulley. This can be proved by the methods of Chapter 4.) SOLUTION ( Free-Body Diagram of pulley ) ΣFy = 0: 2T − ( 280 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 0 (a) T = 1 ( 2746.8 N ) 2 T = 1373 N ( ) ΣFy = 0: 2T − ( 280 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 0 (b) T = 1 ( 2746.8 N ) 2 T = 1373 N ( ) ΣFy = 0: 3T − ( 280 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 0 (c) T = 1 ( 2746.8 N ) 3 T = 916 N ( ) ΣFy = 0: 3T − ( 280 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 0 (d) T = 1 ( 2746.8 N ) 3 T = 916 N ( ) ΣFy = 0: 4T − ( 280 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 0 (e) T = 1 ( 2746.8 N ) 4 T = 687 N 69 PROBLEM 2.68 Solve parts b and d of Problem 2.67 assuming that the free end of the rope is attached to the crate. Problem 2.67: A 280-kg crate is supported by several rope-and-pulley arrangements as shown. Determine for each arrangement the tension in the rope. (Hint: The tension in the rope is the same on each side of a simple pulley. This can be proved by the methods of Chapter 4.) SOLUTION Free-Body Diagram of pulley and crate (b) ( ) ΣFy = 0: 3T − ( 280 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 0 T = 1 ( 2746.8 N ) 3 T = 916 N (d) ( ) ΣFy = 0: 4T − ( 280 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 0 T = 1 ( 2746.8 N ) 4 T = 687 N 70 PROBLEM 2.69 A 350-lb load is supported by the rope-and-pulley arrangement shown. Knowing that β = 25°, determine the magnitude and direction of the force P which should be exerted on the free end of the rope to maintain equilibrium. (Hint: The tension in the rope is the same on each side of a simple pulley. This can be proved by the methods of Chapter 4.) SOLUTION Free-Body Diagram: Pulley A ΣFx = 0: 2P sin 25° − P cos α = 0 and cos α = 0.8452 or α = ±32.3° α = +32.3° For ΣFy = 0: 2P cos 25° + P sin 32.3° − 350 lb = 0 or P = 149.1 lb 32.3° α = −32.3° For ΣFy = 0: 2P cos 25° + P sin − 32.3° − 350 lb = 0 or P = 274 lb 71 32.3° PROBLEM 2.70 A 350-lb load is supported by the rope-and-pulley arrangement shown. Knowing that α = 35°, determine (a) the angle β, (b) the magnitude of the force P which should be exerted on the free end of the rope to maintain equilibrium. (Hint: The tension in the rope is the same on each side of a simple pulley. This can be proved by the methods of Chapter 4.) SOLUTION Free-Body Diagram: Pulley A ΣFx = 0: 2 P sin β − P cos 25° = 0 Hence: sin β = (a) 1 cos 25° 2 or β = 24.2° ΣFy = 0: 2P cos β + P sin 35° − 350 lb = 0 (b) Hence: 2P cos 24.2° + P sin 35° − 350 lb = 0 or P = 145.97 lb 72 P = 146.0 lb PROBLEM 2.71 A load Q is applied to the pulley C, which can roll on the cable ACB. The pulley is held in the position shown by a second cable CAD, which passes over the pulley A and supports a load P. Knowing that P = 800 N, determine (a) the tension in cable ACB, (b) the magnitude of load Q. SOLUTION Free-Body Diagram: Pulley C ΣFx = 0: TACB ( cos 30° − cos 50° ) − ( 800 N ) cos 50° = 0 (a) Hence TACB = 2303.5 N TACB = 2.30 kN ΣFy = 0: TACB ( sin 30° + sin 50° ) + ( 800 N ) sin 50° − Q = 0 (b) ( 2303.5 N )( sin 30° + sin 50° ) + ( 800 N ) sin 50° − Q = 0 Q = 3529.2 N or 73 Q = 3.53 kN PROBLEM 2.72 A 2000-N load Q is applied to the pulley C, which can roll on the cable ACB. The pulley is held in the position shown by a second cable CAD, which passes over the pulley A and supports a load P. Determine (a) the tension in the cable ACB, (b) the magnitude of load P. SOLUTION Free-Body Diagram: Pulley C ΣFx = 0: TACB ( cos 30° − cos 50° ) − P cos 50° = 0 P = 0.3473TACB or (1) ΣFy = 0: TACB ( sin 30° + sin 50° ) + P sin 50° − 2000 N = 0 1.266TACB + 0.766P = 2000 N or (2) (a) Substitute Equation (1) into Equation (2): 1.266TACB + 0.766 ( 0.3473TACB ) = 2000 N Hence: TACB = 1305.5 N TACB = 1306 N (b) Using (1) P = 0.3473 (1306 N ) = 453.57 N P = 454 N 74 PROBLEM 2.73 Determine (a) the x, y, and z components of the 200-lb force, (b) the angles θx, θy, and θz that the force forms with the coordinate axes. SOLUTION (a) Fx = ( 200 lb ) cos 30° cos 25° = 156.98 lb Fx = +157.0 lb Fy = ( 200 lb ) sin 30° = 100.0 lb Fy = +100.0 lb Fz = − ( 200 lb ) cos 30° sin 25° = −73.1996 lb Fz = −73.2 lb (b) cosθ x = 156.98 200 or θ x = 38.3° cosθ y = 100.0 200 or θ y = 60.0° −73.1996 200 or θ z = 111.5° cosθ z = 75 PROBLEM 2.74 Determine (a) the x, y, and z components of the 420-lb force, (b) the angles θx, θy, and θz that the force forms with the coordinate axes. SOLUTION (a) Fx = − ( 420 lb ) sin 20° sin 70° = −134.985 lb Fx = −135.0 lb Fy = ( 420 lb ) cos 20° = 394.67 lb Fy = +395 lb Fz = ( 420 lb ) sin 20° cos 70° = 49.131 lb Fz = +49.1 lb (b) cosθ x = −134.985 420 θ x = 108.7° cosθ y = 394.67 420 θ y = 20.0° cosθ z = 49.131 420 θ z = 83.3° 76 PROBLEM 2.75 To stabilize a tree partially uprooted in a storm, cables AB and AC are attached to the upper trunk of the tree and then are fastened to steel rods anchored in the ground. Knowing that the tension in cable AB is 4.2 kN, determine (a) the components of the force exerted by this cable on the tree, (b) the angles θx, θy, and θz that the force forms with axes at A which are parallel to the coordinate axes. SOLUTION (a) Fx = ( 4.2 kN ) sin 50° cos 40° = 2.4647 kN Fx = +2.46 kN Fy = − ( 4.2 kN ) cos 50° = −2.6997 kN Fy = −2.70 kN Fz = ( 4.2 kN ) sin 50° sin 40° = 2.0681 kN Fz = +2.07 kN (b) cosθ x = 2.4647 4.2 θ x = 54.1° 77 PROBLEM 2.75 CONTINUED cosθ y = −2.7 4.2 θ y = 130.0° cosθ z = 2.0681 4.0 θ z = 60.5° 78 PROBLEM 2.76 To stabilize a tree partially uprooted in a storm, cables AB and AC are attached to the upper trunk of the tree and then are fastened to steel rods anchored in the ground. Knowing that the tension in cable AC is 3.6 kN, determine (a) the components of the force exerted by this cable on the tree, (b) the angles θx, θy, and θz that the force forms with axes at A which are parallel to the coordinate axes. SOLUTION (a) Fx = − ( 3.6 kN ) cos 45° sin 25° = −1.0758 kN Fx = −1.076 kN Fy = − ( 3.6 kN ) sin 45° = −2.546 kN Fy = −2.55 kN Fz = ( 3.6 kN ) cos 45° cos 25° = 2.3071 kN Fz = +2.31 kN (b) cosθ x = −1.0758 3.6 θ x = 107.4° 79 PROBLEM 2.76 CONTINUED cosθ y = −2.546 3.6 θ y = 135.0° cosθ z = 2.3071 3.6 θ z = 50.1° 80 PROBLEM 2.77 A horizontal circular plate is suspended as shown from three wires which are attached to a support at D and form 30° angles with the vertical. Knowing that the x component of the force exerted by wire AD on the plate is 220.6 N, determine (a) the tension in wire AD, (b) the angles θx, θy, and θz that the force exerted at A forms with the coordinate axes. SOLUTION (a) Fx = F sin 30° sin 50° = 220.6 N (Given) F = 220.6 N = 575.95 N sin30° sin50° F = 576 N (b) cosθ x = Fx 220.6 = = 0.3830 F 575.95 θ x = 67.5° Fy = F cos 30° = 498.79 N cosθ y = Fy F = 498.79 = 0.86605 575.95 θ y = 30.0° Fz = − F sin 30° cos 50° = − ( 575.95 N ) sin 30° cos 50° = −185.107 N cosθ z = Fz −185.107 = = −0.32139 F 575.95 θ z = 108.7° 81 PROBLEM 2.78 A horizontal circular plate is suspended as shown from three wires which are attached to a support at D and form 30° angles with the vertical. Knowing that the z component of the force exerted by wire BD on the plate is –64.28 N, determine (a) the tension in wire BD, (b) the angles θx, θy, and θz that the force exerted at B forms with the coordinate axes. SOLUTION (a) Fz = − F sin 30° sin 40° = −64.28 N (Given) F = (b) 64.28 N = 200.0 N sin30° sin40° F = 200 N Fx = − F sin 30° cos 40° = − ( 200.0 N ) sin 30° cos 40° = −76.604 N cosθ x = Fx −76.604 = = −0.38302 F 200.0 θ x = 112.5° Fy = F cos 30° = 173.2 N cosθ y = Fy F = 173.2 = 0.866 200 θ y = 30.0° Fz = −64.28 N cosθ z = Fz −64.28 = = −0.3214 F 200 82 θ z = 108.7° PROBLEM 2.79 A horizontal circular plate is suspended as shown from three wires which are attached to a support at D and form 30° angles with the vertical. Knowing that the tension in wire CD is 120 lb, determine (a) the components of the force exerted by this wire on the plate, (b) the angles θx, θy, and θz that the force forms with the coordinate axes. SOLUTION (a) Fx = − (120 lb ) sin 30° cos 60° = −30 lb Fx = −30.0 lb Fy = (120 lb ) cos 30° = 103.92 lb Fy = +103.9 lb Fz = (120 lb ) sin 30° sin 60° = 51.96 lb Fz = +52.0 lb (b) cosθ x = Fx −30.0 = = −0.25 F 120 θ x = 104.5° Fy cosθ y = F = 103.92 = 0.866 120 θ y = 30.0° cosθ z = Fz 51.96 = = 0.433 F 120 θ z = 64.3° 83 PROBLEM 2.80 A horizontal circular plate is suspended as shown from three wires which are attached to a support at D and form 30° angles with the vertical. Knowing that the x component of the forces exerted by wire CD on the plate is –40 lb, determine (a) the tension in wire CD, (b) the angles θx, θy, and θz that the force exerted at C forms with the coordinate axes. SOLUTION (a) Fx = − F sin 30° cos 60° = −40 lb (Given) F = 40 lb = 160 lb sin30° cos60° F = 160.0 lb (b) Fx −40 = = −0.25 F 160 cosθ x = θ x = 104.5° Fy = (160 lb ) cos 30° = 103.92 lb cosθ y = Fy F = 103.92 = 0.866 160 θ y = 30.0° Fz = (160 lb ) sin 30° sin 60° = 69.282 lb cosθ z = Fz 69.282 = = 0.433 F 160 θ z = 64.3° 84 PROBLEM 2.81 Determine the magnitude and F = ( 800 lb ) i + ( 260 lb ) j − ( 320 lb ) k. direction of the force SOLUTION F = Fx2 + Fy2 + Fz2 = (800 lb )2 + ( 260 lb )2 + ( −320 lb )2 F = 900 lb cosθ x = Fx 800 = = 0.8889 F 900 θ x = 27.3° cosθ y = Fy θ y = 73.2° cosθ z = F = 260 = 0.2889 900 Fz −320 = = −0.3555 F 900 85 θ z = 110.8° PROBLEM 2.82 Determine the magnitude and direction F = ( 400 N ) i − (1200 N ) j + ( 300 N ) k. of the force SOLUTION F = Fx2 + Fy2 + Fz2 = ( 400 N )2 + ( −1200 N )2 + ( 300 N )2 Fx 400 = = 0.30769 F 1300 cosθ x = cosθ y = Fy F cosθ z = = −1200 = −0.92307 1300 Fz 300 = = 0.23076 F 1300 86 F = 1300 N θ x = 72.1° θ y = 157.4° θ z = 76.7° PROBLEM 2.83 A force acts at the origin of a coordinate system in a direction defined by the angles θx = 64.5° and θz = 55.9°. Knowing that the y component of the force is –200 N, determine (a) the angle θy, (b) the other components and the magnitude of the force. SOLUTION (a) We have ( cosθ x )2 + ( cosθ y ) 2 ( + ( cosθ z ) = 1 ⇒ cosθ y 2 ) 2 ( = 1 − cosθ y 2 ) − ( cosθ z )2 Since Fy < 0 we must have cosθ y < 0 Thus, taking the negative square root, from above, we have: cosθ y = − 1 − ( cos 64.5° ) − ( cos 55.9° ) = −0.70735 2 2 θ y = 135.0° (b) Then: F = and Fy cosθ y = −200 N = 282.73 N −0.70735 Fx = F cosθ x = ( 282.73 N ) cos 64.5° Fx = 121.7 N Fz = F cosθ z = ( 282.73 N ) cos 55.9° Fy = 158.5 N F = 283 N 87 PROBLEM 2.84 A force acts at the origin of a coordinate system in a direction defined by the angles θx = 75.4° and θy = 132.6°. Knowing that the z component of the force is –60 N, determine (a) the angle θz, (b) the other components and the magnitude of the force. SOLUTION (a) We have ( cosθ x )2 + ( cosθ y ) 2 ( + ( cosθ z ) = 1 ⇒ cosθ y 2 ) 2 ( = 1 − cosθ y 2 ) − ( cosθ z )2 Since Fz < 0 we must have cosθ z < 0 Thus, taking the negative square root, from above, we have: cosθ z = − 1 − ( cos 75.4° ) − ( cos132.6° ) = −0.69159 2 2 θ z = 133.8° (b) Then: F = and Fz −60 N = = 86.757 N cosθ z −0.69159 F = 86.8 N Fx = F cosθ x = ( 86.8 N ) cos 75.4° Fx = 21.9 N Fy = F cosθ y = ( 86.8 N ) cos132.6° Fy = −58.8 N 88 PROBLEM 2.85 A force F of magnitude 400 N acts at the origin of a coordinate system. Knowing that θx = 28.5°, Fy = –80 N, and Fz > 0, determine (a) the components Fx and Fz, (b) the angles θy and θz. SOLUTION (a) Have Fx = F cosθ x = ( 400 N ) cos 28.5° Fx = 351.5 N Then: F 2 = Fx2 + Fy2 + Fz2 ( 400 N )2 So: = ( 352.5 N ) + ( −80 N ) + Fz2 2 2 Hence: Fz = + ( 400 N )2 − ( 351.5 N )2 − ( −80 N )2 Fz = 173.3 N (b) cosθ y = cosθ z = Fy F = −80 = −0.20 400 Fz 173.3 = = 0.43325 F 400 89 θ y = 101.5° θ z = 64.3° PROBLEM 2.86 A force F of magnitude 600 lb acts at the origin of a coordinate system. Knowing that Fx = 200 lb, θz = 136.8°, Fy < 0, determine (a) the components Fy and Fz, (b) the angles θx and θy. SOLUTION Fz = F cosθ z = ( 600 lb ) cos136.8° (a) = −437.4 lb Fz = −437 lb Then: F 2 = Fx2 + Fy2 + Fz2 So: ( 600 lb )2 = ( 200 lb )2 + ( Fy ) Hence: Fy = − 2 + ( −437.4 lb ) 2 ( 600 lb )2 − ( 200 lb )2 − ( −437.4 lb )2 = −358.7 lb Fy = −359 lb (b) cosθ x = cosθ y = Fy F Fx 200 = = 0.333 F 600 = −358.7 = −0.59783 600 90 θ x = 70.5° θ y = 126.7° PROBLEM 2.87 A transmission tower is held by three guy wires anchored by bolts at B, C, and D. If the tension in wire AB is 2100 N, determine the components of the force exerted by the wire on the bolt at B. SOLUTION JJJG BA = ( 4 m ) i + ( 20 m ) j − ( 5 m ) k BA = F = F λ BA ( 4 m )2 + ( 20 m )2 + ( −5 m )2 = 21 m JJJG BA 2100 N ( 4 m ) i + ( 20 m ) j − ( 5 m ) k = F = BA 21 m F = ( 400 N ) i + ( 2000 N ) j − ( 500 N ) k Fx = +400 N, Fy = +2000 N, Fz = −500 N 91 PROBLEM 2.88 A transmission tower is held by three guy wires anchored by bolts at B, C, and D. If the tension in wire AD is 1260 N, determine the components of the force exerted by the wire on the bolt at D. SOLUTION JJJG DA = ( 4 m ) i + ( 20 m ) j + (14.8 m ) k DA = F = F λ DA ( 4 m )2 + ( 20 m )2 + (14.8 m )2 = 25.2 m JJJG DA 1260 N ( 4 m ) i + ( 20 m ) j + (14.8 m ) k = F = DA 25.2 m F = ( 200 N ) i + (1000 N ) j + ( 740 N ) k Fx = +200 N, Fy = +1000 N, Fz = +740 N PROBLEM 2.89 A rectangular plate is supported by three cables as shown. Knowing that the tension in cable AB is 204 lb, determine the components of the force exerted on the plate at B. SOLUTION JJJG BA = ( 32 in.) i + ( 48 in.) j − ( 36 in.) k BA = ( 32 in.)2 + ( 48 in.)2 + ( −36 in.)2 F = F λ BA = 68 in. JJJG BA 204 lb ( 32 in.) i + ( 48 in.) j − ( 36 in.) k = F = BA 68 in. F = ( 96 lb ) i + (144 lb ) j − (108 lb ) k Fx = +96.0 lb, Fy = +144.0 lb, Fz = −108.0 lb 93 PROBLEM 2.90 A rectangular plate is supported by three cables as shown. Knowing that the tension in cable AD is 195 lb, determine the components of the force exerted on the plate at D. SOLUTION JJJG DA = − ( 25 in.) i + ( 48 in.) j + ( 36 in.) k DA = ( −25 in.)2 + ( 48 in.)2 + ( 36 in.)2 F = F λ DA = 65 in. JJJG DA 195 lb ( −25 in.) i + ( 48 in.) j + ( 36 in.) k = F = DA 65 in. F = − ( 75 lb ) i + (144 lb ) j + (108 lb ) k Fx = −75.0 lb, Fy = +144.0 lb, Fz = +108.0 lb 94 PROBLEM 2.91 A steel rod is bent into a semicircular ring of radius 0.96 m and is supported in part by cables BD and BE which are attached to the ring at B. Knowing that the tension in cable BD is 220 N, determine the components of this force exerted by the cable on the support at D. SOLUTION JJJG DB = ( 0.96 m ) i − (1.12 m ) j − ( 0.96 m ) k DB = TDB = T λ DB ( 0.96 m )2 + ( −1.12 m )2 + ( −0.96 m )2 = 1.76 m JJJG DB 220 N ( 0.96 m ) i − (1.12 m ) j − ( 0.96 m ) k =T = DB 1.76 m TDB = (120 N ) i − (140 N ) j − (120 N ) k (TDB ) x 95 = +120.0 N, (TDB ) y = −140.0 N, (TDB ) z = −120.0 N PROBLEM 2.92 A steel rod is bent into a semicircular ring of radius 0.96 m and is supported in part by cables BD and BE which are attached to the ring at B. Knowing that the tension in cable BE is 250 N, determine the components of this force exerted by the cable on the support at E. SOLUTION JJJG EB = ( 0.96 m ) i − (1.20 m ) j + (1.28 m ) k EB = TEB = T λ EB ( 0.96 m )2 + ( −1.20 m )2 + (1.28 m )2 = 2.00 m JJJG EB 250 N ( 0.96 m ) i − (1.20 m ) j + (1.28 m ) k =T = EB 2.00 m TEB = (120 N ) i − (150 N ) j + (160 N ) k (TEB ) x = +120.0 N, (TEB ) y = −150.0 N, (TEB ) z = +160.0 N 96 PROBLEM 2.93 Find the magnitude and direction of the resultant of the two forces shown knowing that P = 500 N and Q = 600 N. SOLUTION P = ( 500 lb ) [ − cos 30° sin15°i + sin 30° j + cos 30° cos15°k ] = ( 500 lb ) [ −0.2241i + 0.50 j + 0.8365k ] = − (112.05 lb ) i + ( 250 lb ) j + ( 418.25 lb ) k Q = ( 600 lb ) [ cos 40° cos 20°i + sin 40° j − cos 40° sin 20°k ] = ( 600 lb ) [ 0.71985i + 0.64278j − 0.26201k ] = ( 431.91 lb ) i + ( 385.67 lb ) j − (157.206 lb ) k R = P + Q = ( 319.86 lb ) i + ( 635.67 lb ) j + ( 261.04 lb ) k R= ( 319.86 lb )2 + ( 635.67 lb )2 + ( 261.04 lb )2 = 757.98 lb R = 758 lb cosθ x = Rx 319.86 lb = = 0.42199 R 757.98 lb θ x = 65.0° cosθ y = Ry R = 635.67 lb = 0.83864 757.98 lb θ y = 33.0° cosθ z = Rz 261.04 lb = = 0.34439 R 757.98 lb θ z = 69.9° 97 PROBLEM 2.94 Find the magnitude and direction of the resultant of the two forces shown knowing that P = 600 N and Q = 400 N. SOLUTION Using the results from 2.93: P = ( 600 lb ) [ −0.2241i + 0.50 j + 0.8365k ] = − (134.46 lb ) i + ( 300 lb ) j + ( 501.9 lb ) k Q = ( 400 lb ) [ 0.71985i + 0.64278 j − 0.26201k ] = ( 287.94 lb ) i + ( 257.11 lb ) j − (104.804 lb ) k R = P + Q = (153.48 lb ) i + ( 557.11 lb ) j + ( 397.10 lb ) k R= (153.48 lb )2 + ( 557.11 lb )2 + ( 397.10 lb )2 = 701.15 lb R = 701 lb cosθ x = Rx 153.48 lb = = 0.21890 R 701.15 lb θ x = 77.4° cosθ y = Ry R = 557.11 lb = 0.79457 701.15 lb θ y = 37.4° cosθ z = Rz 397.10 lb = = 0.56637 R 701.15 lb θ z = 55.5° 98 PROBLEM 2.95 Knowing that the tension is 850 N in cable AB and 1020 N in cable AC, determine the magnitude and direction of the resultant of the forces exerted at A by the two cables. SOLUTION JJJG AB = ( 400 mm ) i − ( 450 mm ) j + ( 600 mm ) k AB = ( 400 mm )2 + ( −450 mm )2 + ( 600 mm )2 = 850 mm JJJG AC = (1000 mm ) i − ( 450 mm ) j + ( 600 mm ) k AC = (1000 mm )2 + ( −450 mm )2 + ( 600 mm )2 TAB = TABλ AB = TAB = 1250 mm JJJG ( 400 mm ) i − ( 450 mm ) j + ( 600 mm ) k AB = ( 850 N ) AB 850 mm TAB = ( 400 N ) i − ( 450 N ) j + ( 600 N ) k TAC = TAC λ AC = TAC JJJG (1000 mm ) i − ( 450 mm ) j + ( 600 mm ) k AC = (1020 N ) AC 1250 mm TAC = ( 816 N ) i − ( 367.2 N ) j + ( 489.6 N ) k R = TAB + TAC = (1216 N ) i − ( 817.2 N ) j + (1089.6 N ) k R = 1825.8 N Then: and cosθ x = cosθ y = cosθ z = R = 1826 N 1216 = 0.66601 1825.8 θ x = 48.2° −817.2 = −0.44758 1825.8 θ y = 116.6° 1089.6 = 0.59678 1825.8 θ z = 53.4° 99 PROBLEM 2.96 Assuming that in Problem 2.95 the tension is 1020 N in cable AB and 850 N in cable AC, determine the magnitude and direction of the resultant of the forces exerted at A by the two cables. SOLUTION JJJG AB = ( 400 mm ) i − ( 450 mm ) j + ( 600 mm ) k AB = ( 400 mm )2 + ( −450 mm )2 + ( 600 mm )2 = 850 mm JJJG AC = (1000 mm ) i − ( 450 mm ) j + ( 600 mm ) k AC = (1000 mm )2 + ( −450 mm )2 + ( 600 mm )2 TAB = TABλ AB = TAB = 1250 mm JJJG ( 400 mm ) i − ( 450 mm ) j + ( 600 mm ) k AB = (1020 N ) AB 850 mm TAB = ( 480 N ) i − ( 540 N ) j + ( 720 N ) k TAC = TAC λ AC = TAC JJJG (1000 mm ) i − ( 450 mm ) j + ( 600 mm ) k AC = ( 850 N ) AC 1250 mm TAC = ( 680 N ) i − ( 306 N ) j + ( 408 N ) k R = TAB + TAC = (1160 N ) i − ( 846 N ) j + (1128 N ) k R = 1825.8 N R = 1826 N cosθ x = 1160 = 0.6353 1825.8 θ x = 50.6° cosθ y = −846 = −0.4634 1825.8 θ y = 117.6° 1128 = 0.6178 1825.8 θ z = 51.8° Then: and cosθ z = 100 PROBLEM 2.97 For the semicircular ring of Problem 2.91, determine the magnitude and direction of the resultant of the forces exerted by the cables at B knowing that the tensions in cables BD and BE are 220 N and 250 N, respectively. SOLUTION For the solutions to Problems 2.91 and 2.92, we have TBD = − (120 N ) i + (140 N ) j + (120 N ) k TBE = − (120 N ) i + (150 N ) j − (160 N ) k Then: R B = TBD + TBE = − ( 240 N ) i + ( 290 N ) j − ( 40 N ) k and R = 378.55 N cosθ x = − RB = 379 N 240 = −0.6340 378.55 θ x = 129.3° cosθ y = 290 = −0.7661 378.55 θ y = 40.0° cosθ z = − 40 = −0.1057 378.55 θ z = 96.1° 101 PROBLEM 2.98 To stabilize a tree partially uprooted in a storm, cables AB and AC are attached to the upper trunk of the tree and then are fastened to steel rods anchored in the ground. Knowing that the tension in AB is 920 lb and that the resultant of the forces exerted at A by cables AB and AC lies in the yz plane, determine (a) the tension in AC, (b) the magnitude and direction of the resultant of the two forces. SOLUTION Have TAB = ( 920 lb )( sin 50° cos 40°i − cos 50° j + sin 50° sin 40° j) TAC = TAC ( − cos 45° sin 25°i − sin 45° j + cos 45° cos 25° j) (a) R A = TAB + TAC ( RA ) x ∴ ( RA ) x = ΣFx = 0: =0 ( 920 lb ) sin 50° cos 40° − TAC cos 45° sin 25° = 0 or TAC = 1806.60 lb TAC = 1807 lb (b) ( RA ) y = ΣFy : − ( 920 lb ) cos 50° − (1806.60 lb ) sin 45° ( RA ) y ( RA ) z = ΣFz : = −1868.82 lb ( 920 lb ) sin 50° sin 40° + (1806.60 lb ) cos 45° cos 25° ( RA ) z = 1610.78 lb ∴ RA = − (1868.82 lb ) j + (1610.78 lb ) k Then: RA = 2467.2 lb RA = 2.47 kips 102 PROBLEM 2.98 CONTINUED and cosθ x = cosθ y = cosθ z = 0 =0 2467.2 θ x = 90.0° −1868.82 = −0.7560 2467.2 θ y = 139.2° 1610.78 = 0.65288 2467.2 θ z = 49.2° 103 PROBLEM 2.99 To stabilize a tree partially uprooted in a storm, cables AB and AC are attached to the upper trunk of the tree and then are fastened to steel rods anchored in the ground. Knowing that the tension in AC is 850 lb and that the resultant of the forces exerted at A by cables AB and AC lies in the yz plane, determine (a) the tension in AB, (b) the magnitude and direction of the resultant of the two forces. SOLUTION Have TAB = TAB ( sin 50° cos 40°i − cos 50° j + sin 50° sin 40° j) TAC = ( 850 lb )( − cos 45° sin 25°i − sin 45° j + cos 45° cos 25° j) (a) ( RA ) x ∴ ( RA ) x =0 = ΣFx = 0: TAB sin 50° cos 40° − ( 850 lb ) cos 45° sin 25° = 0 TAB = 432.86 lb TAB = 433 lb (b) ( RA ) y = ΣFy : − ( 432.86 lb ) cos 50° − ( 850 lb ) sin 45° ( RA ) y ( RA ) z = ΣFz : = −879.28 lb ( 432.86 lb ) sin 50° sin 40° + (850 lb ) cos 45° cos 25° ( RA ) z = 757.87 lb ∴ R A = − ( 879.28 lb ) j + ( 757.87 lb ) k RA = 1160.82 lb cosθ x = cosθ y = RA = 1.161 kips 0 =0 1160.82 θ x = 90.0° −879.28 = −0.75746 1160.82 θ y = 139.2° 757.87 = 0.65287 1160.82 θ z = 49.2° cosθ z = 104 PROBLEM 2.100 For the plate of Problem 2.89, determine the tension in cables AB and AD knowing that the tension if cable AC is 27 lb and that the resultant of the forces exerted by the three cables at A must be vertical. SOLUTION With: JJJG AC = ( 45 in.) i − ( 48 in.) j + ( 36 in.) k ( 45 in.)2 + ( −48 in.)2 + ( 36 in.)2 AC = TAC = TAC λ AC = TAC = 75 in. JJJG AC 27 lb ( 45 in.) i − ( 48 in.) j + ( 36 in.) k = AC 75 in. TAC = (16.2 lb ) i − (17.28 lb ) j + (12.96 ) k and JJJG AB = − ( 32 in.) i − ( 48 in.) j + ( 36 in.) k ( −32 in.)2 + ( −48 in.)2 + ( 36 in.)2 AB = TAB = TABλ AB = TAB = 68 in. JJJG AB T = AB ( −32 in.) i − ( 48 in.) j + ( 36 in.) k AB 68 in. TAB = TAB ( −0.4706i − 0.7059 j + 0.5294k ) and JJJG AD = ( 25 in.) i − ( 48 in.) j − ( 36 in.) k AD = ( 25 in.)2 + ( −48 in.)2 + ( 36 in.)2 TAD = TADλ AD = TAD = 65 in. JJJG AD T = AD ( 25 in.) i − ( 48 in.) j − ( 36 in.) k AD 65 in. TAD = TAD ( 0.3846i − 0.7385 j − 0.5538k ) 105 PROBLEM 2.100 CONTINUED Now R = TAB + TAD + TAD = TAB ( −0.4706i − 0.7059 j + 0.5294k ) + (16.2 lb ) i − (17.28 lb ) j + (12.96 ) k + TAD ( 0.3846i − 0.7385 j − 0.5538k ) Since R must be vertical, the i and k components of this sum must be zero. Hence: −0.4706TAB + 0.3846TAD + 16.2 lb = 0 (1) 0.5294TAB − 0.5538TAD + 12.96 lb = 0 (2) Solving (1) and (2), we obtain: TAB = 244.79 lb, TAD = 257.41 lb TAB = 245 lb TAD = 257 lb 106 PROBLEM 2.101 The support assembly shown is bolted in place at B, C, and D and supports a downward force P at A. Knowing that the forces in members AB, AC, and AD are directed along the respective members and that the force in member AB is 146 N, determine the magnitude of P. SOLUTION Note that AB, AC, and AD are in compression. Have and d BA = ( −220 mm )2 + (192 mm )2 + ( 0 )2 d DA = (192 mm )2 + (192 mm )2 + ( 96 mm )2 dCA = ( 0 )2 + (192 mm )2 + ( −144 mm )2 FBA = FBAλ BA = = 292 mm = 288 mm = 240 mm 146 N ( −220 mm ) i + (192 mm ) j 292 mm = − (110 N ) i + ( 96 N ) j FCA = FCAλ CA = FCA (192 mm ) j − (144 mm ) k 240 mm = FCA ( 0.80j − 0.60k ) FDA = FDAλ DA = FDA (192 mm ) i + (192 mm ) j + ( 96 mm ) k 288 mm = FDA [ 0.66667i + 0.66667 j + 0.33333k ] P = − Pj With At A: i-component: ΣF = 0: FBA + FCA + FDA + P = 0 − (110 N ) + 0.66667 FDA = 0 or FDA = 165 N j-component: 96 N + 0.80 FCA + 0.66667 (165 N ) − P = 0 (1) k-component: −0.60FCA + 0.33333 (165 N ) = 0 (2) Solving (2) for FCA and then using that result in (1), gives 107 P = 279 N PROBLEM 2.102 The support assembly shown is bolted in place at B, C, and D and supports a downward force P at A. Knowing that the forces in members AB, AC, and AD are directed along the respective members and that P = 200 N, determine the forces in the members. SOLUTION With the results of 2.101: FBA = FBAλ BA = FBA ( −220 mm ) i + (192 mm ) j 292 mm = FBA [ −0.75342i + 0.65753j] N FCA = FCAλ CA = FCA (192 mm ) j − (144 mm ) k 240 mm = FCA ( 0.80 j − 0.60k ) FDA = FDAλ DA = FDA (192 mm ) i + (192 mm ) j + ( 96 mm ) k 288 mm = FDA [ 0.66667i + 0.66667 j + 0.33333k ] P = − ( 200 N ) j With: ΣF = 0: FBA + FCA + FDA + P = 0 At A: Hence, equating the three (i, j, k) components to 0 gives three equations i-component: −0.75342 FBA + 0.66667 FDA = 0 (1) j-component: 0.65735FBA + 0.80FCA + 0.66667 FDA − 200 N = 0 (2) k-component: −0.60FCA + 0.33333FDA = 0 (3) Solving (1), (2), and (3), gives FBA = 104.5 N, FCA = 65.6 N, FDA = 118.1 N FBA = 104.5 N FCA = 65.6 N FDA = 118.1 N 108 PROBLEM 2.103 Three cables are used to tether a balloon as shown. Determine the vertical force P exerted by the balloon at A knowing that the tension in cable AB is 60 lb. SOLUTION The forces applied at A are: TAB , TAC , TAD and P where P = Pj . To express the other forces in terms of the unit vectors i, j, k, we write JJJG AB = − (12.6 ft ) i − (16.8 ft ) j AB = 21 ft JJJG AC = ( 7.2 ft ) i − (16.8 ft ) j + (12.6 ft ) k AC = 22.2 ft JJJG AD = − (16.8 ft ) j − ( 9.9 ft ) k AD = 19.5 ft JJJG AB = ( −0.6i − 0.8j) TAB TAB = TABλ AB = TAB and AB JJJG AC = ( 0.3242i − 0.75676 j + 0.56757k ) TAC TAC = TAC λ AC = TAC AC JJJG AD = ( −0.8615 j − 0.50769k ) TAD TAD = TADλ AD = TAD AD 109 PROBLEM 2.103 CONTINUED Equilibrium Condition ΣF = 0: TAB + TAC + TAD + Pj = 0 Substituting the expressions obtained for TAB , TAC , and TAD and factoring i, j, and k: ( −0.6TAB + 0.3242TAC ) i + ( −0.8TAB − 0.75676TAC − 0.8615TAD + P ) j + ( 0.56757TAC − 0.50769TAD ) k = 0 Equating to zero the coefficients of i, j, k: −0.6TAB + 0.3242TAC = 0 (1) −0.8TAB − 0.75676TAC − 0.8615TAD + P = 0 (2) 0.56757TAC − 0.50769TAD = 0 (3) Setting TAB = 60 lb in (1) and (2), and solving the resulting set of equations gives TAC = 111 lb TAD = 124.2 lb P = 239 lb 110 PROBLEM 2.104 Three cables are used to tether a balloon as shown. Determine the vertical force P exerted by the balloon at A knowing that the tension in cable AC is 100 lb. SOLUTION See Problem 2.103 for the figure and the analysis leading to the linear algebraic Equations (1), (2), and (3) below: −0.6TAB + 0.3242TAC = 0 (1) −0.8TAB − 0.75676TAC − 0.8615TAD + P = 0 (2) 0.56757TAC − 0.50769TAD = 0 (3) Substituting TAC = 100 lb in Equations (1), (2), and (3) above, and solving the resulting set of equations using conventional algorithms gives TAB = 54 lb TAD = 112 lb P = 215 lb 111 PROBLEM 2.105 The crate shown in Figure P2.105 and P2.108 is supported by three cables. Determine the weight of the crate knowing that the tension in cable AB is 3 kN. SOLUTION The forces applied at A are: TAB , TAC , TAD and P where P = Pj . To express the other forces in terms of the unit vectors i, j, k, we write JJJG AB = − ( 0.72 m ) i + (1.2 m ) j − ( 0.54 m ) k , AB = 1.5 m JJJG AC = (1.2 m ) j + ( 0.64 m ) k , AC = 1.36 m JJJG AD = ( 0.8 m ) i + (1.2 m ) j − ( 0.54 m ) k , AD = 1.54 m JJJG AB TAB = TABλ AB = TAB = ( −0.48i + 0.8 j − 0.36k ) TAB and AB JJJG AC TAC = TAC λ AC = TAC = ( 0.88235j + 0.47059k ) TAC AC JJJG AD TAD = TADλ AD = TAD = ( 0.51948i + 0.77922 j − 0.35065k ) TAD AD Equilibrium Condition with W = −Wj ΣF = 0: TAB + TAC + TAD − Wj = 0 Substituting the expressions obtained for TAB , TAC , and TAD and factoring i, j, and k: ( −0.48TAB + 0.51948TAD ) i + ( 0.8TAB + 0.88235TAC + 0.77922TAD − W ) j + ( −0.36TAB + 0.47059TAC − 0.35065TAD ) k = 0 112 PROBLEM 2.105 CONTINUED Equating to zero the coefficients of i, j, k: −0.48TAB + 0.51948TAD = 0 0.8TAB + 0.88235TAC + 0.77922TAD − W = 0 −0.36TAB + 0.47059TAC − 0.35065TAD = 0 Substituting TAB = 3 kN in Equations (1), (2) and (3) and solving the resulting set of equations, using conventional algorithms for solving linear algebraic equations, gives TAC = 4.3605 kN TAD = 2.7720 kN W = 8.41 kN 113 PROBLEM 2.106 For the crate of Problem 2.105, determine the weight of the crate knowing that the tension in cable AD is 2.8 kN. Problem 2.105: The crate shown in Figure P2.105 and P2.108 is supported by three cables. Determine the weight of the crate knowing that the tension in cable AB is 3 kN. SOLUTION See Problem 2.105 for the figure and the analysis leading to the linear algebraic Equations (1), (2), and (3) below: −0.48TAB + 0.51948TAD = 0 0.8TAB + 0.88235TAC + 0.77922TAD − W = 0 −0.36TAB + 0.47059TAC − 0.35065TAD = 0 Substituting TAD = 2.8 kN in Equations (1), (2), and (3) above, and solving the resulting set of equations using conventional algorithms, gives TAB = 3.03 kN TAC = 4.40 kN W = 8.49 kN 114 PROBLEM 2.107 For the crate of Problem 2.105, determine the weight of the crate knowing that the tension in cable AC is 2.4 kN. Problem 2.105: The crate shown in Figure P2.105 and P2.108 is supported by three cables. Determine the weight of the crate knowing that the tension in cable AB is 3 kN. SOLUTION See Problem 2.105 for the figure and the analysis leading to the linear algebraic Equations (1), (2), and (3) below: −0.48TAB + 0.51948TAD = 0 0.8TAB + 0.88235TAC + 0.77922TAD − W = 0 −0.36TAB + 0.47059TAC − 0.35065TAD = 0 Substituting TAC = 2.4 kN in Equations (1), (2), and (3) above, and solving the resulting set of equations using conventional algorithms, gives TAB = 1.651 kN TAD = 1.526 kN W = 4.63 kN 115 PROBLEM 2.108 A 750-kg crate is supported by three cables as shown. Determine the tension in each cable. SOLUTION See Problem 2.105 for the figure and the analysis leading to the linear algebraic Equations (1), (2), and (3) below: −0.48TAB + 0.51948TAD = 0 0.8TAB + 0.88235TAC + 0.77922TAD − W = 0 −0.36TAB + 0.47059TAC − 0.35065TAD = 0 ( ) Substituting W = ( 750 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 7.36 kN in Equations (1), (2), and (3) above, and solving the resulting set of equations using conventional algorithms, gives TAB = 2.63 kN TAC = 3.82 kN TAD = 2.43 kN 116 PROBLEM 2.109 A force P is applied as shown to a uniform cone which is supported by three cords, where the lines of action of the cords pass through the vertex A of the cone. Knowing that P = 0 and that the tension in cord BE is 0.2 lb, determine the weight W of the cone. SOLUTION Note that because the line of action of each of the cords passes through the vertex A of the cone, the cords all have the same length, and the unit vectors lying along the cords are parallel to the unit vectors lying along the generators of the cone. Thus, for example, the unit vector along BE is identical to the unit vector along the generator AB. Hence: It follows that: λ AB = λ BE = cos 45°i + 8j − sin 45°k 65 cos 45°i + 8 j − sin 45°k TBE = TBE λ BE = TBE 65 cos 30°i + 8j + sin 30°k TCF = TCF λ CF = TCF 65 − cos15°i + 8 j − sin15°k TDG = TDG λ DG = TDG 65 117 PROBLEM 2.109 CONTINUED ΣF = 0: TBE + TCF + TDG + W + P = 0 At A: Then, isolating the factors of i, j, and k, we obtain three algebraic equations: i: or TBE T T cos 45° + CF cos 30° − DG cos15° + P = 0 65 65 65 TBE cos 45° + TCF cos 30° − TDG cos15° + P 65 = 0 j: TBE k: − or 8 8 8 + TCF + TDG −W = 0 65 65 65 TBE + TCF + TDG − W or (1) 65 =0 8 (2) TBE T T sin 45° + CF sin 30° − DG sin15° = 0 65 65 65 −TBE sin 45° + TCF sin 30° − TDG sin15° = 0 (3) With P = 0 and the tension in cord BE = 0.2 lb: Solving the resulting Equations (1), (2), and (3) using conventional methods in Linear Algebra (elimination, matrix methods or iteration – with MATLAB or Maple, for example), we obtain: TCF = 0.669 lb TDG = 0.746 lb W = 1.603 lb 118 PROBLEM 2.110 A force P is applied as shown to a uniform cone which is supported by three cords, where the lines of action of the cords pass through the vertex A of the cone. Knowing that the cone weighs 1.6 lb, determine the range of values of P for which cord CF is taut. SOLUTION See Problem 2.109 for the Figure and the analysis leading to the linear algebraic Equations (1), (2), and (3) below: i : TBE cos 45° + TCF cos 30° − TDG cos15° + 65 P = 0 j: TBE + TCF + TDG − W 65 =0 8 k : − TBE sin 45° + TCF sin 30° − TDG sin15° = 0 (1) (2) (3) With W = 1.6 lb , the range of values of P for which the cord CF is taut can found by solving Equations (1), (2), and (3) for the tension TCF as a function of P and requiring it to be positive (> 0). Solving (1), (2), and (3) with unknown P, using conventional methods in Linear Algebra (elimination, matrix methods or iteration – with MATLAB or Maple, for example), we obtain: TCF = ( −1.729 P + 0.668 ) lb Hence, for TCF > 0 or −1.729 P + 0.668 > 0 P < 0.386 lb ∴ 0 < P < 0.386 lb 119 PROBLEM 2.111 A transmission tower is held by three guy wires attached to a pin at A and anchored by bolts at B, C, and D. If the tension in wire AB is 3.6 kN, determine the vertical force P exerted by the tower on the pin at A. SOLUTION The force in each cable can be written as the product of the magnitude of the force and the unit vector along the cable. That is, with JJJG AC = (18 m ) i − ( 30 m ) j + ( 5.4 m ) k AC = (18 m )2 + ( −30 m )2 + ( 5.4 m )2 TAC = T λ AC = TAC = 35.4 m JJJG AC TAC (18 m ) i − ( 30 m ) j + ( 5.4 m ) k = 35.4 m AC TAC = TAC ( 0.5085i − 0.8475j + 0.1525k ) JJJG AB = − ( 6 m ) i − ( 30 m ) j + ( 7.5 m ) k and AB = ( −6 m )2 + ( −30 m )2 + ( 7.5 m )2 TAB = T λ AB = TAB = 31.5 m JJJG AB TAB − ( 6 m ) i − ( 30 m ) j + ( 7.5 m ) k = AB 31.5 m TAB = TAB ( −0.1905i − 0.9524 j + 0.2381k ) JJJG AD = − ( 6 m ) i − ( 30 m ) j − ( 22.2 m ) k Finally AD = ( −6 m )2 + ( −30 m )2 + ( −22.2 m )2 TAD = T λ AD = TAD = 37.8 m JJJG AD TAD − ( 6 m ) i − ( 30 m ) j − ( 22.2 m ) k = AD 37.8 m TAD = TAD ( −0.1587i − 0.7937 j − 0.5873k ) 120 PROBLEM 2.111 CONTINUED With P = Pj, at A: ΣF = 0: TAB + TAC + TAD + Pj = 0 Equating the factors of i, j, and k to zero, we obtain the linear algebraic equations: i : − 0.1905TAB + 0.5085TAC − 0.1587TAD = 0 (1) j: − 0.9524TAB − 0.8475TAC − 0.7937TAD + P = 0 (2) k : 0.2381TAB + 0.1525TAC − 0.5873TAD = 0 (3) In Equations (1), (2) and (3), set TAB = 3.6 kN, and, using conventional methods for solving Linear Algebraic Equations (MATLAB or Maple, for example), we obtain: TAC = 1.963 kN TAD = 1.969 kN P = 6.66 kN 121 PROBLEM 2.112 A transmission tower is held by three guy wires attached to a pin at A and anchored by bolts at B, C, and D. If the tension in wire AC is 2.6 kN, determine the vertical force P exerted by the tower on the pin at A. SOLUTION Based on the results of Problem 2.111, particularly Equations (1), (2) and (3), we substitute TAC = 2.6 kN and solve the three resulting linear equations using conventional tools for solving Linear Algebraic Equations (MATLAB or Maple, for example), to obtain TAB = 4.77 kN TAD = 2.61 kN P = 8.81 kN 122 PROBLEM 2.113 A rectangular plate is supported by three cables as shown. Knowing that the tension in cable AC is 15 lb, determine the weight of the plate. SOLUTION The (vector) force in each cable can be written as the product of the (scalar) force and the unit vector along the cable. That is, with JJJG AB = ( 32 in.) i − ( 48 in.) j + ( 36 in.) k AB = ( −32 in.)2 + ( −48 in.)2 + ( 36 in.)2 TAB = T λ AB = TAB = 68 in. JJJG AB T = AB − ( 32 in.) i − ( 48 in.) j + ( 36 in.) k AB 68 in. TAB = TAB ( −0.4706i − 0.7059 j + 0.5294k ) JJJG AC = ( 45 in.) i − ( 48 in.) j + ( 36 in.) k and AC = ( 45 in.)2 + ( −48 in.)2 + ( 36 in.)2 TAC = T λ AC = TAC = 75 in. JJJG AC T = AC ( 45 in.) i − ( 48 in.) j + ( 36 in.) k 75 in. AC TAC = TAC ( 0.60i − 0.64 j + 0.48k ) JJJG AD = ( 25 in.) i − ( 48 in.) j − ( 36 in.) k Finally, AD = 123 ( 25 in.)2 + ( −48 in.)2 + ( −36 in.)2 = 65 in. PROBLEM 2.113 CONTINUED TAD = T λ AD = TAD JJJG AD T = AD ( 25 in.) i − ( 48 in.) j − ( 36 in.) k AD 65 in. TAD = TAD ( 0.3846i − 0.7385 j − 0.5538k ) With W = Wj, at A we have: ΣF = 0: TAB + TAC + TAD + Wj = 0 Equating the factors of i, j, and k to zero, we obtain the linear algebraic equations: i : − 0.4706TAB + 0.60TAC − 0.3846TAD = 0 (1) j: − 0.7059TAB − 0.64TAC − 0.7385TAD + W = 0 (2) k : 0.5294TAB + 0.48TAC − 0.5538TAD = 0 (3) In Equations (1), (2) and (3), set TAC = 15 lb, and, using conventional methods for solving Linear Algebraic Equations (MATLAB or Maple, for example), we obtain: TAB = 136.0 lb TAD = 143.0 lb W = 211 lb 124 PROBLEM 2.114 A rectangular plate is supported by three cables as shown. Knowing that the tension in cable AD is 120 lb, determine the weight of the plate. SOLUTION Based on the results of Problem 2.111, particularly Equations (1), (2) and (3), we substitute TAD = 120 lb and solve the three resulting linear equations using conventional tools for solving Linear Algebraic Equations (MATLAB or Maple, for example), to obtain TAC = 12.59 lb TAB = 114.1 lb W = 177.2 lb 125 PROBLEM 2.115 A horizontal circular plate having a mass of 28 kg is suspended as shown from three wires which are attached to a support D and form 30° angles with the vertical. Determine the tension in each wire. SOLUTION ΣFx = 0: − TAD sin 30° sin 50° + TBD sin 30° cos 40° + TCD sin 30° cos 60° = 0 Dividing through by the factor sin 30° and evaluating the trigonometric functions gives −0.7660TAD + 0.7660TBD + 0.50TCD = 0 (1) Similarly, ΣFz = 0: TAD sin 30° cos 50° + TBD sin 30° sin 40° − TCD sin 30° sin 60° = 0 or 0.6428TAD + 0.6428TBD − 0.8660TCD = 0 (2) TAD = TBD + 0.6527TCD From (1) Substituting this into (2): TBD = 0.3573TCD (3) TAD = TCD (4) Using TAD from above: Now, ΣFy = 0: − TAD cos 30° − TBD cos 30° − TCD cos 30° ( ) + ( 28 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 0 or TAD + TBD + TCD = 317.2 N 126 PROBLEM 2.115 CONTINUED Using (3) and (4), above: TCD + 0.3573TCD + TCD = 317.2 N TAD = 135.1 N Then: TBD = 46.9 N TCD = 135.1 N 127 PROBLEM 2.119 A force P is applied as shown to a uniform cone which is supported by three cords, where the lines of action of the cords pass through the vertex A of the cone. Knowing that the cone weighs 2.4 lb and that P = 0, determine the tension in each cord. SOLUTION Note that because the line of action of each of the cords passes through the vertex A of the cone, the cords all have the same length, and the unit vectors lying along the cords are parallel to the unit vectors lying along the generators of the cone. Thus, for example, the unit vector along BE is identical to the unit vector along the generator AB. Hence: λ AB = λBE = cos 45°i + 8j − sin 45°k 65 It follows that: cos 45°i + 8 j − sin 45°k TBE = TBE λ BE = TBE 65 cos 30°i + 8j + sin 30°k TCF = TCF λ CF = TCF 65 − cos15°i + 8 j − sin15°k TDG = TDG λ DG = TDG 65 At A: ΣF = 0: TBE + TCF + TDG + W + P = 0 132 PROBLEM 2.119 CONTINUED Then, isolating the factors if i, j, and k we obtain three algebraic equations: i: TBE T T cos 45° + CF cos 30° − DG cos15° = 0 65 65 65 TBE cos 45° + TCF cos 30° − TDG cos15° = 0 or j: TBE k: − or 8 8 8 + TCF + TDG −W = 0 65 65 65 TBE + TCF + TDG = or (1) 2.4 65 = 0.3 65 8 (2) TBE T T sin 45° + CF sin 30° − DG sin15° − P = 0 65 65 65 −TBE sin 45° + TCF sin 30° − TDG sin15° = P 65 (3) With P = 0, the tension in the cords can be found by solving the resulting Equations (1), (2), and (3) using conventional methods in Linear Algebra (elimination, matrix methods or iteration–with MATLAB or Maple, for example). We obtain TBE = 0.299 lb TCF = 1.002 lb TDG = 1.117 lb 133 PROBLEM 2.120 A force P is applied as shown to a uniform cone which is supported by three cords, where the lines of action of the cords pass through the vertex A of the cone. Knowing that the cone weighs 2.4 lb and that P = 0.1 lb, determine the tension in each cord. SOLUTION See Problem 2.121 for the analysis leading to the linear algebraic Equations (1), (2), and (3) below: TBE cos 45° + TCF cos 30° − TDG cos15° = 0 (1) TBE + TCF + TDG = 0.3 65 (2) −TBE sin 45° + TCF sin 30° − TDG sin15° = P 65 (3) With P = 0.1 lb, solving (1), (2), and (3), using conventional methods in Linear Algebra (elimination, matrix methods or iteration–with MATLAB or Maple, for example), we obtain TBE = 1.006 lb TCF = 0.357 lb TDG = 1.056 lb 134 PROBLEM 2.121 Using two ropes and a roller chute, two workers are unloading a 200-kg cast-iron counterweight from a truck. Knowing that at the instant shown the counterweight is kept from moving and that the positions of points A, B, and C are, respectively, A(0, –0.5 m, 1 m), B(–0.6 m, 0.8 m, 0), and C(0.7 m, 0.9 m, 0), and assuming that no friction exists between the counterweight and the chute, determine the tension in each rope. (Hint: Since there is no friction, the force exerted by the chute on the counterweight must be perpendicular to the chute.) SOLUTION From the geometry of the chute: N= N ( 2 j + k ) = N ( 0.8944 j + 0.4472k ) 5 As in Problem 2.11, for example, the force in each rope can be written as the product of the magnitude of the force and the unit vector along the cable. Thus, with JJJG AB = − ( 0.6 m ) i + (1.3 m ) j + (1 m ) k AB = ( −0.6 m )2 + (1.3 m )2 + (1 m )2 TAB = T λ AB = TAB = 1.764 m JJJG AB TAB − ( 0.6 m ) i + (1.3 m ) j + (1 m ) k = AB 1.764 m TAB = TAB ( −0.3436i + 0.7444 j + 0.5726k ) JJJG AC = ( 0.7 m ) i + (1.4 m ) j − (1 m ) k and AC = ( 0.7 m )2 + (1.4 m )2 + ( −1 m )2 TAC = T λ AC = TAC = 1.8574 m JJJG AC TAC ( 0.7 m ) i + (1.4 m ) j − (1 m ) k = AC 1.764 m TAC = TAC ( 0.3769i + 0.7537 j − 0.5384k ) ΣF = 0: N + TAB + TAC + W = 0 Then: 135 PROBLEM 2.121 CONTINUED With W = ( 200 kg )( 9.81 m/s ) = 1962 N, and equating the factors of i, j, and k to zero, we obtain the linear algebraic equations: i : − 0.3436TAB + 0.3769TAC = 0 (1) j: 0.7444TAB + 0.7537TAC + 0.8944 N − 1962 = 0 (2) k : − 0.5726TAB − 0.5384TAC + 0.4472 N = 0 (3) Using conventional methods for solving Linear Algebraic Equations (elimination, MATLAB or Maple, for example), we obtain N = 1311 N TAB = 551 N TAC = 503 N 136 PROBLEM 2.122 Solve Problem 2.121 assuming that a third worker is exerting a force P = −(180 N)i on the counterweight. Problem 2.121: Using two ropes and a roller chute, two workers are unloading a 200-kg cast-iron counterweight from a truck. Knowing that at the instant shown the counterweight is kept from moving and that the positions of points A, B, and C are, respectively, A(0, –0.5 m, 1 m), B(–0.6 m, 0.8 m, 0), and C(0.7 m, 0.9 m, 0), and assuming that no friction exists between the counterweight and the chute, determine the tension in each rope. (Hint: Since there is no friction, the force exerted by the chute on the counterweight must be perpendicular to the chute.) SOLUTION From the geometry of the chute: N= N ( 2 j + k ) = N ( 0.8944 j + 0.4472k ) 5 As in Problem 2.11, for example, the force in each rope can be written as the product of the magnitude of the force and the unit vector along the cable. Thus, with JJJG AB = − ( 0.6 m ) i + (1.3 m ) j + (1 m ) k AB = ( −0.6 m )2 + (1.3 m )2 + (1 m )2 TAB = T λ AB = TAB = 1.764 m JJJG AB TAB − ( 0.6 m ) i + (1.3 m ) j + (1 m ) k = AB 1.764 m TAB = TAB ( −0.3436i + 0.7444 j + 0.5726k ) JJJG AC = ( 0.7 m ) i + (1.4 m ) j − (1 m ) k and AC = ( 0.7 m )2 + (1.4 m )2 + ( −1 m )2 TAC = T λ AC = TAC = 1.8574 m JJJG AC TAC ( 0.7 m ) i + (1.4 m ) j − (1 m ) k = AC 1.764 m TAC = TAC ( 0.3769i + 0.7537 j − 0.5384k ) ΣF = 0: N + TAB + TAC + P + W = 0 Then: 137 PROBLEM 2.122 CONTINUED P = − (180 N ) i Where and ( ) W = − ( 200 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 j = − (1962 N ) j Equating the factors of i, j, and k to zero, we obtain the linear equations: i : − 0.3436TAB + 0.3769TAC − 180 = 0 j: 0.8944 N + 0.7444TAB + 0.7537TAC − 1962 = 0 k : 0.4472 N − 0.5726TAB − 0.5384TAC = 0 Using conventional methods for solving Linear Algebraic Equations (elimination, MATLAB or Maple, for example), we obtain N = 1302 N TAB = 306 N TAC = 756 N 138 PROBLEM 2.123 A piece of machinery of weight W is temporarily supported by cables AB, AC, and ADE. Cable ADE is attached to the ring at A, passes over the pulley at D and back through the ring, and is attached to the support at E. Knowing that W = 320 lb, determine the tension in each cable. (Hint: The tension is the same in all portions of cable ADE.) SOLUTION The (vector) force in each cable can be written as the product of the (scalar) force and the unit vector along the cable. That is, with JJJG AB = − ( 9 ft ) i + ( 8 ft ) j − (12 ft ) k AB = ( −9 ft )2 + (8 ft )2 + ( −12 ft )2 TAB = T λ AB = TAB = 17 ft JJJG AB T = AB − ( 9 ft ) i + ( 8 ft ) j − (12 ft ) k AB 17 ft TAB = TAB ( −0.5294i + 0.4706 j − 0.7059k ) and JJJG AC = ( 0 ) i + ( 8 ft ) j + ( 6 ft ) k AC = ( 0 ft )2 + (8 ft )2 + ( 6 ft )2 TAC = T λ AC = TAC = 10 ft JJJG AC T = AC ( 0 ft ) i + ( 8 ft ) j + ( 6 ft ) k AC 10 ft TAC = TAC ( 0.8 j + 0.6k ) and JJJG AD = ( 4 ft ) i + ( 8 ft ) j − (1 ft ) k AD = ( 4 ft )2 + (8 ft )2 + ( −1 ft )2 TAD = T λ AD = TADE = 9 ft JJJG AD TADE ( 4 ft ) i + ( 8 ft ) j − (1 ft ) k = 9 ft AD TAD = TADE ( 0.4444i + 0.8889 j − 0.1111k ) 139 PROBLEM 2.123 CONTINUED Finally, JJJG AE = ( −8 ft ) i + ( 8 ft ) j + ( 4 ft ) k AE = ( −8 ft )2 + (8 ft )2 + ( 4 ft )2 TAE = T λ AE = TADE = 12 ft JJJG AE TADE ( −8 ft ) i + ( 8 ft ) j + ( 4 ft ) k = 12 ft AE TAE = TADE ( −0.6667i + 0.6667 j + 0.3333k ) With the weight of the machinery, W = −W j, at A, we have: ΣF = 0: TAB + TAC + 2TAD − Wj = 0 Equating the factors of i, j, and k to zero, we obtain the following linear algebraic equations: −0.5294TAB + 2 ( 0.4444TADE ) − 0.6667TADE = 0 (1) 0.4706TAB + 0.8TAC + 2 ( 0.8889TADE ) + 0.6667TADE − W = 0 (2) −0.7059TAB + 0.6TAC − 2 ( 0.1111TADE ) + 0.3333TADE = 0 (3) Knowing that W = 320 lb, we can solve Equations (1), (2) and (3) using conventional methods for solving Linear Algebraic Equations (elimination, matrix methods via MATLAB or Maple, for example) to obtain TAB = 46.5 lb TAC = 34.2 lb TADE = 110.8 lb 140 PROBLEM 2.124 A piece of machinery of weight W is temporarily supported by cables AB, AC, and ADE. Cable ADE is attached to the ring at A, passes over the pulley at D and back through the ring, and is attached to the support at E. Knowing that the tension in cable AB is 68 lb, determine (a) the tension in AC, (b) the tension in ADE, (c) the weight W. (Hint: The tension is the same in all portions of cable ADE.) SOLUTION See Problem 2.123 for the analysis leading to the linear algebraic Equations (1), (2), and (3), below: −0.5294TAB + 2 ( 0.4444TADE ) − 0.6667TADE = 0 (1) 0.4706TAB + 0.8TAC + 2 ( 0.8889TADE ) + 0.6667TADE − W = 0 (2) −0.7059TAB + 0.6TAC − 2 ( 0.1111TADE ) + 0.3333TADE = 0 (3) Knowing that the tension in cable AB is 68 lb, we can solve Equations (1), (2) and (3) using conventional methods for solving Linear Algebraic Equations (elimination, matrix methods via MATLAB or Maple, for example) to obtain (a) TAC = 50.0 lb (b) TAE = 162.0 lb (c) 141 W = 468 lb PROBLEM 2.128 Solve Problem 2.127 assuming y = 550 mm. Problem 2.127: Collars A and B are connected by a 1-m-long wire and can slide freely on frictionless rods. If a force P = (680 N) j is applied at A, determine (a) the tension in the wire when y = 300 mm, (b) the magnitude of the force Q required to maintain the equilibrium of the system. SOLUTION From the analysis of Problem 2.127, particularly the results: y 2 + z 2 = 0.84 m 2 TAB = Q= 680 N y 680 N z y With y = 550 mm = 0.55 m, we obtain: z 2 = 0.84 m 2 − ( 0.55 m ) 2 ∴ z = 0.733 m and TAB = (a) 680 N = 1236.4 N 0.55 TAB = 1.236 kN or and Q = 1236 ( 0.866 ) N = 906 N (b) Q = 0.906 kN or 147 PROBLEM 2.129 Member BD exerts on member ABC a force P directed along line BD. Knowing that P must have a 300-lb horizontal component, determine (a) the magnitude of the force P, (b) its vertical component. SOLUTION (a) P sin 35° = 300 1b P= 300 lb sin 35° P = 523 lb (b) Vertical Component Pv = P cos 35° = ( 523 lb ) cos 35° Pv = 428 lb 148 PROBLEM 2.130 A container of weight W is suspended from ring A, to which cables AC and AE are attached. A force P is applied to the end F of a third cable which passes over a pulley at B and through ring A and which is attached to a support at D. Knowing that W = 1000 N, determine the magnitude of P. (Hint: The tension is the same in all portions of cable FBAD.) SOLUTION The (vector) force in each cable can be written as the product of the (scalar) force and the unit vector along the cable. That is, with JJJG AB = − ( 0.78 m ) i + (1.6 m ) j + ( 0 m ) k AB = ( −0.78 m )2 + (1.6 m )2 + ( 0 )2 TAB = T λ AB = TAB = 1.78 m JJJG AB TAB − ( 0.78 m ) i + (1.6 m ) j + ( 0 m ) k = AB 1.78 m TAB = TAB ( −0.4382i + 0.8989 j + 0k ) and JJJG AC = ( 0 ) i + (1.6 m ) j + (1.2 m ) k AC = ( 0 m )2 + (1.6 m )2 + (1.2 m )2 TAC = T λ AC = TAC = 2m JJJG AC TAC ( 0 ) i + (1.6 m ) j + (1.2 m ) k = AC 2m TAC = TAC ( 0.8 j + 0.6k ) and JJJG AD = (1.3 m ) i + (1.6 m ) j + ( 0.4 m ) k AD = (1.3 m )2 + (1.6 m )2 + ( 0.4 m )2 TAD = T λ AD = TAD = 2.1 m JJJG AD T = AD (1.3 m ) i + (1.6 m ) j + ( 0.4 m ) k AD 2.1 m TAD = TAD ( 0.6190i + 0.7619 j + 0.1905k ) 149 PROBLEM 2.130 CONTINUED Finally, JJJG AE = − ( 0.4 m ) i + (1.6 m ) j − ( 0.86 m ) k AE = ( −0.4 m )2 + (1.6 m )2 + ( −0.86 m )2 TAE = T λ AE = TAE = 1.86 m JJJG AE TAE − ( 0.4 m ) i + (1.6 m ) j − ( 0.86 m ) k = AE 1.86 m TAE = TAE ( −0.2151i + 0.8602 j − 0.4624k ) With the weight of the container W = −Wj, at A we have: ΣF = 0: TAB + TAC + TAD − Wj = 0 Equating the factors of i, j, and k to zero, we obtain the following linear algebraic equations: −0.4382TAB + 0.6190TAD − 0.2151TAE = 0 (1) 0.8989TAB + 0.8TAC + 0.7619TAD + 0.8602TAE − W = 0 (2) 0.6TAC + 0.1905TAD − 0.4624TAE = 0 (3) Knowing that W = 1000 N and that because of the pulley system at B TAB = TAD = P, where P is the externally applied (unknown) force, we can solve the system of linear equations (1), (2) and (3) uniquely for P. P = 378 N 150 PROBLEM 2.131 A container of weight W is suspended from ring A, to which cables AC and AE are attached. A force P is applied to the end F of a third cable which passes over a pulley at B and through ring A and which is attached to a support at D. Knowing that the tension in cable AC is 150 N, determine (a) the magnitude of the force P, (b) the weight W of the container. (Hint: The tension is the same in all portions of cable FBAD.) SOLUTION Here, as in Problem 2.130, the support of the container consists of the four cables AE, AC, AD, and AB, with the condition that the force in cables AB and AD is equal to the externally applied force P. Thus, with the condition TAB = TAD = P and using the linear algebraic equations of Problem 2.131 with TAC = 150 N, we obtain (a) P = 454 N (b) W = 1202 N 151 PROBLEM 2.125 A container of weight W is suspended from ring A. Cable BAC passes through the ring and is attached to fixed supports at B and C. Two forces P = Pi and Q = Qk are applied to the ring to maintain the container is the position shown. Knowing that W = 1200 N, determine P and Q. (Hint: The tension is the same in both portions of cable BAC.) SOLUTION The (vector) force in each cable can be written as the product of the (scalar) force and the unit vector along the cable. That is, with JJJG AB = − ( 0.48 m ) i + ( 0.72 m ) j − ( 0.16 m ) k AB = ( −0.48 m )2 + ( 0.72 m )2 + ( −0.16 m )2 TAB = T λ AB = TAB = 0.88 m JJJG AB TAB − ( 0.48 m ) i + ( 0.72 m ) j − ( 0.16 m ) k = AB 0.88 m TAB = TAB ( −0.5455i + 0.8182 j − 0.1818k ) and JJJG AC = ( 0.24 m ) i + ( 0.72 m ) j − ( 0.13 m ) k AC = ( 0.24 m )2 + ( 0.72 m )2 − ( 0.13 m )2 TAC = T λ AC = TAC = 0.77 m JJJG AC TAC ( 0.24 m ) i + ( 0.72 m ) j − ( 0.13 m ) k = 0.77 m AC TAC = TAC ( 0.3177i + 0.9351j − 0.1688k ) At A: ΣF = 0: TAB + TAC + P + Q + W = 0 142 PROBLEM 2.125 CONTINUED Noting that TAB = TAC because of the ring A, we equate the factors of i, j, and k to zero to obtain the linear algebraic equations: i: ( −0.5455 + 0.3177 ) T +P=0 P = 0.2338T or j: ( 0.8182 + 0.9351) T −W = 0 W = 1.7532T or k: ( −0.1818 − 0.1688) T +Q =0 Q = 0.356T or With W = 1200 N: T = 1200 N = 684.5 N 1.7532 P = 160.0 N Q = 240 N 143 PROBLEM 2.126 For the system of Problem 2.125, determine W and P knowing that Q = 160 N. Problem 2.125: A container of weight W is suspended from ring A. Cable BAC passes through the ring and is attached to fixed supports at B and C. Two forces P = Pi and Q = Qk are applied to the ring to maintain the container is the position shown. Knowing that W = 1200 N, determine P and Q. (Hint: The tension is the same in both portions of cable BAC.) SOLUTION Based on the results of Problem 2.125, particularly the three equations relating P, Q, W, and T we substitute Q = 160 N to obtain T = 160 N = 456.3 N 0.3506 W = 800 N P = 107.0 N 144 PROBLEM 2.127 Collars A and B are connected by a 1-m-long wire and can slide freely on frictionless rods. If a force P = (680 N) j is applied at A, determine (a) the tension in the wire when y = 300 mm, (b) the magnitude of the force Q required to maintain the equilibrium of the system. SOLUTION Free-Body Diagrams of collars For both Problems 2.127 and 2.128: ( AB )2 (1 m )2 Here = x2 + y 2 + z 2 = ( 0.40 m ) + y 2 + z 2 2 y 2 + z 2 = 0.84 m 2 or Thus, with y given, z is determined. Now λ AB = JJJG AB 1 = ( 0.40i − yj + zk ) m = 0.4i − yk + zk AB 1 m Where y and z are in units of meters, m. From the F.B. Diagram of collar A: ΣF = 0: N xi + N zk + Pj + TAB λ AB = 0 Setting the j coefficient to zero gives: P − yTAB = 0 With P = 680 N, TAB = 680 N y Now, from the free body diagram of collar B: ΣF = 0: N xi + N y j + Qk − TABλ AB = 0 145 PROBLEM 2.127 CONTINUED Setting the k coefficient to zero gives: Q − TAB z = 0 And using the above result for TAB we have Q = TAB z = 680 N z y Then, from the specifications of the problem, y = 300 mm = 0.3 m z 2 = 0.84 m 2 − ( 0.3 m ) 2 ∴ z = 0.866 m and TAB = (a) 680 N = 2266.7 N 0.30 TAB = 2.27 kN or and Q = 2266.7 ( 0.866 ) = 1963.2 N (b) Q = 1.963 kN or 146 PROBLEM 2.116 A transmission tower is held by three guy wires attached to a pin at A and anchored by bolts at B, C, and D. Knowing that the tower exerts on the pin at A an upward vertical force of 8 kN, determine the tension in each wire. SOLUTION From the solutions of 2.111 and 2.112: TAB = 0.5409 P TAC = 0.295P TAD = 0.2959 P Using P = 8 kN: TAB = 4.33 kN TAC = 2.36 kN TAD = 2.37 kN 128 PROBLEM 2.117 For the rectangular plate of Problems 2.113 and 2.114, determine the tension in each of the three cables knowing that the weight of the plate is 180 lb. SOLUTION From the solutions of 2.113 and 2.114: TAB = 0.6440 P TAC = 0.0709 P TAD = 0.6771P Using P = 180 lb: TAB = 115.9 lb TAC = 12.76 lb TAD = 121.9 lb 129 PROBLEM 2.118 For the cone of Problem 2.110, determine the range of values of P for which cord DG is taut if P is directed in the –x direction. SOLUTION From the solutions to Problems 2.109 and 2.110, have TBE + TCF + TDG = 0.2 65 −TBE sin 45° + TCF sin 30° − TDG sin15° = 0 TBE cos 45° + TCF cos 30° − TDG cos15° − P 65 = 0 (2′) (3) (1′ ) Applying the method of elimination to obtain a desired result: Multiplying (2′) by sin 45° and adding the result to (3): TCF ( sin 45° + sin 30° ) + TDG ( sin 45° − sin15° ) = 0.2 65 sin 45° or TCF = 0.9445 − 0.3714TDG (4) Multiplying (2′) by sin 30° and subtracting (3) from the result: TBE ( sin 30° + sin 45° ) + TDG ( sin 30° + sin15° ) = 0.2 65 sin 30° or TBE = 0.6679 − 0.6286TDG 130 (5) PROBLEM 2.118 CONTINUED Substituting (4) and (5) into (1′) : 1.2903 − 1.7321TDG − P 65 = 0 ∴ TDG is taut for P < 1.2903 lb 65 or 0 ≤ P < 0.1600 lb 131 PROBLEM 2.132 Two cables tied together at C are loaded as shown. Knowing that Q = 60 lb, determine the tension (a) in cable AC, (b) in cable BC. SOLUTION ΣFy = 0: TCA − Q cos 30° = 0 Q = 60 lb With TCA = ( 60 lb )( 0.866 ) (a) TCA = 52.0 lb ΣFx = 0: P − TCB − Q sin 30° = 0 (b) P = 75 lb With TCB = 75 lb − ( 60 lb )( 0.50 ) or TCB = 45.0 lb 152 PROBLEM 2.133 Two cables tied together at C are loaded as shown. Determine the range of values of Q for which the tension will not exceed 60 lb in either cable. SOLUTION ΣFx = 0: TCA − Q cos 30° = 0 Have TCA = 0.8660 Q or TCA ≤ 60 lb Then for 0.8660Q < 60 lb Q ≤ 69.3 lb or ΣFy = 0: TCB = P − Q sin 30° From or TCB = 75 lb − 0.50Q For TCB ≤ 60 lb 75 lb − 0.50Q ≤ 60 lb 0.50Q ≥ 15 lb or Q ≥ 30 lb Thus, 30.0 ≤ Q ≤ 69.3 lb Therefore, 153 PROBLEM 2.134 A welded connection is in equilibrium under the action of the four forces shown. Knowing that FA = 8 kN and FB = 16 kN, determine the magnitudes of the other two forces. SOLUTION Free-Body Diagram of Connection ΣFx = 0: 3 3 FB − FC − FA = 0 5 5 FA = 8 kN, FB = 16 kN With FC = 4 4 (16 kN ) − (8 kN ) 5 5 FC = 6.40 kN ΣFy = 0: − FD + 3 3 FB − FA = 0 5 5 With FA and FB as above: FD = 3 3 (16 kN ) − (8 kN ) 5 5 FD = 4.80 kN 154 PROBLEM 2.135 A welded connection is in equilibrium under the action of the four forces shown. Knowing that FA = 5 kN and FD = 6 kN, determine the magnitudes of the other two forces. SOLUTION Free-Body Diagram of Connection ΣFy = 0: − FD − 3 3 FA + FB = 0 5 5 FB = FD + or 3 FA 5 FA = 5 kN, FD = 8 kN With FB = 5 3 6 kN + ( 5 kN ) 3 5 FB = 15.00 kN ΣFx = 0: − FC + FC = = 4 4 FB − FA = 0 5 5 4 ( FB − FA ) 5 4 (15 kN − 5 kN ) 5 FC = 8.00 kN 155 PROBLEM 2.136 Collar A is connected as shown to a 50-lb load and can slide on a frictionless horizontal rod. Determine the magnitude of the force P required to maintain the equilibrium of the collar when (a) x = 4.5 in., (b) x = 15 in. SOLUTION Free-Body Diagram of Collar (a) Triangle Proportions ΣFx = 0: − P + 4.5 ( 50 lb ) = 0 20.5 or P = 10.98 lb (b) Triangle Proportions ΣFx = 0: − P + 15 ( 50 lb ) = 0 25 or P = 30.0 lb 156 PROBLEM 2.137 Collar A is connected as shown to a 50-lb load and can slide on a frictionless horizontal rod. Determine the distance x for which the collar is in equilibrium when P = 48 lb. SOLUTION Free-Body Diagram of Collar Triangle Proportions Hence: ΣFx = 0: − 48 + xˆ = or 50 xˆ 400 + xˆ 2 =0 48 400 + xˆ 2 50 ( xˆ 2 = 0.92 lb 400 + xˆ 2 ) xˆ 2 = 4737.7 in 2 xˆ = 68.6 in. 157 PROBLEM 2.138 A frame ABC is supported in part by cable DBE which passes through a frictionless ring at B. Knowing that the tension in the cable is 385 N, determine the components of the force exerted by the cable on the support at D. SOLUTION The force in cable DB can be written as the product of the magnitude of the force and the unit vector along the cable. That is, with JJJG DB = ( 480 mm ) i − ( 510 mm ) j + ( 320 mm ) k DB = F = F λ DB ( 480 )2 + ( 510 )2 + ( 320 )2 = 770 mm JJJG DB 385 N ( 480 mm ) i − ( 510 mm ) j + ( 320 mm ) k = F = DB 770 mm F = ( 240 N ) i − ( 255 N ) j + (160 N ) k Fx = +240 N, Fy = −255 N, Fz = +160.0 N 158 PROBLEM 2.139 A frame ABC is supported in part by cable DBE which passes through a frictionless ring at B. Determine the magnitude and direction of the resultant of the forces exerted by the cable at B knowing that the tension in the cable is 385 N. SOLUTION The force in each cable can be written as the product of the magnitude of the force and the unit vector along the cable. That is, with JJJG BD = − ( 0.48 m ) i + ( 0.51 m ) j − ( 0.32 m ) k BD = ( −0.48 m )2 + ( 0.51 m )2 + ( −0.32 m )2 TBD = T λ BD = TBD = 0.77 m JJJG BD TBD − ( 0.48 m ) i + ( 0.51 m ) j − ( 0.32 m ) k = BD 0.77 m TBD = TBD ( −0.6234i + 0.6623j − 0.4156k ) and JJJG BE = − ( 0.27 m ) i + ( 0.40 m ) j − ( 0.6 m ) k BE = ( −0.27 m )2 + ( 0.40 m )2 + ( −0.6 m )2 TBE = T λ BE = TBE = 0.770 m JJJG BD TBE − ( 0.26 m ) i + ( 0.40 m ) j − ( 0.6 m ) k = BD 0.770 m TBE = TBE ( −0.3506i + 0.5195 j − 0.7792k ) Now, because of the frictionless ring at B, TBE = TBD = 385 N and the force on the support due to the two cables is F = 385 N ( −0.6234i + 0.6623j − 0.4156k − 0.3506i + 0.5195j − 0.7792k ) = − ( 375 N ) i + ( 455 N ) j − ( 460 N ) k 159 PROBLEM 2.139 CONTINUED The magnitude of the resultant is F = Fx2 + Fy2 + Fz2 = ( −375 N )2 + ( 455 N )2 + ( −460 N )2 = 747.83 N or F = 748 N The direction of this force is: θ x = cos −1 −375 747.83 or θ x = 120.1° θ y = cos −1 455 747.83 or θ y = 52.5° θ z = cos −1 −460 747.83 or θ z = 128.0° 160 PROBLEM 2.140 A steel tank is to be positioned in an excavation. Using trigonometry, determine (a) the magnitude and direction of the smallest force P for which the resultant R of the two forces applied at A is vertical, (b) the corresponding magnitude of R. SOLUTION Force Triangle (a) For minimum P it must be perpendicular to the vertical resultant R ∴ P = ( 425 lb ) cos 30° or P = 368 lb R = ( 425 lb ) sin 30° (b) or R = 213 lb 161 PROBLEM 3.1 A 13.2-N force P is applied to the lever which controls the auger of a snowblower. Determine the moment of P about A when α is equal to 30°. SOLUTION First note Px = P sin α = (13.2 N ) sin 30° = 6.60 N Py = P cos α = (13.2 N ) cos 30° = 11.4315 N Noting that the direction of the moment of each force component about A is counterclockwise, M A = xB/ A Py + yB/ A Px = ( 0.086 m )(11.4315 N ) + ( 0.122 m )( 6.60 N ) = 1.78831 N ⋅ m or M A = 1.788 N ⋅ m W PROBLEM 3.2 The force P is applied to the lever which controls the auger of a snowblower. Determine the magnitude and the direction of the smallest force P which has a 2.20- N ⋅ m counterclockwise moment about A. SOLUTION For P to be a minimum, it must be perpendicular to the line joining points A and B. rAB = (86 mm )2 + (122 mm )2 y = 149.265 mm 122 mm α = θ = tan −1 = tan −1 = 54.819° x 86 mm M A = rAB Pmin Then or Pmin = = MA rAB 2.20 N ⋅ m 1000 mm 149.265 mm 1 m = 14.7389 N ∴ Pmin = 14.74 N 54.8° or Pmin = 14.74 N 35.2° W PROBLEM 3.3 A 13.1-N force P is applied to the lever which controls the auger of a snowblower. Determine the value of α knowing that the moment of P about A is counterclockwise and has a magnitude of 1.95 N ⋅ m. SOLUTION M A = rB/ A P sin θ By definition θ = φ + ( 90° − α ) where 122 mm φ = tan −1 = 54.819° 86 mm and Also Then rB/ A = (86 mm )2 + (122 mm )2 = 149.265 mm 1.95 N ⋅ m = ( 0.149265 m )(13.1 N ) sin ( 54.819° + 90° − α ) or sin (144.819° − α ) = 0.99725 or 144.819° − α = 85.752° and 144.819° − α = 94.248° ∴ α = 50.6°, 59.1° W PROBLEM 3.4 A foot valve for a pneumatic system is hinged at B. Knowing that α = 28°, determine the moment of the 4-lb force about point B by resolving the force into horizontal and vertical components. SOLUTION Note that θ = α − 20° = 28° − 20° = 8° and Fx = ( 4 lb ) cos8° = 3.9611 lb Fy = ( 4 lb ) sin 8° = 0.55669 lb Also x = ( 6.5 in.) cos 20° = 6.1080 in. y = ( 6.5 in.) sin 20° = 2.2231 in. Noting that the direction of the moment of each force component about B is counterclockwise, M B = xFy + yFx = ( 6.1080 in.)( 0.55669 lb ) + ( 2.2231 in.)( 3.9611 lb ) = 12.2062 lb ⋅ in. or M B = 12.21 lb ⋅ in. W PROBLEM 3.5 A foot valve for a pneumatic system is hinged at B. Knowing that α = 28°, determine the moment of the 4-lb force about point B by resolving the force into components along ABC and in a direction perpendicular to ABC. SOLUTION First resolve the 4-lb force into components P and Q, where Q = ( 4.0 lb ) sin 28° = 1.87787 lb Then M B = rA/BQ = ( 6.5 in.)(1.87787 lb ) = 12.2063 lb ⋅ in. or M B = 12.21 lb ⋅ in. W PROBLEM 3.6 It is known that a vertical force of 800 N is required to remove the nail at C from the board. As the nail first starts moving, determine (a) the moment about B of the force exerted on the nail, (b) the magnitude of the force P which creates the same moment about B if α = 10°, (c) the smallest force P which creates the same moment about B. SOLUTION (a) Have M B = rC/B FN = ( 0.1 m )( 800 N ) = 80.0 N ⋅ m or M B = 80.0 N ⋅ m W (b) By definition M B = rA/B P sin θ where θ = 90° − ( 90° − 70° ) − α = 90° − 20° − 10° = 60° ∴ 80.0 N ⋅ m = ( 0.45 m ) P sin 60° P = 205.28 N or P = 205 N W (c) For P to be minimum, it must be perpendicular to the line joining points A and B. Thus, P must be directed as shown. Thus or M B = dPmin = rA/B Pmin 80.0 N ⋅ m = ( 0.45 m ) Pmin ∴ Pmin = 177.778 N or Pmin = 177.8 N 20° W PROBLEM 3.7 A sign is suspended from two chains AE and BF. Knowing that the tension in BF is 45 lb, determine (a) the moment about A of the force exert by the chain at B, (b) the smallest force applied at C which creates the same moment about A. SOLUTION M A = rB/ A × TBF (a) Have Noting that the direction of the moment of each force component about A is counterclockwise, M A = xTBFy + yTBFx = ( 6.5 ft )( 45 lb ) sin 60° + ( 4.4 ft − 3.1 ft )( 45 lb ) cos 60° = 282.56 lb ⋅ ft or M A = 283 lb ⋅ ft (b) Have W M A = rC/ A × ( FC )min For FC to be minimum, it must be perpendicular to the line joining points A and C. ∴ M A = d ( FC )min where d = rC/ A = ( 6.5 ft )2 + ( 4.4 ft )2 = 7.8492 ft ∴ 282.56 lb ⋅ ft = ( 7.8492 ft ) ( FC )min ( FC )min = 35.999 lb 4.4 ft φ = tan −1 = 34.095° 6.5 ft θ = 90° − φ = 90° − 34.095° = 55.905° or ( FC )min = 36.0 lb 55.9° W PROBLEM 3.8 A sign is suspended from two chains AE and BF. Knowing that the tension in BF is 45 lb, determine (a) the moment about A of the force exerted by the chain at B, (b) the magnitude and sense of the vertical force applied at C which creates the same moment about A, (c) the smallest force applied at B which creates the same moment about A. SOLUTION M A = rB/ A × TBF (a) Have Noting that the direction of the moment of each force component about A is counterclockwise, M A = xTBFy + yTBFx = ( 6.5 ft )( 45 lb ) sin 60° + ( 4.4 ft − 3.1 ft )( 45 lb ) cos 60° = 282.56 lb ⋅ ft or M A = 283 lb ⋅ ft W M A = rC/ A × FC (b) Have M A = xFC or ∴ FC = MA 282.56 lb ⋅ ft = = 43.471 lb x 6.5 ft or FC = 43.5 lb W M A = rB/ A × ( FB )min (c) Have For FB to be minimum, it must be perpendicular to the line joining points A and B. ∴ M A = d ( FB )min d = where ∴ and ( 6.5 ft )2 + ( 4.4 ft ( FB )min = − 3.1 ft ) = 6.6287 ft 2 MA 282.56 lb ⋅ ft = = 42.627 lb d 6.6287 ft 6.5 ft θ = tan −1 = 78.690° 4.4 ft − 3.1 ft or ( FB )min = 42.6 lb 78.7° W PROBLEM 3.9 The tailgate of a car is supported by the hydraulic lift BC. If the lift exerts a 125-N force directed along its center line on the ball and socket at B, determine the moment of the force about A. SOLUTION First note dCB = ( 240 mm )2 + ( 46.6 mm )2 = 244.48 mm Then and where 240 mm 244.48 mm sin θ = 46.6 mm 244.48 mm FCB = FCB cosθ i − FCB sin θ j = Now cosθ = 125 N ( 240 mm ) i − ( 46.6 mm ) j 244.48 mm M A = rB/ A × FCB rB/ A = ( 306 mm ) i − ( 240 mm + 46.6 mm ) j = ( 306 mm ) i − ( 286.6 mm ) j Then 125 N M A = ( 306 mm ) i − ( 286.6 mm ) j × ( 240i − 46.6 j) 244.48 = ( 27878 N ⋅ mm ) k = ( 27.878 N ⋅ m ) k or M A = 27.9 N ⋅ m W PROBLEM 3.10 The tailgate of a car is supported by the hydraulic lift BC. If the lift exerts a 125-N force directed along its center line on the ball and socket at B, determine the moment of the force about A. SOLUTION First note Then and dCB = ( 344 mm )2 + (152.4 mm )2 cosθ = 344 mm 376.25 mm 152.4 mm 376.25 mm FCB = ( FCB cosθ ) i − ( FCB sin θ ) j = Now sin θ = = 376.25 mm 125 N ( 344 mm ) i + (152.4 mm ) j 376.25 mm M A = rB/ A × FCB where rB/ A = ( 410 mm ) i − ( 87.6 mm ) j Then 125 N M A = ( 410 mm ) i − ( 87.6 mm ) j × ( 344i − 152.4 j) 376.25 = ( 30770 N ⋅ mm ) k = ( 30.770 N ⋅ m ) k or M A = 30.8 N ⋅ m W PROBLEM 3.11 A winch puller AB is used to straighten a fence post. Knowing that the tension in cable BC is 260 lb, length a is 8 in., length b is 35 in., and length d is 76 in., determine the moment about D of the force exerted by the cable at C by resolving that force into horizontal and vertical components applied (a) at point C, (b) at point E. SOLUTION Slope of line EC = (a) Then and Then TABx = 35 in. 5 = 76 in. + 8 in. 12 12 (TAB ) 13 = 12 ( 260 lb ) = 240 lb 13 TABy = 5 ( 260 lb ) = 100 lb 13 M D = TABx ( 35 in.) − TABy ( 8 in.) = ( 240 lb )( 35 in.) − (100 lb )( 8 in.) = 7600 lb ⋅ in. or M D = 7600 lb ⋅ in. (b) Have M D = TABx ( y ) + TABy ( x ) = ( 240 lb )( 0 ) + (100 lb )( 76 in.) = 7600 lb ⋅ in. or M D = 7600 lb ⋅ in. PROBLEM 3.12 It is known that a force with a moment of 7840 lb ⋅ in. about D is required to straighten the fence post CD. If a = 8 in., b = 35 in., and d = 112 in., determine the tension that must be developed in the cable of winch puller AB to create the required moment about point D. SOLUTION Slope of line EC = 35 in. 7 = 112 in. + 8 in. 24 Then TABx = 24 TAB 25 and TABy = 7 TAB 25 Have M D = TABx ( y ) + TABy ( x ) ∴ 7840 lb ⋅ in. = 24 7 TAB ( 0 ) + TAB (112 in.) 25 25 TAB = 250 lb or TAB = 250 lb PROBLEM 3.13 It is known that a force with a moment of 1152 N ⋅ m about D is required to straighten the fence post CD. If the capacity of the winch puller AB is 2880 N, determine the minimum value of distance d to create the specified moment about point D knowing that a = 0.24 m and b = 1.05 m. SOLUTION The minimum value of d can be found based on the equation relating the moment of the force TAB about D: M D = (TAB max ) y ( d ) M D = 1152 N ⋅ m where (TAB max ) y = TAB max sin θ = ( 2880 N ) sin θ 1.05 m sin θ = Now (d ∴ 1152 N ⋅ m = 2880 N or or or + 0.24 ) + (1.05 ) m 2 1.05 ( d + 0.24 )2 + (1.05)2 ( d + 0.24 )2 + (1.05)2 (d 2 (d ) = 2.625d + 0.24 ) + (1.05 ) = 6.8906d 2 2 2 5.8906d 2 − 0.48d − 1.1601 = 0 Using the quadratic equation, the minimum values of d are 0.48639 m and −0.40490 m. Since only the positive value applies here, d = 0.48639 m or d = 486 mm PROBLEM 3.14 A mechanic uses a piece of pipe AB as a lever when tightening an alternator belt. When he pushes down at A, a force of 580 N is exerted on the alternator B. Determine the moment of that force about bolt C if its line of action passes through O. SOLUTION M C = rB/C × FB Have Noting the direction of the moment of each force component about C is clockwise, M C = xFBy + yFBx where x = 144 mm − 78 mm = 66 mm y = 86 mm + 108 mm = 194 mm and FBx = FBy = 78 ( 78) 2 + ( 86 ) 2 86 ( 78) + (86 ) 2 2 ( 580 N ) = 389.65 N ( 580 N ) = 429.62 N ∴ M C = ( 66 mm )( 429.62 N ) + (194 mm )( 389.65 N ) = 103947 N ⋅ mm = 103.947 N ⋅ m or M C = 103.9 N ⋅ m PROBLEM 3.15 Form the vector products B × C and B′ × C, where B = B′, and use the results obtained to prove the identity sin α cos β = SOLUTION 1 sin 2 (α + β ) + 1 sin 2 (α − β ) . B = B ( cos β i + sin β j) First note B′ = B ( cos β i − sin β j) C = C ( cos α i + sin α j) By definition Now B × C = BC sin (α − β ) (1) B′ × C = BC sin (α + β ) (2) B × C = B ( cos β i + sin β j) × C ( cos α i + sin α j) = BC ( cos β sin α − sin β cos α ) k (3) B × C = B ( cos β i − sin β j) × C ( cos α i + sin α j) = BC ( cos β sin α + sin β cos α ) k Equating magnitudes of B × C from Equations (1) and (3), (4) (5) sin (α − β ) = cos β sin α − sin β cos α Similarly, equating magnitudes of B′ × C from Equations (2) and (4), sin (α + β ) = cos β sin α + sin β cos α (6) Adding Equations (5) and (6) sin (α − β ) + sin (α + β ) = 2 cos β sin α ∴ sin α cos β = 1 1 sin (α + β ) + sin (α − β ) 2 2 PROBLEM 3.16 A line passes through the points (420 mm, −150 mm) and (−140 mm, 180 mm). Determine the perpendicular distance d from the line to the origin O of the system of coordinates. SOLUTION d = λ AB × rO/ A Have λ AB = where rB/ A rB/ A rB/ A = ( −140 mm − 420 mm ) i + 180 mm − ( −150 mm ) j and = − ( 560 mm ) i + ( 330 mm ) j rB/ A = ∴ λ AB = ( −560 )2 + ( 330 )2 mm = 650 mm − ( 560 mm ) i + ( 330 mm ) j 1 = ( −56i + 33j) 650 mm 65 rO/ A = ( 0 − x A ) i + ( 0 − y A ) j = − ( 420 mm ) i + (150 mm ) j ∴ d = 1 ( −56i − 33j) × − ( 420 mm ) i + (150 mm ) j = 84.0 mm 65 d = 84.0 mm PROBLEM 3.17 A plane contains the vectors A and B. Determine the unit vector normal to the plane when A and B are equal to, respectively, (a) 4i − 2j + 3k and −2i + 6j − 5k, (b) 7i + j − 4k and −6i − 3k + 2k. SOLUTION λ = (a) Have A×B A×B A = 4i − 2 j + 3k where B = −2i + 6 j − 5k Then i j k A × B = 4 −2 3 = (10 − 18 ) i + ( −6 + 20 ) j + ( 24 − 4 ) k = 2 ( −4i + 7 j + 10k ) −2 6 −5 A×B = 2 and ∴ λ = ( −4 )2 + ( 7 )2 + (10 )2 2 ( −4i + 7 j + 10k ) or λ = 2 165 λ = (b) Have = 2 165 1 ( −4i + 7 j + 10k ) 165 A×B A×B A = 7i + j − 4k where B = −6i − 3j + 2k Then and i j k A × B = 7 1 −4 = ( 2 − 12 ) i + ( 24 − 14 ) j + ( −21 + 6 ) k = 5 ( −2i + 2 j − 3k ) −6 −3 2 A×B = 5 ∴ λ = ( −2 )2 + ( 2 )2 + ( −3)2 5 ( −2i + 2 j − 3k ) 5 17 = 5 17 or λ = 1 ( −2i + 2 j − 3k ) 17 PROBLEM 3.18 The vectors P and Q are two adjacent sides of a parallelogram. Determine the area of the parallelogram when (a) P = (8 in.)i + (2 in.)j − (1 in.)k and Q = −(3 in.)i + (4 in.)j + (2 in.)k, (b) P = −(3 in.)i + (6 in.)j + (4 in.)k and Q = (2 in.)i + (5 in.)j − (3 in.)k. SOLUTION A = P×Q (a) Have P = ( 8 in.) i + ( 2 in.) j − (1 in.) k where Q = − ( 3 in.) i + ( 4 in.) j + ( 2 in.) k i j k P × Q = 8 2 −1 in 2 = ( 4 + 4 ) i + ( 3 − 16 ) j + ( 32 + 6 ) k in 2 −3 4 2 Then ( ) ( ) ( ) = 8 in 2 i − 13 in 2 j + 38 in 2 k ∴ Α= (8)2 + ( −13)2 + ( 38)2 in 2 = 40.951 in 2 or A = 41.0 in 2 A = P×Q (b) Have P = − ( 3 in.) i + ( 6 in.) j + ( 4 in.) k where Q = ( 2 in.) i + ( 5 in.) j − ( 3 in.) k Then i j k P × Q = −3 6 4 in 2 = ( −18 − 20 ) i + ( 8 − 9 ) j + ( −15 − 12 ) k in 2 2 5 −3 ( ) ( ) ( ) = − 38 in 2 i − 1 in 2 j − 27 in 2 k ∴ Α= ( −38)2 + ( −1)2 + ( −27 )2 in 2 = 46.626 in 2 or A = 46.6 in 2 PROBLEM 3.19 Determine the moment about the origin O of the force F = −(5 N)i − (2 N)j + (3 N)k which acts at a point A. Assume that the position vector of A is (a) r = (4 m)i − (2 m)j − (1 m)k, (b) r = −(8 m)i + (3 m)j + (4 m)k, (c) r = (7.5 m)i + (3 m)j − (4.5 m)k. SOLUTION MO = r × F (a) Have F = − (5 N ) i − ( 2 N ) j + (3 N ) k where r = ( 4 m ) i − ( 2 m ) j − (1 m ) k ∴ MO i j k = 4 −2 −1 N ⋅ m = ( −6 − 2 ) i + ( 5 − 12 ) j + ( −8 − 10 ) k N ⋅ m −5 −2 3 = ( −8i − 7 j − 18k ) N ⋅ m or M O = − ( 8 N ⋅ m ) i − ( 7 N ⋅ m ) j − (18 N ⋅ m ) k MO = r × F (b) Have F = − (5 N ) i − ( 2 N ) j + (3 N ) k where r = − (8 m ) i + ( 3 m ) j − ( 4 m ) k ∴ MO i j k = −8 3 4 N ⋅ m = ( 9 + 8 ) i + ( −20 + 24 ) j + (16 + 15 ) k N ⋅ m −5 −2 3 = (17i + 4 j + 31k ) N ⋅ m or M O = (17 N ⋅ m ) i + ( 4 N ⋅ m ) j + ( 31 N ⋅ m ) k (c) Have where MO = r × F F = − (5 N ) i − ( 2 N ) j + (3 N ) k r = ( 7.5 m ) i + ( 3 m ) j − ( 4.5 m ) k PROBLEM 3.19 CONTINUED ∴ MO i j k = 7.5 3 −4.5 N ⋅ m = ( 9 − 9 ) i + ( 22.5 − 22.5 ) j + ( −15 + 15 ) k N ⋅ m −5 −2 3 or M O = 0 −2 r . Therefore, vector F has a line of action This answer is expected since r and F are proportional F = 3 passing through the origin at O. PROBLEM 3.20 Determine the moment about the origin O of the force F = −(1.5 lb)i + (3 lb)j − (2 lb)k which acts at a point A. Assume that the position vector of A is (a) r = (2.5 ft)i − (1 ft)j + (2 ft)k, (b) r = (4.5 ft)i − (9 ft)j + (6 ft)k, (c) r = (4 ft)i − (1 ft)j + (7 ft)k. SOLUTION MO = r × F (a) Have F = − (1.5 lb ) i + ( 3 lb ) j + ( 2 lb ) k where r = ( 2.5 ft ) i − (1 ft ) j + ( 2 ft ) k Then MO i j k = 2.5 −1 2 lb ⋅ ft = ( 2 − 6 ) i + ( −3 + 5 ) j + ( 7.5 − 1.5 ) k lb ⋅ ft −1.5 3 −2 or M O = − ( 4 lb ⋅ ft ) i + ( 2 lb ⋅ ft ) j + ( 6 lb ⋅ ft ) k MO = r × F (b) Have F = − (1.5 lb ) i + ( 3 lb ) j − ( 2 lb ) k where r = ( 4.5 ft ) i − ( 9 ft ) j + ( 6 ft ) k Then MO i j k = 4.5 −9 6 lb ⋅ ft = (18 − 18 ) i + ( −9 + 9 ) j + (13.5 − 13.5 ) k lb ⋅ ft −1.5 3 −2 or M O = 0 −1 r . This answer is expected since r and F are proportional F = 3 Therefore, vector F has a line of action passing through the origin at O. MO = r × F (c) Have F = − (1.5 lb ) i − ( 3 lb ) j − ( 2 lb ) k where r = ( 4 ft ) i − (1 ft ) j + ( 7 ft ) k Then MO i j k = 4 −1 7 lb ⋅ ft = ( 2 − 21) i + ( −10.5 + 8 ) j + (12 − 1.5) k lb ⋅ ft −1.5 3 −2 or M O = − (19 lb ⋅ ft ) i − ( 2.5 lb ⋅ ft ) j + (10.5 lb ⋅ ft ) k PROBLEM 3.21 Before the trunk of a large tree is felled, cables AB and BC are attached as shown. Knowing that the tension in cables AB and BC are 777 N and 990 N, respectively, determine the moment about O of the resultant force exerted on the tree by the cables at B. SOLUTION M O = rB/O × FB Have rB/O = ( 8.4 m ) j where FB = TAB + TBC TAB = λ BATAB = − ( 0.9 m ) i − ( 8.4 m ) j + ( 7.2 m ) k TBC = λ BCTBC = ( 0.9 )2 + ( 8.4 )2 + ( 7.2 )2 ( 777 N ) m ( 5.1 m ) i − (8.4 m ) j + (1.2 m ) k 990 N ( ) ( 5.1)2 + (8.4 )2 + (1.2 )2 m PROBLEM 3.21 CONTINUED ∴ FB = − ( 63.0 N ) i − ( 588 N ) j + ( 504 N ) k + ( 510 N ) i − ( 840 N ) j + (120 N ) k = ( 447 N ) i − (1428 N ) j + ( 624 N ) k and MO i j k = 0 8.4 0 N ⋅ m = ( 5241.6 N ⋅ m ) i − ( 3754.8 N ⋅ m ) k 447 −1428 624 or M O = ( 5.24 kN ⋅ m ) i − ( 3.75 kN ⋅ m ) k PROBLEM 3.22 Before a telephone cable is strung, rope BAC is tied to a stake at B and is passed over a pulley at A. Knowing that portion AC of the rope lies in a plane parallel to the xy plane and that the tension T in the rope is 124 N, determine the moment about O of the resultant force exerted on the pulley by the rope. SOLUTION Have where M O = rA/O × R rA/O = ( 0 m ) i + ( 9 m ) j + (1 m ) k R = T1 + T2 T1 = − (124 N ) cos10° i − (124 N ) sin10° j = − (122.116 N ) i − ( 21.532 N ) j (1.5 m ) i − ( 9 m ) j + (1.8 m ) k T2 = λT2 = 2 2 2 (1.5 m ) + ( 9 m ) + (1.8 m ) (124 N ) = ( 20 N ) i − (120 N ) j + ( 24 N ) k ∴ R = − (102.116 N ) i − (141.532 N ) j + ( 24 N ) k MO i j k = 0 9 1 N⋅m −102.116 −141.532 24 = ( 357.523 N ⋅ m ) i − (102.116 N ⋅ m ) j + ( 919.044 N ⋅ m ) k or M O = ( 358 N ⋅ m ) i − (102.1 N ⋅ m ) j + ( 919 N ⋅ m ) k PROBLEM 3.23 An 8-lb force is applied to a wrench to tighten a showerhead. Knowing that the centerline of the wrench is parallel to the x axis, determine the moment of the force about A. SOLUTION Have M A = rC/ A × F where rC/ A = ( 8.5 in.) i − ( 2.0 in.) j + ( 5.5 in.) k Fx = − ( 8cos 45° sin12° ) lb Fy = − ( 8sin 45° ) lb Fz = − ( 8cos 45° cos12° ) lb ∴ F = − (1.17613 lb ) i − ( 5.6569 lb ) j − ( 5.5332 lb ) k and i j k MA = 8.5 −2.0 5.5 lb ⋅ in. −1.17613 −5.6569 −5.5332 = ( 42.179 lb ⋅ in.) i + ( 40.563 lb ⋅ in.) j − ( 50.436 lb ⋅ in.) k or M A = ( 42.2 lb ⋅ in.) i + ( 40.6 lb ⋅ in.) j − ( 50.4 lb ⋅ in.) k PROBLEM 3.24 A wooden board AB, which is used as a temporary prop to support a small roof, exerts at point A of the roof a 228 N force directed along BA. Determine the moment about C of that force. SOLUTION Have M C = rA/C × FBA where rA/C = ( 0.96 m ) i − ( 0.12 m ) j + ( 0.72 m ) k and FBA = λ BA FBA − ( 0.1 m ) i + (1.8 m ) j − ( 0.6 m ) k 228 N ) = ( 2 2 2 ( 0.1) + (1.8) + ( 0.6 ) m = − (12.0 N ) i + ( 216 N ) j − ( 72 N ) k ∴ MC i j k = 0.96 −0.12 0.72 N ⋅ m −12.0 216 −72 = − (146.88 N ⋅ m ) i + ( 60.480 N ⋅ m ) j + ( 205.92 N ⋅ m ) k or M C = − (146.9 N ⋅ m ) i + ( 60.5 N ⋅ m ) j + ( 206 N ⋅ m ) k PROBLEM 3.25 The ramp ABCD is supported by cables at corners C and D. The tension in each of the cables is 360 lb. Determine the moment about A of the force exerted by (a) the cable at D, (b) the cable at C. SOLUTION M A = rE/ A × TDE (a) Have rE/ A = ( 92 in.) j where TDE = λ DETDE = ( 24 in.) i + (132 in.) j − (120 in.) k 360 lb ( ) ( 24 )2 + (132 )2 + (120 )2 in. = ( 48 lb ) i + ( 264 lb ) j − ( 240 lb ) k i j k ∴ M A = 0 92 0 lb ⋅ in. = − ( 22, 080 lb ⋅ in.) i − ( 4416 lb ⋅ in ) k 48 264 −240 or M A = − (1840 lb ⋅ ft ) i − ( 368 lb ⋅ ft ) k M A = rG/ A × TCG (b) Have rG/ A = (108 in.) i + ( 92 in.) j where TCG = λ CGTCG = − ( 24 in.) i + (132 in.) j − (120 in.) k ( 24 )2 + (132 )2 + (120 )2 in. ( 360 lb ) = − ( 48 lb ) i + ( 264 lb ) j − ( 240 lb ) k i j k ∴ M A = 108 92 0 lb ⋅ in. −48 264 −240 = − ( 22, 080 lb ⋅ in.) i + ( 25,920 lb ⋅ in.) j + ( 32,928 lb ⋅ in.) k or M A = − (1840 lb ⋅ ft ) i + ( 2160 lb ⋅ ft ) j + ( 2740 lb ⋅ ft ) k PROBLEM 3.26 The arms AB and BC of a desk lamp lie in a vertical plane that forms an o angle of 30 with the xy plane. To reposition the light, a force of magnitude 8 N is applied at C as shown. Determine the moment of the force about O knowing that AB = 450 mm, BC = 325 mm, and line CD is parallel to the z axis. SOLUTION Have M O = rC/O × FC where ( rC/O ) x = ( ABxz + BCxz ) cos 30° ABxz = ( 0.450 m ) sin 45° = 0.31820 m BC xz = ( 0.325 m ) sin 50° = 0.24896 m ( rC/O ) y = (OAy + ABy − BC y ) = 0.150 m + ( 0.450 m ) cos 45° − ( 0.325 m ) cos 50° = 0.25929 m ( rC/O ) z = ( ABxz + BCxz ) sin 30° = ( 0.31820 m + 0.24896 m ) sin 30° = 0.28358 m rC/O = ( 0.49118 m ) i + ( 0.25929 m ) j + ( 0.28358 m ) k or or ( FC ) x = − ( 8 N ) cos 45° sin 20° = −1.93476 N ( FC ) y = − ( 8 N ) sin 45° = −5.6569 N ( FC ) z = ( 8 N ) cos 45° cos 20° = 5.3157 N FC = − (1.93476 N ) i − ( 5.6569 N ) j + ( 5.3157 N ) k ∴ MO i j k = 0.49118 0.25929 0.28358 N ⋅ m −1.93476 −5.6569 5.3157 = ( 2.9825 N ⋅ m ) i − ( 3.1596 N ⋅ m ) j − ( 2.2769 N ⋅ m ) k or M O = ( 2.98 N ⋅ m ) i − ( 3.16 N ⋅ m ) j − ( 2.28 N ⋅ m ) k PROBLEM 3.27 In Problem 3.21, determine the perpendicular distance from point O to cable AB. Problem 3.21: Before the trunk of a large tree is felled, cables AB and BC are attached as shown. Knowing that the tension in cables AB and BC are 777 N and 990 N, respectively, determine the moment about O of the resultant force exerted on the tree by the cables at B. SOLUTION Have | M O | = TBAd where d = perpendicular distance from O to line AB. Now Μ O = rB/O × TBA and rB/O = ( 8.4 m ) j TBA = λ BATAB = − ( 0.9 m ) i − ( 8.4 m ) j + ( 7.2 m ) k ( 0.9 ) + (8.4 ) + ( 7.2 ) m 2 2 2 ( 777 N ) = − ( 63.0 N ) i − ( 588 N ) j + ( 504 N ) k ∴ MO = and i j k 0 8.4 0 N ⋅ m = ( 4233.6 N ⋅ m ) i + ( 529.2 N ⋅ m ) k −63.0 −588 504 | MO | = ( 4233.6 )2 + ( 529.2 )2 = 4266.5 N ⋅ m ∴ 4266.5 N ⋅ m = ( 777 N ) d or d = 5.4911 m or d = 5.49 m PROBLEM 3.28 In Problem 3.21, determine the perpendicular distance from point O to cable BC. Problem 3.21: Before the trunk of a large tree is felled, cables AB and BC are attached as shown. Knowing that the tension in cables AB and BC are 777 N and 990 N, respectively, determine the moment about O of the resultant force exerted on the tree by the cables at B. SOLUTION Have | M O | = TBC d where d = perpendicular distance from O to line BC. M O = rB/O × TBC rB/O = 8.4 m j TBC = λ BCTBC = ( 5.1 m ) i − (8.4 m ) j + (1.2 m ) k 990 N ( ) ( 5.1)2 + (8.4 )2 + (1.2 )2 m = ( 510 N ) i − ( 840 N ) j + (120 N ) k ∴ MO and i j k = 0 8.4 0 = (1008 N ⋅ m ) i − ( 4284 N ⋅ m ) k 510 −840 120 | MO | = (1008)2 + ( 4284 )2 = 4401.0 N ⋅ m ∴ 4401.0 N ⋅ m = ( 990 N ) d d = 4.4454 m or d = 4.45 m PROBLEM 3.29 In Problem 3.24, determine the perpendicular distance from point D to a line drawn through points A and B. Problem 3.24: A wooden board AB, which is used as a temporary prop to support a small roof, exerts at point A of the roof a 228 N force directed along BA. Determine the moment about C of that force. SOLUTION Have | M D | = FBAd where d = perpendicular distance from D to line AB. M D = rA/D × FBA rA/D = − ( 0.12 m ) j + ( 0.72 m ) k FBA = λ BA FBA = ( − ( 0.1 m ) i + (1.8 m ) j − ( 0.6 m ) k ) ( 228 N ) ( 0.1)2 + (1.8)2 + ( 0.6 )2 m = − (12.0 N ) i + ( 216 N ) j − ( 72 N ) k ∴ MD i j k = 0 −0.12 0.72 N ⋅ m −12.0 216 −72 = − (146.88 N ⋅ m ) i − ( 8.64 N ⋅ m ) j − (1.44 N ⋅ m ) k and |MD | = (146.88)2 + (8.64 )2 + (1.44 )2 = 147.141 N ⋅ m ∴ 147.141 N ⋅ m = ( 228 N ) d d = 0.64536 m or d = 0.645 m PROBLEM 3.30 In Problem 3.24, determine the perpendicular distance from point C to a line drawn through points A and B. Problem 3.24: A wooden board AB, which is used as a temporary prop to support a small roof, exerts at point A of the roof a 228 N force directed along BA. Determine the moment about C of that force. SOLUTION Have | M C | = FBAd where d = perpendicular distance from C to line AB. M C = rA/C × FBA rA/C = ( 0.96 m ) i − ( 0.12 m ) j + ( 0.72 m ) k FBA = λ BA FBA = ( − ( 0.1 m ) i + (1.8 m ) j − ( 0.6 ) k ) ( 228 N ) ( 0.1)2 + (1.8)2 + ( 0.6 )2 m = − (12.0 N ) i + ( 216 N ) j − ( 72 N ) k i j k ∴ M C = 0.96 −0.12 0.72 N ⋅ m −12.0 216 −72 = − (146.88 N ⋅ m ) i − ( 60.48 N ⋅ m ) j + ( 205.92 N ⋅ m ) k and | MC | = (146.88)2 + ( 60.48)2 + ( 205.92 )2 = 260.07 N ⋅ m ∴ 260.07 N ⋅ m = ( 228 N ) d d = 1.14064 m or d = 1.141 m PROBLEM 3.31 In Problem 3.25, determine the perpendicular distance from point A to portion DE of cable DEF. Problem 3.25: The ramp ABCD is supported by cables at corners C and D. The tension in each of the cables is 360 lb. Determine the moment about A of the force exerted by (a) the cable at D, (b) the cable at C. SOLUTION Have M A = TDE d where d = perpendicular distance from A to line DE. M A = rE/ A × TDE rE/ A = ( 92 in.) j TDE = λ DETDE = ( 24 in.) i + (132 in.) j − (120 in.) k 360 lb ( ) ( 24 )2 + (132 )2 + (120 )2 in. = ( 48 lb ) i + ( 264 lb ) j − ( 240 lb ) k i j k ∴ M A = 0 92 0 N⋅m 48 264 −240 = − ( 22, 080 lb ⋅ in.) i − ( 4416 lb ⋅ in.) k PROBLEM 3.31 CONTINUED and MA = ( 22, 080 )2 + ( 4416 )2 = 22,517 lb ⋅ in. ∴ 22,517 lb ⋅ in. = ( 360 lb ) d d = 62.548 in. or d = 5.21 ft W PROBLEM 3.32 In Problem 3.25, determine the perpendicular distance from point A to a line drawn through points C and G. Problem 3.25: The ramp ABCD is supported by cables at corners C and D. The tension in each of the cables is 360 lb. Determine the moment about A of the force exerted by (a) the cable at D, (b) the cable at C. SOLUTION Have M A = TCG d where d = perpendicular distance from A to line CG. M A = rG/ A × TCG rG/ A = (108 in.) i + ( 92 in.) j TCG = λ CGTCG = − ( 24 in.) i + (132 in.) j − (120 in.) k ( 24 ) 2 + (132 ) + (120 ) in. 2 2 ( 360 lb ) = − ( 48 lb ) i + ( 264 lb ) j − ( 240 lb ) k i j k ∴ M A = 108 92 0 lb ⋅ in. − 48 264 −240 = − ( 22, 080 lb ⋅ in.) i + ( 25,920 lb ⋅ in.) j + ( 32,928 lb ⋅ in.) k and MA = ( 22, 080 )2 + ( 25,920 )2 + ( 32,928)2 = 47,367 lb ⋅ in. ∴ 47,367 lb ⋅ in. = ( 360 lb ) d d = 131.575 in. or d = 10.96 ft W PROBLEM 3.33 In Problem 3.25, determine the perpendicular distance from point B to a line drawn through points D and E. Problem 3.25: The ramp ABCD is supported by cables at corners C and D. The tension in each of the cables is 360 lb. Determine the moment about A of the force exerted by (a) the cable at D, (b) the cable at C. SOLUTION M B = TDE d Have where d = perpendicular distance from B to line DE. M B = rE/B × TDE rE/B = − (108 in.) i + ( 92 in.) j TDE = λ DETDE = ( 24 in.) i + (132 in.) j − (120 in.) k 360 lb ( ) 2 2 2 24 132 120 in. + + ( ) ( ) ( ) = ( 48 lb ) i + ( 264 lb ) j − ( 240 lb ) k i j k ∴ M B = −108 92 0 lb ⋅ in. 48 264 −240 = − ( 22, 080 lb ⋅ in.) i − ( 25,920 lb ⋅ in.) j − ( 32,928 lb ⋅ in.) k and MB = ( 22, 080 )2 + ( 25,920 )2 + ( 32,928 )2 = 47,367 lb ⋅ in. ∴ 47,367 lb ⋅ in. = ( 360 lb ) d d = 131.575 in. or d = 10.96 ft W PROBLEM 3.34 Determine the value of a which minimizes the perpendicular distance from point C to a section of pipeline that passes through points A and B. SOLUTION Assuming a force F acts along AB, M C = rA/C × F = F ( d ) where d = perpendicular distance from C to line AB F = λ AB F = (8 m ) i + ( 7 m ) j − ( 9 m ) k F ( 8 )2 + ( 7 )2 + ( 9 )2 m = F ( 0.57437 ) i + ( 0.50257 ) j − ( 0.64616 ) k rA/C = (1 m ) i − ( 2.8 m ) j − ( a − 3 m ) k i j k ∴ MC = 1 −2.8 3−a F 0.57437 0.50257 −0.64616 = ( 0.30154 + 0.50257a ) i + ( 2.3693 − 0.57437a ) j + 2.1108k ] F Since MC = rA/C × F 2 or rA/C × F 2 = ( dF ) 2 ∴ ( 0.30154 + 0.50257a ) + ( 2.3693 − 0.57437a ) + ( 2.1108 ) = d 2 2 Setting 2 2 ( ) d d 2 = 0 to find a to minimize d da 2 ( 0.50257 )( 0.30154 + 0.50257a ) + 2 ( −0.57437 )( 2.3693 − 0.57437a ) = 0 Solving a = 2.0761 m or a = 2.08 m W PROBLEM 3.35 Given the vectors P = 7i − 2j + 5k, Q = −3i − 4j + 6k, and S = 8i + j − 9k, compute the scalar products P ⋅ Q, P ⋅ S, and Q ⋅ S. SOLUTION P ⋅ Q = ( 7i − 2 j + 5k ) ⋅ ( −3i − 4 j + 6k ) = ( 7 )( −3) + ( −2 )( −4 ) + ( 5 )( 6 ) = 17 or P ⋅ Q = 17 W P ⋅ S = ( 7i − 2 j + 5k ) ⋅ ( 8i + j − 9k ) = ( 7 )( 8 ) + ( −2 )(1) + ( 5 )( −9 ) =9 or P ⋅ S = 9 W Q ⋅ S = ( −3i − 4 j + 6k ) ⋅ ( 8i + j − 9k ) = ( −3)( 8 ) + ( −4 )(1) + ( 6 )( −9 ) = −82 or Q ⋅ S = −82 W PROBLEM 3.36 Form the scalar products B ⋅ C and B′ ⋅ C, where B = B′, and use the results obtained to prove the identity cos α cos β = 1 2 cos (α + β ) + 12 cos (α − β ) . SOLUTION By definition B ⋅ C = BC cos (α − β ) where B = B ( cos β ) i + ( sin β ) j C = C ( cos α ) i + ( sin α ) j ∴ ( B cos β )( C cos α ) + ( B sin β )( C sin α ) = BC cos (α − β ) cos β cos α + sin β sin α = cos (α − β ) or (1) By definition B′ ⋅ C = BC cos (α + β ) where B′ = ( cos β ) i − ( sin β ) j ∴ ( B cos β )( C cos α ) + ( − B sin β )( C sin α ) = BC cos (α + β ) or cos β cos α − sin β sin α = cos (α + β ) (2) Adding Equations (1) and (2), 2 cos β cos α = cos (α − β ) + cos (α + β ) or cos α cos β = 1 1 cos (α + β ) + cos (α − β ) W 2 2 PROBLEM 3.37 Consider the volleyball net shown. Determine the angle formed by guy wires AB and AC. SOLUTION First note AB = rB/ A = ( −1.95 m )2 + ( −2.4 m )2 + ( 0.6 m )2 = 3.15 m AC = rC/ A = ( 0 m )2 + ( −2.4 m )2 + (1.8 m )2 = 3.0 m and rB/ A = − (1.95 m ) i − ( 2.40 m ) j + ( 0.6 m ) k rC/ A = − ( 2.40 m ) j + (1.80 m ) k By definition rB/ A ⋅ rC/ A = rB/ A rC/ A cosθ or ( −1.95i − 2.40 j + 0.6k ) ⋅ ( −2.40 j + 1.80k ) = ( 3.15)( 3.0 ) cosθ ( −1.95)( 0 ) + ( −2.40 )( −2.40 ) + ( 0.6 )(1.8) = 9.45cosθ ∴ cosθ = 0.72381 and θ = 43.630° or θ = 43.6° W PROBLEM 3.38 Consider the volleyball net shown. Determine the angle formed by guy wires AC and AD. SOLUTION First note AC = rC/ A = AD = rD/ A = and ( −2.4 )2 + (1.8)2 m = 3m (1.2 )2 + ( −2.4 )2 + ( 0.3)2 m = 2.7 m rC/ A = − ( 2.4 m ) j + (1.8 m ) k rD/ A = (1.2 m ) i − ( 2.4 m ) j + ( 0.3 m ) k By definition rC/ A ⋅ rD/ A = rC/ A rD/ A cosθ or ( −2.4 j + 1.8k ) ⋅ (1.2i − 2.4 j + 0.3k ) = ( 3)( 2.7 ) cosθ ( 0 )(1.2 ) + ( −2.4 )( −2.4 ) + (1.8)( 0.3) = 8.1cosθ and cosθ = 6.3 = 0.77778 8.1 θ = 38.942° or θ = 38.9° W PROBLEM 3.39 Steel framing members AB, BC, and CD are joined at B and C and are braced using cables EF and EG. Knowing that E is at the midpoint of BC and that the tension in cable EF is 330 N, determine (a) the angle between EF and member BC, (b) the projection on BC of the force exerted by cable EF at point E. SOLUTION λ BC ⋅ λ EF = (1)(1) cosθ (a) By definition where λ BC = λ EF = ∴ (16 m ) i − ( 4.5 m ) j − (12 m ) k (16 )2 + ( 4.5)2 + (12 )2 m − (7 m) i − (6 m) j + (6 m)k ( 7 ) 2 + ( 6 )2 + ( 6 ) 2 m = = 1 ( −7i − 6 j + 6k ) 11.0 (16i − 4.5j − 12k ) ⋅ ( −7i − 6 j + 6k ) 20.5 1 (16i − 4.5j − 12k ) 20.5 11.0 = cosθ (16 )( −7 ) + ( −4.5)( −6 ) + ( −12 )( 6 ) = ( 20.5)(11.0 ) cosθ and −157 θ = cos −1 = 134.125° 225.5 or θ = 134.1° W (b) By definition (TEF )BC = TEF cosθ = ( 330 N ) cos134.125° = −229.26 N or (TEF ) BC = −230 N W PROBLEM 3.40 Steel framing members AB, BC, and CD are joined at B and C and are braced using cables EF and EG. Knowing that E is at the midpoint of BC and that the tension in cable EG is 445 N, determine (a) the angle between EG and member BC, (b) the projection on BC of the force exerted by cable EG at point E. SOLUTION λ BC ⋅ λ EG = (1)(1) cosθ (a) By definition where λ BC = (16 m ) i − ( 4.5 m ) j − (12 m ) k (16 m )2 + ( 4.5)2 + (12 )2 m = 16i − 4.5j − 12k 20.5 = 0.78049i − 0.21951j − 0.58537k λ EG = (8 m ) i − ( 6 m ) j + ( 4.875 m ) k (8)2 + ( 6 )2 + ( 4.875)2 m = 8i − 6 j + 4.875k 11.125 = 0.71910i − 0.53933j + 0.43820k ∴ λ BC ⋅ λ EG = and 16 ( 8 ) + ( −4.5 )( −6 ) + ( −12 )( 4.875 ) = cosθ ( 20.5)(11.25) 96.5 θ = cos −1 = 64.967° 228.06 or θ = 65.0° W (b) By definition (TEG )BC = TEG cosθ = ( 445 N ) cos 64.967° = 188.295 N or (TEG ) BC = 188.3 N W PROBLEM 3.41 Slider P can move along rod OA. An elastic cord PC is attached to the slider and to the vertical member BC. Knowing that the distance from O to P is 0.12 m and the tension in the cord is 30 N, determine (a) the angle between the elastic cord and the rod OA, (b) the projection on OA of the force exerted by cord PC at point P. SOLUTION λ OA ⋅ λ PC = (1)(1) cosθ (a) By definition λ OA = where = ( 0.24 m ) i + ( 0.24 m ) j − ( 0.12 m ) k ( 0.24 )2 + ( 0.24 )2 + ( 0.12 )2 m 2 2 1 i+ j− k 3 3 3 Knowing that | rA/O | = LOA = 0.36 m and that P is located 0.12 m from O, it follows that the coordinates of P are 1 the coordinates of A. 3 ∴ P ( 0.08 m, 0.08 m, − 0.040 m ) Then λ PC = ( 0.10 m ) i + ( 0.22 m ) j + ( 0.28 m ) k ( 0.10 )2 + ( 0.22 )2 + ( 0.28)2 m = 0.27037i + 0.59481j + 0.75703k 2 1 2 ∴ i + j − k ⋅ ( 0.27037i + 0.59481j + 0.75703k ) = cosθ 3 3 3 θ = cos −1 ( 0.32445) = 71.068° and or θ = 71.1° W (b) (TPC )OA = TPC cosθ = ( 30 N ) cos 71.068° (TPC )OA = 9.7334 N or (TPC )OA = 9.73 N W PROBLEM 3.42 Slider P can move along rod OA. An elastic cord PC is attached to the slider and to the vertical member BC. Determine the distance from O to P for which cord PC and rod OA are perpendicular. SOLUTION The requirement that member OA and the elastic cord PC be perpendicular implies that λ OA ⋅ λ PC = 0 where λ OA = = or λ OA ⋅ rC/P = 0 ( 0.24 m ) i + ( 0.24 m ) j − ( 0.12 m ) k ( 0.24 )2 + ( 0.24 )2 + ( 0.12 )2 m 2 2 1 i+ j− k 3 3 3 Letting the coordinates of P be P ( x, y, z ) , we have rC/P = ( 0.18 − x ) i + ( 0.30 − y ) j + ( 0.24 − z ) k m 2 1 2 ∴ i + j − k ⋅ ( 0.18 − x ) i + ( 0.30 − y ) j + ( 0.24 − z ) k = 0 3 3 3 Since Then rP/O = λ OAdOP = x= 2 dOP , 3 y = (1) dOP ( 2i + 2 j − k ) , 3 2 dOP, 3 z = −1 dOP 3 (2) Substituting the expressions for x, y, and z from Equation (2) into Equation (1), 1 2 2 1 ( 2i + 2 j − k ) ⋅ 0.18 − dOP i + 0.30 − dOP j + 0.24 + dOP k = 0 3 3 3 3 or 3dOP = 0.36 + 0.60 − 0.24 = 0.72 ∴ dOP = 0.24 m or dOP = 240 mm W PROBLEM 3.43 Determine the volume of the parallelepiped of Figure 3.25 when (a) P = −(7 in.)i − (1 in.)j + (2 in.)k, Q = (3 in.)i − (2 in.)j + (4 in.)k, and S = −(5 in.)i + (6 in.)j − (1 in.)k, (b) P = (1 in.)i + (2 in.)j − (1 in.)k, Q = −(8 in.)i − (1 in.)j + (9 in.)k, and S = (2 in.)i + (3 in.)j + (1 in.)k. SOLUTION Volume of a parallelepiped is found using the mixed triple product. (a) Vol = P ⋅ ( Q × S ) −7 −1 2 = 3 −2 4 in 3 = ( −14 + 168 + 20 − 3 + 36 − 20 ) in 3 −5 6 −1 = 187 in 3 or Volume = 187 in 3 W (b) Vol = P ⋅ ( Q × S ) 1 2 −1 = −8 −1 9 in 3 = ( −1 − 27 + 36 + 16 + 24 − 2 ) in 3 2 3 1 = 46 in 3 or Volume = 46 in 3 W PROBLEM 3.44 Given the vectors P = 4i − 2j + Pzk, Q = i + 3j − 5k, and S = −6i + 2j − k, determine the value of Pz for which the three vectors are coplanar. SOLUTION For the vectors to all be in the same plane, the mixed triple product is zero. P ⋅ (Q × S ) = 0 4 −2 Pz ∴ O = 1 3 −5 = −12 + 40 − 60 − 2 + Pz ( 2 + 18 ) −6 2 −1 so that Pz = 34 = 1.70 20 or Pz = 1.700 W PROBLEM 3.45 The 0.732 × 1.2-m lid ABCD of a storage bin is hinged along side AB and is held open by looping cord DEC over a frictionless hook at E. If the tension in the cord is 54 N, determine the moment about each of the coordinate axes of the force exerted by the cord at D. SOLUTION First note z = ( 0.732 )2 − ( 0.132 )2 m = 0.720 m Then d DE = ( 0.360 )2 + ( 0.720 )2 + ( 0.720 )2 m = 1.08 m and Have rE/D = ( 0.360 m ) i + ( 0.720 m ) j − ( 0.720 m ) k TDE = = ( TOE rE/D d DE ) 54 N ( 0.360i + 0.720 j − 0.720k ) 1.08 = (18.0 N ) i + ( 36.0 N ) j − ( 36.0 N ) k Now M A = rD/ A × TDE where rD/ A = ( 0.132 m ) j + ( 0.720 m ) k Then i j k M A = 0 0.132 0.720 N ⋅ m 18.0 36.0 −36.0 PROBLEM 3.45 CONTINUED { ∴ M A = ( 0.132 )( −36.0 ) − ( 0.720 )( 36.0 ) i + ( 0.720 )(18.0 ) − 0 j } + 0 − ( 0.132 )(18.0 ) k N ⋅ m or M A = − ( 30.7 N ⋅ m ) i + (12.96 N ⋅ m ) j − ( 2.38 N ⋅ m ) k ∴ M x = −30.7 N ⋅ m, M y = 12.96 N ⋅ m, M z = −2.38 N ⋅ m W PROBLEM 3.46 The 0.732 × 1.2-m -m lid ABCD of a storage bin is hinged along side AB and is held open by looping cord DEC over a frictionless hook at E. If the tension in the cord is 54 N, determine the moment about each of the coordinate axes of the force exerted by the cord at C. SOLUTION z = First note ( 0.732 )2 − ( 0.132 )2 m = 0.720 m Then dCE = ( 0.840 )2 + ( 0.720 )2 + ( 0.720 )2 m = 1.32 m and TCE = = rE/C dCE (TCE ) − ( 0.840 m ) i + ( 0.720 m ) j − ( 0.720 m ) k ( 54 N ) 1.32 m = − ( 36.363 N ) i + ( 29.454 N ) j − ( 29.454 N ) k Now M A = rE/ A × TCE where rE/ A = ( 0.360 m ) i + ( 0.852 m ) j Then i j k M A = 0.360 0.852 0 N⋅m −34.363 29.454 −29.454 = − ( 25.095 N ⋅ m ) i + (10.6034 N ⋅ m ) j + ( 39.881 N ⋅ m ) k ∴ M x = −25.1 N ⋅ m, M y = 10.60 N ⋅ m, M z = 39.9 N ⋅ m W PROBLEM 3.47 A fence consists of wooden posts and a steel cable fastened to each post and anchored in the ground at A and D. Knowing that the sum of the moments about the z axis of the forces exerted by the cable on the posts at B and C is −66 N · m, determine the magnitude TCD when TBA = 56 N. SOLUTION Based on | M z | = k ⋅ ( rB ) y × TBA + k ⋅ ( rC ) y × TCD where M z = − ( 66 N ⋅ m ) k ( rB ) y = ( rC ) y = (1 m ) j TBA = λ BATBA = (1.5 m ) i − (1 m ) j + ( 3 m ) k 3.5 m ( 56 N ) = ( 24 N ) i − (16 N ) j + ( 48 N ) k TCD = λ CDTCD = ( 2 m ) i − (1 m ) j − ( 2 m ) k T = 1 TCD ( 2i − j − 2k ) 3 3.0 m CD { } ∴ − ( 66 N ⋅ m ) = k ⋅ (1 m ) j × ( 24 N ) i − (16 N ) j + ( 48 N ) k 1 + k ⋅ (1 m ) j × TCD ( 2i − j − 2k ) 3 or −66 = −24 − ∴ TCD = 2 TCD 3 3 ( 66 − 24 ) N 2 or TCD = 63.0 N W PROBLEM 3.48 A fence consists of wooden posts and a steel cable fastened to each post and anchored in the ground at A and D. Knowing that the sum of the moments about the y axis of the forces exerted by the cable on the posts at B and C is 212 N · m, determine the magnitude of TBA when TCD = 33 N. SOLUTION Based on | M y | = j ⋅ ( rB ) z × TBA + ( rC ) z × TCD where M y = ( 212 N ⋅ m ) j ( rB ) z = (8 m ) k ( rC ) z = (2 m) k TBA = λ BATBA = (1.5 m ) i − (1 m ) j − ( 3 m ) k T = TBA (1.5i − j + 3k ) 3.5 BA 3.5 m TCD = λ CDTCD = ( 2 m ) i − (1 m ) j − ( 2 m ) k 3.0 m ( 33 N ) = ( 22i − 11j − 22k ) N T ∴ ( 212 N ⋅ m ) = j ⋅ ( 8 m ) k × BA (1.5i − j + 3k ) 3.5 + j ⋅ ( 2 m ) k × ( 22 i − 11j − 22k ) N or 212 = 8 (1.5 ) TBA + 2 ( 22 ) 3.5 ∴ TBA = 168 18.6667 or TBA = 49.0 N W PROBLEM 3.49 To lift a heavy crate, a man uses a block and tackle attached to the bottom of an I-beam at hook B. Knowing that the moments about the y and z axes of the force exerted at B by portion AB of the rope are, respectively, 100 lb ⋅ ft and −400 lb ⋅ ft , determine the distance a. SOLUTION M O = rA/O × TBA Based on where M O = M xi + M y j + M zk = M xi + (100 lb ⋅ ft ) j − ( 400 lb ⋅ ft ) k rA/O = ( 6 ft ) i + ( 4 ft ) j TBA = λ BATBA = ( 6 ft ) i − (12 ft ) j − ( a ) k T BA d BA i j k T ∴ M xi + 100 j − 400k = 6 4 0 BA d 6 −12 −a BA = TBA − ( 4a ) i + ( 6a ) j − ( 96 ) k d BA 100 d BA 6a From j-coefficient: 100d AB = 6aTBA or TBA = From k -coefficient: −400d AB = −96TBA or TBA = Equating Equations (1) and (2) yields a= 400 d BA 96 (1) (2) 100 ( 96 ) 6 ( 400 ) or a = 4.00 ft W PROBLEM 3.50 To lift a heavy crate, a man uses a block and tackle attached to the bottom of an I-beam at hook B. Knowing that the man applies a 200-lb force to end A of the rope and that the moment of that force about the y axis is 175 lb ⋅ ft , determine the distance a. SOLUTION ( | M y | = j ⋅ rA/O × TBA Based on ) rA/O = ( 6 ft ) i + ( 4 ft ) j where TBA = λ BATBA = = = rA/B d BA TBA ( 6 ft ) i − (12 ft ) j − ( a ) k d BA ( 200 lb ) 200 ( 6i − 12 j − ak ) d BA 0 1 0 200 ∴ 175 lb ⋅ ft = 6 4 0 d 6 −12 −a BA 200 175 = 0 − 6 ( −a ) d BA where d BA = ( 6 )2 + (12 )2 + ( a )2 ft = 180 + a 2 ft ∴ 175 180 + a 2 = 1200a or 180 + a 2 = 6.8571a Squaring each side 180 + a 2 = 47.020a 2 Solving a = 1.97771 ft or a = 1.978 ft W PROBLEM 3.51 A force P is applied to the lever of an arbor press. Knowing that P lies in a plane parallel to the yz plane and that M x = 230 lb ⋅ in., M y = −200 lb ⋅ in., and M z = −35 lb ⋅ in., determine the magnitude of P and the values of φ and θ. SOLUTION Based on M x = ( P cos φ ) ( 9 in.) sin θ − ( P sin φ ) ( 9 in.) cosθ M y = − ( P cos φ )( 5 in.) (2) M z = − ( P sin φ )( 5 in.) (3) − ( P sin φ ) (5) Equation (3) M z : = Equation (2) M y − ( P cos φ ) (5) Then or (1) tan φ = −35 = 0.175 −200 φ = 9.9262° or φ = 9.93° W Substituting φ into Equation (2) −200 lb ⋅ in. = − ( P cos 9.9262° ) (5 in.) P = 40.608 lb or P = 40.6 lb W Then, from Equation (1) 230 lb ⋅ in. = ( 40.608 lb ) cos 9.9262° ( 9 in.) sin θ − ( 40.608 lb ) sin 9.9262° ( 9 in.) cosθ or 0.98503sin θ − 0.172380cosθ = 0.62932 Solving numerically, θ = 48.9° W PROBLEM 3.52 A force P is applied to the lever of an arbor press. Knowing that P lies in a plane parallel to the yz plane and that M y = −180 lb ⋅ in. and M z = −30 lb ⋅ in., determine the moment M x of P about the x axis when θ = 60°. SOLUTION Based on M x = ( P cos φ ) ( 9 in.) sin θ − ( P sin φ ) ( 9 in.) cosθ (1) M y = − ( P cos φ )( 5 in.) (2) M z = − ( P sin φ )( 5 in.) (3) − ( P sin φ )( 5 ) Equation (3) M z = : − ( P cos φ )( 5 ) Equation (2) M y Then −30 = tan φ −180 or ∴ φ = 9.4623° From Equation (3), −30 lb ⋅ in. = − ( P sin 9.4623° )( 5 in.) ∴ P = 36.497 lb From Equation (1), M x = ( 36.497 lb )( 9 in.)( cos 9.4623° sin 60° − sin 9.4623° cos 60° ) = 253.60 lb ⋅ in. or M x = 254 lb ⋅ in. W PROBLEM 3.53 The triangular plate ABC is supported by ball-and-socket joints at B and D and is held in the position shown by cables AE and CF. If the force exerted by cable AE at A is 220 lb, determine the moment of that force about the line joining points D and B. SOLUTION ( M DB = λ DB ⋅ rA/D × TAE Have λ DB = where ( 48 in.) i − (14 in.) j 50 in. ) = 0.96i − 0.28 j rA/D = − ( 4 in.) j + ( 8 in.) k ( 36 in.) i − ( 24 in.) j + ( 8 in.) k TAE = λ AETAE = ( 220 lb ) 44 in. = (180 lb ) i − (120 lb ) j + ( 40 lb ) k ∴ M DB 0.960 −0.280 0 8 lb ⋅ in. = 0 −4 180 −120 40 = ( 0.960 ) ( −4 )( 40 ) − ( 8 )( −120 ) + ( −0.280 ) 8 (180 ) − 0 = 364.8 lb ⋅ in. or M DB = 365 lb ⋅ in. W PROBLEM 3.54 The triangular plate ABC is supported by ball-and-socket joints at B and D and is held in the position shown by cables AE and CF. If the force exerted by cable CF at C is 132 lb, determine the moment of that force about the line joining points D and B. SOLUTION ( M DB = λ DB ⋅ rC/D × TCF Have where λ DB = ( 48 in.) i − (14 in.) j 50 in. ) = 0.96i − 0.28 j rC/D = ( 8 in.) j − (16 in.) k TCF = λ CFTCF = ( 24 in.) i − ( 36 in.) j − (8 in.) k 44 in. (132 lb ) = ( 72 lb ) i − (108 lb ) j − ( 24 lb ) k ∴ M DB 0.96 −0.28 0 8 = 0 −16 lb ⋅ in. 72 −108 −24 = 0.96 ( 8 )( −24 ) − ( −16 )( −108 ) + ( −0.28 ) ( −16 )( 72 ) − 0 = −1520.64 lb ⋅ in. or M DB = −1521 lb ⋅ in. W PROBLEM 3.55 A mast is mounted on the roof of a house using bracket ABCD and is guyed by cables EF, EG, and EH. Knowing that the force exerted by cable EF at E is 66 N, determine the moment of that force about the line joining points D and I. SOLUTION M DI = λ DI ⋅ rF /I × TEF Have where λ DI = (1.6 m ) i − ( 0.4 m ) j (1.6 )2 + ( 0.4 )2 m = 1 ( 4i − j) 17 rF /I = ( 4.6 m + 0.8 m ) k = ( 5.4 m ) k TEF = λ EF TEF = (1.2 m ) i − ( 3.6 m ) j + ( 5.4 m ) k 6.6 m ( 66 N ) = (12 N ) i − ( 36 N ) j + ( 54 N ) k = 6 ( 2 N ) i − ( 6 N ) j + ( 9 N ) k −1 0 0 1 2 −6 9 4 ∴ M DI = ( 6 N )( 5.4 m ) 0 17 = 7.8582 ( 0 + 24 ) + ( −2 − 0 ) = 172.879 N ⋅ m or M DI = 172.9 N ⋅ m W PROBLEM 3.56 A mast is mounted on the roof of a house using bracket ABCD and is guyed by cables EF, EG, and EH. Knowing that the force exerted by cable EG at E is 61.5 N, determine the moment of that force about the line joining points D and I. SOLUTION Have M DI = λ DI ⋅ rG/I × TEG where λ DI = = (1.6 m ) i − ( 0.4 m ) j 0.4 17 m 1 ( 4i − j) 17 rG/I = − (10.9 m + 0.8 m ) k = − (11.7 m ) k TEG = λ EGTEG = (1.2 m ) i − ( 3.6 m ) j − (11.7 m ) k 12.3 m ( 61.5 N ) = 5 (1.2 N ) i − ( 3.6 N ) j − (11.7 N ) k ∴ M DI = 5 N (11.7 m ) 17 4 −1 0 −1 0 0 1.2 −3.6 −11.7 { } = (14.1883 N ⋅ m ) 0 − ( 4 )( −1)( −3.6 ) + ( −1)( −1)(1.2 ) − 0 = −187.286 N ⋅ m or M DI = −187.3 N ⋅ m PROBLEM 3.57 A rectangular tetrahedron has six edges of length a. A force P is directed as shown along edge BC. Determine the moment of P about edge OA. SOLUTION ( M OA = λ OA ⋅ rC/O × P Have ) where From triangle OBC a 2 ( OA) x = ( OA) z = ( OA ) x tan 30° = ( OA)2 Since a 1 a = 2 3 2 3 = ( OA) x + ( OA) y + ( OAz ) 2 2 2 a 2 a a 2 = + ( OA) y + 2 2 3 or ∴ ( OA) y = a2 − 2 2 a2 a2 2 − =a 4 12 3 Then rA/O = a 2 a i +a j+ k 2 3 2 3 and λ OA = 1 i+ 2 2 1 j+ k 3 2 3 P = λ BC P = = ( a sin 30° ) i − ( a cos30° ) k a ( P i − 3k 2 ) rC/O = ai ( P) PROBLEM 3.57 CONTINUED ∴ M OA 1 2 = 1 1 2 1 3 2 3 P ( a ) 0 0 2 0 − 3 = aP 2 − (1) − 3 2 3 = aP 2 ( ) M OA = aP 2 PROBLEM 3.58 A rectangular tetrahedron has six edges of length a. (a) Show that two opposite edges, such as OA and BC, are perpendicular to each other. (b) Use this property and the result obtained in Problem 3.57 to determine the perpendicular distance between edges OA and BC. SOLUTION (a) For edge OA to be perpendicular to edge BC, JJJG JJJG OA ⋅ BC = 0 where From triangle OBC and Then or so that a 2 ( OA) x = ( OA) z = ( OA ) x tan 30° = a 1 a = 2 3 2 3 JJJG a a ∴ OA = i + ( OA)y j + k 2 2 3 JJJG BC = ( a sin 30° ) i − ( a cos 30° ) k = a a 3 i− k 2 2 = a i − 3k 2 ( ) a a a =0 i + ( OA ) y j + k ⋅ i − 3k 2 2 2 3 ( ) a2 a2 + ( OA)y ( 0 ) − =0 4 4 JJJG JJJG ∴ OA ⋅ BC = 0 JJJG JJJG OA is perpendicular to BC. PROBLEM 3.58 CONTINUED (b) Have M OA = Pd , with P acting along BC and d the JJJG JJJG perpendicular distance from OA to BC. From the results of Problem 3.57, M OA = ∴ or Pa 2 Pa = Pd 2 d = a 2 PROBLEM 3.59 The 8-ft-wide portion ABCD of an inclined, cantilevered walkway is partially supported by members EF and GH. Knowing that the compressive force exerted by member EF on the walkway at F is 5400 lb, determine the moment of that force about edge AD. SOLUTION ( M AD = λ AD ⋅ rE/ A × TEF Having λ AD = where ( 24 ft ) i + ( 3 ft ) j ( 24 )2 + ( 3)2 ft ) 1 (8i + j) 65 = rE/ A = ( 7 ft ) i − ( 3 ft ) j TEF = λ EFTEF = (8 ft − 7 ft ) i + 3 ft + ( 248 ) ( 3 ft ) j + (8 ft ) k (1)2 + ( 4 )2 + (8)2 ( 5400 lb ) ft = 600 (1 lb ) i + ( 4 lb ) j + ( 8 lb ) k ∴ M AD = 8 1 0 600 600 7 −3 0 lb ⋅ ft = ( −192 − 56 ) lb ⋅ ft 65 65 1 4 8 = −18,456.4 lb ⋅ ft or M AD = −18.46 kip ⋅ ft PROBLEM 3.60 The 8-ft-wide portion ABCD of an inclined, cantilevered walkway is partially supported by members EF and GH. Knowing that the compressive force exerted by member GH on the walkway at H is 4800 lb, determine the moment of that force about edge AD. SOLUTION ( M AD = λ AD ⋅ rG/ A × TGH Having λ AD = where ( 24 ft ) i + ( 3 ft ) j ( 24 )2 + ( 3)2 ft = ) 1 (8i + j) 65 rG/ A = ( 20 ft ) i − ( 6 ft ) j = 2 (10 ft ) i − ( 3 ft ) j TGH = λ GH TGH = (16 ft − 20 ft ) i + 6 ft + ( 1624 ) ( 3 ft ) j + (8 ft ) k ( 4 )2 + ( 8 )2 + ( 8 )2 ( 4800 lb ) ft = 1600 − (1 lb ) i + ( 2 lb ) j + ( 2 lb ) k 8 ∴ M AD = 1 0 3200 lb ⋅ ft −3 0 = ( −48 − 20 ) 65 −1 2 2 (1600 lb )( 2 ft ) 10 65 = −26,989 lb ⋅ ft or M AD = −27.0 kip ⋅ ft PROBLEM 3.61 Two forces F1 and F2 in space have the same magnitude F. Prove that the moment of F1 about the line of action of F2 is equal to the moment of F2 about the line of action of F1. SOLUTION F1 = F1λ1 First note that F2 = F2λ 2 and Let M1 = moment of F2 about the line of action of M1 and M 2 = moment of F1 about the line of action of M 2 Now, by definition ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) M1 = λ1 ⋅ rB/ A × F2 = λ1 ⋅ rB/ A × λ 2 F2 M 2 = λ 2 ⋅ rA/B × F1 = λ 2 ⋅ rA/B × λ1 F1 F1 = F2 = F Since and ( rA/B = −rB/ A ) M1 = λ1 ⋅ rB/ A × λ 2 F ( ) M 2 = λ 2 ⋅ −rB/ A × λ1 F Using Equation (3.39) ( ) ( λ1 ⋅ rB/ A × λ 2 = λ 2 ⋅ −rB/ A × λ1 so that ( ) ) M 2 = λ1 ⋅ rB/ A × λ 2 F ∴ M12 = M 21 PROBLEM 3.62 In Problem 3.53, determine the perpendicular distance between cable AE and the line joining points D and B. Problem 3.53: The triangular plate ABC is supported by ball-and-socket joints at B and D and is held in the position shown by cables AE and CF. If the force exerted by cable AE at A is 220 lb, determine the moment of that force about the line joining points D and B. SOLUTION ( M DB = λ DB ⋅ rA/D × TAE Have where λ DB = ( 48 in.) i − (14 in.) j 50 in. ) = 0.96i − 0.28 j rA/D = − ( 4 in.) j + ( 8 in.) k TAE = λ AETAE = ( 36 in.) i − ( 24 in.) j + (8 in.) k 44 in. ( 220 lb ) = (180 lb ) i − (120 lb ) j + ( 40 lb ) k ∴ M DB 0.96 −0.28 0 = 0 −4 8 lb ⋅ in. 180 −120 40 = 364.8 lb ⋅ in. Only the perpendicular component of TAE contributes to the moment of TAE about line DB. The parallel component of TAE will be used to find the perpendicular component. PROBLEM 3.62 CONTINUED Have (TAE )parallel = λ DB ⋅ TAE = ( 0.96i − 0.28 j) ⋅ (180 lb ) i − (120 lb ) j + ( 40 lb ) k = ( 0.96 )(180 ) + ( −0.28 )( −120 ) + ( 0 )( 40 ) lb = (172.8 + 33.6 ) lb = 206.4 lb Since TAE = ( TAE )perpendicular + ( TAE )parallel ∴ (TAE )perpendicular = (TAE )2 − (TAE )2parallel = ( 220 )2 − ( 206.41)2 = 76.151 lb Then M DB = (TAE )perpendicular ( d ) 364.8 lb ⋅ in. = ( 76.151 lb ) d d = 4.7905 in. or d = 4.79 in. PROBLEM 3.63 In Problem 3.54, determine the perpendicular distance between cable CF and the line joining points D and B. Problem 3.54: The triangular plate ABC is supported by ball-and-socket joints at B and D and is held in the position shown by cables AE and CF. If the force exerted by cable CF at C is 132 lb, determine the moment of that force about the line joining points D and B. SOLUTION ( M DB ) = λ DB ⋅ ( rC/D × TCF ) Have λ DB = where ( 48 in.) i − (14 in.) j 50 in. = 0.96i − 0.28j rC/D = ( 8 in.) j − (16 in.) k TCF = λ CF TCF = ( 24 in.) i − ( 36 in.) j − (8 in.) k 44 in. (132 lb ) = ( 72 lb ) i − (108 lb ) j − ( 24 lb ) k ∴ M DB 0.96 −0.28 0 = 0 −16 lb ⋅ in 8 72 −108 −24 = −1520.64 lb ⋅ in. Only the perpendicular component of TCF contributes to the moment of TCF about line DB. The parallel component of TCF will be used to obtain the perpendicular component. PROBLEM 3.63 CONTINUED Have (TCF )parallel = λ DB ⋅ TCF = ( 0.96i − 0.28 j) ⋅ ( 72 lb ) i − (108 lb ) j − ( 24 lb ) k = ( 0.96 )( 72 ) + ( −0.28 )( −108 ) + ( 0 )( −24 ) lb = 99.36 lb Since TCF = ( TCF )perp. + ( TCF )parallel ∴ (TCF )perp. = 2 (TCF )2 − (TCF )parallel = (132 )2 − ( 99.36 )2 = 86.900 lb Then M DB = (TCF )perp. ( d ) −1520.64 lb ⋅ in. = ( 86.900 lb ) d d = 17.4988 in. or d = 17.50 in. PROBLEM 3.64 In Problem 3.55, determine the perpendicular distance between cable EF and the line joining points D and I. Problem 3.55: A mast is mounted on the roof of a house using bracket ABCD and is guyed by cables EF, EG, and EH. Knowing that the force exerted by cable EF at E is 66 N, determine the moment of that force about the line joining points D and I. SOLUTION ( M DI = λ DI ⋅ rF /I × TEF Have λ DI = where (1.6 m ) i − ( 0.4 m ) j 0.4 17 m = ) 1 ( 4i − j) 17 rF /I = ( 5.4 m ) k TEF = λ EFTEF = (1.2 m ) i − ( 3.6 m ) j + ( 5.4 m ) k 6.6 m ( 66 N ) = 6 ( 2 N ) i − ( 6 N ) j + ( 9 N ) k ∴ M DI = 4 −1 0 0 1 = 172.879 N ⋅ m 2 −6 9 ( 6 N )( 5.4 m ) 0 17 Only the perpendicular component of TEF contributes to the moment of TEF about line DI. The parallel component of TEF will be used to find the perpendicular component. Have (TEF )parallel = λ DI ⋅ TEF = 1 ( 4i − j) ⋅ (12 N ) i − ( 36 N ) j + ( 54 N ) k 17 = 1 ( 48 + 36 ) N 17 = 84 N 17 PROBLEM 3.64 CONTINUED Since TEF = ( TEF )perp. + ( TEF )parallel ∴ (TEF )perp. = (TEF )2 − (TEF )2parallel = ( 66 )2 − 84 17 2 = 62.777 N Then M DI = (TEF )perp. ( d ) 172.879 N ⋅ m = ( 62.777 N )( d ) d = 2.7539 m or d = 2.75 m PROBLEM 3.65 In Problem 3.56, determine the perpendicular distance between cable EG and the line joining points D and I. Problem 3.56: A mast is mounted on the roof of a house using bracket ABCD and is guyed by cables EF, EG, and EH. Knowing that the force exerted by cable EG at E is 61.5 N, determine the moment of that force about the line joining points D and I. SOLUTION M DI = λ DI ⋅ rG/I × TEG Have λ DI = where (1.6 m ) i − ( 0.4 m ) j 0.4 17 m = 1 ( 4i − j) 17 rG/I = − (10.9 m + 0.8 m ) k = − (11.7 m ) k TEG = λ EGTEG = (1.2 m ) i − ( 3.6 m ) j − (11.7 m ) k 12.3 m ( 61.5 N ) = 5 (1.2 N ) i − ( 3.6 N ) j − (11.7 N ) k ∴ M DI = ( 5 N )(11.7 m ) 17 4 −1 0 −1 0 0 1.2 −3.6 −11.7 = −187.286 N ⋅ m Only the perpendicular component of TEG contributes to the moment of TEG about line DI. The parallel component of TEG will be used to find the perpendicular component. Have TEG ( parallel ) = λ DI ⋅ TEG = 1 ( 4i − j) ⋅ 5 (1.2 N ) i − ( 3.6 N ) j − (11.7 N ) k 17 = 5 ( 4.8 + 3.6 ) N 17 = 42 N 17 PROBLEM 3.65 CONTINUED Since TEF = ( TEG )perp. + ( TEG )parallel ∴ (TEG )perp. = 2 (TEG )2 − (TEG )parallel = ( 61.5) 2 42 − 17 2 = 60.651 N Then M DI = (TEG )perp. ( d ) 187.286 N ⋅ m = ( 60.651 N )( d ) d = 3.0880 m or d = 3.09 m PROBLEM 3.66 In Problem 3.41, determine the perpendicular distance between post BC and the line connecting points O and A. Problem 3.41: Slider P can move along rod OA. An elastic cord PC is attached to the slider and to the vertical member BC. Knowing that the distance from O to P is 0.12 m and the tension in the cord is 30 N, determine (a) the angle between the elastic cord and the rod OA, (b) the projection on OA of the force exerted by cord PC at point P. SOLUTION Assume post BC is represented by a force of magnitude FBC where FBC = FBC j Have M OA = λ OA ⋅ rB/O × FBC where ( λ OA = ) ( 0.24 m ) i + ( 0.24 m ) j − ( 0.12 m ) k 0.36 m 2 2 1 i+ j− k 3 3 3 = rB/O = ( 0.18 m ) i + ( 0.24 m ) k ∴ M OA 2 2 −1 1 F = FBC 0.18 0 0.24 = BC ( −0.48 − 0.18 ) = −0.22 FBC 3 3 0 1 0 Only the perpendicular component of FBC contributes to the moment of FBC about line OA. The parallel component will be found first so that the perpendicular component of FBC can be determined. 2 1 2 FBC ( parallel ) = λ OA ⋅ FBC = i + j − k ⋅ FBC j 3 3 3 = 2 FBC 3 FBC = ( FBC )parallel + ( FBC )perp. Since ( FBC )perp. = ( FBC )2 − ( FBC )2parallel = ( FBC )2 − 2 FBC 3 2 = 0.74536 FBC Then M OA = ( FBC )perp. ( d ) 0.22 FBC = ( 0.74536 FBC ) d d = 0.29516 m or d = 295 mm PROBLEM 3.67 In Problem 3.45, determine the perpendicular distance between cord DE and the y axis. Problem 3.45: The 0.732 × 1.2 -m lid ABCD of a storage bin is hinged along side AB and is held open by looping cord DEC over a frictionless hook at E. If the tension in the cord is 54 N, determine the moment about each of the coordinate axes of the force exerted by the cord at D. SOLUTION First note z = ( 0.732 )2 − ( 0.132 )2 m = 0.720 m ( ) Have M y = j ⋅ rD/ A × TDE where rD/ A = ( 0.132 j + 0.720k ) m TDE = λ DETDE = ( 0.360 m ) i + ( 0.732 m ) j − ( 0.720 m ) k 1.08 m ( 54 N ) = (18 N ) i + ( 36 N ) j − ( 36 N ) k 0 1 0 ∴ M y = 0 0.132 0.720 = 12.96 N ⋅ m −36 18 36 Only the perpendicular component of TDE contributes to the moment of TDE about the y-axis. The parallel component will be found first so that the perpendicular component of TDE can be determined. TDE ( parallel ) = j ⋅ TDE = 36 N PROBLEM 3.67 CONTINUED ( TDE ) = ( TDE )parallel + ( TDE )perp. Since (TDE )perp. Then = 2 (TDE )2 − (TDE )parallel = ( 54 )2 − ( 36 )2 = 40.249 N M y = (TDE )perp. (d ) 12.96 N ⋅ m = ( 40.249 N )( d ) d = 0.32199 m or d = 322 mm PROBLEM 3.68 A plate in the shape of a parallelogram is acted upon by two couples. Determine (a) the moment of the couple formed by the two 21-N forces, (b) the perpendicular distance between the 12-N forces if the resultant of the two couples is zero, (c) the value of α if the resultant couple is 1.8 N ⋅ m clockwise and d is 1.05 m. SOLUTION (a) Have where M1 = d1F1 d1 = 0.4 m F1 = 21 N ∴ M1 = ( 0.4 m )( 21 N ) = 8.4 N ⋅ m or M1 = 8.40 N ⋅ m (b) Have or M1 + M 2 = 0 8.40 N ⋅ m − d 2 (12 N ) = 0 ∴ d 2 = 0.700 m (c) Have or M total = M1 + M 2 1.8 N ⋅ m = 8.40 N ⋅ m − (1.05 m )( sin α )(12 N ) ∴ sin α = 0.52381 and α = 31.588° or α = 31.6° PROBLEM 3.69 A couple M of magnitude 10 lb ⋅ ft is applied to the handle of a screwdriver to tighten a screw into a block of wood. Determine the magnitudes of the two smallest horizontal forces that are equivalent to M if they are applied (a) at corners A and D, (b) at corners B and C, (c) anywhere on the block. SOLUTION M = Pd (a) Have 1 ft 10 lb ⋅ ft = P (10 in.) 12 in. or ∴ P = 12 lb d BC = (b) = or Pmin = 12.00 lb ( BE )2 + ( EC )2 (10 in.)2 + ( 6 in.)2 = 11.6619 in. M = Pd Have 1 ft 10 lb ⋅ ft = P (11.6619 in.) 12 in. P = 10.2899 lb d AC = (c) = or P = 10.29 lb ( AD )2 + ( DC )2 (10 in.)2 + (16 in.)2 = 2 89 in. M = Pd AC Have ( ) 1 ft 10 lb ⋅ ft = P 2 89 in. 12 in. P = 6.3600 lb or P = 6.36 lb PROBLEM 3.70 Two 60-mm-diameter pegs are mounted on a steel plate at A and C, and two rods are attached to the plate at B and D. A cord is passed around the pegs and pulled as shown, while the rods exert on the plate 10-N forces as indicated. (a) Determine the resulting couple acting on the plate when T = 36 N. (b) If only the cord is used, in what direction should it be pulled to create the same couple with the minimum tension in the cord? (c) Determine the value of that minimum tension. SOLUTION M = Σ ( Fd ) (a) Have = ( 36 N )( 0.345 m ) − (10 N )( 0.380 m ) = 8.62 N ⋅ m M = 8.62 N ⋅ m (b) M = Td = 8.62 N ⋅ m Have For T to be minimum, d must be maximum. ∴ Tmin must be perpendicular to line AC tan θ = 0.380 m = 1.33333 0.285 m θ = 53.130° and or θ = 53.1° M = Tmin d max (c) Have M = 8.62 N ⋅ m where d max = ( 0.380 )2 + ( 0.285)2 + 2 ( 0.030 ) m = 0.535 m ∴ 8.62 N ⋅ m = Tmin ( 0.535 m ) Tmin = 16.1121 N or Tmin = 16.11 N PROBLEM 3.71 The steel plate shown will support six 50-mm-diameter idler rollers mounted on the plate as shown. Two flat belts pass around the rollers, and rollers A and D will be adjusted so that the tension in each belt is 45 N. Determine (a) the resultant couple acting on the plate if a = 0.2 m, (b) the value of a so that the resultant couple acting on the plate is 54 N ⋅ m clockwise. SOLUTION (a) Note when a = 0.2 m, rC/F is perpendicular to the inclined 45 N forces. Have M = Σ ( Fd ) = − ( 45 N ) a + 0.2 m + 2 ( 0.025 m ) − ( 45 N ) 2a 2 + 2 ( 0.025 m ) For a = 0.2 m, M = − ( 45 N )( 0.450 m + 0.61569 m ) = −47.956 N ⋅ m or M = 48.0 N ⋅ m M = 54.0 N ⋅ m (b) M = Moment of couple due to horizontal forces at A and D + Moment of force-couple systems at C and F about C. −54.0 N ⋅ m = −45 N a + 0.2 m + 2 ( 0.025 m ) + M C + M F + Fx ( a + 0.2 m ) + Fy ( 2a ) where M C = − ( 45 N )( 0.025 m ) = −1.125 N ⋅ m M F = M C = −1.125 N ⋅ m PROBLEM 3.71 CONTINUED ∴ Fx = −45 N 2 Fy = −45 N 2 − 54.0 N ⋅ m = −45 N ( a + 0.25 m ) − 1.125 N ⋅ m − 1.125 N ⋅ m −45 N 45 N ( a + 0.2 m ) − ( 2a ) 2 2 1.20 = a + 0.25 + 0.025 + 0.025 + a 0.20 2a + + 2 2 2 3.1213a = 0.75858 a = 0.24303 m or a = 243 mm PROBLEM 3.72 The shafts of an angle drive are acted upon by the two couples shown. Replace the two couples with a single equivalent couple, specifying its magnitude and the direction of its axis. SOLUTION M = M1 + M 2 Based on where M1 = − ( 8 N ⋅ m ) j M2 = − (6 N⋅m)k ∴ M = − (8 N ⋅ m ) j − ( 6 N ⋅ m ) k M = and ( 8 )2 + ( 6 ) 2 = 10 N ⋅ m or M = 10.00 N ⋅ m λ = or − (8 N ⋅ m ) j − ( 6 N ⋅ m ) k M = = −0.8j − 0.6k 10 N ⋅ m M M = M λ = (10 N ⋅ m )( −0.8j − 0.6k ) cosθ x = 0 ∴ θ x = 90° cosθ y = −0.8 ∴ θ y = 143.130° cosθ z = −0.6 ∴ θ z = 126.870° or θ x = 90.0°, θ y = 143.1°, θ z = 126.9° PROBLEM 3.73 Knowing that P = 0, replace the two remaining couples with a single equivalent couple, specifying its magnitude and the direction of its axis. SOLUTION Have M = M1 + M 2 where M1 = rC/B × P1C rC/B = ( 0.96 m ) i − ( 0.40 m ) j P1C = − (100 N ) k i j k ∴ M1 = 0.96 −0.40 0 = ( 40 N ⋅ m ) i + ( 96 N ⋅ m ) j 0 0 −100 M 2 = rD/ A × P2 E Also, rD/ A = ( 0.20 m ) j − ( 0.55 m ) k P2 E = λ ED P2 E = − ( 0.48 m ) i + ( 0.55 m ) k ( 0.48)2 + ( 0.55)2 (146 N ) m = − ( 96 N ) i + (110 N ) k i j k ∴ M 2 = 0 0.20 −0.55 N ⋅ m −96 0 110 = ( 22.0 N ⋅ m ) i + ( 52.8 N ⋅ m ) j + (19.2 N ⋅ m ) k PROBLEM 3.73 CONTINUED M = ( 40 N ⋅ m ) i + ( 96 N ⋅ m ) j + ( 22.0 N ⋅ m ) i and + ( 52.8 N ⋅ m ) j + (19.2 N ⋅ m ) k = ( 62.0 N ⋅ m ) i + (148.8 N ⋅ m ) j + (19.2 N ⋅ m ) k M = M x2 + M y2 + M z2 = ( 62.0 )2 + (148.8)2 + (19.2 )2 = 162.339 N ⋅ m or M = 162.3 N ⋅ m λ = M 62.0i + 148.8j + 19.2k = M 162.339 = 0.38192i + 0.91660 j + 0.118271k cosθ x = 0.38192 ∴ θ x = 67.547° or θ x = 67.5° cosθ y = 0.91660 ∴ θ y = 23.566° or θ y = 23.6° cosθ z = 0.118271 ∴ θ z = 83.208° or θ z = 83.2° PROBLEM 3.74 Knowing that P = 0, replace the two remaining couples with a single equivalent couple, specifying its magnitude and the direction of its axis. SOLUTION Have M = M4 + M7 where M 4 = rG/C × F4G rG/C = − (10 in.) i F4G = ( 4 lb ) k ∴ M 4 = − (10 in.) i × ( 4 lb ) k = ( 40 lb ⋅ in.) j M 7 = rD/F × F7 D Also, rD/F = − ( 5 in.) i + ( 3 in.) j F7 D = λ ED F7 D = = − ( 5 in.) i + ( 3 in.) j + ( 7 in.) k ( 5 )2 + ( 3)2 + ( 7 )2 ( 7 lb ) in. 7 lb ( −5i + 3j + 7k ) 83 i 7 lb ⋅ in. ∴ M7 = −5 83 −5 j k 7 lb ⋅ in. 3 0 = ( 21i + 35j + 0k ) 83 3 7 = 0.76835 ( 21i + 35 j) lb ⋅ in. PROBLEM 3.74 CONTINUED M = ( 40 lb ⋅ in.) j + 0.76835 ( 21i + 35j) lb ⋅ in. and = (16.1353 lb ⋅ in.) i + ( 66.892 lb ⋅ in.) j M = ( M x )2 + ( M y ) 2 = (16.1353)2 + ( 66.892 )2 = 68.811 lb ⋅ in. or M = 68.8 lb ⋅ in. λ = (16.1353 lb ⋅in.) i + ( 66.892 lb ⋅in.) j M = 68.811 lb ⋅ in. M = 0.23449i + 0.97212 j cosθ x = 0.23449 ∴ θ x = 76.438° or θ x = 76.4° cosθ y = 0.97212 ∴ θ y = 13.5615° or θ y = 13.56° cosθ z = 0.0 ∴ θ z = 90° or θ z = 90.0° PROBLEM 3.75 Knowing that P = 5 lb, replace the three couples with a single equivalent couple, specifying its magnitude and the direction of its axis. SOLUTION M = M 4 + M 7 + M5 Have where M 4 = rG/C × F4G M 7 = rD/F × F7 D i j k = −10 0 0 lb ⋅ in. = ( 40 lb ⋅ in.) j 0 0 4 i j k 7 = −5 3 0 lb ⋅ in. = 0.76835 ( 21i + 35j) lb ⋅ in. 83 −5 3 7 (See Solution to Problem 3.74.) M 5 = rC/ A × F5C i j k = 10 −6 7 lb ⋅ in. = − ( 35 lb ⋅ in.) i + ( 50 lb ⋅ in.) k 0 5 0 ∴ M = (16.1353 − 35 ) i + ( 40 + 26.892 ) j + ( 50 ) k lb ⋅ in. = − (18.8647 lb ⋅ in.) i + ( 66.892 lb ⋅ in.) j + ( 50 lb ⋅ in.) k M = M x2 + M y2 + M z2 = (18.8647 )2 + ( 66.892 )2 + ( 50 )2 = 85.618 lb ⋅ in. or M = 85.6 lb ⋅ in. λ = M −18.8647i + 66.892 j + 50k = = −0.22034i + 0.78129 j + 0.58399k M 85.618 cosθ x = −0.22034 ∴ θ x = 102.729° or θ x = 102.7° cosθ y = 0.78129 ∴ θ y = 38.621° or θ y = 38.6° cosθ z = 0.58399 ∴ θ z = 54.268° or θ z = 54.3° PROBLEM 3.76 Knowing that P = 210 N, replace the three couples with a single equivalent couple, specifying its magnitude and the direction of its axis. SOLUTION M = M1 + M 2 + M P Have M1 = rC/B × P1C where M 2 = rD/ A × P2 E i j k = 0.96 −0.40 0 = ( 40 N ⋅ m ) i + ( 96 N ⋅ m ) j 0 0 −100 i j k = 0 0.20 −0.55 = ( 22.0 N ⋅ m ) i + ( 52.8 N ⋅ m ) j + (19.2 N ⋅ m ) k −96 0 110 (See Solution to Problem 3.73.) M P = rE/ A i j k × PE = 0.48 0.20 −1.10 = ( 231 N ⋅ m ) i + (100.8 N ⋅ m ) k 0 210 0 ∴ M = ( 40 + 22 + 231) i + ( 96 + 52.8 ) j + (19.2 + 100.8 ) k N ⋅ m = ( 293 N ⋅ m ) i + (148.8 N ⋅ m ) j + (120 N ⋅ m ) k M = M x2 + M y2 + M z2 = ( 293)2 + (148.8)2 + (120 )2 = 349.84 N ⋅ m or M = 350 N ⋅ m λ = M 293i + 148.8 j + 120k = = 0.83752i + 0.42533j + 0.34301k M 349.84 cosθ x = 0.83752 ∴ θ x = 33.121° or θ x = 33.1° cosθ y = 0.42533 ∴ θ y = 64.828° or θ y = 64.8° cosθ z = 0.34301 ∴ θ z = 69.940° or θ z = 69.9° PROBLEM 3.77 In a manufacturing operation, three holes are drilled simultaneously in a workpiece. Knowing that the holes are perpendicular to the surfaces of the workpiece, replace the couples applied to the drills with a single equivalent couple, specifying its magnitude and the direction of its axis. SOLUTION M = M1 + M 2 + M 3 Have M1 = − (1.1 lb ⋅ ft )( cos 25° j + sin 25°k ) where M 2 = − (1.1 lb ⋅ ft ) j M 3 = − (1.3 lb ⋅ ft )( cos 20° j − sin 20°k ) ∴ M = ( −0.99694 − 1.1 − 1.22160 ) j + ( −0.46488 + 0.44463) k = − ( 3.3185 lb ⋅ ft ) j − ( 0.020254 lb ⋅ ft ) k and M = M x2 + M y2 + M z2 = ( 0 )2 + ( 3.3185)2 + ( 0.020254 )2 = 3.3186 lb ⋅ ft or M = 3.32 lb ⋅ ft λ = ( 0 ) i − 3.3185j − 0.020254k M = 3.3186 M = −0.99997 j − 0.0061032k cosθ x = 0 ∴ θ x = 90° cosθ y = −0.99997 ∴ θ y = 179.555° cosθ z = −0.0061032 ∴ θ z = 90.349° or θ x = 90.0° or θ y = 179.6° or θ z = 90.3° PROBLEM 3.78 The tension in the cable attached to the end C of an adjustable boom ABC is 1000 N. Replace the force exerted by the cable at C with an equivalent force-couple system (a) at A, (b) at B. SOLUTION (a) Based on ΣF : FA = T = 1000 N or FA = 1000 N 20° ΣM A : M A = (T sin 50° )( dA ) = (1000 N ) sin 50° ( 2.25 m ) = 1723.60 N ⋅ m or M A = 1724 N ⋅ m (b) Based on ΣF : FB = T = 1000 N or FB = 1000 N 20° ΣMB : M B = (T sin 50° )( d B ) = (1000 N ) sin 50° (1.25 m ) = 957.56 N ⋅ m or M B = 958 N ⋅ m PROBLEM 3.79 The 20-lb horizontal force P acts on a bell crank as shown. (a) Replace P with an equivalent force-couple system at B. (b) Find the two vertical forces at C and D which are equivalent to the couple found in part a. SOLUTION (a) Based on ΣF : PB = P = 20 lb or PB = 20 lb ΣM : MB = Pd B = 20 lb ( 5 in.) = 100 lb ⋅ in. or M B = 100 lb ⋅ in. (b) If the two vertical forces are to be equivalent to MB , they must be a couple. Further, the sense of the moment of this couple must be counterclockwise. Then, with PC and PD acting as shown, ΣM : M D = PC d 100 lb ⋅ in. = PC ( 4 in.) ∴ PC = 25 lb or PC = 25 lb ΣFy : 0 = PD − PC ∴ PD = 25 lb or PD = 25 lb PROBLEM 3.80 A 700-N force P is applied at point A of a structural member. Replace P with (a) an equivalent force-couple system at C, (b) an equivalent system consisting of a vertical force at B and a second force at D. SOLUTION ΣF : PC = P = 700 N (a) Based on or PC = 700 N 60° ΣM C : M C = − Px dCy + Py dCx Px = ( 700 N ) cos60° = 350 N where Py = ( 700 N ) sin 60° = 606.22 N dCx = 1.6 m dCy = 1.1 m ∴ M C = − ( 350 N )(1.1 m ) + ( 606.22 N )(1.6 m ) = −385 N ⋅ m + 969.95 N ⋅ m = 584.95 N ⋅ m or M C = 585 N ⋅ m ΣFx : PDx = P cos 60° (b) Based on = ( 700 N ) cos 60° = 350 N ΣM D : ( P cos 60° )( d DA ) = PB ( d DB ) ( 700 N ) cos 60° ( 0.6 m ) = PB ( 2.4 m ) PB = 87.5 N or PB = 87.5 N PROBLEM 3.80 CONTINUED ΣFy : P sin 60° = PB + PDy ( 700 N ) sin 60° = 87.5 N + PDy PDy = 518.72 N PD = = ( PDx )2 + ( PDy ) 2 ( 350 )2 + ( 518.72 )2 = 625.76 N PDy −1 518.72 = tan = 55.991° 350 PDx θ = tan −1 or PD = 626 N 56.0° PROBLEM 3.81 A landscaper tries to plumb a tree by applying a 240-N force as shown. Two helpers then attempt to plumb the same tree, with one pulling at B and the other pushing with a parallel force at C. Determine these two forces so that they are equivalent to the single 240-N force shown in the figure. SOLUTION Based on ΣFx : − ( 240 N ) cos30° = − FB cosα − FC cosα − ( FB + FC ) cos α = − ( 240 N ) cos 30° or ΣFy : ( 240 N ) sin 30° = ( FB + FC ) sin α or (1) FB sin α + FC sin α = ( 240 N ) sin 30° (2) From Equation (2) : tan α = tan 30° Equation (1) ∴ α = 30° Based on ΣM C : ( 240 N ) cos ( 30° − 20° ) ( 0.25 m ) = ( FB cos10° )( 0.60 m ) ∴ FB = 100 N or FB = 100.0 N From Equation (1), 30° − (100 N + FC ) cos30° = −240cos30° FC = 140 N or FC = 140.0 N 30° PROBLEM 3.82 A landscaper tries to plumb a tree by applying a 240-N force as shown. (a) Replace that force with an equivalent force-couple system at C. (b) Two helpers attempt to plumb the same tree, with one applying a horizontal force at C and the other pulling at B. Determine these two forces if they are to be equivalent to the single force of part a. SOLUTION ΣFx : − ( 240 N ) cos30° = − FC cos30° (a) Based on ∴ FC = 240 N or FC = 240 N ΣM C : ( 240 N ) cos10° ( d A ) = M C 30° d A = 0.25 m ∴ M C = 59.088 N ⋅ m or M C = 59.1 N ⋅ m ΣFy : (b) Based on ( 240 N ) sin 30° = FB sin α FB sin α = 120 or (1) ΣM B : 59.088 N ⋅ m − ( 240 N ) cos10° ( dC ) = − FC ( dC cos 20° ) 59.088 N ⋅ m − ( 240 N ) cos10° ( 0.60 m ) = − FC ( 0.60 m ) cos 20° 0.56382 FC = 82.724 FC = 146.722 N or FC = 146.7 N and ΣFx : − ( 240 N ) cos30° = −146.722 N − FB cosα FB cosα = 61.124 (2) From Equation (1) : Equation (2) tan α = α = 63.007° From Equation (1), FB = 120 = 1.96323 61.124 or α = 63.0° 120 = 134.670 N sin 63.007° or FB = 134.7 N 63.0° PROBLEM 3.83 A dirigible is tethered by a cable attached to its cabin at B. If the tension in the cable is 250 lb, replace the force exerted by the cable at B with an equivalent system formed by two parallel forces applied at A and C. SOLUTION Require the equivalent forces acting at A and C be parallel and at an angle of α with the vertical. Then for equivalence, ΣFx : ( 250 lb ) sin 30° = FA sin α + FB sin α ΣFy : − ( 250 lb ) cos 30° = − FA cos α − FB cos α (1) (2) Dividing Equation (1) by Equation (2), ( 250 lb ) sin 30° − ( 250 lb ) cos 30° = ( FA + FB ) sin α − ( FA + FB ) cos α Simplifying yields α = 30° Based on ΣM C : ( 250 lb ) cos 30° (12 ft ) = ( FA cos 30° )( 32 ft ) ∴ FA = 93.75 lb or FA = 93.8 lb 60° Based on ΣM A : − ( 250 lb ) cos 30° ( 20 ft ) = ( FC cos 30° ) ( 32 ft ) ∴ FC = 156.25 lb or FC = 156.3 lb 60° PROBLEM 3.84 Three workers trying to move a 3 × 3 × 4-ft crate apply to the crate the three horizontal forces shown. (a) If P = 60 lb, replace the three forces with an equivalent force-couple system at A. (b) Replace the force-couple system of part a with a single force, and determine where it should be applied to side AB. (c) Determine the magnitude of P so that the three forces can be replaced with a single equivalent force applied at B. SOLUTION (a) Based on ΣFz : − 50 lb + 50 lb + 60 lb = FA FA = 60 lb or FA = ( 60.0 lb ) k Based on ΣM A : ( 50 lb )( 2 ft ) − ( 50 lb )( 0.6 ft ) = M A M A = 70 lb ⋅ ft (a) or M A = ( 70.0 lb ⋅ ft ) j (b) Based on ΣFz : − 50 lb + 50 lb + 60 lb = F F = 60 lb or F = ( 60.0 lb ) k Based on ΣM A : 70 lb ⋅ ft = 60 lb (x ) (b) x = 1.16667 ft or x = 1.167 ft from A along AB (c) Based on ΣMB : − ( 50 lb ) (1 ft ) + ( 50 lb ) (2.4 ft ) − P (3 ft ) = R (0 ) P= 70 = 23.333 lb 3 or P = 23.3 lb (c) PROBLEM 3.85 A force and a couple are applied to a beam. (a) Replace this system with a single force F applied at point G, and determine the distance d. (b) Solve part a assuming that the directions of the two 600-N forces are reversed. SOLUTION (a) ΣFy : FC + FD + FE = F Have F = −800 N + 600 N − 600 N F = −800 N Have or F = 800 N ΣM G : FC ( d − 1.5 m ) − FD ( 2 m ) = 0 (800 N )( d − 1.5 m ) − ( 600 N )( 2 m ) = 0 d = 1200 + 1200 800 d = 3m or d = 3.00 m (b) Changing directions of the two 600 N forces only changes sign of the couple. ∴ F = −800 N and or F = 800 N ΣM G : FC ( d − 1.5 m ) + FD ( 2 m ) = 0 (800 N )( d d = − 1.5 m ) + ( 600 N )( 2 m ) 1200 − 1200 =0 800 or d = 0 PROBLEM 3.86 Three cables attached to a disk exert on it the forces shown. (a) Replace the three forces with an equivalent force-couple system at A. (b) Determine the single force which is equivalent to the force-couple system obtained in part a, and specify its point of application on a line drawn through points A and D. SOLUTION (a) Have ΣF : FB + FC + FD = FA FB = −FD Since ∴ FA = FC = 110 N 20° or FA = 110.0 N Have 20.0° ΣM A : − FBT ( r ) − FCT ( r ) + FDT ( r ) = M A − (140 N ) sin15° ( 0.2 m ) − (110 N ) sin 25° ( 0.2 m ) + (140 N ) sin 45° ( 0.2 m ) = M A M A = 3.2545 N ⋅ m or M A = 3.25 N ⋅ m (b) Have ΣF : FA = FE or FE = 110.0 N 20.0° ΣM : M A = [ FE cos 20°] ( a ) ∴ 3.2545 N ⋅ m = (110 N ) cos 20° ( a ) a = 0.031485 m or a = 31.5 mm below A PROBLEM 3.87 While tapping a hole, a machinist applies the horizontal forces shown to the handle of the tap wrench. Show that these forces are equivalent to a single force, and specify, if possible, the point of application of the single force on the handle. SOLUTION Since the forces at A and B are parallel, the force at B can be replaced with the sum of two forces with one of the forces equal in magnitude to the force at A except with an opposite sense, resulting in a force-couple. Have FB = 26.5 N + 2.5 N, where the 26.5 N force be part of the couple. Combining the two parallel forces, M couple = ( 26.5 N ) ( 0.080 m + 0.070 m ) cos 25° = 3.60 N ⋅ m and, M couple = 3.60 N ⋅ m A single equivalent force will be located in the negative z-direction. Based on ΣMB : − 3.60 N ⋅ m = (2.5 N )cos 25° ( a ) a = −1.590 m F′ = ( 2.5 N )( cos 25°i + sin 25° j) and is applied on an extension of handle BD at a distance of 1.590 m to the right of B PROBLEM 3.88 A rectangular plate is acted upon by the force and couple shown. This system is to be replaced with a single equivalent force. (a) For α = 40°, specify the magnitude and the line of action of the equivalent force. (b) Specify the value of α if the line of action of the equivalent force is to intersect line CD 12 in. to the right of D. SOLUTION ΣFx : − ( 3 lb ) sin 40° + ( 3 lb ) sin 40° = Fx (a) Have ∴ Fx = 0 ΣFy : − ( 3 lb ) cos 40° − 10 lb + ( 3 lb ) cos 40° = Fy Have ∴ Fy = −10 lb or F = 10.00 lb Note: The two 3-lb forces form a couple ΣM A : rC/ A × PC + rB/ A × PB = rX / A × F and i j k i j k i j k 3 16 −10 0 + 160 1 0 0 = 10 d 0 0 sin 40° cos 40° 0 0 −1 0 0 −1 0 k : 3 (16 ) cos 40° − ( −10 ) 3sin 40° − 160 = −10d 36.770 + 19.2836 − 160 = −10d ∴ d = 10.3946 in. or F = 10.00 lb (b) From part (a), Have at 10.39 in. right of A or at 5.61 in. left of B F = 10.00 lb ΣM A : rC/ A × PC + rB/ A × PB = (12 in.) i × F i j k i j k i j k 3 16 −10 0 + 160 1 0 0 = 120 1 0 0 sin α cos α 0 0 −1 0 0 −1 0 k : 48cos α + 30sin α − 160 = −120 24cosα = 20 − 15sin α PROBLEM 3.88 CONTINUED Squaring both sides of the equation, and using the identity cos 2 α = 1 − sin 2 α , results in sin 2 α − 0.74906sin α − 0.21973 = 0 Using quadratic formula sin α = 0.97453 sinα = − 0.22547 so that α = 77.0° and α = −13.03° PROBLEM 3.89 A hexagonal plate is acted upon by the force P and the couple shown. Determine the magnitude and the direction of the smallest force P for which this system can be replaced with a single force at E. SOLUTION Since the minimum value of P acting at B is realized when Pmin is perpendicular to a line connecting B and E, α = 30° Then, ΣM E : rB/E × Pmin + rD/ A × PD = 0 where rB/E = − ( 0.30 m ) i + 2 ( 0.30 m ) cos 30° j = − ( 0.30 m ) i + ( 0.51962 m ) j rD/ A = 0.30 m + 2 ( 0.3 m ) sin 30° i = ( 0.60 m ) i PD = ( 450 N ) j Pmin = Pmin ( cos 30° ) i + ( sin 30° ) j ∴ Pmin i j k i j k −0.30 0.51962 0 + 0.60 0 0 N ⋅ m = 0 0.86603 0.50 0 0 450 0 Pmin ( −0.15 m − 0.45 m ) k + ( 270 N ⋅ m ) k = 0 ∴ Pmin = 450 N or Pmin = 450 N 30° PROBLEM 3.90 An eccentric, compressive 270-lb force P is applied to the end of a cantilever beam. Replace P with an equivalent force-couple system at G. SOLUTION Have ΣF : − ( 270 lb ) i = F ∴ F = − ( 270 lb ) i Also, have ΣM G : rA/G × P = M i j k 270 0 −4 −2.4 lb ⋅ in. = M −1 0 0 ∴ M = ( 270 lb ⋅ in.) ( −2.4 )( −1) j − ( −4 )( −1) k or M = ( 648 lb ⋅ in.) j − (1080 lb ⋅ in.) k PROBLEM 3.91 Two workers use blocks and tackles attached to the bottom of an I-beam to lift a large cylindrical tank. Knowing that the tension in rope AB is 324 N, replace the force exerted at A by rope AB with an equivalent force-couple system at E. SOLUTION ΣF : TAB = F Have where TAB = λ ABTAB = ( 0.75 m ) i − ( 6.0 m ) j + ( 3.0 m ) k 6.75 m ( 324 N ) ∴ TAB = 36 N ( i − 8j + 4k ) so that F = ( 36.0 N ) i − ( 288 N ) j + (144.0 N ) k Have ΣM E : rA/E × TAB = M or i j k ( 7.5 m )( 36 N ) 0 1 0 = M 1 −8 4 ∴ M = ( 270 N ⋅ m )( 4i − k ) or M = (1080 N ⋅ m ) i − ( 270 N ⋅ m ) k PROBLEM 3.92 Two workers use blocks and tackles attached to the bottom of an I-beam to lift a large cylindrical tank. Knowing that the tension in rope CD is 366 N, replace the force exerted at C by rope CD with an equivalent force-couple system at O. SOLUTION ΣF : TCD = F Have where TCD = λ CDTCD = − ( 0.3 m ) i − ( 5.6 m ) j + ( 2.4 m ) k ( 366 N ) 6.1 m ∴ TCD = ( 6.0 N )( −3i − 56 j + 24k ) so that F = − (18.00 N ) i − ( 336 N ) j + (144.0 N ) k Have ΣM O : rC/O × TCD = M or i j k ( 7.5 m )( 6 N ) 0 1 0 = M −3 −56 24 ∴ M = ( 45 N ⋅ m )( 24i + 3k ) or M = (1080 N ⋅ m ) i + (135.0 N ⋅ m ) k PROBLEM 3.93 To keep a door closed, a wooden stick is wedged between the floor and the doorknob. The stick exerts at B a 45-lb force directed along line AB. Replace that force with an equivalent force-couple system at C. SOLUTION Have ΣF : PAB = FC where PAB = λ AB PAB = ( 2.0 in.) i + ( 38 in.) j − ( 24 in.) k 44.989 in. ( 45 lb ) or FC = ( 2.00 lb ) i + ( 38.0 lb ) j − ( 24.0 lb ) k Have ΣM C : rB/C × PAB = M C MC i j k = 2 29.5 −33 0 lb ⋅ in. 1 19 −12 = ( 2 lb ⋅ in.) {( −33)( −12 ) i − ( 29.5 )( −12 ) j + ( 29.5 )(19 ) − ( −33)(1) k } or M C = ( 792 lb ⋅ in.) i + ( 708 lb ⋅ in.) j + (1187 lb ⋅ in.) k PROBLEM 3.94 A 25-lb force acting in a vertical plane parallel to the yz plane is applied to the 8-in.-long horizontal handle AB of a socket wrench. Replace the force with an equivalent force-couple system at the origin O of the coordinate system. SOLUTION Have ΣF : PB = F where PB = 25 lb − ( sin 20° ) j + ( cos 20° ) k = − ( 8.5505 lb ) j + ( 23.492 lb ) k or F = − ( 8.55 lb ) j + ( 23.5 lb ) k Have ΣM O : rB/O × PB = M O where rB/O = ( 8cos 30° ) i + (15 ) j − ( 8sin 30° ) k in. = ( 6.9282 in.) i + (15 in.) j − ( 4 in.) k ∴ i j k 6.9282 15 −4 lb ⋅ in. = M O 0 −8.5505 23.492 M O = ( 318.18 ) i − (162.757 ) j − ( 59.240 ) k lb ⋅ in. or M O = ( 318 lb ⋅ in.) i − (162.8 lb ⋅ in.) j − ( 59.2 lb ⋅ in.) k PROBLEM 3.95 A 315-N force F and 70-N · m couple M are applied to corner A of the block shown. Replace the given force-couple system with an equivalent force-couple system at corner D. SOLUTION Have ΣF : F = FD = λ AI F = ( 0.360 m ) i − ( 0.120 m ) j + ( 0.180 m ) k 0.420 m ( 315 N ) = ( 750 N )( 0.360i − 0.120 j + 0.180k ) or FD = ( 270 N ) i − ( 90.0 N ) j + (135.0 N ) k Have ΣM D : M + rI /D × F = M D where M = λ AC M = ( 0.240 m ) i − ( 0.180 m ) k 0.300 m ( 70.0 N ⋅ m ) = ( 70.0 N ⋅ m )( 0.800i − 0.600k ) rI /D = ( 0.360 m ) k ∴ MD i j k = ( 70.0 N ⋅ m )( 0.8i − 0.6k ) + 0 0 0.36 ( 750 N ⋅ m ) 0.36 −0.12 0.18 = ( 56.0 N ⋅ m ) i − ( 42.0 N ⋅ m ) k + ( 32.4 N ⋅ m ) i + ( 97.2 N ⋅ m ) j or M D = ( 88.4 N ⋅ m ) i + ( 97.2 N ⋅ m ) j − ( 42.0 N ⋅ m ) k PROBLEM 3.96 The handpiece of a miniature industrial grinder weighs 2.4 N, and its center of gravity is located on the y axis. The head of the handpiece is offset in the xz plane in such a way that line BC forms an angle of 25° with the x direction. Show that the weight of the handpiece and the two couples M1 and M 2 can be replaced with a single equivalent force. Further assuming that M1 = 0.068 N ⋅ m and M 2 = 0.065 N ⋅ m, determine (a) the magnitude and the direction of the equivalent force, (b) the point where its line of action intersects the xz plane. SOLUTION First assume that the given force W and couples M1 and M 2 act at the origin. Now W = −Wj and M = M1 + M 2 = − ( M 2 cos 25° ) i + ( M1 − M 2 sin 25° ) k Note that since W and M are perpendicular, it follows that they can be replaced with a single equivalent force. F =W (a) Have or F = −Wj = − ( 2.4 N ) j or F = − ( 2.40 N ) j (b) Assume that the line of action of F passes through point P (x, 0, z). Then for equivalence M = rP/O × F where ∴ rP/O = xi + zk − ( M 2 cos 25° ) i + ( M1 − M 2 sin 25° ) k i j k = x 0 z = (Wz ) i − (Wx ) k 0 −W 0 PROBLEM 3.96 CONTINUED Equating the i and k coefficients, z = (b) For −M z cos 25° W and M − M 2 sin 25° x = − 1 W W = 2.4 N, M1 = 0.068 N ⋅ m, M 2 = 0.065 N ⋅ m x= 0.068 − 0.065sin 25° = −0.0168874 m −2.4 or x = −16.89 mm z = −0.065cos 25° = −0.024546 m 2.4 or z = −24.5 mm PROBLEM 3.97 A 20-lb force F1 and a 40- lb ⋅ ft couple M1 are applied to corner E of the bent plate shown. If F1 and M1 are to be replaced with an equivalent force-couple system ( F2 , M 2 ) at corner B and if ( M 2 ) z = 0, determine (a) the distance d, (b) F2 and M 2. SOLUTION ΣM Bz : M 2 z = 0 (a) Have ( ) k ⋅ rH /B × F1 + M1z = 0 where (1) rH /B = ( 31 in.) i − ( 2 in.) j F1 = λ EH F1 = = ( 6 in.) i + ( 6 in.) j − ( 7 in.) k 11.0 in. ( 20 lb ) 20 lb ( 6i + 6 j − 7k ) 11.0 M1z = k ⋅ M1 M1 = λ EJ M1 = −di + ( 3 in.) j − ( 7 in.) k d 2 + 58 in. Then from Equation (1), 0 0 1 20 lb ⋅ in. ( −7 )( 480 lb ⋅ in.) 31 −2 0 + =0 11.0 d 2 + 58 6 6 −7 ( 480 lb ⋅in.) PROBLEM 3.97 CONTINUED Solving for d, Equation (1) reduces to 20 lb ⋅ in. 3360 lb ⋅ in. =0 (186 + 12 ) − 2 11.0 d + 58 d = 5.3955 in. From which or d = 5.40 in. (b) F2 = F1 = 20 lb ( 6i + 6 j − 7k ) 11.0 = (10.9091i + 10.9091j − 12.7273k ) lb or F2 = (10.91 lb ) i + (10.91 lb ) j − (12.73 lb ) k M 2 = rH /B × F1 + M1 i j k 20 lb ⋅ in. ( −5.3955 ) i + 3j − 7k = 31 −2 0 + ( 480 lb ⋅ in.) 11.0 9.3333 6 6 −7 = ( 25.455i + 394.55 j + 360k ) lb ⋅ in. + ( −277.48i + 154.285 j − 360k ) lb ⋅ in. M 2 = − ( 252.03 lb ⋅ in.) i + ( 548.84 lb ⋅ in.) j or M 2 = − ( 21.0 lb ⋅ ft ) i + ( 45.7 lb ⋅ ft ) j PROBLEM 3.98 A 4-ft-long beam is subjected to a variety of loadings. (a) Replace each loading with an equivalent force-couple system at end A of the beam. (b) Which of the loadings are equivalent? SOLUTION (a) ΣFy : − 200 lb − 100 lb = Ra (a) Have or R a = 300 lb and ΣM A : 900 lb ⋅ ft − (100 lb )( 4 ft ) = M a or M a = 500 lb ⋅ ft ΣFy : − 300 lb = Rb (b) Have or R b = 300 lb ΣM A : − 450 lb ⋅ ft = M b and or M b = 450 lb ⋅ ft ΣFy : 150 lb − 450 lb = Rc (c) Have or R c = 300 lb and ΣM A : 2250 lb ⋅ ft − ( 450 lb )( 4 ft ) = M c or M c = 450 lb ⋅ ft ΣFy : − 200 lb + 400 lb = Rd (d) Have or R d = 200 lb and ΣM A : ( 400 lb )( 4 ft ) − 1150 lb ⋅ ft = Md or M d = 450 lb ⋅ ft (e) Have ΣFy : − 200 lb − 100 lb = Re or R e = 300 lb and ΣM A : 100 lb ⋅ ft + 200 lb ⋅ ft − (100 lb )( 4 ft ) = M e or M e = 100 lb ⋅ ft PROBLEM 3.98 CONTINUED (f) Have ΣFy : − 400 lb + 100 lb = R f or R f = 300 lb and ΣM A : −150 lb ⋅ ft + 150 lb ⋅ ft + (100 lb )( 4 ft ) = M f or M f = 400 lb ⋅ ft (g) Have ΣFy : −100 lb − 400 lb = Rg or R g = 500 lb and ΣM A : 100 lb ⋅ ft + 2000 lb ⋅ ft − ( 400 lb )( 4 ft ) = M g or M g = 500 lb ⋅ ft (h) Have ΣFy : −150 lb − 150 lb = Rh or R h = 300 lb and ΣM A : 1200 lb ⋅ ft − 150 lb ⋅ ft − (150 lb )(4 ft ) = M h or M h = 450 lb ⋅ ft (b) Therefore, loadings (c) and (h) are equivalent PROBLEM 3.99 A 4-ft-long beam is loaded as shown. Determine the loading of Problem 3.98 which is equivalent to this loading. SOLUTION ΣFy : −100 lb − 200 lb = R Have or R = 300 lb and ΣM A : − 200 lb ⋅ ft + 1400 lb ⋅ ft − ( 200 lb )( 4 ft ) = M or M = 400 lb ⋅ ft Equivalent to case (f) of Problem 3.98 Problem 3.98 Equivalent force-couples at A case R (a) 300 lb 500 lb ⋅ ft (b) 300 lb 450 lb ⋅ ft (c) 300 lb 450 lb ⋅ ft (d ) 200 lb 450 lb ⋅ ft (e) 300 lb 100 lb ⋅ ft (f ) 300 lb 400 lb ⋅ ft (g ) 500 lb 500 lb ⋅ ft (h) 300 lb 450 lb ⋅ ft M PROBLEM 3.100 Determine the single equivalent force and the distance from point A to its line of action for the beam and loading of (a) Problem 3.98b, (b) Problem 3.98d, (c) Problem 3.98e. Problem 3.98: A 4-ft-long beam is subjected to a variety of loadings. (a) Replace each loading with an equivalent force-couple system at end A of the beam. (b) Which of the loadings are equivalent? SOLUTION (a) For equivalent single force at distance d from A ΣFy : − 300 lb = R Have or R = 300 lb ΣM C : and ( 300 lb )( d ) − 450 lb ⋅ ft =0 or d = 1.500 ft (b) ΣFy : − 200 lb + 400 lb = R Have or R = 200 lb and ΣM C : ( 200 lb )( d ) + ( 400 lb )( 4 − d ) − 1150 lb ⋅ ft =0 or d = 2.25 ft (c) Have ΣFy : − 200 lb − 100 lb = R or R = 300 lb and ΣM C : 100 lb ⋅ ft + ( 200 lb )( d ) − (100 lb )( 4 − d ) + 200 lb ⋅ ft = 0 or d = 0.333 ft PROBLEM 3.101 Five separate force-couple systems act at the corners of a metal block, which has been machined into the shape shown. Determine which of these systems is equivalent to a force F = (10 N ) j and a couple of moment M = ( 6 N ⋅ m ) i + ( 4 N ⋅ m ) k located at point A. SOLUTION The equivalent force-couple system at A for each of the five force-couple systems will be determined. Each will then be compared to the given force-couple system to determine if they are equivalent. Force-couple system at B ΣF : Have F = (10 N ) j or and (10 N ) j = F ( ) ΣM A : ΣM B + rB/ A × F = M ( 4 N ⋅ m ) i + ( 2 N ⋅ m ) k + ( 0.2 m ) i × (10 N ) j = M M = (4 N⋅m)i + ( 4 N⋅m)k Comparing to given force-couple system at A, Is Not Equivalent Force-couple system at C Have or and ΣF : (10 N ) j = F F = (10 N ) j ( ) ΣM A : M C + rC/ A × F = M (8.5 N ⋅ m ) i + ( 0.2 m ) i + ( 0.25 m ) k × (10 N ) j = M M = ( 6 N ⋅ m ) i + ( 2.0 N ⋅ m ) k Comparing to given force-couple system at A, Is Not Equivalent PROBLEM 3.101 CONTINUED Force-couple system at E ΣF : Have (10 N ) j = F F = (10 N ) j or ( ) ΣM A : M E + rE/ A × F = M and ( 6 N ⋅ m ) i + ( 0.4 m ) i − ( 0.08 m ) j × (10 N ) j = M M = (6 N⋅m)i + ( 4 N⋅m)k Comparing to given force-couple system at A, Is Equivalent Force-couple system at G ΣF : Have (10 N ) i + (10 N ) j = F F = (10 N ) i + (10 N ) j or F has two force components ∴ force-couple system at G Is Not Equivalent Force-couple system at I (10 N ) j = F Have ΣF : or F = (10 N ) j and ( ) ΣM A : ΣM I + rI / A × F = M (10 N ⋅ m ) i − ( 2 N ⋅ m ) k + ( 0.4 m ) i − ( 0.2 m ) j + ( 0.4 m ) k × (10 N ) j = M or M = (6 N ⋅ m) i + (2 N ⋅m)k Comparing to given force-couple system at A, Is Not Equivalent PROBLEM 3.102 The masses of two children sitting at ends A and B of a seesaw are 38 kg and 29 kg, respectively. Where should a third child sit so that the resultant of the weights of the three children will pass through C if she has a mass of (a) 27 kg, (b) 24 kg. SOLUTION First WA = mA g = ( 38 kg ) g WB = mB g = ( 29 kg ) g (a) WC = mC g = ( 27 kg ) g For resultant weight to act at C, ΣM C = 0 Then ( 38 kg ) g ( 2 m ) − ( 27 kg ) g ( d ) − ( 29 kg ) g ( 2 m ) = 0 ∴ d = 76 − 58 = 0.66667 m 27 or d = 0.667 m (b) WC = mC g = ( 24 kg ) g For resultant weight to act at C, ΣM C = 0 Then ( 38 kg ) g ( 2 m ) − ( 24 kg ) g ( d ) − ( 29 kg ) g ( 2 m ) = 0 ∴ d = 76 − 58 = 0.75 m 24 or d = 0.750 m PROBLEM 3.103 Three stage lights are mounted on a pipe as shown. The mass of each light is mA = mB = 1.8 kg and mC = 1.6 kg . (a) If d = 0.75 m, determine the distance from D to the line of action of the resultant of the weights of the three lights. (b) Determine the value of d so that the resultant of the weights passes through the midpoint of the pipe. SOLUTION WA = WB = m A g = (1.8 kg ) g First WC = mC g = (1.6 kg ) g d = 0.75 m (a) Have R = WA + WB + WC R = (1.8 + 1.8 + 1.6 ) kg g R = ( 5.2 g ) N or Have ΣM D : −1.8g ( 0.3 m ) − 1.8g (1.3 m ) − 1.6 g ( 2.05 m ) = −5.2 g ( D ) ∴ D = 1.18462 m or D = 1.185 m D= (b) L = 1.25 m 2 Have ΣM D : − (1.8 g )( 0.3 m ) − (1.8g )(1.3 m ) − (1.6 g )(1.3 m + d ) = − ( 5.2 g )(1.25 m ) ∴ d = 0.9625 m or d = 0.963 m PROBLEM 3.104 Three hikers are shown crossing a footbridge. Knowing that the weights of the hikers at points C, D, and E are 800 N, 700 N, and 540 N, respectively, determine (a) the horizontal distance from A to the line of action of the resultant of the three weights when a = 1.1 m, (b) the value of a so that the loads on the bridge supports at A and B are equal. SOLUTION a = 1.1 m (a) ΣF : −WC − WD − WE = R Have ∴ R = −800 N − 700 N − 540 N R = 2040 N (a) R = 2040 N or Have ΣM A : − (800 N )(1.5 m ) − (700 N )(2.6 m ) − (540 N )(4.25 m ) = −R ( d ) ∴ − 5315 N ⋅ m = − ( 2040 N ) d d = 2.6054 m and or d = 2.61 m to the right of A (b) For equal reaction forces at A and B, the resultant, R, must act at the center of the span. (b) L ΣM A = − R 2 From ∴ − ( 800 N )(1.5 m ) − ( 700 N )(1.5 m + a ) − ( 540 N )(1.5 m + 2.5a ) = − ( 2040 N )( 3 m ) 3060 + 2050a = 6120 and a = 1.49268 m or a = 1.493 m PROBLEM 3.105 Gear C is rigidly attached to arm AB. If the forces and couple shown can be reduced to a single equivalent force at A, determine the equivalent force and the magnitude of the couple M. SOLUTION For equivalence ΣFx : − ( 90 N ) sin 30° + (125 N ) cos 40° = Rx or Rx = 50.756 N ΣFy : − ( 90 N ) cos30° − 200 N − (125 N ) sin 40° = Ry or Ry = −358.29 N and ( 50.756 )2 + ( −358.29 )2 R= Then tan θ = Ry Rx = −358.29 = −7.0591 50.756 = 361.87 N ∴ θ = −81.937° or R = 362 N 81.9° Also ΣM A : M − ( 90 N ) sin 35° ( 0.6 m ) − ( 200 N ) cos 25° ( 0.85 m ) − (125 N ) sin 65° (1.25 m ) = 0 ∴ M = 326.66 N ⋅ m or M = 327 N ⋅ m PROBLEM 3.106 To test the strength of a 25 × 20-in. suitcase, forces are applied as shown. If P = 18 lb, (a) determine the resultant of the applied forces, (b) locate the two points where the line of action of the resultant intersects the edge of the suitcase. SOLUTION (a) P = 18 lb Have ΣF : − ( 20 lb ) i + 42 lb ( −3i + 2 j) + (18 lb ) j + ( 36 lb ) i = Rxi + Ry j 13 ∴ − (18.9461 lb ) i + ( 41.297 lb ) j = Rxi + Ry j R = − (18.95 lb ) i + ( 41.3 lb ) j or R= Rx2 + Ry2 = (18.9461)2 + ( 41.297 )2 = 45.436 lb Ry −1 41.297 = tan = −65.355° −18.9461 Rx θ x = tan −1 or R = 45.4 lb (b) Have 65.4° ΣM B = M B 42 lb M B = ( 4 in.) j × ( −20 lb ) i + ( 21 in.) i × ( −3i + 2 j) + (12 in.) j × ( 36 lb ) i + ( 3 in.) i × (18 lb ) j 13 ∴ M B = (191.246 lb ⋅ in.) k PROBLEM 3.106 CONTINUED M B = rB × R Since i j k ∴ (191.246 lb ⋅ in.) k = x y 0 = ( 41.297 x + 18.9461y ) k −18.9461 41.297 0 For y = 0, x= 191.246 = 4.6310 in. 41.297 or x = 4.63 in. For x = 0, y = 191.246 = 10.0942 in. 18.9461 or y = 10.09 in. PROBLEM 3.107 Solve Problem 3.106 assuming that P = 28 lb. Problem 3.106: To test the strength of a 25 × 20-in. suitcase, forces are applied as shown. If P = 18 lb, (a) determine the resultant of the applied forces, (b) locate the two points where the line of action of the resultant intersects the edge of the suitcase. SOLUTION (a) P = 28 lb Have ΣF : − ( 20 lb ) i + 42 ( −3i + 2 j) + ( 28 lb ) j + ( 36 lb ) i = Rxi + Ry j 13 ∴ − (18.9461 lb ) i + ( 51.297 lb ) j = Rxi + Ry j R = − (18.95 lb ) i + ( 51.3 lb ) j or R= Rx2 + Ry2 = (18.9461)2 + ( 51.297 )2 = 54.684 lb Ry −1 51.297 = tan = −69.729° −18.9461 Rx θ x = tan −1 or R = 54.7 lb (b) Have 69.7° ΣM B = M B 42 lb M B = ( 4 in.) j × ( −20 lb ) i + ( 21 in.) i × ( −3i + 2j) + (12 in.) j × ( 36 lb ) i + ( 3 in.) i × ( 28 lb ) j 13 ∴ M B = ( 221.246 lb ⋅ in.) k PROBLEM 3.107 CONTINUED M B = rB × R Since i j k ∴ ( 221.246 lb ⋅ in.) k = x y 0 = ( 51.297 x + 18.9461y ) k −18.9461 51.297 0 For y = 0, x= 221.246 = 4.3130 in. 51.297 or x = 4.31 in. For x = 0, y = 221.246 = 11.6776 in. 18.9461 or y = 11.68 in. PROBLEM 3.108 As four holes are punched simultaneously in a piece of aluminum sheet metal, the punches exert on the piece the forces shown. Knowing that the forces are perpendicular to the surfaces of the piece, determine (a) the resultant of the applied forces when α = 45° and the point of intersection of the line of action of that resultant with a line drawn through points A and B, (b) the value of α so that the line of action of the resultant passes through fold EF. SOLUTION Position the origin for the coordinate system along the centerline of the sheet metal at the intersection with line EF. ΣF = R (a) Have R = − 2.6 j − 5.25 j − 10.5 ( cos 45°i + sin 45° j) − 3.2i kN ∴ R = − (10.6246 kN ) i − (15.2746 kN ) j R= Rx2 + Ry2 = (10.6246 )2 + (15.2746 )2 = 18.6064 kN Ry −1 −15.2746 = tan = 55.179° −10.6246 Rx θ = tan −1 or R = 18.61 kN 55.2° M EF = ΣM EF Have where MEF = (2.6 kN )(90 mm ) + (5.25 kN )(40 mm ) − (10.5 kN )(20 mm ) − ( 3.2 kN ) ( 40 mm ) sin 45° + 40 mm ∴ MEF = 15.4903 N ⋅ m To obtain distance d left of EF, M EF = dRy = d ( −15.2746 kN ) Have ∴d = 15.4903 N ⋅ m = −1.01412 × 10−3 m −3 −15.2746 × 10 N or d = 1.014 mm left of EF PROBLEM 3.108 CONTINUED (b) Have M EF = 0 M EF = 0 = ( 2.6 kN )( 90 mm ) + ( 5.25 kN )( 40 mm ) − (10.5 kN )( 20 mm ) − ( 3.2 kN ) ( 40 mm ) sin α + 40 mm ∴ (128 N ⋅ m ) sin α = 106 N ⋅ m sin α = 0.828125 α = 55.907° or α = 55.9° PROBLEM 3.109 As four holes are punched simultaneously in a piece of aluminum sheet metal, the punches exert on the piece the forces shown. Knowing that the forces are perpendicular to the surfaces of the piece, determine (a) the value of α so that the resultant of the applied forces is parallel to the 10.5 N force, (b) the corresponding resultant of the applied forces and the point of intersection of its line of action with a line drawn through points A and B. SOLUTION (a) For the resultant force, R, to be parallel to the 10.5 kN force, α =φ ∴ tan α = tan φ = Ry Rx where Rx = −3.2 kN − (10.5 kN ) sin α Ry = −2.6 kN − 5.25 kN − (10.5 kN ) cos α ∴ tan α = 3.2 + 10.5 sinα 7.85 + 10.5cos α tan α = and 3.2 = 0.40764 7.85 α = 22.178° or α = 22.2° α = 22.178° (b) From Rx = −3.2 kN − (10.5 kN ) sin 22.178° = −7.1636 kN Ry = −7.85 kN − (10.5 kN ) cos 22.178° = −17.5732 kN R= Rx2 + Ry2 = ( 7.1636 )2 + (17.5732 )2 = 18.9770 kN R = 18.98 kN or 67.8° Then M EF = ΣM EF where M EF = ( 2.6 kN )( 90 mm ) + ( 5.25 kN )( 40 mm ) − (10.5 kN )( 20 mm ) − ( 3.2 kN ) ( 40 mm ) sin 22.178° + 40 mm = 57.682 N ⋅ m PROBLEM 3.109 CONTINUED To obtain distance d left of EF, M EF = dRy = d ( −17.5732 ) Have ∴d = 57.682 N ⋅ m = −3.2824 × 10−3 m −17.5732 × 103 N or d = 3.28 mm left of EF PROBLEM 3.110 A truss supports the loading shown. Determine the equivalent force acting on the truss and the point of intersection of its line of action with a line through points A and G. SOLUTION R = ΣF Have R = ( 240 N )( cos 70°i − sin 70° j) − (160 N ) j + ( 300 N )( − cos 40°i − sin 40° j) − (180 N ) j ∴ R = − (147.728 N ) i − ( 758.36 N ) j R= Rx2 + Ry2 = (147.728)2 + ( 758.36 )2 = 772.62 N Ry −1 −758.36 = tan = 78.977° −147.728 Rx θ = tan −1 or R = 773 N 79.0° ΣM A = dRy Have where ΣM A = − [ 240 N cos 70°] ( 6 m ) − [ 240 N sin 70°] ( 4 m ) − (160 N )(12 m ) + [300 N cos 40°] ( 6 m ) − [300 N sin 40°] ( 20 m ) − (180 N )( 8 m ) = −7232.5 N ⋅ m ∴d = −7232.5 N ⋅ m = 9.5370 m −758.36 N or d = 9.54 m to the right of A PROBLEM 3.111 Three forces and a couple act on crank ABC. For P = 5 lb and α = 40°, (a) determine the resultant of the given system of forces, (b) locate the point where the line of action of the resultant intersects a line drawn through points B and C, (c) locate the point where the line of action of the resultant intersects a line drawn through points A and B. SOLUTION P = 5 lb, (a) α = 40° R = ΣF Have = ( 5 lb )( cos 40°i + sin 40° j) − ( 3 lb ) i − ( 2 lb ) j ∴ R = ( 0.83022 lb ) i + (1.21394 lb ) j R= Rx2 + Ry2 = ( 0.83022 )2 + (1.21394 )2 = 1.47069 lb Ry −1 1.21394 = tan = 55.632° 0.83022 Rx θ = tan −1 or R = 1.471 lb 55.6° MB = ΣMB = dRy (b) From where MB = − (5 lb )cos 40° (15 in. )sin 50° − (5 lb )sin 40° × (15 in. )sin 50° + ( 3 lb ) ( 6 in.) sin 50° − ( 2 lb )( 6 in.) + 50 lb ⋅ in. ∴ M B = −23.211 lb ⋅ in. and d = MB −23.211 lb ⋅ in. = = −19.1205 in. Ry 1.21394 lb or d = 19.12 in. to the left of B PROBLEM 3.111 CONTINUED M B = rD/B × R (c) From − ( 23.211 lb ⋅ in.) k = ( −d1 cos 50°i + d1 sin 50° j) × ( −0.83022 lb ) i + (1.21394 lb ) j − ( 23.211 lb ⋅ in.) k = ( −0.78028d1 − 0.63599d1 ) k ∴ d1 = or 23.211 = 16.3889 in. 1.41627 d1 = 16.39 in. from B along line AB or 1.389 in. above and to the left of A PROBLEM 3.112 Three forces and a couple act on crank ABC. Determine the value of d so that the given system of forces is equivalent to zero at (a) point B, (b) point D. SOLUTION ΣFx = 0 Based on P cos α − 3 lb = 0 ∴ P cos α = 3 lb (1) ΣFy = 0 and P sin α − 2 lb = 0 ∴ P sin α = 2 lb (2) Dividing Equation (2) by Equation (1), tan α = 2 3 ∴ α = 33.690° Substituting into Equation (1), P= 3 lb = 3.6056 lb cos 33.690° P = 3.61 lb or (a) Based on 33.7° ΣM B = 0 − ( 3.6056 lb ) cos 33.690° ( d + 6 in.) sin 50° − ( 3.6056 lb ) sin 33.690° ( d + 6 in.) cos 50° + ( 3 lb ) ( 6 in.) sin 50° − ( 2 lb )( 6 in.) + 50 lb ⋅ in. = 0 −3.5838d = −30.286 ∴ d = 8.4509 in. or d = 8.45 in. PROBLEM 3.112 CONTINUED (b) Based on ΣM D = 0 − ( 3.6056 lb ) cos 33.690° ( d + 6 in.) sin 50° − ( 3.6056 lb ) sin 33.690° ( d + 6 in.) cos 50° + 6 in. + ( 3 lb ) ( 6 in.) sin 50° + 50 lb ⋅ in. = 0 −3.5838d = −30.286 ∴ d = 8.4509 in. or d = 8.45 in. This result is expected, since R = 0 and M RB = 0 for d = 8.45 in. implies that R = 0 and M = 0 at any other point for the value of d found in part a. PROBLEM 3.113 Pulleys A and B are mounted on bracket CDEF. The tension on each side of the two belts is as shown. Replace the four forces with a single equivalent force, and determine where its line of action intersects the bottom edge of the bracket. SOLUTION Equivalent force-couple at A due to belts on pulley A ΣF : −120 N − 160 N = RA Have ∴ R A = 280 N ΣM A : − 40 N ( 0.02 m ) = M A Have ∴ M A = 0.8 N ⋅ m Equivalent force-couple at B due to belts on pulley B ΣF : Have ( 210 N + 150 N ) ∴ R B = 360 N 25° = R B 25° ΣM B : − 60 N ( 0.015 m ) = M B Have ∴ M B = 0.9 N ⋅ m Equivalent force-couple at F Have ΣF : R F = ( −280 N ) j + ( 360 N )( cos 25°i + sin 25° j) = ( 326.27 N ) i − (127.857 N ) j R = RF = 2 2 RFx + RFy = ( 326.27 )2 + (127.857 )2 = 350.43 N RFy −1 −127.857 = tan = −21.399° 326.27 RFx θ = tan −1 or R F = R = 350 N 21.4° PROBLEM 3.113 CONTINUED Have ΣM F : M F = − ( 280 N )( 0.06 m ) − 0.80 N ⋅ m − ( 360 N ) cos 25° ( 0.010 m ) + ( 360 N ) sin 25° ( 0.120 m ) − 0.90 N ⋅ m M F = − ( 3.5056 N ⋅ m ) k To determine where a single resultant force will intersect line FE, M F = dR y ∴ d = MF −3.5056 N ⋅ m = = 0.027418 m = 27.418 mm Ry −127.857 N or d = 27.4 mm PROBLEM 3.114 As follower AB rolls along the surface of member C, it exerts a constant force F perpendicular to the surface. (a) Replace F with an equivalent force-couple system at the point D obtained by drawing the perpendicular from the point of contact to the x axis (b) For a = 1 m and b = 2 m, determine the value of x for which the moment of the equivalent forcecouple system at D is maximum. SOLUTION (a) The slope of any tangent to the surface of member C is dy d x 2 −2b = b 1 − 2 = 2 x dx dx a a Since the force F is perpendicular to the surface, dy tan α = − dx −1 = a2 1 2b x For equivalence ΣF : F = R ΣM D : ( F cosα )( y A ) = M D where cos α = 2bx (a ) 2 2 + ( 2bx ) ∴ MD = , 2 x2 y A = b 1 − 2 a x3 2 Fb 2 x − 2 a a 4 + 4b 2 x 2 Therefore, the equivalent force-couple system at D is R = F a2 tan −1 2bx x3 2Fb 2 x − 2 a M = a 4 + 4b 2 x 2 PROBLEM 3.114 CONTINUED dM =0 dx (b) To maximize M, the value of x must satisfy where, for a = 1 m, b = 2 m M = ∴ dM = 8F dx ) 1 + 16 x 2 1 1 + 16 x 2 1 − 3x 2 − x − x3 ( 32 x ) 1 + 16 x 2 2 ( ) ( ) ( (1 + 16x ) (1 + 16x )(1 − 3x ) − 16x ( x − x ) = 0 2 2 2 ) − 1 2 = 0 3 32 x 4 + 3x 2 − 1 = 0 or x2 = ( 8F x − x 3 −3 ± 9 − 4 ( 32 )( −1) 2 ( 32 ) = 0.136011 m 2 and − 0.22976 m 2 Using the positive value of x 2 , x = 0.36880 m or x = 369 mm PROBLEM 3.115 As plastic bushings are inserted into a 3-in.-diameter cylindrical sheet metal container, the insertion tool exerts the forces shown on the enclosure. Each of the forces is parallel to one of the coordinate axes. Replace these forces with an equivalent force-couple system at C. SOLUTION For equivalence Σ F: FA + FB + FC + FD = R C R C = − ( 5 lb ) j − ( 3 lb ) j − ( 4 lb ) k − ( 7 lb ) i ∴ R C = ( −7 lb ) i − ( 8 lb ) j − ( 4 lb ) k Also for equivalence ΣM C : rA′/C × FA + rB′/C × FB + rD′/C × FD = M C or MC i j k i j k i j k = 0 0 −1.5 in. + 1 in. 0 −1.5 in. + 0 1.5 in. 1.5 in. 0 5 lb 0 0 −3 lb 0 −7 lb 0 0 = ( −7.50 lb ⋅ in. − 0 ) i + ( 0 − 4.50 lb ⋅ in.) i + ( −3.0 lb ⋅ in. − 0 ) k + (10.5 lb ⋅ in. − 0 ) j + ( 0 + 10.5 lb ⋅ in.) k or M C = − (12.0 lb ⋅ in.) i + (10.5 lb ⋅ in.) j + ( 7.5 lb ⋅ in.) k PROBLEM 3.116 Two 300-mm-diameter pulleys are mounted on line shaft AD. The belts B and C lie in vertical planes parallel to the yz plane. Replace the belt forces shown with an equivalent force-couple system at A. SOLUTION Equivalent force-couple at each pulley Pulley B R B = ( 290 N )( − cos 20° j + sin 20°k ) − 430 Nj = − ( 702.51 N ) j + ( 99.186 N ) k M B = − ( 430 N − 290 N )( 0.15 m ) i = − ( 21 N ⋅ m ) i Pulley C R C = ( 310 N + 480 N )( − sin10° j − cos10°k ) = − (137.182 N ) j − ( 778.00 N ) k M C = ( 480 N − 310 N )( 0.15 m ) i = ( 25.5 N ⋅ m ) i Then R = R B + R C = − ( 839.69 N ) j − ( 678.81 N ) k or R = − ( 840 N ) j − ( 679 N ) k M A = M B + M C + rB/ A × R B + rC/ A × R C i j k = − ( 21 N ⋅ m ) i + ( 25.5 N ⋅ m ) i + 0.45 0 0 N⋅m 0 −702.51 99.186 i j k + 0.90 0 0 N⋅m 0 −137.182 −778.00 = ( 4.5 N ⋅ m ) i + ( 655.57 N ⋅ m ) j − ( 439.59 N ⋅ m ) k or M A = ( 4.50 N ⋅ m ) i + ( 656 N ⋅ m ) j − ( 440 N ⋅ m ) k PROBLEM 3.117 A mechanic uses a crowfoot wrench to loosen a bolt at C. The mechanic holds the socket wrench handle at points A and B and applies forces at these points. Knowing that these forces are equivalent to a force-couple system at C consisting of the force C = − ( 40 N ) i + ( 20 N ) k and the couple M C = ( 40 N ⋅ m ) i , determine the forces applied at A and B when Az = 10 N. SOLUTION ΣF : A + B = C Have Fx : Ax + Bx = −40 N or ∴ Bx = − ( Ax + 40 N ) (1) ΣFy : Ay + By = 0 Ay = − By or (2) ΣFz : 10 N + Bz = 20 N Bz = 10 N or ΣM C : rB/C × B + rA/C × A = M C Have ∴ or (3) i j k i j k 0.2 0 −0.05 + 0.2 0 0.2 N ⋅ m = ( 40 N ⋅ m ) i Bx By 10 Ax Ay 10 ( 0.05By − 0.2 Ax ) i + ( −0.05Bx − 2 + 0.2 Ax − 2) j ( ) + 0.2By + 0.2 Ay k = ( 40 N ⋅ m ) i From i - coefficient 0.05By − 0.2 Ay = 40 N ⋅ m (4) j - coefficient − 0.05Bx + 0.2 Ax = 4 N ⋅ m (5) k - coefficient 0.2 By + 0.2 Ay = 0 (6) PROBLEM 3.117 CONTINUED From Equations (2) and (4): ( ) 0.05By − 0.2 − By = 40 By = 160 N, Ay = −160 N From Equations (1) and (5): −0.05 ( − Ax − 40 ) + 0.2 Ax = 4 Ax = 8 N From Equation (1): Bx = − ( 8 + 40 ) = −48 N ∴ A = ( 8 N ) i − (160 N ) j + (10 N ) k B = − ( 48 N ) i + (160 N ) j + (10 N ) k PROBLEM 3.118 While using a pencil sharpener, a student applies the forces and couple shown. (a) Determine the forces exerted at B and C knowing that these forces and the couple are equivalent to a force-couple system at A consisting of the force R = ( 3.9 lb ) i + Ry j − (1.1 lb ) k and the couple M RA = M xi + (1.5 lb ⋅ ft ) j − (1.1 lb ⋅ ft ) k. . (b) Find the corresponding values of Ry and M x . SOLUTION ΣF : B + C = R Have ΣFx : Bx + Cx = 3.9 lb or Bx = 3.9 lb − Cx (1) ΣFy : C y = Ry (2) ΣFz : C z = −1.1 lb (3) ΣM A : rB/ A × B + rC/ A × C + M B = M RA Have i j k i j k 1 1 4 0 2.0 + ( 2 lb ⋅ ft ) i = M xi + (1.5 lb ⋅ ft ) j − (1.1 lb ⋅ ft ) k ∴ x 0 4.5 + 12 12 Bx 0 0 C x C y −1.1 ( 2 − 0.166667C y ) i + ( 0.375Bx + 0.166667Cx + 0.36667 ) j + ( 0.33333C y ) k = M xi + (1.5 ) j − (1.1) k From i - coefficient 2 − 0.166667C y = M x (4) j - coefficient 0.375Bx + 0.166667Cx + 0.36667 = 1.5 (5) k - coefficient 0.33333C y = −1.1 (6) or C y = −3.3 lb (a) From Equations (1) and (5): 0.375 ( 3.9 − Cx ) + 0.166667Cx = 1.13333 Cx = From Equation (1): 0.32917 = 1.58000 lb 0.20833 Bx = 3.9 − 1.58000 = 2.32 lb ∴ B = ( 2.32 lb ) i C = (1.580 lb ) i − ( 3.30 lb ) j − (1.1 lb ) k (b) From Equation (2): From Equation (4): Ry = C y = −3.30 lb or R y = − ( 3.30 lb ) j M x = −0.166667 ( −3.30 ) + 2.0 = 2.5500 lb ⋅ ft or M x = ( 2.55 lb ⋅ ft ) i PROBLEM 3.119 A portion of the flue for a furnace is attached to the ceiling at A. While supporting the free end of the flue at F, a worker pushes in at E and pulls out at F to align end E with the furnace. Knowing that the 10-lb force at F lies in a plane parallel to the yz plane, determine (a) the angle α the force at F should form with the horizontal if duct AB is not to tend to rotate about the vertical, (b) the force-couple system at B equivalent to the given force system when this condition is satisfied. SOLUTION (a) Duct AB will not have a tendency to rotate about the vertical or y-axis if: ( ) R M By = j ⋅ ΣM RB = j ⋅ rF /B × FF + rE/B × FE = 0 where rF /B = ( 45 in.) i − ( 23 in.) j + ( 28 in.) k rE/B = ( 54 in.) i − ( 34 in.) j + ( 28 in.) k FF = 10 lb ( sin α ) j + ( cos α ) k FE = − ( 5 lb ) k ∴ ΣM RB i j k i j k = (10 lb ) 45 in. −23 in. 28 in. + ( 5 lb )( 2 in.) 27 −17 14 0 sin α cos α 0 0 −1 = ( −230 cos α − 280sin α + 170 ) i − ( 450 cos α − 270 ) j + ( 450sin α ) k lb ⋅ in. Thus, R M By = −450 cos α + 270 = 0 cos α = 0.60 α = 53.130° or α = 53.1° PROBLEM 3.119 CONTINUED (b) R = FE + FF where FE = − ( 5 lb ) k FF = (10 lb )( sin 53.130° j + cos 53.130°k ) = ( 8 lb ) j + ( 6 lb ) k ∴ R = ( 8 lb ) j + (1 lb ) k and M = ΣM RB = − 230 ( 0.6 ) + 280 ( 0.8 ) − 170 i − 450 ( 0.6 ) − 270 j + 450 ( 0.8 ) k = − (192 lb ⋅ in.) i − ( 0 ) j + ( 360 lb ⋅ in.) k or M = − (192 lb ⋅ in.) i + ( 360 lb ⋅ in.) k PROBLEM 3.120 A portion of the flue for a furnace is attached to the ceiling at A. While supporting the free end of the flue at F, a worker pushes in at E and pulls out at F to align end E with the furnace. Knowing that the 10-lb force at F lies in a plane parallel to the yz plane and that α = 60°, (a) replace the given force system with an equivalent force-couple system at C, (b) determine whether duct CD will tend to rotate clockwise or counterclockwise relative to elbow C, as viewed from D to C. SOLUTION R = ΣF = FF + FE (a) Have FF = 10 lb ( sin 60° ) j + ( cos 60° ) k = (8.6603 lb ) j + ( 5.0 lb ) k where FE = − ( 5 lb ) k ∴ R = ( 8.6603 lb ) j or R = ( 8.66 lb ) j Have M CR = Σ ( r × F ) = rF /C × FF + rE/C × FE where rF /C = ( 9 in.) i − ( 2 in.) j rE/C = (18 in.) i − (13 in.) j ∴ M CR i j k i j k = 9 −2 0 lb ⋅ in. + 18 −13 0 lb ⋅ in. 0 8.6603 5.0 0 0 −5 = ( 55 lb ⋅ in.) i + ( 45 lb ⋅ in.) j + ( 77.942 lb ⋅ in.) k or M CR = ( 55.0 lb ⋅ in.) i + ( 45.0 lb ⋅ in.) j + ( 77.9 lb ⋅ in.) k (b) To determine which direction duct section CD has a tendency to turn, have R M CD = λ DC ⋅ M CR where λ DC = Then − (18 in.) i + ( 4 in.) j 2 85 in. R M CD = = 1 ( −9i + 2 j) 85 1 ( −9i + 2 j) ⋅ ( 55i + 45j + 77.942k ) lb ⋅ in. 85 = ( −53.690 + 9.7619 ) lb ⋅ in. = −43.928 lb ⋅ in. Since λ DC ⋅ M CR < 0, duct DC tends to rotate clockwise relative to elbow C as viewed from D to C. PROBLEM 3.121 The head-and-motor assembly of a radial drill press was originally positioned with arm AB parallel to the z axis and the axis of the chuck and bit parallel to the y axis. The assembly was then rotated 25o about the y axis and 20o about the centerline of the horizontal arm AB, bringing it into the position shown. The drilling process was started by switching on the motor and rotating the handle to bring the bit into contact with the workpiece. Replace the force and couple exerted by the drill press with an equivalent force-couple system at the center O of the base of the vertical column. SOLUTION R =F Have = ( 44 N ) ( sin 20° cos 25° ) i − ( cos 20° ) j − ( sin 20° sin 25° ) k = (13.6389 N ) i − ( 41.346 N ) j − ( 6.3599 N ) k or R = (13.64 N ) i − ( 41.3 N ) j − ( 6.36 N ) k M O = rB/O × F + M C Have where rB/O = ( 0.280 m ) sin 25° i + ( 0.300 m ) j + ( 0.280 m ) cos 25° k = ( 0.118333 m ) i + ( 0.300 m ) j + ( 0.25377 m ) k M C = ( 7.2 N ⋅ m ) ( sin 20° cos 25° ) i − ( cos 20° ) j − ( sin 20° sin 25° ) k = ( 2.2318 N ⋅ m ) i − ( 6.7658 N ⋅ m ) j − (1.04072 N ⋅ m ) k ∴ MO i j k = 0.118333 0.300 0.25377 N ⋅ m 13.6389 −41.346 −6.3599 + ( 2.2318i − 6.7658 j − 1.04072k ) N ⋅ m = (10.8162 N ⋅ m ) i − ( 2.5521 N ⋅ m ) j − (10.0250 N ⋅ m ) k or M O = (10.82 N ⋅ m ) i − ( 2.55 N ⋅ m ) j − (10.03 N ⋅ m ) k PROBLEM 3.122 While a sagging porch is leveled and repaired, a screw jack is used to support the front of the porch. As the jack is expanded, it exerts on the porch the force-couple system shown, where R = 300 N and M = 37.5 N ⋅ m. Replace this force-couple system with an equivalent force-couple system at C. SOLUTION − ( 0.2 m ) i + (1.4 m ) j − ( 0.5 m ) k R C = R = ( 300 N ) λ AB = 300 N 1.50 m From R C = − ( 40.0 N ) i + ( 280 N ) j − (100 N ) k M C = rA/C × R + M From where rA/C = ( 2.6 m ) i + ( 0.5 m ) k ( 0.2 m ) i − (1.4 m ) j + ( 0.5 m ) k M = ( 37.5 N ⋅ m ) λ BA = ( 37.5 N ⋅ m ) 1.50 m = ( 5.0 N ⋅ m ) i − ( 35.0 N ⋅ m ) j + (12.5 N ⋅ m ) k ∴ MC i j k = (10 N ⋅ m ) 2.6 0 0.5 + ( 5.0 N ⋅ m ) i − ( 35.0 N ⋅ m ) j + (12.5 N ⋅ m ) k −4 28 −10 = ( −140 + 5 ) N ⋅ m i + ( −20 + 260 − 35 ) N ⋅ m j + ( 728 + 12.5 ) N ⋅ m k or M C = − (135.0 N ⋅ m ) i + ( 205 N ⋅ m ) j + ( 741 N ⋅ m ) k PROBLEM 3.123 Three children are standing on a 15 × 15-ft raft. If the weights of the children at points A, B, and C are 85 lb, 60 lb, and 90 lb, respectively, determine the magnitude and the point of application of the resultant of the three weights. SOLUTION Have ΣF : FA + FB + FC = R − ( 85 lb ) j − ( 60 lb ) j − ( 90 lb ) j = R − ( 235 lb ) j = R Have or R = 235 lb ΣM x : FA ( z A ) + FB ( z B ) + FC ( zC ) = R ( z D ) (85 lb)( 9 ft ) + ( 60 lb )(1.5 ft ) + ( 90 lb )(14.25 ft ) = ( 235 lb )( zD ) ∴ z D = 9.0957 ft Have or z D = 9.10 ft ΣM z : FA ( x A ) + FB ( xB ) + FC ( xC ) = R ( xD ) (85 lb )( 3 ft ) + ( 60 lb )( 4.5 ft ) + ( 90 lb )(14.25 ft ) = ( 235 lb )( xD ) ∴ xD = 7.6915 ft or xD = 7.69 ft PROBLEM 3.124 Three children are standing on a 15 × 15-ft raft. The weights of the children at points A, B, and C are 85 lb, 60 lb, and 90 lb, respectively. If a fourth child of weight 95 lb climbs onto the raft, determine where she should stand if the other children remain in the positions shown and the line of action of the resultant of the four weights is to pass through the center of the raft. SOLUTION Have ΣF : FA + FB + FC + FD = R − ( 85 lb ) j − ( 60 lb ) j − ( 90 lb ) j − ( 95 lb ) j = R ∴ R = − ( 330 lb ) j Have ΣM x : FA ( z A ) + FB ( z B ) + FC ( zC ) + FD ( z D ) = R ( z H ) (85 lb )( 9 ft ) + ( 60 lb )(1.5 ft ) + ( 90 lb )(14.25 ft ) + ( 95 lb )( zD ) = ( 330 lb )( 7.5 ft ) ∴ z D = 3.5523 ft Have or z D = 3.55 ft ΣM z : FA ( x A ) + FB ( xB ) + FC ( xC ) + FD ( xD ) = R ( xH ) (85 lb )( 3 ft ) + ( 60 lb )( 4.5 ft ) + ( 90 lb )(14.25 ft ) + ( 95 lb )( xD ) = ( 330 lb )( 7.5 ft ) ∴ xD = 7.0263 ft or xD = 7.03 ft PROBLEM 3.125 The forces shown are the resultant downward loads on sections of the flat roof of a building because of accumulated snow. Determine the magnitude and the point of application of the resultant of these four loads. SOLUTION Have ΣF : FA + FB + FC + FD = R − ( 580 kN ) j − ( 2350 kN ) j − ( 330 kN ) j − (140 kN ) j = R ∴ R = − ( 3400 kN ) j Have R = 3400 kN ΣM x : FA ( z A ) + FB ( z B ) + FC ( zC ) + FD ( z D ) = R ( z E ) ( 580 kN )(8 m ) + ( 2350 kN )(16 m ) + ( 330 kN )( 6 m ) + (140 kN )( 33.5 m ) = ( 3400 kN )( zE ) ∴ z E = 14.3853 m Have or z E = 14.39 m ΣM z : FA ( x A ) + FB ( xB ) + FC ( xC ) + FD ( xD ) = R ( xE ) ( 580 kN )(10 m ) + ( 2350 kN )( 32 m ) + ( 330 kN )( 54 m ) + (140 kN )( 32 m ) = ( 3400 kN )( xE ) ∴ xE = 30.382 m or xE = 30.4 m PROBLEM 3.126 The forces shown are the resultant downward loads on sections of the flat roof of a building because of accumulated snow. If the snow represented by the 580-kN force is shoveled so that the this load acts at E, determine a and b knowing that the point of application of the resultant of the four loads is then at B. SOLUTION Have ΣF : FB + FC + FD + FE = R − ( 2350 kN ) j − ( 330 kN ) j − (140 kN ) j − ( 580 kN ) j = R ∴ R = − ( 3400 kN ) j Have ΣM x : FB ( z B ) + FC ( zC ) + FD ( z D ) + FE ( z E ) = R ( z B ) ( 2350 kN )(16 m ) + ( 330 kN )( 6 m ) + (140 kN )( 33.5 m ) + ( 580 kN )( b ) = ( 3400 kN )(16 m ) ∴ b = 17.4655 m Have or b = 17.47 m ΣM z : FB ( xB ) + FC ( xC ) + FD ( xD ) + FE ( xE ) = R ( xB ) ( 2350 kN )( 32 m ) + ( 330 kN )( 54 m ) + (140 kN )( 32 m ) + ( 580 kN )( a ) = ( 3400 kN )( 32 m ) ∴ a = 19.4828 m or a = 19.48 m PROBLEM 3.127 A group of students loads a 2 × 4-m flatbed trailer with two 0.6 × 0.6 × 0.6-m boxes and one 0.6 × 0.6 × 1.2-m box. Each of the boxes at the rear of the trailer is positioned so that it is aligned with both the back and a side of the trailer. Determine the smallest load the students should place in a second 0.6 × 0.6 × 1.2-m box and where on the trailer they should secure it, without any part of the box overhanging the sides of the trailer, if each box is uniformly loaded and the line of action of the resultant of the weights of the four boxes is to pass through the point of intersection of the centerlines of the trailer and the axle. (Hint: Keep in mind that the box may be placed either on its side or on its end.) SOLUTION For the smallest weight on the trailer so that the resultant force of the four weights acts over the axle at the intersection with the center line of the trailer, the added 0.6 × 0.6 × 1.2-m box should be placed adjacent to one of the edges of the trailer with the 0.6 × 0.6-m side on the bottom. The edges to be considered are based on the location of the resultant for the three given weights. ΣF : − ( 200 N ) j − ( 400 N ) j − (180 N ) j = R Have ∴ R = − ( 780 N ) j Have ΣM z : ( 200 N )( 0.3 m ) + ( 400 N )(1.7 m ) + (180 N )(1.7 m ) = ( 780 N )( x ) ∴ x = 1.34103 m Have ΣM x : ( 200 N )( 0.3 m ) + ( 400 N )( 0.6 m ) + (180 N )( 2.4 m ) = ( 780 N )( z ) ∴ z = 0.93846 m From the statement of the problem, it is known that the resultant of R from the original loading and the lightest load W passes through G, the point of intersection of the two center lines. Thus, ΣM G = 0. Further, since the lightest load W is to be as small as possible, the fourth box should be placed as far from G as possible without the box overhanging the trailer. These two requirements imply ( 0.3 m ≤ x ≤ 1 m ) (1.8 m ≤ z ≤ 3.7 m ) PROBLEM 3.127 CONTINUED Let x = 0.3 m, ΣM Gz : ( 200 N )( 0.7 m ) − ( 400 N )( 0.7 m ) − (180 N )( 0.7 m ) + W ( 0.7 m ) = 0 ∴ W = 380 N ΣM Gx : − ( 200 N )(1.5 m ) − ( 400 N )(1.2 m ) + (180 N )( 0.6 m ) + ( 380 N )( z − 1.8 m ) = 0 ∴ z = 3.5684 m < 3.7 m Let z = 3.7 m, ∴ acceptable ΣM Gx : − ( 200 N )(1.5 m ) − ( 400 N )(1.2 m ) + (180 N )( 0.6 m ) + W (1.7 m ) = 0 ∴ W = 395.29 N > 380 N Since the weight W found for x = 0.3 m is less than W found for z = 3.7 m, x = 0.3 m results in the smallest weight W. or W = 380 N at ( 0.3 m, 0, 3.57 m ) PROBLEM 3.128 Solve Problem 3.127 if the students want to place as much weight as possible in the fourth box and that at least one side of the box must coincide with a side of the trailer. Problem 3.127: A group of students loads a 2 × 4-m flatbed trailer with two 0.6 × 0.6 × 0.6-m boxes and one 0.6 × 0.6 × 1.2-m box. Each of the boxes at the rear of the trailer is positioned so that it is aligned with both the back and a side of the trailer. Determine the smallest load the students should place in a second 0.6 × 0.6 × 1.2-m box and where on the trailer they should secure it, without any part of the box overhanging the sides of the trailer, if each box is uniformly loaded and the line of action of the resultant of the weights of the four boxes is to pass through the point of intersection of the centerlines of the trailer and the axle. (Hint: Keep in mind that the box may be placed either on its side or on its end.) SOLUTION For the largest additional weight on the trailer with the box having at least one side coinsiding with the side of the trailer, the box must be as close as possible to point G. For x = 0.6 m, with a small side of the box touching the z-axis, satisfies this condition. Let x = 0.6 m, ΣM Gz : ( 200 N )( 0.7 m ) − ( 400 N )( 0.7 m ) − (180 N )( 0.7 m ) + W ( 0.4 m ) = 0 ∴ W = 665 N and ΣM GX : − ( 200 N )(1.5 m ) − ( 400 N )(1.2 m ) + (180 N )( 0.6 m ) + ( 665 N )( z − 1.8 m ) = 0 ∴ z = 2.8105 m (2 m < z < 4 m) ∴ acceptable or W = 665 N at ( 0.6 m, 0, 2.81 m ) PROBLEM 3.129 A block of wood is acted upon by three forces of the same magnitude P and having the directions shown. Replace the three forces with an equivalent wrench and determine (a) the magnitude and direction of the resultant R, (b) the pitch of the wrench, (c) the point where the axis of the wrench intersects the xy plane. SOLUTION First, reduce the given force system to a force-couple at the origin. Have ΣF : Pi − Pi − Pk = R ∴ R = − Pk Have ΣM O : − P ( 3a ) k − P ( 3a ) j + P ( −ai + 3aj) = M OR ∴ M OR = Pa ( −i − 3k ) Then let vectors ( R, M1 ) represent the components of the wrench, where their directions are the same. R = − Pk (a) or Magnitude of R = P Direction of R : θ x = 90°, θ y = 90°, θ z = −180° (b) Have M1 = λ R ⋅ M OR = −k ⋅ Pa ( −i − 3k ) = 3Pa and pitch p= M1 3Pa = = 3a R P or p = 3a PROBLEM 3.129 CONTINUED (c) Have M OR = M1 + M 2 ∴ M 2 = M OR − M1 = Pa ( −i − 3k ) − ( −3Pak ) = − Pai Require M 2 = rQ/O × R − Pai = ( xi + yj) × ( − P ) k = Pxj − Pyi From i : − Pa = − Py or y =a j: x = 0 ∴ The axis of the wrench is parallel to the z-axis and intersects the xy plane at x = 0, y = a PROBLEM 3.130 A piece of sheet metal is bent into the shape shown and is acted upon by three forces. Replace the three forces with an equivalent wrench and determine (a) the magnitude and direction of the resultant R, (b) the pitch of the wrench, (c) the point where the axis of the wrench intersects the yz plane. SOLUTION First, reduce the given force system to a force-couple system at the origin. ( 2P ) i − ( P ) j + ( P ) j = R ΣF : Have ∴ R = ( 2P ) i ΣM O : Σ ( rO × F ) = M OR Have M OR i j k i j k = Pa 2 2 2.5 + 0 0 4 = Pa ( −1.5i + 5j − 6k ) 2 −1 0 0 1 0 R = 2 Pi (a) or Magnitude of R = 2 P Direction of R : θ x = 0°, θ y = −90°, θ z = 90° (b) Have M1 = λ R ⋅ M OR λR = R R = i ⋅ ( −1.5Pai + 5Paj − 6 Pak ) = −1.5Pa and pitch p= M1 −1.5Pa = = −0.75a R 2P or p = −0.75a PROBLEM 3.130 CONTINUED M OR = M1 + M 2 (c) Have ∴ M 2 = M OR − M1 = ( 5Pa ) j − ( 6Pa ) k Require M 2 = rQ/O × R ( 5Pa ) j − ( 6Pa ) k = ( yj + zk ) × ( 2Pi ) = − ( 2Py ) k + ( 2Pz ) j From i : 5Pa = 2 Pz ∴ z = 2.5a From k : − 6 Pa = −2 Py ∴ y = 3a ∴ The axis of the wrench is parallel to the x-axis and intersects the yz-plane at y = 3a, z = 2.5a PROBLEM 3.131 The forces and couples shown are applied to two screws as a piece of sheet metal is fastened to a block of wood. Reduce the forces and the couples to an equivalent wrench and determine (a) the resultant force R, (b) the pitch of the wrench, (c) the point where the axis of the wrench intersects the xz plane. SOLUTION First, reduce the given force system to a force-couple at the origin. ΣF : − (10 N ) j − (11 N ) j = R Have ∴ R = − ( 21 N ) j ΣM O : Σ ( rO × F ) + ΣM C = M OR Have M OR i j k i j k = 0 0 0.5 N ⋅ m + 0 0 −0.375 N ⋅ m − (12 N ⋅ m ) j 0 −10 0 0 −11 0 = ( 0.875 N ⋅ m ) i − (12 N ⋅ m ) j R = − ( 21 N ) j (a) (b) Have M1 = λ R ⋅ M OR λR = or R = − ( 21 N ) j R R = ( − j) ⋅ ( 0.875 N ⋅ m ) i − (12 N ⋅ m ) j = 12 N ⋅ m and pitch p= and M1 = − (12 N ⋅ m ) j M1 12 N ⋅ m = = 0.57143 m R 21 N or p = 0.571 m PROBLEM 3.131 CONTINUED M OR = M1 + M 2 (c) Have ∴ M 2 = M OR − M1 = ( 0.875 N ⋅ m ) i M 2 = rQ/O × R Require ∴ ( 0.875 N ⋅ m ) i = ( xi + zk ) × − ( 21 N ) j 0.875i = − ( 21x ) k + ( 21z ) i From i: 0.875 = 21z ∴ z = 0.041667 m From k: 0 = −21x ∴ z =0 ∴ The axis of the wrench is parallel to the y-axis and intersects the xz-plane at x = 0, z = 41.7 mm PROBLEM 3.132 The forces and couples shown are applied to two screws as a piece of sheet metal is fastened to a block of wood. Reduce the forces and the couples to an equivalent wrench and determine (a) the resultant force R, (b) the pitch of the wrench, (c) the point where the axis of the wrench intersects the xz plane. SOLUTION First, reduce the given force system to a force-couple system. Have Have ΣF : − ( 6 lb ) i − ( 4.5 lb ) j = R R = 7.5 lb ΣM O : ∑ ( rO × F ) + ∑ M C = M OR M OR = −6 lb ( 8 in.) j − (160 lb ⋅ in.) i − ( 72 lb ⋅ in.) j = − (160 lb ⋅ in.) i − (120 lb ⋅ in.) j M OR = 200 lb ⋅ in. R = − ( 6 lb ) i − ( 4.5 lb ) j (a) (b) Have M1 = λ R ⋅ M OR λ = R R = ( −0.8i − 0.6 j) ⋅ − (160 lb ⋅ in.) i − (120 lb ⋅ in.) j = 200 lb ⋅ in. M1 = 200 lb ⋅ in. ( −0.8i − 0.6j) and Pitch p= 200 lb ⋅ in. M1 = = 26.667 in. 7.50 lb R or p = 26.7 in. (c) From above note that M1 = M OR Therefore, the axis of the wrench goes through the origin. The line of action of the wrench lies in the xy plane with a slope of dy 3 = dx 4 PROBLEM 3.133 Two bolts A and B are tightened by applying the forces and couple shown. Replace the two wrenches with a single equivalent wrench and determine (a) the resultant R, (b) the pitch of the single equivalent wrench, (c) the point where the axis of the wrench intersects the xz plane. SOLUTION First, reduce the given force system to a force-couple at the origin. Have ΣF : − ( 20 lb ) k − ( 21 lb ) j = − ( 21 lb ) j − ( 20 lb ) k = R R = 29 lb ΣM O : ∑ ( rO × F ) + ∑ M C = M OR and i j k i j k 20 lb ( 4 in.) 4 3 0 + 21 lb ( 4 in.) 6 0 1 + ( −300 j − 320k ) lb ⋅ in. = M OR 0 0 −1 0 −1 0 ∴ M OR = − (156 lb ⋅ in.) i + ( 20 lb ⋅ in.) j − ( 824 lb ⋅ in.) k R = − ( 21 lb ) j − ( 20 lb ) k (a) (b) Have M1 = λ R ⋅ M OR =− λR = R R −21j − 20k ⋅ − (156 lb ⋅ in.) i + ( 20 lb ⋅ in.) j − ( 824 lb ⋅ in.) k 29 = 553.80 lb ⋅ in. PROBLEM 3.133 CONTINUED M1 = M1λ R = − ( 401.03 lb ⋅ in.) j − ( 381.93 lb ⋅ in.) k and Then pitch p= M1 553.80 lb ⋅ in. = = 19.0964 in. 29 lb R or p = 19.10 in. M OR = M1 + M 2 (c) Have ∴ M 2 = M OR − M1 = ( −156i + 20 j − 824k ) − ( −401.03j − 381.93k ) lb ⋅ in. = − (156.0 lb ⋅ in.) i + ( 421.03 lb ⋅ in.) j − ( 442.07 lb ⋅ in.) k M 2 = rQ/O × R Require ( −156i + 421.03j − 442.07k ) = ( xi + zk ) × ( −21j − 20k ) = ( 21z ) i + ( 20 x ) j − ( 21x ) k From i: −156 = 21z ∴ z = −7.4286 in. or From k: z = −7.43 in. −442.07 = −21x ∴ x = 21.051 in. or x = 21.1 in. ∴ The axis of the wrench intersects the xz-plane at x = 21.1 in., z = −7.43 in. PROBLEM 3.134 Two bolts A and B are tightened by applying the forces and couple shown. Replace the two wrenches with a single equivalent wrench and determine (a) the resultant R, (b) the pitch of the single equivalent wrench, (c) the point where the axis of the wrench intersects the xz plane. SOLUTION First reduce the given force system to a force-couple at the origin at B. 15 8 j = R ΣF : − ( 79.2 lb ) k − ( 51 lb ) i + 17 17 (a) Have ∴ R = − ( 24.0 lb ) i − ( 45.0 lb ) j − ( 79.2 lb ) k R = 94.2 lb and ΣM B : rA/B × FA + M A + M B = M RB Have M RB i j k 15 8 = 0 −20 j = 1584i − 660k − 42 ( 8i + 15 j) 0 − 660k − 714 i + 17 17 0 0 −79.2 ∴ M RB = (1248 lb ⋅ in.) i − ( 630 lb ⋅ in.) j − ( 660 lb ⋅ in.) k (b) Have M1 = λ R ⋅ M OR = λR = R R −24.0i − 45.0 j − 79.2k ⋅ (1248 lb ⋅ in.) i − ( 630 lb ⋅ in.) j − ( 660 lb ⋅ in.) k 94.2 = 537.89 lb ⋅ in. PROBLEM 3.134 CONTINUED M1 = M1λ R and = − (137.044 lb ⋅ in.) i − ( 256.96 lb ⋅ in.) j − ( 452.24 lb ⋅ in.) k Then pitch p= M1 537.89 lb ⋅ in. = = 5.7101 in. 94.2 lb R or p = 5.71 in. M RB = M1 + M 2 (c) Have ∴ M 2 = M RB − M1 = (1248i − 630 j − 660k ) − ( −137.044i − 256.96 j − 452.24k ) = (1385.04 lb ⋅ in.) i − ( 373.04 lb ⋅ in.) j − ( 207.76 lb ⋅ in.) k M 2 = rQ/B × R Require i j k 1385.04i − 373.04 j − 207.76k = x 0 z −24 −45 −79.2 = ( 45 z ) i − ( 24 z ) j + ( 79.2 x ) j − ( 45 x ) k From i: From k: 1385.04 = 45 z −207.76 = −45x ∴ z = 30.779 in. ∴ x = 4.6169 in. ∴ The axis of the wrench intersects the xz-plane at x = 4.62 in., z = 30.8 in. PROBLEM 3.135 A flagpole is guyed by three cables. If the tensions in the cables have the same magnitude P, replace the forces exerted on the pole with an equivalent wrench and determine (a) the resultant force R, (b) the pitch of the wrench, (c) the point where the axis of the wrench intersects the xz plane. SOLUTION (a) First reduce the given force system to a force-couple at the origin. ΣF : Pλ BA + Pλ DC + Pλ DE = R Have 4 3 3 4 −9 4 12 R = P j − k + i − j + i − j + k 5 5 5 5 25 5 25 ∴ R = R= 3P 25 ( 2 )2 + ( 20 )2 + (1)2 = 3P ( 2i − 20 j − k ) 25 27 5 P 25 ΣM : Σ ( rO × P ) = M OR Have −4 P 3P 4P 4P 12 P 3P −9 P j− k + ( 20a ) j × i− j + ( 20a ) j × i− j+ k = M OR 5 5 5 25 5 5 25 ( 24a ) j × ∴ M OR = M1 = λ R ⋅ M OR (b) Have where 24 Pa ( −i − k ) 5 λR = 3P 25 1 R = = ( 2i − 20 j − k ) ( 2i − 20 j − k ) R 25 27 5 P 9 5 PROBLEM 3.135 CONTINUED Then M1 = and pitch p= M1 = M 1λ R = (c) Then 1 9 5 ( 2i − 20 j − k ) ⋅ 24 Pa −8Pa ( −i − k ) = 5 15 5 M1 −8Pa 25 −8a = = R 81 15 5 27 5 P or p = −0.0988a −8Pa 1 8Pa ( −2i + 20 j + k ) ( 2i − 20 j − k ) = 675 15 5 9 5 M 2 = M OR − M1 = 24Pa 8Pa 8Pa ( −i − k ) − ( −2i + 20 j + k ) = ( −403i − 20 j − 406k ) 5 675 675 M 2 = rQ/O × R Require 8Pa 3P ( −403i − 20 j − 406k ) = ( xi + zk ) × ( 2i − 20 j − k ) 675 25 3P = 20 zi + ( x + 2 z ) j − 20 xk 25 From i: 8 ( −403) Pa 3P = 20 z 675 25 ∴ z = −1.99012a From k: 8 ( −406 ) Pa 3P = −20 x 675 25 ∴ x = 2.0049a ∴ The axis of the wrench intersects the xz-plane at x = 2.00a, z = −1.990a PROBLEM 3.136 Determine whether the force-and-couple system shown can be reduced to a single equivalent force R. If it can, determine R and the point where the line of action of R intersects the yz plane. If it cannot be so reduced, replace the given system with an equivalent wrench and determine its resultant, its pitch, and the point where its axis intersects the yz plane. SOLUTION First, reduce the given force system to a force-couple at D. Have ΣF : FDA + FED = FDAλ DA + FEDλ ED = R where − ( 0.300 m ) i + ( 0.225 m ) j + ( 0.200 m ) k FDA = 136 N 0.425 m = − ( 96 N ) i + ( 72 N ) j + ( 64 N ) k − ( 0.150 m ) i − ( 0.200 m ) k FED = 120 N = − ( 72 N ) i − ( 96 N ) k 0.250 m ∴ R = − (168 N ) i + ( 72 N ) j − ( 32 N ) k Have or R ΣM D : M A = M D − ( 0.150 m ) i − ( 0.150 m ) j + ( 0.450 m ) k 16 N ⋅ m M RD = (16 N ⋅ m ) ( −i − j + 3k ) = 0.150 11 m 11 PROBLEM 3.136 CONTINUED The force-couple at D can be replaced by a single force if R is perpendicular to M RD . To be perpendicular, R ⋅ M RD = 0. Have R ⋅ M RD = ( −168i + 72 j − 32k ) ⋅ = 16 ( −i − j + 3k ) 11 128 ( 21 − 9 − 12 ) 11 =0 ∴ Force-couple can be reduced to a single equivalent force. To determine the coordinates where the equivalent single force intersects the yz-plane, M RD = rQ/D × R where rQ/D = ( 0 − 0.300 ) m i + ( y − 0.075 ) m j + ( z − 0 ) m k i 16 N ⋅ m ∴ ( −i − j + 3k ) = (8 N ) −0.3 11 −21 j k ( y − 0.075) z m 9 −4 or 16 N ⋅ m ( −i − j + 3k ) = (8 N ) −4 ( y − 0.075) − 9 z i + ( −21z − 1.2 ) j + −2.7 + 21( y − 0.075) k m 11 { From j: From k: −16 = 8 ( −21z − 1.2 ) 11 48 = 8 −2.7 + 21( y − 0.075 ) 11 } ∴ z = −0.028427 m = −28.4 mm ∴ y = 0.28972 m = 290 mm ∴ line of action of R intersects the yz-plane at y = 290 mm, z = −28.4 mm PROBLEM 3.137 Determine whether the force-and-couple system shown can be reduced to a single equivalent force R. If it can, determine R and the point where the line of action of R intersects the yz plane. If it cannot be so reduced, replace the given system with an equivalent wrench and determine its resultant, its pitch, and the point where its axis intersects the yz plane. SOLUTION First, reduce the given force system to a force-couple at the origin. ΣF : FA + FG = R Have ( 4 in.) i + ( 6 in.) j − (12 in.) k ∴ R = (10 lb ) k + 14 lb = ( 4 lb ) i + ( 6 lb ) j − ( 2 lb ) k 14 in. R= and Have 56 lb ΣM O : ∑ ( rO × F ) + ∑ M C = M OR { } M OR = (12 in.) j × (10 lb ) k + (16 in.) i × ( 4 lb ) i + ( 6 lb ) j − (12 lb ) k (16 in.) i − (12 in.) j ( 4 in.) i − (12 in.) j + ( 6 in.) k + ( 84 lb ⋅ in.) + ( 120 lb ⋅ in.) 20 in. 14 in. ∴ M 0R = ( 221.49 lb ⋅ in.) i + ( 38.743 lb ⋅ in.) j + (147.429 lb ⋅ in.) k = (18.4572 lb ⋅ ft ) i + ( 3.2286 lb ⋅ ft ) j + (12.2858 lb ⋅ ft ) k PROBLEM 3.137 CONTINUED The force-couple at O can be replaced by a single force if the direction of R is perpendicular to M OR . To be perpendicular R ⋅ M OR = 0 Have R ⋅ M OR = ( 4i + 6 j − 2k ) ⋅ (18.4572i + 3.2286 j + 12.2858k ) = 0? = 73.829 + 19.3716 − 24.572 ≠0 ∴ System cannot be reduced to a single equivalent force. To reduce to an equivalent wrench, the moment component along the line of action of P is found. M1 = λ R ⋅ M OR λR = R R ( 4i + 6 j − 2k ) = ⋅ (18.4572i + 3.2286 j + 12.2858k ) 56 = 9.1709 lb ⋅ ft M1 = M1λ R = ( 9.1709 lb ⋅ ft )( 0.53452i + 0.80178 j − 0.26726k ) and And pitch p= M1 9.1709 lb ⋅ ft = = 1.22551 ft R 56 lb or p = 1.226 ft Have M 2 = M OR − M1 = (18.4572i + 3.2286 j + 12.2858k ) − ( 9.1709 )( 0.53452i + 0.80178 j − 0.26726k ) = (13.5552 lb ⋅ ft ) i − ( 4.1244 lb ⋅ ft ) j + (14.7368 lb ⋅ ft ) k Require M 2 = rQ/O × R (13.5552i − 4.1244 j + 14.7368k ) = ( yj + zk ) × ( 4i + 6j − 2k ) = − ( 2 y + 6z ) i + ( 4z ) j − ( 4 y ) k From j: −4.1244 = 4z From k: 14.7368 = −4 y or or z = −1.0311 ft y = −3.6842 ft ∴ line of action of the wrench intersects the yz plane at y = −3.68 ft, z = 1.031 ft PROBLEM 3.138 Replace the wrench shown with an equivalent system consisting of two forces perpendicular to the y axis and applied respectively at A and B. SOLUTION Express the forces at A and B as A = Axi + Az k B = Bxi + Bzk Then, for equivalence to the given force system ΣFx : Ax + Bx = 0 (1) ΣFz : Az + Bz = R (2) ΣM x : Az ( a ) + Bz ( a + b ) = 0 (3) ΣM z : − Ax ( a ) − Bx ( a + b ) = M (4) Bx = − Ax From Equation (1), Substitute into Equation (4) − Ax ( a ) + Ax ( a + b ) = M ∴ Ax = From Equation (2), and Equation (3), M b and Bx = − M b Bz = R − Az Az a + ( R − Az )( a + b ) = 0 a ∴ Az = R 1 + b PROBLEM 3.138 CONTINUED and a Bz = R − R 1 + b a ∴ Bz = − R b Then M A= b a i + R 1 + k b M B = − b a i − Rk b PROBLEM 3.139 Show that, in general, a wrench can be replaced with two forces chosen in such a way that one force passes through a given point while the other force lies in a given plane. SOLUTION First, choose a coordinate system so that the xy plane coincides with the given plane. Also, position the coordinate system so that the line of action of the wrench passes through the origin as shown in Figure a. Since the orientation of the plane and the components (R, M) of the wrench are known, it follows that the scalar components of R and M are known relative to the shown coordinate system. A force system to be shown as equivalent is illustrated in Figure b. Let A be the force passing through the given point P and B be the force that lies in the given plane. Let b be the x-axis intercept of B. The known components of the wrench can be expressed as R = Rxi + Ry j + Rzk M = M xi + M y j + M zk and while the unknown forces A and B can be expressed as A = Axi + Ay j + Azk and B = Bxi + Bzk Since the position vector of point P is given, it follows that the scalar components (x, y, z) of the position vector rP are also known. Then, for equivalence of the two systems ΣFx : Rx = Ax + Bx (1) ΣFy : Ry = Ay (2) ΣFz : Rz = Az + Bz (3) ΣM x : M x = yAz − zAy (4) ΣM y : M y = zAx − xAz − bBz (5) ΣM z : M z = xAy − yAx (6) PROBLEM 3.139 CONTINUED ( ) Based on the above six independent equations for the six unknowns Ax , Ay , Az , Bx , Bz , b , there exists a unique solution for A and B. Ay = Ry From Equation (2) Equation (6) 1 Ax = xRy − M z y ) Equation (1) 1 Bx = Rx − xRy − M z y ( ) Equation (4) 1 Az = M x + zRy y ) Equation (3) 1 Bz = Rz − M x + zRy y ) Equation (5) ( ( ( b= ( xM x + yM y + zM z ) ( M x − yRz + zRy ) PROBLEM 3.140 Show that a wrench can be replaced with two perpendicular forces, one of which is applied at a given point. SOLUTION First, observe that it is always possible to construct a line perpendicular to a given line so that the constructed line also passes through a given point. Thus, it is possible to align one of the coordinate axes of a rectangular coordinate system with the axis of the wrench while one of the other axes passes through the given point. See Figures a and b. Have R = Rj and M = Mj and are known. The unknown forces A and B can be expressed as A = Axi + Ay j + Azk and B = Bxi + By j + Bzk The distance a is known. It is assumed that force B intersects the xz plane at (x, 0, z). Then for equivalence ∑ Fx : 0 = Ax + Bx (1) ∑ Fy : R = Ay + By (2) ∑ Fz : 0 = Az + Bz (3) ∑ M x : 0 = − zBy (4) ∑ M y : M = −aAz − xBz + zBx (5) ∑ M z : 0 = aAy + xBy (6) Since A and B are made perpendicular, A⋅B = 0 There are eight unknowns: or Ax Bx + Ay By + Az Bz = 0 Ax , Ay , Az , Bx , By , Bz , x, z But only seven independent equations. Therefore, there exists an infinite number of solutions. (7) PROBLEM 3.140 CONTINUED 0 = − zBy Next consider Equation (4): If By = 0, Equation (7) becomes Ax Bx + Az Bz = 0 Ax2 + Az2 = 0 Using Equations (1) and (3) this equation becomes Since the components of A must be real, a nontrivial solution is not possible. Thus, it is required that By ≠ 0, so that from Equation (4), z = 0. To obtain one possible solution, arbitrarily let Ax = 0. (Note: Setting Ay , Az , or Bz equal to zero results in unacceptable solutions.) The defining equations then become. 0 = Bx Then (1)′ R = Ay + By (2) 0 = Az + Bz (3) M = −aAz − xBz (5)′ 0 = aAy + xBy (6) Ay By + Az Bz = 0 (7)′ Equation (2) can be written Ay = R − By Equation (3) can be written Bz = − Az Equation (6) can be written x=− aAy By Substituting into Equation (5)′, R − By M = −aAz − −a ( − Az ) By or Az = − M By aR Substituting into Equation (7)′, M M By By = 0 ( R − By ) By + − aR aR (8) PROBLEM 3.140 CONTINUED By = or a 2 R3 a R2 + M 2 2 Then from Equations (2), (8), and (3) Ay = R − Az = − Bz = a 2 R3 RM 2 = a2R2 + M 2 a2R2 + M 2 M a 2 R3 aR 2 M = − 2 2 aR a R + M 2 a2R2 + M 2 aR 2 M a2R2 + M 2 In summary A= RM ( Mj − aRk ) a R2 + M 2 B= aR 2 ( aRj + Mk ) a2R2 + M 2 2 Which shows that it is possible to replace a wrench with two perpendicular forces, one of which is applied at a given point. Lastly, if R > 0 and M > 0, it follows from the equations found for A and B that Ay > 0 and By > 0. From Equation (6), x < 0 (assuming a > 0). Then, as a consequence of letting Ax = 0, force A lies in a plane parallel to the yz plane and to the right of the origin, while force B lies in a plane parallel to the yz plane but to the left of the origin, as shown in the figure below. PROBLEM 3.141 Show that a wrench can be replaced with two forces, one of which has a prescribed line of action. SOLUTION First, choose a rectangular coordinate system where one axis coincides with the axis of the wrench and another axis intersects the prescribed line of action ( AA′ ) . Note that it has been assumed that the line of action of force B intersects the xz plane at point P ( x, 0, z ) . Denoting the known direction of line AA′ by λ A = λxi + λ y j + λzk it follows that force A can be expressed as ( A = Aλ A = A λxi + λ y j + λz k ) Force B can be expressed as B = Bxi + By j + Bzk Next, observe that since the axis of the wrench and the prescribed line of action AA′ are known, it follows that the distance a can be determined. In the following solution, it is assumed that a is known. Then, for equivalence ( ΣFx : 0 = Aλx + Bx (1) ΣFy : R = Aλ y + By (2) ΣFz : 0 = Aλz + Bz (3) ΣM x : 0 = − zBy (4) ΣM y : M = −aAλz + zBx − xBz (5) ΣM z : 0 = aAλ y + xBy (6) ) Since there are six unknowns A, Bx , By , Bz , x, z and six independent equations, it will be possible to obtain a solution. PROBLEM 3.141 CONTINUED Case 1: Let z = 0 to satisfy Equation (4) Aλ y = R − By Now Equation (2) Bz = − Aλz Equation (3) x=− Equation (6) aAλ y By a = − R − By By ( ) Substitution into Equation (5) a M = −aAλz − − R − By ( − Aλz ) By ( ∴ A=− 1 M λz aR ) By Substitution into Equation (2) R=− 1 M B λ + By λz aR y y ∴ By = Then A=− λz aR 2 λz aR − λ y M MR R = aR λz aR − λ y M λy − λz M Bx = − Aλx = λx MR λz aR − λ y M Bz = − Aλz = λz MR λz aR − λ y M In summary A= B= and P λA aR λy − λz M R ( λ Mi + λz aRj + λz Mk ) λz aR − λ y M x λz aR − λ y M R x = a 1 − = a 1 − R By λz aR 2 or x = Note that for this case, the lines of action of both A and B intersect the x axis. λy M λz R PROBLEM 3.141 CONTINUED Case 2: Let By = 0 to satisfy Equation (4) A= Now Equation (2) R λy Equation (1) λ Bx = − R x λy Equation (3) λ Bz = − R z λy aAλ y = 0 Equation (6) which requires a = 0 Substitution into Equation (5) λ M = z −R x λ y λ − x −R z λ y or This last expression is the equation for the line of action of force B. In summary R A= λy R B= λy λ A ( −λ x i − λ z k ) Assuming that λx , λ y , λz > 0, the equivalent force system is as shown below. Note that the component of A in the xz plane is parallel to B. M λz x − λx z = λ y R PROBLEM 3.142 A worker tries to move a rock by applying a 360-N force to a steel bar as shown. (a) Replace that force with an equivalent force-couple system at D. (b) Two workers attempt to move the same rock by applying a vertical force at A and another force at D. Determine these two forces if they are to be equivalent to the single force of part a. SOLUTION (a) Have ΣF : 360 N ( − sin 40°i − cos 40° j) = − ( 231.40 N ) i − ( 275.78 N ) j = F or F = 360 N ΣM D : rB/D × R = M Have where 50° rB/D = − ( 0.65 m ) cos 30° i + ( 0.65 m ) sin 30° j = − ( 0.56292 m ) i + ( 0.32500 m ) j i j k ∴ M = −0.56292 0.32500 0 N ⋅ m = (155.240 + 75.206 ) N ⋅ m k −231.40 −275.78 0 = ( 230.45 N ⋅ m ) k (b) Have where or M = 230 N ⋅ m ΣM D : M = rA/D × FA rA/D = − (1.05 m ) cos 30° i + (1.05 m ) sin 30° j = − ( 0.90933 m ) i + ( 0.52500 m ) j PROBLEM 3.142 CONTINUED i j k ∴ FA −0.90933 0.52500 0 N ⋅ m = [ 230.45 N ⋅ m ] k 0 −1 0 ( 0.90933FA ) k or = 230.45k ∴ FA = 253.42 N or FA = 253 N ΣF : F = FA + FD Have − ( 231.40 N ) i − ( 275.78 N ) j = − ( 253.42 N ) j + FD ( − cosθ i − sin θ j) From i : 231.40 N = FD cosθ (1) j: 22.36 N = FD sin θ (2) Equation (2) divided by Equation (1) tan θ = 0.096629 ∴ θ = 5.5193° or θ = 5.52° Substitution into Equation (1) FD = 231.40 = 232.48 N cos5.5193° or FD = 232 N 5.52° PROBLEM 3.143 A worker tries to move a rock by applying a 360-N force to a steel bar as shown. If two workers attempt to move the same rock by applying a force at A and a parallel force at C, determine these two forces so that they will be equivalent to the single 360-N force shown in the figure. SOLUTION ΣF : R = FA + FC Have − ( 360 N ) sin 40° i − ( 360 N ) cos 40° j = − ( FA + FC ) sin θ i − ( FA + FC ) cosθ j From i: ( 360 N ) sin 40° = ( FA + FC ) sin θ (1) j: ( 360 N ) cos 40° = ( FA + FC ) cosθ (2) Dividing Equation (1) by Equation (2), tan 40° = tan θ ∴ θ = 40° Substituting θ = 40° into Equation (1), FA + FC = 360 N Have where ΣM C : rB/C × R = rA/C × FA rB/C = ( 0.35 m )( −cos30°i + sin 30° j) = − ( 0.30311 m ) i + ( 0.175 m ) j (3) PROBLEM 3.143 CONTINUED R = ( 360 N )( −sin40°i − cos 40° j) = − ( 231.40 N ) i − ( 275.78 N ) j rA/C = ( 0.75 m )( −cos30°i + sin 30 j) = − ( 0.64952 m ) i + ( 0.375 m ) j FA = FA ( − sin 40°i − cos 40° j) = FA ( −0.64279i − 0.76604 j) ∴ i j k i j k −0.30311 0.175 0 N ⋅ m = FA −0.64952 0.375 0 N ⋅ m −231.40 −275.78 0 −0.64279 −0.76604 0 83.592 + 40.495 = ( 0.49756 + 0.24105 ) FA ∴ FA = 168.002 N or FA = 168.0 N Substituting into Equation (3), FC = 360 − 168.002 = 191.998 N or FC = 192.0 N or FA = 168.0 N 50° FC = 192.0 N 50° PROBLEM 3.144 A force and a couple are applied as shown to the end of a cantilever beam. (a) Replace this system with a single force F applied at point C, and determine the distance d from C to a line drawn through points D and E. (b) Solve part a if the directions of the two 360-N forces are reversed. SOLUTION (a) (a) Have ΣF : F = ( 360 N ) j − ( 360 N ) j − ( 600 N ) k or F = − ( 600 N ) k and ΣM D : ( 360 N )( 0.15 m ) = ( 600 N )( d ) ∴ d = 0.09 m or d = 90.0 mm below ED F = − ( 600 N ) k (b) Have from part a (b) and ΣM D : − ( 360 N )( 0.15 m ) = − ( 600 N )( d ) ∴ d = 0.09 m or d = 90.0 mm above ED PROBLEM 3.145 A crate of mass 80 kg is held in the position shown. Determine (a) the moment produced by the weight W of the crate about E, (b) the smallest force applied at B which creates a moment of equal magnitude and opposite sense about E. SOLUTION ( ) W = mg = 80 kg 9.81 m/s 2 = 784.8 N (a) By definition ΣM E : M E = ( 784.8 N )( 0.25 m ) Have ∴ M E = 196.2 N ⋅ m (b) For the force at B to be the smallest, resulting in a moment ( M E ) about E, the line of action of force FB must be perpendicular to the line connecting E to B. The sense of FB must be such that the force produces a counterclockwise moment about E. Note: Have d = ( 0.85 m )2 + ( 0.5 m )2 = 0.98615 m ΣM E : 196.2 N ⋅ m = FB ( 0.98615 m ) ∴ FB = 198.954 N and 0.85 m θ = tan −1 = 59.534° 0.5 m or FB = 199.0 N 59.5° PROBLEM 3.146 A crate of mass 80 kg is held in the position shown. Determine (a) the moment produced by the weight W of the crate about E, (b) the smallest force applied at A which creates a moment of equal magnitude and opposite sense about E, (c) the magnitude, sense, and point of application on the bottom of the crate of the smallest vertical force which creates a moment of equal magnitude and opposite sense about E. SOLUTION ( ) W = mg = 80 kg 9.81 m/s 2 = 784.8 N (a) By definition ΣM E : M E = ( 784.8 N )( 0.25 m ) Have ∴ M E = 196.2 N ⋅ m (b) For the force at A to be the smallest, resulting in a moment about E, the line of action of force FA must be perpendicular to the line connecting E to A. The sense of FA must be such that the force produces a counterclockwise moment about E. Note: Have d = ( 0.35 m )2 + ( 0.5 m )2 = 0.61033 m ΣM E : 196.2 N ⋅ m = FA ( 0.61033 m ) ∴ FA = 321.47 N and 0.35 m θ = tan −1 = 34.992° 0.5 m or FA = 321 N 35.0° (c) The smallest force acting on the bottom of the crate resulting in a moment about E will be located at the point on the bottom of the crate farthest from E and acting perpendicular to line CED. The sense of the force will be such as to produce a counterclockwise moment about E. A force acting vertically upward at D satisfies these conditions. PROBLEM 3.146 CONTINUED Have ΣM E : M E = rD/E × FD (196.2 N ⋅ m ) k = ( 0.85 m ) i × ( FD ) j (196.2 N ⋅ m ) k = ( 0.85FD ) k ∴ FD = 230.82 N or FD = 231 N PROBLEM 3.147 A farmer uses cables and winch pullers B and E to plumb one side of a small barn. Knowing that the sum of the moments about the x axis of the forces exerted by the cables on the barn at points A and D is equal to 4728 lb ⋅ ft, determine the magnitude of TDE when TAB = 255 lb. SOLUTION The moment about the x-axis due to the two cable forces can be found using the z-components of each force acting at their intersection with the xy-plane (A and D). The x-components of the forces are parallel to the xaxis, and the y-components of the forces intersect the x-axis. Therefore, neither the x or y components produce a moment about the x-axis. ΣM x : Have (TAB ) z where (TAB ) z ( y A ) + (TDE ) z ( yD ) = M x = k ⋅ TAB = k ⋅ (TABλ AB ) −i − 12 j + 12k = k ⋅ 255 lb = 180 lb 17 (TDE ) z = k ⋅ TDE = k ⋅ (TDE λ DE ) 1.5i − 14 j + 12k = k ⋅ TDE = 0.64865TDE 18.5 y A = 12 ft yD = 14 ft M x = 4728 lb ⋅ ft ∴ and (180 lb )(12 ft ) + ( 0.64865TDE )(14 ft ) = 4728 lb ⋅ ft TDE = 282.79 lb or TDE = 283 lb PROBLEM 3.148 Solve Problem 3.147 when the tension in cable AB is 306 lb. Problem 3.147: A farmer uses cables and winch pullers B and E to plumb one side of a small barn. Knowing that the sum of the moments about the x axis of the forces exerted by the cables on the barn at points A and D is equal to 4728 lb ⋅ ft, determine the magnitude of TDE when TAB = 255 lb. SOLUTION The moment about the x-axis due to the two cable forces can be found using the z components of each force acting at the intersection with the xy plane (A and D). The x components of the forces are parallel to the x axis, and the y components of the forces intersect the x axis. Therefore, neither the x or y components produce a moment about the x axis. ΣM x : Have (TAB ) z where (TAB ) z ( y A ) + (TDE ) z ( yD ) = M x = k ⋅ TAB = k ⋅ (TABλ AB ) −i − 12 j + 12k = k ⋅ 306 lb = 216 lb 17 (TDE ) z = k ⋅ TDE = k ⋅ (TDE λ DE ) 1.5i − 14 j + 12k = k ⋅ TDE = 0.64865TDE 18.5 y A = 12 ft yD = 14 ft M x = 4728 lb ⋅ ft ∴ and ( 216 lb )(12 ft ) + ( 0.64865TDE )(14 ft ) = 4728 lb ⋅ ft TDE = 235.21 lb or TDE = 235 lb PROBLEM 3.149 As an adjustable brace BC is used to bring a wall into plumb, the forcecouple system shown is exerted on the wall. Replace this force-couple system with an equivalent force-couple system at A knowing that R = 21.2 lb and M = 13.25 lb ⋅ ft. SOLUTION ΣF : R = R A = Rλ BC Have λ BC = where ∴ RA = ( 42 in.) i − ( 96 in.) j − (16 in.) k 106 in. 21.2 lb ( 42i − 96 j − 16k ) 106 or R A = ( 8.40 lb ) i − (19.20 lb ) j − ( 3.20 lb ) k ΣM A : rC/ A × R + M = M A Have where rC/ A = ( 42 in.) i + ( 48 in.) k = 1 ( 42i + 48k ) ft 12 = ( 3.5 ft ) i + ( 4.0 ft ) k R = ( 8.40 lb ) i − (19.20 lb ) j − ( 3.20 lb ) k M = −λ BC M = −42i + 96 j + 16k (13.25 lb ⋅ ft ) 106 = − ( 5.25 lb ⋅ ft ) i + (12 lb ⋅ ft ) j + ( 2 lb ⋅ ft ) k PROBLEM 3.149 CONTINUED Then i j k 3.5 0 4.0 lb ⋅ ft + ( −5.25i + 12 j + 2k ) lb ⋅ ft = M A 8.40 −19.20 −3.20 ∴ M A = ( 71.55 lb ⋅ ft ) i + ( 56.80 lb ⋅ ft ) j − ( 65.20 lb ⋅ ft ) k or M A = ( 71.6 lb ⋅ ft ) i + ( 56.8 lb ⋅ ft ) j − ( 65.2 lb ⋅ ft ) k PROBLEM 3.150 Two parallel 60-N forces are applied to a lever as shown. Determine the moment of the couple formed by the two forces (a) by resolving each force into horizontal and vertical components and adding the moments of the two resulting couples, (b) by using the perpendicular distance between the two forces, (c) by summing the moments of the two forces about point A. SOLUTION (a) Have where ΣM B : − d1Cx + d 2C y = M d1 = ( 0.360 m ) sin 55° = 0.29489 m d 2 = ( 0.360 m ) cos 55° = 0.20649 m Cx = ( 60 N ) cos 20° = 56.382 N C y = ( 60 N ) sin 20° = 20.521 N ∴ M = − ( 0.29489 m )( 56.382 N ) k + ( 0.20649 m )( 20.521 N ) k = − (12.3893 N ⋅ m ) k or M = 12.39 N ⋅ m (b) Have M = Fd ( −k ) = 60 N ( 0.360 m ) sin ( 55° − 20° ) ( −k ) = − (12.3893 N ⋅ m ) k or M = 12.39 N ⋅ m PROBLEM 3.150 CONTINUED (c) Have ΣM A : Σ ( rA × F ) = rB/ A × FB + rC/ A × FC = M i j k i j k ∴ M = ( 0.520 m )( 60 N ) cos 55° sin 55° 0 + ( 0.880 m )( 60 N ) cos 55° sin 55° 0 − cos 20° − sin 20° 0 cos 20° sin 20° 0 = (17.8956 N ⋅ m − 30.285 N ⋅ m ) k = − (12.3892 N ⋅ m ) k or M = 12.39 N ⋅ m PROBLEM 3.151 A 32-lb motor is mounted on the floor. Find the resultant of the weight and the forces exerted on the belt, and determine where the line of action of the resultant intersects the floor. SOLUTION ΣF : Have ( 60 lb ) i − ( 32 lb ) j + (140 lb )( cos 30°i + sin 30°j) = R ∴ R = (181.244 lb ) i + ( 38.0 lb ) j or R = 185.2 lb 11.84° ΣM O : ΣM O = xRy Have ∴ − (140 lb ) cos 30° ( 4 + 2 cos 30° ) in. − (140 lb ) sin 30° ( 2 in.) sin 30° − ( 60 lb )( 2 in.) = x ( 38.0 lb ) x= and 1 ( −694.97 − 70.0 − 120 ) in. 38.0 x = −23.289 in. Or, resultant intersects the base (x axis) 23.3 in. to the left of the vertical centerline (y axis) of the motor. PROBLEM 3.152 To loosen a frozen valve, a force F of magnitude 70 lb is applied to the handle of the valve. Knowing that θ = 25°, M x = −61 lb ⋅ ft, and M z = −43 lb ⋅ ft, determine θ and d. SOLUTION Have ΣM O : rA/O × F = M O where rA/O = − ( 4 in.) i + (11 in.) j − ( d ) k F = F ( cosθ cos φ i − sin θ j + cosθ sin φ k ) F = 70 lb, θ = 25° For F = ( 70 lb ) ( 0.90631cos φ ) i − 0.42262 j + ( 0.90631sin φ ) k ∴ MO i j k = ( 70 lb ) −4 11 −d in. −0.90631cos φ −0.42262 0.90631sin φ = ( 70 lb ) ( 9.9694sin φ − 0.42262d ) i + ( −0.90631d cos φ + 3.6252sin φ ) j + (1.69048 − 9.9694 cos φ ) k in. and M x = ( 70 lb )( 9.9694sin φ − 0.42262d ) in. = − ( 61 lb ⋅ ft )(12 in./ft ) (1) M y = ( 70 lb )( −0.90631d cos φ + 3.6252sin φ ) in. (2) M z = ( 70 lb )(1.69048 − 9.9694cos φ ) in. = −43 lb ⋅ ft (12 in./ft ) (3) PROBLEM 3.152 CONTINUED From Equation (3) 634.33 φ = cos −1 = 24.636° 697.86 or φ = 24.6° From Equation (1) 1022.90 d = = 34.577 in. 29.583 or d = 34.6 in. PROBLEM 3.153 When a force F is applied to the handle of the valve shown, its moments about the x and z axes are, respectively, M x = −77 lb ⋅ ft and M z = −81 lb ⋅ ft. For d = 27 in., determine the moment M y of F about the y axis. SOLUTION Have ΣM O : rA/O × F = M O where rA/O = − ( 4 in.) i + (11 in.) j − ( 27 in.) k F = F ( cosθ cos φ i − sin θ j + cosθ sin φ k ) ∴ MO i j k = F −4 11 −27 lb ⋅ in. cosθ cos φ − sin θ cosθ sin φ = F (11cosθ sin φ − 27sin θ ) i + ( −27 cosθ cos φ + 4cosθ sin φ ) j + ( 4sin θ − 11cosθ cos φ ) k ( lb ⋅ in.) and M x = F (11cosθ sin φ − 27sin θ )( lb ⋅ in.) (1) M y = F ( −27 cosθ cos φ + 4cosθ sin φ )( lb ⋅ in.) (2) M z = F ( 4sin θ − 11cosθ cos φ )( lb ⋅ in.) (3) Now, Equation (1) cosθ sin φ = 1 Mx + 27sin θ 11 F (4) and cosθ cos φ = 1 Mz 4sin θ − F 11 (5) Equation (3) Substituting Equations (4) and (5) into Equation (2), 1 1 M M M y = F −27 4sin θ − z + 4 x + 27sin θ F 11 11 F or My = 1 ( 27M z + 4M x ) 11 PROBLEM 3.153 CONTINUED Noting that the ratios 27 4 and are the ratios of lengths, have 11 11 My = 27 4 ( −81 lb ⋅ ft ) + ( −77 lb ⋅ ft ) = 226.82 lb ⋅ ft 11 11 or M y = −227 lb ⋅ ft PROBLEM 4.1 The boom on a 4300-kg truck is used to unload a pallet of shingles of mass 1600 kg. Determine the reaction at each of the two (a) rear wheels B, (b) front wheels C. SOLUTION ( ) ( ) WA = mA g = (1600 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 15696 N WA = 15.696 kN or WG = mG g = ( 4300 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 42 183 N WG = 42.183 kN or (a) From f.b.d. of truck with boom ΣM C = 0: (15.696 kN ) ( 0.5 + 0.4 + 6 cos15° ) m − 2FB ( 0.5 + 0.4 + 4.3) m + ( 42.183 kN )( 0.5 m ) = 0 ∴ 2 FB = 126.185 = 24.266 kN 5.2 or FB = 12.13 kN (b) From f.b.d. of truck with boom ΣM B = 0: (15.696 kN ) ( 6 cos15° − 4.3) m − ( 42.183 kN ) ( 4.3 + 0.4 ) m + 2 FC ( 4.3 + 0.9 ) m = 0 ∴ 2 FC = 174.786 = 33.613 kN 5.2 or FC = 16.81 kN Check: ΣFy = 0: ( 33.613 − 42.183 + 24.266 − 15.696 ) kN = 0? ( 57.879 − 57.879 ) kN = 0 ok PROBLEM 4.2 Two children are standing on a diving board of mass 65 kg. Knowing that the masses of the children at C and D are 28 kg and 40 kg, respectively, determine (a) the reaction at A, (b) the reaction at B. SOLUTION ( ) ( ) ( ) WG = mG g = ( 65 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 637.65 N WC = mC g = ( 28 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 274.68 N WD = mD g = ( 40 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 392.4 N (a) From f.b.d. of diving board ΣM B = 0: − Ay (1.2 m ) − ( 637.65 N )( 0.48 m ) − ( 274.68 N )(1.08 m ) − ( 392.4 N )( 2.08 m ) = 0 ∴ Ay = − 1418.92 = −1182.43 N 1.2 or A y = 1.182 kN (b) From f.b.d. of diving board ΣM A = 0: By (1.2 m ) − 637.65 N (1.68 m ) − 274.68 N ( 2.28 m ) − 392.4 N ( 3.28 m ) = 0 ∴ By = 2984.6 = 2487.2 N 1.2 or B y = 2.49 kN Check: ΣFy = 0: ( −1182.43 + 2487.2 − 637.65 − 274.68 − 392.4 ) N = 0? ( 2487.2 − 2487.2 ) N = 0 ok PROBLEM 4.3 Two crates, each weighing 250 lb, are placed as shown in the bed of a 3000-lb pickup truck. Determine the reactions at each of the two (a) rear wheels A, (b) front wheels B. SOLUTION (a) From f.b.d. of truck ΣM B = 0: ( 250 lb )(12.1 ft ) + ( 250 lb )( 6.5 ft ) + ( 3000 lb )( 3.9 ft ) − ( 2FA )( 9.8 ft ) = 0 ∴ 2 FA = 16350 = 1668.37 lb 9.8 ∴ FA = 834 lb (b) From f.b.d. of truck ΣM A = 0: ( 2FB )( 9.8 ft ) − ( 3000 lb )( 5.9 ft ) − ( 250 lb )( 3.3 ft ) + ( 250 lb )( 2.3 ft ) = 0 ∴ 2 FB = 17950 = 1831.63 lb 9.8 ∴ FB = 916 lb Check: ΣFy = 0: ( −250 + 1668.37 − 250 − 3000 + 1831.63) lb = 0? ( 3500 − 3500 ) lb = 0 ok PROBLEM 4.4 Solve Problem 4.3 assuming that crate D is removed and that the position of crate C is unchanged. P4.3 The boom on a 4300-kg truck is used to unload a pallet of shingles of mass 1600 kg. Determine the reaction at each of the two (a) rear wheels B, (b) front wheels C SOLUTION (a) From f.b.d. of truck ΣM B = 0: ( 3000 lb )( 3.9 ft ) − ( 2FA )( 9.8 ft ) + ( 250 lb )(12.1 ft ) = 0 ∴ 2 FA = 14725 = 1502.55 lb 9.8 or FA = 751 lb (b) From f.b.d. of truck ΣM A = 0: ( 2FB )( 9.8 ft ) − ( 3000 lb )( 5.9 ft ) + ( 250 lb )( 2.3 ft ) = 0 ∴ 2 FB = 17125 = 1747.45 lb 9.8 or FB = 874 lb Check: ΣFy = 0: 2 ( 751 + 874 ) − 3000 − 250 lb = 0? ( 3250 − 3250 ) lb = 0 ok PROBLEM 4.5 A T-shaped bracket supports the four loads shown. Determine the reactions at A and B if (a) a = 100 mm, (b) a = 70 mm. SOLUTION (a) From f.b.d. of bracket ΣM B = 0: − (10 N )( 0.18 m ) − ( 30 N )( 0.1 m ) + ( 40 N )( 0.06 m ) + A ( 0.12 m ) = 0 ∴ A= 2.400 = 20 N 0.12 or A = 20.0 N ΣM A = 0: B ( 0.12 m ) − ( 40 N )( 0.06 m ) − ( 50 N )( 0.12 m ) − ( 30 N )( 0.22 m ) − (10 N )( 0.3 m ) = 0 ∴ B= 18.000 = 150 N 0.12 or B = 150.0 N (b) From f.b.d. of bracket ΣM B = 0: − (10 N )( 0.15 m ) − ( 30 N )( 0.07 m ) + ( 40 N )( 0.06 m ) + A ( 0.12 m ) = 0 ∴ A= 1.200 = 10 N 0.12 or A = 10.00 N ΣM A = 0: B ( 0.12 m ) − ( 40 N )( 0.06 m ) − ( 50 N )( 0.12 m ) − ( 30 N )( 0.19 m ) − (10 N )( 0.27 m ) = 0 ∴ B= 16.800 = 140 N 0.12 or B = 140.0 N PROBLEM 4.6 For the bracket and loading of Problem 4.5, determine the smallest distance a if the bracket is not to move. P4.5 A T-shaped bracket supports the four loads shown. Determine the reactions at A and B if (a) a = 100 mm, (b) a = 70 mm. SOLUTION The amin value will be based on A = 0 From f.b.d. of bracket ΣM B = 0: ( 40 N )( 60 mm ) − ( 30 N )( a ) − (10 N )( a + 80 mm ) = 0 ∴a= 1600 = 40 mm 40 or amin = 40.0 mm PROBLEM 4.7 A hand truck is used to move two barrels, each weighing 80 lb. Neglecting the weight of the hand truck, determine (a) the vertical force P which should be applied to the handle to maintain equilibrium when α = 35o , (b) the corresponding reaction at each of the two wheels. SOLUTION a1 = ( 20 in.) sin α − ( 8 in.) cos α a2 = ( 32 in.) cos α − ( 20 in.) sin α b = ( 64 in.) cos α From f.b.d. of hand truck ΣM B = 0: P ( b ) − W ( a2 ) + W ( a1 ) = 0 ΣFy = 0: P − 2w + 2 B = 0 (2) α = 35° For a1 = 20sin 35° − 8cos 35° = 4.9183 in. a2 = 32cos 35° − 20sin 35° = 14.7413 in. b = 64cos 35° = 52.426 in. (a) From Equation (1) P ( 52.426 in.) − 80 lb (14.7413 in.) + 80 lb ( 4.9183 in.) = 0 ∴ P = 14.9896 lb (b) or P = 14.99 lb From Equation (2) 14.9896 lb − 2 ( 80 lb ) + 2 B = 0 ∴ B = 72.505 lb (1) or B = 72.5 lb PROBLEM 4.8 Solve Problem 4.7 when α = 40o. P4.7 A hand truck is used to move two barrels, each weighing 80 lb. Neglecting the weight of the hand truck, determine (a) the vertical force P which should be applied to the handle to maintain equilibrium when α = 35o , (b) the corresponding reaction at each of the two wheels. SOLUTION a1 = ( 20 in.) sin α − ( 8 in.) cos α a2 = ( 32 in.) cos α − ( 20 in.) sin α b = ( 64 in.) cos α From f.b.d. of hand truck ΣM B = 0: P ( b ) − W ( a2 ) + W ( a1 ) = 0 ΣFy = 0: P − 2w + 2B = 0 (2) α = 40° For a1 = 20sin 40° − 8cos 40° = 6.7274 in. a2 = 32cos 40° − 20sin 40° = 11.6577 in. b = 64cos 40° = 49.027 in. (a) From Equation (1) P ( 49.027 in.) − 80 lb (11.6577 in.) + 80 lb ( 6.7274 in.) = 0 ∴ P = 8.0450 lb or P = 8.05 lb (b) (1) From Equation (2) 8.0450 lb − 2 ( 80 lb ) + 2B = 0 ∴ B = 75.9775 lb or B = 76.0 lb PROBLEM 4.9 Four boxes are placed on a uniform 14-kg wooden plank which rests on two sawhorses. Knowing that the masses of boxes B and D are 4.5 kg and 45 kg, respectively, determine the range of values of the mass of box A so that the plank remains in equilibrium when box C is removed. SOLUTION WA = m A g WB = mB g = 4.5 g WD = mD g = 45 g WG = mG g = 14 g For ( m A )min, E = 0 ΣM F = 0: ( mA g )( 2.5 m ) + ( 4.5g )(1.6 m ) + (14 g )(1 m ) − ( 45g )( 0.6 m ) = 0 ∴ m A = 2.32 kg For ( m A )max, F = 0: ΣM E = 0: mA g ( 0.5 m ) − ( 4.5g )( 0.4 m ) − (14 g )(1 m ) − ( 45g )( 2.6 m ) = 0 ∴ mA = 265.6 kg or 2.32 kg ≤ mA ≤ 266 kg PROBLEM 4.10 A control rod is attached to a crank at A and cords are attached at B and C. For the given force in the rod, determine the range of values of the tension in the cord at C knowing that the cords must remain taut and that the maximum allowed tension in a cord is 180 N. SOLUTION (TC )max, For ΣM O = 0: TB = 0 (TC )max ( 0.120 m ) − ( 400 N )( 0.060 m ) = 0 (TC )max = 200 N > Tmax = 180 N ∴ (TC )max = 180.0 N (TC )min , For ΣM O = 0: TB = Tmax = 180 N (TC )min ( 0.120 m ) + (180 N )( 0.040 m ) − ( 400 N )( 0.060 m ) = 0 ∴ (TC )min = 140.0 N Therefore, 140.0 N ≤ TC ≤ 180.0 N PROBLEM 4.11 The maximum allowable value of each of the reactions is 360 N. Neglecting the weight of the beam, determine the range of values of the distance d for which the beam is safe. SOLUTION From f.b.d. of beam ΣFx = 0: Bx = 0 so that B = By ΣFy = 0: A + B − (100 + 200 + 300 ) N = 0 A + B = 600 N or Therefore, if either A or B has a magnitude of the maximum of 360 N, the other support reaction will be < 360 N ( 600 N − 360 N = 240 N ) . ΣM A = 0: (100 N )( d ) − ( 200 N )( 0.9 − d ) − ( 300 N )(1.8 − d ) + B (1.8 − d ) = 0 d = or 720 − 1.8B 600 − B Since B ≤ 360 N, d = 720 − 1.8 ( 360 ) = 0.300 m 600 − 360 ΣM B = 0: d ≥ 300 mm (100 N )(1.8) − A (1.8 − d ) + ( 200 N )( 0.9 ) = 0 d = or or 1.8 A − 360 A Since A ≤ 360 N, d = 1.8 ( 360 ) − 360 = 0.800 m 360 or d ≤ 800 mm or 300 mm ≤ d ≤ 800 mm PROBLEM 4.12 Solve Problem 4.11 assuming that the 100-N load is replaced by a 160-N load. P4.11 The maximum allowable value of each of the reactions is 360 N. Neglecting the weight of the beam, determine the range of values of the distance d for which the beam is safe. SOLUTION From f.b.d of beam ΣFx = 0: Bx = 0 so that B = By ΣFy = 0: A + B − (160 + 200 + 300 ) N = 0 A + B = 660 N or Therefore, if either A or B has a magnitude of the maximum of 360 N, the other support reaction will be < 360 N ( 660 − 360 = 300 N ) . ΣM A = 0: 160 N ( d ) − 200 N ( 0.9 − d ) − 300 N (1.8 − d ) + B (1.8 − d ) = 0 d = or 720 − 1.8B 660 − B Since B ≤ 360 N, d = 720 − 1.8 ( 360 ) = 0.240 m 660 − 360 or d ≥ 240 mm ΣM B = 0: 160 N (1.8 ) − A (1.8 − d ) + 200 N ( 0.9 ) = 0 d = or 1.8 A − 468 A Since A ≤ 360 N, d = 1.8 ( 360 ) − 468 = 0.500 m 360 or d ≥ 500 mm or 240 mm ≤ d ≤ 500 mm PROBLEM 4.13 For the beam of Sample Problem 4.2, determine the range of values of P for which the beam will be safe knowing that the maximum allowable value of each of the reactions is 45 kips and that the reaction at A must be directed upward. SOLUTION For the force of P to be a minimum, A = 0. With A = 0, ΣM B = 0: Pmin ( 6 ft ) − ( 6 kips )( 2 ft ) − ( 6 kips )( 4 ft ) = 0 ∴ Pmin = 6.00 kips For the force P to be a maximum, A = A max = 45 kips With A = 45 kips, ΣM B = 0: − ( 45 kips )( 9 ft ) + Pmax ( 6 ft ) − ( 6 kips )( 2 ft ) − ( 6 kips )( 4 ft ) = 0 ∴ Pmax = 73.5 kips A check must be made to verify the assumption that the maximum value of P is based on the reaction force at A. This is done by making sure the corresponding value of B is < 45 kips. ΣFy = 0: 45 kips − 73.5 kips + B − 6 kips − 6 kips = 0 ∴ B = 40.5 kips < 45 kips ∴ ok or Pmax = 73.5 kips and 6.00 kips ≤ P ≤ 73.5 kips PROBLEM 4.14 For the beam and loading shown, determine the range of values of the distance a for which the reaction at B does not exceed 50 lb downward or 100 lb upward. SOLUTION To determine amax the two 150-lb forces need to be as close to B without having the vertical upward force at B exceed 100 lb. From f.b.d. of beam with B = 100 lb ΣM D = 0: − (150 lb ) ( amax − 4 in.) − (150 lb ) ( amax − 1 in.) − ( 25 lb )( 2 in.) + (100 lb )( 8 in.) = 0 amax = 5.00 in. or To determine amin the two 150-lb forces need to be as close to A without having the vertical downward force at B exceed 50 lb. From f.b.d. of beam with B = 50 lb ΣM D = 0: (150 lb )( 4 in. − amin ) − (150 lb )( amin − 1 in.) − ( 25 lb )( 2 in.) − ( 50 lb )( 8 in.) = 0 or Therefore, amin = 1.00 in. or 1.00 in. ≤ a ≤ 5.00 in. PROBLEM 4.15 A follower ABCD is held against a circular cam by a stretched spring, which exerts a force of 21 N for the position shown. Knowing that the tension in rod BE is 14 N, determine (a) the force exerted on the roller at A, (b) the reaction at bearing C. SOLUTION Note: From f.b.d. of ABCD Ax = A cos 60° = Ay = A sin 60° = A A 2 3 2 (a) From f.b.d. of ABCD A ΣM C = 0: ( 40 mm ) − 21 N ( 40 mm ) 2 + 14 N ( 20 mm ) = 0 ∴ A = 28 N or A = 28.0 N 60° (b) From f.b.d. of ABCD ΣFx = 0: C x + 14 N + ( 28 N ) cos 60° = 0 ∴ C x = −28 N ΣFy = 0: C y − 21 N + ( 28 N ) sin 60° = 0 ∴ C y = −3.2487 N Then and C = C x = 28.0 N or C x2 + C y2 = or C y = 3.25 N ( 28)2 + ( 3.2487 )2 = 28.188 N Cy −1 −3.2487 = tan = 6.6182° −28 Cx θ = tan −1 or C = 28.2 N 6.62° PROBLEM 4.16 A 6-m-long pole AB is placed in a hole and is guyed by three cables. Knowing that the tensions in cables BD and BE are 442 N and 322 N, respectively, determine (a) the tension in cable CD, (b) the reaction at A. SOLUTION Note: DB = ( 2.8)2 + ( 5.25)2 = 5.95 m DC = ( 2.8)2 + ( 2.10 )2 = 3.50 m (a) From f.b.d. of pole 2.8 m ΣM A = 0: − ( 322 N )( 6 m ) + ( 442 N ) ( 6 m ) 5.95 m 2.8 m + TCD ( 2.85 m ) = 0 3.50 m ∴ TCD = 300 N or TCD = 300 N (b) From f.b.d. of pole 2.8 m ΣFx = 0: 322 N − ( 442 N ) 5.95 m 2.8 m − ( 300 N ) + Ax = 0 3.50 m ∴ Ax = 126 N or A x = 126 N 5.25 m ΣFy = 0: Ay − ( 442 N ) 5.95 m Then and 2.10 m − ( 300 N ) = 0 3.50 m ∴ Ay = 570 N or A= (126 )2 + ( 570 )2 Ax2 + Ay2 = A y = 570 N = 583.76 N 570 N θ = tan −1 = 77.535° 126 N or A = 584 N 77.5° PROBLEM 4.17 Determine the reactions at A and C when (a) α = 0, (b) α = 30o. SOLUTION (a) (a) α = 0° From f.b.d. of member ABC (80 lb )(10 in.) + (80 lb )( 20 in.) − A ( 40 in.) = 0 ΣM C = 0: ∴ A = 60 lb or A = 60.0 lb ΣFy = 0: C y + 60 lb = 0 ∴ C y = −60 lb or C y = 60 lb ΣFx = 0: 80 lb + 80 lb + Cx = 0 ∴ C x = −160 lb C = Then C x2 + C y2 = or C x = 160 lb (160 )2 + ( 60 )2 = 170.880 lb Cy −1 −60 = tan = 20.556° −160 Cx θ = tan −1 and or C = 170.9 lb (b) 20.6° (b) α = 30° From f.b.d. of member ABC ΣM C = 0: (80 lb )(10 in.) + ( 80 lb )( 20 in.) − ( A cos 30° )( 40 in.) + ( A sin 30° )( 20 in.) = 0 ∴ A = 97.399 lb or A = 97.4 lb 60° PROBLEM 4.17 CONTINUED ΣFx = 0: 80 lb + 80 lb + ( 97.399 lb ) sin 30° + Cx = 0 ∴ C x = −208.70 lb C x = 209 lb or ΣFy = 0: C y + ( 97.399 lb ) cos 30° = 0 ∴ C y = −84.350 lb Then and C = C x2 + C y2 = or C y = 84.4 lb ( 208.70 )2 + (84.350 )2 = 225.10 lb Cy −1 −84.350 = tan = 22.007° C −208.70 x θ = tan −1 or C = 225 lb 22.0° PROBLEM 4.18 Determine the reactions at A and B when (a) h = 0, (b) h = 8 in. SOLUTION (a) (a) h = 0 From f.b.d. of plate ΣM A = 0: ( B sin 30° )( 20 in.) − ( 40 lb )(10 in.) = 0 ∴ B = 40 lb or B = 40.0 lb 30° ΣFx = 0: Ax − ( 40 lb ) cos 30° = 0 ∴ Ax = 34.641 lb or A x = 34.6 lb ΣFy = 0: Ay − 40 lb + ( 40 lb ) sin 30° = 0 ∴ Ay = 20 lb A= Then Ax2 + Ay2 = A y = 20.0 lb or ( 34.641)2 + ( 20 )2 = 39.999 lb Ay 20 −1 = tan = 30.001° 34.641 Ax θ = tan −1 and or A = 40.0 lb (b) 30° (b) h = 8 in. From f.b.d. of plate ΣM A = 0: ( B sin 30° )( 20 in.) − ( B cos 30° )(8 in.) − ( 40 lb )(10 in.) = 0 ∴ B = 130.217 lb or B = 130.2 lb 30.0° PROBLEM 4.18 CONTINUED ΣFx = 0: Ax − (130.217 lb ) cos30° = 0 ∴ Ax = 112.771 lb or A x = 112.8 lb ΣFy = 0: Ay − 40 lb + (130.217 lb ) sin 30° = 0 ∴ Ay = −25.108 lb Then and A= Ax2 + Ay2 = or A y = 25.1 lb (112.771)2 + ( 25.108)2 = 115.532 lb Ay −1 −25.108 = tan = −12.5519° A 112.771 x θ = tan −1 or A = 115.5 lb 12.55° PROBLEM 4.19 The lever BCD is hinged at C and is attached to a control rod at B. If P = 200 N, determine (a) the tension in rod AB, (b) the reaction at C. SOLUTION (a) From f.b.d. of lever BCD ΣM C = 0: TAB ( 50 mm ) − 200 N ( 75 mm ) = 0 ∴ TAB = 300 N (b) From f.b.d. of lever BCD ΣFx = 0: 200 N + Cx + 0.6 ( 300 N ) = 0 ∴ C x = −380 N C x = 380 N or ΣFy = 0: C y + 0.8 ( 300 N ) = 0 ∴ C y = −240 N Then and C = C x2 + C y2 = C y = 240 N or ( 380 )2 + ( 240 )2 = 449.44 N Cy −1 −240 = tan = 32.276° −380 Cx θ = tan −1 or C = 449 N 32.3° PROBLEM 4.20 The lever BCD is hinged at C and is attached to a control rod at B. Determine the maximum force P which can be safely applied at D if the maximum allowable value of the reaction at C is 500 N. SOLUTION From f.b.d. of lever BCD ΣM C = 0: TAB ( 50 mm ) − P ( 75 mm ) = 0 ∴ TAB = 1.5P (1) ΣFx = 0: 0.6TAB + P − C x = 0 ∴ C x = P + 0.6TAB (2) Cx = P + 0.6 (1.5P ) = 1.9 P From Equation (1) ΣFy = 0: 0.8TAB − C y = 0 ∴ C y = 0.8TAB (3) C y = 0.8 (1.5P ) = 1.2P From Equation (1) From Equations (2) and (3) C = C x2 + C y2 = (1.9P )2 + (1.2P )2 = 2.2472 P Since Cmax = 500 N, ∴ 500 N = 2.2472Pmax or Pmax = 222.49 lb or P = 222 lb PROBLEM 4.21 The required tension in cable AB is 800 N. Determine (a) the vertical force P which must be applied to the pedal, (b) the corresponding reaction at C. SOLUTION (a) From f.b.d. of pedal ΣM C = 0: P ( 0.4 m ) − ( 800 N ) ( 0.18 m ) sin 60° = 0 ∴ P = 311.77 N or P = 312 N (b) From f.b.d. of pedal ΣFx = 0: Cx − 800 N = 0 ∴ Cx = 800 N C x = 800 N or ΣFy = 0: C y − 311.77 N = 0 ∴ C y = 311.77 N C y = 311.77 N or Then and C = C x2 + C y2 = (800 )2 + ( 311.77 )2 = 858.60 N Cy −1 311.77 = tan = 21.291° C 800 x θ = tan −1 or C = 859 N 21.3° PROBLEM 4.22 Determine the maximum tension which can be developed in cable AB if the maximum allowable value of the reaction at C is 1000 N. SOLUTION Cmax = 1000 N Have C 2 = C x2 + C y2 Now ∴ Cy = (1000 )2 − Cx2 (1) From f.b.d. of pedal ΣFx = 0: C x − Tmax = 0 ∴ C x = Tmax (2) ΣM D = 0: C y ( 0.4 m ) − Tmax ( 0.18 m ) sin 60° = 0 ∴ C y = 0.38971Tmax (3) Equating the expressions for C y in Equations (1) and (3), with Cx = Tmax from Equation (2) 2 (1000 )2 − Tmax = 0.389711Tmax 2 ∴ Tmax = 868,150 and Tmax = 931.75 N or Tmax = 932 N PROBLEM 4.23 A steel rod is bent to form a mounting bracket. For each of the mounting brackets and loadings shown, determine the reactions at A and B. SOLUTION (a) From f.b.d. of mounting bracket ΣM E = 0: A ( 8 in.) − 80 lb ⋅ in. − (10 lb )( 6 in.) (a) − ( 20 lb )(12 in.) = 0 ∴ A = 47.5 lb or A = 47.5 lb ΣFx = 0: Bx − 10 lb + 47.5 lb = 0 ∴ Bx = −37.5 lb B x = 37.5 lb or ΣFy = 0: By − 20 lb = 0 ∴ By = 20 lb B y = 20.0 lb or Then and B= Bx2 + By2 = ( 37.5)2 + ( 20.0 )2 = 42.5 lb By −1 20 = tan = −28.072° −37.5 Bx θ = tan −1 or B = 42.5 lb 28.1° (b) From f.b.d. of mounting bracket (b) ΣM B = 0: ( A cos 45° )(8 in.) − 80 lb ⋅ in. − (10 lb )( 6 in.) − ( 20 lb )(12 in.) = 0 ∴ A = 67.175 lb or A = 67.2 lb ΣFx = 0: Bx − 10 lb + 67.175cos 45° = 0 ∴ Bx = −37.500 lb or B x = 37.5 lb 45° PROBLEM 4.23 CONTINUED ΣFy = 0: By − 20 lb + 67.175sin 45° = 0 ∴ By = −27.500 lb B y = 27.5 lb or Then and B= Bx2 + By2 = ( 37.5)2 + ( 27.5)2 = 46.503 lb By −1 −27.5 = tan = 36.254° −37.5 Bx θ = tan −1 or B = 46.5 lb 36.3° PROBLEM 4.24 A steel rod is bent to form a mounting bracket. For each of the mounting brackets and loadings shown, determine the reactions at A and B. SOLUTION (a) (a) From f.b.d. of mounting bracket ΣM A = 0: − B ( 8 in.) − ( 20 lb )(12 in.) + (10 lb )( 2 in.) − 80 lb ⋅ in. = 0 ∴ B = −37.5 lb or B = 37.5 lb ΣFx = 0: − 37.5 lb − 10 lb + Ax = 0 ∴ Ax = 47.5 lb A x = 47.5 lb or ΣFy = 0: − 20 lb + Ay = 0 ∴ Ay = 20 lb A y = 20.0 lb or Then A= Ax2 + Ay2 = and θ = tan −1 ( 47.5)2 + ( 20 )2 = 51.539 lb Ay −1 20 = tan = 22.834° 47.5 Ax or A = 51.5 lb (b) 22.8° (b) From f.b.d. of mounting bracket ΣM A = 0: − ( B cos 45° )( 8 in.) − ( 20 lb )( 2 in.) −80 lb ⋅ in. + (10 lb )( 2 in.) = 0 ∴ B = −53.033 lb or B = 53.0 lb ΣFx = 0: Ax + ( −53.033 lb ) cos 45° − 10 = 0 ∴ Ax = 47.500 lb or A x = 47.5 lb 45° PROBLEM 4.24 CONTINUED ΣFy = 0: Ay − ( 53.033 lb ) sin 45° − 20 = 0 ∴ Ay = −17.500 lb A y = 17.50 lb or Then and A= Ax2 + Ay2 = ( 47.5)2 + (17.5)2 = 50.621 lb Ay −1 −17.5 = tan = −20.225° 47.5 Ax θ = tan −1 or A = 50.6 lb 20.2° PROBLEM 4.25 A sign is hung by two chains from mast AB. The mast is hinged at A and is supported by cable BC. Knowing that the tensions in chains DE and FH are 50 lb and 30 lb, respectively, and that d = 1.3 ft, determine (a) the tension in cable BC, (b) the reaction at A. SOLUTION (8.4 )2 + (1.3)2 BC = First note = 8.5 ft (a) From f.b.d. of mast AB 8.4 ΣM A = 0: TBC ( 2.5 ft ) − ( 30 lb )( 7.2 ft ) 8.5 −50 lb ( 2.2 ft ) = 0 ∴ TBC = 131.952 lb or TBC = 132.0 lb (b) From f.b.d. of mast AB 8.4 ΣFx = 0: Ax − (131.952 lb ) = 0 8.5 ∴ Ax = 130.400 lb A x = 130.4 lb or 1.3 ΣFy = 0: Ay + (131.952 lb ) − 30 lb − 50 lb = 0 8.5 ∴ Ay = 59.819 lb A y = 59.819 lb or Then and A= Ax2 + Ay2 = (130.4 )2 + ( 59.819 )2 = 143.466 lb Ay −1 59.819 = tan = 24.643° A 130.4 x θ = tan −1 or A = 143.5 lb 24.6° PROBLEM 4.26 A sign is hung by two chains from mast AB. The mast is hinged at A and is supported by cable BC. Knowing that the tensions in chains DE and FH are 30 lb and 20 lb, respectively, and that d = 1.54 ft, determine (a) the tension in cable BC, (b) the reaction at A. SOLUTION BC = First note (8.4 )2 + (1.54 )2 = 8.54 ft (a) From f.b.d. of mast AB 8.4 ΣM A = 0: TBC ( 2.5 ft ) − 20 lb ( 7.2 ft ) 8.54 − 30 lb ( 2.2 ft ) = 0 ∴ TBC = 85.401 lb or TBC = 85.4 lb (b) From f.b.d. of mast AB 8.4 ΣFx = 0: Ax − ( 85.401 lb ) = 0 8.54 ∴ Ax = 84.001 lb A x = 84.001 lb or 1.54 ΣFy = 0: Ay + ( 85.401 lb ) − 20 lb − 30 lb = 0 8.54 ∴ Ay = 34.600 lb A y = 34.600 lb or Then and A= Ax2 + Ay2 = (84.001)2 + ( 34.600 )2 = 90.848 lb Ay −1 34.6 = tan = 22.387° 84.001 Ax θ = tan −1 or A = 90.8 lb 22.4° PROBLEM 4.27 For the frame and loading shown, determine the reactions at A and E when (a) α = 30o , (b) α = 45o. SOLUTION (a) Given α = 30° (a) From f.b.d. of frame ΣM A = 0: − ( 90 N )( 0.2 m ) − ( 90 N )( 0.06 m ) + ( E cos 60° )( 0.160 m ) + ( E sin 60° )( 0.100 m ) = 0 ∴ E = 140.454 N or E = 140.5 N 60° ΣFx = 0: Ax − 90 N + (140.454 N ) cos 60° = 0 ∴ Ax = 19.7730 N A x = 19.7730 N or ΣFy = 0: Ay − 90 N + (140.454 N ) sin 60° = 0 ∴ Ay = −31.637 N A y = 31.6 N or Then A= Ax2 + Ay2 = (19.7730 )2 + ( 31.637 )2 = 37.308 lb and Ay −1 −31.637 = tan 19.7730 Ax θ = tan −1 = −57.995° or A = 37.3 N 58.0° PROBLEM 4.27 CONTINUED (b) (b) Given α = 45° From f.b.d. of frame ΣM A = 0: − ( 90 N )( 0.2 m ) − ( 90 N )( 0.06 m ) + ( E cos 45° )( 0.160 m ) + ( E sin 45° )( 0.100 m ) = 0 ∴ E = 127.279 N or E = 127.3 N 45° ΣFx = 0: Ax − 90 + (127.279 N ) cos 45° = 0 ∴ Ax = 0 ΣFy = 0: Ay − 90 + (127.279 N ) sin 45° = 0 ∴ Ay = 0 or A = 0 PROBLEM 4.28 A lever AB is hinged at C and is attached to a control cable at A. If the lever is subjected to a 300-N vertical force at B, determine (a) the tension in the cable, (b) the reaction at C. SOLUTION First x AC = ( 0.200 m ) cos 20° = 0.187 939 m y AC = ( 0.200 m ) sin 20° = 0.068 404 m Then yDA = 0.240 m − y AC = 0.240 m − 0.068404 m = 0.171596 m tan α = and yDA 0.171 596 = x AC 0.187 939 ∴ α = 42.397° β = 90° − 20° − 42.397° = 27.603° and (a) From f.b.d. of lever AB ΣM C = 0: T cos 27.603° ( 0.2 m ) − 300 N ( 0.3 m ) cos 20° = 0 ∴ T = 477.17 N or T = 477 N (b) From f.b.d. of lever AB ΣFx = 0: C x + ( 477.17 N ) cos 42.397° = 0 ∴ C x = −352.39 N or C x = 352.39 N ΣFy = 0: C y − 300 N − ( 477.17 N ) sin 42.397° = 0 ∴ C y = 621.74 N or C y = 621.74 N PROBLEM 4.28 CONTINUED Then and C = C x2 + C y2 = ( 352.39 )2 + ( 621.74 )2 = 714.66 N Cy −1 621.74 = tan = −60.456° C −352.39 x θ = tan −1 or C = 715 N 60.5° PROBLEM 4.29 Neglecting friction and the radius of the pulley, determine the tension in cable BCD and the reaction at support A when d = 80 mm. SOLUTION First 60 = 12.0948° 280 α = tan −1 60 β = tan −1 = 36.870° 80 From f.b.d. of object BAD ΣM A = 0: ( 40 N )( 0.18 m ) + (T cosα )( 0.08 m ) + (T sin α )( 0.18 m ) − (T cos β )( 0.08 m ) − (T sin β )( 0.18 m ) = 0 7.2 N ⋅ m ∴ T = = 128.433 N 0.056061 or T = 128.4 N ΣFx = 0: (128.433 N )( cos β − cos α ) + Ax = 0 ∴ Ax = 22.836 N A x = 22.836 N or ΣFy = 0: Ay + (128.433 N )( sin β + sin α ) + 40 N = 0 ∴ Ay = −143.970 N A y = 143.970 N or Then and A= Ax2 + Ay2 = ( 22.836 )2 + (143.970 )2 = 145.770 N Ay −1 −143.970 = tan = −80.987° 22.836 Ax θ = tan −1 or A = 145.8 N 81.0° PROBLEM 4.30 Neglecting friction and the radius of the pulley, determine the tension in cable BCD and the reaction at support A when d = 144 mm. SOLUTION First note 60 α = tan −1 = 15.5241° 216 60 β = tan −1 = 22.620° 144 From f.b.d. of member BAD ΣM A = 0: ( 40 N )( 0.18 m ) + (T cosα )( 0.08 m ) + (T sin α )( 0.18 m ) − (T cos β )( 0.08 m ) − (T sin β )( 0.18 m ) = 0 7.2 N ⋅ m ∴ T = = 404.04 N 0.0178199 m or T = 404 N ΣFx = 0: Ax + ( 404.04 N )( cos β − cos α ) = 0 ∴ Ax = 16.3402 N A x = 16.3402 N or ΣFy = 0: Ay + ( 404.04 N )( sin β + sin α ) + 40 N = 0 ∴ Ay = −303.54 N A y = 303.54 N or Then and A= Ax2 + Ay2 = (16.3402 )2 + ( 303.54 )2 = 303.98 N Ay −1 −303.54 = tan = −86.919° A 16.3402 x θ = tan −1 or A = 304 N 86.9° PROBLEM 4.31 Neglecting friction, determine the tension in cable ABD and the reaction at support C. SOLUTION From f.b.d. of inverted T-member ΣM C = 0: T ( 25 in.) − T (10 in.) − ( 30 lb )(10 in.) = 0 ∴ T = 20 lb or T = 20.0 lb W ΣFx = 0: Cx − 20 lb = 0 ∴ C x = 20 lb C x = 20.0 lb or ΣFy = 0: C y + 20 lb − 30 lb = 0 ∴ C y = 10 lb C y = 10.00 lb or Then and or C = C x2 + C y2 = ( 20 )2 + (10 )2 = 22.361 lb Cy −1 10 = tan = 26.565° 20 Cx θ = tan −1 C = 22.4 lb 26.6° W PROBLEM 4.32 Rod ABC is bent in the shape of a circular arc of radius R. Knowing that θ = 35o , determine the reaction (a) at B, (b) at C. SOLUTION For θ = 35° (a) From the f.b.d. of rod ABC ΣM D = 0: Cx( R ) − P( R ) = 0 ∴ Cx = P Cx = P or ΣFx = 0: P − B sin 35° = 0 ∴ B= P = 1.74345P sin 35° or B = 1.743P 55.0° W (b) From the f.b.d. of rod ABC ΣFy = 0: C y + (1.74345P ) cos 35° − P = 0 ∴ C y = −0.42815P C y = 0.42815P or Then and C = C x2 + C y2 = ( P )2 + ( 0.42815P )2 = 1.08780 P Cy −1 −0.42815P = tan = −23.178° P Cx θ = tan −1 or C = 1.088P 23.2° W PROBLEM 4.33 Rod ABC is bent in the shape of a circular arc of radius R. Knowing that θ = 50o , determine the reaction (a) at B, (b) at C. SOLUTION For θ = 50° (a) From the f.b.d. of rod ABC ΣM D = 0: Cx ( R ) − P ( R ) = 0 ∴ Cx = P Cx = P or ΣFx = 0: P − B sin 50° = 0 ∴ B= P = 1.30541P sin 50° or B = 1.305P 40.0° W (b) From the f.b.d. of rod ABC ΣFy = 0: C y − P + (1.30541P ) cos 50° = 0 ∴ C y = 0.160900P C y = 0.1609 P or Then C = C x2 + C y2 = and θ = tan −1 ( P )2 + ( 0.1609P )2 = 1.01286 P Cy −1 0.1609 P = tan = 9.1405° C P x or C = 1.013P 9.14° W PROBLEM 4.34 Neglecting friction and the radius of the pulley, determine (a) the tension in cable ABD, (b) the reaction at C. SOLUTION First note 15 α = tan −1 = 22.620° 36 15 β = tan −1 = 36.870° 20 (a) From f.b.d. of member ABC ΣM C = 0: ( 30 lb )( 28 in.) − (T sin 22.620° )( 36 in.) − (T sin 36.870° )( 20 in.) = 0 ∴ T = 32.500 lb or T = 32.5 lb W (b) From f.b.d. of member ABC ΣFx = 0: Cx + ( 32.500 lb )( cos 22.620° + cos 36.870° ) = 0 ∴ C x = −56.000 lb C x = 56.000 lb or ΣFy = 0: C y − 30 lb + ( 32.500 lb )( sin 22.620° + sin 36.870° ) = 0 ∴ C y = −2.0001 lb C y = 2.0001 lb or Then and C = C x2 + C y2 = ( 56.0 )2 + ( 2.001)2 = 56.036 lb Cy −1 −2.0 = tan = 2.0454° −56.0 Cx θ = tan −1 or C = 56.0 lb 2.05° W PROBLEM 4.35 Neglecting friction, determine the tension in cable ABD and the reaction at C when θ = 60o. SOLUTION From f.b.d. of bent ACD ΣM C = 0: (T cos30° )( 2a sin 60° ) + (T sin 30° )( a + 2a cos 60° ) −T (a) − P (a) = 0 ∴ T = P 1.5 or T = 2P W 3 or C = 0.577P W 2P ΣFx = 0: C x − cos 30° = 0 3 ∴ Cx = 3 P = 0.57735P 3 C x = 0.577 P or ΣFy = 0: C y + 2 2P P−P+ cos 60° = 0 3 3 ∴ Cy = 0 PROBLEM 4.36 Neglecting friction, determine the tension in cable ABD and the reaction at C when θ = 30o. SOLUTION From f.b.d. of bent ACD ΣM C = 0: (T cos 60° )( 2a sin 30° ) + T sin 60° ( a + 2a cos 30° ) − P (a) − T (a) = 0 ∴ T = P = 0.53590P 1.86603 or T = 0.536 P W ΣFx = 0: C x − ( 0.53590P ) cos 60° = 0 ∴ Cx = 0.26795P or C x = 0.268P ΣFy = 0: C y + 0.53590 P − P + ( 0.53590 P ) sin 60° = 0 ∴ Cy = 0 or C = 0.268P W PROBLEM 4.37 Determine the tension in each cable and the reaction at D. SOLUTION First note BE = ( 20 )2 + (8)2 in. = 21.541 in. CF = (10 )2 + (8)2 in. = 12.8062 in. From f.b.d. of member ABCD ΣM C = 0: 8 TBE (10 in.) = 0 21.541 (120 lb )( 20 in.) − ∴ TBE = 646.24 lb or TBE = 646 lb W 8 8 ΣFy = 0: − 120 lb + ( 646.24 lb ) − TCF = 0 21.541 12.8062 ∴ TCF = 192.099 lb or TCF = 192.1 lb W 20 10 ΣFx = 0: ( 646.24 lb ) + (192.099 lb ) − D = 0 21.541 12.8062 ∴ D = 750.01 lb or D = 750 lb W PROBLEM 4.38 Rod ABCD is bent in the shape of a circular arc of radius 80 mm and rests against frictionless surfaces at A and D. Knowing that the collar at B can move freely on the rod and that θ = 45o. determine (a) the tension in cord OB, (b) the reactions at A and D. SOLUTION (a) From f.b.d. of rod ABCD ΣM E = 0: ( 25 N ) cos 60° ( dOE ) − (T cos 45° ) ( dOE ) = 0 ∴ T = 17.6777 N or T = 17.68 N W (b) From f.b.d. of rod ABCD ΣFx = 0: − (17.6777 N ) cos 45° + ( 25 N ) cos 60° + N D cos 45° − N A cos 45° = 0 ∴ N A − ND = 0 or ND = N A (1) ΣFy = 0: N A sin 45° + N D sin 45° − (17.6777 N ) sin 45° − ( 25 N ) sin 60° = 0 ∴ N A + N D = 48.296 N (2) Substituting Equation (1) into Equation (2), 2 N A = 48.296 N N A = 24.148 N or N A = 24.1 N 45.0° W and N D = 24.1 N 45.0° W PROBLEM 4.39 Rod ABCD is bent in the shape of a circular arc of radius 80 mm and rests against frictionless surfaces at A and D. Knowing that the collar at B can move freely on the rod, determine (a) the value of θ for which the tension in cord OB is as small as possible, (b) the corresponding value of the tension, (c) the reactions at A and D. SOLUTION (a) From f.b.d. of rod ABCD ΣM E = 0: ( 25 N ) cos 60° ( dOE ) − (T cosθ ) ( dOE ) = 0 T = or 12.5 N cosθ (1) ∴ T is minimum when cosθ is maximum, or θ = 0° W (b) From Equation (1) T = 12.5 N = 12.5 N cos 0 or Tmin = 12.50 N W ΣFx = 0: − N A cos 45° + N D cos 45° + 12.5 N (c) − ( 25 N ) cos 60° = 0 ∴ ND − N A = 0 or ND = N A (2) ΣFy = 0: N A sin 45° + N D sin 45° − ( 25 N ) sin 60° = 0 ∴ N D + N A = 30.619 N (3) Substituting Equation (2) into Equation (3), 2 N A = 30.619 N A = 15.3095 N or N A = 15.31 N 45.0° W and N D = 15.31 N 45.0° W PROBLEM 4.40 Bar AC supports two 100-lb loads as shown. Rollers A and C rest against frictionless surfaces and a cable BD is attached at B. Determine (a) the tension in cable BD, (b) the reaction at A, (c) the reaction at C. SOLUTION First note that from similar triangles yDB 10 = 6 20 and BD = ∴ yDB = 3 in. ( 3)2 + (14 )2 in. = 14.3178 in. Tx = 14 T = 0.97780T 14.3178 Ty = 3 T = 0.20953T 14.3178 (a) From f.b.d. of bar AC ΣM E = 0: ( 0.97780T )( 7 in.) − ( 0.20953T )( 6 in.) − (100 lb )(16 in.) − (100 lb )( 4 in.) = 0 ∴ T = 357.95 lb or T = 358 lb W (b) From f.b.d. of bar AC ΣFy = 0: A − 100 − 0.20953 ( 357.95 ) − 100 = 0 ∴ A = 275.00 lb or A = 275 lb W (c) From f.b.d of bar AC ΣFx = 0: 0.97780 ( 357.95 ) − C = 0 ∴ C = 350.00 lb or C = 350 lb W PROBLEM 4.41 A parabolic slot has been cut in plate AD, and the plate has been placed so that the slot fits two fixed, frictionless pins B and C. The equation of the slot is y = x 2 /100, where x and y are expressed in mm. Knowing that the input force P = 4 N, determine (a) the force each pin exerts on the plate, (b) the output force Q. SOLUTION y = The equation of the slot is Now x2 100 dy = slope of the slot at C dx C 2x = = 1.200 100 x = 60 mm ∴ α = tan −1 (1.200 ) = 50.194° and θ = 90° − α = 90° − 50.194° = 39.806° Coordinates of C are xC = 60 mm, Also, the coordinates of D are yC = ( 60 ) 2 100 = 36 mm xD = 60 mm yD = 46 mm + ( 40 mm ) sin β where 120 − 66 = 12.6804° 240 β = tan −1 ∴ yD = 46 mm + ( 40 mm ) tan12.6804° = 55.000 mm PROBLEM 4.41 CONTINUED yED = Also, 60 mm 60 mm = tan β tan12.6804° = 266.67 mm From f.b.d. of plate AD ΣM E = 0: ( NC cosθ ) yED − ( yD − yC ) + ( NC sin θ )( xC ) − ( 4 N )( yED − yD ) = 0 ( NC cos 39.806° ) 266.67 − ( 55.0 − 36.0 ) mm + NC sin ( 39.806° )( 60 mm ) − ( 4 N )( 266.67 − 55.0 ) mm = 0 ∴ NC = 3.7025 N or NC = 3.70 N 39.8° ΣFx = 0: − 4 N + NC cosθ + Q sin β = 0 −4 N + ( 3.7025 N ) cos 39.806° + Q sin12.6804° = 0 ∴ Q = 5.2649 N or Q = 5.26 N 77.3° ΣFy = 0: N B + NC sin θ − Q cos β = 0 N B + ( 3.7025 N ) sin 39.806° − ( 5.2649 N ) cos12.6804° = 0 ∴ N B = 2.7662 N or (a) (b) N B = 2.77 N N B = 2.77 N , NC = 3.70 N Q = 5.26 N 39.8° 77.3° ( output ) PROBLEM 4.42 A parabolic slot has been cut in plate AD, and the plate has been placed so that the slot fits two fixed, frictionless pins B and C. The equation of the slot is y = x 2 /100, where x and y are expressed in mm. Knowing that the maximum allowable force exerted on the roller at D is 8.5 N, determine (a) the corresponding magnitude of the input force P, (b) the force each pin exerts on the plate. SOLUTION y = The equation of the slot is, x2 100 dy = slope of slot at C dx C Now 2x = = 1.200 100 x = 60 mm ∴ α = tan −1 (1.200 ) = 50.194° and θ = 90° − α = 90° − 50.194° = 39.806° Coordinates of C are xC = 60 mm, yC = ( 60 )2 100 = 36 mm Also, the coordinates of D are xD = 60 mm yD = 46 mm + ( 40 mm ) sin β where 120 − 66 = 12.6804° 240 β = tan −1 ∴ yD = 46 mm + ( 40 mm ) tan12.6804° = 55.000 mm xE = 0 Note: yE = yC + ( 60 mm ) tan θ = 36 mm + ( 60 mm ) tan 39.806° = 86.001 mm (a) From f.b.d. of plate AD ΣM E = 0: P ( yE ) − ( 8.5 N ) sin β ( yE − yD ) − ( 8.5 N ) cos β ( 60 mm ) = 0 PROBLEM 4.42 CONITNIUED P ( 86.001 mm ) − ( 8.5 N ) sin12.6804° ( 31.001 mm ) − ( 8.5 N ) cos12.6804° ( 60 mm ) = 0 ∴ P = 6.4581 N or P = 6.46 N (b) ΣFx = 0: P − ( 8.5 N ) sin β − NC cosθ = 0 6.458 N − ( 8.5 N )( sin12.6804° ) − NC ( cos 39.806° ) = 0 ∴ NC = 5.9778 N or NC = 5.98 N 39.8° ΣFy = 0: N B + NC sin θ − ( 8.5 N ) cos β = 0 N B + ( 5.9778 N ) sin 39.806° − ( 8.5 N ) cos12.6804° = 0 ∴ N B = 4.4657 N or N B = 4.47 N PROBLEM 4.43 A movable bracket is held at rest by a cable attached at E and by frictionless rollers. Knowing that the width of post FG is slightly less than the distance between the rollers, determine the force exerted on the post by each roller when α = 20o. SOLUTION From f.b.d. of bracket ΣFy = 0: T sin 20° − 60 lb = 0 ∴ T = 175.428 lb Tx = (175.428 lb ) cos 20° = 164.849 lb Ty = (175.428 lb ) sin 20° = 60 lb Note: Ty and 60 lb force form a couple of 60 lb (10 in.) = 600 lb ⋅ in. ΣM B = 0: 164.849 lb ( 5 in.) − 600 lb ⋅ in. + FCD ( 8 in.) = 0 ∴ FCD = −28.030 lb or FCD = 28.0 lb ΣFx = 0: FCD + FAB − Tx = 0 −28.030 lb + FAB − 164.849 lb = 0 ∴ FAB = 192.879 lb or FAB = 192.9 lb Rollers A and C can only apply a horizontal force to the right onto the vertical post corresponding to the equal and opposite force to the left on the bracket. Since FAB is directed to the right onto the bracket, roller B will react FAB. Also, since FCD is acting to the left on the bracket, it will act to the right on the post at roller C. PROBLEM 4.43 CONTINUED ∴ A=D=0 B = 192.9 lb C = 28.0 lb Forces exerted on the post are A=D=0 B = 192.9 lb C = 28.0 lb PROBLEM 4.44 Solve Problem 4.43 when α = 30o. P4.43 A movable bracket is held at rest by a cable attached at E and by frictionless rollers. Knowing that the width of post FG is slightly less than the distance between the rollers, determine the force exerted on the post by each roller when α = 20o. SOLUTION From f.b.d. of bracket ΣFy = 0: T sin 30° − 60 lb = 0 ∴ T = 120 lb Tx = (120 lb ) cos 30° = 103.923 lb Ty = (120 lb ) sin 30° = 60 lb Note: Ty and 60 lb force form a couple of ( 60 lb )(10 in.) = 600 lb ⋅ in. ΣM B = 0: (103.923 lb )( 5 in.) − 600 lb ⋅ in. + FCD (8 in.) = 0 ∴ FCD = 10.0481 lb or FCD = 10.05 lb ΣFx = 0: FCD + FAB − Tx = 0 10.0481 lb + FAB − 103.923 lb = 0 ∴ FAB = 93.875 lb or FAB = 93.9 lb Rollers A and C can only apply a horizontal force to the right on the vertical post corresponding to the equal and opposite force to the left on the bracket. The opposite direction apply to roller B and D. Since both FAB and FCD act to the right on the bracket, rollers B and D will react these forces. ∴ A=C=0 B = 93.9 lb D = 10.05 lb Forces exerted on the post are A=C=0 B = 93.9 lb D = 10.05 lb PROBLEM 4.45 A 20-lb weight can be supported in the three different ways shown. Knowing that the pulleys have a 4-in. radius, determine the reaction at A in each case. SOLUTION (a) From f.b.d. of AB ΣFx = 0: Ax = 0 ΣFy = 0: Ay − 20 lb = 0 Ay = 20.0 lb or and A = 20.0 lb ΣM A = 0: M A − ( 20 lb )(1.5 ft ) = 0 ∴ M A = 30.0 lb ⋅ ft or M A = 30.0 lb ⋅ ft 1 ft 4 in. = 0.33333 ft 12 in. (b) Note: From f.b.d. of AB ΣFx = 0: Ax − 20 lb = 0 Ax = 20.0 lb or ΣFy = 0: Ay − 20 lb = 0 Ay = 20.0 lb or Then A= Ax2 + Ay2 = ( 20.0 )2 + ( 20.0 )2 = 28.284 lb ∴ A = 28.3 lb 45° ΣM A = 0: M A + ( 20 lb )( 0.33333 ft ) − ( 20 lb )(1.5 ft + 0.33333 ft ) = 0 ∴ M A = 30.0 lb ⋅ ft or M A = 30.0 lb ⋅ ft PROBLEM 4.45 CONTINUED (c) From f.b.d. of AB ΣFx = 0: Ax = 0 ΣFy = 0: Ay − 20 lb − 20 lb = 0 or Ay = 40.0 lb and A = 40.0 lb ΣM A = 0: M A − ( 20 lb )(1.5 ft − 0.33333 ft ) − ( 20 lb )(1.5 ft + 0.33333 ft ) = 0 ∴ M A = 60.0 lb ⋅ ft or M A = 60.0 lb ⋅ ft PROBLEM 4.46 A belt passes over two 50-mm-diameter pulleys which are mounted on a bracket as shown. Knowing that M = 0 and Ti = TO = 24 N, determine the reaction at C. SOLUTION From f.b.d. of bracket ΣFx = 0: Cx − 24 N = 0 ∴ Cx = 24 N ΣFy = 0: C y − 24 N = 0 ∴ C y = 24 N Then C = C x2 + C y2 = ( 24 )2 + ( 24 )2 = 33.941 N ∴ C = 33.9 N 45.0° ΣM C = 0: M C − ( 24 N ) ( 45 − 25 ) mm + ( 24 N ) ( 25 + 50 − 60 ) mm = 0 ∴ M C = 120 N ⋅ mm or M C = 0.120 N ⋅ m PROBLEM 4.47 A belt passes over two 50-mm-diameter pulleys which are mounted on a bracket as shown. Knowing that M = 0.40 N ⋅ m m and that Ti and TO are equal to 32 N and 16 N, respectively, determine the reaction at C. SOLUTION From f.b.d. of bracket ΣFx = 0: C x − 32 N = 0 ∴ C x = 32 N ΣFy = 0: C y − 16 N = 0 ∴ C y = 16 N Then and C = C x2 + C y2 = ( 32 )2 + (16 )2 = 35.777 N Cy −1 16 = tan = 26.565° 32 Cx θ = tan −1 or C = 35.8 N 26.6° ΣM C = 0: M C − ( 32 N )( 45 mm − 25 mm ) + (16 N )( 25 mm + 50 mm − 60 mm ) − 400 N ⋅ mm = 0 ∴ M C = 800 N ⋅ mm or M C = 0.800 N ⋅ m PROBLEM 4.48 A 350-lb utility pole is used to support at C the end of an electric wire. The tension in the wire is 120 lb, and the wire forms an angle of 15° with the horizontal at C. Determine the largest and smallest allowable tensions in the guy cable BD if the magnitude of the couple at A may not exceed 200 lb ⋅ ft. SOLUTION First note LBD = Tmax : ( 4.5)2 + (10 )2 = 10.9659 ft From f.b.d. of utility pole with M A = 200 lb ⋅ ft ΣM A = 0: − 200 lb ⋅ ft − (120 lb ) cos15° (14 ft ) 4.5 + Tmax (10 ft ) = 0 10.9659 ∴ Tmax = 444.19 lb or Tmax = 444 lb Tmin : From f.b.d. of utility pole with M A = 200 lb ⋅ ft ΣM A = 0: 200 lb ⋅ ft − (120 lb ) cos15° (14 ft ) 4.5 + Tmin (10 ft ) = 0 10.9659 ∴ Tmin = 346.71 lb or Tmin = 347 lb PROBLEM 4.49 In a laboratory experiment, students hang the masses shown from a beam of negligible mass. (a) Determine the reaction at the fixed support A knowing that end D of the beam does not touch support E. (b) Determine the reaction at the fixed support A knowing that the adjustable support E exerts an upward force of 6 N on the beam. SOLUTION ( ) WB = mB g = (1 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 9.81 N ( ) WC = mC g = ( 0.5 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 4.905 N (a) From f.b.d. of beam ABCD ΣFx = 0: Ax = 0 ΣFy = 0: Ay − WB − WC = 0 Ay − 9.81 N − 4.905 N = 0 ∴ Ay = 14.715 N or A = 14.72 N ΣM A = 0: M A − WB ( 0.2 m ) − WC ( 0.3 m ) = 0 M A − ( 9.81 N )( 0.2 m ) − ( 4.905 N )( 0.3 m ) = 0 ∴ M A = 3.4335 N ⋅ m or M A = 3.43 N ⋅ m (b) From f.b.d. of beam ABCD ΣFx = 0: Ax = 0 ΣFy = 0: Ay − WB − WC + 6 N = 0 Ay − 9.81 N − 4.905 N + 6 N = 0 ∴ Ay = 8.715 N or A = 8.72 N ΣM A = 0: M A − WB ( 0.2 m ) − WC ( 0.3 m ) + ( 6 N )( 0.4 m ) = 0 M A − ( 9.81 N )( 0.2 m ) − ( 4.905 N )( 0.3 m ) + ( 6 N )( 0.4 m ) = 0 ∴ M A = 1.03350 N ⋅ m or M A = 1.034 N ⋅ m PROBLEM 4.50 In a laboratory experiment, students hang the masses shown from a beam of negligible mass. Determine the range of values of the force exerted on the beam by the adjustable support E for which the magnitude of the couple at A does not exceed 2.5 N ⋅ m. SOLUTION ( ) WB = mB g = 1 kg 9.81 m/s 2 = 9.81 N ( ) WC = mC g = 0.5 kg 9.81 m/s 2 = 4.905 N Maximum M A value is 2.5 N ⋅ m Fmin : From f.b.d. of beam ABCD with M A = 2.5 N ⋅ m ΣM A = 0: 2.5 N ⋅ m − WB ( 0.2 m ) − WC ( 0.3 m ) + Fmin ( 0.4 m ) = 0 2.5 N ⋅ m − ( 9.81 N )( 0.2 m ) − ( 4.905 N )( 0.3 m ) + Fmin ( 0.4 m ) = 0 ∴ Fmin = 2.3338 N or Fmax : Fmin = 2.33 N From f.b.d. of beam ABCD with M A = 2.5 N ⋅ m ΣM A = 0: − 2.5 N ⋅ m − WB ( 0.2 m ) − WC ( 0.3 m ) + Fmax ( 0.4 m ) = 0 −2.5 N ⋅ m − ( 9.81 N )( 0.2 m ) − ( 4.905 N )( 0.3 m ) + Fmax ( 0.4 m ) = 0 ∴ Fmax = 14.8338 N or Fmax = 14.83 N or 2.33 N ≤ FE ≤ 14.83 N PROBLEM 4.51 Knowing that the tension in wire BD is 300 lb, determine the reaction at fixed support C for the frame shown. SOLUTION From f.b.d. of frame with T = 300 lb 5 ΣFx = 0: C x − 100 lb + 300 lb = 0 13 ∴ C x = −15.3846 lb or C x = 15.3846 lb 12 ΣFy = 0: C y − 180 lb − 300 lb = 0 13 ∴ C y = 456.92 lb Then and C = C x2 + C y2 = or C y = 456.92 lb (15.3846 )2 + ( 456.92 )2 = 457.18 lb Cy −1 456.92 = tan = −88.072° C −15.3846 x θ = tan −1 or C = 457 lb 88.1° 12 ΣM C = 0: M C + (180 lb )( 20 in.) + (100 lb )(16 in.) − 300 lb (16 in.) = 0 13 ∴ M C = −769.23 lb ⋅ in. or M C = 769 lb ⋅ in. PROBLEM 4.52 Determine the range of allowable values of the tension in wire BD if the magnitude of the couple at the fixed support C is not to exceed 75 lb ⋅ ft. SOLUTION Tmax From f.b.d. of frame with M C = 75 lb ⋅ ft = 900 lb ⋅ in. 12 ΣM C = 0: 900 lb ⋅ in. + (180 lb )( 20 in.) + (100 lb )(16 in.) − Tmax (16 in.) = 0 13 ∴ Tmax = 413.02 lb Tmin From f.b.d. of frame with M C = 75 lb ⋅ ft = 900 lb ⋅ in. 12 ΣM C = 0: − 900 lb ⋅ in. + (180 lb )( 20 in.) + (100 lb )(16 in.) − Tmin (16 in.) = 0 13 ∴ Tmin = 291.15 lb ∴ 291 lb ≤ T ≤ 413 lb PROBLEM 4.53 Uniform rod AB of length l and weight W lies in a vertical plane and is acted upon by a couple M. The ends of the rod are connected to small rollers which rest against frictionless surfaces. (a) Express the angle θ corresponding to equilibrium in terms of M, W, and l. (b) Determine the value of θ corresponding to equilibrium when M = 1.5 lb ⋅ ft, W = 4 lb, and l = 2 ft. SOLUTION (a) From f.b.d. of uniform rod AB ΣFx = 0: − A cos 45° + B cos 45° = 0 ∴ −A + B = 0 or B= A (1) ΣFy = 0: A sin 45° + B sin 45° − W = 0 ∴ A+B = 2W (2) From Equations (1) and (2) 2A = 2W ∴ A= 1 W 2 From f.b.d. of uniform rod AB l ΣM B = 0: W cosθ + M 2 1 − W l cos ( 45° − θ ) = 0 2 From trigonometric identity cos (α − β ) = cos α cos β + sin α sin β Equation (3) becomes Wl Wl cosθ + M − ( cosθ + sin θ ) = 0 2 2 (3) PROBLEM 4.53 CONTINUED or Wl Wl Wl cosθ + M − cosθ − sin θ = 0 2 2 2 ∴ sin θ = 2M Wl 2M or θ = sin −1 Wl (b) 2 (1.5 lb ⋅ ft ) = 22.024° ( 4 lb )( 2 ft ) θ = sin −1 or θ = 22.0° PROBLEM 4.54 A slender rod AB, of weight W, is attached to blocks A and B, which move freely in the guides shown. The blocks are connected by an elastic cord which passes over a pulley at C. (a) Express the tension in the cord in terms of W and θ . (b) Determine the value of θ for which the tension in the cord is equal to 3W. SOLUTION (a) From f.b.d. of rod AB l ΣM C = 0: T ( l sin θ ) + W cosθ − T ( l cosθ ) = 0 2 ∴T = W cosθ 2 ( cosθ − sin θ ) Dividing both numerator and denominator by cosθ , T = W 1 2 1 − tan θ W 2 or T = (1 − tan θ ) (b) For T = 3W , W 2 3W = (1 − tan θ ) ∴ 1 − tan θ = or 1 6 5 θ = tan −1 = 39.806° 6 or θ = 39.8° PROBLEM 4.55 A thin, uniform ring of mass m and radius R is attached by a frictionless pin to a collar at A and rests against a small roller at B. The ring lies in a vertical plane, and the collar can move freely on a horizontal rod and is acted upon by a horizontal force P. (a) Express the angle θ corresponding to equilibrium in terms of m and P. (b) Determine the value of θ corresponding to equilibrium when m = 500 g and P = 5 N. SOLUTION (a) From f.b.d. of ring ΣM C = 0: P ( R cosθ + R cosθ ) − W ( R sin θ ) = 0 2P = W tan θ where W = mg ∴ tan θ = 2P mg 2P or θ = tan −1 mg (b) Have m = 500 g = 0.500 kg and P = 5 N 2 (5 N ) ∴ θ = tan −1 ( 0.500 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 ( ) = 63.872° or θ = 63.9° PROBLEM 4.56 Rod AB is acted upon by a couple M and two forces, each of magnitude P. (a) Derive an equation in θ , P, M, and l which must be satisfied when the rod is in equilibrium. (b) Determine the value of θ corresponding to equilibrium when M = 150 lb ⋅ in., P = 20 lb, and l = 6 in. SOLUTION (a) From f.b.d. of rod AB ΣM C = 0: P ( l cosθ ) + P ( l sin θ ) − M = 0 or sin θ + cosθ = (b) For M Pl M = 150 lb ⋅ in., P = 20 lb, and l = 6 in. sin θ + cosθ = 150 lb ⋅ in. 5 = = 1.25 ( 20 lb )( 6 in.) 4 sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ = 1 Using identity ( sin θ + 1 − sin 2 θ ( 1 − sin 2 θ ) 1 2 ) 1 2 = 1.25 = 1.25 − sin θ 1 − sin 2 θ = 1.5625 − 2.5sin θ + sin 2 θ 2sin 2 θ − 2.5sin θ + 0.5625 = 0 Using quadratic formula sin θ = = or − ( −2.5 ) ± ( 6.25) − 4 ( 2 )( 0.5625) 2 ( 2) 2.5 ± 1.75 4 sin θ = 0.95572 ∴ θ = 72.886° and and sin θ = 0.29428 θ = 17.1144° or θ = 17.11° and θ = 72.9° PROBLEM 4.57 A vertical load P is applied at end B of rod BC. The constant of the spring is k, and the spring is unstretched when θ = 90o. (a) Neglecting the weight of the rod, express the angle θ corresponding to equilibrium in terms of P, k, and l. (b) Determine the value of θ corresponding to 1 equilibrium when P = kl. 4 SOLUTION First note T = tension in spring = ks s = elongation of spring where ( )θ − ( AB )θ = AB = 90° θ 90° = 2l sin − 2l sin 2 2 θ 1 = 2l sin − 2 2 θ 1 ∴ T = 2kl sin − 2 2 (a) From f.b.d. of rod BC θ ΣM C = 0: T l cos − P ( l sin θ ) = 0 2 Substituting T From Equation (1) θ 1 θ 2kl sin − l cos 2 − P ( l sin θ ) = 0 2 2 θ 1 θ θ θ 2kl 2 sin − cos 2 − Pl 2sin 2 cos 2 = 0 2 2 Factoring out θ 2l cos , leaves 2 (1) PROBLEM 4.57 CONTINUED θ 1 θ kl sin − − P sin = 0 2 2 2 or 1 kl θ sin = 2 kl − P 2 kl ∴ θ = 2sin −1 2 ( kl − P ) (b) P = kl 4 kl 2 kl − θ = 2sin −1 ( kl 4 ) kl 4 −1 4 = 2sin −1 = 2sin 3 2 2 3 kl = 2sin −1 ( 0.94281) = 141.058° or θ = 141.1° PROBLEM 4.58 Solve Sample Problem 4.5 assuming that the spring is unstretched when θ = 90o. SOLUTION First note T = tension in spring = ks s = deformation of spring where = rβ ∴ F = kr β From f.b.d. of assembly ΣM 0 = 0: W ( l cos β ) − F ( r ) = 0 Wl cos β − kr 2 β = 0 or ∴ cos β = For kr 2 β Wl k = 250 lb/in., r = 3 in., l = 8 in., W = 400 lb cos β = or ( 250 lb/in.)( 3 in.)2 β ( 400 lb )(8 in.) cos β = 0.703125β Solving numerically, β = 0.89245 rad or Then β = 51.134° θ = 90° + 51.134° = 141.134° or θ = 141.1° PROBLEM 4.59 A collar B of weight W can move freely along the vertical rod shown. The constant of the spring is k, and the spring is unstretched when θ = 0. (a) Derive an equation in θ , W, k, and l which must be satisfied when the collar is in equilibrium. (b) Knowing that W = 3 lb, l = 6 in., and k = 8 lb/ft, determine the value of θ corresponding to equilibrium. SOLUTION T = ks First note k = spring constant where s = elongation of spring = l l −l = (1 − cosθ ) cosθ cosθ ∴ T = kl (1 − cosθ ) cosθ (a) From f.b.d. of collar B ΣFy = 0: T sin θ − W = 0 kl (1 − cosθ ) sin θ − W = 0 cosθ or or tan θ − sin θ = W kl (b) For W = 3 lb, l = 6 in., k = 8 lb/ft l = 6 in. = 0.5 ft 12 in./ft tan θ − sin θ = 3 lb = 0.75 (8 lb/ft )( 0.5 ft ) Solving Numerically, θ = 57.957° or θ = 58.0° PROBLEM 4.60 A slender rod AB, of mass m, is attached to blocks A and B which move freely in the guides shown. The constant of the spring is k, and the spring is unstretched when θ = 0 . (a) Neglecting the mass of the blocks, derive an equation in m, g, k, l, and θ which must be satisfied when the rod is in equilibrium. (b) Determine the value of θ when m = 2 kg, l = 750 mm, and k = 30 N/m. SOLUTION First note Fs = spring force = ks k = spring constant where s = spring deformation = l − l cosθ = l (1 − cosθ ) ∴ Fs = kl (1 − cosθ ) (a) From f.b.d. of assembly l ΣM D = 0: Fs ( l sin θ ) − W cosθ = 0 2 l kl (1 − cosθ )( l sin θ ) − W cosθ = 0 2 W kl ( sin θ − cosθ sin θ ) − 2 cosθ = 0 Dividing by cosθ kl ( tan θ − sin θ ) = W 2 ∴ tan θ − sin θ = W 2kl or tan θ − sin θ = (b) For m = 2 kg, l = 750 mm, k = 30 N/m l = 750 mm = 0.750 m mg 2kl PROBLEM 4.60 CONTINUED Then tan θ − sin θ = ( 2 kg ) ( 9.81 m/s2 ) 2 ( 30 N/m )( 0.750 m ) = 0.436 Solving Numerically, θ = 50.328° or θ = 50.3° PROBLEM 4.61 The bracket ABC can be supported in the eight different ways shown. All connections consist of smooth pins, rollers, or short links. In each case, determine whether (a) the plate is completely, partially, or improperly constrained, (b) the reactions are statically determinate or indeterminate, (c) the equilibrium of the plate is maintained in the position shown. Also, wherever possible, compute the reactions assuming that the magnitude of the force P is 100 N. SOLUTION 1. Three non-concurrent, non-parallel reactions (a) Completely constrained (b) Determinate (c) Equilibrium From f.b.d. of bracket: ΣM A = 0: B (1 m ) − (100 N )( 0.6 m ) = 0 ∴ B = 60.0 N ΣFx = 0: Ax − 60 N = 0 ∴ A x = 60.0 N ΣFy = 0: Ay − 100 N = 0 ∴ A y = 100 N Then A= ( 60.0 )2 + (100 )2 = 116.619 N 100 θ = tan −1 = 59.036° 60.0 and ∴ A = 116.6 N 59.0° 2. Four concurrent reactions through A (a) Improperly constrained (b) Indeterminate (c) No equilibrium 3. Two reactions (a) Partially constrained (b) Determinate (c) Equilibrium PROBLEM 4.61 CONTINUED From f.b.d. of bracket ΣM A = 0: C (1.2 m ) − (100 N )( 0.6 m ) = 0 ∴ C = 50.0 N ΣFy = 0: A − 100 N + 50 N = 0 ∴ A = 50.0 N 4. Three non-concurrent, non-parallel reactions (a) Completely constrained (b) Determinate (c) Equilibrium From f.b.d. of bracket 1.0 θ = tan −1 = 39.8° 1.2 BC = (1.2 )2 + (1.0 )2 = 1.56205 m 1.2 ΣM A = 0: B (1 m ) − (100 N )( 0.6 m ) = 0 1.56205 ∴ B = 78.1 N 39.8° ΣFx = 0: C − ( 78.102 N ) cos 39.806° = 0 ∴ C = 60.0 N ΣFy = 0: A + ( 78.102 N ) sin 39.806° − 100 N = 0 ∴ A = 50.0 N 5. Four non-concurrent, non-parallel reactions (a) Completely constrained (b) Indeterminate (c) Equilibrium From f.b.d. of bracket ΣM C = 0: (100 N )( 0.6 m ) − Ay (1.2 m ) = 0 ∴ Ay = 50 N or A y = 50.0 N 6. Four non-concurrent non-parallel reactions (a) Completely constrained (b) Indeterminate (c) Equilibrium PROBLEM 4.61 CONTINUED From f.b.d. of bracket ΣM A = 0: − Bx (1 m ) − (100 N )( 0.6 m ) = 0 ∴ Bx = −60.0 N or B x = 60.0 N ΣFx = 0: − 60 + Ax = 0 ∴ Ax = 60.0 N or A x = 60.0 N 7. Three non-concurrent, non-parallel reactions (a) Completely constrained (b) Determinate (c) Equilibrium From f.b.d. of bracket ΣFx = 0: Ax = 0 ΣM A = 0: C (1.2 m ) − (100 N )( 0.6 m ) = 0 ∴ C = 50.0 N or C = 50.0 N ΣFy = 0: Ay − 100 N + 50.0 N = 0 ∴ Ay = 50.0 N ∴ A = 50.0 N 8. Three concurrent, non-parallel reactions (a) Improperly constrained (b) Indeterminate (c) No equilibrium PROBLEM 4.62 Eight identical 20 × 30-in. rectangular plates, each weighing 50 lb, are held in a vertical plane as shown. All connections consist of frictionless pins, rollers, or short links. For each case, answer the questions listed in Problem 4.61, and, wherever possible, compute the reactions. P6.1 The bracket ABC can be supported in the eight different ways shown. All connections consist of smooth pins, rollers, or short links. In each case, determine whether (a) the plate is completely, partially, or improperly constrained, (b) the reactions are statically determinate or indeterminate, (c) the equilibrium of the plate is maintained in the position shown. Also, wherever possible, compute the reactions assuming that the magnitude of the force P is 100 N. SOLUTION 1. Three non-concurrent, non-parallel reactions (a) Completely constrained (b) Determinate (c) Equilibrium From f.b.d. of plate ΣM A = 0: C ( 30 in.) − 50 lb (15 in.) = 0 C = 25.0 lb ΣFx = 0: Ax = 0 ΣFy = 0: Ay − 50 lb + 25 lb = 0 Ay = 25 lb A = 25.0 lb 2. Three non-current, non-parallel reactions (a) Completely constrained (b) Determinate (c) Equilibrium From f.b.d. of plate ΣFx = 0: ΣM B = 0: B=0 ( 50 lb )(15 in.) − D ( 30 in.) = 0 D = 25.0 lb ΣFy = 0: 25.0 lb − 50 lb + C = 0 C = 25.0 lb PROBLEM 4.62 CONTINUED 3. Four non-concurrent, non-parallel reactions (a) Completely constrained (b) Indeterminate (c) Equilibrium From f.b.d. of plate ΣM D = 0: Ax ( 20 in.) − ( 50 lb )(15 in.) ∴ A x = 37.5 lb ΣFx = 0: Dx + 37.5 lb = 0 ∴ D x = 37.5 lb 4. Three concurrent reactions (a) Improperly constrained (b) Indeterminate (c) No equilibrium 5. Two parallel reactions (a) Partial constraint (b) Determinate (c) Equilibrium From f.b.d. of plate ΣM D = 0: C ( 30 in.) − ( 50 lb )(15 in.) = 0 C = 25.0 lb ΣFy = 0: D − 50 lb + 25 lb = 0 D = 25.0 lb 6. Three non-concurrent, non-parallel reactions (a) Completely constrained (b) Determinate (c) Equilibrium From f.b.d. of plate ΣM D = 0: B ( 20 in.) − ( 50 lb )(15 in.) = 0 B = 37.5 lb ΣFx = 0: Dx + 37.5 lb = 0 ΣFy = 0: Dy − 50 lb = 0 D x = 37.5 lb D y = 50.0 lb or D = 62.5 lb 53.1° PROBLEM 4.62 CONTINUED 7. Two parallel reactions (a) Improperly constrained (b) Reactions determined by dynamics (c) No equilibrium 8. Four non-concurrent, non-parallel reactions (a) Completely constrained (b) Indeterminate (c) Equilibrium From f.b.d. of plate ΣM D = 0: B ( 30 in.) − ( 50 lb )(15 in.) = 0 B = 25.0 lb ΣFy = 0: Dy − 50 lb + 25.0 lb = 0 D y = 25.0 lb ΣFx = 0: Dx + C = 0 PROBLEM 4.63 Horizontal and vertical links are hinged to a wheel, and forces are applied to the links as shown. Knowing that a = 3.0 in., determine the value of P and the reaction at A. SOLUTION As shown on the f.b.d., the wheel is a three-force body. Let point D be the intersection of the three forces. From force triangle A P 21 lb = = 5 4 3 ∴ P= 4 ( 21 lb ) = 28 lb 3 or P = 28.0 lb and A= 5 ( 21 lb ) = 35 lb 3 3 θ = tan −1 = 36.870° 4 ∴ A = 35.0 lb 36.9° PROBLEM 4.64 Horizontal and vertical links are hinged to a wheel, and forces are applied to the links as shown. Determine the range of values of the distance a for which the magnitude of the reaction at A does not exceed 42 lb. SOLUTION Let D be the intersection of the three forces acting on the wheel. From the force triangle 21 lb = a or 16 + a 2 A = 21 16 +1 a2 A = 42 lb For 21 lb = a a2 = or or A a= 42 lb 16 + a 2 16 + a 2 4 16 = 2.3094 in. 3 or a ≥ 2.31 in. Since as a increases, A decreases A = 21 16 +1 a2 PROBLEM 4.65 Using the method of Section 4.7, solve Problem 4.21. P4.21 The required tension in cable AB is 800 N. Determine (a) the vertical force P which must be applied to the pedal, (b) the corresponding reaction at C. SOLUTION Let E be the intersection of the three forces acting on the pedal device. First note (180 mm ) sin 60° = 21.291° 400 mm α = tan −1 From force triangle (a) P = ( 800 N ) tan 21.291° = 311.76 N or P = 312 N (b) C = 800 N cos 21.291° = 858.60 N or C = 859 N 21.3° PROBLEM 4.66 Using the method of Section 4.7, solve Problem 4.22. P4.22 Determine the maximum tension which can be developed in cable AB if the maximum allowable value of the reaction at C is 1000 N. SOLUTION Let E be the intersection of the three forces acting on the pedal device. First note (180 mm ) sin 60° = 21.291° 400 mm α = tan −1 From force triangle Tmax = (1000 N ) cos 21.291° = 931.75 N or Tmax = 932 N PROBLEM 4.67 To remove a nail, a small block of wood is placed under a crowbar, and a horizontal force P is applied as shown. Knowing that l = 3.5 in. and P = 30 lb, determine the vertical force exerted on the nail and the reaction at B. SOLUTION Let D be the intersection of the three forces acting on the crowbar. First note ( 36 in.) sin 50° = 82.767° 3.5 in. θ = tan −1 From force triangle FN = P tan θ = ( 30 lb ) tan 82.767° = 236.381 lb ∴ on nail FN = 236 lb RB = P 30 lb = = 238.28 lb cosθ cos82.767° or R B = 238 lb 82.8° PROBLEM 4.68 To remove a nail, a small block of wood is placed under a crowbar, and a horizontal force P is applied as shown. Knowing that the maximum vertical force needed to extract the nail is 600 lb and that the horizontal force P is not to exceed 65 lb, determine the largest acceptable value of distance l. SOLUTION Let D be the intersection of the three forces acting on the crowbar. From force diagram tan θ = FN 600 lb = = 9.2308 P 65 lb ∴ θ = 83.817° From f.b.d. tan θ = ∴ l = ( 36 in.) sin 50° l ( 36 in.) sin 50° tan 83.817° = 2.9876 in. or l = 2.99 in. PROBLEM 4.69 For the frame and loading shown, determine the reactions at C and D. SOLUTION Since member BD is acted upon by two forces, B and D, they must be colinear, have the same magnitude, and be opposite in direction for BD to be in equilibrium. The force B acting at B of member ABC will be equal in magnitude but opposite in direction to force B acting on member BD. Member ABC is a three-force body with member forces intersecting at E. The f.b.d.’s of members ABC and BD illustrate the above conditions. The force triangle for member ABC is also shown. The angles α and β are found from the member dimensions: 0.5 m = 26.565° 1.0 m α = tan −1 1.5 m β = tan −1 = 56.310° 1.0 m Applying the law of sines to the force triangle for member ABC, 150 N C B = = sin ( β − α ) sin ( 90° + α ) sin ( 90° − β ) or 150 N C B = = sin 29.745° sin116.565° sin 33.690° ∴ C = and (150 N ) sin116.565° D= B= sin 29.745° = 270.42 N (150 N ) sin 33.690° sin 29.745° or C = 270 N 56.3° or D = 167.7 N 26.6° = 167.704 N PROBLEM 4.70 For the frame and loading shown, determine the reactions at A and C. SOLUTION Since member AB is acted upon by two forces, A and B, they must be colinear, have the same magnitude, and be opposite in direction for AB to be in equilibrium. The force B acting at B of member BCD will be equal in magnitude but opposite in direction to force B acting on member AB. Member BCD is a three-force body with member forces intersecting at E. The f.b.d.’s of members AB and BCD illustrate the above conditions. The force triangle for member BCD is also shown. The angle β is found from the member dimensions: 60 m β = tan −1 = 30.964° 100 m Applying of the law of sines to the force triangle for member BCD, 130 N B C = = sin ( 45° − β ) sin β sin135° or 130 N B C = = sin14.036° sin 30.964° sin135° ∴ A= B= and C = (130 N ) sin 30.964° sin14.036° (130 N ) sin135° sin14.036° = 275.78 N or A = 276 N 45.0° or C = 379 N 59.0° = 379.02 N PROBLEM 4.71 To remove the lid from a 5-gallon pail, the tool shown is used to apply an upward and radially outward force to the bottom inside rim of the lid. Assuming that the rim rests against the tool at A and that a 100-N force is applied as indicated to the handle, determine the force acting on the rim. SOLUTION The three-force member ABC has forces that intersect at D, where α = tan −1 yDC 90 mm − yBC − 45 mm and yDC = ( 360 mm ) cos 35° xBC = tan 20° tan 20° = 810.22 mm yBC = ( 360 mm ) sin 35° = 206.49 mm 90 ∴ α = tan −1 = 9.1506° 558.73 Based on the force triangle, the law of sines gives 100 N A = sin α sin 20° ∴A= or (100 N ) sin 20° sin 9.1506° A = 215 N = 215.07 N 80.8° on tool and A = 215 N 80.8° on rim of can PROBLEM 4.72 To remove the lid from a 5-gallon pail, the tool shown is used to apply an upward and radially outward force to the bottom inside rim of the lid. Assuming that the top and the rim of the lid rest against the tool at A and B, respectively, and that a 60-N force is applied as indicated to the handle, determine the force acting on the rim. SOLUTION The three-force member ABC has forces that intersect at point D, where, from the law of sines ( ∆CDE ) 150 mm + (19 mm ) tan 35° L = sin 95° sin 30° ∴ L = 325.37 mm Then 45 mm yBD α = tan −1 where yBD = L − y AE − 22 mm = 325.37 mm − 19 mm − 22 mm cos 35° = 280.18 mm 45 mm ∴ α = tan −1 = 9.1246° 280.18 mm Applying the law of sines to the force triangle, B 60 N = sin150° sin 9.1246° ∴ B = 189.177 N Or, on member and, on lid B = 189.2 N 80.9° B = 189.2 N 80.9° PROBLEM 4.73 A 200-lb crate is attached to the trolley-beam system shown. Knowing that a = 1.5 ft, determine (a) the tension in cable CD, (b) the reaction at B. SOLUTION From geometry of forces y β = tan −1 BE 1.5 ft where yBE = 2.0 − yDE = 2.0 − 1.5 tan 35° = 0.94969 ft 0.94969 ∴ β = tan −1 = 32.339° 1.5 and α = 90° − β = 90° − 32.339° = 57.661° θ = β + 35° = 32.339° + 35° = 67.339° Applying the law of sines to the force triangle, 200 lb T B = = sin θ sin α sin 55° ( 200 lb ) or sin 67.339° (a) T = = T B = sin 57.661° sin 55° ( 200 lb )( sin 57.661° ) sin 67.339° = 183.116 lb or T = 183.1 lb (b) B= ( 200 lb )( sin 55° ) sin 67.339° = 177.536 lb or B = 177.5 lb 32.3° PROBLEM 4.74 Solve Problem 4.73 assuming that a = 3 ft. P4.73 A 200-lb crate is attached to the trolley-beam system shown. Knowing that a = 1.5 ft, determine (a) the tension in cable CD, (b) the reaction at B. SOLUTION From geometry of forces y β = tan −1 BE 3 ft where yBE = yDE − 2.0 ft = 3tan 35° − 2.0 = 0.100623 ft 0.100623 ∴ β = tan −1 = 1.92103° 3 and α = 90° + β = 90° + 1.92103° = 91.921° θ = 35° − β = 35° − 1.92103° = 33.079° Applying the law of sines to the force triangle, 200 lb T B = = sin θ sin α sin 55° or 200 lb T B = = sin 33.079° sin 91.921° sin 55° (a) T = ( 200 lb )( sin 91.921° ) sin 33.079° = 366.23 lb or T = 366 lb (b) B= ( 200 lb )( sin 55° ) sin 33.079° = 300.17 lb or B = 300 lb 1.921° PROBLEM 4.75 A 20-kg roller, of diameter 200 mm, which is to be used on a tile floor, is resting directly on the subflooring as shown. Knowing that the thickness of each tile is 8 mm, determine the force P required to move the roller onto the tiles if the roller is pushed to the left. SOLUTION Based on the roller having impending motion to the left, the only contact between the roller and floor will be at the edge of the tile. First note ( ) W = mg = ( 20 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 196.2 N From the geometry of the three forces acting on the roller 92 mm = 23.074° 100 mm α = cos −1 and θ = 90° − 30° − α = 60° − 23.074 = 36.926° Applying the law of sines to the force triangle, W P = sin θ sin α or 196.2 N P = sin 36.926° sin 23.074° ∴ P = 127.991 N or P = 128.0 N 30° PROBLEM 4.76 A 20-kg roller, of diameter 200 mm, which is to be used on a tile floor, is resting directly on the subflooring as shown. Knowing that the thickness of each tile is 8 mm, determine the force P required to move the roller onto the tiles if the roller is pulled to the right. SOLUTION Based on the roller having impending motion to the right, the only contact between the roller and floor will be at the edge of the tile. First note ( W = mg = ( 20 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 ) = 196.2 N From the geometry of the three forces acting on the roller 92 mm α = cos −1 = 23.074° 100 mm and θ = 90° + 30° − α = 120° − 23.074° = 96.926° Applying the law of sines to the force triangle, W P = sin θ sin α or 196.2 N P = sin 96.926° sin 23.074 ∴ P = 77.460 N or P = 77.5 N 30° PROBLEM 4.77 A small hoist is mounted on the back of a pickup truck and is used to lift a 120-kg crate. Determine (a) the force exerted on the hoist by the hydraulic cylinder BC, (b) the reaction at A. SOLUTION First note ( ) W = mg = (120 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 1177.2 N From the geometry of the three forces acting on the small hoist x AD = (1.2 m ) cos 30° = 1.03923 m y AD = (1.2 m ) sin 30° = 0.6 m and Then yBE = x AD tan 75° = (1.03923 m ) tan 75° = 3.8785 m yBE − 0.4 m −1 3.4785 = tan = 73.366° x AD 1.03923 α = tan −1 β = 75° − α = 75° − 73.366° = 1.63412° θ = 180° − 15° − β = 165° − 1.63412° = 163.366° Applying the law of sines to the force triangle, W B A = = sin β sin θ sin15° or (a) 1177.2 N B A = = sin1.63412° sin163.366° sin15° B = 11 816.9 N or B = 11.82 kN (b) 75.0° A = 10 684.2 N or A = 10.68 kN 73.4° PROBLEM 4.78 The clamp shown is used to hold the rough workpiece C. Knowing that the maximum allowable compressive force on the workpiece is 200 N and neglecting the effect of friction at A, determine the corresponding (a) reaction at B, (b) reaction at A, (c) tension in the bolt. SOLUTION From the geometry of the three forces acting on the clamp y AD = (105 mm ) tan 78° = 493.99 mm yBD = y AD − 70 mm = ( 493.99 − 70 ) mm = 423.99 mm Then y 423.99 −1 BD θ = tan −1 = tan = 65.301° 195 mm 195 α = 90° − θ − 12° = 78° − 65.301° = 12.6987° (a) Based on the maximum allowable compressive force on the workpiece of 200 N, ( RB ) y = 200 N RB sin θ = 200 N or ∴ RB = 200 N = 220.14 N sin 65.301° or R B = 220 N 65.3° Applying the law of sines to the force triangle, RB NA T = = sin12° sin α sin ( 90° + θ ) or (b) 220.14 N NA T = = sin12° sin12.6987° sin155.301° N A = 232.75 N or N A = 233 N (c) T = 442.43 N or T = 442 N PROBLEM 4.79 A modified peavey is used to lift a 0.2-m-diameter log of mass 36 kg. Knowing that θ = 45° and that the force exerted at C by the worker is perpendicular to the handle of the peavey, determine (a) the force exerted at C, (b) the reaction at A. SOLUTION First note ( ) W = mg = ( 36 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 353.16 N From the geometry of the three forces acting on the modified peavey 1.1 m β = tan −1 = 40.236° 1.1 m + 0.2 m α = 45° − β = 45° − 40.236° = 4.7636° Applying the law of sines to the force triangle, W C A = = sin β sin α sin135° or (a) (b) 353.16 N C A = = sin 40.236° sin 4.7636 sin135° C = 45.404 N or C = 45.4 N 45.0° or A = 387 N 85.2° A = 386.60 N PROBLEM 4.80 A modified peavey is used to lift a 0.2-m-diameter log of mass 36 kg. Knowing that θ = 60° and that the force exerted at C by the worker is perpendicular to the handle of the peavey, determine (a) the force exerted at C, (b) the reaction at A. SOLUTION First note ( ) W = mg = ( 36 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 353.16 N From the geometry of the three forces acting on the modified peavey 1.1 m β = tan −1 DC + 0.2 m where DC = (1.1 m + a ) tan 30° R a= −R tan 30° 0.1 m = − 0.1 m tan 30° = 0.073205 m ∴ DC = (1.173205 ) tan 30° = 0.67735 m and 1.1 β = tan −1 = 51.424° 0.87735 α = 60° − β = 60° − 51.424° = 8.5756° Applying the law of sines to the force triangle, W C A = = sin β sin α sin120° or (a) 353.16 N C A = = sin 51.424° sin 8.5756° sin120° C = 67.360 N or C = 67.4 N (b) 30° A = 391.22 N or A = 391 N 81.4° PROBLEM 4.81 Member ABC is supported by a pin and bracket at B and by an inextensible cord at A and C and passing over a frictionless pulley at D. The tension may be assumed to be the same in portion AD and CD of the cord. For the loading shown and neglecting the size of the pulley, determine the tension in the cord and the reaction at B. SOLUTION From the f.b.d. of member ABC, it is seen that the member can be treated as a three-force body. From the force triangle T − 300 3 = T 4 3T = 4T − 1200 ∴ T = 1200 lb B 5 = T 4 Also, ∴ B= 5 5 T = (1200 lb ) = 1500 lb 4 4 3 θ = tan −1 = 36.870° 4 and B = 1500 lb 36.9° PROBLEM 4.82 Member ABCD is supported by a pin and bracket at C and by an inextensible cord attached at A and D and passing over frictionless pulleys at B and E. Neglecting the size of the pulleys, determine the tension in the cord and the reaction at C. SOLUTION From the geometry of the forces acting on member ABCD 200 β = tan −1 = 33.690° 300 375 = 61.928° 200 α = tan −1 α − β = 61.928° − 33.690° = 28.237° 180° − α = 180° − 61.928° = 118.072° Applying the law of sines to the force triangle, T − 80 N T C = = sin (α − β ) sin β sin (180° − α ) or T − 80 N T C = = sin 28.237° sin 33.690° sin118.072° Then (T − 80 N ) sin 33.690° = T sin 28.237° ∴ T = 543.96 N or T = 544 N and ( 543.96 N ) sin118.072 = C sin 33.690° ∴ C = 865.27 N or C = 865 N 33.7° PROBLEM 4.83 Using the method of Section 4.7, solve Problem 4.18. P4.18 Determine the reactions at A and B when (a) h = 0 , (b) h = 8 in. SOLUTION (a) Based on symmetry α = 30° From force triangle A = B = 40 lb or A = 40.0 lb 30° and B = 40.0 lb 30° (b) From geometry of forces 8 in. − (10 in.) tan 30° = 12.5521° 10 in. α = tan −1 Also, 30° − α = 30° − 12.5521° = 17.4479° 90° + α = 90° + 12.5521° = 102.5521° Applying law of sines to the force triangle, 40 lb A B = = sin ( 30° − α ) sin 60° sin ( 90° + α ) or 40 lb A B = = sin17.4479° sin 60° sin102.5521 A = 115.533 lb or A = 115.5 lb 12.55° B = 130.217 lb or B = 130.2 lb 30.0° PROBLEM 4.84 Using the method of Section 4.7, solve Problem 4.28. P4.28 A lever is hinged at C and is attached to a control cable at A. If the lever is subjected to a 300-N vertical force at B, determine (a) the tension in the cable, (b) the reaction at C. SOLUTION From geometry of forces acting on lever yDA xDA α = tan −1 where yDA = 0.24 m − y AC = 0.24 m − ( 0.2 m ) sin 20° = 0.171596 m xDA = ( 0.2 m ) cos 20° = 0.187939 m 0.171596 ∴ α = tan −1 = 42.397° 0.187939 y AC + yEA xCE β = 90° − tan −1 where xCE = ( 0.3 m ) cos 20° = 0.28191 m y AC = ( 0.2 m ) sin 20° = 0.068404 m yEA = ( xDA + xCE ) tan α = ( 0.187939 + 0.28191) tan 42.397° = 0.42898 m 0.49739 ∴ β = 90° − tan −1 = 29.544° 0.28191 Also, 90° − (α + β ) = 90° − 71.941° = 18.0593° 90° + α = 90° + 42.397° = 132.397° PROBLEM 4.84 CONTINUED Applying the law of sines to the force triangle, 300 N T C = = sin ( 90° + α ) sin 90° − (α + β ) sin β or 300 N T C = = sin18.0593° sin 29.544° sin132.397° (a) T = 477.18 N (b) C = 714.67 N or T = 477 N or C = 715 N 60.5° PROBLEM 4.85 Knowing that θ = 35o , determine the reaction (a) at B, (b) at C. SOLUTION From the geometry of the three forces applied to the member ABC y α = tan −1 CD R where yCD = R tan 55° − R = 0.42815R ∴ α = tan −1 ( 0.42815 ) = 23.178° Then 55° − α = 55° − 23.178° = 31.822° 90° + α = 90° + 23.178° = 113.178° Applying the law of sines to the force triangle, P B C = = sin ( 55° − α ) sin ( 90° + α ) sin 35° or (a) P B C = = sin 31.822° sin113.178° sin 35° B = 1.74344P or B = 1.743P (b) 55.0° C = 1.08780P or C = 1.088P 23.2° PROBLEM 4.86 Knowing that θ = 50o , determine the reaction (a) at B, (b) at C. SOLUTION From the geometry of the three forces acting on member ABC y α = tan −1 DC R where yDC = R − y AD = R 1 − tan ( 90° − 50° ) = 0.160900 R ∴ α = tan −1 ( 0.160900 ) = 9.1406° Then 90° − α = 90° − 9.1406° = 80.859° 40° + α = 40° + 9.1406° = 49.141° Applying the law of sines to the force triangle, P B C = = sin ( 40° + α ) sin ( 90° − α ) sin 50° or (a) (b) P B C = = sin 49.141° sin ( 80.859° ) sin 50° B = 1.30540P or B = 1.305P 40.0° or C = 1.013P 9.14° C = 1.01286P PROBLEM 4.87 A slender rod of length L and weight W is held in equilibrium as shown, with one end against a frictionless wall and the other end attached to a cord of length S. Derive an expression for the distance h in terms of L and S. Show that this position of equilibrium does not exist if S > 2L. SOLUTION From the f.b.d of the three-force member AB, forces must intersect at D. Since the force T intersects point D, directly above G, yBE = h For triangle ACE: S 2 = ( AE ) + ( 2h ) 2 2 (1) For triangle ABE: L2 = ( AE ) + ( h ) 2 2 (2) Subtracting Equation (2) from Equation (1) S 2 − L2 = 3h 2 (3) or h = S 2 − L2 3 As length S increases relative to length L, angle θ increases until rod AB is vertical. At this vertical position: h+L=S or h≥S−L Therefore, for all positions of AB S 2 − L2 ≥S−L 3 or or or and For h=S−L ( ) S 2 − L2 ≥ 3 ( S − L ) = 3 S 2 − 2SL + L2 = 3S 2 − 6SL + 3L2 2 0 ≥ 2S 2 − 6SL + 4 L2 0 ≥ S 2 − 3SL + 2 L2 = ( S − L )( S − 2L ) S−L=0 S = L ∴ Minimum value of S is L For S − 2L = 0 S = 2L ∴ Maximum value of S is 2L Therefore, equilibrium does not exist if S > 2L (4) PROBLEM 4.88 A slender rod of length L = 200 mm is held in equilibrium as shown, with one end against a frictionless wall and the other end attached to a cord of length S = 300 mm. Knowing that the mass of the rod is 1.5 kg, determine (a) the distance h, (b) the tension in the cord, (c) the reaction at B. SOLUTION From the f.b.d of the three-force member AB, forces must intersect at D. Since the force T intersects point D, directly above G, yBE = h For triangle ACE: S 2 = ( AE ) + ( 2h ) 2 2 (1) For triangle ABE: L2 = ( AE ) + ( h ) 2 2 (2) Subtracting Equation (2) from Equation (1) S 2 − L2 = 3h 2 or h = (a) For L = 200 mm and h= S 2 − L2 3 S = 300 mm ( 300 )2 − ( 200 )2 3 = 129.099 mm or h = 129.1 mm (b) Have ( ) W = mg = (1.5 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 14.715 N 2h 2 (129.099 ) 300 θ = sin −1 = sin −1 s and θ = 59.391° From the force triangle T = W 14.715 N = = 17.0973 N sin θ sin 59.391° or T = 17.10 N (c) B= W 14.715 N = = 8.7055 N tan θ tan 59.391° or B = 8.71 N PROBLEM 4.89 A slender rod of length L and weight W is attached to collars which can slide freely along the guides shown. Knowing that the rod is in equilibrium, derive an expression for the angle θ in terms of the angle β . SOLUTION As shown in the f.b.d of the slender rod AB, the three forces intersect at C. From the force geometry tan β = xGB y AB where y AB = L cosθ xGB = and ∴ tan β = 1 2 1 L sin θ 2 L sin θ L cosθ = 1 tan θ 2 or tan θ = 2 tan β PROBLEM 4.90 A 10-kg slender rod of length L is attached to collars which can slide freely along the guides shown. Knowing that the rod is in equilibrium and that β = 25°, determine (a) the angle θ that the rod forms with the vertical, (b) the reactions at A and B. SOLUTION (a) As shown in the f.b.d. of the slender rod AB, the three forces intersect at C. From the geometry of the forces xCB yBC tan β = where xCB = 1 L sin θ 2 yBC = L cosθ and ∴ tan β = 1 tan θ 2 or tan θ = 2 tan β For β = 25° tan θ = 2 tan 25° = 0.93262 ∴ θ = 43.003° or θ = 43.0° ( ) W = mg = (10 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 98.1 N (b) From force triangle A = W tan β = ( 98.1 N ) tan 25° = 45.745 N or A = 45.7 N and B= W 98.1 N = = 108.241 N cos β cos 25° or B = 108.2 N 65.0° PROBLEM 4.91 A uniform slender rod of mass 5 g and length 250 mm is balanced on a glass of inner diameter 70 mm. Neglecting friction, determine the angle θ corresponding to equilibrium. SOLUTION From the geometry of the forces acting on the three-force member AB Triangle ACF yCF = d tan θ xFE = yCF tan θ = d tan 2 θ Triangle CEF Triangle AGE cosθ = = d + xFE d + d tan 2 θ = L L 2 2 ( 2d 1 + tan 2 θ L Now (1 + tan θ ) = sec θ Then cosθ = 2 2 ) 1 cosθ 2d 2d 1 sec 2 θ = L L cos 2 θ ∴ cos3 θ = For secθ = and d = 70 mm and cos3 θ = 2d L L = 250 mm 2 ( 70 ) = 0.56 250 ∴ cosθ = 0.82426 and θ = 34.487° or θ = 34.5° PROBLEM 4.92 Rod AB is bent into the shape of a circular arc and is lodged between two pegs D and E. It supports a load P at end B. Neglecting friction and the weight of the rod, determine the distance c corresponding to equilibrium when a = 1 in. and R = 5 in. SOLUTION yED = xED = a, Since Slope of ED is ∴ slope of HC is 45° 45° DE = Also and 2a a 1 DH = HE = DE = 2 2 For triangles DHC and EHC sin β = a = 1 in. and sin β = R = 5 in. 1 in. = 0.141421 2 ( 5 in.) ∴ β = 8.1301° and a 2R c = R sin ( 45° − β ) Now For a/ 2 = R or β = 8.13° c = ( 5 in.) sin ( 45° − 8.1301° ) = 3.00 in. or c = 3.00 in. PROBLEM 4.93 A uniform rod AB of weight W and length 2R rests inside a hemispherical bowl of radius R as shown. Neglecting friction determine the angle θ corresponding to equilibrium. SOLUTION Based on the f.b.d., the uniform rod AB is a three-force body. Point E is the point of intersection of the three forces. Since force A passes through O, the center of the circle, and since force C is perpendicular to the rod, triangle ACE is a right triangle inscribed in the circle. Thus, E is a point on the circle. Note that the angle α of triangle DOA is the central angle corresponding to the inscribed angle θ of triangle DCA. ∴ α = 2θ The horizontal projections of AE , ( x AE ) , and AG, ( x AG ) , are equal. ∴ x AE = x AG = x A or ( AE ) cos 2θ = ( AG ) cosθ and ( 2R ) cos 2θ Now cos 2θ = 2cos 2 θ − 1 then 4cos 2 θ − 2 = cosθ or = R cosθ 4cos 2 θ − cosθ − 2 = 0 Applying the quadratic equation cosθ = 0.84307 ∴ θ = 32.534° and cosθ = −0.59307 and θ = 126.375°(Discard) or θ = 32.5° PROBLEM 4.94 A uniform slender rod of mass m and length 4r rests on the surface shown and is held in the given equilibrium position by the force P. Neglecting the effect of friction at A and C, (a) determine the angle θ, (b) derive an expression for P in terms of m. SOLUTION The forces acting on the three-force member intersect at D. (a) From triangle ACO r −1 1 = tan = 18.4349° 3r 3 θ = tan −1 tan θ = (b) From triangle DCG ∴ DC = and or θ = 18.43° r DC r r = = 3r tan θ tan18.4349° DO = DC + r = 3r + r = 4r yDO x AG α = tan −1 where yDO = ( DO ) cosθ = ( 4r ) cos18.4349° = 3.4947r and x AG = ( 2r ) cosθ = ( 2r ) cos18.4349° = 1.89737r 3.4947r ∴ α = tan −1 = 63.435° 1.89737r where 90° + (α − θ ) = 90° + 45° = 135.00° Applying the law of sines to the force triangle, mg R = A sin 90° + (α − θ ) sin θ ∴ RA = ( 0.44721) mg Finally, P = RA cos α = ( 0.44721mg ) cos 63.435° = 0.20000mg or P = mg 5 PROBLEM 4.95 A uniform slender rod of length 2L and mass m rests against a roller at D and is held in the equilibrium position shown by a cord of length a. Knowing that L = 200 mm, determine (a) the angle θ, (b) the length a. SOLUTION (a) The forces acting on the three-force member AB intersect at E. Since triangle DBC is isosceles, DB = a. From triangle BDE ED = DB tan 2θ = a tan 2θ From triangle GED ED = ∴ a tan 2θ = L−a tan θ tan θ a ( tan θ tan 2θ + 1) = L or a= From triangle BCD ( L − a) 1 (1.25L ) 2 cosθ or L = 1.6cosθ a Substituting Equation (2) into Equation (1) yields 1.6cosθ = 1 + tan θ tan 2θ Now tan θ tan 2θ = sin θ sin 2θ cosθ cos 2θ = sin θ 2sin θ cosθ cosθ 2 cos 2 θ − 1 = 2 (1 − cos 2 θ ) 2cos 2 θ − 1 2 (1 − cos 2 θ ) 2cos 2 θ − 1 Then 1.6cosθ = 1 + or 3.2cos3 θ − 1.6cosθ − 1 = 0 Solving numerically θ = 23.515° or θ = 23.5° (b) From Equation (2) for L = 200 mm and θ = 23.5° a= 5 ( 200 mm ) = 136.321 mm 8 cos 23.515° or a = 136.3 mm (1) (2) PROBLEM 4.96 Gears A and B are attached to a shaft supported by bearings at C and D. The diameters of gears A and B are 150 mm and 75 mm, respectively, and the tangential and radial forces acting on the gears are as shown. Knowing that the system rotates at a constant rate, determine the reactions at C and D. Assume that the bearing at C does not exert any axial force, and neglect the weights of the gears and the shaft. SOLUTION Assume moment reactions at the bearing supports are zero. From f.b.d. of shaft ΣFx = 0: ∴ Dx = 0 ΣM D( z -axis ) = 0: − C y (175 mm ) + ( 482 N ) ( 75 mm ) + ( 2650 N ) ( 50 mm ) = 0 ∴ C y = 963.71 N or C y = ( 964 N ) j ΣM D( y -axis ) = 0: Cz (175 mm ) + (1325 N ) ( 75 mm ) + ( 964 N ) ( 50 mm ) = 0 ∴ C z = −843.29 N or C z = ( 843 N ) k and C = ( 964 N ) j − ( 843 N ) k ΣM C ( z -axis ) = 0: − ( 482 N ) (100 mm ) + Dy (175 mm ) + ( 2650 N ) ( 225 mm ) = 0 ∴ D y = −3131.7 N or D y = − ( 3130 N ) j ΣM C ( y -axis ) = 0: − (1325 N ) (100 mm ) − Dz (175 mm ) + ( 964 N ) ( 225 mm ) = 0 ∴ Dz = 482.29 N or D z = ( 482 N ) k and D = − ( 3130 N ) j + ( 482 N ) k PROBLEM 4.97 Solve Problem 4.96 assuming that for gear A the tangential and radial forces are acting at E, so that FA = (1325 N)j + (482 N)k. P4.96 Gears A and B are attached to a shaft supported by bearings at C and D. The diameters of gears A and B are 150 mm and 75 mm, respectively, and the tangential and radial forces acting on the gears are as shown. Knowing that the system rotates at a constant rate, determine the reactions at C and D. Assume that the bearing at C does not exert any axial force, and neglect the weights of the gears and the shaft. SOLUTION Assume moment reactions at the bearing supports are zero. From f.b.d. of shaft ΣFx = 0: ∴ Dx = 0 ΣM D( z -axis ) = 0: − C y (175 mm ) − (1325 N ) ( 75 mm ) + ( 2650 N ) ( 50 mm ) = 0 ∴ C y = 189.286 N C y = (189.3 N ) j or ΣM D( y -axis ) = 0: C z (175 mm ) + ( 482 N ) ( 75 mm ) + ( 964 N ) ( 50 mm ) = 0 ∴ C z = −482.00 N C z = − ( 482 N ) k or and C = (189.3 N ) j − ( 482 N ) k ΣM C ( z -axis ) = 0: (1325 N ) (100 mm ) + Dy (175 mm ) + ( 2650 N ) ( 225 mm ) = 0 ∴ Dy = − 4164.3 N D y = − ( 4160 N ) j or ΣM C ( y -axis ) = 0: − ( 482 N )(100 mm ) − Dz (175 mm ) + ( 964 N )( 225 mm ) = 0 ∴ Dz = 964.00 N or D z = ( 964 N ) k and D = − ( 4160 N ) j + ( 964 N ) k PROBLEM 4.98 Two transmission belts pass over sheaves welded to an axle supported by bearings at B and D. The sheave at A has a radius of 50 mm, and the sheave at C has a radius of 40 mm. Knowing that the system rotates with a constant rate, determine (a) the tension T, (b) the reactions at B and D. Assume that the bearing at D does not exert any axial thrust and neglect the weights of the sheaves and the axle. SOLUTION Assume moment reactions at the bearing supports are zero. From f.b.d. of shaft (a) ΣM x-axis = 0: ( 240 N − 180 N )( 50 mm ) + ( 300 N − T )( 40 mm ) = 0 ∴ T = 375 N (b) ΣFx = 0: Bx = 0 ΣM D( z -axis ) = 0: ( 300 N + 375 N )(120 mm ) − By ( 240 mm ) = 0 ∴ By = 337.5 N ΣM D( y -axis ) = 0: ( 240 N + 180 N )( 400 mm ) + Bz ( 240 mm ) = 0 ∴ Bz = −700 N or B = ( 338 N ) j − ( 700 N ) k ΣM B( z -axis ) = 0: − ( 300 N + 375 N )(120 mm ) + D y ( 240 mm ) = 0 ∴ D y = 337.5 N ΣM B( y -axis ) = 0: ( 240 N + 180 N )(160 mm ) + Dz ( 240 mm ) = 0 ∴ Dz = −280 N or D = ( 338 N ) j − ( 280 N ) k PROBLEM 4.99 For the portion of a machine shown, the 4-in.-diameter pulley A and wheel B are fixed to a shaft supported by bearings at C and D. The spring of constant 2 lb/in. is unstretched when θ = 0, and the bearing at C does not exert any axial force. Knowing that θ = 180° and that the machine is at rest and in equilibrium, determine (a) the tension T, (b) the reactions at C and D. Neglect the weights of the shaft, pulley, and wheel. SOLUTION First, determine the spring force, FE , at θ = 180°. FE = ks x ks = 2 lb/in. where x = ( yE )final − ( yE )initial = (12 in. + 3.5 in.) − (12 in. − 3.5 in.) = 7.0 in. ∴ FE = ( 2 lb/in.)( 7.0 in.) = 14.0 lb (a) From f.b.d. of machine part ΣM x = 0: ( 34 lb )( 2 in.) − T ( 2 in.) = 0 or T = 34.0 lb ∴ T = 34 lb (b) ΣM D ( z -axis ) = 0: − C y (10 in.) − FE ( 2 in. + 1 in.) = 0 − C y (10 in.) − 14.0 lb ( 3 in.) = 0 ∴ C y = −4.2 lb or C y = − ( 4.20 lb ) j ΣM D( y -axis ) = 0: C z (10 in.) + 34 lb ( 4 in.) + 34 lb ( 4 in.) = 0 ∴ C z = −27.2 lb or C z = − ( 27.2 lb ) k and C = − ( 4.20 lb ) j − ( 27.2 lb ) k PROBLEM 4.99 CONTINUED ΣFx = 0: Dx = 0 ΣM C ( z -axis ) = 0: Dy (10 in.) − FE (12 in. + 1 in.) = 0 Dy (10 in.) − 14.0 (13 in.) = 0 or ∴ Dy = 18.2 lb or D y = (18.20 lb ) j ΣM C ( y -axis ) = 0: − 2 ( 34 lb ) ( 6 in.) − Dz (10 in.) = 0 ∴ Dz = −40.8 lb or D z = − ( 40.8 lb ) k and D = (18.20 lb ) j − ( 40.8 lb ) k PROBLEM 4.100 Solve Problem 4.99 for θ = 90°. P4.99 For the portion of a machine shown, the 4-in.-diameter pulley A and wheel B are fixed to a shaft supported by bearings at C and D. The spring of constant 2 lb/in. is unstretched when θ = 0, and the bearing at C does not exert any axial force. Knowing that θ = 180° and that the machine is at rest and in equilibrium, determine (a) the tension T, (b) the reactions at C and D. Neglect the weights of the shaft, pulley, and wheel. SOLUTION First, determine the spring force, FE , at θ = 90°. FE = ks x ks = 2 lb/in. where and x = Lfinal − Linitial = ( 3.5)2 + (12 )2 − (12 − 3.5) = 12.5 − 8.5 = 4.0 in. ∴ FE = ( 2 lb/in.)( 4.0 in.) = 8.0 lb Then FE = −12.0 3.5 (8.0 lb ) j + (8.0 lb ) k = − ( 7.68 lb ) j + ( 2.24 lb ) k 12.5 12.5 (a) From f.b.d. of machine part ΣM x = 0: ( 34 lb ) ( 2 in.) − T ( 2 in.) − ( 7.68 lb )( 3.5 in.) = 0 or T = 20.6 lb ∴ T = 20.56 lb (b) ΣM D ( z -axis ) = 0: − C y (10 in.) − ( 7.68 lb ) ( 3.0 in.) = 0 ∴ C y = −2.304 lb or C y = − ( 2.30 lb ) j ΣM D ( y -axis ) = 0: Cz (10 in.) + ( 34 lb ) ( 4.0 in.) + ( 20.56 lb ) ( 4.0 in.) − ( 2.24 lb ) ( 3 in.) = 0 ∴ C z = −21.152 lb or C z = − ( 21.2 lb ) k and C = − ( 2.30 lb ) j − ( 21.2 lb ) k PROBLEM 4.100 CONTINUED ΣFx = 0: Dx = 0 ΣM C ( z -axis ) = 0: Dy (10 in.) − ( 7.68 lb )(13 in.) = 0 ∴ D y = 9.984 lb or D y = ( 9.98 lb ) j ΣM C ( y -axis ) = 0: − ( 34 lb )( 6 in.) − ( 20.56 lb )( 6 in.) − Dz (10 in.) − ( 2.24 lb )(13 in.) = 0 ∴ Dz = −35.648 lb or D z = − ( 35.6 lb ) k and D = ( 9.98 lb ) j − ( 35.6 lb ) k PROBLEM 4.101 A 1.2 × 2.4-m sheet of plywood having a mass of 17 kg has been temporarily placed among three pipe supports. The lower edge of the sheet rests on small collars A and B and its upper edge leans against pipe C. Neglecting friction at all surfaces, determine the reactions at A, B, and C. SOLUTION ( ) W = mg = (17 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 166.77 N First note h= (1.2 )2 − (1.125)2 = 0.41758 m From f.b.d. of plywood sheet (1.125 m ) ΣM z = 0: C ( h ) − W =0 2 C ( 0.41758 m ) − (166.77 N ) ( 0.5625 m ) = 0 ∴ C = 224.65 N C = − ( 225 N ) i or ΣM B( y -axis ) = 0: − ( 224.65 N ) ( 0.6 m ) + Ax (1.2 m ) = 0 ∴ Ax = 112.324 N or A x = (112.3 N ) i ΣM B( x-axis ) = 0: (166.77 N ) ( 0.3 m ) − Ay (1.2 m ) = 0 ∴ Ay = 41.693 N or A y = ( 41.7 N ) j ΣM A( y -axis ) = 0: ( 224.65 N ) ( 0.6 m ) − Bx (1.2 m ) = 0 ∴ Bx = 112.325 N or B x = (112.3 N ) i PROBLEM 4.101 CONTINUED ΣM A( x-axis ) = 0: By (1.2 m ) − (166.77 N ) ( 0.9 m ) = 0 ∴ By = 125.078 N or B y = (125.1 N ) j ∴ A = (112.3 N ) i + ( 41.7 N ) j B = (112.3 N ) i + (125.1 N ) j C = − ( 225 N ) i PROBLEM 4.102 The 200 × 200-mm square plate shown has a mass of 25 kg and is supported by three vertical wires. Determine the tension in each wire. SOLUTION ( ) W = mg = ( 25 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 245.25 N First note From f.b.d. of plate ΣM x = 0: ( 245.25 N ) (100 mm ) − TA (100 mm ) − TC ( 200 mm ) = 0 ∴ TA + 2TC = 245.25 N (1) ΣM z = 0: TB (160 mm ) + TC (160 mm ) − ( 245.25 N ) (100 mm ) = 0 ∴ TB + TC = 153.281 N (2) ΣFy = 0: TA + TB + TC − 245.25 N = 0 ∴ TB + TC = 245.25 − TA (3) TA = 245.25 N − 153.281 N = 91.969 N (4) Equating Equations (2) and (3) yields TA = 92.0 N or Substituting the value of TA into Equation (1) TC = ( 245.25 N − 91.969 N ) 2 = 76.641 N (5) TC = 76.6 N or Substituting the value of TC into Equation (2) TB = 153.281 N − 76.641 N = 76.639 N or TB = 76.6 N TA = 92.0 N TB = 76.6 N TC = 76.6 N PROBLEM 4.103 The 200 × 200-mm square plate shown has a mass of 25 kg and is supported by three vertical wires. Determine the mass and location of the lightest block which should be placed on the plate if the tensions in the three cables are to be equal. SOLUTION First note ( ) WG = m p1g = ( 25 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 245.25 N ( ) W1 = mg = m 9.81 m/s 2 = ( 9.81m ) N From f.b.d. of plate ΣFy = 0: 3T − WG − W1 = 0 (1) ΣM x = 0: WG (100 mm ) + W1 ( z ) − T (100 mm ) − T ( 200 mm ) = 0 or − 300T + 100WG + W1z = 0 (2) ΣM z = 0: 2T (160 mm ) − WG (100 mm ) − W1 ( x ) = 0 or 320T − 100WG − W1x = 0 Eliminate T by forming 100 × Eq. (1) + Eq. ( 2 ) −100W1 + W1z = 0 ∴ z = 100 mm 0 ≤ z ≤ 200 mm, ∴ okay Now, 3 × Eq. ( 3) − 320 × Eq. (1) yields 3 ( 320T ) − 3 (100 )WG − 3W1x − 320 ( 3T ) + 320WG + 320W1 = 0 (3) PROBLEM 4.103 CONTINUED or 20WG + ( 320 − 3x )W1 = 0 or W1 20 = WG 3 x − 320 ) ( The smallest value of W1 will result in the smallest value of W1 since WG is given. WG ∴ Use x = xmax = 200 mm W1 20 1 = = WG 3 ( 200 ) − 320 14 and then ∴ W1 = and WG 245.25 N = = 17.5179 N ( minimum ) 14 14 m= W1 17.5179 N = = 1.78571 kg g 9.81 m/s 2 or m = 1.786 kg at x = 200 mm, z = 100 mm PROBLEM 4.104 A camera of mass 240 g is mounted on a small tripod of mass 200 g. Assuming that the mass of the camera is uniformly distributed and that the line of action of the weight of the tripod passes through D, determine (a) the vertical components of the reactions at A, B, and C when θ = 0, (b) the maximum value of θ if the tripod is not to tip over. SOLUTION First note Wtp = mtp For θ = 0 ( ) g = ( 0.20 kg ) ( 9.81 m/s ) = 1.9620 N WC = mC g = ( 0.24 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 2.3544 N 2 xC = − ( 60 mm − 24 mm ) = −36 mm zC = 0 (a) From f.b.d. of camera and tripod as projected onto plane ABCD ΣFy = 0: Ay + By + C y − WC − Wtp = 0 ∴ Ay + By + C y = 2.3544 N + 1.9620 N = 4.3164 N ΣM x = 0: C y ( 38 mm ) − By ( 38 mm ) = 0 ∴ C y = By (1) (2) ΣM z = 0: By ( 35 mm ) + C y ( 35 mm ) + ( 2.3544 N ) ( 36 mm ) − Ay ( 45 mm ) = 0 ∴ 9 Ay − 7By − 7C y = 16.9517 (3) Substitute C y with By from Equation (2) into Equations (1) and (3), and solve by elimination ( 7 Ay + 2 By = 4.3164 ) 9 Ay − 14By = 16.9517 16 Ay = 47.166 PROBLEM 4.104 CONTINUED ∴ Ay = 2.9479 N or A y = 2.95 N Substituting Ay = 2.9479 N into Equation (1) 2.9479 N + 2 By = 4.3164 ∴ By = 0.68425 N C y = 0.68425 N or B y = C y = 0.684 N (b) By = 0 for impending tipping From f.b.d. of camera and tripod as projected onto plane ABCD ΣFy = 0: Ay + C y − WC − Wtp = 0 ∴ Ay + C y = 4.3164 N (1) ΣM x = 0: C y ( 38 mm ) − ( 2.3544 N ) ( 36 mm ) sin θ = 0 ∴ C y = 2.2305sin θ (2) ΣM z = 0: C y ( 35 mm ) − Ay ( 45 mm ) + ( 2.3544 N ) ( 36 mm ) cosθ = 0 ∴ 9 Ay − 7C y = (16.9517 N ) cosθ (3) Forming 7 × Eq. (1) + Eq. ( 3) yields 16 Ay = 30.215 N + (16.9517 N ) cosθ (4) PROBLEM 4.104 CONTINUED Substituting Equation (2) into Equation (3) 9 Ay − (15.6134 N ) sin θ = (16.9517 N ) cosθ (5) Forming 9 × Eq. ( 4 ) − 16 × Eq. ( 5 ) yields ( 249.81 N ) sin θ or = 271.93 N − (118.662 N ) cosθ cos 2 θ = 2.2916 N − ( 2.1053 N ) sin θ 2 cos 2 θ = 1 − sin 2 θ Now ∴ 5.4323sin 2 θ − 9.6490sin θ + 4.2514 = 0 Using quadratic formula to solve, sin θ = 0.80981 and sin θ = 0.96641 ∴ θ = 54.078° and θ = 75.108° or θ max = 54.1° before tipping PROBLEM 4.105 Two steel pipes AB and BC, each having a weight per unit length of 5 lb/ft, are welded together at B and are supported by three wires. Knowing that a = 1.25 ft, determine the tension in each wire. SOLUTION WAB = ( 5 lb/ft )( 2 ft ) = 10 lb First note WBC = ( 5 lb/ft )( 4 ft ) = 20 lb W = WAB + WBC = 30 lb To locate the equivalent force of the pipe assembly weight rG/B × W = Σ ( ri × Wi ) = rG ( AB ) × WAB + rG ( BC ) × WBC ( xGi + zGk ) × ( −30 lb ) j = (1 ft ) k × ( −10 lb ) j + ( 2 ft ) i × ( −20 lb ) j or ∴ From i-coefficient k-coefficient − ( 30 lb ) xGk + ( 30 lb ) zG i = (10 lb ⋅ ft ) i − ( 40 lb ⋅ ft ) k zG = 10 lb ⋅ ft 1 = ft 30 lb 3 xG = 40 lb ⋅ ft 1 = 1 ft 30 lb 3 From f.b.d. of piping ΣM x = 0: W ( zG ) − TA ( 2 ft ) = 0 1 1 ∴ TA = ft 30 lb ft = 5 lb 2 3 or TA = 5.00 lb ΣFy = 0: 5 lb + TD + TC − 30 lb = 0 ∴ TD + TC = 25 lb (1) PROBLEM 4.105 CONTINUED 4 ΣM z = 0: TD (1.25 ft ) + TC ( 4 ft ) − 30 lb ft = 0 3 ∴ 1.25TD + 4TC = 40 lb ⋅ ft −4 Equation (1) −4TD − 4TC = −100 Equation (2) + Equation (3) Results: (3) −2.75TD = −60 ∴ TD = 21.818 lb From Equation (1) (2) or TD = 21.8 lb TC = 25 − 21.818 = 3.1818 lb or TC = 3.18 lb TA = 5.00 lb TC = 3.18 lb TD = 21.8 lb PROBLEM 4.106 For the pile assembly of Problem 4.105, determine (a) the largest permissible value of a if the assembly is not to tip, (b) the corresponding tension in each wire. P4.105 Two steel pipes AB and BC, each having a weight per unit length of 5 lb/ft, are welded together at B and are supported by three wires. Knowing that a = 1.25 ft, determine the tension in each wire. SOLUTION First note WAB = ( 5 lb/ft )( 2 ft ) = 10 lb WBC = ( 5 lb/ft )( 4 ft ) = 20 lb From f.b.d. of pipe assembly ΣFy = 0: TA + TC + TD − 10 lb − 20 lb = 0 ∴ TA + TC + TD = 30 lb (1) ΣM x = 0: (10 lb )(1 ft ) − TA ( 2 ft ) = 0 or TA = 5.00 lb (2) TC + TD = 25 lb From Equations (1) and (2) (3) ΣM z = 0: TC ( 4 ft ) + TD ( amax ) − 20 lb ( 2 ft ) = 0 or ( 4 ft ) TC + TD amax = 40 lb ⋅ ft (4) PROBLEM 4.106 CONTINUED Using Equation (3) to eliminate TC 4 ( 25 − TD ) + TD amax = 40 amax = 4 − or 60 TD By observation, a is maximum when TD is maximum. From Equation (3), (TD )max occurs when TC = 0. Therefore, (TD )max = 25 lb and amax = 4 − 60 25 = 1.600 ft Results: (a) amax = 1.600 ft (b) TA = 5.00 lb TC = 0 TD = 25.0 lb PROBLEM 4.107 A uniform aluminum rod of weight W is bent into a circular ring of radius R and is supported by three wires as shown. Determine the tension in each wire. SOLUTION From f.b.d. of ring ΣFy = 0: TA + TB + TC − W = 0 ∴ TA + TB + TC = W (1) ΣM x = 0: TA ( R ) − TC ( R sin 30° ) = 0 ∴ TA = 0.5TC (2) ΣM z = 0: TC ( R cos 30° ) − TB ( R ) = 0 ∴ TB = 0.86603TC (3) Substituting TA and TB from Equations (2) and (3) into Equation (1) 0.5TC + 0.86603TC + TC = W ∴ TC = 0.42265W From Equation (2) TA = 0.5 ( 0.42265W ) = 0.21132W From Equation (3) TB = 0.86603 ( 0.42265W ) = 0.36603W or TA = 0.211W TB = 0.366W TC = 0.423W PROBLEM 4.108 A uniform aluminum rod of weight W is bent into a circular ring of radius R and is supported by three wires as shown. A small collar of weight W ′ is then placed on the ring and positioned so that the tensions in the three wires are equal. Determine (a) the position of the collar, (b) the value of W ′, (c) the tension in the wires. SOLUTION Let θ = angle from x-axis to small collar of weight W ′ From f.b.d. of ring ΣFy = 0: 3T − W − W ′ = 0 (1) ΣM x = 0: T ( R ) − T ( R sin 30° ) + W ′ ( R sin θ ) = 0 or 1 W ′ sin θ = − T 2 (2) ΣM z = 0: T ( R cos 30° ) − W ′ ( R cosθ ) − T ( R ) = 0 or 3 W ′ cosθ = − 1 − T 2 (3) Dividing Equation (2) by Equation (3) 1 3 tan θ = 1 − 2 2 ∴ θ = 75.000° and −1 = 3.7321 θ = 255.00° Based on Equations (2) and (3), θ = 75.000° will give a negative value for W ′, which is not acceptable. (a) ∴ W ′ is located at θ = 255° from the x-axis or 15° from A towards B. (b) From Equation (1) and Equation (2) W ′ = 3 ( −2W ′ )( sin 255° ) − W ∴ W ′ = 0.20853W or W ′ = 0.209W (c) From Equation (1) T = −2 ( 0.20853W ) sin 255° = 0.40285W or T = 0.403W PROBLEM 4.109 An opening in a floor is covered by a 3 × 4-ft sheet of plywood weighing 12 lb. The sheet is hinged at A and B and is maintained in a position slightly above the floor by a small block C. Determine the vertical component of the reaction (a) at A, (b) at B, (c) at C. SOLUTION From f.b.d. of plywood sheet ΣM x = 0: (12 lb )( 2 ft ) − C y ( 3.5 ft ) = 0 ∴ C y = 6.8571 lb ΣM B( z -axis ) = 0: or C y = 6.86 lb (12 lb )(1 ft ) + ( 6.8571 lb )( 0.5 ft ) − Ay ( 2 ft ) = 0 ∴ Ay = 7.7143 lb or Ay = 7.71 lb ΣM A( z -axis ) = 0: − (12 lb )(1 ft ) + By ( 2 ft ) + ( 6.8571 lb )( 2.5 ft ) = 0 ∴ By = 2.5714 lb or By = 2.57 lb (a) Ay = 7.71 lb (b) By = 2.57 lb (c) C y = 6.86 lb PROBLEM 4.110 Solve Problem 4.109 assuming that the small block C is moved and placed under edge DE at a point 0.5 ft from corner E. SOLUTION rB/ A = ( 2 ft ) i First, rC/ A = ( 2 ft ) i + ( 4 ft ) k rG/ A = (1 ft ) i + ( 2 ft ) k From f.b.d. of plywood sheet ΣM A = 0: rB/ A × ( B y j + Bzk ) + rC/ A × C y j + rG/ A × ( −Wj) = 0 ( 2 ft ) i × By j + ( 2 ft ) i × Bzk + [( 2 ft ) i + ( 4 ft ) k ] × C y j + [(1 ft ) i + ( 2 ft ) k ] × ( −12 lb ) j = 0 2Byk − 2 Bz j + 2C yk − 4C y i − 12k + 24i = 0 i-coeff. −4C y + 24 = 0 ∴ C y = 6.00 lb j-coeff. −2 Bz = 0 ∴ Bz = 0 k-coeff. 2By + 2C y − 12 = 0 or 2By + 2 ( 6 ) − 12 = 0 ∴ By = 0 PROBLEM 4.110 CONTINUED ΣF = 0: Ay j + Azk + By j + Bzk + C y j − Wj = 0 Ay j + Az k + 0 j + 0k + 6 j − 12 j = 0 j-coeff. Ay + 6 − 12 = 0 k-coeff. Az = 0 ∴ Ay = 6.00 lb Az = 0 ∴ a) Ay = 6.00 lb b) By = 0 c) C y = 6.00 lb PROBLEM 4.111 The 10-kg square plate shown is supported by three vertical wires. Determine (a) the tension in each wire when a = 100 mm, (b) the value of a for which tensions in the three wires are equal. SOLUTION First note (a) ( ) W = mg = (10 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 98.1 N (a) From f.b.d. of plate ΣFy = 0: TA + TB + TC − W = 0 ∴ TA + TB + TC = 98.1 N (1) ΣM x = 0: W (150 mm ) − TB( 300 mm ) − TC (100 mm ) = 0 ∴ 6TB + 2TC = 294.3 (2) ΣM z = 0: TB(100 mm ) + TC ( 300 mm ) − ( 98.1 N )(150 mm ) = 0 ∴ − 6TB − 18TC = −882.9 (3) Equation (2) + Equation (3) −16TC = −588.6 ∴ TC = 36.788 N TC = 36.8 N W or Substitution into Equation (2) 6TB + 2 ( 36.788 N ) = 294.3 N ∴ TB = 36.788 N or TB = 36.8 N W From Equation (1) TA + 36.788 + 36.788 = 98.1 N ∴ TA = 24.525 N or TA = 24.5 N W PROBLEM 4.111 CONTINUED (b) (b) From f.b.d. of plate ΣFy = 0: 3T − W = 0 ∴ T = 1 W 3 (1) ΣM x = 0: W (150 mm ) − T ( a ) − T ( 300 mm ) = 0 ∴ T = 150W a + 300 (2) Equating Equation (1) to Equation (2) 1 150W W = 3 a + 300 or a + 300 = 3 (150 ) or a = 150.0 mm W PROBLEM 4.112 The 3-m flagpole AC forms an angle of 30o with the z axis. It is held by a ball-and-socket joint at C and by two thin braces BD and BE. Knowing that the distance BC is 0.9 m, determine the tension in each brace and the reaction at C. SOLUTION TBE can be found from ΣM about line CE From f.b.d. of flagpole ( ) ΣM CE = 0: λ CE ⋅ rB/C × TBD + λ CE ⋅ ( rA/C × FA ) = 0 where λ CE = ( 0.9 m ) i + ( 0.9 m ) j ( 0.9 )2 + ( 0.9 )2 m = 1 ( i + j) 2 rB/C = ( 0.9 m ) sin 30° j + ( 0.9 m ) cos 30° k = ( 0.45 m ) j + ( 0.77942 m ) k − ( 0.9 m ) i + 0.9 m − ( 0.9 m ) sin 30° j − ( 0.9 m ) cos 30° k T TBD = λ BDTBD = BD 2 2 2 ( 0.9 ) + ( 0.45 ) + ( 0.77942 ) m T = − ( 0.9 m ) i + ( 0.45 m ) j − ( 0.77942 m ) k BD 1.62 = ( −0.70711i + 0.35355 j − 0.61237k ) TBD rA/C = ( 3 m ) sin 30° j + ( 3 m ) cos30°k = (1.5 m ) j + ( 2.5981 m ) k FA = − ( 300 N ) j ∴ 1 1 0 1 1 0 TBD 1 0 0.45 0.77942 + 0 1.5 2.5981 =0 2 2 0 −300 0 −0.70711 0.35355 −0.61237 PROBLEM 4.112 CONTINUED −1.10227TBD + 779.43 = 0 or ∴ TBD = 707.12 N or TBD = 707 N W TBE = TBD = 707.12 N Based on symmetry with yz-plane, or TBE = 707 N W The reaction forces at C are found from ΣF = 0 ΣFx = 0: − (TBD ) x + (TBE ) x + C x = 0 ΣFy = 0: or Cx = 0 (TBD ) y + (TBE ) y + C y − 300 N = 0 C y = 300 N − 2 ( 0.35355)( 707.12 N ) ∴ C y = −200.00 N ΣFz = 0: Cz − (TBD ) z − (TBE ) z = 0 Cz = 2 ( 0.61237 )( 707.12 N ) ∴ C z = 866.04 N or C = − ( 200 N ) j + ( 866 N ) k W PROBLEM 4.113 A 3-m boom is acted upon by the 4-kN force shown. Determine the tension in each cable and the reaction at the ball-and-socket joint at A. SOLUTION From f.b.d. of boom ( ) ( ) ΣM AE = 0: λ AE ⋅ rB/ A × TBD + λ AE ⋅ rC/ A × FC = 0 where λ AE = ( 2.1 m ) j − (1.8 m ) k ( 2.1)2 + (1.8)2 m = 0.27451j − 0.23529k rB/ A = (1.8 m ) i TBD = λ BDTBD = ( −1.8 m ) i + ( 2.1 m ) j + (1.8 m ) k T BD (1.8)2 + ( 2.1)2 + (1.8)2 m = ( −0.54545i + 0.63636 j + 0.54545k ) TBD rC/ A = ( 3.0 m ) i FC = − ( 4 kN ) j PROBLEM 4.113 CONTINUED ∴ 0 0.27451 −0.23529 0 0.27451 −0.23529 1.8 0 0 0 0 =0 TBD + 3 −0.54545 0.63636 0.54545 0 −4 0 ( −0.149731 − 0.149729 )1.8TBD + 2.82348 = 0 ∴ TBD = 5.2381 kN Based on symmetry, or TBD = 5.24 kN W TBE = TBD = 5.2381 kN ΣFz = 0: Az + (TBD ) z − (TBE ) z = 0 or TBE = 5.24 kN W Az = 0 ΣFy = 0: Ay + (TBD ) y + (TBD ) y − 4 kN = 0 Ay + 2 ( 0.63636 )( 5.2381 kN ) − 4 kN = 0 ∴ Ay = −2.6666 kN ΣFx = 0: Ax − (TBD ) x − (TBE ) x = 0 Ax − 2 ( 0.54545 )( 5.2381 kN ) = 0 ∴ Ax = 5.7142 kN and A = ( 5.71 N ) i − ( 2.67 N ) j W PROBLEM 4.114 An 8-ft-long boom is held by a ball-and-socket joint at C and by two cables AD and BE. Determine the tension in each cable and the reaction at C. SOLUTION From f.b.d. of boom ( ) ( ) ΣM CE = 0: λ CE ⋅ rA/C × TAD + λ CE ⋅ rA/C × FA = 0 where λ CE = ( 2 ft ) j − ( 3 ft ) k ( 2 )2 + ( 3)2 ft = 1 ( 2 j − 3k ) 13 rA/C = ( 8 ft ) i TAD = λ ADTAD = − ( 8 ft ) i + (1 ft ) j + ( 4 ft ) k (8) + (1) + ( 4 ) ft 2 2 2 TAD 1 = TAD ( −8i + j + 4k ) 9 FA = − (198 lb ) j ∴ 0 2 −3 0 2 −3 TAD 198 8 0 0 + 8 0 0 =0 9 13 13 0 −1 0 −8 1 4 PROBLEM 4.114 CONTINUED ( −64 − 24 ) TAD 198 + ( 24 ) =0 9 13 13 ∴ TAD = 486.00 lb or TAD = 486 lb W ( ) ( ΣM CD = 0: λ CD ⋅ rB/C × TBE + λ CD ⋅ rA/C × FA where λ CD = (1 ft ) j + ( 4 ft ) k 17 ft = ) 1 (1j + 4k ) 17 rB/C = ( 6 ft ) i TBE = λ BETBE = − ( 6 ft ) i + ( 2 ft ) j − ( 3 ft ) k (6) ∴ 2 + ( 2 ) + ( 3) ft 2 2 1 TBE = TBE ( −6i + 2 j − 3k ) 7 0 1 4 0 1 4 198 TBE 6 0 0 + 8 0 0 =0 7 17 17 0 −1 0 −6 2 −3 (18 + 48) TBE + ( −32 )198 = 0 7 ∴ TBE = 672.00 lb or TBE = 672 lb W ΣFx = 0: C x − (TAD ) x − (TBE ) x = 0 8 6 Cx − 486 − 672 = 0 9 7 ∴ C x = 1008 lb ΣFy = 0: C y + (TAD ) y + (TBE ) y − 198 lb = 0 1 2 C y + 486 + 672 − 198 lb = 0 9 7 ∴ C y = −48.0 lb ΣFz = 0: Cz + (TAD ) z − (TBE ) z = 0 4 3 Cz + 486 − ( 672 ) = 0 9 7 ∴ Cz = 72.0 lb or C = (1008 lb ) i − ( 48.0 lb ) j + ( 72.0 lb ) k W PROBLEM 4.115 Solve Problem 4.114 assuming that the given 198-lb load is replaced with two 99-lb loads applied at A and B. P4.114 An 8-ft-long boom is held by a ball-and-socket joint at C and by two cables AD and BE. Determine the tension in each cable and the reaction at C. SOLUTION From f.b.d. of boom ( ) ( ) ( ) ΣM CE = 0: λ CE ⋅ rA/C × TAD + λ CE ⋅ rA/C × FA + λ CE ⋅ rB/C × FB = 0 λ CE = where ( 2 ft ) j − ( 3 ft ) k ( 2 )2 + ( 3)2 ft = 1 ( 2 j − 3k ) 13 rA/C = ( 8 ft ) i rB/C = ( 6 ft ) i TAD = λ ADTAD = − ( 8 ft ) i + (1 ft ) j + ( 4 ft ) k (8) + (1) + ( 4 ) ft 2 2 2 TAD 1 = TAD ( −8i + j + 4k ) 9 FA = − ( 99 lb ) j FB = − ( 99 lb ) j ∴ 0 2 −3 0 2 −3 0 2 −3 99 99 TAD 8 0 0 + 8 0 0 + 6 0 0 =0 9 13 13 13 0 −1 0 0 −1 0 −8 1 4 PROBLEM 4.115 CONTINUED ( −64 − 24 ) TAD 99 + ( 24 + 18 ) =0 9 13 13 TAD = 425.25 lb or or TAD = 425 lb W ( ) ( ) ( ) ΣM CD = 0: λ CD ⋅ rB/C × TBE + λ CD ⋅ rA/C × FA + λ CD ⋅ rB/C × FB = 0 where λ CD = (1 ft ) j + ( 4 ft ) k 17 = 1 ( j + 4k ) 17 rB/C = ( 6 ft ) i rA/C = ( 8 ft ) j TBE = λ BETBE = ∴ − ( 6 ft ) i + ( 2 ft ) j − ( 3 ft ) k (6) 0 1 4 T 6 0 0 BE 7 17 −6 2 −3 2 + ( 2 ) + ( 3) ft 2 2 TBE = TBE ( −6i + 2 j − 3k ) 7 0 1 4 0 1 4 99 99 + 8 0 0 + 6 0 0 =0 17 17 0 −1 0 0 −1 0 (18 + 48) TBE 99 + ( −32 − 24 ) =0 7 17 17 or TBE = 588.00 lb or TBE = 588 lb W ΣFx = 0: C x − (TAD ) x − (TBE ) x = 0 8 6 Cx − 425.25 − 588.00 = 0 9 7 ∴ C x = 882 lb ΣFy = 0: C y + (TAD ) y + (TBE ) y − 99 − 99 = 0 1 2 C y + 425.25 + 588.00 − 198 = 0 9 7 ∴ C y = −17.25 lb ΣFz = 0: Cz + (TAD ) z − (TBE ) z = 0 4 3 Cz + 425.25 − 588.00 = 0 9 7 ∴ Cz = 63.0 lb or C = ( 882 lb ) i − (17.25 lb ) j + ( 63.0 lb ) k W PROBLEM 4.116 The 18-ft pole ABC is acted upon by a 210-lb force as shown. The pole is held by a ball-and-socket joint at A and by two cables BD and BE. For a = 9 ft, determine the tension in each cable and the reaction at A. SOLUTION From f.b.d. of pole ABC ( ) ( ) ΣM AE = 0: λ AE ⋅ rB/ A × TBD + λ AE ⋅ rC/ A × FC = 0 where λ AE = ( 4.5 ft ) i + ( 9 ft ) k ( 4.5 )2 + ( 9 )2 ft = 1 ( 4.5i + 9k ) 101.25 rB/ A = ( 9 ft ) j rC/ A = (18 ft ) j TBD = λ BDTBD = ( 4.5 ft ) i − ( 9 ft ) j − ( 9 ft ) k T BD ( 4.5)2 + ( 9 )2 + ( 9 )2 ft T = BD ( 4.5i − 9 j − 9k ) 13.5 FC = λ CF ( 210 lb ) = ∴ −9i − 18 j + 6k ( 9 )2 + (18)2 + ( 6 )2 ( 210 lb ) = 10 lb ( −9i − 18j + 6k ) 4.5 0 9 4.5 0 9 TBD 10 lb 0 9 0 + 0 18 0 =0 13.5 101.25 101.25 −9 −18 6 4.5 −9 −9 PROBLEM 4.116 CONTINUED ( −364.5 − 364.5) T BD 13.5 101.25 + ( 486 + 1458) (10 lb ) = 0 101.25 TBD = 360.00 lb and or TBD = 360 lb ( ) ( ) ΣM AD = 0: λ AD ⋅ rB/ A × TBE + λ AD ⋅ rC/ A × FC = 0 where λ AD = ( 4.5 ft ) i − ( 9 ft ) k ( 4.5 )2 + ( 9 )2 ft 1 ( 4.5i − 9k ) 101.25 = rB/ A = ( 9 ft ) j rC/ A = (18 ft ) j TBE = λ BETBE = ∴ ( 4.5 ft ) i − ( 9 ft ) j + ( 9 ft ) k T 2 2 = TBE ( 4.5i − 9 j + 9k ) 13.5 4.5 0 −9 4.5 0 −9 TBE 10 lb 0 9 0 + 0 18 0 =0 13.5 101.25 101.25 4.5 −9 9 −9 −18 6 ( 364.5 + 364.5 ) T 13.5 101.25 or BE ( 4.5 ) + ( 9 ) + ( 9 ) ft 2 BE + ( 486 − 1458 )10 lb 101.25 =0 TBE = 180.0 lb or TBE = 180.0 lb ΣFx = 0: Ax + (TBD ) x + (TBE ) x − ( FC ) x = 0 4.5 4.5 9 Ax + 360 + 180 − 210 = 0 13.5 13.5 21 ∴ Ax = −90.0 lb ΣFy = 0: Ay − (TBD ) y − (TBE ) y − ( FC ) y = 0 9 9 18 Ay − 360 − 180 − 210 = 0 13.5 13.5 21 ∴ Ay = 540 lb ΣFz = 0: Az − (TBD ) z + (TBE ) z + ( FC ) z = 0 9 9 6 Az − 360 + 180 + 210 = 0 13.5 13.5 21 ∴ Az = 60.0 lb or A = − ( 90.0 lb ) i + ( 540 lb ) j + ( 60.0 lb ) k PROBLEM 4.117 Solve Problem 4.116 for a = 4.5 ft. P4.116 The 18-ft pole ABC is acted upon by a 210-lb force as shown. The pole is held by a ball-and-socket joint at A and by two cables BD and BE. For a = 9 ft, determine the tension in each cable and the reaction at A. SOLUTION From f.b.d. of pole ABC ( ) ( ) ΣM AE = 0 : λ AE ⋅ rB/ A × TBD + λ AE ⋅ rC/ A × FC = 0 λ AE = where ( 4.5 ft ) i + ( 9 ft ) k ( 4.5 )2 + ( 9 )2 ft = 1 ( 4.5i + 9k ) 101.25 rB/ A = ( 9 ft ) j rC/ A = (18 ft ) j TBD = λ BDTBD = ( 4.5 ft ) i − ( 9 ft ) j − ( 9 ft ) k T BD ( 4.5)2 + ( 9 )2 + ( 9 )2 ft T = BD ( 4.5i − 9 j − 9k ) 13.5 FC = λ CF ( 210 lb ) = −4.5i − 18 j + 6k ( 4.5)2 + (18)2 + ( 6 )2 ( 210 lb ) 210 lb = ( −4.5i − 18 j + 6k ) 19.5 ∴ 4.5 0 9 4.5 0 9 TBD 210 lb 0 9 0 18 0 + 0 =0 13.5 101.25 19.5 101.25 4.5 −9 −9 −4.5 −18 6 PROBLEM 4.117 CONTINUED ( −364.5 − 364.5) T + BD 13.5 101.25 ( 486 + 729 ) 19.5 101.25 ( 210 lb ) = 0 TBD = 242.31 lb or ( or TBD = 242 lb ) ( ) ΣM AD = 0: λ AD ⋅ rB/ A × TBE + λ AD ⋅ rC/ A × FC = 0 where λ AD = ( 4.5 ft ) i − ( 9 ft ) k ( 4.5 )2 + ( 9 )2 ft 1 ( 4.5i − 9k ) , 101.25 = rB/ A = ( 9 ft ) j rC/ A = (18 ft ) j TBE = λ BETBE = ∴ ( 4.5 ft ) i − ( 9 ft ) j + ( 9 ft ) k T 2 2 = TBE ( 4.5i − 9 j + 9k ) 13.5 4.5 0 −9 4.5 0 −9 TBE 210 lb 0 9 0 18 0 + 0 =0 13.5 101.25 19.5 101.25 4.5 −9 9 −4.5 −18 6 ( 364.5 + 364.5 ) T 13.5 101.25 or BE ( 4.5 ) + ( 9 ) + ( 9 ) ft 2 BE + ( 486 − 729 )( 210 lb ) 19.5 101.25 =0 TBE = 48.462 lb or TBE = 48.5 lb ΣFx = 0: Ax + (TBD ) x + (TBE ) x − ( FC ) x = 0 4.5 4.5 4.5 Ax + 242.31 + 48.462 − 210 = 0 13.5 13.5 19.5 ∴ Ax = −48.459 lb ΣFy = 0: Ay − (TBD ) y − (TBE ) y − ( FC ) y = 0 9 9 18 Ay − 242.31 − 48.462 − 210 = 13.5 13.5 19.5 ∴ Ay = 387.69 lb ΣFz = 0: Az − (TBD ) z + (TBE ) z + ( FC ) z = 0 9 9 6 Az − 242.31 + 48.462 + 2 13.5 13.5 19.5 ∴ Az = 64.591 lb or A = − ( 48.5 lb ) i + ( 388 lb ) j + ( 64.6 lb ) k PROBLEM 4.118 Two steel pipes ABCD and EBF are welded together at B to form the boom shown. The boom is held by a ball-and-socket joint at D and by two cables EG and ICFH; cable ICFH passes around frictionless pulleys at C and F. For the loading shown, determine the tension in each cable and the reaction at D. SOLUTION From f.b.d. of boom ( ) ( ) ΣM z = 0: k ⋅ rC/D × TCI + k ⋅ rA/D × FA = 0 where rC/D = (1.8 m ) i TCI = λ CI TCI = − (1.8 m ) i + (1.12 m ) j (1.8) + (1.12 ) m 2 2 TCI T = CI ( −1.8i + 1.12 j) 2.12 rA/D = ( 3.5 m ) i FA = − ( 560 N ) j 0 0 1 0 0 1 TCI 0 0 ∴ ΣM z = 1.8 + 3.5 0 0 ( 560 N ) = 0 2.12 −1.8 1.12 0 0 −1 0 ( 2.016 ) or TCI + ( −3.5 ) 560 = 0 2.12 TCI = TFH = 2061.1 N TICFH = 2.06 kN PROBLEM 4.118 CONTINUED ( ) ( ) ΣM y = 0: j ⋅ rG/D × TEG + j ⋅ rH /D × TFH = 0 where rG/D = ( 3.4 m ) k rH /D = − ( 2.5 m ) k TEG = − ( 3.0 m ) i + ( 3.15 m ) k ( 3)2 + ( 3.15)2 TFH = λ FH TFH = ∴ m − ( 3.0 m ) i − ( 2.25 m ) k ( 3) 2 + ( 2.25 ) m 2 ( 2061.1 N ) = 2061.1 N ( −3i − 2.25k ) 3.75 0 1 0 0 1 0 TEG 2061.1 N 0 0 3.4 + 0 0 −2.5 =0 4.35 3.75 −3 0 3.15 −3 0 −2.25 − (10.2 ) or T TEG = EG ( −3i + 3.15k ) 4.35 TEG 2061.1 N + ( 7.5 ) =0 4.35 3.75 TEG = 1758.00 N TEG = 1.758 kN ΣFx = 0: Dx − (TCI ) x − (TFH ) x − (TEG ) x = 0 1.8 ( 3.0 ( 3 ( Dx − 2061.1 N ) − 2061.1 N ) − 1758 N ) = 0 2.12 3.75 4.35 ∴ Dx = 4611.3 N ΣFy = 0: Dy + (TCI ) y − 560 N = 0 1.12 ( Dy + 2061.1 N ) − 560 N = 0 2.12 ∴ D y = −528.88 N ΣFz = 0: Dz + (TEG ) z − (TFH ) z = 0 3.15 ( 2.25 ( Dz + 1758 N ) − 2061.1 N ) = 0 4.35 3.75 ∴ Dz = −36.374 N and D = ( 4610 N ) i − ( 529 N ) j − ( 36.4 N ) k PROBLEM 4.119 Solve Problem 4.118 assuming that the 560-N load is applied at B. P4.118 Two steel pipes ABCD and EBF are welded together at B to form the boom shown. The boom is held by a ball-and-socket joint at D and by two cables EG and ICFH; cable ICFH passes around frictionless pulleys at C and F. For the loading shown, determine the tension in each cable and the reaction at D. SOLUTION From f.b.d. of boom ( ) ( ) ΣM z = 0: k ⋅ rC/D × TCI + k ⋅ rB/D × FB = 0 rC/D = (1.8 m ) i where TCI = λ CI TCI = − (1.8 m ) i + (1.12 m ) j (1.8)2 + (1.12 )2 TCI m T = CI ( −1.8i + 1.12 j) 2.12 rB/D = ( 3.0 m ) i FB = − ( 560 N ) j ∴ 0 0 1 0 0 1 TCI 1.8 0 0 + 3 0 0 ( 560 N ) = 0 2.12 −1.8 1.12 0 0 −1 0 ( 2.016 ) or TCI + ( −3) 560 = 0 2.12 TCI = TFH = 1766.67 N TICFH = 1.767 kN PROBLEM 4.119 CONTINUED ( ) ( ) ΣM y = 0: j ⋅ rG/D × TEG + j ⋅ rH /D × TFH = 0 where rG/D = ( 3.4 m ) k rH /D = − ( 2.5 m ) k TEG = λ EGTEG = TFH = λ FH TFH = ∴ − ( 3.0 m ) i + ( 3.15 m ) k ( 3)2 + ( 3.15)2 ( 3) TEG ( −3i + 3.15k ) 4.35 TFH = 1766.67 N ( −3i − 2.25k ) 3.75 m − ( 3.0 m ) i − ( 2.25 m ) k 2 TEG = + ( 2.25 ) m 2 0 1 0 0 1 0 TEG 1766.67 0 0 3.4 + 0 0 −2.5 =0 4.35 3.75 −3 0 3.15 −3 0 −2.25 − (10.2 ) TEG 1766.67 + ( 7.5 ) =0 4.35 3.75 TEG = 1506.86 N or TEG = 1.507 kN ΣFx = 0: Dx − (TCI ) x − (TFH ) x − (TEG ) x = 0 1.8 ( 3 ( 3 ( Dx − 1766.67 N ) − 1766.67 N ) − 1506.86 N ) = 0 2.12 3.75 4.35 ∴ Dx = 3952.5 N ΣFy = 0: Dy + (TCI ) y − 560 N = 0 1.12 ( Dy + 1766.67 N ) − 560 N = 0 2.12 ∴ D y = −373.34 N ΣFz = 0: Dz + (TEG ) z − (TFH ) z = 0 3.15 ( 2.25 ( Dz + 1506.86 N ) − 1766.67 N ) = 0 4.35 3.75 ∴ Dz = −31.172 N D = ( 3950 N ) i − ( 373 N ) j − ( 31.2 N ) k PROBLEM 4.120 The lever AB is welded to the bent rod BCD which is supported by bearings at E and F and by cable DG. Knowing that the bearing at E does not exert any axial thrust, determine (a) the tension in cable DG, (b) the reactions at E and F. SOLUTION (a) From f.b.d. of assembly − ( 0.12 m ) j − ( 0.225 m ) k TDG TDG = λ DGTDG = = 0.255 − ( 0.12 ) j − ( 0.225 ) k 2 2 ( 0.12 ) + ( 0.225 ) m 0.225 ΣM y = 0: − ( 220 N )( 0.24 m ) + TDG ( 0.16 m ) = 0 0.255 ∴ TDG = 374.00 N or TDG = 374 N (b) From f.b.d. of assembly ΣM F ( z -axis ) = 0: 0.120 ( 0.16 m ) = 0 0.255 ( 220 N )( 0.19 m ) − Ex ( 0.13 m ) − 374 N ∴ Ex = 104.923 N ΣFx = 0: Fx + 104.923 N − 220 N = 0 ∴ Fx = 115.077 N 0.225 ΣM F ( x-axis ) = 0: Ez ( 0.13 m ) + 374 N ( 0.06 m ) = 0 0.255 ∴ Ez = −152.308 N PROBLEM 4.120 CONTINUED 0.225 ΣFz = 0: Fz − 152.308 N − ( 374 N ) =0 0.255 ∴ Fz = 482.31 N 0.12 ΣFy = 0: Fy − ( 374 N ) =0 0.255 ∴ Fy = 176.0 N E = (104.9 N ) i − (152.3 N ) k F = (115.1 N ) i + (176.0 N ) j + ( 482 N ) k PROBLEM 4.121 A 30-kg cover for a roof opening is hinged at corners A and B. The roof forms an angle of 30o with the horizontal, and the cover is maintained in a horizontal position by the brace CE. Determine (a) the magnitude of the force exerted by the brace, (b) the reactions at the hinges. Assume that the hinge at A does not exert any axial thrust. SOLUTION ( ) W = mg = ( 30 kg ) 9.81 m/s2 = 294.3 N First note FEC = λ EC FEC = ( sin15° ) i + ( cos15° ) j FEC From f.b.d. of cover ΣM z = 0: (a) or ( FEC cos15° ) (1.0 m ) − W ( 0.5 m ) = 0 FEC cos15° (1.0 m ) − ( 294.3 N )( 0.5 m ) = 0 ∴ FEC = 152.341 N or FEC = 152.3 N ΣM x = 0: W ( 0.4 m ) − Ay ( 0.8 m ) − ( FEC cos15° ) ( 0.8 m ) = 0 (b) or ( 294.3 N )( 0.4 m ) − Ay ( 0.8 m ) − (152.341 N ) cos15° ( 0.8 m ) = 0 ∴ Ay = 0 ΣM y = 0: Ax ( 0.8 m ) + ( FEC sin15° ) ( 0.8 m ) = 0 or Ax ( 0.8 m ) + (152.341 N ) sin15° ( 0.8 m ) = 0 ∴ Ax = −39.429 N ΣFx = 0: Ax + Bx + FEC sin15° = 0 −39.429 N + Bx + (152.341 N ) sin15° = 0 ∴ Bx = 0 PROBLEM 4.121 CONTINUED ΣFy = 0: FEC cos15° − W + By = 0 or (152.341 N ) cos15° − 294.3 N + By =0 ∴ By = 147.180 N or A = − ( 39.4 N ) i B = (147.2 N ) j PROBLEM 4.122 The rectangular plate shown has a mass of 15 kg and is held in the position shown by hinges A and B and cable EF. Assuming that the hinge at B does not exert any axial thrust, determine (a) the tension in the cable, (b) the reactions at A and B. SOLUTION ( ) W = mg = (15 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 147.15 N First note ( 0.08 m ) i + ( 0.25 m ) j − ( 0.2 m ) k TEF TEF = λ EFTEF = TEF = 0.33 ( 0.08i + 0.25j − 0.2k ) 2 2 2 ( 0.08 ) + ( 0.25) + ( 0.2 ) m From f.b.d. of rectangular plate ΣM x = 0: or or (147.15 N )( 0.1 m ) − (TEF ) y ( 0.2 m ) = 0 0.25 14.715 N ⋅ m − TEF ( 0.2 m ) = 0 0.33 TEF = 97.119 N or TEF = 97.1 N ΣFx = 0: Ax + (TEF ) x = 0 0.08 Ax + ( 97.119 N ) = 0 0.33 ∴ Ax = −23.544 N PROBLEM 4.122 CONTINUED ΣM B( z -axis ) = 0: − Ay ( 0.3 m ) − (TEF ) y ( 0.04 m ) + W ( 0.15 m ) = 0 or 0.25 − Ay ( 0.3 m ) − 97.119 N ( 0.04 m ) + 147.15 N ( 0.15 m ) = 0 0.33 ∴ Ay = 63.765 N ΣM B( y -axis ) = 0: Az ( 0.3 m ) + (TEF ) x ( 0.2 m ) + (TEF ) z ( 0.04 m ) = 0 0.08 0.2 Az ( 0.3 m ) + TEF ( 0.2 m ) − TEF ( 0.04 m ) = 0 0.33 0.33 ∴ Az = −7.848 N and A = − ( 23.5 N ) i + ( 63.8 N ) j − ( 7.85 N ) k ΣFy = 0: Ay − W + (TEF ) y + By = 0 0.25 63.765 N − 147.15 N + ( 97.119 N ) + By = 0 0.33 ∴ By = 9.81 N ΣFz = 0: Az − (TEF ) z + Bz = 0 0.2 −7.848 N − ( 97.119 N ) + Bz = 0 0.33 ∴ Bz = 66.708 N and B = ( 9.81 N ) j + ( 66.7 N ) k PROBLEM 4.123 Solve Problem 4.122 assuming that cable EF is replaced by a cable attached at points E and H. P4.122 The rectangular plate shown has a mass of 15 kg and is held in the position shown by hinges A and B and cable EF. Assuming that the hinge at B does not exert any axial thrust, determine (a) the tension in the cable, (b) the reactions at A and B. SOLUTION ( ) W = mg = (15 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 147.15 N First note TEH = λ EH TEH − ( 0.3 m ) i + ( 0.12 m ) j − ( 0.2 m ) k T T = EH − ( 0.3) i + ( 0.12 ) j − ( 0.2 ) k = EH 2 2 2 0.38 ( 0.3) + ( 0.12 ) + ( 0.2 ) m From f.b.d. of rectangular plate ΣM x = 0: or or (147.15 N )( 0.1 m ) − (TEH ) y ( 0.2 m ) = 0 0.12 TEH ( 0.2 m ) = 0 0.38 (147.15 N )( 0.1 m ) − TEH = 232.99 N or TEH = 233 N ΣFx = 0: Ax + (TEH ) x = 0 0.3 Ax − ( 232.99 N ) = 0 0.38 ∴ Ax = 183.938 N PROBLEM 4.123 CONTINUED ΣM B( z -axis ) = 0: − Ay ( 0.3 m ) − (TEH ) y ( 0.04 m ) + W ( 0.15 m ) = 0 or 0.12 − Ay ( 0.3 m ) − ( 232.99 N ) ( 0.04 m ) + (147.15 N )( 0.15 m ) = 0 0.38 ∴ Ay = 63.765 N ΣM B( y -axis ) = 0: Az ( 0.3 m ) + (TEH ) x ( 0.2 m ) + (TEH ) z ( 0.04 m ) = 0 or 0.3 0.2 Az ( 0.3 m ) − ( 232.99 N ) ( 0.2 m ) − ( 232.99 ) ( 0.04 m ) = 0 0.38 0.38 ∴ Az = 138.976 N and A = (183.9 N ) i + ( 63.8 N ) j + (139.0 N ) k ΣFy = 0: Ay + By − W + (TEH ) y = 0 0.12 63.765 N + By − 147.15 N + ( 232.99 N ) = 0 0.38 ∴ By = 9.8092 N ΣFz = 0: Az + Bz − (TEH ) z = 0 0.2 138.976 N + Bz − ( 232.99 N ) = 0 0.38 ∴ Bz = −16.3497 N and B = ( 9.81 N ) j − (16.35 N ) k PROBLEM 4.124 A small door weighing 16 lb is attached by hinges A and B to a wall and is held in the horizontal position shown by rope EFH. The rope passes around a small, frictionless pulley at F and is tied to a fixed cleat at H. Assuming that the hinge at A does not exert any axial thrust, determine (a) the tension in the rope, (b) the reactions at A and B. SOLUTION T = λ EFT = First note = (12 in.) i + ( 54 in.) j − ( 28 in.) k T (12 )2 + ( 54 )2 + ( 28)2 in. T T (12i + 54 j − 28k ) = ( 6i + 27 j − 14k ) 62 31 W = − (16 lb ) j at G From f.b.d. of door ABCD (a) ΣM x = 0: Ty ( 28 in.) − W (14 in.) = 0 27 T 31 ( 28 in.) − (16 lb )(14 in.) = 0 ∴ T = 9.1852 lb or T = 9.19 lb (b) ΣM B( z -axis ) = 0: − Ay ( 30 in.) + W (15 in.) − Ty ( 4 in.) = 0 27 − Ay ( 30 in.) + (16 lb )(15 in.) − ( 9.1852 lb ) ( 4 in.) = 0 31 ∴ Ay = 6.9333 lb PROBLEM 4.124 CONTINUED ΣM B( y -axis ) = 0: Az ( 30 in.) + Tx ( 28 in.) − Tz ( 4 in.) = 0 6 14 Az ( 30 in.) + ( 9.1852 lb ) ( 28 in.) − ( 9.1852 lb ) ( 4 in.) = 0 31 31 ∴ Az = −1.10617 lb or A = ( 6.93 lb ) j − (1.106 lb ) k 6 ΣFx = 0: Bx + Tx = Bx + ( 9.1852 lb ) = 0 31 ∴ Bx = −1.77778 lb ΣFy = 0: By + Ty − W + Ay = 0 27 By + ( 9.1852 lb ) − 16 lb + 6.9333 lb = 0 31 ∴ By = 1.06666 lb ΣFz = 0: Az − Tz + Bz = 0 14 −1.10617 lb − ( 9.1852 lb ) + Bz = 0 31 ∴ Bz = 5.2543 lb or B = − (1.778 lb ) i + (1.067 lb ) j + ( 5.25 lb ) k PROBLEM 4.125 Solve Problem 4.124 assuming that the rope is attached to the door at I. P4.124 A small door weighing 16 lb is attached by hinges A and B to a wall and is held in the horizontal position shown by rope EFH. The rope passes around a small, frictionless pulley at F and is tied to a fixed cleat at H. Assuming that the hinge at A does not exert any axial thrust, determine (a) the tension in the rope, (b) the reactions at A and B. SOLUTION T = λ IF T = First note = ( 3 in.) i + ( 54 in.) j − (10 in.) k T ( 3)2 + ( 54 )2 + (10 )2 in. T ( 3i + 54 j − 10k ) 55 W = − (16 lb ) j From f.b.d. of door ABCD (a) ΣM x = 0: W (14 in.) − Ty (10 in.) = 0 (16 lb )(14 in.) − 54 T (10 in.) = 0 55 ∴ T = 22.815 lb or T = 22.8 lb (b) ΣM B( z -axis ) = 0: − Ay ( 30 in.) + W (15 in.) + Ty ( 5 in.) = 0 54 − Ay ( 30 in.) + (16 lb )(15 in.) + ( 22.815 lb ) ( 5 in.) = 0 55 ∴ Ay = 11.7334 lb PROBLEM 4.125 CONTINUED ΣM B( y -axis ) = 0: Az ( 30 in.) + Tx (10 in.) + Tz ( 5 in.) = 0 3 10 Az ( 30 in.) + ( 22.815 lb ) (10 in.) + ( 22.815 lb ) ( 5 in.) = 0 55 55 ∴ Az = −1.10618 lb or A = (11.73 lb ) j − (1.106 lb ) k ΣFx = 0: Bx + Tx = 0 3 Bx + ( 22.815 lb ) = 0 55 ∴ Bx = −1.24444 lb ΣFy = 0: Ay − W + Ty + By = 0 54 11.7334 lb − 16 lb + ( 22.815 lb ) + By = 0 55 ∴ By = −18.1336 lb ΣFz = 0: Az − Tz + Bz = 0 10 −1.10618 lb − ( 22.815 lb ) + Bz = 0 55 ∴ Bz = 5.2544 lb or B = − (1.244 lb ) i − (18.13 lb ) j + ( 5.25 lb ) k PROBLEM 4.126 A 285-lb uniform rectangular plate is supported in the position shown by hinges A and B and by cable DCE, which passes over a frictionless hook at C. Assuming that the tension is the same in both parts of the cable, determine (a) the tension in the cable, (b) the reactions at A and B. Assume that the hinge at B does not exert any axial thrust. SOLUTION λ CD = First note = λ CE = = − ( 23 in.) i + ( 22.5 in.) j − (15 in.) k 35.5 in. 1 ( −23i + 22.5 j − 15k ) 35.5 ( 9 in.) i + ( 22.5 in.) j − (15 in.) k 28.5 in. 1 ( 9i + 22.5 j − 15k ) 28.5 W = − ( 285 lb ) j From f.b.d. of plate (a) ΣM x = 0: 22.5 22.5 T (15 in.) − T (15 in.) = 0 35.5 28.5 ( 285 lb )( 7.5 in.) − ∴ T = 100.121 lb or T = 100.1 lb PROBLEM 4.126 CONTINUED 23 9 ΣFx = 0: Ax − T +T =0 35.5 28.5 (b) 23 ( 9 Ax − (100.121 lb ) + 100.121 lb ) =0 35.5 28.5 ∴ Ax = 33.250 lb 22.5 ΣM B( z -axis ) = 0: − Ay ( 26 in.) + W (13 in.) − T ( 6 in.) − 35.5 or 22.5 T 28.5 ( 6 in.) = 0 22.5 − Ay ( 26 in.) + ( 285 lb )(13 in.) − (100.121 lb ) ( 6 in.) 35.5 22.5 − (100.121 lb ) ( 6 in.) = 0 28.5 ∴ Ay = 109.615 lb 15 ΣM B( y -axis ) = 0: Az ( 26 in.) − T ( 6 in.) − 35.5 15 − T ( 6 in.) + 28.5 or 23 T 35.5 (15 in.) 9 T 28.5 (15 in.) = 0 1 −1 Az ( 26 in.) + ( 90 + 345) − ( 90 − 135) (100.121 lb ) = 0 35.5 28.5 ∴ Az = 41.106 lb or A = ( 33.3 lb ) i + (109.6 lb ) j + ( 41.1 lb ) k 22.5 22.5 ΣFy = 0: By − W + T +T + Ay = 0 35.5 28.5 22.5 22.5 By − 285 lb + (100.121 lb ) + + 109.615 lb = 0 35.5 28.5 ∴ By = 32.885 lb 15 15 ΣFz = 0: Bz + Az − T −T =0 35.5 28.5 15 15 Bz + 41.106 lb − (100.121 lb ) + =0 35.5 28.5 ∴ Bz = 53.894 lb or B = ( 32.9 lb ) j + ( 53.9 lb ) k PROBLEM 4.127 Solve Problem 4.126 assuming that cable DCE is replaced by a cable attached to point E and hook C. P4.126 A 285-lb uniform rectangular plate is supported in the position shown by hinges A and B and by cable DCE, which passes over a frictionless hook at C. Assuming that the tension is the same in both parts of the cable, determine (a) the tension in the cable, (b) the reactions at A and B. Assume that the hinge at B does not exert any axial thrust. SOLUTION First note λ CE = = ( 9 in.) i + ( 22.5 in.) j − (15 in.) k 28.5 in. 1 ( 9i + 22.5 j − 15k ) 28.5 W = − ( 285 lb ) j From f.b.d. of plate (a) ΣM x = 0: 22.5 T (15 in.) = 0 28.5 ( 285 lb )( 7.5 in.) − ∴ T = 180.500 lb or T = 180.5 lb (b) 9 ΣFx = 0: Ax + T =0 28.5 9 Ax + 180.5 lb =0 28.5 ∴ Ax = −57.000 lb PROBLEM 4.127 CONTINUED 22.5 ΣM B( z -axis ) = 0: − Ay ( 26 in.) + W (13 in.) − T ( 6 in.) = 0 28.5 22.5 − Ay ( 26 in.) + ( 285 lb )(13 in.) − (180.5 lb ) ( 6 in.) = 0 28.5 ∴ Ay = 109.615 lb 15 ΣM B( y -axis ) = 0: Az ( 26 in.) − T ( 6 in.) + 28.5 9 T 28.5 (15 in.) = 0 45 Az ( 26 in.) + (180.5 lb ) =0 28.5 ∴ Az = −10.9615 lb or A = − ( 57.0 lb ) i + (109.6 lb ) j − (10.96 lb ) k 22.5 ΣFy = 0: By − W + T + Ay = 0 28.5 22.5 By − 285 lb + (180.5 lb ) − 109.615 lb = 0 28.5 ∴ By = 32.885 lb 15 ΣFz = 0: Bz + Az − T =0 28.5 15 Bz − 10.9615 lb − 180.5 lb =0 28.5 ∴ Bz = 105.962 lb or B = ( 32.9 lb ) j + (106.0 lb ) k PROBLEM 4.128 The tensioning mechanism of a belt drive consists of frictionless pulley A, mounting plate B, and spring C. Attached below the mounting plate is slider block D which is free to move in the frictionless slot of bracket E. Knowing that the pulley and the belt lie in a horizontal plane, with portion F of the belt parallel to the x axis and portion G forming an angle of 30° with the x axis, determine (a) the force in the spring, (b) the reaction at D. SOLUTION From f.b.d. of plate B (a) ΣFx = 0: 12 N + (12 N ) cos 30° − T = 0 ∴ T = 22.392 N (b) or T = 22.4 N ΣFy = 0: Dy = 0 ΣFz = 0: Dz − (12 N ) sin 30° = 0 ∴ Dz = 6 N or D = ( 6.00 N ) k ΣM x = 0: M Dx − (12 N ) sin 30° ( 22 mm ) = 0 ∴ M Dx = 132.0 N ⋅ mm ΣM D( y -axis ) = 0: M Dy + ( 22.392 N )( 30 mm ) − (12 N )( 75 mm ) − (12 N ) cos 30° ( 75 mm ) = 0 ∴ M Dy = 1007.66 N ⋅ mm ΣM D( z -axis ) = 0: M Dz + ( 22.392 N )(18 mm ) − (12 N )( 22 mm ) − (12 N ) cos 30° ( 22 mm ) = 0 ∴ M Dz = 89.575 N ⋅ mm or M D = ( 0.1320 N ⋅ m ) i + (1.008 N ⋅ m ) j + ( 0.0896 N ⋅ m ) k PROBLEM 4.129 The assembly shown is welded to collar A which fits on the vertical pin shown. The pin can exert couples about the x and z axes but does not prevent motion about or along the y axis. For the loading shown, determine the tension in each cable and the reaction at A. SOLUTION TCF = λ CFTCF = First note − ( 0.16 m ) i + ( 0.12 m ) j ( 0.16 ) + ( 0.12 ) m 2 2 TCF = TCF ( −0.8i + 0.6 j) TDE = λ DETDE = ( 0.24 m ) j − ( 0.18 m ) k T DE ( 0.24 )2 + ( 0.18)2 m = TDE ( 0.8j − 0.6k ) (a) From f.b.d. of assembly ΣFy = 0: 0.6TCF + 0.8TDE − 800 N = 0 or 0.6TCF + 0.8TDE = 800 N (1) ΣM y = 0: − ( 0.8TCF ) ( 0.27 m ) + ( 0.6TDE )( 0.16 m ) = 0 or TDE = 2.25TCF (2) PROBLEM 4.129 CONTINUED Substituting Equation (2) into Equation (1) 0.6TCF + 0.8 ( 2.25 ) TCF = 800 N ∴ TCF = 333.33 N and from Equation (2) or TCF = 333 N TDE = 2.25 ( 333.33 N ) = 750.00 N or TDE = 750 N (b) From f.b.d. of assembly ΣFz = 0: Az − ( 0.6 )( 750.00 N ) = 0 ∴ Az = 450.00 N ΣFx = 0: Ax − ( 0.8 )( 333.33 N ) = 0 ∴ Ax = 266.67 N or A = ( 267 N ) i + ( 450 N ) k ΣM x = 0: M Ax + ( 800 N )( 0.27 m ) − ( 333.33 N )( 0.6 ) ( 0.27 m ) − ( 750 N )( 0.8 ) ( 0.18 m ) = 0 ∴ M Ax = −54.001 N ⋅ m ΣM z = 0: M Az − ( 800 N )( 0.16 m ) + ( 333.33 N )( 0.6 ) ( 0.16 m ) + ( 750 N )( 0.8 ) ( 0.16 m ) = 0 ∴ M Az = 0 or M A = − ( 54.0 N ⋅ m ) i PROBLEM 4.130 The lever AB is welded to the bent rod BCD which is supported by bearing E and by cable DG. Assuming that the bearing can exert an axial thrust and couples about axes parallel to the x and z axes, determine (a) the tension in cable DG, (b) the reaction at E. SOLUTION TDG = λ DGTDG = First note = − ( 0.12 m ) j − ( 0.225 m ) k ( 0.12 ) + ( 0.225) m 2 2 TDG TDG ( −0.12 j − 0.225k ) 0.255 (a) From f.b.d. of weldment 0.225 ΣM y = 0: TDG ( 0.16 m ) − ( 220 N )( 0.24 m ) = 0 0.255 ∴ TDG = 374.00 N (b) From f.b.d. of weldment ΣFx = 0: Ex − 220 N = 0 ∴ Ex = 220.00 N 0.12 ΣFy = 0: E y − ( 374.00 N ) =0 0.255 ∴ E y = 176.000 N or TDG = 374 N PROBLEM 4.130 CONTINUED 0.225 ΣFz = 0: Ez − ( 374.00 N ) =0 0.255 ∴ Ez = 330.00 N or E = ( 220 N ) i + (176.0 N ) j + ( 330 N ) k ΣM x = 0: M Ex + ( 330.00 N )( 0.19 m ) = 0 ∴ M Ex = −62.700 N ⋅ m ΣM z = 0: ( 220 N )( 0.06 m ) + M Ez 0.12 − ( 374.00 N ) ( 0.16 m ) = 0 0.255 ∴ M Ez = −14.9600 N ⋅ m or M E = − ( 62.7 N ⋅ m ) i − (14.96 N ⋅ m ) k PROBLEM 4.131 Solve Problem 4.124 assuming that the hinge at A is removed and that the hinge at B can exert couples about the y and z axes. P4.124 A small door weighing 16 lb is attached by hinges A and B to a wall and is held in the horizontal position shown by rope EFH. The rope passes around a small, frictionless pulley at F and is tied to a fixed cleat at H. Assuming that the hinge at A does not exert any axial thrust, determine (a) the tension in the rope, (b) the reactions at A and B. SOLUTION From f.b.d. of door ΣM B = 0: rG/B × W + rE/B × TEF + M B = 0 (a) where W = − (16 lb ) j M B = M By j + M Bz k TEF = λ EFTEF = = (12 in.) i + ( 54 in.) j − ( 28 in.) k T EF (12 )2 + ( 54 )2 + ( 28)2 in. TEF ( 6i + 27 j − 14k ) 31 rG/B = − (15 in.) i + (14 in.) k rE/B = − ( 4 in.) i + ( 28 in.) k ∴ i j k i j k T −15 0 14 (16 lb ) + −4 0 28 EF + M By j + M Bz k = 0 31 0 −1 0 6 27 −14 ( or ( 224 − 24.387TEF ) i + ( 3.6129TEF ( ) ) + M By j ) + 240 − 3.4839TEF + M Bz k = 0 From i-coefficient 224 − 24.387TEF = 0 ∴ TEF = 9.1852 lb or TEF = 9.19 lb W (b) From j-coefficient 3.6129 ( 9.1852 ) + M By = 0 ∴ M By = −33.185 lb ⋅ in. PROBLEM 4.131 CONTINUED From k-coefficient 240 − 3.4839 ( 9.1852 ) + M Bz = 0 ∴ M Bz = −208.00 lb ⋅ in. or M B = − ( 33.2 lb ⋅ in.) j − ( 208 lb ⋅ in.) k W ΣFx = 0: Bx + 6 ( 9.1852 lb ) = 0 31 ∴ Bx = −1.77778 lb ΣFy = 0: By − 16 lb + 27 ( 9.1852 lb ) = 0 31 ∴ By = 8.0000 lb ΣFz = 0: Bz − 14 ( 9.1852 lb ) = 0 31 ∴ Bz = 4.1482 lb or B = − (1.778 lb ) i + ( 8.00 lb ) j + ( 4.15 lb ) k W PROBLEM 4.132 The frame shown is supported by three cables and a ball-and-socket joint at A. For P = 0, determine the tension in each cable and the reaction at A. SOLUTION First note TDI = λ DI TDI = = TEH = λ EH TEH = = TFG = λ FGTFG = = − ( 0.65 m ) i + ( 0.2 m ) j − ( 0.44 m ) k ( 0.65)2 + ( 0.2 )2 + ( 0.44 )2 m TDI TDI ( −0.65i + 0.2 j − 0.44k ) 0.81 − ( 0.45 m ) i + ( 0.24 m ) j ( 0.45)2 + ( 0.24 )2 m TEH TEH ( −0.45i ) + ( 0.24 j) 0.51 − ( 0.45 m ) i + ( 0.2 m ) j + ( 0.36 m ) k ( 0.45 ) 2 + ( 0.2 ) + ( 0.36 ) m 2 2 TFG TFG ( −0.45i + 0.2 j + 0.36k ) 0.61 From f.b.d. of frame ΣM A = 0: rD/ A × TDI + rC/ A × ( −280 N ) j + rH / A × TEH + rF / A × TFG + rF / A × ( −360 N ) j = 0 or i j k i j k i j k i j k TDI TEH TFG 0.65 0.2 0 0.32 0 + 0.65 0 0 ( 280 N ) + 0 + 0.45 0 0.06 0.81 0.51 0.61 −0.65 0.2 −0.44 −0.45 0.24 0 −0.45 0.2 0.36 0 −1 0 i j k + 0.45 0 0.06 ( 360 N ) = 0 0 −1 0 or ( −0.088i + 0.286 j + 0.26k ) TDI T + ( −0.65k ) 280 N + ( 0.144k ) EH 0.81 0.51 + ( −0.012i − 0.189 j + 0.09k ) TFG + ( 0.06i − 0.45k )( 360 N ) = 0 0.61 PROBLEM 4.132 CONTINUED From i-coefficient T T −0.088 DI − 0.012 FG + 0.06 ( 360 N ) = 0 0.81 0.61 ∴ 0.108642TDI + 0.0196721TFG = 21.6 From j-coefficient (1) T T 0.286 DI − 0.189 FG = 0 0.81 0.61 ∴ TFG = 1.13959TDI (2) From k-coefficient T T T 0.26 DI − 0.65 ( 280 N ) + 0.144 EH + 0.09 FG 0.81 0.51 0.61 − 0.45 ( 360 N ) = 0 ∴ 0.32099TDI + 0.28235TEH + 0.147541TFG = 344 N (3) Substitution of Equation (2) into Equation (1) 0.108642TDI + 0.0196721(1.13959TDI ) = 21.6 ∴ TDI = 164.810 N TDI = 164.8 N W or Then from Equation (2) TFG = 1.13959 (164.810 N ) = 187.816 N TFG = 187.8 N W or And from Equation (3) 0.32099 (164.810 N ) + 0.28235TEH + 0.147541(187.816 N ) = 344 N ∴ TEH = 932.84 N TEH = 933 N W or The vector forms of the cable forces are: TDI = 164.810 N ( −0.65i + 0.2 j − 0.44k ) 0.81 = − (132.25 N ) i + ( 40.694 N ) j − ( 89.526 N ) k TEH = 932.84 N ( −0.45i + 0.24 j) = − (823.09 N ) i + ( 438.98 N ) j 0.51 TFG = 187.816 N ( −0.45i + 0.2 j + 0.36k ) 0.61 = − (138.553 N ) i + ( 61.579 N ) j + (110.842 N ) k PROBLEM 4.132 CONTINUED Then, from f.b.d. of frame ΣFx = 0: Ax − 132.25 − 823.09 − 138.553 = 0 ∴ Ax = 1093.89 N ΣFy = 0: Ay + 40.694 + 438.98 + 61.579 − 360 − 280 = 0 ∴ Ay = 98.747 N ΣFz = 0: Az − 89.526 + 110.842 = 0 ∴ Az = −21.316 N or A = (1094 N ) i + ( 98.7 N ) j − ( 21.3 N ) k W PROBLEM 4.133 The frame shown is supported by three cables and a ball-and-socket joint at A. For P = 50 N, determine the tension in each cable and the reaction at A. SOLUTION First note TDI = λ DI TDI = = TEH = λ EH TEH = = TFG = λ FGTFG = = − ( 0.65 m ) i + ( 0.2 m ) j − ( 0.44 m ) k ( 0.65)2 + ( 0.2 )2 + ( 0.44 )2 m TDI TDI ( −65i + 20 j − 44k ) 81 − ( 0.45 m ) i + ( 0.24 m ) j ( 0.45)2 + ( 0.24 )2 m TEH TEH ( −15i + 8j) 17 − ( 0.45 m ) i + ( 0.2 m ) j + ( 0.36 m ) k ( 0.45 ) + ( 0.2 ) + ( 0.36 ) m 2 2 2 TFG TFG ( −45i + 20 j + 36k ) 61 From f.b.d. of frame ΣM A = 0: rD/ A × TDI + rC/ A × − ( 280 N ) j + ( 50 N ) k + rH / A × TEH + rF / A × TFG + rF / A × ( −360 N ) j or i j k i j k i j k TDI T 0.65 0.2 0 0 + 0 0.32 0 EH + 0.65 0 81 17 −65 20 −44 −15 8 0 0 −280 50 i j k i j k TFG + 0.45 0 0.06 + 0.45 0 0.06 ( 360 N ) = 0 61 −45 20 36 0 −1 0 and ( −8.8i + 28.6 j + 26k ) TDI TEH + ( −32.5 j − 182k ) + ( 4.8k ) 81 17 T + ( −1.2i − 18.9 j + 9.0k ) FG + ( 0.06i − 0.45k ) ( 360 ) = 0 61 PROBLEM 4.133 CONTINUED T T −8.8 DI − 1.2 FG 81 61 From i-coefficient + 0.06 ( 360 ) = 0 ∴ 0.108642TDI + 0.0196721TFG = 21.6 (1) T T From j-coefficient 28.6 DI − 32.5 − 18.9 FG = 0 81 61 ∴ 0.35309TDI − 0.30984TFG = 32.5 (2) From k-coefficient T T T 26 DI − 182 + 4.8 EH + 9.0 FG − 0.45 ( 360 ) = 0 81 17 61 ∴ 0.32099TDI + 0.28235TEH + 0.147541TFG = 344 −3.25 × Equation (1) Add Equation (2) (3) −0.35309TDI − 0.063935TFG = −70.201 0.35309TDI − 0.30984TFG = −0.37378TFG 32.5 = −37.701 ∴ TFG = 100.864 N TFG = 100.9 N W or Then from Equation (1) 0.108642TDI + 0.0196721(100.864 ) = 21.6 ∴ TDI = 180.554 N TDI = 180.6 N W or and from Equation (3) 0.32099 (180.554 ) + 0.28235TEH + 0.147541(100.864 ) = 344 ∴ TEH = 960.38 N TEH = 960 N W or The vector forms of the cable forces are: TDI = 180.554 N ( −65i + 20 j − 44k ) 81 = − (144.889 N ) i + ( 44.581 N ) j − ( 98.079 N ) k TEH = 960.38 N ( −15i + 8j) = − (847.39 N ) i + ( 451.94 N ) j 17 TFG = 100.864 N ( −45i + 20 j + 36k ) 61 = − ( 74.409 N ) i + ( 33.070 N ) j + ( 59.527 N ) k PROBLEM 4.133 CONTINUED Then from f.b.d. of frame ΣFx = 0: Ax − 144.889 − 847.39 − 74.409 = 0 ∴ Ax = 1066.69 N ΣFy = 0: Ay + 44.581 + 451.94 + 33.070 − 360 − 280 = 0 ∴ Ay = 110.409 N ΣFz = 0: Az − 98.079 + 59.527 + 50 = 0 ∴ Az = −11.448 N Therefore, A = (1067 N ) i + (110.4 N ) j − (11.45 N ) k W PROBLEM 4.134 The rigid L-shaped member ABF is supported by a ball-and-socket joint at A and by three cables. For the loading shown, determine the tension in each cable and the reaction at A. SOLUTION First note TBG = λ BGTBG = − (18 in.) i + (13.5 in.) k (18) 2 + (13.5 ) in. 2 TBG = TBG ( −0.8i + 0.6k ) TDH = λ DH TDH = − (18 in.) i + ( 24 in.) j (18)2 + ( 24 )2 in. TDH = TDH ( −0.6i + 0.8 j) Since λ FJ = λ DH , TFJ = TFJ ( −0.6i + 0.8 j) From f.b.d. of member ABF ΣM A( x-axis ) = 0: ( 0.8TFJ ) ( 48 in.) + ( 0.8TDH )( 24 in.) − (120 lb )( 36 in.) − (120 lb )(12 in.) = 0 ∴ 3.2TFJ + 1.6TDH = 480 ΣM A( z -axis ) = 0: ( 0.8TFJ ) (18 in.) + ( 0.8TDH )(18 in.) − (120 lb )(18 in.) − (120 lb )(18 in.) = 0 ∴ − 3.2TFJ − 3.2TDH = −960 Equation (1) + Equation (2) Substituting in Equation (1) ΣM A( y -axis ) = 0: (1) (2) TDH = 300 lb W TFJ = 0 W ( 0.6TFJ ) ( 48 in.) + 0.6 ( 300 lb ) ( 24 in.) − ( 0.6TBG ) (18 in.) = 0 ∴ TBG = 400 lb W PROBLEM 4.134 CONTINUED ΣFx = 0: − 0.6TFJ − 0.6TDH − 0.8TBG + Ax = 0 −0.6 ( 300 lb ) − 0.8 ( 400 lb ) + Ax = 0 ∴ Ax = 500 lb ΣFy = 0: 0.8TFJ + 0.8TDH − 240 lb + Ay = 0 0.8 ( 300 lb ) − 240 + Ay = 0 ∴ Ay = 0 ΣFz = 0: 0.6TBG + Az = 0 0.6 ( 400 lb ) + Az = 0 ∴ Az = −240 lb Therefore, A = ( 500 lb ) i − ( 240 lb ) k W PROBLEM 4.135 Solve Problem 4.134 assuming that the load at C has been removed. P4.134 The rigid L-shaped member ABF is supported by a ball-andsocket joint at A and by three cables. For the loading shown, determine the tension in each cable and the reaction at A. SOLUTION First TBG = λ BGTBG = − (18 in.) i + (13.5 in.) k (18) 2 + (13.5 ) in. 2 TBG = TBG ( −0.8i + 0.6k ) TDH = λ DH TDH = − (18 in.) i + ( 24 in.) j (18)2 + ( 24 )2 in. TDH = TDH ( −0.6i + 0.8 j) λ FJ = λ DH Since TFJ = TFJ ( −0.6i + 0.8 j) From f.b.d. of member ABF ΣM A( x-axis ) = 0: ( 0.8TFJ ) ( 48 in.) + ( 0.8TDH )( 24 in.) − (120 lb )( 36 in.) = 0 ∴ 3.2TFJ + 1.6TDH = 360 ΣM A( z -axis ) = 0: (1) ( 0.8TFJ ) (18 in.) + ( 0.8TDH )(18 in.) − (120 lb )(18 in.) = 0 ∴ − 3.2TFJ − 3.2TDH = −480 (2) Equation (1) + Equation (2) TDH = 75.0 lb W Substituting into Equation (2) TFJ = 75.0 lb W ΣM A( y -axis ) = 0: or ( 0.6TFJ ) ( 48 in.) + ( 0.6TDH )( 24 in.) − ( 0.6TBG ) (18 in.) = 0 ( 75.0 lb )( 48 in.) + ( 75.0 lb )( 24 in.) = TBG (18 in.) TBG = 300 lb W PROBLEM 4.135 CONTINUED ΣFx = 0: − 0.6TFJ − 0.6TDH − 0.8TBG + Ax = 0 −0.6 ( 75.0 + 75.0 ) − 0.8 ( 300 ) + Ax = 0 ∴ Ax = 330 lb ΣFy = 0: 0.8TFJ + 0.8TDH − 120 lb + Ay = 0 0.8 (150 lb ) − 120 lb + Ay = 0 ∴ Ay = 0 ΣFz = 0: 0.6TBG + Az = 0 0.6 ( 300 lb ) + Az = 0 ∴ Az = −180 lb Therefore A = ( 330 lb ) i − (180 lb ) k W PROBLEM 4.136 In order to clean the clogged drainpipe AE, a plumber has disconnected both ends of the pipe and inserted a power snake through the opening at A. The cutting head of the snake is connected by a heavy cable to an electric motor which rotates at a constant speed as the plumber forces the cable into the pipe. The forces exerted by the plumber and the motor on the end of the cable can be represented by the wrench F = − ( 60 N ) k , M = − (108 N ⋅ m ) k. Determine the additional reactions at B, C, and D caused by the cleaning operation. Assume that the reaction at each support consists of two force components perpendicular to the pipe. SOLUTION From f.b.d. of pipe assembly ABCD ΣFx = 0: Bx = 0 ΣM D( x-axis ) = 0: ( 60 N )( 2.5 m ) − Bz ( 2 m ) = 0 ∴ Bz = 75.0 N and B = ( 75.0 N ) k ΣM D( z -axis ) = 0: C y ( 3 m ) − 108 N ⋅ m = 0 ∴ C y = 36.0 N ΣM D( y -axis ) = 0: − Cz ( 3 m ) − ( 75 N )( 4 m ) + ( 60 N )( 4 m ) = 0 ∴ C z = −20.0 N and C = ( 36.0 N ) j − ( 20.0 N ) k ΣFy = 0: Dy + 36.0 = 0 ∴ D y = −36.0 N ΣFz = 0: Dz − 20.0 N + 75.0 N − 60 N = 0 ∴ Dz = 5.00 N and D = − ( 36.0 N ) j + ( 5.00 N ) k PROBLEM 4.137 Solve Problem 4.136 assuming that the plumber exerts a force F = − ( 60 N ) k and that the motor is turned off ( M = 0 ) . P4.136 In order to clean the clogged drainpipe AE, a plumber has disconnected both ends of the pipe and inserted a power snake through the opening at A. The cutting head of the snake is connected by a heavy cable to an electric motor which rotates at a constant speed as the plumber forces the cable into the pipe. The forces exerted by the plumber and the motor on the end of the cable can be represented by the wrench F = − ( 60 N ) k , M = − (108 N ⋅ m ) k. Determine the additional reactions at B, C, and D caused by the cleaning operation. Assume that the reaction at each support consists of two force components perpendicular to the pipe. SOLUTION From f.b.d. of pipe assembly ABCD ΣFx = 0: Bx = 0 ΣM D( x-axis ) = 0: ( 60 N )( 2.5 m ) − Bz ( 2 m ) = 0 ∴ Bz = 75.0 N and B = ( 75.0 N ) k ΣM D( z -axis ) = 0: C y ( 3 m ) − Bx ( 2 m ) = 0 ∴ Cy = 0 ΣM D( y -axis ) = 0: Cz ( 3 m ) − ( 75.0 N )( 4 m ) + ( 60 N )( 4 m ) = 0 ∴ C z = −20 N and C = − ( 20.0 N ) k ΣFy = 0: Dy + C y = 0 ∴ Dy = 0 ΣFz = 0: Dz + Bz + C z − F = 0 Dz + 75 N − 20 N − 60 N = 0 ∴ Dz = 5.00 N and D = ( 5.00 N ) k PROBLEM 4.138 Three rods are welded together to form a “corner” which is supported by three eyebolts. Neglecting friction, determine the reactions at A, B, and C when P = 240 N, a = 120 mm, b = 80 mm, and c = 100 mm. SOLUTION From f.b.d. of weldment ΣM O = 0: rA/O × A + rB/O × B + rC/O × C = 0 i j k i j k i j k 120 0 0 + 0 80 0 + 0 0 100 = 0 Bx 0 Bz Cx Cy 0 0 Ay Az ( −120 Az j + 120 Ayk ) + (80Bzi − 80Bxk ) + ( −100C yi + 100Cx j) = 0 From i-coefficient 80Bz − 100C y = 0 Bz = 1.25C y or j-coefficient −120 Az + 100Cx = 0 Cx = 1.2 Az or k-coefficient (1) (2) 120 Ay − 80Bx = 0 Bx = 1.5 Ay or (3) ΣF = 0: A + B + C − P = 0 ( Bx + Cx ) i + ( Ay + C y − 240 N ) j + ( Az + Bz ) k = 0 or Bx + Cx = 0 From i-coefficient Cx = − Bx or j-coefficient Ay + C y − 240 N = 0 Ay + C y = 240 N or (5) Az + Bz = 0 k-coefficient or (4) Az = − Bz (6) PROBLEM 4.138 CONTINUED Substituting Cx from Equation (4) into Equation (2) − Bz = 1.2 Az (7) Using Equations (1), (6), and (7) Cy = Bz − Az 1 Bx Bx = = = 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.2 1.5 (8) From Equations (3) and (8) Cy = 1.5 Ay 1.5 C y = Ay or and substituting into Equation (5) 2 Ay = 240 N ∴ Ay = C y = 120 N (9) Using Equation (1) and Equation (9) Bz = 1.25 (120 N ) = 150.0 N Using Equation (3) and Equation (9) Bx = 1.5 (120 N ) = 180.0 N From Equation (4) Cx = −180.0 N From Equation (6) Az = −150.0 N Therefore A = (120.0 N ) j − (150.0 N ) k B = (180.0 N ) i + (150.0 N ) k C = − (180.0 N ) i + (120.0 N ) j PROBLEM 4.139 Solve Problem 4.138 assuming that the force P is removed and is replaced by a couple M = + ( 6 N ⋅ m ) j acting at B. P4.138 Three rods are welded together to form a “corner” which is supported by three eyebolts. Neglecting friction, determine the reactions at A, B, and C when P = 240 N, a = 120 mm, b = 80 mm, and c = 100 mm. SOLUTION From f.b.d. of weldment ΣM O = 0: rA/O × A + rB/O × B + rC/O × C + M = 0 i j k i j k i j k 0.12 0 0 + 0 0.08 0 + 0 0 0.1 + ( 6 N ⋅ m ) j = 0 Bx 0 Bz Cx Cy 0 0 Ay Az ( −0.12 Az j + 0.12 Ayk ) + ( 0.08Bz j − 0.08Bxk ) ( ) + −0.1C y i + 0.1Cx j + ( 6 N ⋅ m ) j = 0 From i-coefficient 0.08Bz − 0.1C y = 0 C y = 0.8Bz or j-coefficient (1) −0.12 Az + 0.1Cx + 6 = 0 Cx = 1.2 Az − 60 or k-coefficient (2) 0.12 Ay − 0.08Bx = 0 Bx = 1.5 Ay or (3) ΣF = 0: A + B + C = 0 ( Bx + Cx ) i + ( Ay + C y ) j + ( Az + Bz ) k = 0 From i-coefficient Cx = − Bx (4) j-coefficient C y = − Ay (5) k-coefficient Az = − Bz (6) Substituting Cx from Equation (4) into Equation (2) B Az = 50 − x 1.2 (7) PROBLEM 4.139 CONTINUED Using Equations (1), (6), and (7) 2 C y = 0.8Bz = −0.8 Az = Bx − 40 3 (8) From Equations (3) and (8) C y = Ay − 40 2 Ay = 40 Substituting into Equation (5) ∴ Ay = 20.0 N From Equation (5) C y = −20.0 N Equation (1) Bz = −25.0 N Equation (3) Bx = 30.0 N Equation (4) Cx = −30.0 N Equation (6) Az = 25.0 N Therefore A = ( 20.0 N ) j + ( 25.0 N ) k B = ( 30.0 N ) i − ( 25.0 N ) k C = − ( 30.0 N ) i − ( 20.0 N ) j PROBLEM 4.140 The uniform 10-lb rod AB is supported by a ball-and-socket joint at A and leans against both the rod CD and the vertical wall. Neglecting the effects of friction, determine (a) the force which rod CD exerts on AB, (b) the reactions at A and B. (Hint: The force exerted by CD on AB must be perpendicular to both rods.) SOLUTION (a) The force acting at E on the f.b.d. of rod AB is perpendicular to AB and CD. Letting λ E = direction cosines for force E, λE = rB/ A × k rB/ A × k − ( 32 in.) i + ( 24 in.) j − ( 40 in.) k × k = 2 2 ( 32 ) + ( 24 ) in. = 0.6i + 0.8 j Also, W = − (10 lb ) j B = Bk E = E ( 0.6i + 0.8 j) From f.b.d. of rod AB ΣM A = 0: rG/ A × W + rE/ A × E + rB/ A × B = 0 i j k i j k i j k ∴ −16 12 −20 (10 lb ) + −24 18 −30 E + −32 24 −40 B = 0 0 −1 0 0.6 0.8 0 0 0 1 ( −20i + 16k )(10 lb ) + ( 24i − 18 j − 30k ) E + ( 24i + 32 j) B = 0 From k-coefficient 160 − 30 E = 0 ∴ E = 5.3333 lb and E = 5.3333 lb ( 0.6i + 0.8 j) E = ( 3.20 lb ) i + ( 4.27 lb ) j or (b) From j-coefficient −18 ( 5.3333 lb ) + 32 B = 0 ∴ B = 3.00 lb or B = ( 3.00 lb ) k PROBLEM 4.140 CONTINUED From f.b.d. of rod AB ΣF = 0: A + W + E + B = 0 Ax i + Ay j + Az k − (10 lb ) j + ( 3.20 lb ) i + ( 4.27 lb ) j + ( 3.00 lb ) k = 0 From i-coefficient Ax + 3.20 lb = 0 ∴ Ax = −3.20 lb j-coefficient Ay − 10 lb + 4.27 lb = 0 ∴ Ay = 5.73 lb k-coefficient Az + 3.00 lb = 0 ∴ Az = −3.00 lb Therefore A = − ( 3.20 lb ) i + ( 5.73 lb ) j − ( 3.00 lb ) k PROBLEM 4.141 A 21-in.-long uniform rod AB weighs 6.4 lb and is attached to a ball-andsocket joint at A. The rod rests against an inclined frictionless surface and is held in the position shown by cord BC. Knowing that the cord is 21 in. long, determine (a) the tension in the cord, (b) the reactions at A and B. SOLUTION First note W = − ( 6.4 lb ) j N B = N B ( 0.8j + 0.6k ) LAB = 21 in. = ( xB )2 + (13 + 3)2 + ( 4 )2 = xB2 + (16 ) + ( 4 ) 2 2 ∴ xB = 13 in. TBC = λ BCTBC = = (13 in.) i + (16 in.) j − ( 4 in.) k T 21 in. BC TBC (13i + 16 j − 4k ) 21 From f.b.d. of rod AB ΣM A = 0: rG/ A × W + rB/ A × N B + rC/ A × TBC = 0 i j k i j k i j k 26TBC 6.5 −8 2 + 13 −16 4 N B + 1 0 0 =0 21 0 −6.4 0 0 0.8 0.6 13 16 −4 (12.8i − 41.6k ) + ( −12.8i − 7.8j + 10.4k ) N B + ( 4 j + 16k ) 26TBC =0 21 PROBLEM 4.141 CONTINUED 12.8 − 12.8N B = 0 From i-coeff. ∴ N B = 1.00 lb N B = ( 0.800 lb ) j + ( 0.600 lb ) k or 26 −7.8 N B + 4 TBC = 0 21 From j-coeff. ∴ TBC = 1.575 lb From f.b.d. of rod AB ΣF = 0: A + W + N B + TBC = 0 ( Axi + Ay j + Azk ) − ( 6.4 lb ) j + ( 0.800 lb ) j + ( 0.600 lb ) k + 1.575 (13i + 16 j − 4k ) = 0 21 From i-coefficient Ax = −0.975 lb j-coefficient Ay = 4.40 lb k-coefficient Az = −0.3 lb ∴ (a) TBC = 1.575 lb (b) A = − ( 0.975 lb ) i + ( 4.40 lb ) j − ( 0.300 lb ) k N B = ( 0.800 lb ) j + ( 0.600 lb ) k PROBLEM 4.142 While being installed, the 56-lb chute ABCD is attached to a wall with brackets E and F and is braced with props GH and IJ. Assuming that the weight of the chute is uniformly distributed, determine the magnitude of the force exerted on the chute by prop GH if prop IJ is removed. SOLUTION First note 42 in. θ = tan −1 = 16.2602° 144 in. xG = ( 50 in.) cos16.2602° = 48 in. yG = 78 in. − ( 50 in.) sin16.2602° = 64 in. λ BA = − (144 in.) i + ( 42 in.) j (144 ) 2 + ( 42 ) in. 2 = 1 ( −24i + 7 j) 25 rK / A = ( 72 in.) i − ( 21 in.) j + ( 9 in.) k rG/ A = ( 48 in.) i − ( 78 in. − 64 in.) j + (18 in.) k = ( 48 in.) i − (14 in.) j + (18 in.) k W = − ( 56 lb ) j PHG = λ HG PHG = = − ( 2 in.) i + ( 64 in.) j − (16 in.) k ( 2 ) + ( 64 ) + (16 ) in. 2 2 PHG ( −i + 32 j − 8k ) 33 2 PHG PROBLEM 4.142 CONTINUED From the f.b.d. of the chute ΣM BA = 0: λ BA ⋅ ( rK / A × W ) + λ BA ⋅ ( rG/ A × PHG ) = 0 −24 −24 7 0 7 0 56 P 72 −21 9 + 48 −14 18 HG = 0 ( ) 25 33 25 −1 32 −8 0 −1 0 −216 ( 56 ) P + [ −24 ( −14 ) ( −8 ) − ( −24 ) (18 )( 32 ) + 7 (18 ) ( −1) − ( 7 )( 48 )( −8 )] HG = 0 25 33 ( 25 ) ∴ PHG = 29.141 lb or PHG = 29.1 lb PROBLEM 4.143 While being installed, the 56-lb chute ABCD is attached to a wall with brackets E and F and is braced with props GH and IJ. Assuming that the weight of the chute is uniformly distributed, determine the magnitude of the force exerted on the chute by prop IJ if prop GH is removed. SOLUTION First note 42 in. θ = tan −1 = 16.2602° 144 in. xI = (100 in.) cos16.2602° = 96 in. yI = 78 in. − (100 in.) sin16.2602° = 50 in. λ BA = − (144 in.) i + ( 42 in.) j (144 ) 2 + ( 42 ) in. 2 = 1 ( −24i + 7 j) 25 rK / A = ( 72 in.) i − ( 21 in.) j + ( 9 in.) k rI / A = ( 96 in.) i − ( 78 in. − 50 in.) j + (18 in.) k = ( 96 in.) i − ( 28 in.) j + (18 in.) k W = − ( 56 lb ) j PJI = λ JI PJI = = − (1 in.) i + ( 50 in.) j − (10 in.) k (1) 2 + ( 50 ) + (10 ) in. 2 PJI ( −i + 50 j − 10k ) 51 2 PJI PROBLEM 4.143 CONTINUED From the f.b.d. of the chute ΣM BA = 0: λ BA ⋅ ( rK / A × W ) + λ BA ⋅ ( rI / A × PJI ) = 0 −24 −24 7 7 0 0 56 P 72 −21 9 + 96 −28 18 JI = 0 25 51( 25 ) −1 50 −10 0 −1 0 −216 ( 56 ) P + [ −24 ( −28 )( −10 ) − ( −24 ) (18 )( 50 ) + 7 (18 ) ( −1) − ( 7 )( 96 )( −10 )] JI = 0 25 51( 25 ) ∴ PJI = 28.728 lb or PJI = 28.7 lb PROBLEM 4.144 To water seedlings, a gardener joins three lengths of pipe, AB, BC, and CD, fitted with spray nozzles and suspends the assembly using hinged supports at A and D and cable EF. Knowing that the pipe weighs 0.85 lb/ft, determine the tension in the cable. SOLUTION First note rG/ A = (1.5 ft ) i WAB = − ( 0.85 lb/ft )( 3 ft ) j = − ( 2.55 lb ) j rF / A = ( 2 ft ) i T = λ FET = − ( 2 ft ) i + ( 3 ft ) j − ( 4.5 ft ) k ( 2 )2 + ( 3)2 + ( 4.5)2 T ft T = ( −2i + 3j − 4.5k ) 33.25 rB/ A = ( 3 ft ) i WBC = − ( 0.85 lb/ft )(1 ft ) j = − ( 0.85 lb ) j rH / A = ( 3 ft ) i − ( 2.25 ft ) k WCD = − ( 0.85 lb/ft )( 4.5 ft ) j = − ( 3.825 lb ) j λ AD = ( 3 ft ) i − (1 ft ) j − ( 4.5 ft ) k ( 3)2 + (1)2 + ( 4.5)2 ft = 1 ( 3i − j − 4.5k ) 5.5 PROBLEM 4.144 CONTINUED From f.b.d. of the pipe assembly ΣM AD = 0: λ AD ⋅ ( rG/ A × WAB ) + λ AD ⋅ ( rF / A × T ) + λ AD ⋅ ( rB/ A × WBC ) + λ AD ⋅ ( rH / A × WCD ) = 0 3 −1 −4.5 3 −1 −4.5 T 1 0 0 0 ∴ 1.5 + 2 0 5.5 5.5 33.25 0 −2.55 0 −2 3 −4.5 3 −1 −4.5 3 −1 −4.5 1 1 + 3 0 + − 0 3 0 2.25 =0 5.5 5.5 0 −0.85 0 0 −3.825 0 T + (11.475 ) + ( 25.819 ) = 0 33.25 (17.2125) + ( −36 ) ∴ T = 8.7306 lb or T = 8.73 lb PROBLEM 4.145 Solve Problem 4.144 assuming that cable EF is replaced by a cable connecting E and C. P4.144 To water seedlings, a gardener joins three lengths of pipe, AB, BC, and CD, fitted with spray nozzles and suspends the assembly using hinged supports at A and D and cable EF. Knowing that the pipe weighs 0.85 lb/ft, determine the tension in the cable. SOLUTION First note rG/ A = (1.5 ft ) i WAB = − ( 0.85 lb/ft )( 3 ft ) j = − ( 2.55 lb ) j rC/ A = ( 3 ft ) i − (1 ft ) j T = λ CET = − ( 3 ft ) i + ( 4 ft ) j − ( 4.5 ft ) k ( 3)2 + ( 4 )2 + ( 4.5)2 T ft T = ( −3i + 4 j − 4.5k ) 45.25 rB/ A = ( 3 ft ) i WBC = − ( 0.85 lb/ft )(1 ft ) j = − ( 0.85 lb ) j rH / A = ( 3 ft ) i − ( 2.25 ft ) k WCD = − ( 0.85 lb/ft )(1 ft ) j = − ( 3.825 lb ) j λ AD = ( 3 ft ) i − (1 ft ) j − ( 4.5 ft ) k ( 3)2 + (1)2 + ( 4.5)2 ft = 1 ( 3i − j − 4.5k ) 5.5 PROBLEM 4.145 CONTINUED From f.b.d. of the pipe assembly ΣM AD = 0: λ AD ⋅ ( rG/ A × WAB ) + λ AD ⋅ ( rC/ A × T ) + λ AD ⋅ ( rB/ A × WBC ) + λ AD ⋅ ( rH / A × WCD ) = 0 −1 −4.5 3 3 −1 −4.5 T 1 ∴ 1.5 0 0 + 3 −1 0 5.5 5.5 45.25 0 −2.55 0 −3 4 −4.5 3 −1 −4.5 3 −1 −4.5 1 1 +3 −2.25 0 0 0 + 3 =0 5.5 5.5 0 −0.85 0 0 −3.825 0 T + (11.475 ) + ( 25.819 ) = 0 45.25 (17.2125) + ( −40.5) ∴ T = 9.0536 lb or T = 9.05 lb PROBLEM 4.146 The bent rod ABDE is supported by ball-and-socket joints at A and E and by the cable DF. If a 600-N load is applied at C as shown, determine the tension in the cable. SOLUTION First note λ AE = − ( 70 mm ) i + ( 240 mm ) k ( 70 ) 2 = + ( 240 ) mm 2 1 ( −7i + 24k ) 25 rC/ A = ( 90 mm ) i + (100 mm ) k FC = − ( 600 N ) j rD/ A = ( 90 mm ) i + ( 240 mm ) k T = λ DFT = = − (160 mm ) i + (110 mm ) j − ( 80 mm ) k (160 )2 + (110 )2 + (80 )2 T mm T ( −16 i + 11j − 8k ) 21 From the f.b.d. of the bend rod ( ) ( ) ΣM AE = 0: λ AE ⋅ rC/ A × FC + λ AE ⋅ rD/ A × T = 0 ∴ −7 0 24 −7 0 24 600 T 90 0 100 =0 + 90 0 240 25 ( 21) 25 0 −1 0 −16 11 −8 ( −700 − 2160 ) 600 T + (18 480 + 23 760 ) =0 25 25 ( 21) ∴ T = 853.13 N or T = 853 N PROBLEM 4.147 Solve Problem 4.146 assuming that cable DF is replaced by a cable connecting B and F. P4.146 The bent rod ABDE is supported by ball-and-socket joints at A and E and by the cable DF. If a 600-N load is applied at C as shown, determine the tension in the cable. SOLUTION First note λ AE = − ( 70 mm ) i + ( 240 mm ) k ( 70 ) 2 = + ( 240 ) mm 2 1 ( −7i + 24k ) 25 rC/ A = ( 90 mm ) i + (100 mm ) k FC = − ( 600 N ) j rB/ A = ( 90 mm ) i T = λ BFT = = − (160 mm ) i + (110 mm ) j + (160 mm ) k (160 )2 + (110 )2 + (160 )2 T mm 1 ( −160 i + 110 j + 160k ) 251.59 From the f.b.d. of the bend rod ( ) ( ) ΣM AE = 0: λ AE ⋅ rC/ A × FC + λ AE ⋅ rB/ A × T = 0 −7 0 24 −7 0 24 T 600 ∴ 90 0 100 0 0 =0 + 90 25 ( 251.59 ) 25 0 −1 0 −160 110 160 ( −700 − 2160 ) T 600 =0 + ( 237 600 ) 25 251.59 25 ) ( ∴ T = 1817.04 N or T = 1817 N PROBLEM 4.148 Two rectangular plates are welded together to form the assembly shown. The assembly is supported by ball-and-socket joints at B and D and by a ball on a horizontal surface at C. For the loading shown, determine the reaction at C. SOLUTION λ BD = First note = − ( 80 mm ) i − ( 90 mm ) j + (120 mm ) k (80 )2 + ( 90 )2 + (120 )2 mm 1 ( −8i − 9 j + 12k ) 17 rA/B = − ( 60 mm ) i P = ( 200 N ) k rC/D = ( 80 mm ) i C = (C ) j From the f.b.d. of the plates ( ) ( ) ΣM BD = 0: λ BD ⋅ rA/B × P + λ BD ⋅ rC/D × C = 0 ∴ −8 −9 12 −8 −9 12 60 ( 200 ) C ( 80 ) 1 0 0 −1 0 0 + =0 17 17 0 0 1 0 1 0 ( −9 )( 60 )( 200 ) + (12 )(80 ) C = 0 ∴ C = 112.5 N or C = (112.5 N ) j PROBLEM 4.149 Two 1 × 2-m plywood panels, each of mass 15 kg, are nailed together as shown. The panels are supported by ball-and-socket joints at A and F and by the wire BH. Determine (a) the location of H in the xy plane if the tension in the wire is to be minimum, (b) the corresponding minimum tension. SOLUTION ( ) W1 = W2 = − ( mg ) j = − (15 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 j Let = − (147.15 N ) j From the f.b.d. of the panels ( ) ( ) ( = 1 ( 2i − j − 2k ) 3 ) ΣM AF = 0: λ AF ⋅ rG/ A × W1 + λ AF ⋅ rB/ A × T + λ AF ⋅ rT / A × W2 = 0 where λ AF = ( 2 m ) i − (1 m ) j − ( 2 m ) k ( 2 )2 + (1)2 + ( 2 )2 m rG/ A = (1 m ) i rB/ A = ( 2 m ) i rI / A = ( 2 m ) i − (1 m ) k PROBLEM 4.149 CONTINUED λ BH = ( x − 2) i + ( y ) j − ( 2) k ( x − 2 ) 2 + y 2 + ( 2 )2 T = λ BH T = ∴ ( x − 2) i + ( y ) j − ( 2) k ( x − 2 ) 2 + y 2 + ( 2 )2 2 −1 −2 2 −1 −2 T 147.15 1 0 0 0 0 + 2 2 2 2 3 0 −1 0 x − 2 y −2 3 ( x − 2 ) + y + ( 2 ) 2 −1 −2 147.15 + 2 0 −1 3 = 0 0 −1 0 2 (147.15 ) 147.15 T + ( −4 − 4 y ) + ( −2 + 4 ) =0 2 2 3 3 3 ( x − 2) + y 2 + ( 2) T = or For x − 2 m, T = Tmin 147.15 ( x − 2 ) 2 + y 2 + ( 2 )2 1+ y ∴ Tmin = 1 147.15 2 ( y + 4) 2 (1 + y ) 1 (1 + y ) ( y 2 + 4 ) 2 ( 2 y ) − ( y 2 + 4 ) 2 (1) −1 The y-value for Tmin is found from dT dy = 0: Setting the numerator equal to zero, (1 + y ) y 2 1 (1 + y )2 =0 = y2 + 4 y = 4m Then T min = 147.15 ( 2 2 2 2 − 2 ) + ( 4 ) + ( 2 ) = 131.615 N (1 + 4 ) ∴ (a) x = 2.00 m, y = 4.00 m (b) Tmin = 131.6 N PROBLEM 4.150 Solve Problem 4.149 subject to the restriction that H must lie on the y axis. P4.149 Two 1 × 2-m plywood panels, each of mass 15 kg, are nailed together as shown. The panels are supported by ball-and-socket joints at A and F and by the wire BH. Determine (a) the location of H in the xy plane if the tension in the wire is to be minimum, (b) the corresponding minimum tension. SOLUTION ( ) W1 = W2 = − ( mg ) j = − (15 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 j = − (147.15 N ) j Let From the f.b.d. of the panels ( ) ( ) ( = 1 ( 2i − j − 2k ) 3 ) ΣM AF = 0: λ AF ⋅ rG/ A × W1 + λ AF ⋅ rB/ A × T + λ AF ⋅ rI / A × W2 = 0 where λ AF = ( 2 m ) i − (1 m ) j − ( 2 m ) k ( 2 )2 + (1)2 + ( 2 )2 m rG/ A = (1 m ) i rB/ A = ( 2 m ) i rI / A = ( 2 m ) i − (1 m ) k T = λ BH T = = − (2 m) i + ( y) j − (2 m) k ( 2 )2 + ( y )2 + ( 2 )2 T 8 + y2 ( −2i + m yj − 2k ) T PROBLEM 4.150 CONTINUED ∴ 2 −1 −2 2 −1 −2 T 147.15 1 0 0 + 2 0 0 2 3 −2 y −2 3 8 + y 0 −1 0 2 −1 −2 147.15 + 2 0 −1 3 = 0 0 −1 0 ) ( 2 (147.15 ) + ( −4 − 4 y ) T 8 + y 2 + ( 2 )147.15 = 0 ∴ T = For Tmin , dT =0 dy ∴ (147.15) 8 + (1 + y ) (1 + y ) 12 (8 + y2 ) ( 2 y ) − (8 + (1 + y )2 y2 − 12 y2 ) 1 2 (1) =0 Setting the numerator equal to zero, (1 + y ) y = 8 + y2 ∴ y = 8.00 m and Tmin = (147.15) 8 + (8)2 (1 + 8) = 138.734 N ∴ (a) x = 0, y = 8.00 m (b) Tmin = 138.7 N PROBLEM 4.151 A uniform 20 × 30-in. steel plate ABCD weighs 85 lb and is attached to ball-and-socket joints at A and B. Knowing that the plate leans against a frictionless vertical wall at D, determine (a) the location of D, (b) the reaction at D. SOLUTION (a) Since rD/ A is perpendicular to rB/ A , rD/ A ⋅ rB/ A = 0 where coordinates of D are ( 0, y, z ) , and rD/ A = − ( 4 in.) i + ( y ) j + ( z − 28 in.) k rB/ A = (12 in.) i − (16 in.) k ∴ rD/ A ⋅ rB/ A = −48 − 16 z + 448 = 0 or z = 25 in. Since LAD = 30 in. 30 = ( 4 )2 + ( y )2 + ( 25 − 28)2 900 = 16 + y 2 + 9 y = or 875 in. = 29.580 in. ∴ Coordinates of D : x = 0, y = 29.6 in., z = 25.0 in. (b) From f.b.d. of steel plate ABCD ΣM AB = 0: where λ AB = λ AB ⋅ ( rD/ A × N D ) + λ AB ⋅ ( rG/B × W ) = 0 (12 in.) i − (16 in.) k (12 )2 + (16 )2 in. = 1 ( 3i − 4k ) 5 rD/ A = − ( 4 in.) i + ( 29.580 in.) j − ( 3 in.) k N D = N Di PROBLEM 4.151 CONTINUED rG/B = 1 1 rD/B = − (16 in.) i + ( 29.580 in.) j + ( 25 in. − 12 in.) k 2 2 W = − ( 85 lb ) j 3 0 3 0 −4 −4 ND 85 ∴ −4 29.580 −3 =0 + −16 29.580 13 2 ( 5 ) 5 1 0 0 0 0 −1 118.32 N D + ( 39 − 64 ) 42.5 = 0 ∴ N D = 8.9799 lb or N D = ( 8.98 lb ) i PROBLEM 4.152 Beam AD carries the two 40-lb loads shown. The beam is held by a fixed support at D and by the cable BE which is attached to the counter-weight W. Determine the reaction at D when (a) W = 100 lb, (b) W = 90 lb. SOLUTION (a) W = 100 lb From f.b.d. of beam AD ΣFx = 0: Dx = 0 ΣFy = 0: Dy − 40 lb − 40 lb + 100 lb = 0 ∴ Dy = −20.0 lb or D = 20.0 lb M D − (100 lb )( 5 ft ) + ( 40 lb )( 8 ft ) ΣM D = 0: + ( 40 lb )( 4 ft ) = 0 ∴ M D = 20.0 lb ⋅ ft or M D = 20.0 lb ⋅ ft (b) W = 90 lb From f.b.d. of beam AD ΣFx = 0: Dx = 0 ΣFy = 0: Dy + 90 lb − 40 lb − 40 lb = 0 ∴ Dy = −10.00 lb or D = 10.00 lb ΣM D = 0: M D − ( 90 lb )( 5 ft ) + ( 40 lb )( 8 ft ) + ( 40 lb )( 4 ft ) = 0 ∴ M D = −30.0 lb ⋅ ft or M D = 30.0 lb ⋅ ft PROBLEM 4.153 For the beam and loading shown, determine the range of values of W for which the magnitude of the couple at D does not exceed 40 lb ⋅ ft. SOLUTION For Wmin , M D = −40 lb ⋅ ft From f.b.d. of beam AD ΣM D = 0: ( 40 lb )(8 ft ) − Wmin ( 5 ft ) + ( 40 lb )( 4 ft ) − 40 lb ⋅ ft =0 ∴ Wmin = 88.0 lb For Wmax , M D = 40 lb ⋅ ft From f.b.d. of beam AD ΣM D = 0: ( 40 lb )(8 ft ) − Wmax ( 5 ft ) + ( 40 lb )( 4 ft ) + 40 lb ⋅ ft =0 ∴ Wmax = 104.0 lb or 88.0 lb ≤ W ≤ 104.0 lb PROBLEM 4.154 Determine the reactions at A and D when β = 30°. SOLUTION From f.b.d. of frame ABCD ΣM D = 0: − A ( 0.18 m ) + (150 N ) sin 30° ( 0.10 m ) + (150 N ) cos 30° ( 0.28 m ) = 0 ∴ A = 243.74 N or A = 244 N ΣFx = 0: ( 243.74 N ) + (150 N ) sin 30° + Dx =0 ∴ Dx = −318.74 N ΣFy = 0: Dy − (150 N ) cos 30° = 0 ∴ Dy = 129.904 N Then and D= ( Dx )2 + Dx2 = ( 318.74 )2 + (129.904 )2 = 344.19 N Dy −1 129.904 = tan = −22.174° D −318.74 x θ = tan −1 or D = 344 N 22.2° PROBLEM 4.155 Determine the reactions at A and D when β = 60°. SOLUTION From f.b.d. of frame ABCD ΣM D = 0: − A ( 0.18 m ) + (150 N ) sin 60° ( 0.10 m ) + (150 N ) cos 60° ( 0.28 m ) = 0 ∴ A = 188.835 N or A = 188.8 N (188.835 N ) + (150 N ) sin 60° + Dx ΣFx = 0: =0 ∴ Dx = −318.74 N ΣFy = 0: Dy − (150 N ) cos 60° = 0 ∴ Dy = 75.0 N Then and D= ( Dx )2 + ( Dy ) 2 = ( 318.74 )2 + ( 75.0 )2 = 327.44 N Dy −1 75.0 = tan = −13.2409° −318.74 Dx θ = tan −1 or D = 327 N 13.24° PROBLEM 4.156 A 2100-lb tractor is used to lift 900 lb of gravel. Determine the reaction at each of the two (a) rear wheels A, (b) front wheels B. SOLUTION (a) From f.b.d. of tractor ΣM B = 0: ( 2100 lb )( 40 in.) − ( 2 A)( 60 in.) − ( 900 lb )( 50 in.) = 0 ∴ A = 325 lb or A = 325 lb (b) From f.b.d. of tractor ΣM A = 0: ( 2B )( 60 in.) − ( 2100 lb )( 20 in.) − ( 900 lb )(110 in.) = 0 ∴ B = 1175 lb or B = 1175 lb PROBLEM 4.157 A tension of 5 lb is maintained in a tape as it passes the support system shown. Knowing that the radius of each pulley is 0.4 in., determine the reaction at C. SOLUTION From f.b.d. of system ΣFx = 0: C x + ( 5 lb ) = 0 ∴ Cx = −5 lb ΣFy = 0: C y − ( 5 lb ) = 0 ∴ C y = 5 lb Then and C = ( Cx )2 + ( C y ) 2 = ( 5 )2 + ( 5 )2 = 7.0711 lb +5 θ = tan −1 = −45° −5 or C = 7.07 lb 45.0° ΣM C = 0: M C + ( 5 lb )( 6.4 in.) + ( 5 lb )( 2.2 in.) = 0 ∴ M C = −43.0 lb ⋅ in or M C = 43.0 lb ⋅ in. PROBLEM 4.158 Solve Problem 4.157 assuming that 0.6-in.-radius pulleys are used. P4.157 A tension of 5 lb is maintained in a tape as it passes the support system shown. Knowing that the radius of each pulley is 0.4 in., determine the reaction at C. SOLUTION From f.b.d of system ΣFx = 0: C x + ( 5 lb ) = 0 ∴ Cx = −5 lb ΣFy = 0: C y − ( 5 lb ) = 0 ∴ C y = 5 lb Then and C = ( C x )2 + ( C y ) 2 = ( 5 )2 + ( 5 )2 = 7.0711 lb 5 θ = tan −1 = −45.0° −5 or C = 7.07 lb 45.0° ΣM C = 0: M C + ( 5 lb )( 6.6 in.) + ( 5 lb )( 2.4 in.) = 0 ∴ M C = −45.0 lb ⋅ in. or M C = 45.0 lb ⋅ in. PROBLEM 4.159 The bent rod ABEF is supported by bearings at C and D and by wire AH. Knowing that portion AB of the rod is 250 mm long, determine (a) the tension in wire AH, (b) the reactions at C and D. Assume that the bearing at D does not exert any axial thrust. SOLUTION (a) From f.b.d. of bent rod ( ) ( ) ΣM CD = 0: λ CD ⋅ rH /B × T + λ CD ⋅ rF /E × F = 0 where λ CD = i rH /B = ( 0.25 m ) j T = λ AH T = ( y AH ) j − ( z AH ) k T ( y AH )2 + ( z AH )2 y AH = ( 0.25 m ) − ( 0.25 m ) sin 30° = 0.125 m z AH = ( 0.25 m ) cos 30° = 0.21651 m ∴T= T ( 0.125j − 0.21651k ) 0.25 rF /E = ( 0.25 m ) k F = −400 N j 1 0 0 1 0 0 T 1 0 0.25 ∴ 0 + ( ) 0 0 1 ( 0.25 )( 400 N ) = 0 0.25 0 0.125 −0.21651 0 −1 0 −0.21651T + 0.25 ( 400 N ) = 0 ∴ T = 461.88 N or T = 462 N PROBLEM 4.159 CONTINUED (b) From f.b.d. of bent rod ΣFx = 0: C x = 0 ΣM D( z -axis ) = 0: − ( 461.88 N ) sin 30° ( 0.35 m ) − C y ( 0.3 m ) − ( 400 N )( 0.05 m ) = 0 ∴ C y = −336.10 N ΣM D( y -axis ) = 0: Cz ( 0.3 m ) − ( 461.88 N ) cos 30° ( 0.35 m ) = 0 ∴ Cz = 466.67 N or C = − ( 336 N ) j + ( 467 N ) k ΣFy = 0: Dy − 336.10 N + ( 461.88 N ) sin 30° − 400 N = 0 ∴ Dy = 505.16 N ΣFz = 0: Dz + 466.67 N − ( 461.88 N ) cos30° = 0 ∴ Dz = −66.670 N or D = ( 505 N ) j − ( 66.7 N ) k PROBLEM 4.160 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the reaction at A, (b) the tension in cable BC. SOLUTION (a) From f.b.d of beam ΣFx = 0: Ax = 0 ΣM B = 0: (15 lb )( 28 in.) + ( 20 lb )( 22 in.) + ( 35 lb )(14 in.) + ( 20 lb )( 6 in.) − Ay ( 6 in.) = 0 ∴ Ay = 245 lb or A = 245 lb (b) From f.b.d of beam ΣM A = 0: (15 lb )( 22 in.) + ( 20 lb )(16 in.) + ( 35 lb )(8 in.) − (15 lb )( 6 in.) − TB ( 6 in.) = 0 ∴ TB = 140.0 lb or TB = 140.0 lb Check: ΣFy = 0: −15 lb − 20 lb − 35 lb − 20 lb − 15 lb − 140 lb + 245 lb = 0? 245 lb − 245 lb = 0 ok PROBLEM 4.161 Frame ABCD is supported by a ball-and-socket joint at A and by three cables. For a = 150 mm, determine the tension in each cable and the reaction at A. SOLUTION First note TDG = λ DGTDG = − ( 0.48 m ) i + ( 0.14 m ) j ( 0.48)2 + ( 0.14 )2 = −0.48i + 0.14 j TDG 0.50 = TDG ( 24i + 7 j) 25 TBE = λ BETBE = − ( 0.48 m ) i + ( 0.2 m ) k ( 0.48)2 + ( 0.2 )2 m = −0.48i + 0.2k TBE 0.52 = TBE ( −12 j + 5k ) 13 TDG m TBE From f.b.d. of frame ABCD 7 ΣM x = 0: TDG ( 0.3 m ) − ( 350 N )( 0.15 m ) = 0 25 or TDG = 625 N 24 5 ΣM y = 0: × 625 N ( 0.3 m ) − TBE ( 0.48 m ) = 0 13 25 or TBE = 975 N 7 ΣM z = 0: TCF ( 0.14 m ) + × 625 N ( 0.48 m ) 25 − ( 350 N )( 0.48 m ) = 0 or TCF = 600 N PROBLEM 4.161 CONTINUED ΣFx = 0: Ax + TCF + (TBE ) x + (TDG ) x = 0 12 24 Ax − 600 N − × 975 N − × 625 N = 0 13 25 ∴ Ax = 2100 N ΣFy = 0: Ay + (TDG ) y − 350 N = 0 7 Ay + × 625 N − 350 N = 0 25 ∴ Ay = 175.0 N ΣFz = 0: Az + (TBE ) z = 0 5 Az + × 975 N = 0 13 ∴ Az = −375 N Therefore A = ( 2100 N ) i + (175.0 N ) j − ( 375 N ) k PROBLEM 4.162 Frame ABCD is supported by a ball-and-socket joint at A and by three cables. Knowing that the 350-N load is applied at D (a = 300 mm), determine the tension in each cable and the reaction at A. SOLUTION First note TDG = λ DGTDG = − ( 0.48 m ) i + ( 0.14 m ) j ( 0.48)2 + ( 0.14 )2 m = −0.48i + 0.14 j TDG 0.50 = TDG ( 24i + 7 j) 25 TBE = λ BETBE = − ( 0.48 m ) i + ( 0.2 m ) k ( 0.48)2 + ( 0.2 )2 m = −0.48i + 0.2k TBE 0.52 = TBE ( −12i + 5k ) 13 TDG TBE From f.b.d of frame ABCD 7 ΣM x = 0: TDG ( 0.3 m ) − ( 350 N )( 0.3 m ) = 0 25 or TDG = 1250 N 24 5 ΣM y = 0: × 1250 N ( 0.3 m ) − TBE ( 0.48 m ) = 0 13 25 or TBE = 1950 N 7 ΣM z = 0: TCF ( 0.14 m ) + × 1250 N ( 0.48 m ) 25 − ( 350 N )( 0.48 m ) = 0 or TCF = 0 PROBLEM 4.162 CONTINUED ΣFx = 0: Ax + TCF + (TBE ) x + (TDG ) x = 0 12 24 Ax + 0 − × 1950 N − × 1250 N = 0 13 25 ∴ Ax = 3000 N ΣFy = 0: Ay + (TDG ) y − 350 N = 0 7 Ay + × 1250 N − 350 N = 0 25 ∴ Ay = 0 ΣFz = 0: Az + (TBE ) z = 0 5 Az + × 1950 N = 0 13 ∴ Az = −750 N Therefore A = ( 3000 N ) i − ( 750 N ) k PROBLEM 4.163 In the problems listed below, the rigid bodies considered were completely constrained and the reactions were statically determinate. For each of these rigid bodies it is possible to create an improper set of constraints by changing a dimension of the body. In each of the following problems determine the value of a which results in improper constraints. (a) Problem 4.81, (b) Problem 4.82. SOLUTION (a) ΣM B = 0: (a) ( 300 lb )(16 in.) − T (16 in.) + T ( a ) = 0 T = or ( 300 lb )(16 in.) (16 − a ) in. ∴ T becomes infinite when 16 − a = 0 or a = 16.00 in. ΣM C = 0: (b) (b) (T 8 − 80 N )( 0.2 m ) − T ( 0.175 m ) 17 15 − T ( 0.4 m − a ) = 0 17 0.2T − 16.0 − 0.82353T − 0.35294T + 0.88235Ta = 0 or T = 16.0 0.88235a − 0.23529 ∴ T becomes infinite when 0.88235a − 0.23529 = 0 a = 0.26666 m or a = 267 mm PROBLEM 5.1 Locate the centroid of the plane area shown. SOLUTION A, in 2 x , in. y , in. xA, in 3 yA, in 3 1 8 × 6 = 48 −4 9 −192 432 2 16 × 12 = 192 8 6 1536 1152 Σ 240 1344 1584 Then X = Σ xA 1344 in 3 = ΣA 240 in 2 or X = 5.60 in. W and Y = Σ yA 1584 in 3 = ΣA 240 in 2 or Y = 6.60 in. W PROBLEM 5.2 Locate the centroid of the plane area shown. SOLUTION A, mm 2 x , mm y , mm xA, mm3 yA, mm3 1 1 × 60 × 75 = 2250 2 40 25 90 000 56 250 2 105 × 75 = 7875 112.5 37.5 885 900 295 300 Σ 10 125 975 900 351 600 Then X = ΣxA 975 900 mm3 = ΣA 10 125 mm 2 or X = 96.4 mm W and Y = Σ yA 351 600 mm3 = ΣA 10 125 mm 2 or Y = 34.7 mm W PROBLEM 5.3 Locate the centroid of the plane area shown. SOLUTION For the area as a whole, it can be concluded by observation that Y = Then 2 ( 24 in.) 3 or Y = 16.00 in. W A, in 2 x , in. xA, in 3 1 1 × 24 × 10 = 120 2 2 (10 ) = 6.667 3 800 2 1 × 24 × 16 = 192 2 Σ 312 X = 10 + 1 (16 ) = 15.333 3 2944 3744 Σ xA 3744 in 3 = ΣA 312 in 2 or X = 12.00 in. W PROBLEM 5.4 Locate the centroid of the plane area shown. SOLUTION 1 A, mm 2 x , mm y , mm xA, mm3 yA, mm3 21 × 22 = 462 1.5 11 693 5082 2 − 1 ( 6 )( 9 ) = −27 2 −6 2 162 −54 3 − 1 ( 6 )(12 ) = −36 2 8 2 −288 −72 567 4956 Σ 399 Then X = Σ xA 567 mm3 = ΣA 399 mm 2 or X = 1.421 mm W and Y = Σ yA 4956 mm3 = ΣA 399 mm 2 or Y = 12.42 mm W PROBLEM 5.5 Locate the centroid of the plane area shown. SOLUTION A, mm 2 x , mm y , mm xA, mm3 yA, mm3 1 120 × 200 = 24 000 60 120 1 440 000 2 880 000 2 − 94.5 120 −534 600 −678 600 905 400 2 201 400 Σ π ( 60 ) 2 2 = −5654.9 18 345 Then X = Σ xA 905 400 mm3 = ΣA 18 345 mm 2 or X = 49.4 mm W and Y = Σ yA 2 201 400 mm3 = ΣA 18 345 mm 2 or Y = 93.8 mm W PROBLEM 5.6 Locate the centroid of the plane area shown. SOLUTION A, in 2 1 π (9) 4 2 = 63.617 2 1 (15)( 9 ) = 67.5 2 Σ 131.1 x , in. y , in. x A, in 3 y A, in 3 −4 ( 9 ) = −3.8917 ( 3π ) 3.8917 −243 243 5 3 337.5 202.5 94.5 445.5 Then X = Σ xA 94.5 in 3 = ΣA 131.1 in 2 or X = 0.721 in. W and Y = Σ yA 445.5 in 3 = ΣA 131.1 in 2 or Y = 3.40 in. W PROBLEM 5.7 Locate the centroid of the plane area shown. SOLUTION First note that symmetry implies X = Y A, mm 2 40 × 40 = 1600 1 − 2 Σ Then π (40) 2 4 = −1257 343 X = Σ xA 10 667 mm3 = ΣA 343 mm 2 x , mm xA, mm3 20 32 000 16.98 −21 330 10 667 or X = 31.1 mm W and Y = X = 31.1 mm W PROBLEM 5.8 Locate the centroid of the plane area shown. SOLUTION X =0 W First note that symmetry implies y , in. yA, in 3 = −25.13 1.6977 −42.67 = 56.55 2.546 A, in 2 1 2 − π ( 4) 2 π ( 6) 2 Σ Then 2 2 31.42 Y = Σ yA 101.33 in 3 = ΣA 31.42 in 2 144 101.33 or Y = 3.23 in. W PROBLEM 5.9 For the area of Problem 5.8, determine the ratio r2 /r1 so that y = 3r1/4. SOLUTION A y yA π 4r1 3π 2 − r13 3 4r2 3π 2 3 r2 3 − r12 2 1 π 2 Σ Then or 2 π (r 2 2 2 r22 ( ) Y ΣA = Σy A 3 π 2 2 3 r1 × r2 − r12 = r2 − r13 4 2 3 ( ) ( ) 2 r 3 9π r2 − 1 = 2 − 1 16 r1 r1 Let p= r2 r1 9π ( p + 1)( p − 1)] = ( p − 1)( p 2 + p + 1) [ 16 or ) 2 3 r2 − r13 3 − r12 16 p 2 + (16 − 9π) p + (16 − 9π) = 0 PROBLEM 5.9 CONTINUED Then or Taking the positive root p= −(16 − 9π) ± (16 − 9π) 2 − 4(16)(16 − 9π) 2(16) p = −0.5726 p = 1.3397 r2 = 1.340 W r1 PROBLEM 5.10 Show that as r1 approaches r2 , the location of the centroid approaches that of a circular arc of radius ( r1 + r2 ) / 2. SOLUTION First, determine the location of the centroid. y2 = From Fig. 5.8A: = y1 = Similarly Then ( ) 2 cos α r2 π 3 −α 2 ( 2 cos α r1 3 π2 − α ( ) A2 = ) A1 = ) ( ) ( ) ) ( π2 − α ) r12 ( ( Now ( π2 − α ) r22 2 cosα π 2 cosα π r2 π − α r22 − r1 π − α r12 2 2 3 3 α α − − 2 2 2 3 r2 − r13 cosα = 3 π π Σ A = − α r22 − − α r12 2 2 π 2 2 = − α r2 − r1 2 Y Σ A = Σ yA π 2 3 Y − α r22 − r12 = r2 − r13 cos α 2 3 2 r23 − r13 cos α Y = 3 r22 − r12 π2 − α Σ yA = ( and (π 2 sin 2 − α r2 π 3 −α 2 ( ) ) ) ( ) ( ) PROBLEM 5.10 CONTINUED Using Figure 5.8B, Y of an arc of radius 1 ( r1 + r2 ) is 2 Y = = Now Let Then (π sin − α 1 ( r1 + r2 ) π 2 2 −α 2 ( ) ) 1 cos α (r1 + r2 ) π 2 −α 2 ( ( ) ( r2 − r1 ) r22 + r1 r2 + r12 r23 − r13 = r22 − r12 ( r2 − r1 )( r2 + r1 ) 2 r + r1 r2 + r12 = 2 r2 + r1 (1) ) r2 = r + ∆ r1 = r − ∆ 1 r = ( r1 + r2 ) 2 ( r + ∆ ) + ( r + ∆ )( r − ∆ ) + ( r − ∆ ) r23 − r13 and = 2 2 r2 − r1 (r + ∆) + (r − ∆) 3r 2 + ∆ 2 = 2r In the limit as ∆ → 0 (i.e., r1 = r2 ), then 2 so that Which agrees with Eq. (1). r23 − r13 3 = r 2 2 2 r2 − r1 3 1 = × (r1 + r2 ) 2 2 2 3 cos α Y = × ( r1 + r2 ) π −α 3 4 2 2 or Y = 1 cos α W ( r1 + r2 ) π −α 2 2 PROBLEM 5.11 Locate the centroid of the plane area shown. SOLUTION X =0 W First note that symmetry implies r2 = 2 2 in., α = 45° y2′ = 1 2 3 Σ ( ) ( ) = 1.6977 in. 2r sin α 2 2 2 sin = 3α 3 π4 ( ) − 4 A, in 2 y , in. y A, in 3 1 ( 4)(3) = 6 2 1 6 2 − y ′ = 0.3024 1.8997 0.6667 −2.667 (2 2 ) 4 π π 2 = 6.283 1 ( 4)( 2) = −4 2 8.283 5.2330 Y Σ A = Σ yA Then ( ) Y 8.283 in 2 = 5.2330 in 3 or Y = 0.632 in. W PROBLEM 5.12 Locate the centroid of the plane area shown. SOLUTION 1 2 A, mm 2 x , mm y , mm xA, mm3 yA, mm3 (40)(90) = 3600 −15 20 −54 000 72 000 10 −15 6750 −10 125 −25.47 −19.099 −54 000 −40 500 −101 250 21 375 π ( 40)( 60) 4 = 2121 3 1 (30)( 45) = 675 2 Σ 6396 XA = Σ xA Then ( ) X 6396 mm 2 = −101 250 mm3 or X = −15.83 mm W YA = Σ yA and ( ) Y 6396 mm 2 = 21 375 mm3 or Y = 3.34 mm W PROBLEM 5.13 Locate the centroid of the plane area shown. SOLUTION 1 2 Σ − A, mm 2 x , mm y , mm xA, mm3 yA, mm3 2 ( 40)(80) = 2133 3 48 15 102 400 32 000 53.33 13.333 −85 330 −21 330 17 067 10 667 1 ( 40)(80) = −1600 2 533.3 X Σ A = Σ XA Then ( ) X 533.3 mm 2 = 17 067 mm3 or X = 32.0 mm W Y Σ A = Σ yA and ( ) Y 533.3 mm 2 = 10 667 mm3 or Y = 20.0 mm W PROBLEM 5.14 Locate the centroid of the plane area shown. SOLUTION A, mm 2 x , mm y , mm xA, mm3 yA, mm3 1 2 (150 )( 240 ) = 24 000 3 56.25 96 1 350 000 2 304 000 2 − 50 40 −450 000 −360 000 900 000 1 944 000 Σ 1 (150)(120) = −9000 2 15 000 X Σ A = Σ xA Then ( ) X 15 000 mm 2 = 900 000 mm3 or X = 60.0 mm W Y Σ A = Σ yA and ( ) Y 15 000 mm 2 = 1 944 000 or Y = 129.6 mm W PROBLEM 5.15 Locate the centroid of the plane area shown. SOLUTION 1 2 Σ A, in 2 x , in. y , in. xA, in 3 yA, in 3 1 (10)(15) = 50 3 4.5 7.5 225 375 6.366 16.366 1125 2892 1350 3267 π 4 (15)2 = 176.71 226.71 X Σ A = Σx A Then ( ) X 226.71 in 2 = 1350 in 3 or X = 5.95 in. W Y ΣA = Σy A and ( ) Y 226.71 in 2 = 3267 in 3 or Y = 14.41 in. W PROBLEM 5.16 Locate the centroid of the plane area shown. SOLUTION 1 2 Σ − A, in 2 x , in. y , in. xA, in 3 yA, in 3 2 (8)(8) = 42.67 3 3 2.8 128 119.47 1.5 −0.8 −8 4.267 120 123.73 2 ( 4)( 2) = −5.333 3 37.33 X Σ A = Σx A Then ( ) X 37.33 in 2 = 120 in 3 or X = 3.21 in. W Y ΣA = Σy A and ( ) Y 37.33 in 2 = 123.73 in 3 or Y = 3.31 in. W PROBLEM 5.17 The horizontal x axis is drawn through the centroid C of the area shown and divides the area into two component areas A1 and A2. Determine the first moment of each component area with respect to the x axis, and explain the results obtained. SOLUTION Qx = Σ yA Note that Then and (Qx )1 = 53 ( Qx )2 1 m × 6 × 5 m 2 2 or ( Qx )1 = 25.0 × 103 mm3 W 2 1 1 1 = − × 2.5 m × 9 × 2.5 m 2 + − × 2.5 m × 6 × 2.5 m 2 3 2 3 2 or ( Qx ) 2 = −25.0 × 103 mm3 W Now Qx = ( Qx )1 + ( Qx ) 2 = 0 This result is expected since x is a centroidal axis ( thus y = 0 ) and Qx = Σ y A = Y Σ A (y = 0 ⇒ Qx = 0 ) PROBLEM 5.18 The horizontal x axis is drawn through the centroid C of the area shown and divides the area into two component areas A1 and A2. Determine the first moment of each component area with respect to the x axis, and explain the results obtained. SOLUTION First, locate the position y of the figure. A, mm 2 y , mm yA, mm3 1 160 × 300 = 48 000 150 7 200 000 2 −150 × 80 = −16 000 160 −2 560 000 Σ 32 000 Y ΣA = Σy A Then ( ) Y 32 000 mm 2 = 4 640 000 mm3 or Y = 145.0 mm 4 640 000 PROBLEM 5.18 CONTINUED A I: Q I = Σ yA 155 115 − ( 80 × 115) (160 × 155) + = 2 2 6 3 = 1.393 × 10 mm W A II : Q II = Σ yA 145 =− (160 × 145) − 2 = −1.393 × 106 mm3 ∴ ( Qarea ) x 85 − 2 ( 80 × 85 ) W = QI + QII = 0 Which is expected since Qx = Σ yA = yA and y = 0 , since x is a centroidal axis. PROBLEM 5.19 The first moment of the shaded area with respect to the x axis is denoted by Qx . (a) Express Qx in terms of r and θ . (b) For what value of θ is Qx maximum, and what is the maximum value? SOLUTION (a) With Qx = Σ yA and using Fig. 5.8 A, ( ) 2 r sin π − θ r 2 π2 − θ − Qx = 3 π 2 − θ 2 2 = r 3 cos θ − cos θ sin 2 θ 3 ( ) ( 32 r sin θ ) 12 × 2r cos θ × r sin θ ( ) or Qx = (b) By observation, Qx is maximum when and then 2 3 r cos3 θ W 3 θ =0W Qx = 2 3 r W 3 PROBLEM 5.20 A composite beam is constructed by bolting four plates to four 2 × 2 × 3/8-in. angles as shown. The bolts are equally spaced along the beam, and the beam supports a vertical load. As proved in mechanics of materials, the shearing forces exerted on the bolts at A and B are proportional to the first moments with respect to the centroidal x axis of the red shaded areas shown, respectively, in parts a and b of the figure. Knowing that the force exerted on the bolt at A is 70 lb, determine the force exerted on the bolt at B. SOLUTION From the problem statement: F ∝ Qx FA FB so that = (Qx ) A (Qx ) B FB = and Qx = ∑ yA Now So and (Qx ) B F (Qx ) A A ( Qx ) A ( Qx )B 0.375 = 7.5 in. + in. 10 in. × ( 0.375 in.) = 28.82 in 3 2 0.375 = ( Qx ) A + 2 7.5 in. − in. (1.625 in.)( 0.375 in.) 2 + 2 ( 7.5 in. − 1 in.) ( 2 in.)( 0.375 in.) = 28.82 in 3 + 8.921 in 3 + 9.75 in 3 = 47.49 in 3 Then FB = 47.49 in 3 ( 70 lb) = 115.3 lb W 28.82 in 3 PROBLEM 5.21 A thin, homogeneous wire is bent to form the perimeter of the figure indicated. Locate the center of gravity of the wire figure thus formed. SOLUTION First note that because the wire is homogeneous, its center of gravity will coincide with the centroid of the corresponding line. Then L, in. x , in. y , in. xL, in 2 yL, in 2 1 16 8 0 128 0 2 12 16 6 102 72 3 24 4 12 96 288 4 6 −8 9 −48 54 5 8 −4 6 −32 48 6 6 0 3 0 18 Σ 72 336 480 X ΣL = Σ x L X ( 72 in.) = 336 in 2 and or X = 4.67 in. Y ΣL = Σ y L Y (72 in.) = 480 in 2 or Y = 6.67 in. PROBLEM 5.22 A thin, homogeneous wire is bent to form the perimeter of the figure indicated. Locate the center of gravity of the wire figure thus formed. SOLUTION First note that because the wire is homogeneous, its center of gravity will coincide with the centroid of the corresponding line. L, mm x , mm y , mm xL, mm 2 yL, mm 2 1 165 82.5 0 13 612 0 2 75 165 37.5 12 375 2812 3 105 112.5 75 11 812 7875 30 37.5 2881 3602 40 680 14 289 4 Σ Then 602 + 752 = 96.05 441.05 X ΣL = Σx L X (441.05 mm) = 40 680 mm 2 and or X = 92.2 mm Y ΣL = Σ y L Y (441.05 mm) = 14 289 mm 2 Y = 32.4 mm PROBLEM 5.23 A thin, homogeneous wire is bent to form the perimeter of the figure indicated. Locate the center of gravity of the wire figure thus formed. SOLUTION First note that because the wire is homogeneous, its center of gravity will coincide with the centroid of the corresponding line. L, mm 1 y , mm xL, mm 2 yL, mm 2 6 3 80.50 40.25 2 16 12 14 192 224 3 21 1.5 22 31.50 462 4 16 −9 14 −144 224 −4.5 3 −48.67 32.45 111.32 982.7 5 Σ Then 122 + 62 = 13.416 x , mm 62 + 92 = 10.817 77.233 X ΣL = Σx L X (77.233 mm) = 111.32 mm 2 and or X = 1.441 mm Y ΣL = Σ y L Y (77.233 mm) = 982.7 mm 2 or Y = 12.72 mm PROBLEM 5.24 A thin, homogeneous wire is bent to form the perimeter of the figure indicated. Locate the center of gravity of the wire figure thus formed. SOLUTION First note that because the wire is homogeneous, its center of gravity will coincide with the centroid of the corresponding line. X =0 By symmetry Then L, in. y , in. yL, in 2 1 2 0 0 2 π ( 6) = 3.820 72 3 2 0 0 4 π ( 4) = 2.546 32 Σ 35.416 2 ( 6) π 2 ( 4) π 104 Y ΣL = Σ y L Y (35.416 in.) = 104 in 2 or Y = 2.94 in. PROBLEM 5.25 A 750 = g uniform steel rod is bent into a circular arc of radius 500 mm as shown. The rod is supported by a pin at A and the cord BC. Determine (a) the tension in the cord, (b) the reaction at A. SOLUTION First note, from Figure 5.8B: X = ( 0.5 m ) sin 30° π/6 = 1.5 m π W = mg = ( 0.75 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 7.358 N Then ( ) Also note that ∆ ABD is an equilateral triangle. Equilibrium then requires (a) ΣM A = 0: 1.5 m cos 30° ( 7.358 N ) − ( 0.5 m ) sin 60° TBC = 0 0.5 m − π or TBC = 1.4698 N or TBC = 1.470 N (b) ΣFx = 0: Ax + (1.4698 N ) cos 60° = 0 or Ax = −0.7349 N ΣFy = 0: Ay − 7.358 N + (1.4698 N ) sin 60° = 0 or Ay = 6.085 N thus A = 6.13 N 83.1° PROBLEM 5.26 The homogeneous wire ABCD is bent as shown and is supported by a pin at B. Knowing that l = 8 in., determine the angle θ for which portion BC of the wire is horizontal. SOLUTION First note that for equilibrium, the center of gravity of the wire must lie on a vertical line through B. Further, because the wire is homogeneous, its center of gravity will coincide with the centroid of the corresponding line. Thus ΣM B = 0, which implies that x = 0 or ΣxL = 0 Hence − 2(6 in.) π (π × 6 in.) + 8 in. ( 8 in.) 2 6 in. cosθ ( 6 in.) = 0 + 8 in. − 2 Then cosθ = 4 9 or θ = 63.6° PROBLEM 5.27 The homogeneous wire ABCD is bent as shown and is supported by a pin at B. Knowing that θ = 30°, determine the length l for which portion CD of the wire is horizontal. SOLUTION First note that for equilibrium, the center of gravity of the wire must lie on a vertical line through B. Further, because the wire is homogeneous, its center of gravity will coincide with the centroid of the corresponding line. Thus ΣM B = 0, which implies that x = 0 Hence or Σxi Li = 0 2 ( 6 in.) − cos 30° + ( 6 in.) sin 30° (π × 6 in.) π ( l in.) + cos 30° ( l in.) 2 6 in. + ( l in.) cos 30° − ( 6 in.) = 0 2 or l 2 + 12.0l − 316.16 = 0 with roots l1 = 12.77 and −24.77. Taking the positive root l = 12.77 in. PROBLEM 5.28 The homogeneous wire ABCD is bent as shown and is attached to a hinge at C. Determine the length L for which the portion BCD of the wire is horizontal. SOLUTION First note that for equilibrium, the center of gravity of the wire must lie on a vertical line through C. Further, because the wire is homogeneous, its center of gravity will coincide with the centroid of the corresponding line. Thus ΣM C = 0, which implies that x = 0 or Hence or Σ xi Li = 0 L ( L ) + ( −4 in.)(8 in.) + ( −4 in.)(10 in.) = 0 2 L2 = 144 in 2 or L = 12.00 in. PROBLEM 5.29 Determine the distance h so that the centroid of the shaded area is as close to line BB′ as possible when (a) k = 0.2, (b) k = 0.6. SOLUTION y = Then ΣyA ΣA (a + h) a ( ab ) − kb ( a − h ) 2 2 y = ba − kb ( a − h ) or = 2 2 1 a (1 − k ) + kh 2 a(1 − k ) + kh c =1− k Let y = Then ζ = and h a a c + kζ 2 2 c + kζ (1) Now find a value of ζ (or h) for which y is minimum: ( ) 2 dy a 2kζ ( c + kζ ) − k c + kζ = =0 2 dζ ( c + kζ ) 2 or ( ) 2ζ ( c + kζ ) − c + kζ 2 = 0 (2) PROBLEM 5.29 CONTINUED 2cζ + 2ζ Expanding (2) 2 − c − kζ ζ= Then 2 =0 or kζ 2 + 2cζ − c = 0 ( 2c) 2 − 4 ( k ) ( c ) −2c ± 2k Taking the positive root, since h > 0 (hence ζ > 0 ) −2 (1 − k ) + 4 (1 − k ) + 4k (1 − k ) 2 h=a (a) k = 0.2: (b) k = 0.6: h=a h=a 2k −2 (1 − 0.2 ) + 4 (1 − 0.2 ) + 4 ( 0.2 )(1 − 0.2 ) −2 (1 − 0.6 ) + 4 (1 − 0.6 ) + 4 ( 0.6 )(1 − 0.6 ) 2 2 ( 0.2 ) or h = 0.472a 2 2 ( 0.6 ) or h = 0.387a PROBLEM 5.30 Show when the distance h is selected to minimize the distance y from line BB′ to the centroid of the shaded area that y = h. SOLUTION From Problem 5.29, note that Eq. (2) yields the value of ζ that minimizes h. Then from Eq. (2) We see c + kζ 2 c + kζ 2ζ = (3) Then, replacing the right-hand side of (1) by 2ζ , from Eq. (3) We obtain But So y = a ( 2ζ) 2 ζ= h a y =h Q.E.D. PROBLEM 5.31 Determine by direct integration the centroid of the area shown. Express your answer in terms of a and h. SOLUTION y = For the element of area (EL) shown h x a dA = ( h − y ) dx and x = h 1 − dx a xEL = x Then 1 (h + 2 h = 1 + 2 yEL = Then area and a h 1 0 A = ∫ dA = ∫ x a a x x2 1 − dx = h x − = ah 2a 2 a 0 a x 2 x3 x 1 2 − dx = h − = a h a 3a 6 2 0 a x h 1 0 ∫ xEL dA = ∫ a ∫ yEL dA = ∫0 h x x h2 a x2 h dx 1 1 1 + − = − ∫ a 2 dx a a 2 2 0 h2 x3 x = − 2 3a 2 Hence y) a = 0 1 2 ah 3 xA = ∫ xEL dA 1 1 x ah = a 2h 2 6 x = 1 a 3 yA = ∫ yEL dA 1 1 y ah = ah 2 2 3 y = 2 h 3 PROBLEM 5.32 Determine by direct integration the centroid of the area shown. Express your answer in terms of a and h. SOLUTION For the element (EL) shown At x = a, y = h : h = ka3 or x= Now dA = xdy xEL = a 1/3 y dy h1/3 1 1 a 1/3 x= y , yEL = y 2 2 h1/ 3 h A = ∫ dA =∫0 Then h a3 a 1/3 y h1/3 Then = k = ( ) a 1/3 3 a y dy = y 4/3 1/3 4 h1/3 h h = 0 3 ah 4 h h and ∫ xEL dA = ∫0 1 a 1/3 a 1/3 1 a 3 5/3 3 2 y 1/3 y dy = y = a h 2/3 2 h1/3 2 5 10 h h 0 h a 3 7/3 3 2 h a 1/3 ∫ yEL dA = ∫0 y h1/3 y dy = h1/3 7 y = 7 ah 0 Hence 3 2 3 xA = ∫ xEL dA : x ah = a h 4 10 3 3 yA = ∫ yEL dA: y ah = ah 2 4 7 x = 2 a 5 y = 4 h 7 PROBLEM 5.33 Determine by direct integration the centroid of the area shown. Express your answer in terms of a and h. SOLUTION For the element (EL) shown x = a, y = h: h = k1a3 At a = k 2 h3 k2 = or k1 = or h a3 a h3 Hence, on line 1 y = h 3 x a3 and on line 2 h 1/3 x a1/3 y = Then h h dA = 1/3 x1/3 − 3 x3 dx a a and yEL = 1 h 1/3 h 3 1/3 x + 3 x 2 a a a h 1 1 a h 3 ∴ A = ∫ dA = ∫0 1/3 x1/3 − 3 x3 dx = h 1/3 x 4/3 − 3 x 4 = ah 2 4 4 a a a a 0 a a x 0 ∫ xELdA = ∫ h 1/3 h 1 8 2 3 x − 3 x3 dx = h 1/3 x7/3 − 3 x5 = a h 1/3 5a a a 7a 0 35 a 1/3 3 1/3 3 ∫ yEL dA = ∫0 2 a1/3 x + a3 x a1/3 x − a3 x dx 1 h h h h a h 2 a x 2/3 x 6 h 2 3 x5/3 1 x6 8 2 = − dx = − = ah ∫ 6 5/3 6 0 2/3 2 a 2 5 a 7a 35 a 0 From 8 2 ah xA = ∫ xEL dA: x = a h 2 35 or x = 16 a 35 and 8 2 ah yA = ∫ yEL dA: y = ah 2 35 or y = 16 h 35 PROBLEM 5.34 Determine by direct integration the centroid of the area shown. SOLUTION x =0 First note that symmetry implies For the element (EL) shown yEL = 2r (Figure 5.8B) π dA = π rd r r2 Then and r2 π rd r r1 A = ∫ dA = ∫ r 2 ∫ yEL dA = ∫r1 r2 π 2 r2 − r12 = π = 2 2 r1 1 ( r2 ) ( ( π rd r ) = 2 r 3 = r23 − r13 π 3 3 r 2r 2 ) 1 So π 2 3 yA = ∫ yEL dA: y r22 − r12 = r2 − r13 2 3 4 r23 − r13 or y = 3π r22 − r12 ( ) ( ) PROBLEM 5.35 Determine by direct integration the centroid of the area shown. SOLUTION x =0 First note that symmetry implies For the element (EL) shown y = R cos θ, x = R sin θ dx = R cos θ d θ dA = ydx = R 2 cos 2θ dθ Hence α 1 2 α θ sin 2θ A = ∫ dA = 2∫0 R 2 cos 2 θ dθ = 2 R 2 + = R ( 2α sin 2α ) 2 4 2 0 ( α ) R 2 2 2 31 2 ∫ yEL dA = 2∫0 2 cosθ R cos θ dθ = R 3 cos θ sin θ + 3 sin θ 0 α = ( R3 cos 2 α sin α + 2sin α 3 But yA = ∫ yEL dA so or Alternatively, ) ( R3 cos 2 α sin α + 2sin α 3 y = R2 ( 2α + sin 2α ) 2 ( ) ) cos 2 α + 2 2 y = R sin α 3 ( 2α + sin 2α ) y = 2 3 − sin 2 α R sin α 3 2α + sin 2α PROBLEM 5.36 Determine by direct integration the centroid of the area shown. SOLUTION For the element (EL) shown y = b 2 a − x2 a dA = ( b − y ) dx and ) 1 b = x; y = ( y + b ) = a+ a −x ) 2 2a ( b A = ∫ dA = ∫ ( a − a − x ) dx a = xEL ( b a − a 2 − x 2 dx a 2 a 0 Then 2 EL 2 2 To integrate, let x = a sin θ : a 2 − x 2 = a cosθ , dx = a cosθ dθ Then π /2 b A = ∫0 a ( a − a cosθ )( a cosθ dθ ) π /2 b 2θ θ = a 2 sin θ − a 2 + sin a 4 0 2 π = ab 1 − 4 ) ( 1 a b b a and ∫ xEL dA = ∫0 x a − a 2 − x 2 dx = x 2 + a 2 − x 2 a a 2 3 = 1 3 ab 6 ( ) ( ( 3/2 ) 0 ) a b 2 2 b 2 2 ∫ yEL dA = ∫0 2a a + a − x a a − a − x dx b2 a 2 b 2 x3 x dx = = 2 ∫0 2a 2a 2 3 ( ) a = 0 π /2 1 2 ab 6 xA = ∫ xEL dA: π 1 x ab 1 − = a 2b 4 6 or x = 2a 3 ( 4 − π) yA = ∫ yEL dA: π 1 y ab 1 − = ab 2 4 6 or y = 2b 3 ( 4 − π) PROBLEM 5.37 Determine by direct integration the centroid of the area shown. Express your answer in terms of a and b. SOLUTION For the element (EL) shown on line 1 at x = a, b = k2a 2 ∴ y = ∴ y = b a2 b 2 x a2 x = a, −2b = k1a3 On line 2 at k2 = or or k2 = −2b a3 −2b 3 x a3 2b b dA = 2 x 2 + 3 x3 dx a a Then b 2 x3 b x3 2 x 4 = + A = ∫ dA = ∫ 2 x 2 + dx x 4a a a 2 3 a a 0 0 1 1 5 = ab + = ab 3 2 6 a b 2 2b 3 b x 4 2 x5 2 2 1 x x dx + = + = a b + 2 3 2 5a a a 4 a 4 5 0 a x 0 and ∫ xEL dA = ∫ 13 2 ab 20 2b 3 b 2 2b 3 a1 b 2 ∫ yEL dA = ∫0 2 a 2 x − a3 x a 2 x + a3 x dx = 1 b 2b = ∫ 2 x 2 − 3 x 3 2 a a 2 a 0 a 2 b 2 x5 2 − 2 x7 dx = 4 2a 5 7a 0 2 13 1 = b 2a5 − = − ab 2 70 10 7 Then xA = ∫ xEL dA: yA = ∫ yEL dA: 5 13 2 x ab = ab 6 20 5 13 2 y ab − ab 6 70 or x = 39 a 50 or y = − 39 b 175 PROBLEM 5.38 Determine by direct integration the centroid of the area shown. Express your answer in terms of a and b. SOLUTION x = 0, y = b At b = k (0 − a) y = Then and a A = ∫ dA = ∫0 b a2 b ( x − a )2 a2 dA = ydx = and k = or y b 2 = x − a) 2( 2 2a xEL = x, yEL = Now Then 2 b ( x − a )2 dx a2 a b b 1 2 3 x − a ) dx = 2 ( x − a ) = ab 2( 0 3 3a a 2 a a 3 2 2 ∫ xEL dA = ∫0 x a 2 ( x − a ) dx = a 2 ∫0 ( x − 2ax + a x )dx b = b b x4 2 3 a2 2 1 2 − ax + x = ab 2 3 2 a 4 12 a 2 2 5 a ∫ yEL dA = ∫0 2a 2 ( x − a ) a 2 ( x − a ) dx = 2a 4 5 ( x − a ) 0 b = Hence b b2 1 1 2 ab 10 1 2 1 xA = ∫ xEL dA: x ab = ab 3 12 1 2 1 yA = ∫ yEL dA: y ab = ab 3 10 x = y = 1 a 4 3 b 10 PROBLEM 5.39 Determine by direct integration the centroid of the area shown. SOLUTION xEL = x Have yEL = 1 a x x2 y = 1 − + 2 2 2 L L x x2 dA = ydx = a 1 − + 2 dx L L Then 2L 2L a 1 0 A = ∫ dA = ∫ x x2 x2 x3 8 − + 2 dx = a x − + 2 = aL L L 2 3 L L 3 0 2L and x2 x x2 x3 x4 2L ∫ xEL dA = ∫0 x a 1 − L + L2 dx = a 2 − 3L + 4L2 0 10 2 aL = 3 2L ∫ yEL dA = ∫0 Hence a x x2 x x2 1 1 − + a − + dx 2 L L2 L L2 = a 2 EL x x2 x3 x 4 1 2 3 2 − + − + dx ∫ 2 0 L L2 L3 L4 = a2 2 2L x5 11 x 2 x3 x4 + 2 − 3 + 4 = a2L x − 5 L 2L 5L 0 L 8 10 2 xA = ∫ xEL dA: x aL = aL 3 3 1 11 yA = ∫ yEL dA: y a = a 2 5 8 x = y = 5 L 4 33 a 40 PROBLEM 5.40 Determine by direct integration the centroid of the area shown. Express your answer in terms of a and b. SOLUTION y1 at x = a, y = 2b For y1 = Then 2b = ka 2 or k = 2b a2 2b 2 x a2 b x ( x + 2b) = b 2 − a a By observation y2 = − Now xEL = x and for 0 ≤ x ≤ a : 1 b y1 = 2 x 2 2 a and dA = y1dx = 1 b x y2 = 2 − 2 2 a and x dA = y2dx = b 2 − dx a yEL = 2b 2 x dx a2 For a ≤ x ≤ 2a : yEL = Then a A = ∫ dA = ∫0 2b 2 x 2a x dx + ∫a b 2 − dx 2 a a 2a a 2 a 2b x3 x 7 = 2 + b − 2 − = ab a 6 a 3 0 2 0 and x a 2b 2 2a ∫ xEL dA = ∫0 x a 2 x dx + ∫a x b 2 − a dx 2a a = 2 x3 2b x 4 b + x − 3a 0 a2 4 0 = 1 2 1 2 2 2 3 a b + b ( 2a ) − ( a ) + 2a − ( a ) 3a 2 = 7 2 ab 6 { ( ) PROBLEM 5.40 CONTINUED x x a b 2 2b 2 2a b ∫ yEL dA = ∫0 a 2 x a 2 x dx + ∫0 2 2 − a b 2 − a dx 2b 2 = 4 a = Hence 2a a 3 x5 b2 a x + − − 2 a 2 3 5 0 a 17 2 ab 30 7 7 xA = ∫ xEL dA: x ab = a 2b 6 6 7 17 2 yA = ∫ yEL dA: y ab = ab 6 30 x =a y = 17 b 35 PROBLEM 5.41 Determine by direct integration the centroid of the area shown. Express your answer in terms of a and b. SOLUTION For y2 x = a, y = b : a = kb 2 at y2 = Now xEL = x For 0≤ x≤ k = a b2 b 1/2 x a Then and for or a y b x1/2 x1/2 dx : yEL = 2 = , dA = y2dx = b 2 2 2 a a a 1 b x 1 x1/2 ≤ x ≤ a : yEL = ( y1 + y2 ) = − + 2 2 2a 2 a x1/2 x 1 dA = ( y2 − y1 ) dx = b − + dx a a 2 Then a/2 A = ∫ dA = ∫0 b b = a = x1/2 x 1 x1/2 a − + dx dx + ∫a/2 b a a a 2 a a/2 2 x3/2 x2 1 2 3/2 x b + − + x 3 2a 2 a/2 0 3 a 3/2 3/2 2 b a 3/2 a + ( a ) − 3 a 2 2 2 1 a 1 a 2 + b − a − + ( a ) − 2a 2 2 2 ( ) = 13 ab 24 PROBLEM 5.41 CONTINUED and 1/2 x1/2 x 1 a/2 x a = + − + dx x dA x b dx x ∫ EL ∫0 ∫ b a a/2 a a 2 a a/2 2 x5/2 x3 x 4 b 2 5/2 = x + b − + 4 a/2 a 5 0 5 a 3a = 5/2 5/2 2 b a 5/2 a + ( a ) − 5 a 2 2 1 3 a 3 1 2 a 2 + b − ( a ) − + ( a ) − 2 2 4 3a = 71 2 ab 240 a/2 b x1/2 x1/2 dx b ∫ yEL dA = ∫0 2 a a 1 x1/2 x1/2 x 1 a b x + ∫a/2 − + − + dx b 2 a 2 a a a 2 a 3 a/2 1 x 1 b2 1 2 b 2 x 2 = + − x − 2a 2 0 2 2a 3a a 2 a/2 = b a 2 a + ( a ) − a 4 2 2 = 11 2 ab 48 2 Hence 2 b2 a 1 − − 6a 2 2 71 2 13 xA = ∫ xEL dA: x ab = ab 24 240 13 11 2 yA = ∫ yEL dA: y ab = ab 24 48 x = 3 17 a = 0.546a 130 y = 11 b = 0.423b 26 PROBLEM 5.42 A homogeneous wire is bent into the shape shown. Determine by direct integration the x coordinate of its centroid. Express your answer in terms of a. SOLUTION First note that because the wire is homogeneous, its center of gravity coincides with the centroid of the corresponding line Have at x = a, y = a : a = ka 2 or 1 2 x a dy = y = Thus and 2 k = 1 a 2 xdx a 2 dy 2 dL = 1 + dx = 1 + x dx dx a Then a 0 ∴ L = ∫ dL = ∫ = x 4 4x2 a 2 4x2 1 + 2 x 2 dx = 1 + 2 + ln x + 1 + 2 4 a 2 a a a ( ) a a 5 + ln 2 + 5 = 1.4789a 2 4 a 3/2 4 4x2 2 a2 1 + 2 dx = 1 + 2 x 2 3 8 a a 0 a x 0 ∫ xELdL = ∫ Then ( ) a 2 3/2 5 − 1 = 0.8484a 2 12 xL = ∫ xEL dL: x (1.4789a ) = 0.8484a 2 = x = 0.574a a 0 PROBLEM 5.43 A homogeneous wire is bent into the shape shown. Determine by direct integration the x coordinate of its centroid. SOLUTION First note that because the wire is homogeneous, its center of gravity coincides with the centroid of the corresponding line Now Then and xEL = r cos θ and 7π /4 dL = rd θ 7π /4 L = ∫ dL = ∫π /4 rdθ = r [θ ]π /4 = 3 πr 2 7π /4 ∫ xELdL = ∫π /4 r cosθ ( rdθ ) 1 1 7π /4 2 = r 2 [sin θ ]π /4 = r 2 − − = −r 2 2 2 Thus 3 xL = ∫ xdL : x π r = −r 2 2 2 x =− 2 2 r 3π PROBLEM 5.44 A homogeneous wire is bent into the shape shown. Determine by direct integration the x coordinate of its centroid. SOLUTION First note that because the wire is homogeneous, its center of gravity coincides with the centroid of the corresponding line xEL = a cos3 θ Now dL = and dx 2 + dy 2 x = a cos3 θ : dx = −3a cos 2 θ sin θ dθ Where y = a sin 3 θ : dy = 3a sin 2 θ cosθ dθ Then ( dL = −3a cos 2 θ sin θ dθ 1/2 ) + (3a sin θ cosθ dθ ) 2 2 2 ( = 3a cosθ sin θ cos 2 θ + sin 2 θ ) 1/2 dθ = 3a cosθ sin θ dθ π /2 ∴ L = ∫ dL = ∫0 = and π /2 1 3a cosθ sin θ dθ = 3a sin 2 θ 2 0 3 a 2 π /2 3 ∫ xEL dL = ∫0 a cos θ ( 3a cosθ sin θ dθ ) π /2 1 = 3a 2 − cos5 θ 5 0 Hence = 3 2 a 5 3 3 xL = ∫ xEL dL : x a = a 2 2 5 x = 2 a 5 PROBLEM 5.44 CONTINUED Alternative solution x x = a cos3 θ ⇒ cos 2 θ = a y y = a sin θ ⇒ sin θ = a 3 x ∴ a 2/3 2/3 y + a =1 ( y = a 2/3 − x 2/3 or ( dy = a 2/3 − x 2/3 dx Now xEL = x and 2/3 2 Then dy dL = 1 + dx 2/3 3/2 ) (−x ) 1/2 −1/3 dx = 1 + a 2/3 − x 2/3 2 ) ( ) (−x ) 1/2 −1/3 1/2 2 dx a Then and Hence a L = ∫ dL = ∫0 a1/3 3 3 dx = a1/3 x 2/3 = a 1/ 3 2 2 x 0 1/3 a a x 1/3 0 ∫ xELdL = ∫ x a 3 1/3 3 5/3 dx = a x = a 2 5 0 5 3 3 xL = ∫ xEL dL : x a = a 2 2 5 x = 2 a 5 PROBLEM 5.45 Determine by direct integration the centroid of the area shown. SOLUTION Have yEL and 2 2 r cosθ = aeθ cosθ 3 3 2 2 θ = r sin θ = ae sin θ 3 3 xEL = dA = 1 1 ( r )( rdθ ) = a 2e2θ dθ 2 2 Then π ( ) 1 1 1 π 1 A = ∫ dA = ∫0 a 2e2θ dθ = a 2 e2θ = a 2 e2π − 1 = 133.623a 2 2 2 2 4 0 and π 2 2θ θ 3 π 3θ ∫ xELdA = ∫0 3ae cosθ 2 a e dθ = 3 a ∫0 e cosθ dθ 2 1 1 To proceed, use integration by parts, with u = e3θ du = 3e3θ dθ and dv = cosθ dθ Then Now let and 3θ 3θ 3θ ∫ e cosθ dθ = e sin θ − ∫ sin θ ( 3e dθ ) u = e3θ So that du = 3e3θ dθ then dv = sin θ dθ , Then v = sin θ then v = − cosθ 3θ 3θ −3θ 3θ ∫ e sin θ dθ = e sin θ − 3 −e cosθ − ∫ ( − cosθ ) ( 3e dθ ) e3θ 3θ ∫ e cosθ dθ = 10 ( sin θ + 3cosθ ) π 1 e3θ a3 ∴ ∫ xEL dA = a3 ( sin θ + 3cos θ) = −3e3π − 3 = −1239.26a3 3 10 0 30 Also ( ) π 2 2θ θ 3 π 3θ ∫ yEL dA = ∫0 3 ae sin θ 2 a e dθ = 3 a ∫0 e sin θ dθ 2 1 1 PROBLEM 5.45 CONTINUED Using integration by parts, as above, with u = e3θ dv = ∫ sin θ dθ Then du = 3e3θ dθ and and v = − cosθ 3θ 3θ 3θ ∫ e sin θd θ = −e cos θ − ∫ ( − cos θ) ( 3e d θ) So that ∫ e3θ sin θd θ = e3θ ( − cos θ + 3sin θ) 10 π 1 e3θ a3 ∴ ∫ yEL dA = a3 ( − cos θ + 3sin θ) = e3π + 1 = 413.09a3 3 10 0 30 ( ) y (133.623a ) = 413.09a ( Hence xA = ∫ xEL dA: x 133.623a 2 = −1239.26a3 yA = ∫ yEL dA: 2 3 ) or x = −9.27a or y = 3.09a PROBLEM 5.46 Determine by direct integration the centroid of the area shown. SOLUTION xEL = x, Have yEL = dA = ydx and L/2 A = ∫ dA = ∫0 x sin and 1 πx x sin 2 L L/2 L2 πx L πx − x cos dx = 2 sin π L L L 0 π πx L2 π2 πx L/2 x = ∫ xEL dA = ∫0 x x sin dx L L/2 2 L2 π x 2 L3 π x L 2 π x = 2 x sin + 3 cos − x sin L π L π L 0 π Also = L/2 1 y = ∫ yEL dA = ∫0 2 x sin = πx πx dx x sin L L L/2 1 2 L2 πx L 2 L3 π x = 2 x sin − x − 3 cos 2 π L π L π 0 = 1 1 L3 L2 L L3 1 6 + π2 − = − ( ) 2 2 6 8 4π 2 2 96π ( ) L3 π2 −2 L3 π3 PROBLEM 5.46 CONTINUED Hence L2 z 1 xA = ∫ xEL dA: x 2 = L3 2 − 3 π π π or x = 0.363L L2 L3 1 2 yA = ∫ yEL dA: y 2 = − 3 2 2 π π 96π π or y = 0.1653L PROBLEM 5.47 Determine the volume and the surface area of the solid obtained by rotating the area of Problem. 5.2 about (a) the x axis, (b) the line x = 165 mm. SOLUTION From the solution to Problem 5.2: A = 10 125 mm 2 , X area = 96.4 mm, Yarea = 34.7 mm ( Area ) From the solution to Problem 5.22: L = 441.05 mm X line = 92.2 mm, Yline = 32.4 mm ( Line ) Applying the theorems of Pappus-Guldinus, we have (a) Rotation about the x axis: Area = 2π Yline L = 2π ( 32.4 mm )( 441.05 mm ) = 89.786 × 103 mm 2 A = 89.8 × 103 mm 2 Volume = 2π Yarea A = 2π ( 34.7 mm )(10 125 mm ) = 2.2075 × 106 mm3 V = 2.21 × 106 mm3 (b) Rotation about x = 165 mm: ( ) Area = 2π 165 − X line L = 2π (165 − 92.2 ) mm ( 441.05 mm ) = 2.01774 × 105 mm 2 A = 0.202 × 106 mm 2 ( ) Volume = 2π 165 − X area A = 2π (165 − 96.4 ) mm (10 125 mm ) = 4.3641 × 106 mm3 V = 4.36 × 106 mm3 PROBLEM 5.48 Determine the volume and the surface area of the solid obtained by rotating the area of Problem 5.4 about (a) the line y = 22 mm, (b) the line x = 12 mm. SOLUTION From the solution to Problem 5.4: A = 399 mm 2 , X area = 1.421 mm, Yarea = 12.42 mm (Area) From the solution to Problem 5.23: L = 77.233 mm, X line = 1.441 mm, Yline = 12.72 mm (Line) Applying the theorems of Pappus-Guldinus, we have (a) Rotation about the line y = 22 mm: ( ) Area = 2π 22 − Yline L = 2π ( 22 − 12.72 ) mm ( 77.233 mm ) = 4503 mm 2 A = 4.50 × 103 mm 2 ( ) ( ) Volume = 2π 22 − Yarea A = 2π ( 22 − 12.42 ) mm 399 mm 2 = 24 016.97 mm3 V = 24.0 × 103 mm3 (b) Rotation about line x = 12 mm: ( ) Area = 2π 12 − X line L = 2π (12 − 1.441) mm ( 77.233 mm ) = 5124.45 mm 2 A = 5.12 × 103 mm 2 ( ) Volume = 2π (12 − 1.421) A = 2π (12 − 1.421) mm 399 mm 2 = 26 521.46 mm3 V = 26.5 × 103 mm3 PROBLEM 5.49 Determine the volume and the surface area of the solid obtained by rotating the area of Problem 5.1 about (a) the x axis, (b) the line x = 16 in. SOLUTION From the solution to Problem 5.1: A = 240 in 2 , X area = 5.60 in., Yarea = 6.60 in. (Area) From the solution to Problem 5.21: L = 72 in., X line = 4.67 in., Yline = 6.67 in. Applying the theorems of Pappus-Guldinus, we have (a) Rotation about the x axis: Ax = 2π Yline L = 2π ( 6.67 in.)( 72 in.) = 3017.4 in 2 A = 3020 in 2 ( ) Vx = 2π Yarea A = 2π ( 6.60 in.) 240 in 2 = 9952.6 in 3 V = 9950 in 3 (b) Rotation about x = 16 in.: ( ) Ax =16 = 2π 16 − X line L = 2π (16 − 4.67 ) in. ( 72 in.) = 5125.6 in 2 Ax =16 = 5130 in 2 ( ) ( ) Vx =16 = 2π 16 − X area A = 2π (16 − 5.60 ) in. 240 in 2 = 15 682.8 in 3 Vx =16 = 15.68 × 103 in 3 PROBLEM 5.50 Determine the volume of the solid generated by rotating the semielliptical area shown about (a) the axis AA′, (b) the axis BB′, (c) the y axis. SOLUTION Applying the second theorem of Pappus-Guldinus, we have (a) Rotation about axis AA′: π ab 2 2 Volume = 2π yA = 2π ( a ) =π ab 2 V = π 2a 2b (b) Rotation about axis BB′: π ab 2 2 Volume = 2π yA = 2π ( 2a ) = 2π a b 2 V = 2π 2a 2b 4a π ab 2 2 Volume = 2π yA = 2π = πa b 3π 2 3 V = (c) Rotation about y-axis: 2 2 πa b 3 PROBLEM 5.51 Determine the volume and the surface area of the chain link shown, which is made from a 2-in.-diameter bar, if R = 3 in. and L = 10 in. SOLUTION First note that the area A and the circumference C of the cross section of the bar are A= π 4 d2 and C = πd Observe that the semicircular ends of the link can be obtained by rotating the cross section through a horizontal semicircular arc of radius R. Then, applying the theorems of Pappus-Guldinus, we have Volume = 2 (Vside ) + 2 (Vend ) = 2 ( AL ) + 2 (π RA) = 2 ( L + π R ) A 2 π = 2 10 in. + π ( 3 in.) ( 2 in.) 4 = 122.049 in 3 V = 122.0 in 3 Area = 2 ( Aside ) + 2 ( Aend ) = 2 ( CL ) + 2 (π RC ) = 2 ( L + π R ) C = 2 10 in. + π ( 3 in.) π ( 4 in.) = 488.198 in 2 A = 488 in 2 PROBLEM 5.52 Verify that the expressions for the volumes of the first four shapes in Figure 5.21 on page 261 are correct. SOLUTION Following the second theorem of Pappus-Guldinus, in each case a specific generating area A will be rotated about the x axis to produce the given shape. Values of y are from Fig. 5.8A. (1) Hemisphere: the generating area is a quarter circle Have 4a π V = 2π yA = 2π a 2 3π 4 or V = 2 3 πa 3 (2) Semiellipsoid of revolution: the generating area is a quarter ellipse Have 4a π V = 2π yA = 2π ha 3π 4 or V = 2 2 πa h 3 (3) Paraboloid of revolution: the generating area is a quarter parabola Have 3 2 V = 2π yA = 2π a ah 8 3 or V = 1 2 πa h 2 or V = 1 2 πa h 3 (4) Cone: the generating area is a triangle Have a 1 V = 2π yA = 2π ha 3 2 PROBLEM 5.53 A 15-mm-diameter hole is drilled in a piece of 20-mm-thick steel; the hole is then countersunk as shown. Determine the volume of steel removed during the countersinking process. SOLUTION The required volume can be generated by rotating the area shown about the y axis. Applying the second theorem of Pappus-Guldinus, we have 5 1 V = 2π xA = 2π + 7.5 mm × × 5 mm × 5 mm 3 2 or V = 720 mm3 PROBLEM 5.54 Three different drive belt profiles are to be studied. If at any given time each belt makes contact with one-half of the circumference of its pulley, determine the contact area between the belt and the pulley for each design. SOLUTION Applying the first theorem of Pappus-Guldinus, the contact area AC of a belt is given by AC = π yL = πΣ yL Where the individual lengths are the “Lengths” of the belt cross section that are in contact with the pulley Have AC = π 2 ( y1L1 ) + y2 L2 2.5 mm 2.5 = π 2 60 − mm 2 cos 20° + ( 60 − 2.5 ) mm (12.5 mm ) or AC = 3.24 × 103 mm 2 Have AC = π 2 ( y1L1 ) 7.5 mm 7.5 = 2π 60 − 1.6 − mm × D 2 cos 20 or AC = 2.74 × 103 mm 2 Have 2× 5 AC = π ( y1L1 ) = π 60 − mm (π × 5 mm ) π or AC = 2.80 × 103 mm 2 PROBLEM 5.55 Determine the capacity, in gallons, of the punch bowl shown if R = 12 in. SOLUTION The volume can be generated by rotating the triangle and circular sector shown about the y axis. Applying the second theorem of Pappus-Guldinus and using Fig. 5.8A, we have V = 2π xA = 2πΣxA = 2π ( x1 A1 + x2 A2 ) 1 1 1 1 3 2 R sin 30D π = 2π × R × R × cos30D R 2 R + 2 3× π 3 2 2 2 6 6 R3 R3 3 3 = 2π + π R3 = 8 16 3 2 3 = Since 3 3 3 π (12 in.) = 3526.03 in 3 8 1 gal = 231 in 3 V = 3526.03 in 3 = 15.26 gal 231 in 3/gal V = 15.26 gal PROBLEM 5.56 The aluminum shade for a small high-intensity lamp has a uniform thickness of 3/32 in. Knowing that the specific weight of aluminum is 0.101 lb/in 3 , determine the weight of the shade. SOLUTION The weight of the lamp shade is given by W = γ V = γ At where A is the surface area of the shade. This area can be generated by rotating the line shown about the x axis. Applying the first theorem of Pappus-Guldinus, we have A = 2π yL = 2πΣyL = 2π ( y1L1 + y2 L2 + y3 L3 + y4 L4 ) 0.6 mm 0.60 + 0.75 = 2π ( 0.6 mm ) + mm × 2 2 0.75 + 1.25 + mm × 2 1.25 + 1.5 + mm × 2 = 22.5607 in Then ( 0.15 mm )2 + (1.5 mm )2 ( 0.50 mm )2 + ( 0.40 mm )2 ( 0.25 mm )2 + (1.25 mm )2 2 W = 0.101 lb/in 3 × 22.5607 in 2 × 3 in. = 0.21362 lb 32 W = 0.214 lb W PROBLEM 5.57 The top of a round wooden table has the edge profile shown. Knowing that the diameter of the top is 1100 mm before shaping and that the density of the wood is 690 kg/m3 , determine the weight of the waste wood resulting from the production of 5000 tops. SOLUTION All dimensions are in mm Have Vwaste = Vblank − Vtop Vblank = π ( 550 mm ) × ( 30 mm ) = 9.075π × 106 mm3 2 Vtop = V1 + V2 + V3 + V4 Applying the second theorem of Pappus-Guldinus to parts 3 and 4 2 2 Vtop = π ( 529 mm ) × (18 mm ) + π ( 535 mm ) × (12 mm ) π 4 × 12 2 + 2π 535 + mm × (12 mm ) 3 π 4 π 4 × 18 2 + 2π 529 + mm × (18 mm ) 3 π 4 = π ( 5.0371 + 3.347 + 0.1222 + 0.2731) × 106 mm3 = 8.8671π × 106 mm3 ∴ Vwaste = ( 9.0750 − 8.8671) π × 106 mm3 = 0.2079π × 10−3 m3 Finally Wwaste = ρ wood Vwaste g N tops ( ) = 690 kg/m3 × 0.2079π × 10−3 m3 × 9.81 m/s 2 × 5000 ( tops ) or Wwaste = 2.21 kN W PROBLEM 5.58 The top of a round wooden table has the shape shown. Determine how many liters of lacquer are required to finish 5000 tops knowing that each top is given three coats of lacquer and that 1 liter of lacquer covers 12 m2. SOLUTION Referring to the figure in solution of Problem 5.57 and using the first theorem of Pappus-Guldinus, we have Asurface = Atop circle + Abottom circle + Aedge 2 2 = π ( 535 mm ) + π ( 529 mm ) π 2 × 12 + 2π 535 + mm × (12 mm ) π 2 π 2 × 18 + 2π 529 + mm × (18 mm ) π 2 = 617.115π × 103 mm 2 Then # liters = Asurface × Coverage × N tops × N coats = 617.115π × 10−3 m 2 × 1 liter × 5000 × 3 12 m 2 or # liters = 2424 L W PROBLEM 5.59 The escutcheon (a decorative plate placed on a pipe where the pipe exits from a wall) shown is cast from yellow brass. Knowing that the specific 3 weight of yellow brass is 0.306 lb/in . determine the weight of the escutcheon. SOLUTION The weight of the escutcheon is given by W = (specific weight)V where V is the volume of the plate. V can be generated by rotating the area A about the x axis. Have and Then a = 3.0755 in. − 2.958 in. = 0.1175 in. sin φ = 0.5 ⇒ φ = 0.16745 R = 9.5941° 3 2α = 26D − 9.5941D = 16.4059D or α = 8.20295D = 0.143169 rad The area A can be obtained by combining the following four areas, as indicated. Applying the second theorem of Pappus-Guldinus and then using Figure 5.8A, we have V = 2π yA = 2πΣ yA PROBLEM 5.59 CONTINUED A, in 2 y , in. yA, in 3 1 1 ( 3.0755)(1.5) = 2.3066 2 1 (1.5) = 0.5 3 1.1533 2 −α ( 3) = −1.28851 2 1 ( 2.958)( 0.5) = −0.7395 2 3 − 4 − ( 0.1755 )( 0.5 ) = −0.05875 2 ( 3) sin α × sin (α + φ ) = 0.60921 3α 1 ( 0.5 ) = 0.16667 3 1 ( 0.5) = 0.25 2 –0.78497 –0.12325 –0.14688 Σ yA = 0.44296 in 3 Then so that ( ) V = 2π 0.44296 in 3 = 1.4476 in 3 ( ) W = 1.4476 in 3 0.306 lb/in 3 = 0.44296 lb W = 0.443 lb W PROBLEM 5.60 The reflector of a small flashlight has the parabolic shape shown. Determine the surface area of the inside of the reflector. SOLUTION First note that the required surface area A can be generated by rotating the parabolic cross section through 2π radians about the x axis. Applying the first theorem of Pappus-Guldinus, we have A = 2π yL Now, since x = ky , 2 a = 56.25 k or At 2 a + 15 = 156.25k Eq. (2) a + 15 156.25k : = Eq. (1) 56.25k a and (2) or a = 8.4375 mm Eq. (1) ⇒ k = 0.15 ∴ x = 0.15 y 2 2 (1) x = ( a + 15 ) mm: a + 15 = k (12.5 ) or Then x = a : a = k ( 7.5 ) at 1 mm dx = 0.3 y dy 2 Now So dx dL = 1 + dy = 1 + 0.09 y 2 dy dy A = 2π yL yL = ∫ ydL and ∴ A = 2π ∫7.5 y 1 + 0.09 y 2 dy 12.5 12.5 3/2 2 1 2 = 2π 1 + 0.09 y 3 0.18 ) = 1013 mm 2 or A = 1013 mm 2 W ( 7.5 PROBLEM 5.61 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the magnitude and location of the resultant of the distributed load, (b) the reactions at the beam supports. SOLUTION Resultant R = R1 + R2 (a) Have R1 = ( 40 lb/ft )(18 ft ) = 720 lb R2 = 1 (120 lb/ft )(18 ft ) = 1080 lb 2 R = 1800 lb or The resultant is located at the centroid C of the distributed load x Have or ΣM A: (1800 lb ) x = ( 40 lb/ft )(18 ft )( 9 ft ) + x = 10.80 ft 1 (120 lb/ft )(18 ft )(12 ft ) 2 R = 1800 lb W x = 10.80 ft (b) ΣFx = 0: Ax = 0 ΣFy = 0: Ay − 1800 lb = 0, Ay = 1800 lb ∴ A = 1800 lb W ΣM A = 0: M A − (1800 lb )(10.8 ft ) = 0 M A = 19.444 lb ⋅ ft or M A = 19.44 kip ⋅ ft W PROBLEM 5.62 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the magnitude and location of the resultant of the distributed load, (b) the reactions at the beam supports. SOLUTION (a) Have RI = ( 300 N/m )( 6 m ) = 1800 N RII = ΣFy : − R = − RI − RII Then or 1 ( 6 m )( 900 N/m ) = 1800 N 3 R = 1800 N + 1800 N = 3600 N ΣM A : − x ( 3600 N ) = − ( 3 m )(1800 N ) − ( 4.5 m )(1800 N ) x = 3.75 m or R = 3600 N W x = 3.75 m (b) Reactions ΣFx = 0: Ax = 0 ΣM A = 0: or ( 6 m ) By − ( 3600 N )( 3.75 m ) = 0 By = 2250 N B = 2250 N W A = 1350 N W ΣFy = 0: Ay + 2250 N = 3600 N or Ay = 1350 N PROBLEM 5.63 Determine the reactions at the beam supports for the given loading. SOLUTION RI = (100 lb/ft )( 4 ft ) = 400 lb Have 1 ( 200 lb/ft )( 6 ft ) = 600 lb 2 = ( 200 lb/ft )( 4 ft ) = 800 lb RII = RIII ΣFx = 0: Ax = 0 Then ΣM A = 0: or ( 2 ft )( 400 lb ) − ( 4 ft )( 600 lb ) − (12 ft )(800 lb ) + (10 ft ) By By = 800 lb =0 B = 800 lb W A = 1000 lb W ΣFy = 0: Ay + 800 lb − 400 lb − 600 lb − 800 = 0 or Ay = 1000 lb PROBLEM 5.64 Determine the reactions at the beam supports for the given loading. SOLUTION Have RI = ( 9 ft )( 200 lb/ft ) = 1800 lb RII = Then 1 ( 3 ft )( 200 lb/ft ) = 300 lb 2 ΣFx = 0: Ax = 0 ΣM A = 0: − ( 4.5 ft )(1800 lb ) − (10 ft )( 300 lb ) + ( 9 ft ) By = 0 or By = 1233.3 lb B = 1233 lb W A = 867 lb W ΣFy = 0: Ay − 1800 lb − 300 lb + 1233.3 lb = 0 or Ay = 866.7 lb PROBLEM 5.65 Determine the reactions at the beam supports for the given loading. SOLUTION Have RI = 1 ( 200 N/m )( 0.12 m ) = 12 N 2 RII = ( 200 N/m )( 0.2 m ) = 40 N Then ΣFx = 0: Ax = 0 ΣFy = 0: Ay + 18 N − 12 N − 40 N = 0 or Ay = 34 N A = 34.0 N W ΣM A = 0: M A − ( 0.8 m )(12 N ) − ( 0.22 m )( 40 N ) + ( 0.38 m )(18 N ) or M A = 2.92 N ⋅ m M A = 2.92 N ⋅ m W PROBLEM 5.66 Determine the reactions at the beam supports for the given loading. SOLUTION First, replace the given loading with the loading shown below. The two loadings are equivalent because both are defined by a linear relation between load and distance, and the values at the end points are the same. Have RI = (1.8 m )( 2000 N/m ) = 3600 N RII = Then 1 (1.8 m )( 4500 N/m ) = 4050 N 2 ΣFx = 0: Ax = 0 ΣM B = 0: − ( 3 m ) Ay − ( 2.1 m )( 3600 N ) + ( 2.4 m )( 4050 N ) or Ay = 270 N A = 270 N W B = 720 N W ΣFy = 0: 270 N − 3600 N + 4050 N − By = 0 or By = 720 N PROBLEM 5.67 Determine the reactions at the beam supports for the given loading. SOLUTION Have Then RI = 1 ( 4 m )( 2000 kN/m ) = 2667 N 3 RII = 1 ( 2 m )(1000 kN/m ) = 666.7 N 3 ΣFx = 0: Ax = 0 ΣFy = 0: Ay − 2667 N − 666.7 N = 0 or Ay = 3334 N A = 3.33 kN W ΣM A = 0: M A − (1 m )( 2667 N ) − ( 5.5 m )( 666.7 N ) or M A = 6334 N ⋅ m M A = 6.33 kN ⋅ m W PROBLEM 5.68 Determine the reactions at the beam supports for the given loading. SOLUTION First, replace the given loading with the loading shown below. The two loadings are equivalent because both are defined by a parabolic relation between load and distance, and the values at end points are the same. Have RI = ( 8 ft )(100 lb/ft ) = 800 lb RII = Then 2 (8 ft )( 600 lb/ft ) = 3200 lb 3 ΣFx = 0: Ax = 0 ΣM A = 0: 11B + ( 5 ft )( 800 lb ) − ( 4 ft )( 3200 ) lb = 0 or B = 800 lb W or A = 1600 lb W ΣFy = 0: Ay − 3200 lb + 800 lb + 800 lb = 0 PROBLEM 5.69 Determine (a) the distance a so that the vertical reactions at supports A and B are equal, (b) the corresponding reactions at the supports. SOLUTION (a) Have 1 ( a ft )(120 lb/ft ) = ( 60a ) lb 2 RII = 1 (12 − a )( 40 lb/ft ) = ( 240 − 20a ) lb 2 ΣFy = 0: Ay − 60a − ( 240 − 2a ) + By = 0 Then Ay + By = 240 + 40a or Ay = By ⇒ Ay = By = 120 + 20a Now Also RI = (1) a 1 ΣM B = 0: − (12 m ) Ay + ( 60a ) lb 12 − ft + (12 − a ) ft ( 240 − 20a ) lb = 0 3 3 or Ay = 80 − 140 10 2 a− a 3 9 (2) Equating Eqs. (1) and (2) 120 + 20a = 80 − or Then Now (b) Have Eq. (1) 140 10 a − a2 3 9 40 2 a − 320a + 480 = 0 3 a = 1.6077 ft, a = 22.392 a ≤ 12 ft a = 1.608 ft W ΣFx = 0: Ax = 0 Ay = By = 120 + 20 (1.61) = 152.2 lb A = B = 152.2 lb W PROBLEM 5.70 Determine (a) the distance a so that the vertical reaction at support B is minimum, (b) the corresponding reactions at the supports. SOLUTION RI = 1 ( a ft )(120 lb/ft ) = 60a lb 2 RII = 1 (12 − a ) ft ( 40 lb/ft ) = ( 240 − 20a ) lb 2 (a) Have Then or Then (b) Eq. (1) a a ΣM A = 0: − ft ( 60a lb ) − ( 240 − 20a ) lb 8 + ft + (12 ft ) By = 0 3 3 By = dBy da By = 10 2 20 a − a + 160 9 3 = 20 20 a− =0 9 3 or a = 3.00 ft W 10 20 ( 3.00 )2 − ( 3.00 ) + 160 9 3 = 150 lb and (1) B = 150.0 lb W A = 210 lb W ΣFx = 0: Ax = 0 ΣFy = 0: Ay − 60 ( 3.00 ) lb − 240 − 20 ( 3.00 ) lb + 150 lb = 0 or Ay = 210 lb PROBLEM 5.71 Determine the reactions at the beam supports for the given loading when w0 = 1.5 kN/m. SOLUTION Have RI = 1 ( 9 m )( 2 kN/m ) = 9 kN 2 RII = ( 9 m )(1.5 kN/m ) = 13.5 kN Then ΣFx = 0: Cx = 0 ΣM B = 0: − 50 kN ⋅ m − (1 m )( 9 kN ) − ( 2.5 m )(13.5 kN ) + ( 6 m ) C y = 0 or C y = 15.4583 kN C = 15.46 kN W B = 7.04 kN W ΣFy = 0: By − 9 kN − 13.5 kN + 15.4583 = 0 or By = 7.0417 kN PROBLEM 5.72 Determine (a) the distributed load w0 at the end D of the beam ABCD for which the reaction at B is zero, (b) the corresponding reactions at C. SOLUTION Have RI = 1 ( 9 m ) ( 3.5 − w0 ) kN/m = 4.5 ( 3.5 − w0 ) kN 2 RII = ( 9 m ) ( w0 kN/m ) = 9w0 kN (a) Then or so ΣM C = 0: − 50 kN ⋅ m + ( 5 m ) 4.5 ( 3.5 − w0 ) kN + ( 3.5 m ) ( 9w0 kN ) = 0 9w0 + 28.75 = 0 w0 = −3.1944 kN/m w0 = 3.19 kN/m W C = 1.375 kN W Note: the negative sign means that the distributed force w0 is upward. ΣFx = 0: Cx = 0 (b) ΣFy = 0: − 4.5 ( 3.5 + 3.19 ) kN + 9 ( 3.19 ) kN + C y = 0 or C y = 1.375 kN PROBLEM 5.73 A grade beam AB supports three concentrated loads and rests on soil and the top of a large rock. The soil exerts an upward distributed load, and the rock exerts a concentrated load RR as shown. Knowing that P = 4 kN and wB = 12 wA , determine the values of wA and RR corresponding to equilibrium. SOLUTION Have RI = (1.2 m )( wA kN/m ) = 1.2 wA kN RII = 1 1 (1.8 m ) wA kN/m = 0.45 wA kN 2 2 1 RIII = (1.8 m ) wA kN/m = 0.9 wA kN 2 Then ΣM C = 0: − ( 0.6 m ) (1.2 wA ) kN + ( 0.6 m ) ( 0.45 wA ) kN/m + ( 0.9 m ) ( 0.9 wA ) kN/m − (1.2 m )( 4 kN/m ) − ( 0.8 m )(18 kN/m ) + ( 0.7 m )( 24 kN/m ) = 0 or and wA = 6.667 kN/m wA = 6.67 kN/m W ΣFy = 0: RR + (1.2 m )( 6.67 kN/m ) + ( 0.45 m )( 6.67 kN/m ) + ( 0.9 m )( 6.67 kN/m ) − 24 kN − 18 kN − 4 kN or RR = 29.0 kN RR = 29.0 kN W PROBLEM 5.74 A grade beam AB supports three concentrated loads and rests on soil and the top of a large rock. The soil exerts an upward distributed load, and the rock exerts a concentrated load RR as shown. Knowing that wB = 0.4wA, determine (a) the largest value of P for which the beam is in equilibrium, (b) the corresponding value of wA. In the following problems, use γ = 62.4 lb/ft3 for the specific weight of fresh water and γc = 150 lb/ft3 for the specific weight of concrete if U.S. customary units are used. With SI units, use ρ = 103 kg/m3 for the density of fresh water and ρc = 2.40 × 103 kg/m3 for the density of concrete. (See the footnote on page 222 for how to determine the specific weight of a material given its density.) j SOLUTION Have RI = (1.2 m )( wA kN/m ) = 1.2 wA kN RII = 1 (1.8 m )( 0.6 wA kN/m ) = 0.54 wA kN 2 RIII = (1.8 m )( 0.4 wA kN/m ) = 0.72 wA kN (a) Then ΣM A = 0: ( 0.6 m ) (1.2 wA ) kN + (1.2 m ) RR + (1.8 m ) ( 0.54 wA ) kN + ( 2.1 m ) ( 0.72 wA ) kN − ( 0.5 m )( 24 kN ) − ( 2.0 m )(18 kN ) + ( 2.4 m ) P = 0 or and or 3.204 wA + 1.2 RR − 2.4 P = 48 (1) ΣFy = 0: RR + 1.2 WA + 0.54 WA + 0.72 WA − 24 − 18 − P = 0 RR + 2.46 WA − P = 42 (2) Now combine Eqs. (1) and (2) to eliminate wA : ( 3.204 ) Eq. 2 − ( 2.46 ) Eq. 1 ⇒ 0.252 RR = 16.488 − 2.7 P Since RR must be ≥ 0, the maximum acceptable value of P is that for which R = 0, or (b) Then, from Eq. (2): P = 6.1067 kN 2.46 WA − 6.1067 = 42 P = 6.11 kN W or WA = 19.56 kN/m W PROBLEM 5.75 The cross section of a concrete dam is as shown. For a dam section of unit width, determine (a) the reaction forces exerted by the ground on the base AB of the dam, (b) the point of application of the resultant of the reaction forces of part a, (c) the resultant of the pressure forces exerted by the water on the face BC of the dam. In the following problems, use γ = 62.4 lb/ft3 for the specific weight of fresh water and γc = 150 lb/ft3 for the specific weight of concrete if U.S. customary units are used. With SI units, use ρ = 103 kg/m3 for the density of fresh water and ρc = 2.40 × 103 kg/m3 for the density of concrete. (See the footnote on page 222 for how to determine the specific weight of a material given its density.) SOLUTION The free body shown consists of a 1-m thick section of the dam and the triangular section BCD of the water behind the dam. X1 = 6 m Note: X 2 = ( 9 + 3) m = 12 m X 3 = (15 + 2 ) m = 17 m X 4 = (15 + 4 ) m = 19 m W = ρ gV (a) Now ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) ( )( ) so that 1 W1 = 2400 kg/m3 9.81 m/s 2 ( 9 m )(15 m )(1 m ) = 1589 kN 2 W2 = 2400 kg/m3 9.81 m/s 2 ( 6 m )(18 m )(1 m ) = 2543 kN 1 W3 = 2400 kg/m3 9.81 m/s 2 ( 6 m )(18 m )(1 m ) = 1271 kN 2 1 W4 = 2400 kg/m3 9.81 m/s 2 ( 6 m )(18 m )(1 m ) = 529.7 kN 2 Also P= ( )( ) 1 1 Ap = (18 m )(1 m ) 103 kg/m3 9.81 m/s 2 (18 m ) 2 2 = 1589 kN Then or ΣFx = 0: H − 1589 kN = 0 H = 1589 kN H = 1589 kN W ΣFy = 0: V − 1589 kN − 2543 kN − 1271 kN − 529.7 kN or V = 5933 kN V = 5.93 MN W PROBLEM 5.75 CONTINUED (b) Have ΣM A = 0: X ( 5933 kN ) + ( 6 m )(1589 kN ) − ( 6 m )(1589 kN ) − (12 m )( 2543 kN ) − (17 m )(1271 kN ) − (19 m )( 529.7 ) = 0 X = 10.48 m or X = 10.48 m W to the right of A (c) Consider water section BCD as the free body. ΣF = 0 Have −R = 1675 kN Then 18.43° or R = 1675 kN 18.43° W Alternative solution to part (c) Consider the face BC of the dam. Have and BC = 62 + 182 = 18.9737 m tan θ = 6 18 ( θ = 18.43° )( ) p = ( ρ g ) h = 1000 kg/m3 9.81 m/s 2 (18 m ) = 176.6 kN/m 2 Then R= ( 1 1 Ap = (18.97 m )(1 m ) 176.6 kN/m 2 2 2 = 1675 kN ∴ R = 1675 kN 18.43° ) PROBLEM 5.76 The cross section of a concrete dam is as shown. For a dam section of unit width, determine (a) the reaction forces exerted by the ground on the base AB of the dam, (b) the point of application of the resultant of the reaction forces of part a, (c) the resultant of the pressure forces exerted by the water on the face BC of the dam. SOLUTION The free body shown consists of a 1-ft thick section of the dam and the parabolic section of water above (and behind) the dam. Note x1 = 5 (16 ft ) = 10 ft 8 1 x2 = 16 + ( 6 ) ft = 19 ft 2 1 x3 = 22 + (12 ) ft = 25 ft 4 5 x4 = 22 + (12 ) ft = 29.5 ft 8 PROBLEM 5.76 CONTINUED W = γV Now ( ) ( ) ( ) 2 W1 = 150 lb/ft 3 (16 ft )( 24 ft ) × (1 ft ) = 38, 400 lb 3 W2 = 150 lb/ft 3 ( 6 ft )( 24 ft ) × (1 ft ) = 21, 600 lb 1 W3 = 150 lb/ft 3 (12 ft )(18 ft ) × (1 ft ) = 10,800 lb 3 ( ) 2 W4 = 62.4 lb/ft 3 (12 ft )(18 ft ) × (1 ft ) = 8985.6 lb 3 Also P= ( ) 1 1 Ap = (18 × 1) ft 2 × 62.4 lb/ft 3 × 18 ft = 10,108.8 lb 2 2 ΣFx = 0: H − 10,108.8 lb = 0 (a) Then or H = 10.11 kips W ΣFy = 0: V − 38, 400 lb − 21, 600 lb − 10,800 lb − 8995.6 lb = 0 V = 79,785.6 or V = 79.8 kips W ΣM A = 0: X ( 79, 785.6 lb ) − ( 6 ft )( 38, 400 lb ) − (19 ft )( 21,600 lb ) − ( 25 ft )(10,800 lb ) (b) − ( 29.5 ft )( 8985.6 lb ) + ( 6 ft )(10,108.8 lb ) = 0 or X = 15.90 ft The point of application of the resultant is 15.90 ft to the right of A W (c) Consider the water section BCD as the free body. Have ΣF = 0 ∴ R = 13.53 kips θ = 41.6° On the face BD of the dam R = 13.53 kips 41.6° W PROBLEM 5.77 The 9 × 12-ft side AB of a tank is hinged at its bottom A and is held in place by a thin rod BC. The maximum tensile force the rod can withstand without breaking is 40 kips, and the design specifications require the force in the rod not exceed 20 percent of this value. If the tank is slowly filled with water, determine the maximum allowable depth of water d in the tank. SOLUTION Consider the free-body diagram of the side. Have Now P= 1 1 Ap = A (γ d ) 2 2 ΣM A = 0: ( 9 ft ) T − d P=0 3 Then, for d max: ( 9 ft ) ( 0.2 ) ( 40 × 103 lb ) − or or ( ) d max 1 3 (12 ft ) ( d max ) 62.4 lb/ft d max = 0 3 2 3 216 × 103 ft 3 = 374.4 d max 3 d max = 576.92 ft 3 d max = 8.32 ft W PROBLEM 5.78 The 9 × 12-ft side of an open tank is hinged at its bottom A and is held in place by a thin rod. The tank is filled with glycerine, whose specific weight is 80 lb/ft 3. Determine the force T in the rod and the reactions at the hinge after the tank is filled to a depth of 8 ft. SOLUTION Consider the free-body diagram of the side. Have P= = ( ) 1 ( 8 ft )(12 ft ) 80 lb/ft 3 ( 8 ft ) = 30, 720 lb 2 ΣFy = 0: Ay = 0 Then ΣM A = 0: or 1 1 Ap = A (γ d ) 2 2 ( 9 ft ) T 8 − ft ( 30, 720 lb ) = 0 3 T = 9102.22 lb T = 9.10 kips W A = 21.6 kips W ΣFx = 0: Ax + 30,720 lb − 9102.22 lb = 0 or A = −21, 618 lb PROBLEM 5.79 The friction force between a 2 × 2-m square sluice gate AB and its guides is equal to 10 percent of the resultant of the pressure forces exerted by the water on the face of the gate. Determine the initial force needed to lift the gate that its mass is 500 kg. SOLUTION Consider the free-body diagram of the gate. PI = Now ( )( ) 1 1 ApI = ( 2 × 2 ) m 2 103 kg/m3 9.81 m/s 2 ( 3 m ) 2 2 = 58.86 kN PII = ( )( ) 1 1 ApII = ( 2 × 2 ) m 2 103 kg/m3 9.81 m/s 2 ( 5 m ) 2 2 = 98.10 kN Then F = 0.1P = 0.1( PI + PII ) = 0.1( 58.86 + 98.10 ) kN = 15.696 kN Finally ( ) ΣFy = 0: T − 15.696 kN − ( 500 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 0 or T = 20.6 kN W PROBLEM 5.80 The dam for a lake is designed to withstand the additional force caused by silt which has settled on the lake bottom. Assuming that silt is equivalent to a liquid of density ρ s = 1.76 × 103 kg/m3 and considering a 1-m-wide section of dam, determine the percentage increase in the force acting on the dam face for a silt accumulation of depth 1.5 m. SOLUTION First, determine the force on the dam face without the silt. Pw = Have = 1 1 Apw = A ( ρ gh ) 2 2 ( )( ) 1 ( 6 m )(1 m ) 103 kg/m3 9.81 m/s 2 ( 6 m ) 2 = 176.58 kN Next, determine the force on the dam face with silt. Have Pw′ = ( )( ) 1 ( 4.5 m )(1m ) 103 kg/m3 9.81 m/s 2 ( 4.5 m ) 2 = 99.326 kN ( Ps )I ( )( ) = (1.5 m )(1 m ) 103 kg/m3 9.81 m/s 2 ( 4.5 m ) = 66.218 kN ( Ps )II = ( )( ) 1 (1.5 m )(1 m ) 1.76 × 103 kg/m3 9.81 m/s 2 (1.5 m ) 2 = 19.424 kN Then P′ = Pw′ + ( Ps )I + ( Ps )II = 184.97 kN The percentage increase, % inc., is then given by % inc. = (184.97 − 176.58) × 100% = 4.7503% P′ − Pw × 100% = 176.58 Pw % inc. = 4.75% W PROBLEM 5.81 The base of a dam for a lake is designed to resist up to 150 percent of the horizontal force of the water. After construction, it is found that silt (which is equivalent to a liquid of density ρ s = 1.76 × 103 kg/m3 ) is settling on the lake bottom at a rate of 20 mm/y. Considering a 1-m-wide section of dam, determine the number of years until the dam becomes unsafe. SOLUTION From Problem 5.80, the force on the dam face before the silt is deposited, is Pw = 176.58 kN. The maximum allowable force Pallow on the dam is then: Pallow = 1.5Pw = (1.5 )(176.58 kN ) = 264.87 kN Next determine the force P′ on the dam face after a depth d of silt has settled. Have Pw′ = ( )( )( ) ) 1 ( 6 − d ) m × (1 m ) 103 kg/m3 9.81 m/s 2 ( 6 − d ) m 2 = 4.905 ( 6 − d ) kN 2 ( Ps )I ( = d (1 m ) 103 kg/m3 9.81 m/s 2 ( 6 − d ) m ( ) = 9.81 6d − d 2 kN ( Ps )II = ( )( ) 1 d (1 m ) 1.76 × 103 kg/m3 9.81 m/s 2 ( d ) m 2 = 8.6328d 2 kN ( ) ( ) P′ = Pw′ + ( Ps )I + ( Ps )II = 4.905 36 − 12d + d 2 + 9.81 6d − d 2 + 8.6328d 2 kN = 3.7278d 2 + 176.58 kN PROBLEM 5.81 CONTINUED Now required that P′ = Pallow to determine the maximum value of d. ∴ or Finally ( 3.7278d 2 ) + 176.58 kN = 264.87 kN d = 4.8667 m 4.8667 m = 20 × 10−3 m ×N year or N = 243 years W PROBLEM 5.82 The square gate AB is held in the position shown by hinges along its top edge A and by a shear pin at B. For a depth of water d = 3.5 m, determine the force exerted on the gate by the shear pin. SOLUTION First consider the force of the water on the gate. Have Then PI = P= 1 1 Ap = A ( ρ gh ) 2 2 ( )( ) ( )( ) 1 (18 m )2 103 kg/m3 9.81 m/s2 (1.7 m ) 2 = 26.99 kN PII = 1 (18 m )2 103 kg/m3 9.81 m/s2 (1.7 × 1.8cos 30° ) m 2 = 51.74 kN Now or or ΣM A = 0: 1 2 ( LAB ) PI + ( LAB ) PII − LAB FB = 0 3 3 1 2 ( 26.99 kN ) + ( 51.74 kN ) − FB = 0 3 3 FB = 43.49 kN FB = 4.35 kN 30.0° W PROBLEMS 5.83 AND 5.84 Problem 5.83: A temporary dam is constructed in a 5-ft-wide fresh water channel by nailing two boards to pilings located at the sides of the channel and propping a third board AB against the pilings and the floor of the channel. Neglecting friction, determine the reactions at A and B when rope BC is slack. Problem 5.84: A temporary dam is constructed in a 5-ft-wide fresh water channel by nailing two boards to pilings located at the sides of the channel and propping a third board AB against the pilings and the floor of the channel. Neglecting friction, determine the magnitude and direction of the minimum tension required in rope BC to move board AB. SOLUTION First, consider the force of the water on the gate. P= Have So that PI = 1 1 Ap = A (γ h ) 2 2 ( ) ( ) 1 (1.5 ft )( 5 ft ) 62.4 lb/ft 3 (1.8 ft ) 2 = 421.2 lb PII = 1 (1.5 ft )( 5 ft ) 62.4 lb/ft 3 ( 3 ft ) 2 = 702 lb 5.83 Find the reactions at A and B when rope is slack. ΣM A = 0: − ( 0.9 ft ) B + ( 0.5 ft )( 421.2 lb ) + (1.0 ft )( 702 lb ) = 0 B = 1014 lb or B = 1014 lb ΣFx = 0: 2 Ax + W 4 4 ( 421.2 lb ) + ( 702 lb ) = 0 5 5 Ax = −449.28 lb or Note that the factor 2 (2 Ax ) is included since Ax is the horizontal force exerted by the board on each piling. ΣFy = 0: 1014 lb − or 3 3 ( 421.2 lb ) − ( 702 lb ) + Ay = 0 5 5 Ay = −340.08 lb ∴ A = 563 lb 37.1° W PROBLEMS 5.83 AND 5.84 CONTINUED 5.84 Note that there are two ways to move the board: 1. Pull upward on the rope fastened at B so that the board rotates about A. For this case B → 0 and TBC is perpendicular to AB for minimum tension. 2. Pull horizontally at B so that the edge B of the board moves to the left. For this case Ay → 0 and the board remains against the pilings because of the force of the water. Case (1) ΣM A = 0: −1.5TBC + ( 0.5 ft )( 421.2 lb ) + (1.0 ft )( 702 lb ) = 0 or Case (2) TBC = 608.4 lb ΣM B = 0: − (1.2 ft ) ( 2 Ax ) − ( 0.5 ft )( 702 lb ) − (1.0 ft )( 421.2 lb ) = 0 or 2 Ax = − 643.5 lb ΣFx = 0: − TBC − 643.5 lb + + or 4 ( 421.2 lb ) 5 4 ( 702 lb ) = 0 5 TBC = 255.06 lb ∴ ( TBC )min = 255 lb W PROBLEMS 5.85 AND 5.86 Problem 5.85: A 2 × 3-m gate is hinged at A and is held in position by rod CD. End D rests against a spring whose constant is 12 kN/m. The spring is undeformed when the gate is vertical. Assuming that the force exerted by rod CD on the gate remains horizontal, determine the minimum depth of water d for which the bottom B of the gate will move to the end of the cylindrical portion of the floor. Problem 5.86: Solve Problem 5.85 if the mass of the gate is 500 kg. SOLUTION First, determine the forces exerted on the gate by the spring and the water when B is at the end of the cylindrical portion of the floor. sin θ = Have 1 2 ∴ θ = 30° Then xsp = (1.5 m ) tan 30° and Fsp = kxsp = (12 kN/m )(1.5 m ) tan 30° = 10.39 kN d ≥ 2m Assume P= Have PI = Then 1 1 Ap = A ( ρ g ) h 2 2 ( )( ) 1 ( 2 m )( 3 m ) 103 kg/m3 9.81 m/s 2 ( d − 2 ) m 2 = 29.43 ( d − 2 ) kN PII = ( )( ) 1 ( 2 m )( 3 m ) 103 kg/m3 9.81 m/s 2 ( d − 2 + 2cos 30° ) m 2 = 29.43 ( d − 0.2679 ) kN PROBLEMS 5.85 AND 5.86 CONTINUED 5.85 Find d min so that gate opens, W = 0. Using the above free-body diagrams of the gate, we have 2 ΣM A = 0: m 29.43 ( d − 2 ) kN 3 4 + m 29.43 ( d − 0.2679 ) kN 3 − (1.5 m )(10.39 kN ) = 0 or 19.62 ( d − 2 ) + 39.24 ( d − 0.2679 ) = 15.585 58.86d = 65.3374 5.86 d = 1.110 m W d = 1.1105 m or Find d min so that the gate opens. ( ) W = 9.81 m/s 2 ( 500 kg ) = 4.905 kN Using the above free-body diagrams of the gate, we have 2 ΣM A = 0: m 29.43 ( d − 2 ) kN 3 4 + m 29.43 ( d − 0.2679 ) kN 3 − (1.5 m )(10.39 kN ) + − ( 0.5 m )( 4.905 kN ) = 0 or or 19.62 ( d − 2 ) + 39.24 ( d − 0.2679 ) = 18.0375 d = 1.15171 m d = 1.152 m W PROBLEMS 5.87 AND 5.88 Problem 5.87: The gate at the end of a 3-ft-wide fresh water channel is fabricated from three 240-lb, rectangular steel plates. The gate is hinged at A and rests against a frictionless support at D. Knowing that d = 2.5 ft, determine the reactions at A and D. Problem 5.88: The gate at the end of a 3-ft-wide fresh water channel is fabricated from three 240-lb, rectangular steel plates. The gate is hinged at A and rests against a frictionless support at D. Determine the depth of water d for which the gate will open. SOLUTION 5.87 Thus, at Note that in addition to the weights of the gate segments, the water exerts pressure on all submerged surfaces ( p = γ h ) . ( ) h = 0.5 ft, p0.5 = 62.4 lb/ft 3 ( 0.5 ) ft = 31.2 lb/ft 2 ( ) h = 2.5 ft, p2.5 = 6.24 lb/ft 3 ( 2.5 ) ft = 156.0 lb/ft 2 Then ( ) 1 ( 0.5 ft )( 3 ft ) 31.2 lb/ft 2 = 23.4 lb 2 P1 = ( ) P2 = ( 2 ft )( 3 ft ) 31.2 lb/ft 2 = 187.2 lb and or ( ) ( ) P3 = 1 ( 2 ft )( 3 ft ) 31.2 lb/ft 2 = 93.6 lb 2 P4 = 1 ( 2 ft )( 3 ft ) 156 lb/ft 2 = 468 lb 2 1 ΣM A = 0: − 4 D + ( 2 ft )( 240 lb ) + (1 ft )( 240 lb ) − 2 + × 0.5 ft ( 23.4 lb ) − (1 ft )(187.2 lb ) 3 2 1 − ( 2 ft )( 93.6 lb ) − ( 2 ft )( 468 lb ) = 0 3 3 D = 11.325 lb ∴ D = 11.33 lb W PROBLEMS 5.87 AND 5.88 CONTINUED ΣFx = 0: Ax + 11.32 + 23.4 + 93.6 + 468 = 0 Ax = −596.32 lb or ΣFy = 0: Ay − 240 − 240 − 240 + 187.2 = 0 Ay = 532.8 lb or 5.88 ∴ A = 800 lb h = ( d − 2 ) ft, pd − 2 = γ ( d − 2 ) lb/ft 2 At 41.8° W γ = 62.4 lb/ft 3 where h = d ft, pd = (γ d ) lb/ft 2 P1 = Then 1 1 3 2 A1 pd − 2 = ( d − 2 ) ft × ( 3 ft ) γ lb/ft 3 ( d − 2 ) ft = γ ( d − 2 ) lb 2 2 2 (Note: For simplicity, the numerical value of the density γ will be substituted into the equilibrium equations below, rather than at this level of the calculations.) P2 = A2 pd − 2 = ( 2 ft )( 3 ft ) γ ( d − 2 ) ft = 6γ ( d − 2 ) lb P3 = P4 = 1 1 A3 pd − 2 = ( 2 ft )( 3 ft ) γ ( d − 2 ) ft = 3γ ( d − 2 ) lb 2 2 1 1 A4 pd = ( 2 ft )( 3 ft ) γ ( d ft ) = ( 3γ d ) lb = 3γ ( d − 2 ) + 6γ lb 2 2 As the gate begins to open, D → 0 ∴ ΣM A = 0: ( 2 ft )( 240 lb ) + (1 ft )( 240 lb ) − 2 ft + ( d − 2 ) ft 3 2 γ ( d − 2 ) lb + 2 1 3 2 − (1 ft ) 6γ ( d − 2 ) lb − ( 2 ft ) 3γ ( d − 2 ) lb 3 1 − ( 2 ft ) 3γ ( d − 2 ) lb + 6γ lb = 0 3 or 1 720 −4 ( d − 2 )3 + 3 ( d − 2 )2 + 12 ( d − 2 ) = γ 2 = 720 −4 62.4 = 7.53846 Solving numerically yields d = 2.55 ft W PROBLEM 5.89 A rain gutter is supported from the roof of a house by hangers that are spaced 0.6 m apart. After leaves clog the gutter’s drain, the gutter slowly fills with rainwater. When the gutter is completely filled with water, determine (a) the resultant of the pressure force exerted by the water on the 0.6-m section of the curved surface of the gutter, (b) the force-couple system exerted on a hanger where it is attached to the gutter. SOLUTION (a) Consider a 0.6 m long parabolic section of water. Then P= = 1 1 Ap = A ( ρ gh ) 2 2 ( )( ) 1 ( 0.08 m )( 0.6 m ) 103 kg/m3 9.81 m/s2 ( 0.08 m ) 2 = 18.84 N Ww = ρ gV ( )( ) 2 = 103 kg/m3 9.81 m/s 2 ( 0.12 m )( 0.08 m )( 0.6 m ) 3 = 37.67 N ΣF = 0: Now So that R = ( −R ) + P + Ww tan θ = P 2 + Ww2 , =0 Ww P = 42.12 N, θ = 63.4° R = 42.1 N 63.4° W (b) Consider the free-body diagram of a 0.6 m long section of water and gutter. Then ΣFx = 0: Bx = 0 ΣFy = 0: By − 37.67 N = 0 or By = 37.67 N ΣM B = 0: M B + ( 0.06 − 0.048) m ( 37.67 N ) = 0 or M B = −0.4520 N ⋅ m The force-couple system exerted on the hanger is then 37.7 N , 0.452 N ⋅ m W PROBLEM 5.90 The composite body shown is formed by removing a hemisphere of radius r from a cylinder of radius R and height 2R. Determine (a) the y coordinate of the centroid when r = 3R/4, (b) the ratio r/R for which y = −1.2 R. SOLUTION Note, for the axes shown V 1 (π R ) ( 2R ) = 2π R 2 2 − π r3 3 Σ r3 2π R3 − 3 2 y yV −R −2π R 4 3 − r 8 1 4 πr 4 3 r4 −2π R 4 − 8 1 R4 − r 4 Σ yV 8 Y = =− 1 ΣV 3 R − r3 3 Then 1 r 8 R 4 1 r 1− 3 R 3 1− = r = (a ) 3 R: y = − 4 1− 1 3 3 4 4 3 1 3 1− 3 4 R or y = −1.118R W 1 r 8 R 4 1 r 1− 3 R 3 1− y = −1.2 R : − 1.2 R = − (b) 4 or Solving numerically R 3 r r − 3.2 + 1.6 = 0 R R r = 0.884 W R PROBLEM 5.91 Determine the y coordinate of the centroid of the body shown. SOLUTION First note that the values of Y will be the same for the given body and the body shown below. Then V y yV Cone 1 2 πa h 3 1 − h 4 1 − π a 2h 2 12 2 Cylinder 1 a −π b = − π a 2b 2 4 1 − b 2 1 2 2 πa b 8 Σ Have Then π 12 a 2 ( 4h − 3b ) − π 24 ( a 2 2h 2 − 3b 2 ) Y ΣV = ΣyV π π Y a 2 ( 4h − 3b ) = − a 2 2h 2 − 3b 2 24 12 ( ) or Y = − 2h 2 − 3b 2 W 2 ( 4h − 3b ) PROBLEM 5.92 Determine the z coordinate of the centroid of the body shown. (Hint: Use the result of Sample Problem 5.13.) SOLUTION First note that the body can be formed by removing a “half-cylinder” from a “half-cone,” as shown. V 1 2 πa h 6 Half-Cone Half-Cylinder Σ − π a 2 − π 2 b=− ab 22 8 π 24 − z a π zV 1 3 − ah 6 * 4 a 2a =− 3π 2 3π a 2 ( 4h − 3b ) 1 3 ab 12 − 1 3 a ( 2h − b ) 12 From Sample Problem 5.13 Have Then Z ΣV = ΣzV 1 π Z a 2 ( 4h − 3b ) = − a3 ( 2h − b ) 24 12 or Z = − 2a 2h − b W π 4h − 3b PROBLEM 5.93 Consider the composite body shown. Determine (a) the value of x when h = L/2 , (b) the ratio h/L for which x = L . SOLUTION x 1 L 2 1 L+ h 4 V Rectangular prism Lab Pyramid 1 b a h 3 2 Then 1 ΣV = ab L + h 6 ΣxV = X ΣV = ΣxV Now xV 1 2 L ab 2 1 1 abh L + h 6 4 1 2 1 ab 3L + h L + h 6 4 so that 1 1 1 X ab L + h = ab 3L2 + hL + h 2 6 6 4 1 h 1 h 1 h2 X 1 + = L 3 + + 6 L 6 L 4 L2 or (1) 1 L 2 h 1 Substituting = into Eq. (1) L 2 (a) X = ? when h = 2 1 1 1 1 11 X 1 + = L 3 + + 6 2 6 2 4 2 or (b) X = 57 L 104 X = 0.548L W h = ? when X = L L Substituting into Eq. (1) or or 1 h 1 h 1 h2 L 1 + = L 3 + + 6 L 6 L 4 L2 1+ 1h 1 1h 1 h2 = + + 6L 2 6 L 24 L2 h2 = 12 L2 ∴ h = 2 3W L PROBLEMS 5.94 AND 5.95 Problem 5.94: For the machine element shown, determine the x coordinate of the center of gravity. Problem 5.95: For the machine element shown, determine the y coordinate of the center of gravity. SOLUTIONS First, assume that the machine element is homogeneous so that its center of gravity coincides with the centroid of the corresponding volume. x , in. y , in. xV , in 4 yV , in 4 I II V , in 3 (4)(3.6)(0.75) = 10.8 (2.4)(2.0)(0.6) = 2.88 2.0 3.7 0.375 1.95 21.6 10.656 4.05 5.616 III π(0.45)2 (0.4) = 0.2545 4.2 2.15 1.0688 0.54711 IV −π(0.5) 2 (0.75) = − 0.5890 1.2 0.375 −0.7068 −0.22089 Σ 13.3454 32.618 9.9922 5.94 X ΣV = Σ x V Have ( ) X 13.3454 in 3 = 32.618 in 4 or X = 2.44 in. W 5.95 Y ΣV = Σ yV Have ( ) Y 13.3454 in 3 = 9.9922 in 4 or Y = 0.749 in. W PROBLEMS 5.96 AND 5.97 Problem 5.96: For the machine element shown, locate the x coordinate of the center of gravity. Problem 5.97: For the machine element shown, locate the y coordinate of the center of gravity. SOLUTIONS First, assume that the machine element is homogeneous so that its center of gravity coincides with the centroid of the corresponding volume. V , mm3 x , mm y , mm xV , mm 4 yV , mm 4 1 (160 )( 54 )(18) = 155 520 80 9 12 441 600 1 399 680 2 1 (120 )( 42 )( 54 ) = 136 080 2 40 32 5 443 200 4 354 560 9 3 534 114 185 508 9 −2 316 233 −130 288 19 102 681 5 809 460 3 π 2 (27) 2 (18) = 6561π 4 −π(16)2 (18) = −4608π Σ 297 736 160 + 36 π 160 5.96 X ΣV = Σ x V Have ( ) X 297 736 mm3 = 19 102 681 mm 4 or X = 64.2 mm W 5.97 Y ΣV = Σ yV Have ( ) Y 297 736 mm3 = 5 809 460 mm 4 or Y = 19.51 mm W PROBLEMS 5.98 AND 5.99 Problem 5.98: For the stop bracket shown, locate the x coordinate of the center of gravity. Problem 5.99: For the stop bracket shown, locate the z coordinate of the center of gravity. SOLUTIONS First, assume that the bracket is homogeneous so that its center of gravity coincides with the centroid of the corresponding volume. Z II = 24 mm + 1 (90 + 86) mm = 112 mm 2 Z III = 24 mm + 1 (102) mm = 58 mm 3 X III = 68 mm + 1 ( 20) mm = 78 mm 2 Have.. Z IV = 110 mm + 2 ( 90) mm = 170 mm 3 X IV = 60 mm + 2 (132) mm = 156 mm 3 V , mm3 x , mm z , mm xV , mm 4 zV , mm 4 I ( 200 )(176 )( 24 ) = 844 800 100 12 84 480 000 1 013 760 II ( 200 )( 24 )(176 ) = 844 800 100 112 84 480 000 94 617 600 78 58 9 865 440 733 840 156 170 −22 239 360 −24 235 200 156 586 080 8 785 584 III IV Σ 1 ( 20 )(124 )(102 ) = 126 480 2 1 − ( 90 )(132 )( 24 ) = −142 560 2 1 673 520 5.98 X ΣV = ΣxV Have ( ) X 1 673 520 mm3 = 156 586 080 mm 4 or X = 93.6 mm W 5.99 Z ΣV = ΣzV Have ( ) Z 1 673 520 mm3 = 8 785 584 mm 4 or Z = 52.5 mm W PROBLEM 5.100 Locate the center of gravity of the sheet-metal form shown. SOLUTION First, assume that the sheet metal is homogeneous so that the center of gravity coincides with the centroid of the corresponding area. A, mm 2 1 2 3 1 ( 90 )( 60 ) 2 = 2700 ( 90 )( 200 ) = 18 000 − ( 45 )(100 ) = −4500 π ( 45)2 4 2 = 1012.5π Σ Have 19 380.9 x , mm 30 y , mm z , mm xA, mm3 yA, mm3 zA, mm3 0 81 000 378 000 0 120 + 20 = 140 45 60 80 810 000 1 080 000 1 440 000 22.5 30 120 −101 250 −135 000 −540 000 143 139 0 569 688 932 889 1 323 000 1 469 688 45 0 160 + ( 4 )( 45) 3π = 179.1 X ΣA = ΣxA: ( ) X 19 380.9 mm 2 = 932 889 mm3 = 48.1 mm or X = 48.1 mm W Y ΣA = Σ yA ( ) Y 19 380.9 mm 2 = 1 323 000 mm3 Y = 68.3 mm or Y = 68.3 mm W Z ΣA = Σ zA ( ) Z 19 380.9 mm 2 = 1 469 688 mm3 or Z = 75.8 mm Z = 75.8 mm W PROBLEM 5.101 A mounting bracket for electronic components is formed from sheet metal of uniform thickness. Locate the center of gravity of the bracket. SOLUTION First, assume that the sheet metal is homogeneous so that the center of gravity of the bracket coincides with the centroid of the corresponding area. Then (see diagram) zV = 22.5 − 4 ( 6.25 ) 3π = 19.85 mm π AV = − 2 ( 6.25)2 = −61.36 mm 2 A, mm 2 IV ( 25)( 60) = 1500 (12.5)( 60 ) = 750 ( 7.5)( 60 ) = 450 − (12.5 )( 30 ) = −375 V Σ −61.36 2263.64 I II III x , mm y , mm z , mm xA, mm3 yA, mm3 zA, mm3 12.5 0 30 18 750 0 45 000 25 −6.25 30 18 750 −4687.5 22 500 28.75 −12.5 30 12 937.5 −5625 13 500 10 0 37.5 −3750 0 −14 062.5 10 0 19.85 −613.6 46 074 0 −10 313 −1218.0 65 720 X ΣA = ΣxA Have ( ) X 2263.64 mm 2 = 46 074 mm3 or X = 20.4 mm W Y ΣA = Σ yA ( ) Y 2263.64 mm 2 = −10 313 mm3 or Y = −4.55 mm W Z ΣA = Σ zA ( ) Z 2263.64 mm 2 = 65 720 mm3 or Z = 29.0 mm W PROBLEM 5.102 Locate the center of gravity of the sheet-metal form shown. SOLUTION First, assume that the sheet metal is homogeneous so that the center of gravity of the form coincides with the centroid of the corresponding area. yI = 6 + zI = 4 = 7.333 in. 3 1 ( 6) = 2 in. 3 1 xII = yII = xIV = 11 − I II III IV Σ A, in 2 12 56.55 30 −3.534 95.01 x , in. y , in. z , in. 0 3.8197 8.5 10.363 7.333 3.8197 0 0 2 3 3 3 π ( 2)( 6) = 3.8197 in. 1 ( 4)(1.5) = 10.363 in. 3π x A, in 3 0 216 255 −36.62 434.4 y A, in 3 88 216 0 0 304 z A, in 3 24 169.65 90 −10.603 273.0 X ΣA = Σ x A Have ( ) X 95.01 in 2 = 434 in 3 or X = 4.57 in. W Y ΣA = Σ y A ( ) Y 95.01 in 2 = 304.0 in 3 or Y = 3.20 in. W Z ΣA = Σ z A ( ) Z 95.01 in 2 = 273.0 in 3 or Z = 2.87 in. W PROBLEM 5.103 An enclosure for an electronic device is formed from sheet metal of uniform thickness. Locate the center of gravity of the enclosure. SOLUTION First, assume that the sheet metal is homogeneous so that the center of gravity of the form coincides with the centroid of the corresponding area. Consider the division of the back, sides, and top into eight segments according to the sketch. Z = 6.00 in. W Note that symmetry implies and A8 = A2 A7 = A 3 A6 = A5 Thus A, in 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Σ Have (12 )( 9 ) = 108 (11.3)( 9 ) = 101.7 1 (11.3)( 2.4 ) = 13.56 2 (12 )(11.454 ) = 137.45 1 (1.5)(11.454 ) = 8.591 2 8.591 13.56 101.7 493.2 x , in. y , in. xA, in 3 yA, in 3 0 4.5 0 486 5.6 4.5 569.5 457.6 7.467 9.8 101.25 132.89 5.6 10.2 769.72 1402.0 7.467 10.6 64.15 91.06 7.467 7.467 5.6 10.6 9.8 4.5 64.15 101.25 569.5 2239.5 91.06 132.89 457.6 3251.1 ( ) Y ΣA = Σ yA: Y ( 493.2 in ) = 3251.1 in X ΣA = ΣxA: X 493.2 in 2 = 2239.5 in 3 2 3 or X = 4.54 in. W or Y = 6.59 in. W PROBLEM 5.104 A 200-mm-diameter cylindrical duct and a 100 × 200-mm rectangular duct are to be joined as indicated. Knowing that the ducts are fabricated from the same sheet metal, which is of uniform thickness, locate the center of gravity of the assembly. SOLUTION First, assume that the sheet metal is homogeneous so that the center of gravity of the duct coincides with the centroid of the corresponding area. Also note that symmetry implies Z = 0W 1 2 3 4 5 6 x, m y, m xA, m3 yA, m3 π ( 0.2 )( 0.3) = 0.1885 0 0.15 0 0.028274 = 0.06366 0.25 −0.02000 −0.007854 −4 ( 0.1) = −0.04244 3π 0.30 −0.000667 0.004712 0.15 0.30 0.00900 0.001800 0.15 0.20 0.00900 0.001200 4 ( 0.1) 3π 0.20 −0.000667 −0.003142 0.15 0.25 0.004500 0.007500 0.15 0.25 0.004500 0.023667 0.007500 0.066991 − π 2 ( 0.2 )( 0.1) = −0.0314 2 ( 0.1) π π 2 ( 0.1) = 0.01571 2 ( 0.3)( 0.2 ) = 0.060 ( 0.3)( 0.2 ) = 0.060 − π 2 ( 0.1)2 = −0.1571 8 ( 0.3)( 0.1) = 0.030 ( 0.3)( 0.1) = 0.030 Σ 0.337080 7 Have A, m 2 X ΣA = Σ xA: X (0.337080 mm 2 ) = 0.023667 mm3 X = 0.0702 m or ( X = 70.2 mm W ) Y ΣA = Σ yA: Y 0.337080 mm 2 = 0.066991 mm3 or Y = 0.19874 m Y = 198.7 mm W PROBLEM 5.105 An elbow for the duct of a ventilating system is made of sheet metal of uniform thickness. Locate the center of gravity of the elbow. SOLUTION First, assume that the sheet metal is homogeneous so that the center of gravity of the duct coincides with the centroid of the corresponding area. Also, note that the shape of the duct implies Y = 1.5 in. W xI = zI = 16 in. − Note that xII = 16 in. − zII = 12 in. − 2 π 2 π 2 π (16 in.) = 5.81408 in. (8 in.) = 10.9070 in. (8 in.) = 6.9070 in. xIV = zIV = 16 in. − 4 (16 in.) = 9.2094 in. 3π 4 (8 in.) = 12.6047 in. 3π 4 zV = 12 in. − (8 in.) = 8.6047 in. 3π xV = 16 in. − Also note that the corresponding top and bottom areas will contribute equally when determining x and z . Thus A, in 2 I II Have π 2 (16 )( 3) = 75.3982 π 2 (8)( 3) = 37.6991 xA, in 3 zA, in 3 x , in. z , in. 5.81408 5.81408 438.37 438.37 10.9070 6.9070 411.18 260.39 III 4 ( 3) = 12 8 14 96.0 168.0 IV π 2 2 (16) = 402.1239 4 9.2094 9.2094 3703.32 3703.32 V π 2 −2 ( 8 ) = −100.5309 4 12.6047 8.6047 −1267.16 −865.04 VI −2 ( 4 )( 8 ) = −64 12 14 −768.0 −896.0 Σ 362.69 2613.71 2809.04 ( ) X ΣA = Σ xA: X 362.69 in 2 = 2613.71 in 3 or X = 7.21 in. W ( ) Z ΣA = Σ zA: Z 362.69 in 2 = 2809.04 in 3 or Z = 7.74 in. W PROBLEM 5.106 A window awning is fabricated from sheet metal of uniform thickness. Locate the center of gravity of the awning. SOLUTION First, assume that the sheet metal is homogeneous so that the center of gravity of the awning coincides with the centroid of the corresponding area. yII = yVI = 80 + zII = zVI = yIV = 80 + zIV = π π 2 π 4 = 292.2 mm = 212.2 mm = 398.3 mm = 318.3 mm ( 500 )2 = 196 350 mm 2 ( 500 )( 680 ) = 534 071 mm2 yA, mm3 zA, mm3 A, mm 2 (80)(500) = 40 000 y , mm 40 250 1.6 × 106 10 × 106 292.2 212.2 57.4 × 106 41.67 × 106 III 196 350 (80)(680) = 54 400 40 500 0.2176 × 106 27.2 × 106 IV 534 071 398.3 318.3 212.7 × 106 170 × 106 V (80)(500) = 40 000 40 250 1.6 × 106 10 × 106 VI 196 350 292.2 212.2 57.4 × 106 Σ 1.061 × 106 I II Now, symmetry implies and ( 4 )( 500 ) ( 2 )( 500 ) π 3π 3π ( 2 )( 500 ) AII = AVI = AIV = ( 4 )( 500 ) z , mm 332.9 × 106 ( Y ΣA = Σ yA: Y 1.061 × 10 mm 6 2 ) = 332.9 × 10 41.67 × 106 300.5 × 106 X = 340 mm W 6 mm 3 or Y = 314 mm W ( ) Z ΣA = Σ zA: Z 1.061 × 106 mm 2 = 300.5 × 106 mm3 or Z = 283 mm W PROBLEM 5.107 The thin, plastic front cover of a wall clock is of uniform thickness. Locate the center of gravity of the cover. SOLUTION First, assume that the plastic is homogeneous so that the center of gravity of the cover coincides with the centroid of the corresponding area. X = 150.0 mm Next, note that symmetry implies A, mm 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Σ Have ( 300 )( 280 ) = 84 000 ( 280 )( 50 ) = 14 000 ( 300 )( 50 ) = 15 000 ( 280 )( 50 ) = 14 000 −π (100 ) y A, mm3 z , mm3 y , mm z , mm 0 140 0 11 760 000 25 140 350 000 1 960 000 25 0 375 000 0 25 140 350 000 1 960 000 0 130 0 −4 084 070 = 247.29 0 −174 783 = 247.29 0 −174 783 1 075 000 11 246 363 2 = −31 416 −π ( 30 )2 4 = −706.86 −π ( 30 )2 4 = −706.86 0 260 − 0 260 − ( 4 )( 30 ) 3π ( 4 )( 30 ) 3π 94 170 ( ) Y Σ A = Σ yA: Y 94 170 mm 2 = 1 075 000 mm3 or Y = 11.42 mm W ( ) Z Σ A = Σ zA: Z 94 170 mm 2 = 11 246 363 mm3 or Z = 119.4 mm W PROBLEM 5.108 A thin steel wire of uniform cross section is bent into the shape shown, where arc BC is a quarter circle of radius R. Locate its center of gravity. SOLUTION First, assume that the wire is homogeneous so that its center of gravity coincides with the centroid of the corresponding line. L, in 2 x , in. y , in. z ,in. x L, in 2 y L, in 2 z L, in 2 1 15 0 7.5 0 0 112.5 0 2 14 7 0 0 98 0 0 13 5 9 12 0 6 149.5 0 78 135.0 225.0 180.0 382.5 337.5 258.0 3 π 4 Σ Have (15) 2 = 23.56 = 11.5 3 2 × 15 5 π 30 24 π π = 5.73 = 9.549 = 7.639 65.56 X ΣL = Σ x L: X ( 65.56 in.) = 382.5 in 2 or X = 5.83 in. W Y ΣL = Σ y L: Y ( 65.56 in.) = 337.5 in 2 or Y = 5.15 in. W Z ΣL = Σ z L: Z ( 65.56 in.) = 258.0 in 2 or Z = 3.94 in. W PROBLEM 5.109 A thin steel wire of uniform cross section is bent into the shape shown, where arc BC is a quarter circle of radius R. Locate its center of gravity. SOLUTION First, assume that the wire is homogeneous so that its center of gravity coincides with the centroid of the corresponding line x2 = z2 = Have L1 = ( 2 )(8) π = 16 π ft 82 + 32 = 8.5440 ft 8π L 2 = 2 = 4π ft 4 Have x L, ft 2 34.176 y L, ft 2 12.816 z L, ft 2 0 π 64.0 0 64.0 4 0 0 0 98.176 0 4.5 17.316 32 0 96.0 L, ft x , ft y , ft z , ft 1 8.5440 4 1.5 2 4π 16π 0 0 16 3 4 8 3 32.110 0 0 0 1.5 X ΣL = Σ x L: X ( 32.110 ft ) = 98.176 ft 2 or X = 3.06 ft W Y ΣL = Σ y L: Y ( 32.110 ft ) = 17.316 ft 2 or Y = 0.539 ft W Z ΣL = Σ z L: Z ( 32.110 ft ) = 96.0 ft 2 or Z = 2.99 ft W PROBLEM 5.110 The frame of a greenhouse is constructed from uniform aluminum channels. Locate the center of gravity of the portion of the frame shown. SOLUTION First, assume that the channels are homogeneous so that the center of gravity of the frame coincides with the centroid of the corresponding line. Note x8 = x9 = ( 2 )( 0.9 ) π y8 = y9 = 1.5 + L 7 = L8 = 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Σ Have L, m x, m y, m z, m 0.6 0.9 1.5 1.5 2.4 0.6 0.9 1.4137 1.4137 0.6 11.827 0.9 0.45 0.9 0.9 0 0.9 0.45 0.573 0.573 0 0 0 0.75 0.75 1.2 1.5 1.5 2.073 2.073 2.4 0.3 0.6 0 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.6 0 0.6 0.3 xL, m 2 0.540 0.4050 1.350 1.350 0 0.540 0.4050 0.8100 0.8100 0 6.210 π 2 = 0.57296 m ( 2 )( 0.9 ) π = 2.073 m ( 0.9 ) = 1.4137 m yL, m 2 0 0 1.125 1.125 2.880 0.9 1.350 2.9306 2.9306 1.440 14.681 zL, m 2 0.18 0.54 0 0.9 1.44 0.18 0.54 0 0.8482 0.18 4.8082 X ΣL = Σ xL: X (11.827 m ) = 6.210 m 2 or X = 0.525 m W Y ΣL = Σ yL: Y (11.827 m ) = 14.681 m 2 or Y = 1.241 m W Z ΣL = Σ zL: Z (11.827 m ) = 4.8082 m 2 or Z = 0.406 m W * PROBLEM 5.111 The decorative metalwork at the entrance of a store is fabricated from uniform steel structural tubing. Knowing that R = 1.2 m, locate the center of gravity of the metalwork. SOLUTION First, assume that the tubes are homogeneous so that the center of gravity of the metalwork coincides with the centroid of the corresponding line. Z = 0W Note that symmetry implies Have y, m xL, m 2 yL, m 2 1.5 2.5456 4.5 1.5 2.5456 4.5 3.7639 0 14.1897 = 0.7639 3 2.88 11.3097 = 0.7639 3.7639 1.44 7.0949 9.4112 41.594 x, m L, m 1 3 2 3 (1.2) cos 45° = 0.8485 (1.2) cos 45° = 0.8485 3 1.2π 0 4 1.2π 5 0.6π Σ 15.425 ( 2 )(1.2 ) π ( 2 )(1.2 ) π X ΣL = Σ xL: X (15.425 m ) = 9.4112 m 2 or X = 0.610 m W Y ΣL = Σ yL: Y (15.425 m ) = 41.594 m 2 or Y = 2.70 m W PROBLEM 5.112 A scratch awl has a plastic handle and a steel blade and shank. Knowing that the specific weight of plastic is 0.0374 lb/in 3 and of steel is 0.284 lb/in 3, locate the center of gravity of the awl. SOLUTION Y = Z = 0W First, note that symmetry implies xI = 5 2π ( 0.5 in.) = 0.3125 in., WI = 0.0374 lb/in 3 ( 0.5 in.)3 = 0.009791 lb 8 3 ( ) ( ) xII = 1.6 in. + 0.5 in. = 2.1 in. WII = 0.0374 lb/in 3 (π )( 0.5 in.) ( 3.2 in.) = 0.093996 lb 2 2 π xIII = 3.7 in. − 1 in. = 2.7 in., WIII = − 0.0374 lb/in 3 ( 0.12 in.) ( 2 in.) = −0.000846 lb 4 ( ) 2 2 π xIV = 7.3 in. − 2.8 in. = 4.5 in., WIV = 0.284 lb/in 3 ( 0.12 in.) ( 5.6 in.) = 0.017987 lb 4 ( xV = 7.3 in. + 1 π ( 0.4 in.) = 7.4 in., WV = 0.284 lb/in 3 ( 0.06 in.)2 ( 0.4 in.) = 0.000428 lb 4 3 ( I II III IV V Σ Have ) W , lb 0.009791 0.093996 −0.000846 0.017987 0.000428 0.12136 ) x , in. 0.3125 2.1 2.7 4.5 7.4 xW , in ⋅ lb 0.003060 0.197393 −0.002284 0.080942 0.003169 0.28228 X ΣW = ΣxW : X ( 0.12136 lb ) = 0.28228 in.⋅ lb or X = 2.33 in. W PROBLEM 5.113 A bronze bushing is mounted inside a steel sleeve. Knowing that the density of bronze is 8800 kg/m3 and of steel is 7860 kg/m3 , determine the center of gravity of the assembly. SOLUTION X = Z = 0W First, note that symmetry implies W = ( ρ g )V Now π yI = 4 mm , WI = 7860 kg/m3 9.81 m/s2 0.0362 − 0.0152 m 2 ( 0.008 m ) 4 ( )( ) ( ) = 0.51887 N π yII = 18 mm, WII = 7860 kg/m3 9.81 m/s 2 0.02252 − 0.052 m 2 ( 0.02 m ) 4 ( )( ) ( ) = 0.34065 N π yIII = 14 mm, WIII = 8800 kg/m3 9.81 m/s2 0.152 − 0.102 m 2 ( 0.028 m ) 4 ( )( ) ( ) = 0.23731 N Y ΣW = Σ yW Have Y = ( 4 mm)( 0.5189 N ) + (18 mm)( 0.3406 N ) + (14 mm )( 0.2373 N ) 0.5189 N + 0.3406 N + 0.2373 N or Y = 10.51 mm W ( above base ) PROBLEM 5.114 A marker for a garden path consists of a truncated regular pyramid carved from stone of specific weight 160 lb/ft3. The pyramid is mounted on a steel base of thickness h. Knowing that the specific weight of steel is 490 lb/ft3 and that steel plate is available in 14 in. increments, specify the minimum thickness h for which the center of gravity of the marker is approximately 12 in. above the top of the base. SOLUTION First, locate the center of gravity of the stone. Assume that the stone is homogeneous so that the center of gravity coincides with the centroid of the corresponding volume. Have y1 = 3 ( 56 in.) = 42 in., 4 V1 = 1 (12 in.)(12 in.)( 56 in.) 3 = 2688 in 3 y2 = 3 ( 28 in.) = 21 in., 4 V2 = − 1 ( 6 in.)( 6 in.)( 28 in.) 3 = −366 in 3 Vstone = 2688 in 3 − 366 in 3 Then = 2352 in 3 and Y = = ΣyV ΣV ( 42 in.) ( 2688 in 3 ) + ( 21 in.) ( −366 in 3 ) 2352 in 3 = 45 in. Therefore, the center of gravity of the stone is ( 45 − 28 ) in. = 17 in. above the base. Now ( Wstone = γ stoneVstone = 160 lb/ft 3 )( 1 ft 2352 in 12 in. 3 ) = 217.78 lb Wsteel = γ steelVsteel 1 ft = 490 lb/ft (12 in.)(12 in.) h 12 in. ( 3 ) = ( 40.833h ) 1b 3 3 PROBLEM 5.114 CONTINUED Then Ymarker = = or ΣyW = 12 in. ΣW (17 in.)( 217.78 lb ) + − h in. ( 40.833 h ) lb 2 ( 217.78 + 40.833h ) lb h 2 + 24h − 53.334 = 0 With positive solution h = 2.0476 in. ∴ specify h = 2 in. W PROBLEM 5.115 The ends of the park bench shown are made of concrete, while the seat and back are wooden boards. Each piece of wood is 36 × 120 × 1180 mm. Knowing that the density of concrete is 2320 kg/m3 and of wood is 470 kg/m3 , determine the x and y coordinates of the center of gravity of the bench. SOLUTION First, note that we will account for the two concrete ends by counting twice the weights of components 1, 2, and 3. ( )( ) W1 = ( ρc g )V1 = 2320 kg/m3 9.81 m/s 2 ( 0.480 m )( 0.408 m )( 0.072 m ) = 320.9 N ( )( ) W2 = − ( ρc g )V2 = − 2320 kg/m3 9.81 m/s 2 ( 0.096 m )( 0.048 m )( 0.072 m ) = −7.551 N ( )( ) W3 = ( ρc g )V3 = 2320 kg/m3 9.81 m/s 2 ( 0.096 m )( 0.384 m )( 0.072 m ) = 60.41 N W4 = W5 = W6 = W7 = ρ wVboard ( )( ) = 470 kg/m3 9.81 m/s 2 ( 0.120 m )( 0.036 m )(1.180 m ) = 23.504 N PROBLEM 5.115 CONTINUED W, N x , mm y , mm x W, mm ⋅ N y W, mm ⋅ N 1 2 ( 320.4 ) = 641.83 312 −204 200 251.4 −130 933.6 2 2 ( −7.551) = −15.10 312 −384 −4711.8 5799.1 84 228 360 442 124.7 160.1 192 18 18 18 328.3 139.6 10 148.5 5358.8 8461.3 10 388.5 2930.9 3762.9 236 590 23 196.5 423.1 423.1 423.1 7716.2 3281.1 −89 671 3 4 5 6 7 8 Σ Have 2 ( 60.41) = 120.82 23.504 23.504 23.504 23.504 23.504 865.06 X ΣW = Σ xW : X ( 865.06 N ) = 236 590 mm ⋅ N or X = 274 mm W Y ΣW = Σ yW : Y ( 865.06 N ) = −89 671 mm ⋅ N or Y = −103.6 mm W PROBLEM 5.116 Determine by direct integration the values of x for the two volumes obtained by passing a vertical cutting plane through the given shape of Fig. 5.21. The cutting plane is parallel to the base of the given shape and divides the shape into two volumes of equal height. A hemisphere. SOLUTION Choose as the element of volume a disk of radius r and thickness dx. Then dV = πr 2dx, xEL = x The equation of the generating curve is x 2 + y 2 = a 2 so that r 2 = a 2 − x 2 and then ( ) dV = π a 2 − x 2 dx Component 1 a/2 π 0 V1 = ∫ 2 ) 11 3 πa 24 = and ( a/2 x3 a − x dx = π a 2 x − 3 0 2 a/2 2 2 ∫1 xEL dV = ∫0 x π ( a − x ) dx a/2 x2 x4 = π a 2 − 4 0 2 = Now 7 π a4 64 7 11 x1V1 = ∫1 xEL dV : x1 π a3 = π a4 24 64 or x1 = Component 2 a π a /2 V2 = ∫ ( a x3 a − x dx = π a 2 x − 3 a/2 2 2 ) a3 a = π a 2 ( a ) − − a2 − 3 2 5 = πa 3 24 3 ( a2 ) 3 21 aW 88 PROBLEM 5.116 CONTINUED and a 2 x2 x4 a 2 2 ∫2 xELdV = ∫a/2 x π a − x dx = π a 2 − 4 a/2 ( ) 2 2 4 a ) 2 a2 ( 2 (a) =π a − − a − 2 4 2 9 = π a4 64 ( ) Now 4 ( a2 ) 4 9 5 x2V2 = ∫2 xEL dV : x2 π a3 = π a4 24 64 or x2 = 27 aW 40 PROBLEM 5.117 Determine by direct integration the values of x for the two volumes obtained by passing a vertical cutting plane through the given shape of Fig. 5.21. The cutting plane is parallel to the base of the given shape and divides the shape into two volumes of equal height. A semiellipsoid of revolution. SOLUTION Choose as the element of volume a disk of radius r and thickness dx. Then dV = πr 2dx, xEL = x The equation of the generating curve is r2 = ( x2 y2 + = 1 so that h2 a 2 ) a2 2 h − x 2 and then h2 dV = π ( ) a2 2 h − x 2 dx h2 Component 1 h/2 π 0 V1 = ∫ = and h/2 a2 2 a2 2 x3 2 − = − π h x dx h x 3 0 h2 h2 ( ) 11 2 πa h 24 a2 h/2 2 2 ∫1 xEL dV = ∫0 x π h 2 ( h − x ) dx a2 =π 2 h h/2 2 x2 x4 − h 4 0 2 7 π a 2h 2 64 7 11 x1V1 = ∫1 xEL dV : x1 π a 2h = π a 2h 2 24 64 = Now or x1 = 21 hW 88 PROBLEM 5.117 CONTINUED Component 2 h V2 = ∫h/2 π ( ) a2 2 a2 h − x 2 dx = π 2 2 h h h 2 x3 h x − 3 h/2 () 3 3 h h) 2 h a 2 2 ( 2 − h − = π 2 h ( h ) − 3 2 3 h 5 = πa 2 h 24 and a2 h 2 2 ∫2 xELdV = ∫h/2 x π h2 ( h − x ) dx =π a2 h2 h 2 x2 x4 − h 4 h/2 2 2 2 4 h ) 2 h2 ( a2 2 ( h ) − h = π 2 h − − 2 4 2 h 9 = π a 2h 2 64 ( ) Now 4 ( h2 ) 4 9 5 x2V2 = ∫2 xEL dV : x2 π a 2h = π a 2h 2 24 64 or x2 = 27 hW 40 PROBLEM 5.118 Determine by direct integration the values of x for the two volumes obtained by passing a vertical cutting plane through the given shape of Fig. 5.21. The cutting plane is parallel to the base of the given shape and divides the shape into two volumes of equal height. A paraboloid of revolution. SOLUTION Choose as the element of volume a disk of radius r and thickness dx. Then dV = πr 2dx, xEL = x The equation of the generating curve is x = h − r2 = h 2 y so that a2 a2 ( h − x ) and then h dV = π a2 ( h − x ) dx h V1 = ∫0 π a2 ( h − x ) dx h Component 1 h/2 =π = and a2 h h/2 x2 hx − 2 0 3 2 πa h 8 2 h/2 a = x dV x π ∫1 EL ∫0 h ( h − x ) dx h/2 a 2 x 2 x3 =π − h 3 0 h 2 = Now 1 π a 2h 2 12 1 3 x1V1 = ∫1 xEL dV : x1 π a 2h = π a 2h 2 8 12 or x1 = 2 hW 9 PROBLEM 5.118 CONTINUED Component 2 h V2 = ∫h/2 π h a2 =π h = a2 a2 x2 ( h − x ) dx = π hx − 2 h/2 h h 2 h) h ( − h − h ( h) − 2 2 2 ( h2 ) 2 1 2 πa h 8 h and a2 a 2 x 2 x3 h ∫2 xELdV = ∫h/2 x π h ( h − x ) dx = π h h 2 − 3 h/2 2 2 3 h ) h2 ( a2 ( h ) =π − − h − h 3 2 h 2 1 = π a 2h 2 12 ( ) Now 3 ( h2 ) 3 1 1 x2V2 = ∫2 xEL dV : x2 π a 2h = π a 2h2 8 12 or x2 = 2 hW 3 PROBLEM 5.119 Locate the centroid of the volume obtained by rotating the shaded area about the x axis. SOLUTION y = 0W First note that symmetry implies z = 0W Choose as the element of volume a disk of radius r and thickness dx. Then dV = πr 2dx, xEL = x x2 Now r = b1 − 2 so that a 2 2 x2 dV = πb 1 − 2 dx a 2 Then x2 2x2 x4 a a V = ∫0 π b 2 1 − 2 dx = ∫0 π b 2 1 − 2 + 4 dx a a a a 2 x5 2 x3 = π b x − 2 + 4 3a 5a 0 2 1 = π ab 2 1 − + 3 5 8 = π ab 2 15 and 2x2 x4 a 2 x dV π b x 1 = − + 4 dx ∫ EL ∫0 a2 a 2 x2 2x4 x6 = π b − 2 + 4 4a 6a 2 1 1 1 = π a 2b 2 − + 2 2 6 = 1 2 2 πa b 6 a 0 PROBLEM 5.119 CONTINUED Then 1 8 xV = ∫ xEL dV : x π ab 2 = π a 2b 2 15 16 or x = 15 aW 6 PROBLEM 5.120 Locate the centroid of the volume obtained by rotating the shaded area about the x axis. SOLUTION y = 0W First, note that symmetry implies z = 0W Choose as the element of volume a disk of radius r and thickness dx. Then dV = πr 2dx, xEL = x Now r = 1 − 1 so that x 2 1 dV = π 1 − dx x 2 1 = π 1 − + 2 dx x x 3 Then 2 1 1 3 V = ∫1 π 1 − + 2 dx = π x − 2 ln x − x x x 1 1 1 = π 3 − 2 ln3 − − 1 − 2 ln 1 − 3 1 = ( 0.46944π ) m3 and 3 x2 2 1 1 dx π − + = − 2 x + ln x 2 x x 2 1 3 x π 1 ∫ x ELdV = ∫ 32 13 = π − 2 ( 3) + ln 3 − − 2 (1) + ln1 2 2 = (1.09861π ) m Now ( ) xV = ∫ x EL dV : X 0.46944π m3 = 1.09861π m 4 or x = 2.34 m W PROBLEM 5.121 Locate the centroid of the volume obtained by rotating the shaded area about the line x = h. SOLUTION x = hW First, note that symmetry implies z = 0W Choose as the element of volume a disk of radius r and thickness dx. Then dV = πr 2dy, yEL = y Now x 2 = Then and Let Then ( ) h2 2 h 2 a − y 2 so that r = h − a − y2 2 a a 2 h2 dV = π 2 a − a 2 − y 2 dy a ) ( V = ∫0 π a ( h2 a − a2 − y2 2 a ) dy 2 y = a sin θ ⇒ dy = a cos θ d θ V =π =π ( h 2 π /2 2 2 2 ∫ a − a − a sin θ a2 0 ) a cosθ dθ 2 ( ) h 2 π /2 2 2 2 2 ∫ a − 2a ( a cosθ ) + a − a sin θ a cosθ dθ a2 0 π /2 = π ah 2 ∫0 ( 2 cosθ − 2 cos θ − sin θ cosθ ) dθ 2 2 π /2 θ sin 2θ 1 3 = π ah 2 2sin θ − 2 + − sin θ 4 3 2 0 = π ah 2 2 − π 1 2 2 − 2 3 = 0.095870π ah 2 PROBLEM 5.121 CONTINUED and h2 ( 2 ) ( =π h2 a 2a 2 y − 2ay a 2 − y 2 − y 3 dy 2 ∫0 a =π h2 a2 =π h2 2 1 2 2 a ( a ) − a4 − a a2 2 4 3 a = Now ) a 2 2 ∫ y ELdV = ∫0 y π a 2 a − a − y dy ( 2 2 2 2 2 a y + 3 a a − y ) 3/2 a − 1 4 y 4 0 3/2 ( ) 1 π a 2h 2 12 ( ) yV = ∫ y EL dV : y 0.095870π ah 2 = 1 π a 2h 2 12 or y = 0.869a W PROBLEM 5.122 Locate the centroid of the volume generated by revolving the portion of the sine curve shown about the x axis. SOLUTION y = 0W z = 0W Choose as the element of volume a disk of radius r and thickness dx. Then First, note that symmetry implies dV = πr 2dx, xEL = x πx Now r = b sin so that dV = πb 2 sin 2 Then 2a πx 2a dx V = ∫a π b 2 sin 2 2a πx 2a dx 2a x sin π2ax = πb − 2 πa 2 a 2 ( ) ( a2 ) = π b 2 22a − 1 = π ab 2 2 and πx 2a 2 2 ∫ x ELdV = ∫a x π b sin 2a dx Use integration by parts with u = x du = dx dV = sin 2 V = x − 2 πx 2a sin π x 2π a a PROBLEM 5.122 CONTINUED Then x sin πax = − 2π π x dV b x ∫ EL 2 a 2 2a sin π x 2a x − ∫a − 2π a a a 2 dx 2a π x a2 2a a 1 = π b 2 2a − a − x 2 + cos a a 2π 2 2 2 4 3 1 1 a2 a 2 2 2 = π b 2 a 2 − ( 2a ) + − + a ( ) 2π 2 4 2π 2 2 4 1 3 = π a 2b 2 − 2 4 π Now = 0.64868π a 2b 2 1 xV = ∫ x EL dV : x π ab 2 = 0.64868π a 2b 2 2 or x = 1.297a W PROBLEM 5.123 Locate the centroid of the volume generated by revolving the portion of the sine curve shown about the y axis. (Hint: Use a thin cylindrical shell of radius r and thickness dr as the element of volume.) SOLUTION x = 0W First note that symmetry implies z = 0W Choose as the element of volume a cylindrical shell of radius r and thickness dr. 1 dV = ( 2πr )( y )( dr ) , yEL = y Then 2 Now so that Then y = b sin πr 2a dV = 2πbr sin 2a V = ∫a 2πbr sin πr 2a πr 2a dr dr Use integration by parts with u =r dv = sin du = dr Then v=− 2a π πr 2a cos dr πr 2a 2a 2a πr πr 2a 2a V = 2πb ( r ) − cos − ∫a cos dr π π 2a a 2a 2a 2a 4a 2 πr ( 2a ) ( −1) + 2 sin = 2πb − 2a a π π 2 2 4a 4a V = 2πb − 2 π π 1 = 8a 2b 1 − π = 5.4535 a 2b Also πr πr 2a ∫ y ELdV = ∫a 12 b sin 2a 2πbr sin 2a dr 2a = πb 2 ∫a r sin 2 πr dr 2a PROBLEM 5.123 CONTINUED Use integration by parts with u =r dv = sin 2 du = dr Then v= r − 2 r sin πar ∫ y EL dV = π b ( r ) 2 − 2π a 2 πr dr 2a sin πar 2π a 2a sin π r 2a r − ∫a − 2π a a a 2 dr 2a π r a2 2a a r 2 = π b 2 ( 2a ) − ( a ) − + cos a a 2π 2 2 2 4 3 ( 2a ) 2 ( a )2 + a 2 a2 = π b2 a2 − + − 4 2π 2 2π 2 4 2 1 3 = π a 2b 2 − 2 4 π = 2.0379a 2b 2 Now ( ) yV = ∫ y EL dV : y 5.4535a 2b = 2.0379a 2b2 or y = 0.374b W PROBLEM 5.124 Show that for a regular pyramid of height h and n sides ( n = 3, 4, … ) the centroid of the volume of the pyramid is located at a distance h / 4 above the base. SOLUTION Choose as the element of a horizontal slice of thickness dy. For any number N of sides, the area of the base of the pyramid is given by Abase = kb 2 where k = k ( N ) ; see note below. Using similar triangles, have or Then and s h−y = b h b s = (h − y) h b2 2 dV = Aslicedy = ks 2dy = k 2 ( h − y ) dy h h V = ∫0 k h 3 1 − 3 ( h − y ) 0 1 2 kb h 3 = Also b2 b2 2 − = h y dy k ( ) h2 h2 yEL = y 2 b2 h h b 2 so then ∫ y EL dV = ∫0 y k 2 ( h − y ) dy = k 2 ∫0 h 2 y − 2hy 2 + y 3 dy h h ( ) h =k Now b2 1 2 2 2 3 1 4 1 2 2 h y − hy + y = kb h 2 3 4 0 12 h 2 1 2 2 1 yV = ∫ y EL dV : y kb 2h = kb h 3 12 or y = Note 1 Abase = N × b × 2 = N b2 4 tan Nπ = k ( N ) b2 b 2 tan Nπ 1 h Q.E.D. W 4 PROBLEM 5.125 Determine by direct integration the location of the centroid of one-half of a thin, uniform hemispherical shell of radius R. SOLUTION x = 0W First note that symmetry implies The element of area dA of the shell shown is obtained by cutting the shell with two planes parallel to the xy plane. Now dA = (π r )( Rdθ ) yEL = − 2r π r = R sin θ dA = π R 2 sin θ dθ where so that yEL = − 2R π sin θ π π A = ∫02 π R 2 sin θ dθ = π R 2 [ − cosθ ]02 Then = π R2 and 2 ∫ y ELdA = ∫02 − π sin θ (π R sin θ dθ ) π 2R π 3 θ sin 2θ 2 = −2 R − 4 0 2 =− Now π 2 R3 ( ) yA = ∫ y EL dA: y π R 2 = − π 2 R3 1 or y = − R W 2 Symmetry implies z = y∴ z =− 1 RW 2 PROBLEM 5.126 The sides and the base of a punch bowl are of uniform thickness t. If t << R and R = 350 mm, determine the location of the center of gravity of (a) the bowl, (b) the punch. SOLUTION (a) Bowl First note that symmetry implies x = 0W z = 0W for the coordinate axes shown below. Now assume that the bowl may be treated as a shell; the center of gravity of the bowl will coincide with the centroid of the shell. For the walls of the bowl, an element of area is obtained by rotating the arc ds about the y axis. Then dAwall = ( 2π R sin θ )( Rdθ ) and ( yEL ) wall = − R cos θ Then and π /2 π /2 Awall = ∫π /6 2π R 2 sin θ dθ = 2π R 2 [ − cosθ ]π /6 = π 3R 2 ywall Awall = ∫ ( yEL )wall dA π /2 ( = ∫π /6 ( − R cosθ ) 2π R 2 sin θ dθ = π R3 cos 2 θ ) π /2 π /6 3 = − π R3 4 By observation Now or or Abase = π 4 R2, ybase = − 3 R 2 y ΣA = ΣyA π 3 π 3 y π 3R 2 + R 2 = − π R3 + R 2 − R 4 4 4 2 y = −0.48763R R = 350 mm ∴ y = −170.7 mm W (b) Punch First note that symmetry implies x = 0W z = 0W and that because the punch is homogeneous, its center of gravity will coincide with the centroid of the corresponding volume. Choose as the element of volume a disk of radius x and thickness dy. Then dV = π x 2dy, yEL = y PROBLEM 5.126 CONTINUED Now Then x2 + y 2 = R2 0 π − 3/2 R V =∫ ( ( ) dV = π R 2 − y 2 dy so that ) 0 1 R 2 − y 2 dy = π R 2 y − y 3 3 − 3/2 R 3 3 1 3 3 R − − R = −π R 2 − = π 3R3 2 3 2 8 and 0 ∫ yEL dV = ∫− ( 0 ) 1 1 y π R 2 − y 2 dy = π R 2 y 2 − y 4 3/2 R ( ) 2 4 − 3/2 R 2 4 1 2 3 1 3 15 R − R − − R = − π R4 = −π 2 2 4 2 64 Now or 15 3 yV = ∫ yEL dV : y π 3 R3 = − π R 4 8 64 y =− 5 8 3 R R = 350 mm ∴ y = −126.3 mm W PROBLEM 5.127 After grading a lot, a builder places four stakes to designate the corners of the slab for a house. To provide a firm, level base for the slab, the builder places a minimum of 60 mm of gravel beneath the slab. Determine the volume of gravel needed and the x coordinate of the centroid of the volume of the gravel. (Hint: The bottom of the gravel is an oblique plane, which can be represented by the equation y = a + bx + cz.) SOLUTION First, determine the constants a, b, and c. At x = 0, z = 0 : y = −60 mm ∴ −60 mm = a; a = −60 mm At x = 7200 mm, z = 0 : y = −100 mm ∴ − 100 mm = −60 + b ( 7200) 1 180 x = 0 , z = 12 000 mm: y = −120 mm b=− At ∴ − 120 mm = −60 mm + c (12000 ) c=− 1 200 It follows that y = −60 − 1 1 x− z where all dimensions 180 120 are in mm. Choose as the element of volume a filament of base dx × dz and height | y |. Then dV = y dxdz, xEL = x dV = −60 − or Then 12000 7200 60 0 V = ∫0 ∫ + 1 1 x− z dxdz 180 200 1 1 x+ z dxdz 180 200 7200 12000 = ∫0 1 2 1 60 x + 360 x + 200 xz 0 12000 0 =∫ ( 60 )( 7200 ) 2 7200 ) ( + 360 + dz ( 7200 ) z dz 200 12000 36 2 = 576000 z + z 2 0 = 9.504 × 109 mm3 = 9.50 m3 V = 9.50 m3 W PROBLEM 5.127 CONTINUED and 12000 7200 ∫ x ELdV = ∫0 ∫0 x 60 + 180 x + 200 z dxdz 1 12000 60 = ∫0 12000 = ∫0 2 1 7200 x2 + 1 3 1 2 x + x z 540 400 0 ( 2246.4 × 10 6 dz ) + 129 600 z dz 12000 129 600 2 = 2246.4 × 106 z − z 2 0 = 2.695 × 1013 + 0.933 × 1013 = 3.63 × 1013 mm 4 = 36.3 m 4 Now ( ) xV = ∫ x EL dV : x 9.50 m3 = 36.3 m 4 or x = 3.82 m W PROBLEM 5.128 Determine by direct integration the location of the centroid of the volume between the xz plane and the portion shown of the surface 16h ax − x 2 bz − z 2 y = . a 2b 2 ( )( ) SOLUTION a 2 b z = 2 x = First note that symmetry implies Choose as the element of volume a filament of base dx × dz and height y. Then dV = ydxdz, yEL = ( dV = Then V = ∫0 ∫0 b a = and )( ) 16h ax − x 2 bz − z 2 dxdz a 2b 2 or V = 1 y 2 ( )( ) 16h ax − x 2 bz − z 2 dxdz 2 2 ab ( ) a 16h b 1 a bz − z 2 x 2 − x3 dz 2 2 ∫0 3 0 ab z b ( ) 16h a 2 1 3 b 1 8ah b 2 1 3 4 a − ( a ) z 2 − z 3 = 2 ( b ) − ( b ) = abh 2 2 3 3 0 3b 2 3 a b 2 2 9 b a 2 2 2 2 ∫ yELdV = ∫0 ∫0 2 a 2b2 ( ax − x )( bz − z ) a 2b2 ( ax − x )( bz − z ) dxdz 1 16h 16h ( 2 )( ) = 128h b a 2 2 a x − 2ax3 + x 4 b2 z 2 − 2bz 3 + z 4 dxdz 4 4 ∫0 ∫0 ab = 2 128h 2 b 2 2 a 4 1 5 3 4 a 3 − + − 2 b z bz z x x + x dz ∫ 2 5 0 a 2b 4 0 3 = 128h 2 a 4b 4 = b 64ah 2 b3 1 32 abh 2 ( b )3 − ( b )4 + ( b )5 = 4 2 5 225 15b 3 ( ) a b a2 1 5 b2 3 b 4 1 5 a 3 4 (a) − (a) + (a) Z − Z + Z Z 5 0 2 5 3 3 PROBLEM 5.128 CONTINUED Now 32 4 yV = ∫ y EL dV : y abh = abh 2 9 225 or y = 8 h 25 PROBLEM 5.129 Locate the centroid of the section shown, which was cut from a circular cylinder by an inclined plane. SOLUTION x =0 First note that symmetry implies Choose as the element of volume a vertical slice of width 2x, thickness dz, and height y. Then 1 dV = 2 xy dz, yEL = y, z EL = z 2 h h h z y = − z = 1 − x = a2 − z 2 and Now 2 2a 2 a z dV = h a 2 − z 2 1 − dz a So Then a h 0 V =∫ = = z 1 z 1 2 a − z 1 − dz = h z a 2 − z 2 + a 2 sin −1 + a − z2 a 3a a 2 2 2 1 2 −1 a h sin (1) − sin −1 ( −1) 2 π 2 a 2h ( ) 3/2 a − a PROBLEM 5.129 CONTINUED h z a 1 2 2 ∫ yEL dV = ∫−a 2 × 2 1 − a h a − z 1 − Then z dz a = h2 a z z2 a 2 − z 2 1 − 2 + 2 dz ∫ −a 4 a a = 2 2 h 2 1 2 2 2 −1 z a − z2 z a − z + a sin + 4 2 a 3a ( 1 + 2 a = z 2 2 − a − z 4 ( ) ) 3 2 a 3 2 a2z 2 a4 z a − z2 + sin −1 + 8 8 a −a 5h 2a 2 −1 sin (1) − sin −1 ( −1) 32 π a 2 5h 2a 2 yV = ∫ yEL dV : y h = (π ) 32 2 Then or y = and 5 h 16 z a 2 2 ∫ zELdV = ∫−a z h a − z 1 − a dz 1 = h − a 2 − z 2 3 ( =− ) 3 2 1 z − − a 2 − z 2 a 4 ( ) 3 2 a2 z 2 a4 z a − z2 + sin −1 + 8 8 a a −a a3h −1 sin (1) − sin −1 ( −1) 8 π a 2h π a3h zV = ∫ z EL dV : z = − 8 2 or z = − a 4 PROBLEM 5.130 Locate the centroid of the plane area shown. SOLUTION A, in 2 x , in. y , in. xA, in 3 yA, in 3 1 14 × 20 = 280 7 10 1960 2800 2 −π ( 4 ) = −16π 6 12 −301.59 −603.19 Σ 229.73 1658.41 2196.8 2 X Σ A = ΣxA Then ( ) X 229.73 in 2 = 1658.41 in 3 or X = 7.22 in. Y Σ A = ΣyA and ( ) Y 229.73 in 2 = 2196.8 in 3 or Y = 9.56 in. PROBLEM 5.131 For the area shown, determine the ratio a/b for which x = y. SOLUTION A 1 2 Σ Then 2 ab 3 1 − ab 2 1 ab 6 x 3 a 8 1 a 3 y xA yA 3 b 5 2 b 3 2 ab 4 a 2b − 6 2ab 2 5 ab 2 − 3 a 2b 12 ab 2 15 X Σ A = ΣxA 1 a 2b X ab = 6 12 or or Now 1 a 2 Y Σ A = ΣyA X = 1 ab 2 Y ab = 6 15 2 Y = b 5 1 2 X =Y ⇒ a= b 2 5 or a 4 = b 5 PROBLEM 5.132 Locate the centroid of the plane area shown. SOLUTION Dimensions in mm 1 2 3 Σ A, mm 2 x , mm y , mm xA, mm3 yA, mm3 126 × 54 = 6804 1 × 126 × 30 = 1890 2 1 × 72 × = 1728 2 10 422 9 27 61 236 183 708 30 64 56 700 120 960 48 −16 82 944 −27 648 200 880 277 020 X ΣA = Σ xA Then ( ) X 10 422 m 2 = 200 880 mm 2 or X = 19.27 mm W Y Σ A = Σ yA and ( ) Y 10 422 m 2 = 270 020 mm3 or Y = 26.6 mm W PROBLEM 5.133 Determine by direct integration the centroid of the area shown. Express your answer in terms of a and h. SOLUTION By observation h x+h a x = h 1 − a y1 = − For y2: At x = 0, y = h: h = k (1 − 0) At ( x = a, y = 0: 0 = h 1 − ca 2 1 a2 yEL x x2 = h − 2 dx a a 1 h x x2 = ( y1 − y2 ) = 1 − + 1 − 2 2 2 a a = h x x2 − − 2 a a 2 2 a a h 0 A = ∫ dA = ∫ = and C = x2 x dA = ( y2 − y1 ) dx = h 1 − 2 − 1 − dx a a Now Then or x2 y2 = h 1 − 2 a Then xEL = x ) k =h or 1 ah 6 a x h 0 ∫ x ELdA = ∫ = x2 x x2 x3 − 2 dx = h − 2 a a 2a 3a 0 a x 3 x x2 x4 − 2 dx = h − 2 a a 3a 4a 0 1 2 a h 12 PROBLEM 5.133 CONTINUED a ∫ y EL dA = ∫0 = h x x2 x x2 − − − dx 2 h a a 2 a a 2 2 h2 a x x2 x4 2 − 3 2 + 4 dx ∫ 0 2 a a a a h2 x2 x3 x5 1 2 = − + = ah 2 4 2 a a 5a 0 10 1 2 1 xA = ∫ x EL dA: x ah = a h 6 12 x = 1 aW 2 1 2 1 yA = ∫ y EL dA: y ah = a h 6 10 y = 3 hW 5 PROBLEM 5.134 Member ABCDE is a component of a mobile and is formed from a single piece of aluminum tubing. Knowing that the member is supported at C and that l = 2 m, determine the distance d so that portion BCD of the member is horizontal. SOLUTION First note that for equilibrium, the center of gravity of the component must lie on a vertical line through C. Further, because the tubing is uniform, the center of gravity of the component will coincide with the centroid of the corresponding line. Thus, X = 0 So that Then Σ xL = 0 0.75 − d − cos 55° m × ( 0.75 m ) 2 + ( 0.75 − d ) m × (1.5 m ) 1 + (1.5 − d ) m − × 2 m × cos 55° × ( 2 m ) = 0 2 or ( 0.75 + 1.5 + 2 ) d 2 1 = ( 0.75 ) − 2 cos 55° + ( 0.75 )(1.5 ) + 3 2 or d = 0.739 m W PROBLEM 5.135 A cylindrical hole is drilled through the center of a steel ball bearing shown here in cross section. Denoting the length of the hole by L, show that the volume of the steel remaining is equal to the volume of a sphere of diameter L. SOLUTION Calculate volumes by rotating cross sections about a line and using Theorem II of Pappus-Guldinus y AA = For the sector: 2R sin α 3α A = α R2 2 For the triangle: h= A= = 1 L R2 − = 4R 2 − L2 2 2 y AA = 2 1 h= 4R 2 − L2 , 3 3 1 ( L )( h ) 2 1 L 4R 2 − L2 4 Using Theorem II of Pappus-Guldinus Vball = 2π ( y AA )1 A1 − 2π ( y AA )2 A2 2 R sin α 1 1 α R 2 − 4R 2 − L2 L 4R 2 − L2 = 2π 3 α 3 4 ( ) ( ) L 2 4 R 2 − L2 = 2π R3 sin α − 12 3 Now Then R sin α = L 2 2 L 1 1 3 V = 2π R 2 − LR 2 + L 3 12 3 2 = Note Vsphere = L If r = , then 2 Therefore, π 6 L3 4 πr where r is the radius 3 3 Vsphere 4 L π = π = L3 3 2 6 Vball = Vsphere = π 6 L3 Q.E.D. PROBLEM 5.136 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the magnitude and location of the resultant of the distributed load, (b) the reactions at the beam supports. SOLUTION (a) Have RI = ( 4 m )( 200 N/m ) = 800 N 2 ( 4 m )( 600 N/m ) = 1600 N 3 ΣFy : −R = − RI − RII RII = Then or and or R = 800 + 1600 = 2400 N ΣM A: − X ( 2400 ) = −2 ( 800 ) − 2.5 (1600 ) X = 7 m 3 ∴ R = 2400 N , X = 2.33 m (b) Reactions ΣFx = 0: Ax = 0 7 ΣM A = 0: ( 4 m ) By − m ( 2400 N ) = 0 3 or By = 1400 N ΣFy = 0: Ay + 1400 N − 2400 N = 0 or Ay = 1000 N ∴ A = 1000 N , B = 1400 N PROBLEM 5.137 Determine the reactions at the beam supports for the given loading. SOLUTION Have RI = 1 ( 3 ft )( 480 lb/ft ) = 720 lb 2 RII = 1 ( 6 ft )( 600 lb/ft ) = 1800 lb 2 RIII = ( 2 ft )( 600 lb/ft ) = 1200 lb ΣFx = 0: Bx = 0 Then ΣM B = 0: ( 2 ft )( 720 lb ) − ( 4 ft )(1800 lb ) + ( 6 ft ) Cy − ( 7 ft )(1200 lb ) = 0 or C y = 2360 1b C = 2360 lb ΣFy = 0: − 720 lb + By − 1800 lb + 2360 lb − 1200 lb = 0 or By = 1360 lb B = 1360 lb PROBLEM 5.138 Locate the center of gravity of the sheet-metal form shown. SOLUTION First, assume that the sheet metal is homogeneous so that the center of gravity of the form will coincide with the centroid of the corresponding area. yI = − 1 (1.2) = −0.4 m 3 1 (3.6) = 1.2 m 3 4 (1.8) 2.4 m =− =− 3π π zI = xIII A, m 2 I II III Σ Have 1 ( 3.6) (1.2) = 2.16 2 (3.6)(1.7) = 6.12 π 2 (1.8) 2 = 5.0894 x, m y, m z, m xA, m3 yA, m3 zA, m3 1.5 −0.4 1.2 3.24 −0.864 2.592 0.75 0.4 1.8 4.59 2.448 11.016 0.8 1.8 −3.888 4.0715 9.1609 3.942 5.6555 22.769 − 2.4 π 13.3694 ( ) X ΣV = ΣxV : X 13.3694 m 2 = 3.942 m3 ( ) or X = 0.295 m Y ΣV = ΣyV : Y 13.3694 m 2 = 5.6555 m3 or Y = 0.423 m ( ) Z ΣV = Σ zV : Z 13.3694 m 2 = 22.769 m3 or Z = 1.703 m PROBLEM 5.139 The composite body shown is formed by removing a semiellipsoid of revolution of semimajor axis h and semiminor axis a2 from a hemisphere of radius a. Determine (a) the y coordinate of the centroid when h = a/2, (b) the ratio h/a for which y = −0.4a. SOLUTION V y yV Hemisphere 2 3 πa 3 3 − a 8 1 − πa 4 4 2 Semiellipsoid 2 a 1 − π h = − πa 2 h 3 2 6 3 − h 8 ΣV = Then π 6 a 2 ( 4a − h ) ΣyV = − π 16 + ( 1 πa 2 h 2 16 a 2 4a 2 − h 2 ) Y ΣV = Σ yV Now so that π π Y a 2 ( 4a − h ) = − a 2 4a 2 − h 2 16 6 or 2 h 3 h Y 4 − = − a 4 − a a 8 ( (a) Y = ? when h = Substituting ) (1) a 2 h 1 = into Eq. (1) a 2 2 1 3 1 Y 4 − = − a 4 − 2 8 2 or Y =− 45 a 112 Y = −0.402a PROBLEM 5.139 CONTINUED (b) h = ? when Y = −0.4a a Substituting into Eq. (1) ( −0.4a ) 4 − 2 h 3 h a 4 = − − a 8 a 2 or Then h h 3 − 3.2 + 0.8 = 0 a a 2 h 3.2 ± ( −3.2 ) − 4 ( 3)( 0.8 ) = a 2 ( 3) = 3.2 ± 0.8 6 or h 2 h 2 = and = a 5 a 3 PROBLEM 5.140 A thin steel wire of uniform cross section is bent into the shape shown. Locate its center of gravity. SOLUTION First assume that the wire is homogeneous so that its center of gravity will coincide with the centroid of the corresponding line. x1 = 0.3sin 60° = 0.15 3 m z1 = 0.3cos 60° = 0.15 m 0.6sin 30° x2 = sin 30° π 6 0.9 = m π 0.6sin 30° z2 = cos 30° π 6 0.9 = 3m π π L2 = ( 0.6 ) = ( 0.2π ) m 3 Have L, m x, m y, m z, m xL, m 2 yL, m 2 zL, m 2 1 1.0 0.15 3 0.4 0.15 0.25981 0.4 0.15 2 0.2π 0.9 π 0 π 0.18 0 0.31177 3 4 ∑ 0.8 0.6 3.0283 0 0 0.4 0.8 0.6 0.3 0 0 0.43981 0.32 0.48 1.20 0.48 0.18 1.12177 0.9 3 X Σ L = Σ x L: X ( 3.0283 m ) = 0.43981 m 2 Y Σ L = Σ yL: Y ( 3.0283 m ) = 1.20 m 2 Z Σ L = Σ z L: Z ( 3.0283 m ) = 1.12177 m 2 or X = 0.1452 m or Y = 0.396 m or Z = 0.370 m PROBLEM 5.141 Locate the centroid of the volume obtained by rotating the shaded area about the x axis. SOLUTION y =0 First note that symmetry implies and z = 0 y = k ( X − h) Have x = 0, y = a: a = k ( −h ) At k = or 2 2 a h2 Choose as the element of volume a disk of radius r and thickness dx. Then dV = π r 2dx, X EL = x a 2 r = 2 ( x − h) h Now dV = π so that Then V = ∫0 π h = and a2 ( x − h)4 dx h4 h a2 π a2 4 5 − = x h dx x − h ) ( ) ( 4 4 0 5h h 1 2 πa h 5 a2 4 h ∫ x EL dV = ∫0 x π h 4 ( x − h ) dx ( ) =π a2 h 5 x − 4hx 4 + 6h 2 x3 − 4h3 x 2 + h 4 x dx 4 ∫0 h =π a2 1 6 4 5 3 2 4 4 3 3 1 4 2 x − hx + h x − h x + h x 5 2 3 2 h 4 6 0 h = Now 1 π a 2h 2 30 π π 2 2 xV = ∫ x EL dV : x a 2h = a h 5 30 or x = 1 h 6 PROBLEM 6.1 Using the method of joints, determine the force in each member of the truss shown. State whether each member is in tension or compression. SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣM B = 0: ( 6.25 m ) C y − ( 4 m )( 315 N ) = 0 ΣFy = 0: By − 315 N + C y = 0 ΣFx = 0: C y = 240 N B y = 75 N Bx = 0 Joint FBDs: Joint B: FAB F 75 N = BC = 5 4 3 N Joint C: FBC = 100.0 N T W By inspection: N FAB = 125.0 N C W FAC = 260 N C W PROBLEM 6.2 Using the method of joints, determine the force in each member of the truss shown. State whether each member is in tension or compression. SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣM A = 0: (14 ft ) Cx − ( 7.5 ft )( 5.6 kips ) = 0 ΣFx = 0: − Ax + Cx = 0 ΣFy = 0: Ay − 5.6 kips = 0 C x = 3 kips A x = 3 kips A y = 5.6 kips Joint FBDs: Joint C: FBC F 3 kips = AC = 5 4 3 FBC = 5.00 kips C W FAC = 4.00 kips T W Joint A: FAB 1.6 kips = 8.5 4 FAB = 3.40 kips T W PROBLEM 6.3 Using the method of joints, determine the force in each member of the truss shown. State whether each member is in tension or compression. SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣM B = 0: ( 6 ft )( 6 kips ) − ( 9 ft ) C y = 0 ΣFy = 0: By − 6 kips − C y = 0 C y = 4 kips B y = 10 kips ΣFx = 0: C x = 0 Joint FBDs: Joint C: FAC F 4 kips = BC = 17 15 8 FAC = 8.50 kips T W FBC = 7.50 kips C W Joint B: By inspection: FAB 10 kips = 5 4 FAB = 12.50 kips C W PROBLEM 6.4 Using the method of joints, determine the force in each member of the truss shown. State whether each member is in tension or compression. SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣM B = 0: (1.5 m ) C y + ( 2 m )(1.8 kN ) − 3.6 m ( 2.4 kN ) = 0 C y = 3.36 kN ΣFy = 0: By + 3.36 kN − 2.4 kN = 0 B y = 0.96 kN Joint FBDs: Joint D: ΣFy = 0: 2 FAD − 2.4 kN = 0 2.9 ΣFx = 0: FCD − FCD = FAD = 3.48 kN T W 2.1 FAD = 0 2.9 2.1 (3.48 kN) 2.9 FCD = 2.52 kN C W Joint C: By inspection: FAC = 3.36 kN C W FBC = 2.52 kN C W Joint B: ΣFy = 0: 4 FAB − 0.9 kN = 0 5 FAB = 1.200 kN T W PROBLEM 6.5 Using the method of joints, determine the force in each member of the truss shown. State whether each member is in tension or compression. SOLUTION ΣFx = 0 : C x = 0 FBD Truss: By symmetry: C y = D y = 6 kN Joint FBDs: Joint B: ΣFy = 0: − 3 kN + 1 FAB = 0 5 FAB = 3 5 = 6.71 kN T W ΣFx = 0: Joint C: 2 FAB − FBC = 0 5 ΣFy = 0: 6 kN − ΣFx = 0: 6 kN − FBC = 6.00 kN C W 3 FAC = 0 5 FAC = 10.00 kN C W 4 FAC + FCD = 0 5 FCD = 2.00 kN T W Joint A: 1 3 ΣFy = 0: − 2 3 5 kN + 2 10 kN − 6 kN = 0 check 5 5 By symmetry: FAE = FAB = 6.71 kN T W FAD = FAC = 10.00 kN C W FDE = FBC = 6.00 kN C W PROBLEM 6.6 Using the method of joints, determine the force in each member of the truss shown. State whether each member is in tension or compression. SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣM A = 0: ( 25.5 ft ) C y + ( 6 ft )( 3 kips ) − ( 8 ft )( 9.9 kips ) = 0 C y = 2.4 kips ΣFy = 0: Ay + 2.4 kips − 9.9 kips = 0 A y = 7.4 kips ΣFx = 0: − Ax + 3 kips = 0 A x = 3 kips 2.4 kips F F = CD = BC 12 18.5 18.5 Joint FBDs: Joint C: FCD = 3.70 kips T W FBC = 3.70 kips C W or: ΣFx = 0: FBC = FCD ΣFy = 0: 2.4 kips − 2 6 FBC = 0 18.5 same answers Joint D: ΣFx = 0: 3 kips + 17.5 4 ( 3.70 kips ) − FAD = 0 18.5 5 FAD = 8.125 kips ΣFy = 0: FAD = 8.13 kips T W 6 3 ( 3.7 kips ) + (8.125 kips ) − FBD = 0 18.5 5 FBD = 6.075 kips FBD = 6.08 kips C W PROBLEM 6.6 CONTINUED Joint A: ΣFx = 0: −3 kips + FAB = 4.375 kips 4 4 (8.125 kips ) − FAB = 0 5 5 FAB = 4.38 kips C W PROBLEM 6.7 Using the method of joints, determine the force in each member of the truss shown. State whether each member is in tension or compression. SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣFy = 0: Ay − 480 N = 0 A y = 480 N ΣM A = 0: ( 6 m ) Dx = 0 ΣFx = 0: − Ax = 0 Dx = 0 Ax = 0 Joint FBDs: Joint A: 480 N F F = AB = AC 6 2.5 6.5 FAB = 200 N C W FAC = 520 N T W Joint B: 200 N F F = BE = BC 2.5 6 6.5 FBE = 480 N C W FBC = 520 N T W PROBLEM 6.7 CONTINUED Joint C: FCD = FCE = 520 N T W By inspection: ΣFx = 0: Joint D: 2.5 ( 520 N ) − FDE = 0 6.5 FDE = 200 N C W PROBLEM 6.8 Using the method of joints, determine the force in each member of the truss shown. State whether each member is in tension or compression. SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣM E = 0: ( 9 ft ) Fy − ( 6.75 ft )( 4 kips ) − (13.5 ft )( 4 kips ) = 0 Fy = 9 kips ΣFy = 0: − E y + 9 kips = 0 E y = 9 kips ΣFx = 0: − Ex + 4 kips + 4 kips = 0 E x = 8 kips FEC = 9.00 kips T W By inspection of joint E: FEF = 8.00 kips T W FAB = 0 W By inspection of joint B: FBD = 0 W Joint FBDs: Joint F: ΣFx = 0: 4 FCF − 8 kips = 0 5 FCF = 10.00 kips C W 3 (10 kips) = 0 5 FDF = 6.00 kips T W ΣFy = 0: FDF − Joint C: ΣFx = 0: 4 kips − 4 (10 kips ) + FCD = 0 5 FCD = 4.00 kips T W ΣFy = 0: FAC − 9 kips + 3 (10 kips ) = 0 5 FAC = 3.00 kips T W PROBLEM 6.8 CONTINUED Joint A: ΣFx = 0: 4 kips − 4 FAD = 0 5 FAD = 5.00 kips C W PROBLEM 6.9 Determine the force in each member of the Gambrel roof truss shown. State whether each member is in tension or compression. SOLUTION ΣFx = 0: H x = 0 FBD Truss: By symmetry: A = H y = 12 kN FCE = FAC and FBC = 0 W By inspection of joints C and G, FEG = FGH and FFG = 0 W Joint A: ΣFy = 0: 12 kN − 3 kN − ΣFx = 0: FAC − ΣFx = 0: Joint B: ΣFy = 0: 3 FAB = 0 5 4 (15 kN ) = 0 5 FAB = 15.00 kN C W FAC = 12.00 kN T W 4 10 4 FBD − FBE = 0 (15 kN ) − 5 10.44 5 3 3 3 FBD + FBE = 0 (15 kN ) − 6 kN − 5 10.44 5 FBD = 11.93 kN C W Solving yields FBE = 0.714 kN C W ΣFx = 0: by symmetry Joint D: ΣFy = 0: − FDE − 6 kN + 2 FDF = 11.93 kN C W 3 (11.93 kN ) = 0 10.44 FDE = 0.856 kN T W By symmetry: From above FEF = FBE so FEF = 0.714 kN C W FFH = FAB FFH = 15.00 kN C W FGH = FAC FGH = 12.00 kN T W FCE = FAC FCE = 12.00 kN T W FEG = FGH FEG = 12.00 kN T W PROBLEM 6.10 Determine the force in each member of the Howe roof truss shown. State whether each member is in tension or compression. SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣFx = 0: A x = 0 By symmetry: A y = H y = 12 kN FFH = FAB ; FGH = FAC ; FFG = FBC and FDF = FBD ; FEF = FBE ; FEG = FCE 9 kN F F = AC = AB 3 4 5 Joint FBDs: FAC = 12.00 kN T W FAB = 15.00 kN C W so FFH = 15.00 kN C W FGH = 12.00 kN T W By inspection: FBC = 0; FCE = 12 kN Joint C: FBC = 0 = FFG W FCE = 12.00 kN T W FEG = 12.00 kN T W Note: Joint B: α = tan −1 4 3 β = 2 tan −1 so 3 4 so sin α = 0.8 sin β = 0.96 ΣFy 1 = 0: − 6 kN sin α + FBE sin β = 0 FBE = 5.00 kN C W so FEF = 5.00 kN C W ΣFy = 0: − 6 kN − 3 3 3 FBD + FBE + (15 kN ) = 0 5 5 5 PROBLEM 6.10 CONTINUED Joint D: 3 3 3 FBD = ( 5 kN ) + (15 kN ) − 6 kN 5 5 5 FBD = 10.00 kN C W so FDF = 10.00 kN C W 3 ΣFy = 0: −6 kN + 2 10 kN − FDE = 0 5 FDE = 6.00 kN T W PROBLEM 6.11 Determine the force in each member of the Fink roof truss shown. State whether each member is in tension or compression. SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣFx = 0 : A x = 0 By symmetry: A y = G y = 24 kips FFG = FAB ; FEG = FAC ; FEF = FBC also; Joint FBDs: Joint A: FDF = FBD ; FDE = FCD 18 kips F F = AC = AB ; 4 9 97 FAC = 40.5 kips T W FAB = 44.32 kips FAB = 44.3 kips C W so FFG = 44.3 kips C W FEG = 40.5 kips T W ΣFx = 0: Joint B: ΣFy = 0: Solving: 9 3 ( 44.32 kips − FBD ) − FBC = 0 5 97 4 4 ( 44.32 kips − FBD ) + FBC − 12 = 0 5 97 FBC = 11.25 kips C W FBD = 36.9 kips C W so FEF = 11.25 kips C W FDF = 36.9 kips C W PROBLEM 6.11 CONTINUED ΣFy = 0: Joint C: 4 4 (11.25 kips ) − FCD = 0 5 5 FCD = 11.25 kips T W FDE = 11.25 kips T W 3 ΣFx = 0: FCE + 2 (11.25 kips ) − 40.5 kips = 0 5 FCE = 27.0 kips T W PROBLEM 6.12 Determine the force in each member of the fan roof truss shown. State whether each member is in tension or compression. SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣFx = 0 : Ax = 0 By symmetry: A y = I y = 12 kN and FAB = FHI ; FAC = FGI ; FBC = FGH FBD = FFH ; FDC = FFG ; FDE = FEF FCE = FEG Joint FBDs: 10 kN F F = AC = AB 4 9 97 Joint A: FAC = 22.5 kN T W so FGI = 22.5 kN T W FAB = 2.5 97 kN FAB = 24.6 kN C W so FHI = 24.6 kN C W Joint B: ΣFx = 0: 22.5 kN − ΣFy = 0: 10 kN − 4 kN + 9 ( FBD + FBC ) = 0 97 4 ( FBC − FBD ) = 0 97 FBD = 19.70 kN C W Solving: so FFH = 19.70 kN C W and FBC = 4.92 kN C W so FGH = 4.92 kN C W Joint D: By inspection: FDE = 19.70 kN C W so FEF = 19.70 kN C W and FCD = 4.00 kN C W so FFG = 4.00 kN C W PROBLEM 6.12 CONTINUED ΣFx = 0: − 22.5 kN + Joint C: ΣFy = 0: − 4 kN − Solving: 9 3 ( 4.92 kN ) + FCE + FCG = 0 5 97 4 4 ( 4.92 kN ) + FCE = 0 5 97 FCE = 7.50 kN T W so FEG = 7.50 kN T W and FCG = 13.50 kN T W PROBLEM 6.13 Determine the force in each member of the roof truss shown. State whether each member is in tension or compression. SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣM A = 0: (16 ft ) H y − (16 ft )( 200 lb ) − (12 ft )( 300 lb ) − ( 8 ft )( 400 lb ) − ( 4 ft )( 400 lb ) = 0 H y = 725 lb ΣFy = 0: Ay − 200 lb − 400 lb − 400 lb − 300 lb − 200 lb + 725 lb = 0 A y = 775 lb ΣFx = 0 : Ax = 0 Joint FBDs: Joint A: 575 lb F F = AC = AB 1 26 29 FAB = 3096.5 lb; FAB = 3.10 kips C W FAC = 2931.9 lb; FAC = 2.93 kips T W PROBLEM 6.13 CONTINUED Joint C: By inspection: FBC = 0 W FCE = 2.93 kips T W Joint B: ΣFy = 0: 2 ( 3097 lb ) − 400 lb − 29 ΣFx = 0: 2 FBD = 0 29 FBD = 2020.0 lb; FBD = 2.02 kips C W 5 ( 3097 − 2020 ) lb − FBE = 0 FBE = 1000.0 lb; FBE = 1.000 kip C W 29 Joint D: ΣFx = 0: ΣFy = 0: FDE + 2 5 ( 2.02 kips − FDF ) = 0 29 2 ( 2.02 kips ) − 0.4 kips = 0 29 FDF = 2.02 kips C W FDE = 1.100 kips C W Joint H: 525 lb F F = FH = GH 1 29 26 FFH = 2827 lb; FFH = 2.83 kips C W FGH = 2677 lb; FGH = 2.68 kips T W Joint G: By inspection: FEG = 2.68 kips T W FFG = 0 W PROBLEM 6.13 CONTINUED Joint F: ΣFy = 0: 2 ( 2.83 kips − FDF ) − 0.3 kips = 0 29 ΣFx = 0: FEF + 5 ( 2.02 kips − 2.827 kips ) = 0 29 FDF = 2.02 kips FEF = 0.750 kips C W PROBLEM 6.14 Determine the force in each member of the Gambrel roof truss shown. State whether each member is in tension or compression. SOLUTION ΣFx = 0 FBD Truss: By symmetry: Ax = 0 A y = J y = 5 kN FAB = FHJ ; FAC = FIJ ; FBD = FGH FCD = FGI ; FDE = FEG ; FDF = FFG and FBC = FHI FEF = 0 W By inspection of joint F: Joint FBDs: ΣFy = 0: 5 kN − 1 kN − Joint A: 8 FAB = 0 89 FAB = 89 kN 2 FAB = 4.72 kN C W ΣFx = 0: FAC − 5 89 89 kN = 0 2 FAC = 2.50 kN T W so FHJ = 4.72 kN C W FIJ = 2.50 kN T W Joint B: ΣFx = 0: ΣFy = 0: 5 89 kN − FBD − FBC = 0 89 2 8 89 kN − FBD + FBC − 1 kN = 0 89 2 Solving: FBD = 4.127 kN FAB = 0.5896 kN so FBD = 4.13 kN C W and FBC = 0.590 kN C W so FGH = 4.13 kN C W and FHI = 0.590 kN C W PROBLEM 6.14 CONTINUED Joint C: 5 (.59 kN ) − 2.5 kN = 0; 89 ΣFx = 0: FCI + FCI = 2.187 kN FCI = 2.19 kN T W ΣFy = 0: FCD − 8 (.59 kN ) = 0 89 FCD = 0.500 kN T W so FGI = 0.500 kN T W ΣFy = 0: 8 ( 4.127 kN ) − 2.5 kN − 89 5 FDE = 0 281 FDE = 3.352 kN Joint D: so FDE = 3.35 kN C W and FEG = 3.35 kN C W ΣFx = 5 16 ( 4.127 kN ) − ( 3.352 kN ) + FDF = 0 89 281 FDF = 1.012 kN T W FFG = 1.012 kN T W PROBLEM 6.15 Determine the force in each member of the Pratt bridge truss shown. State whether each member is in tension or compression. SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣFx = 0: A x = 0 By symmetry: A y = H y = 9 kN FAB = FFH ; FAC = FGH and FBC = FFG ; FBD = FDF FBE = FEF ; FCE = FEG FDE = 0 W By inspection of joint D: FBDs Joints: ΣFy = 0: 9 kN − 4 FAB = 0 5 FAB = 11.25 kN C W ΣFx = 0: FAC − 3 FAB = 0 5 FAC = 6.75 kN T W ΣFx = 0: FCE − 6.75 kN = 0 FCE = 6.75 kN T W ΣFy = 0: FBC − 6 kN = 0 FBC = 6.00 kN T W ΣFy = 0: 4 4 (11.25 kN ) − 6 kN + FBE = 0 5 5 FBE = 3.75 kN C W ΣFx = 0: FBD − 3 3 (11.25 kN ) − ( 3.75 kN ) = 0 5 5 FBD = 9.00 kN T W From symmetry conditions above FFH = 11.25 kN C W FGH = 6.75 kN T W FEG = 6.75 kN T W FFG = 6.00 kN T W FEF = 3.75 kN C W FDF = 9.00 kN T W PROBLEM 6.16 Determine the force in each member of the Pratt bridge truss shown. State whether each member is in tension or compression. Assume that the load at G has been removed. SOLUTION ΣFx = 0: A x = 0 FBD Truss: ΣM A = 0: (12 m ) H y − ( 6 m )( 6 kN ) − ( 3 m )( 6 kN ) = 0 H y = 4.5 kN ΣFy = 0: Ay − 6 kN − 6 kN + 4.5 kN = 0 A y = 7.5 kN 4.5 kN F F = GH = FH 4 3 5 Joint FBDs: Joint H: FGH = 3.375 kN FGH = 3.38 kN T W FFH = 5.625 kN FFH = 5.63 kN C W FFG = 0 W By inspection of joint G: FEG = FGH = 3.38 kN T W Joint F: 5.625 kN F F = EF = DF 5 5 6 FEF = 5.63 kN T W FDF = 6.75 kN C W FDE = 0 W By inspection of joint D : FBD = FDF = 6.75 kN C W Joint B: By inspection of joint C: FAC = FCE and FBC = 6.00 kN T W ΣFx = 0: 3 ( FAB + FBE ) − 6.75 kN = 0 5 ΣFy = 0: 4 ( FAB − FBE ) − 6 kN = 0 5 ΣFy = 0: 4 ( FAB − FBE ) − 6 kN = 0 5 PROBLEM 6.16 CONTINUED FAB = 9.375 kN Solving: FBE = 1.875 kN Joint A: FAC 7.5 kN 9.375 kN = = 3 4 5 so FAB = 9.38 kN C W FBE = 1.875 kN T W FAC = 5.625 kN FAC = 5.63 kN T W From above FCE = 5.63 kN T W PROBLEM 6.17 Determine the force in member DE and in each of the members located to the left of DE for the inverted Howe roof truss shown. State whether each member is in tension or compression. SOLUTION ΣFx = 0: A x = 0 FBD Truss: By load symmetry A y = H y = 2400 lb θ = tan −1 Note: 10.08 = 16.26° 15.81 + 18.75 β = 90 − 2θ = 57.48°; α = 180 − β = 32.52° Joint FBDs: Joint A: ΣFy′ = 0: ( 2400 lb − 600 lb ) cosθ − FAC sin θ = 0 FAC = (1800 lb ) tan16.26° = 6171.5 lb; FAC = 6.17 kips T W ΣFx = 0: (6171.5 lb) cos 2θ − FAB cosθ = 0 FAB = 6171.5 Joint B: cos 32.52° = 5420.7 lb; cos16.26° ΣFx′ = 0: 5420.7 lb + (1200 lb ) sin θ − FBD = 0 FBD = 5420.7 + 1200sin16.26° = 5756.7 lb Joint C: FAB = 5.42 kips C W ΣFy′ = 0: FBC − (1200 lb ) cos θ = 0 FBD = 5.76 kips C W FBC = 1152 lb FBC = 1.152 kips C W ΣFy′′ = 0: FCD sin 2θ − (1152 lb ) cosθ = 0 FCD = 1152 cos16.26° = 2057.2 lb sin 32.52° FCD = 2.06 kips T W ΣFx′′ = 0: FCE + (1152 lb ) sin θ + ( 2057.2 lb ) cos 2θ − 6171.5 lb = 0 PROBLEM 6.17 CONTINUED FCE = 6171.5 − 1152sin16.26° − 2057.2cos 32.52° = 4114.3 lb Joint E: FCE = 4.11 kips T W ΣFy = 0: ( 4114.3 lb ) sin 2θ − FDE cosθ = 0 FDE = 4114.3 sin 32.52° = 2304.0 lb cos16.26° FDE = 2.30 kips C W PROBLEM 6.18 Determine the force in each of the members located to the right of DE for the inverted Howe roof truss shown. State whether each member is in tension or compression. SOLUTION ΣFx = 0: A x = 0 FBD Truss: By symmetry of loads A y = H y = 2400 lb θ = tan −1 Note: 10.08 = 16.26° 15.81 + 18.75 β = 90 − 2θ = 57.48° Joint FBDs: Joint H: ΣFy = 0: 2400 lb − 600 lb − FFH sin θ = 0 FFH = 1800 lb = 6428.7 lb sin16.26° FFH = 6.43 kips C W ΣFx = 0: ( 6428.7 lb ) cosθ − FGH = 0 FGH = 6428.7 cos16.32° = 6171.5 lb FGH = 6.17 kips T W Joint F: ΣFy′ = 0: FFG − (1200 lb ) cosθ = 0 FFG = 1152.0 lb FFG = 1.152 kips C W ΣFx′ = 0: FDF + (1200 lb ) sin θ − 6428.7 lb = 0 FDF = 6428.7 − 1200sin16.26° = 6092.7 lb FDF = 6.09 kips C W PROBLEM 6.18 CONTINUED Joint G: ΣFy = 0: FDG sin 2θ − (1152 lb) cosθ = 0 FDG = 1152 cos16.26° = 2057.2 lb sin 32.52° FDG = 2.06 kips T W ΣFx = 0: 6171.5 lb − 2057.2cos 2θ − FEG − 1152 lb sin θ = 0 FEG = 6171.5 − 2057.2cos 32.52° − (1152lb ) sin 16.26° = 4114.3 lb FEG = 4.11 kips T W PROBLEM 6.19 Determine the force in each of the members located to the left of member FG for the scissor roof truss shown. State whether each member is in tension or compression. SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣM A = 0: ( 6 ft ) 6 Ly − 3 (.5 kip ) − 2 (1 kip ) − 1(1 kip ) = 0 L y = 0.75 kip ΣFy = 0: Ay − 0.5 kip − 1 kip − 1 kip − 0.5 kip + 0.75 kip = 0 A y = 2.25 kips ΣFx = 0: A x = 0 Joint FBDs: Joint A: 1.75 kips F F = AC = AB 1 5 8 FAB = 4.95 kips C W FAC = 3.913 kips FAC = 3.91 kips T W FBC = 0 W By inspection of joint C: FCE = FAC and Joint B: ΣFy = 0: so 4.95 kips F − 1 kip − BD = 0 2 2 FBD = 3.536 kips ΣFx = 0: ( 4.95 kips − 3.536 kips ) FBE = 1.000 kip Joint E: ΣFx = 0: FBD = 3.54 kips C W 1 − FBE = 0 2 FBE = 1.000 kip C W 2 [ FEG − 3.913 kips] + 1 kip = 0 5 FEG = 2.795 kips ΣFy = 0: FCE = 3.91 kips T W FEG = 2.80 kips T W 1 ( 2.795 kips − 3.913 kips ) + FDE = 0 5 FDE = 0.500 kip T W PROBLEM 6.19 CONTINUED Joint D: ΣFx = 0: ΣFy = 0: Solving: 1 2 ( 3.536 kips ) − ( FDF + FDG ) = 0 2 5 1 1 ( 3.536 kips ) − 1.5 kips + ( FDG − FDF ) = 0 2 5 FDF = 2.516 kips FDG = 0.280 kip so FDF = 2.52 kips C W FDG = 0.280 kip C W PROBLEM 6.20 Determine the force in member FG and in each of the members located to the right of member FG for the scissor roof truss shown. State whether each member is in tension or compression. SOLUTION ΣM A = 0: ( 6 ft ) 6Ly − 3 ( 0.5 kip ) − 2 (1 kip ) − 1(1 kip ) = 0 FBD Truss: L y = 0.75 kip FJK = 0 W Inspection of joints K , J , and I , in order, shows that FIJ = 0 W FHI = 0 W FIK = FKL ; FHJ = FJL and FGI = FIK and that Joint FBDs: 0.75 F F = JL = KL 1 8 5 FJL = 2.1213 kips FKL = 1.6771 kips FJL = 2.12 kips C W FKL = 1.677 kips T W FHJ = 2.12 kips C W and, from above: FGI = FIK = 1.677 kips T W ΣFx = 0: ΣFy = 0: Solving: 2 1 ( FFH + FGH ) − ( 2.1213 kips ) = 0 5 2 1 1 ( FGH + FFH ) + ( 2.1213 kips ) = 0 5 2 FFH = 2.516 kips FGH = − 0.8383 kips FFH = 2.52 kips C W FGH = 0.838 kips T W PROBLEM 6.20 CONTINUED ΣFx = 0: 2 ( FDF − 2.516 kips ) = 0 5 ΣFy = 0: FFG − 0.5 kip + FDF = 2.52 kips C 1 ( 2 )( 2.516 kips ) = 0 5 FFG = 1.750 kips T W PROBLEM 6.21 The portion of truss shown represents the upper part of a power transmission line tower. For the given loading, determine the force in each of the members located above HJ. State whether each member is in tension or compression. SOLUTION Joint FBDs: FDF F 1.5 kN = EF = 2.29 2.29 1.2 FDF = FEF = 2.8625 kN FDF = 2.86 kN T W FEF = 2.86 kN C W FBD F 2.8625 kN = DE = = 1.25 kN 2.21 0.6 2.29 FBD = 2.7625 kN FBD = 2.76 kN T W FDE = 0.750 kN C W FAB = 2.86 kN T W By symmetry of joint A vs. joint F FAC = 2.86 kN T W ΣFx = 0: 2.7625 kN − 2.21 4 ( 2.8625 kN ) + FBE = 0 2.29 5 FBE = 0 W ΣFy = 0: FBC − 0.6 ( 2.8625 kN ) = 0; 2.29 FBC = 0.750 kN C W ΣFx = 0: 2.21 ( 2.8625 kN ) − FCE = 0 2.29 FCE = 2.7625 kN FCE = 2.76 kN C W ΣFy = 0: FCH − 0.75 kN − 0.6 ( 2.8625 kN ) = 0 2.21 FCH = 1.500 kN C W PROBLEM 6.21 CONTINUED ΣFx = 0: 2.7625 kN − 2.21 4 ( 2.8625 kN ) − FHE = 0 2.29 5 FHE = 0 W ΣFy = 0: FEJ − 0.75 kN − 0.6 ( 2.8625 kN ) = 0 2.29 FEJ = 1.500 kN W PROBLEM 6.22 For the tower and loading of Prob. 6.21 and knowing that FCH = FEJ = 1.5 kN C and FEH = 0 , determine the force in member HJ and in each of the members located between HJ and NO. State whether each member is in tension or compression. SOLUTION 1.5 kN F F = JL = KL 1.2 3.03 3.03 Joint FBDs: FJL = FKL = 3.7875 kN FJL = 3.79 kN T W FKL = 3.79 kN C W FGH = 3.79 kN T W By symmetry: FGI = 3.79 kN C W ΣFx = 0: 2.97 ( 3.7875 kN ) − FHJ = 0 3.03 FHJ = 3.7125 kN ΣFy = 0: FJK − FHJ = 3.71 kN T W 0.6 ( 3.7875 kN ) − 1.5 kN = 0 3.03 FJK = 2.25 kN C W Knowing FHE = 0; by symmetry FHK = 0 W FHI = 2.25 kN C W ΣFx = 0: 2.97 ( 3.7875 kN ) − FIK = 0 3.03 FIK = 3.7125 FIK = 3.71 kN C W ΣFy = 0: FIN − 2.25 kN − 0.6 ( 3.7875 kN ) = 0 3.03 FIN = 3.00 kN C W Knowing that FHK = 0, by symmetry FKO = 3.00 kN C W FKN = 0 W PROBLEM 6.23 Determine the force in each member of the truss shown. State whether each member is in tension or compression. SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣM F = 0: (10 m ) G y − ( 7.5 m )( 80 kN ) − ( 8 m )( 30 kN ) = 0 G y = 84 kN ΣFx = 0: − Fx + 30 kN = 0 Fx = 30 kN ΣFy = 0: Fy + 84 kN − 80 kN = 0 Fy = 4 kN FEG = 0 W By inspection of joint G: FCG = 84 kN C W 84 kN F F = CE = AC = 10.5 kN 8 61 29 Joint FBDs: FCE = 82.0 kN T W FAC = 56.5 kN C W ΣFy = 0: 2 6 FAE + (82.0 kN ) − 80 kN = 0 5 61 FAE = 19.01312 ΣFx = 0: − FDE − 1 (19.013 kN ) + 5 FDE = 43.99 kN ΣFx = 0: FAE = 19.01 kN T W 5 (82.0 kN ) = 0 61 FDE = 44.0 kN T W 1 FDF − 30 kN = 0 5 FDF = 67.082 kN FDF = 67.1 kN T W PROBLEM 6.23 CONTINUED ΣFy = 0: 2 ( 67.082 kN ) − FBF − 4 kN = 0 5 FBF = 56.00 kN ΣFx = 0: 30 kN + ΣFy = 0: 56 kN − 5 FBD − 61 6 FBD − 61 FBD = 42.956 kN Solving: FAB = 61.929 kN ΣFy = 0: FBF = 56.0 kN C W 5 FAB = 0 29 3 FAB = 0 29 FBD = 43.0 kN T W FAB = 61.9 kN C W 6 2 ( 42.956 N ) + ( FAD − 67.082 N ) = 0 61 5 FAD = 30.157 kN FAD = 30.2 N T W PROBLEM 6.24 Determine the force in each member of the truss shown. State whether each member is in tension or compression. SOLUTION Joint FBDs: 9 kN F F = AC = AB 9 40 41 FAB = 41.0 kN T W FAC = 40.0 kN C W FBD = 41.0 kN T W By inspection of joint B: FBC = 3.00 kN C W Note: to determine slope of CD: DE = ΣFy = 0: ΣFx = 0: 1 FCD − 3 kN = 0 5 ( 4.6 ( 2.25 m ) = 1.035 m 10.0 FCD = 3 5 kN = 6.71 kN T W ) 2 3 5 kN + 40 kN − FCE = 0 5 ΣFx = 0: ( ) 40 2 3 5 kN = 0 ( FDG − 41 kN ) − 41 5 FDG = 47.15 kN ΣFy = 0: FDE + FCE = 46.0 kN C W FDG = 47.2 kN T W ( ) 9 1 3 5 kN = 0 ( 47.15 kN − 41 kN ) − 41 5 FDE = 1.650 kN C W ΣFy = 0: 5 FEG − 1.65 kN = 0 13 ΣFx = 0: 46 kN + 12 ( 4.29 kN ) − FEF = 0 13 FEG = 4.29 kN T W FEF = 49.96 kN FEF = 50.0 kN C W PROBLEM 6.24 CONTINUED 49.96 kN F F = FG = FH 5 4 3 FFG = 40.0 kN C W FFH = 30.0 kN C W PROBLEM 6.25 For the roof truss shown in Fig. P6.25 and P6.26, determine the force in each of the members located to the left of member GH. State whether each member is in tension or compression. SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣM M = 0: ( 3 ft )( 300 lb ) + ( 9 ft )( 300 lb ) + (15 ft )( 300 lb ) + (18 ft )( 300 lb ) + ( 24 ft )( 300 lb ) + ( 30 ft )( 200 lb ) ( ) − ( 30 ft ) Ay = 0 A y = 890 lb ΣFx = 0: A x = 0 690 lb F F = AC = AB 5 12 13 FAB = 1794 lb C W FAC = 1656 lb T W Joint FBDs: FCF = 0 W By inspection of joint F: FEF = 0 W 1656 lb F F = CE = BC 12 13 5 FCE = 1794 lb T W FBC = 890 lb C W ΣFy = 0: 5 (1794 lb − FBD ) + 690 lb − 300 lb = 0 13 FBD = 2808 lb ΣFx = 0: FBE + FBD = 2.81 kips C W 12 (1794 lb − 2808 lb ) = 0 13 ΣFx = 0: 6 12 FEH − 936 lb − 1794 lb = 0 13 37 FEH = 432 37 lb ΣFy = 0: FDE − FBE = 936 lb T W 5 (1794 lb ) − 13 FEH = 2.63 kips T W ( ) 1 432 37 lb = 0 37 FDE = 1122 lb T W PROBLEM 6.25 CONTINUED ΣFx = 0: ΣFy = 0: 12 1 ( 2808 lb + FDG ) − FDH = 0 13 2 5 1 ( 2808 lb + FDG ) + FDH − 300 lb − 1122 lb = 0 13 2 Solving: FDG = 1721 lb T W FDH = 1419 lb C W PROBLEM 6.26 Determine the force in member GH and in each of the members located to the right of GH for the roof truss shown. State whether each member is in tension or compression. SOLUTION ΣM A = 0: ( 30 ft ) M y − ( 30 ft )( 200 lb ) − ( 27 ft )( 300 lb ) FBD Truss: − ( 21 ft )( 300 lb ) − (15 ft )( 300 lb ) − (12 ft )( 300 lb ) − ( 6 ft )( 300 lb ) = 0 M y = 1010 lb 810 lb F F = LM = KM 5 12 13 Joint FBDs: FKM = 2106 lb FKM = 2.11 kips C W FLM = 1944 lb FLM = 1.944 kips T W FJL F 1944 lb = KL = 1 6 37 FKL = 324 lb C W FJL = 1970.8 lb ΣFx = 0: ΣFy = 0: FJL = 1.971 kips T W 12 ( FIK − 2106 lb ) + 13 5 ( − FIK + 2106 lb ) − 13 1 FJK + 24 lb = 0 577 FIK = 2162.7 lb Solving: 24 FJK = 0 577 FIK = 2.16 kips C W FJK = 52.4 lb T W ΣFx = 0: 6 (1970.8 lb − FHJ ) + 37 FHJ = 2024 lb ΣFy = 0: 1 ( 2024 lb − 1970.8 lb ) + 37 24 ( 52.4 lb ) = 0 577 FHJ = 2.02 kips T W 1 ( 52.4 lb ) − FIJ = 0 577 FIJ = 10.90 lb C W PROBLEM 6.26 CONTINUED ΣFy′ = 0: FHI sin 38.88° + (10.9 lb − 300 lb ) cos 22.62° = 0 FHJ = 425.1 lb FHI = 425 lb C W ΣFx′ = 0: FGI + FHI cos 38.88° + ( 300 lb − 10.9 lb ) sin 22.62° −2162.7 lb = 0 FGI = 1720.5 lb = 1.721 kips C W By symmetry FDG = 1720.5 lb ΣFy = 0: 5 2 (1720.5 lb ) − 300 lb − FGH = 0 13 FGH = 1023.46 lb FGH = 1.023 kips T W PROBLEM 6.27 Determine whether the trusses of Probs. 6.13, 6.14, and 6.25 are simple trusses. SOLUTION Truss of 6.13: Start with ∆ABC and add, in order, joints E, D, F , G, H This is a simple truss. W Truss of 6.14: ABDC, DEGF, and GHJI are all individually simple trusses, but no simple extension (one joint, two members at a time) will produce the given truss: ∴ Not a simple truss. W Truss of 6.25: Starting with ∆ABC , add, in order, joints E, F , D, H , G, I , J , K , L, M This is a simple truss. W PROBLEM 6.28 Determine whether the trusses of Probs. 6.19, 6.21, and 6.23 are simple trusses. SOLUTION Truss of 6.19: Start with ∆ABC , and add, in order, E, D, G, F, H, I, J, K ∴ Simple truss W Truss of 6.21: Start with ∆ABC , and add, in order, E, D, F, H, J, K, I, G, L, N, O, R, Q, M, P, S, T, etc. ∴ Simple truss W Truss of 6.23: Start with ∆BDF , and add, in order, A, E, C, G. ∴ Simple truss W PROBLEM 6.29 For the given loading, determine the zero-force members in the truss shown. SOLUTION By inspection of joint B : FBC = 0 W Then by inspection of joint C: FCD = 0 W By inspection of joint J : FIJ = 0 W Then by inspection of joint I : FIL = 0 W By inspection of joint N : FMN = 0 W Then by inspection of joint M : FLM = 0 W PROBLEM 6.30 For the given loading, determine the zero-force members in the truss shown. SOLUTION By inspection of joint C: FBC = 0 W Then by inspection of joint B: FBE = 0 W By inspection of joint G: FFG = 0 W Then by inspection of joint F: FEF = 0 W Then by inspection of joint E: FDE = 0 W By inspection of joint M : FMN = 0 W Then by inspection of joint N : FKN = 0 W By inspection of joint I : FIJ = 0 W PROBLEM 6.31 For the given loading, determine the zero-force members in the truss shown. SOLUTION By inspection of joint D: FDI = 0 W By inspection of joint E: FEI = 0 W Then by inspection of joint I : FAI = 0 W By inspection of joint B: FBJ = 0 W By inspection of joint F: FFK = 0 W By inspection of joint G: FGK = 0 W Then by inspection of joint K : FCK = 0 W PROBLEM 6.32 For the given loading, determine the zero-force members in the truss shown. SOLUTION By inspection of joint C: FBC = 0 W By inspection of joint M : FLM = 0 W PROBLEM 6.33 For the given loading, determine the zero-force members in the truss shown. SOLUTION By inspection of joint F: FBF = 0 W Then by inspection of joint B: FBG = 0 W Then by inspection of joint G: FGJ = 0 W Then by inspection of joint J : FHJ = 0 W By inspection of joint D: FDH = 0 W Then by inspection of joint H : FHE = 0 W PROBLEM 6.34 For the given loading, determine the zero-force members in the truss shown. SOLUTION By inspection of joint C: FBC = 0 W Then by inspection of joint B: FBE = 0 W Then by inspection of joint E: FDE = 0 W By inspection of joint H : FFH = 0 W and FHI = 0 W By inspection of joint Q : FOQ = 0 W and FQR = 0 W By inspection of joint J : FIJ = 0 W PROBLEM 6.35 Determine the zero-force members in the truss of (a) Prob. 6.9, (b) Prob. 6.19. SOLUTION Truss of 6.9: By inspection of joint C: By inspection of joint G: Truss of 6.19: FBC = 0 W FFG = 0 W By inspection of joint C: FBC = 0 W By inspection of joint K : FJK = 0 W Then by inspection of joint J : FIJ = 0 W Then by inspection of joint I : FHI = 0 W PROBLEM 6.36 The truss shown consists of six members and is supported by a ball and socket at B, a short link at C, and two short links at D. Determine the force in each of the members for P = ( −5670 lb ) j and Q = 0. SOLUTION ΣFz = 0: B z = 0 FBD Truss: ΣM BD = 0: ( 2.4 ft )( 5670 lb ) − ( 8.4 ft ) C y = 0 C y = (1620 lb ) j ΣM x = 0: ( 6.3 ft ) D y − ( 6.3 ft ) By = 0 ΣFy = 0: By + D y − 5670 lb + 1620 lb = 0 By = Dy B y = D y = ( 2025 lb ) j ΣM y = 0: ( 6.3 ft ) Bx − ( 6.3 ft ) Dx = 0 B x = Dx = 0 ΣFx = 0: Bx + Dx = 0 Joint B: Where 2.4i + 14.4 j − 6.3k 15.9 = FBA ( 0.1509i + 0.9057 j − 0.3962k ) FBA = FBA FBC = FBC 8.4i − 6.3k = FBC ( 0.8i − 0.6k ) 10.5 ΣFy = 0: 0.9057 FBA + 2025 lb = 0 FBA = −2236 lb FBA = 2.24 kips C W By symmetry FAD = 2.24 kips C W ΣFx = 0: 0.1509 ( −2236 lb ) + 0.8FBC = 0 FBC = 422 lb T W By symmetry FDC = 422 lb T W PROBLEM 6.36 CONTINUED Joint C: ΣFz = 0: −0.3962 ( −2236 lb ) − FBD − 0.6 ( 422 lb ) = 0 FBD = 633 lb T W FAC = FAC 6i − 14.4 j = FAC ( 0.3846i − 0.9231j) 15.6 ΣFy = 0: 1620 lb − ( 0.9231) FAC = 0 FAC = 1755 lb C W PROBLEM 6.37 The truss shown consists of six members and is supported by a ball and socket at B, a short link at C, and two short links at D. Determine the force in each of the members for P = 0 and Q = ( 7420 lb ) i . SOLUTION ΣFz = 0: B z = 0 FBD Truss: ΣM BD = 0: ( 8.4 ft ) C y − (14.4 ft )( 7420 lb ) = 0 C y = (12720 lb ) j ( ) ΣM x = 0: ( 6.3 ft ) D y − By = 0 ΣFy = 0: By + Dy + C y = 0; Dy = By 2 Dy + 12720 lb = 0 B y = D y = − ( 6360 lb ) j so ΣM y = 0: ( 6.3 ft )( Bx − Dx ) = 0; Joint FBDs: B x = D x = − ( 3710 lb ) i ΣFx = 0: Bx + Dx + 7420 lb = 0; FBA = FBA Bx = Dx ( 2.4 ft i + 14.4 ft j − 6.3 ft k ) 15.9 ft = FBA ( 0.1509i + 0.9057 j − 0.3962k ) FBC = FBC (8.4 ft i − 6.3 ft j) 10.5 ft FBD = FBDk = FBC ( 0.8i − 0.6 j) ΣFy = 0: 0.9057 FBA − 6360 lb = 0 FBA = 7022 lb FBA = 7.02 kips T W FDA = 7.02 kips T W By symmetry ΣFx = 0: 0.1509 ( 7022 lb ) + 0.8FBC − 3710 lb = 0 FBC = 3313 lb so FBC = 3.31 kips T W FDC = 3.31 kips T W By symmetry ΣFz = 0: −0.3962 ( 7022 lb ) + 0.6 ( 3313 lb ) − FBD = 0 FBD = −4770 lb FBD = 4.77 kips C W PROBLEM 6.37 CONTINUED FAC = FAC ( 6 ft i − 14.4 ft j) 15.6 ft = FAC ( 0.3846i − 0.9231j) ΣFy = 12720 lb − 0.9231 FAC = 0; FAC = 13780 lb FAC = 1.378 kips C W PROBLEM 6.38 The truss shown consists of six members and is supported by a short link at A, two short links at B, and a ball and socket at D. Determine the force in each of the members for the given loading. SOLUTION ΣFz = 0: D z = 0 FBD Truss: ΣM z = 0: ( 5 ft ) Ax − (12 ft )( 800 lb ) = 0 A x = (1920 lb ) i ΣM y = 0: ( 3.5 ft ) ( Bx − Dx ) = 0; Bx = Dx ΣFx = 0: Bx + Dx − 1920 lb = 0 so ( B x = D x = ( 960 lb ) i ) ΣM x = 0: ( 3.5 ft ) Dy − By = 0; Dy = By ΣFy = 0: By + D y − 800 lb = 0 Joint FBDs: FCA = FAC FCD = FCD so ( −12 ft i + 5 ft j) 13 ft ( −12 ft i − 3.5 ft k ) 12.5 ft FCB = Similarly ΣFz = 0: B y = D y = ( 400 lb ) j = FAC ( −12i + 5j) 13 = FCD ( −12i − 3.5k ) 12.5 FCB ( −12i + 3.5k ) 12.5 3.5 ( FCB − FCD ) = 0; 12.5 5 ΣFy = 0: FAC − 800 = 0 13 FCB = FCD FAC = 2080 lb FAC = 2.08 kips T W FBA = FBA ( 5 ft j − 3.5 ft k ) 6.1033 ft = FBA ( 5j − 3.5k ) 6.1033 FBD = − FBD k FBC = −FCB = FCB ( +12i − 3.5k ) 12.5 PROBLEM 6.38 CONTINUED ΣFy = 0: 5FBA + 400 lb = 0 6.1033 FBA = −488 lb so FBA = 488 lb C W FAD = 488 lb C W By symmetry: 12 ΣFx = 0: FBC + 960 lb = 0 12.5 FBC = −1000 lb FBC = 1.000 kip C W FCD = 1.000 kip C W By symmetry: 3.5 3.5 ΣFz = 0: − FBD − 488 lb =0 + (1000 lb ) 12.5 6.1033 FBD = −559.9 lb FBD = 560 lb C W PROBLEM 6.39 The portion of a power line transmission tower shown consists of nine members and is supported by a ball and socket at B and short links at C, D, and E. Determine the force in each of the members for the given loading. SOLUTION ΣM BD = 0: (1 m )( 200 N − Ez ) = 0 FBD Truss: E z = ( 200 N ) k ΣM x = 0: (1 m )(1200 N − Ez − Dz ) = 0 Dz = 1200 N − 200 N = 1000 N DZ = (1000 N ) k B z = (1200 N ) k ΣFz = 0: Bz − 1000 N − 200 N = 0 ΣM Bz = 0: (.5 m )(1200 N ) − (1 m ) C y = 0 ΣFx = 0: Bx − 200 N = 0 C y = ( 600 N ) j B x = ( 200 N ) i ΣFy = 0: By + C y − 1200 N = 0 By = 1200 N − 600 N B y = ( 600 N ) j Joint FBDs: ΣFz = 0: FEA − 200 N = 0 1.5 ΣFx = 0: FED + .5 FEA = 0 1.5 FEA = 300 N T W FED = −100 N FED = 100 N C W ΣFy = 0: − FEA − FEC = 0 1.5 FEC = −200 N FEC = 200 N C W ΣFz = 0: FAD − 1000 N = 0 1.5 ΣFx = 0: 100 N − FCD = 0.5 1 FAD − FCD = 0 1.5 2 1500 N 2 100 N − = −400 2 3 ΣFy = 0: − FAD = 1500 N T W FCD = 566 N C W FCD FAD − − FBD = 0 1.5 2 FBD = +400 − 1000 = −600 N FBD = 600 N C W PROBLEM 6.39 CONTINUED ΣFy = 0: 600 N − 200 N − 400 N = 0 ΣFz = 0: FAC =0 1.25 ΣFx = 0: FBC − 400 N + FAC = 0 W .5 FAC0 = 0 1.25 FBC = 400 N T W ΣFx = 0: −200 N − 400 N − FAB FAB = 1200 1.25 N .5 =0 1.25 FAB = 1342 N C W PROBLEM 6.40 The truss shown consists of 18 members and is supported by a ball and socket at A, two short links at B, and one short link at G. (a) Check that this truss is a simple truss, that it is completely constrained, and that the reactions at its supports are statically determinate. (b) For the given loading, determine the force in each of the six members joined at E. SOLUTION (a) To check for simple truss, start with ABDE and add three members at a time which meet at a single joint, thus successively adding joints F, G, H, and C, to complete the truss. This is, therefore, a simple truss.W There are six reaction force components, none of which are in-line, so they are determined by the six equilibrium equations. Constraints prevent motion. Truss is completely constrained and W statically determinate W (b) FBD Truss: ( ) ΣM BC = 0: ( 5.04 m )( 550 N ) + ( 5.5 m ) Ay = 0 A y = − ( 504 N ) j ΣM BF = 0: ( 5.5 m )( Az + 480 N ) − ( 4.8 m )( 550 N ) = 0 Az = 0 By inspection of joint C: FDC = FBC = FGC = 0 By inspection of joint A: FAE = − Ay = 504 N T W FAD = Az = 0 By inspection of joint H : FDH = 0 FEH = 480 N C W By inspection of joint F : FEF = 0 W PROBLEM 6.40 CONTINUED FDE = 0 W Then, since ED is the only non-zero member at D, not in the plane BDG, Joint E: ΣFz = 0: 480 N − ΣFy = 0: −504 N − 4.8 FEG = 0 7.3 5.04 FBE = 0 7.46 FEG = 730 N T W FBE = −746 N FBE = 746 N C W PROBLEM 6.41 The truss shown consists of 18 members and is supported by a ball and socket at A, two short links at B, and one short link at G. (a) Check that this truss is a simple truss, that it is completely constrained, and that the reactions at its supports are statically determinate. (b) For the given loading, determine the force in each of the six members joined at G. SOLUTION (a) See part (a) solution 6.40 above (b) FBD Truss: ΣM AB = 0: ( 4.8 m ) Gy + ( 5.04 m )( 480 N ) = 0 G y = −504 N By inspection of joint C: FCG = 0 W By inspection of joint H : FHG = 550 N C W By inspection of joint F: FFG = 0 W Joint G: ΣFx = 0: 550 N − 5.5 5.5 FDG − FEG = 0 7.46 7.30 PROBLEM 6.41 CONTINUED ΣFy = 0: −504 N − ΣFz = 0: Solving: 5.04 5.04 FDG − FBG = 0 7.46 6.96 4.8 4.8 FEG + FBG = 0 7.30 6.96 FBG = −696 N FDG = 0 FEG = 730 N FBG = 696 N C W FDG = 0 W FEG = 730 N T W PROBLEM 6.42 A Warren bridge truss is loaded as shown. Determine the force in members CE, DE, and DF. SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣM K = 0: (15 m )( 3 kN ) + ( 20 m )( 3 kN ) − ( 25 m ) Ay = 0 A y = 4.2 kN ΣM D = 0: ( 6 m ) FCE + ( 2.5 m )( 3 kN ) − ( 7.5 m )( 4.2 kN ) = 0 Section ABDC: FCE = 4 kN FCE = 4.00 kN T W ΣFy = 0: 4.2 kN − 3 kN − FDE = 1.3 kN ΣFx = 0: FDF + FDF = − 12 FDE = 0 13 FDE = 1.300 kN T W 5 FDE + FCE = 0 13 5 (1.3 kN ) − ( 4 kN ) = −4.5 kN 13 FDF = 4.50 kN C W PROBLEM 6.43 A Warren bridge truss is loaded as shown. Determine the force in members EG, FG, and FH. SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣFx = 0: K x = 0 ΣM A = 0: ( 25 m ) K y − (10 m )( 3 kN ) − ( 5 m )( 3 kN ) = 0 K y = 1.8 kN ΣM G = 0: (10 m )(1.8 kN ) + ( 6 m ) FFH = 0 Section FBD: FFH = −3 kN FFH = 3.00 kN C W ΣM F = 0: (12.5 m )(1.8 kN ) − ( 6 m ) ( FEG ) = 0 FEG = 3.75 kN ΣFy = 0: FEG = 3.75 kN T W 12 FFG + 1.8 kN = 0 13 FFG = −1.95 kN FFG = 1.950 kN C W PROBLEM 6.44 A parallel chord Howe truss is loaded as shown. Determine the force in members CE, DE, and DF. SOLUTION ΣFx = 0: A x = 0 FBD Truss: ΣM M = 0: ( 4 ft ) 1( 0.3 kip ) + 2 ( 0.6 kip ) + 3 (1 kip ) + 4 ( 0.6 kip ) + 5 ( 0.3 kip ) + 6 ( 0.3 kip ) − 6 Ay = 0 A y = 1.7 kips 4 ΣM D = 0: ( 4 ft )( 3 kips − 1.7 kips ) + ( 2 ft ) FCE = 0 4.1 FCE = 2.87 kips FBD Section: FCE = 2.87 kips T W ΣM E = 0: ( 8 ft )( 3 kips − 1.7 kips ) + ( 4 ft )( 0.3 kip ) 4 − ( 2 ft ) FDF = 0 4.1 FDF = −5.125 kips ΣFx = 0: FDE = − FDF = 5.13 kips C W 4 4 FDE = 0 ( FDF + FCE ) + 4.1 17.21 17.21 ( −5.125 + 2.87 ) kips 4.1 FDE = 2.28 kips FDE = 2.28 kips T W PROBLEM 6.45 A parallel chord Howe truss is loaded as shown. Determine the force in members GI, GJ, and HJ. SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣM A = ( 24 ft ) M y − 4 ft ( 0.3 kip ) − 8 ft ( 0.6 kip ) − 12 ft (1 kip ) − 16 ft ( 0.6 kip ) − 20 ft ( 0.3 kip ) − 24 ft ( 0.3 kip ) = 0 M y = 1.7 kips FBD Section: 4 ΣM J = 8 ft (1.7 − 0.3) kips − 4 ft ( 0.3 kip ) − 2 ft FGI = 0 4.1 FGI = 5.125 kips FGI = 5.3 kips T W ΣM G = 12 ft (1.7 − 0.3) kips − 8 ft ( 0.3 kip ) 4 − 4 ft ( 0.6 kip ) + 2 ft FHJ = 0 4.1 FHJ = − 6.15 kips = 6.15 kips C W ΣFx = 4 4 FGJ ( 6.15 − 5.125 ) kips − 4.1 4.94 FGJ = 1.235 kips T W PROBLEM 6.46 A floor truss is loaded as shown. Determine the force in members CF, EF, and EG. SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣM K = 0: (1 m ) 1 kN + 2 (1 kN ) + 3 (1.5 kN ) + 4 ( 2 kN ) + 5 ( 2 kN ) + 6 (1 kN ) − 6 Ay = 0 A y = 5.25 kN ΣM E = 0: (1 m ) 1( 2 kN ) + 2 (1 kN − 5.25 kN ) + ( 0.5 m ) FCE = 0 FCF = 13.0 kN FBD Section: FCF = 13.00 kN T W ΣM F = 0: (1 m ) 1( 2 kN ) + 2 ( 2 kN ) + 3 (1 kN − 5.25 kN ) − ( 0.5 m ) FEG = 0 FEG = −13.5 kN FEG = 13.50 kN C W ΣFy = 0: 5.25 kN − 1 kN − 2 kN − 2 kN − FEF = 5 = 0.5590 kN 4 1 FEF = 0 5 FEF = 559 N T W PROBLEM 6.47 A floor truss is loaded as shown. Determine the force in members FI, HI, and HJ. SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣFx = 0: K x = 0 ( ) ΣM A = 0: (1m ) 6 K y − 0.5 kN − 5 (1 kN ) − 4 (1 kN ) − 3 (1.5 kN ) − 2 ( 2 kN ) − 1( 2 kN ) = 0 K y = 3.75 kN FBD Section: ΣM I = 0: (1 m )( 3.75 kN − .5 kN ) − (.5 m ) FHJ =0 FHJ = 6.5 kN ΣFy = 0: FHJ = 6.50 kN C W 1 FHI − 1 kN − 0.5 kN + 3.75 kN = 0 5 FHI = −2.25 5 kN ΣFy = 0: − FHI = 5.03 kN C W 2 FHI − FFI + FHJ = 0 5 FFI = 2 ( 2.25 kN ) + 6.50 kN FFI = 11.00 kN T W PROBLEM 6.48 A pitched flat roof truss is loaded as shown. Determine the force in members CE, DE, and DF. SOLUTION ΣFx = 0: A x = 0 FBD Truss: By load symmetry: A y = I y = 8 kips FBD Section: ΣM D = 0: ( 7 ft )( 2 kips − 8 kips ) + ( 3 ft ) ( FCE ) = 0 FCE = 14 kips FCE = 14.00 kips T W ΣM E = 0: ( 7 ft ) 1( 4 kips ) + 2 ( 2 kips − 8 kips ) ( 4.5 ft ) FDF = 7 FDF = 0 51.25 8 51.25 kips 4.5 ΣFy = 0: 8 kips − 2 kips − 4 kips + FDE = −1.692 kips FDF = 12.73 kips C W 1.5 8 51.25 kips − 51.25 4.5 3 FDE = 0 58 FDE = 1.692 kips C W PROBLEM 6.49 A pitched flat roof truss is loaded as shown. Determine the force in members EG, GH, and HJ. SOLUTION FBD Truss: By load symmetry: A y = I y = 8 kips FBD Section: ΣM = 0: ( 7 ft )( 8 kips − 2 kips ) − ( 6 ft ) FEG = 0 FEG = 7.00 kips T W ΣFx = 0: FHJ = ΣFy = 0: 7 FHJ − 7.00 kips = 0 51.25 FHJ = 7.16 kips C W 51.25 kips 1.5 51.25 ( ) 51.25 kips − FHG + ( 8 − 2 ) kips = 0 FHG = 7.50 kips C W PROBLEM 6.50 A Howe scissors roof truss is loaded as shown. Determine the force in members DF, DG, and EG. SOLUTION FBD Truss: Σ FX = 0: A x = 0 By symmetry: A y = L y = 6 kN FBD Section: Notes: 15 m 6 2 5 5 yD = ⋅ = m 3 2 3 2 2 yE = ⋅ 1 = m 3 3 5 yF − yD = m 6 yG = 1 m yF = yD − yG = 2 m 3 PROBLEM 6.50 CONTINUED ΣM D = 0: (1 m ) 6 FEG + ( 2 m )( 2 kN ) + ( 4 m )(1 kN − 6 kN ) = 0 37 FEG = 8 37 kN 3 FEG = 16.22 kN T W 1 3 ΣM A = 0: ( 2 m )( 2 kN ) + ( 4 m )( 2 kN ) − ( 6 m ) FDG − (1 m ) FDG = 0 10 10 FDG = ΣFx = 0: 4 10 kN 3 6 3 12 FEG − FDG − FDF = 0 13 37 10 FDF = 13 kN FDG = 4.22 kN C W 16 − 4 − 12 FDF = 0 13 FDF = 13.00 kN C W PROBLEM 6.51 A Howe scissors roof truss is loaded as shown. Determine the force in members GI, HI, and HJ. SOLUTION FBD Truss: Σ Fx = 0: A x = 0 By symmetry: A y = L y = 6 kN FBD Section: Notes: so 2 3 2 = 3 yI = m yH ⋅ 5 5 = m 2 3 yH − yI = 1 m PROBLEM 6.51 CONTINUED 12 ΣM I = 0: ( 4 m )( 6 kN − 1 kN ) − ( 2 m )( 2 kN ) − (1 m ) FHJ = 0 13 FHJ = 52 kN 3 FHJ = 17.33 kN C W 6 ΣM H = 0: ( 4 m )( 6 kN − 1 kN ) − ( 2 m )( 2 kN ) − (1 m ) FGI = 0 37 FGI = 8 37 kN 3 ΣM L = 0: ( 2 m )( 2 kN ) − ( 4 m ) FHI = 0 60 FGI = 16.22 kN T W FHI = 1.000 kN T W PROBLEM 6.52 A Fink roof truss is loaded as shown. Determine the force in members BD, CD, and CE. SOLUTION FBD Truss: Σ Fx = 0: A x = 0 By symmetry: A y = K y = 3.6 kips FBD Section: 16 ft FCE + ( 5 ft )(1.2 kips ) + (10 ft )( 0.6 kips ) − (10 ft )( 3.6 kips ) = 0 ΣM D = 0: 3 FCE = 4.50 kips T W 4 ΣM A = 0: ( 6 ft ) FCD − ( 5 ft )(1.2 kips ) = 0 5 FCD = 1.250 kips T W ΣFy = 0: ( 3.6 − 0.6 ) kips − 1.2 kips + FBD = 5.95 kips 4 8 (1.25 kips ) − FBD = 0 5 17 FBD = 5.95 kips C W PROBLEM 6.53 A Fink roof truss is loaded as shown. Determine the force in members FH, FG, and EG. SOLUTION FBD Truss: Σ Fx = 0: A x = 0 By symmetry: A y = K y = 3.6 kips FBD Section: ΣM F = 0: (15 ft )( 3.6 − .6 ) kips − (10 ft )(1.2 kips ) − ( 5 ft ) (1.2 kips ) − ( 8ft ) FEG = 0 FEG = 3.375 kips FEG = 3.38 kips T W 8 ΣM K = 0: ( 5 ft )(1.2 kips ) + (10 ft )(1.2 kips ) − (12 ft ) FFG = 0 73 FFG = ΣFy = 0 3 73 kips 16 8 3 8 73 kips − FFH − 1.2 kips − 1.2 kips − 0.6 kip + 3.6 kips = 0 16 73 17 FFH = 4.4625 kips 62 FFG = 1.602 kips T W FFH = 4.46 kips C W PROBLEM 6.54 A Fink roof truss is loaded as shown. Determine the force in members DF, DG, and EG. (Hint: First determine the force in member EK.) SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣFx = 0: A x = 0 By symmetry: A y = O y = 2000 lb FBD Sections: Forces in 1b ΣM H = 0: ( a + 2a + 3a )( 500 lb ) + 4a ( 250 lb ) − 4a ( 2000 lb ) + 2aFEK = 0 FEK = 2000 lb T ΣM D = 0: a ( 500 lb ) + 2a ( 250 lb ) − 2a ( 2000 lb ) + a ( 2000 lb ) 3 4 + a FEG + (12 ft − 2a ) FEG = 0 5 5 FEG = 1000 lb ΣFy = 0: FEG = 1.000 kip T W 4 1 (1000 lb ) − FDF + ( 2000 − 250 − 500 − 500 ) lb = 0 5 5 FDF = 1550 5 lb ΣFx = 0: 2000 lb + FDF = 3.47 kips C W ( ) 3 2 1550 5 lb + FDG = 0 (1000 lb ) − 5 5 FDG = 500 lb T W PROBLEM 6.55 A roof truss is loaded as shown. Determine the force in members FH, GJ, and GI. SOLUTION By symmetry: A y = M y = 2.45 kips ΣFx = 0: A x = 0 4 ΣM J = 6 ft ( 0.3 kip ) − 12 ft ( 2.35 kips ) + 7 ft FGI = 0 17 FGI = 3.887 kips FGI = 3.89 kips T W ΣM G = ( 6 ft ) FHJ − ( 4 ft )(1.0 kips ) − (10 ft )( 0.3 kips ) − (16 ft )( 0.1 kips ) + (16 ft )( 2.45 kips ) = 0 By inspection: ΣFy = 0: FHJ = −5.10 = 5.10 kips C FFH = FHJ = 5.10 kips C W 1 3 FGJ = 0 ( 3.887 kips ) + 2.45 kips − 1.4 kips − 17 13 FGJ = 2.40 kips T W PROBLEM 6.56 A stadium roof truss is loaded as shown. Determine the force in members AB, AG, and FG. SOLUTION FBD Section: p = 8.4 ( 2.7 m ) = 1.89 m Note: BG 12.0 ΣM A = 0: ( 2.7 m ) FFG − ( 3.6 m )( 8 kN ) − ( 7.8 m )( 8 kN ) − (12 m )( 4 kN ) = 0 FFG = 51.56 kN FFG = 51.6 kN C W 12 ΣM G = 0: (1.89 m ) FAB − ( 4.2 m )( 8 kN ) − ( 8.4 m )( 4 kN ) = 0 12.3 FAB = 36.44 kN 3 ΣM D = 0: ( 4.2 m )( 8 kN ) + ( 8.4 m )( 8 kN ) − ( 8.4 m ) FAG = 0 5 FAB = 36.4 kN T W FAG = 20.0 kN T W PROBLEM 6.57 A stadium roof truss is loaded as shown. Determine the force in members AE, EF, and FJ. SOLUTION FBD Section: 8 ΣM F = 0: ( 2.7 m ) FAE − ( 3.6 m )( 8 kN ) − ( 7.8 m )( 8 kN ) − (12 m )( 4 kN ) = 0 145 FAE = 17.4 145 kN 2.7 ΣFx = 0: FEF − 8 17.4 145 kN = 0 145 2.7 FEF = 51.555 kN ΣFy = 0: FFJ − FAE = 77.6 kN T W 9 17.4 145 kN − ( 4 + 8 + 8 + 4 ) kN = 0 145 2.7 FEF = 51.6 kN C W FFJ = 82.0 kN C W PROBLEM 6.58 A vaulted roof truss is loaded as shown. Determine the force in members BE, CE, and DF. SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣM N = 0: (1.2 m )( 0.2 kN ) + (1.8 m )( 0.5 kN ) + ( 2.88 m )( 0.5 kN ) + ( 4.2 m )(1.3 kN ) + ( 4.8 m )( 0.6 kN ) + ( 6.6 m )( 0.7 kN ) + ( 8.4 m )( 0.1 kN ) − ( 8.4 m ) Ay = 0 A y = 1.95 kN ΣFx = 0: A x = 0 FBD Section: ΣM B = 0: ( 0.9 m ) FCE − (1.8 m )(1.95 kN − 0.1 kN ) = 0 FCE = 3.70 kN T W PROBLEM 6.58 CONTINUED 1 2 ΣM A = 0: (1.8 m ) FBE − .7 kN + (.9 m ) FBE = 0 5 5 FBE = 0.35 5 kN ΣFx = 0: 3.70 kN − ( FBE = 783 N C W ) 2 2 FBD = 0 0.35 5 kN − 5 5 FBD = 1.5 5 kN = 3.35 kN C Then by inspection of joint D: FDF = FBD so FDF = 3.35 kN C W PROBLEM 6.59 A vaulted roof truss is loaded as shown. Determine the force in members HJ, IJ, and GI. SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣM A = 0: (1.8 m )( 0.7 kN ) + ( 3.6 m )( 0.6 kN ) + ( 4.2 m )(1.3 kN ) + ( 5.52 m )( 0.5 kN ) ( ) + ( 6.6 m )( 0.5 kN ) + ( 7.2 m )( 0.2 kN ) + (8.4 m )( 0.1 kN ) − ( 8.4 m ) N y = 0 N y = 2.05 kN FBD Section: ΣM J = 0: (1.8 m )( 2.05 − 0.1) kN − ( 0.6 m )( 0.2 kN ) + ( 0.45 m ) FIK = 0 FIK = 7.533 kN FIK = 7.53 kN T PROBLEM 6.59 CONTINUED 2 1 ΣM I = 0: ( 2.88 m )( 2.05 − 0.1) kN − (1.68 m )( 0.2 kN ) − ( 0.45 m ) FHJ − (1.08 m ) FHJ = 0 5 5 FHJ = 2.3939 5 kN ΣFy = 0: − ( FHJ = 5.35 kN C W ) 1 5 FIJ + 2.05 kN − 0.5 kN − 0.2 kN − 0.1 kN = 0 2.3939 5 kN + 13 5 FIJ = 2.974 kN FIJ = 2.97 kN C W FBD Joint: ΣFx = 0: − FGI − 12 ( 2.974 kN ) + 7.533 kN = 0 13 FGI = 4.788 kN FGI = 4.79 kN T W PROBLEM 6.60 Determine the force in members AF and EJ of the truss shown when P = Q = 2 kips. (Hint: Use section aa.) SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣM A = 0: ( 24 ft ) K x − (18 ft )( 2 kips ) − ( 36 ft )( 2 kips ) = 0 K x = 4.5 kips FBD Section: ΣM F = 0: (12 ft )( 4.5 kips ) − (18 ft )( 2 kips ) − ( 36 ft )( 2 kips ) + ( 36 ft ) FEJ = 0 FEJ = 1.500 kips T W ΣM J = 0: (18 ft )( 2 kips ) + (12 ft )( 4.5 kips ) − ( 36 ft ) FAF = 0 FAF = 2.50 kips T W PROBLEM 6.61 Determine the force in members AF and EJ of the truss shown when P = 2 kips and Q = 0. (Hint: Use section aa.) SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣM A = 0: ( 24 ft ) K x − (18 ft )( 2 kips ) = 0 K x = 1.5 kips FBD Section: ΣM F = 0: (12 ft )(1.5 kips ) − (18 ft )( 2 kips ) + ( 36 ft ) FEJ = 0 FEJ = 0.500 kip T W ΣM J = 0: (18 ft )( 2 kips ) + (12 ft )(1.5 kips ) − ( 36 ft ) FAF = 0 FAF = 1.500 kips T W PROBLEM 6.62 Determine the force in members DG and FH of the truss shown. (Hint: Use section aa.) SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣFx = 0: A x = 0 By symmetry: A y = N y = 3.2 kN FBD Section: ΣM F = 0: ( 2.4 m ) FDG − ( 3.2 m )( 3.2 kN ) + (1.6 m )(1 kN ) = 0 FDG = 3.60 kN C W ΣM D = 0: ( 2.4 m ) FFH + (1.6 m )(1 kN ) − ( 3.2 m )( 3.2 kN ) = 0 FFH = 3.60 kN T W PROBLEM 6.63 Determine the force in members IL, GJ, and HK of the truss shown. (Hint: Begin with pins I and J and then use section bb.) SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣFx = 0: Ax = 0 By symmetry: Ax = 0; Ay = N y = 3.2 kN Joints: By inspection of joint I: FGI = FIL By inspection of joint J: and FIJ = 1.2 kN C FGJ ( C ) = FHJ ( T ) PROBLEM 6.63 CONTINUED FBD Section: ΣFx = 0; FIL − FHK + 0 4 F − F HJ GJ =0 5 so FIL − FHK = 0 ΣM J = 0: ( 3.2 m )( 3.2 kN ) − (1.2 m )( FIL + FHK ) − (1.6 m )(1 kN ) = 0 so Solving: FIL = FHK = 3.6 kN FIL + FHK = 7.2 kN FIL = 3.60 kN C W FHK = 3.60 kN T W ΣFy = 0: 3.2 kN − 1 kN − 1.2 kN − FGJ + FHJ = 5 kN 3 but FGJ = FHJ = 5 kN 6 3 ( FGJ + FHJ ) = 0 5 FGJ = .833 kN C W PROBLEM 6.64 The diagonal members in the center panels of the truss shown are very slender and can act only in tension; such members are known as counters. Determine the forces in the counters which are acting under the given loading. SOLUTION ΣFx = 0: Fx = 0 FBD Truss: ΣM F = 0: ( 5.5 m ) H y + ( 2.75 m )( 24 kN ) − ( 2.75 m )( 24 kN ) − ( 5.5 m )(12 kN ) − ( 8.25 m )(12 kN ) = 0 H y = 30 kN ΣFy = 0: Fy + 30 kN − 3 ( 24 kN ) − 2 (12 kN ) = 0 Fy = 66 kN FBD Section: Assume there is no pretension in any counter so that, as the truss is loaded, one of each pair becomes taut while the other becomes slack. Here tension is required in BG to provide downward force, so CF is slack. ΣFy = 0: 66 kN − 24 kN − 24 kN − FBG = 27.375 kN 2.4 FBG = 0 3.65 FBG = 27.4 kN T W FCF = 0 W Here tension is required in GD to provide downward force, so CH is slack. FCH = 0 W ΣFy = 0: 30 kN − 2 (12 kN ) − FGD = 9.125 kN 2.4 FGD = 0 3.65 FGD = 9.13 kN T W PROBLEM 6.65 The diagonal members in the center panels of the truss shown are very slender and can act only in tension; such members are known as counters. Determine the forces in the counters which are acting under the given loading. SOLUTION Assume that there is no pretension in any counter. So that, as the truss is loaded, one of each crossing pair becomes taut while the other becomes slack. FBD Section: Note: Tension is required in CH to provide upward force; thus GD is slack 2.4 ΣFy = 0: FCH − 24 kN = 0 FCH = 36.5 kN T W 3.65 FBD Truss: ( ) ΣM G = 0: ( 5.5 m )( 24 kN ) + ( 2.75 m )( 24 kN ) − ( 2.75 m ) Fy − ( 2.75 m )(12 kN ) − ( 5.5 m )(12 kN ) = 0 Fy = 36 kN ΣFx = 0: Fx = 0 FBD Section: Note: Tension is required in FC to provide upward force; so BG is slack. ΣFy = 0: ( 36 − 24 − 24 ) kN + 2.4 FFC = 0 3.65 FFC = 18.25 kN T W PROBLEM 6.66 The diagonal members in the center panel of the truss shown are very slender and can act only in tension; such members are known as counters. Determine the force in members BD and CE and in the counter which is acting when P = 3 kips. SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣFx = 0: A x = 0 ΣM A = 0: ( 25 ft ) Fy − (17 ft )( 2 kips ) − ( 8 ft )( 3 kips ) = 0 Fy = 2.32 kips Assume there is no pretension in either counter so that, as the truss is loaded, one becomes taut while the other becomes slack. FBD Section: Here tension is required in CD to provide downward force, so FBE = 0 ΣFy = 0: 2.32 kips − 2 kips − FCD = 0.6057 kip 5.6 FCD = 0 10.6 FCD = 606 lb T W ΣM D = 0: ( 8 ft )( 2.32 kips ) − (5.6 ft)FCE = 0 FCE = 3.314 kips ΣFx = 0: FBD − FCE = 3.31 kips T W 9 ( 0.6057 kip ) − 3.314 kips = 0 10.6 FBD = 3.829 kips FBD = 3.83 kips C W PROBLEM 6.67 Solve Prob. 6.66 when P = 1.5 kips. SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣM A = 0: ( 25 ft ) Fy − (17 ft )( 2 kips ) − ( 8 ft )(1.5 kips ) = 0 Fy = 1.84 kips Here tension is needed in BE to provide upward force, FBD Section: ΣFy = 0: so FCD = 0 5.6 FBE + 1.84 kips − 2 kips = 0 10.6 FBE = 0.03029 kip FBE = 303 lb T W ΣM E = 0: ( 8 ft )(1.84 kips ) − ( 5.6 ft ) FBD = 0 FBD = 2.629 kips FBD = 2.63 kips C W ΣFx = 0: 2.629 kips − 9 ( 0.3029 kip ) − FCE = 0 10.6 FCE = 2.371 kips FCE = 2.37 kips T W PROBLEM 6.68 The diagonal members CF and DE of the truss shown are very slender and can act only in tension; such members are known as counters. Determine the force in members CE and DF and in the counter which is acting. SOLUTION FBD Section: DE must be in tension to provide leftward force, so CF is slack. ΣFx = 0: 4 kips − 4 FDE = 0 5 FDE = 5.00 kips T W ΣM D = 0: ( 8 ft ) FCE − ( 6 ft )( 4 kips ) = 0 FCE = 3.00 kips T W ΣM E = 0: ( 8 ft ) FDF − (12 ft )( 4 kips ) = 0 FDF = 6.00 kips C W PROBLEM 6.69 The diagonal members EH and FG of the truss shown are very slender and can act only in tension; such members are known as counters. Determine the force in members EG and FH and in the counter which is acting. SOLUTION FBD Section: It is not obvious which counter is active, so assume FG is (and thus EH is slack) 6 ΣM F = 0: ( 8 ft ) FGE − (12 ft )( 4 kips ) = 0 6.824 FGE = 6.824 kips T 6 ΣM G = 0: (14.5 ft ) FFH − (18 ft )( 4 kips ) = 0 6.824 FFH = 5.647 kips C 6 6 ΣFy = 0: FFG = 0 ( 5.647 kips − 6.824 kips ) − 12.75 6.824 This gives FFG < 0 which is impossible, so the assumption is wrong, FG is slack, and EH is in tension. Then 6 ΣM E = 0: ( 8 ft ) FFH − (12 ft )( 4 kips ) = 0 6.824 FFH = 6.824 kips FFH = 6.83 kips C W 6 ΣM H = 0: (14.5 ft ) FGE − (18 ft )( 4 kips ) = 0 6.824 FGE = 5.647 kips FGE = 5.65 kips T W ΣFy = 0: 6 6 FEH = 0 ( 6.824 kips − 5.647 kips ) − 6.824 12.75 FEH = 2.198 kips FEH = 2.20 kips T W PROBLEM 6.70 Classify each of the structures shown as completely, partially, or improperly constrained; if completely constrained, further classify it as determinate or indeterminate. (All members can act both in tension and in compression.) SOLUTION Structure (a): Simple truss with r = 4, m = 16, n = 10 So m + r = 20 = 2n so completely constrained and determinate W Structure (b): Compound truss with r = 3, m = 16, n = 10 So m + r = 19 < 2n = 20 so Structure (c): partially constrained W Non-simple truss with r = 4, m = 12, n = 8 So m + r = 16 = 2n but must examine further, note that reaction forces A x and H x are aligned, so no equilibrium equation will resolve them. ∴ Statically indeterminate W Also consider For ΣFy = 0: H y = 0, but then ΣM A ≠ 0 in FBD Truss, ∴ Improperly constrained W PROBLEM 6.71 Classify each of the structures shown as completely, partially, or improperly constrained; if completely constrained, further classify it as determinate or indeterminate. (All members can act both in tension and in compression.) SOLUTION Structure (a): Non-simple truss with r = 4, m = 16, n = 10 so m + r = 20 = 2n, but must examine further. FBD Sections: ΣM A = 0 ⇒ T1 II: ΣFx = 0 ⇒ T2 I: ΣFx = 0 ⇒ Ax I: ΣFy = 0 ⇒ Ay II: ΣM E = 0 ⇒ Cy II: ΣFy = 0 Ey FBD I: ⇒ Since each section is a simple truss with reactions determined, structure is completely constrained and determinate. W Non-simple truss with r = 3, m = 16, n = 10 Structure (b): so m + r = 19 < 2n = 20 ∴ structure is partially constrained W Structure (c): Simple truss with r = 3, m = 17, n = 10 m + r = 20 = 2n, but the horizontal reaction forces Ax and Ex are collinear and no equilibrium equation will resolve them, so the W structure is improperly constrained and indeterminate PROBLEM 6.72 Classify each of the structures shown as completely, partially, or improperly constrained; if completely constrained, further classify it as determinate or indeterminate. (All members can act both in tension and in compression.) SOLUTION Structure (a): Non-simple truss with r = 4, m = 12, n = 8 so r + m = 16 = 2n, check for determinacy: One can solve joint F for forces in EF, FG and then solve joint E for E y and force in DE. This leaves a simple truss ABCDGH with r = 3, m = 9, n = 6 so r + m = 12 = 2n Structure is completely constrained and determinate W Structure (b): Simple truss (start with ABC and add joints alphabetically to complete truss) with r = 4, m = 13, n = 8 so Structure (c): r + m = 17 > 2n = 16 Constrained but indeterminate W Non-simple truss with r = 3, m = 13, n = 8 so r + m = 16 = 2n . To further examine, follow procedure in part (a) above to get truss at left. Since F1 ≠ 0 (from solution of joint F), ΣM A = aF1 ≠ 0 and there is no equilibrium. Structure is improperly constrained W PROBLEM 6.73 Classify each of the structures shown as completely, partially, or improperly constrained; if completely constrained, further classify it as determinate or indeterminate. (All members can act both in tension and in compression.) SOLUTION Structure (a): Simple truss (start with ABC and add joints alphabetical to complete truss), with r = 4, m = 13, n = 8 so r + m = 17 > 2n = 16 Structure is completely constrained but indeterminate. W Structure (b): From FBD II: ΣM G = 0 ⇒ ΣFx = 0 FBD I: FBD II: Jy ⇒ Fx ΣM A = 0 ⇒ Fy ΣFy = 0 ⇒ Ay ΣFx = 0 ⇒ Ax ΣFy = 0 ⇒ Gy Thus have two simple trusses with all reactions known, so structure is completely constrained and determinate. W Structure (c): Structure has r = 4, m = 13, n = 9 so r + m = 17 < 2n = 18, structure is partially constrained W PROBLEM 6.74 Classify each of the structures shown as completely, partially, or improperly constrained; if completely constrained, further classify it as determinate or indeterminate. (All members can act both in tension and in compression.) SOLUTION Structure (a): Rigid truss with r = 3, m = 14, n = 8 so r + m = 17 > 2n = 16 so completely constrained but indeterminate W Structure (b): Simple truss (start with ABC and add joints alphabetically), with r = 3, m = 13, n = 8 so r + m = 16 = 2n so completely constrained and determinate W Structure (c): Simple truss with r = 3, m = 13, n = 8 so r + m = 16 = 2n, but horizontal reactions ( Ax and Dx ) are collinear so cannot be resolved by any equilibrium equation. ∴ structure is improperly constrained W PROBLEM 6.75 Classify each of the structures shown as completely, partially, or improperly constrained; if completely constrained, further classify it as determinate or indeterminate. (All members can act both in tension and in compression.) SOLUTION Structure (a): No. of members m = 12 No. of joints n=8 No. of react. comps. r = 4 m + r = 16 = 2n unks = eqns FBD of EH: ΣM H = 0 → FDE ; ΣFx = 0 → FGH ; ΣFy = 0 → H y Then ABCDGF is a simple truss and all forces can be determined. This example is completely constrained and determinate. W Structure (b): No. of members m = 12 No. of joints n=8 No. of react. comps. r = 3 m + r = 15 < 2n = 16 unks < eqns partially constrained W Note: Quadrilateral DEHG can collapse with joint D moving downward: in (a) the roller at F prevents this action. PROBLEM 6.75 CONTINUED Structure (c): No. of members m = 13 No. of joints n=8 No. of react. comps. r = 4 m + r = 17 > 2n = 16 unks > eqns completely constrained but indeterminate W PROBLEM 6.76 For the frame and loading shown, determine the force acting on member ABC (a) at B, (b) at C. SOLUTION FBD member ABC: Note: BD is a two-force member so FBD is through D. (a) ΣM C = 0: (8 in.) 4 FBD − (12 in.)( 60 lb ) = 0 5 FBD = 112.5 lb (b) ΣFx = 0: 60 lb + Cx − 36.9° W 4 (112.5 lb ) = 0 5 Cx = 30 lb ΣFy = 0: C y − 3 (112.5 lb ) = 0 5 C y = 67.5 lb so C = 73.9 lb 66.0° W PROBLEM 6.77 Determine the force in member AC and the reaction at B when (a) θ = 30o , (b) θ = 60o. SOLUTION FBD member BCD: Note: AC is two-force member so FAC is through A. p = ( 8 in.) cosθ BC ΣM B = 0: ( 8 in.) cosθ ( FAC sin θ ) − (10 in.)( 20 lb ) − (14 in.)( 20 lb ) = 0 FAC = 60 lb sin θ cosθ ΣFx = 0: Bx − FAC cosθ = 0 Bx = 60 lb sin θ ΣFy = 0: By + FAC sin θ − 20 lb − 20 lb = 0 By = 40 lb − (a) θ = 30° 60 lb cos θ FAC = 138.56 lb FAC = 138.6 lb T W Bx = 120.0 lb By = −29.28 lb B = 123.5 lb (b) θ = 60° 13.71° W FAC = 138.56 lb FAC = 138.6 lb T W Bx = 69.28 lb By = −80 lb B = 105.8 lb 49.1° W PROBLEM 6.78 A circular ring of radius 200 mm is pinned at A and is supported by rod BC, which is fitted with a collar at C that can be moved along the ring. For the position when θ = 35°, determine (a) the force in rod BC, (b) the reaction at A. SOLUTION FBD ring: (a) θ = 35° ΣM A = 0: ( 0.2 m ) FBC cos 35° − ( 0.2 m )( 24 N ) = 0 FBC = 24 N = 29.298 N cos 35° FBC = 29.3 N C W (b) ΣFx = 0: Ax − 24 N cos 35° = 0 cos 35° Ax = 24 N ΣFy = 0: Ay + 24 N sin 35° − 24 N = 0 cos35° Ay = 7.195 N so A = 25.1 N 16.69° W PROBLEM 6.79 Solve Prob. 6.78 when θ = −20°. SOLUTION FBD ring: (a) θ = 20° ΣM A = 0: ( 0.2 m )( FBC cos 20° ) − ( 0.2 m )( 24 N ) = 0 FBC = 24 N = 25.54 N cos 20° FBC = 25.5 N C W (b) ΣFy = 0: Ay − 24 N sin 20° − 24 N = 0 cos 20° Ay = 32.735 lb ΣM B = 0: ( 0.2 m ) Ax − ( 0.2 m )( 24 N ) = 0 Ax = 24 N so A = 40.6 N 53.8° W PROBLEM 6.80 For the frame and loading shown, determine the components of all forces acting on member ABC. SOLUTION FBD Frame: ΣM E = 0: (1.2 m ) Ax − (1.5 m )( 80 kN ) = 0 A x = 100.0 kN ΣFy = 0: Ay − 80 kN = 0 FBD member ABC: A y = 80.0 kN W W Note: BE is two-force member so By = 2 Bx = 0.4 Bx 5 ΣM C = 0: (1.2 m )(100 kN ) − ( 3.0 m )( 80 kN ) + ( 0.6 m )( Bx ) + (1.5 m )( 0.4 Bx ) = 0 B x = 100.0 kN W so B y = 40.0 kN W ΣFx = 0: −100 kN − 100 kN + C x = 0 C x = 200 kN W ΣFy = 0: 80 kN − 40 kN − C y = 0 C y = 40.0 kN W PROBLEM 6.81 Solve Prob. 6.80 assuming that the 80-kN load is replaced by a clockwise couple of magnitude 120 kN ⋅ m applied to member EDC at point D. SOLUTION FBD Frame: ΣFy = 0: Ay = 0 W ΣM E = 0: (1.2 m ) Ax − 120 kN ⋅ m = 0 A x = 100.0 kN FBD member ABC: W Note: BE is two-force member, so By = 2 Bx = 0.4 Bx 5 ΣM C = 0: (1.2 m )100 kN − ( 0.6 m ) Bx − (1.5 m )( 0.4 Bx ) = 0 B x = 100.0 kN W so B y = 40.0 kN W ΣFx = 0: −100 kN + 100 kN − C x = 0 Cx = 0 W ΣFy = 0: 40 kN − C y = 0 C y = 40.0 kN W PROBLEM 6.82 For the frame and loading shown, determine the components of all forces acting on member ABC. SOLUTION FBD Frame: ΣM F = 0: (10.8 ft ) Ay − (12 ft )( 4.5 kips ) = 0 A y = 5.00 kips W ΣFx = 0: − Ax + 4.5 kips = 0 A x = 4.50 kips W FBD member ABC: Note: BE is a two-force member ΣM C = 0: (12 ft ) FBE + (10.8 ft )( 5 kips ) − (18 ft )( 4.5 kips ) = 0 FBE = 2.25 kips W ΣFx = 0: C x + 2.25 kips − 4.5 kips = 0 C x = 2.25 kips W ΣFy = 0: C y − 5 kips = 0 C y = 5.00 kips W PROBLEM 6.83 Solve Prob. 6.82 assuming that the 4.5-kip load is replaced by a clockwise couple of magnitude 54 kip ⋅ ft applied to member CDEF at point D. SOLUTION FBD Frame: ΣFx = 0: Ax = 0 W ΣM E = 0: (10.8 ft ) Ay − 54 kip ⋅ ft = 0 A y = 5.00 kips W FBD member ABC: ΣM C = 0: ( −12 ft ) FBE + (10.8 ft )( 5 kips ) = 0 FBE = 4.50 kips W ΣFx = 0: C x − 4.5 kips = 0 C x = 4.50 kips W ΣFy = 0: C y − 5 kips = 0 C y = 5.00 kips W PROBLEM 6.84 Determine the components of the reactions at A and E when a 160-lb force directed vertically downward is applied (a) at B, (b) at D. SOLUTION FBD Frame (part a): Note: EC is a two-force member, so Ey = 1 Ex 2 ΣM A = 0: (10 in.) Ex − ( 6 in.)(160 lb ) = 0 E x = 96.0 lb W so E y = 48.0 lb W A x = 96.0 lb W ΣFx = 0: − Ax + 96 lb = 0 ΣFy = 0: Ay − 160 lb + 48 lb = 0 A y = 112.0 lb W FBD member (part b): Note: AC is a two-force member, so Ax = 3 Ay ΣM A = 0: same as part (a) E x = 96.0 lb W A x = 96.0 lb W ΣFx = 0: same as part (a) Here Ay = 1 Ax 3 so A y = 32.0 lb W ΣFy = 0: 32 lb + E y − 160 lb = 0 E y = 128.0 lb W PROBLEM 6.85 Determine the components of the reactions at A and E when a 120-N force directed vertically downward is applied (a) at B, (b) at D. SOLUTION FBD ABC: (a) CE is a two-force member ΣM A = 0: ( 200 mm ) 1 1 FCE + ( 50 mm ) FCE 2 2 − 150 mm (120 N ) = 0 FCE = 72 2 N so E x = 72.0 N E y = 72.0 N ΣFx = 0: Ax + 1 FCE = 0 2 FBD CE: W Ax = −72 N W A x = 72.0 N 1 FCE = 0 2 ΣFy = 0: Ay − 120 N + W A y = 48.0 N W W (b) AC is a two-force member 4 1 ΣM E = 0: ( 75 mm ) FAC + ( 75 mm ) FAC 17 17 − ( 25 mm )(120 N ) = 0 ΣFx = 0: Ex − ΣFy = 0: E y + 4 FAC = 0 17 1 FAC − 120 = 0 17 FAC = 8 17 N E x = 32.0 N E y = 112.0 N and A x = 32.0 N A y = 8.00 N W W W W PROBLEM 6.86 Determine the components of the reactions at A and E when the frame is loaded by a clockwise couple of magnitude 360 lb ⋅ in. applied (a) at B, (b) at D. SOLUTION FBD Frame: Note for analysis of the frame FBD, the location of the applied couple is immaterial. ΣM A = 0: (10 in.) Ex − 360 in ⋅ lb = 0 E x = 36.0 lb W ΣM E = 0: (10 in.) Ax − 360 in ⋅ lb = 0 A x = 36.0 lb W Part (a): If couple acts at B, EC is a two-force member, so Ey = 1 Ex 2 E y = 18.0 lb W ΣFy = 0: Ay + 18 lb = 0 and then A y = 18.00 lb W Part (b): If couple acts at D, AC is a two-force member, so Ay = Then 1 Ax 3 ΣFy = 0: 12 lb + E y = 0 A y = 12.00 lb W E y = −12 lb E y = 12.00 lb W PROBLEM 6.87 Determine the components of the reactions at A and E when the frame is loaded by a counterclockwise couple of magnitude 24 N · m applied (a) at B, (b) at D. SOLUTION (a) FBD Frame: Note: CE is a two-force member, so Ex = E y ΣM A = 0: 24 N ⋅ m − ( 0.125 m ) Ex − ( 0.125 m ) E y = 0 Ex = E y = 96 N E x = 96.0 N E y = 96.0 N ΣFx = 0: Ax − 96 N = 0 ΣFy = 0: Ay − 96 N = 0 (b) FBD Frame: A x = 96.0 N A y = 96.0 N W W W W Note: AC is a two-force member, so Ax = 4 Ay ( ) ΣM E = 0: 24 N ⋅ m + ( 0.125 m ) Ay − ( 0.125 m ) 4 Ay = 0 Ay = 64 N A y = 64.0 N A x = 256 N ΣFy = 0: E y − 64 N = 0 ΣFx = 0: − Ex + 256 N = 0 E y = 64.0 N E x = 256 N W W W W PROBLEM 6.88 Determine the components of the reactions at A and B if (a) the 240-N load is applied as shown, (b) the 240-N load is moved along its line of action and is applied at E. SOLUTION FBD Frame: Regardless of the point of application of the 240 N load; ΣM A = 0: (1.25 m ) By − ( 2.25 m )( 240 N ) = 0 B y = 432 N W ΣM B = 0: (1.25 m ) Ay − (1.0 m )( 240 N ) = 0 A y = 192.0 N so B x = 0 W Part (a): If load at D, BCE is a two-force member, Then W ΣFx = 0: Ax − Bx = 0 Ax = Bx = 0 Ax = 0 W Part (b): If load at E , ACD is a two-force member, so Ax = 5 Ay 3 then A x = 320 N and W ΣFx = 0: Ax − Bx = 0 B x = 320 N W PROBLEM 6.89 The 192-N load can be moved along the line of action shown and applied at A, D, or E. Determine the components of the reactions at B and F when the 192-N load is applied (a) at A, (b) at D, (c) at E. SOLUTION FBD Frame: Note, regardless of the point of application of the 192 N load, ΣM B = 0: ( 2 m )(192 N ) − ( 3 m ) Fx = 0 Fx = 128.0 N W ΣFx = 0: Bx − 128 N = 0 B x = 128.0 N W ΣFy = 0: By + Fy − 192 N = 0 (a) and (c): If load applied at either A or E, BC is a two-force member 5 Bx 16 so By = B y = 40.0 N Then ΣFy = 0: 40 N + Fy − 192 N = 0 Fy = 152.0 N W W (b): If load applied at D, ACEF is a two-force member, so Fy = Then 7 Fy 16 Fy = 56.0 N W ΣFy = 0: By + 56 N − 192 N = 0 B y = 136.0 N W PROBLEM 6.90 The 192-N load is removed and a 288 N ⋅ m clockwise couple is applied successively at A, D, and E. Determine the components of the reactions at B and F when the couple is applied (a) at A, (b) at B, (c) at E. SOLUTION FBD Frame: Regardless of the location of applied couple, ΣM B = 0: ( 3 m ) Fx − 288 N ⋅ m = 0 Fx = 96.0 N W ΣFx = 0: − Bx + 96 N = 0 B x = 96.0 N W ΣFy = 0: By + Fy = 0 (a) and (c): If couple applied anywhere on ACEF , BC is a two-force member, 5 so By = Bx B y = 30.0 N 16 Then ΣFy = 0: 30 N + Fy = 0 W Fy = −30 N Fy = 30.0 N W (b): If couple is applied anywhere on BC , ACEF is a two-force member, so Fy = 7 Fx 16 ΣFy = 0: By + 42 N = 0 Fy = 42.0 N W By = −42 N B y = 42.0 N W PROBLEM 6.91 (a) Show that when a frame supports a pulley at A, an equivalent loading of the frame and of each of its component parts can be obtained by removing the pulley and applying at A two forces equal and parallel to the forces that the cable exerted on the pulley. (b) Show that if one end of the cable is attached to the frame at point B, a force of magnitude equal to the tension in the cable should also be applied at B. SOLUTION First note that, when a cable or cord passes over a frictionless, motionless pulley, the tension is unchanged. ΣM C = 0: rT1 − rT2 = 0 T1 = T2 (a) Replace each force with an equivalent force-couple. (b) Cut cable and replace forces on pulley with equivalent pair of forces at A as above. PROBLEM 6.92 Knowing that the pulley has a radius of 1.5 ft, determine the components of the reactions at A and E. SOLUTION FBD Frame: ΣM A = 0: ( 21 ft ) E y − (13.5 ft )( 210 lb ) = 0 E y = 135.0 lb W A y = 75.0 lb W ΣFy = 0: Ay − 210 lb + 135 lb = 0 FBD member ABC: ΣFx = 0: Ax − Ex = 0 Ax = Ex ΣM C = 0: ( 3 ft )( 210 lb ) − ( 3 ft )( 75 lb ) − ( 9 ft ) Ax = 0 A x = 45.0 lb W so E x = 45.0 lb W PROBLEM 6.93 Knowing that the pulley has a radius of 1.25 in., determine the components of the reactions at B and E. SOLUTION ΣM E = 0: ( 3.75 in.) Bx + ( 8.75 in.)( 75 lb ) = 0 FBD Frame: Bx = 175 lb ΣFx = 0: Ex − Bx = 0 B x = 175.0 lb W E x = 175.0 lb W ΣFy = 0: E y + By − 75 lb = 0 By = 75 lb − E y FBD member ACE: ΣM C = 0: − (1.25 in.)( 75 lb ) + ( 3.75 in.)(175 lb ) − ( 4.5 in.) E y = 0 Thus E y = 125.0 lb W B y = 50.0 lb W By = 75 lb − 125 lb = −50 lb PROBLEM 6.94 Two 200-mm-diameter pipes (pipe 1 and pipe 2) are supported every 3 m by a small frame like the one shown. Knowing that the combined mass per unit length of each pipe and its contents is 32 kg/m and assuming frictionless surfaces, determine the components of the reactions at A and E when a = 0. SOLUTION FBDs: pipe 2: 3 ΣFx′ = 0: NG − W = 0 5 N G = 0.6W 4 W =0 5 N D = 0.8W ΣFy′ = 0: N D − pipe 1: 3 ΣFx′ = 0: N F cos16.26° − W − 0.6W = 0 5 N F = 1.25W 4 W =0 5 NC = 0.45W ΣFy′ = 0: NC + 1.25W sin16.26° − Frame: 4 ΣM A = 0: ( 0.96 m ) E y − ( 0.48 m )W − 0.48 + ( 0.2 ) m W = 0 5 E y = 1.16667W E y = 1099 N W ΣFy = 0: Ay + 1.16667W − W − W = 0 Ay = 0.83333W ΣFx = 0: Ax − Ex = 0 A y = 785 N so Ax = Ex W PROBLEM 6.94 CONTINUED member BE: ΣM B = 0: ( 0.075 m )(1.25W ) + ( 0.48 m )(1.16667W ) − ( 0.36 m ) Ex = 0 Ex = 1.816W E x = 1710 N W thus A x = 1710 N W PROBLEM 6.95 Solve Prob. 6.94 when a = 280 mm. SOLUTION FBDs pipe 2 W = 941.76 N 4 W =0 5 N D = 0.8W 3 ΣFx′ = 0: NG − W = 0 5 NG = 0.6W 4 W =0 5 NC = 0.8W ΣFy′ = 0: N D − pipe 1: ΣFy′ = 0: NC − ΣFx′ = 0: N F − member BE: 3 96 g − NG = 0 5 N F = 1.2W ΣM B = 0: ( 640 mm ) Ex + ( 480 mm ) E y + (100 mm ) N F = 0 ΣM A = 0: ( 280 mm ) Ex + ( 960 mm ) E y + (100 mm ) N F − ( 700 mm ) NC − ( 900 mm ) N D = 0 Ex = −1.400W E y = 1.617W E x = 1318 N E y = 1523 N W W PROBLEM 6.95 CONTINUED FBD Frame: ΣFx = 0: Ax + Ex + 3 4 ( NC + N D ) − N F = 0 5 5 Ax = 1.400W ΣFy = 0: Ay + E y − A x = 1318 N W 4 3 ( NC + N D ) − N F = 0 5 5 Ay = 0.3833W A y = 361 N W PROBLEM 6.96 The tractor and scraper units shown are connected by a vertical pin located 1.8 ft behind the tractor wheels. The distance from C to D is 2.25 ft. The center of gravity of the 20-kip tractor unit is located at Gt , while the centers of gravity of the 16-kip scraper unit and the 90kip load are located at Gs and Gl , respectively. Knowing that the tractor is at rest with its brakes released, determine (a) the reactions at each of the four wheels, (b) the forces exerted on the tractor unit at C and D. SOLUTION FBD Entire machine: (a) ΣM A = 0: ( 21.6 ft ) 2 B − ( 7.2 ft )( 90 kips ) − (10.8 ft )(16 kips ) − ( 26.4 ft )( 20 kips ) = 0 B = 31.22 kips B = 31.2 kips W ΣFy = 0: 2A + 2 ( 31.22 kips ) − ( 90 + 16 + 20 ) kips = 0 A = 31.78 kips FBD Tractor: A = 31.8 kips W (b ) ΣM D = 0: ( 2.25 ft ) C + (1.8 ft )( 62.44 kips ) − ( 6.6 ft )( 20 kips ) = 0 C = 8.7146 kips ΣFx = 0: Dx − C = 0 C = 8.71 kips W Dx = 8.715 kips ΣFy = 0: 62.44 kips − D y − 20 kips = 0 Dy = 42.44 kips so D = 43.3 kips 78.4° W PROBLEM 6.97 Solve Prob. 6.96 assuming that the 90-kip load has been removed. SOLUTION FBD Entire machine: (a) ΣM A = 0: ( 21.6 ft )( 2B ) − (10.8 ft )(16 kips ) − ( 26.4 ft )( 20 kips ) = 0 B = 16.222 kips B = 16.22 kips W ΣFy = 0: 2A + 2 (16.222 kips ) − (16 + 20 ) kips = 0 A = 1.778 kips FBD Tractor: A = 1.778 kips W (b ) ΣM D = 0: ( 2.25 ft ) C + (1.8 ft )( 32.44 kips ) − ( 6.6 ft )( 20 kips ) = 0 C = 32.71 kips ΣFx = 0: Dx − C = 0 C = 32.7 kips W Dx = 32.71 kips ΣFy = 0: − Dy + 2 ( 32.44 kips ) − 20 kips = 0 Dy = 12.44 kips so D = 35.0 kips 20.8° W PROBLEM 6.98 For the frame and loading shown, determine the components of all forces acting on member ABE. SOLUTION FBD Frame: ΣM F = 0: (1.2 m )( 3.6 kN ) − ( 4.8 m ) E y = 0 E y = 0.9 kN FBD member BC: Cy = 4.8 8 Cx = Cx 5.4 9 ΣM C = 0: ( 2.4 m ) By − (1.2 m )( 3.6 kN ) = 0 By = 1.8kN B y = 1.800 kN on ABE: ΣFy = 0: −1.8 kN + C y − 3.6 kN = 0 so Cx = 9 Cy 8 ΣFx = 0: − Bx + C x = 0 W W C y = 5.40 kN Cx = 6.075 kN Bx = 6.075 kN on ABE: on BC B x = 6.08 kN W PROBLEM 6.98 CONTINUED FBD member AB0E: ΣM A = 0: a ( 6.075 kN ) − 2aEx = 0 Ex = 3.038 kN E x = 3.04 kN W A x = 3.04 kN W ΣFx = 0: − Ax + ( 6.075 − 3.038 ) kN = 0 ΣFy = 0: 0.9 kN + 1.8 kN − Ay = 0 A y = 2.70 kN W PROBLEM 6.99 For the frame and loading shown, determine the components of all forces acting on member ABE. SOLUTION FBD Frame: ΣM F = 0: ( 7.2 ft ) Fy − (1.2 ft )( 6 kips ) = 0 E y = 1.000 kip ΣM B = 0: ( 4.8 ft ) C y − ( 7.2 ft )( 6 kips ) = 0 W C y = 9 kips FBD member BCD: But C is ⊥ ACF , so Cx = 2C y ; Cx = 18 kips ΣFx = 0: − Bx + C x = 0 Bx = 18.00 kips Bx = C x = 18 kips on BCD ΣFy = 0: − By + 9 kips − 6 kips = 0 On ABE: By = 3 kips on BCD B x = 18.00 kips B y = 3.00 kips W W ΣM A = 0: ( 4.8 ft )(18 kips ) − ( 2.4 ft )( 3 kips ) + ( 3.6 ft )(1 kip ) − ( 7.2 ft ) ( Ex ) = 0 E x = 11.50 kips W ΣFx = 0: −11.50 kips + 18 kips − Ax = 0 A x = 6.50 kips W PROBLEM 6.99 CONTINUED FBD member ABE: ΣFy = 0: −1.00 kip + 3.00 kips − Ay = 0 A y = 2.00 kips W PROBLEM 6.100 For the frame and loading shown, determine the components of the forces acting on member ABC at B and C. SOLUTION FBD Frame: ΣM A = 0: ( 0.12 m ) D − ( 0.27 m )(192 N ) − ( 0.33 m )( 80 N ) = 0 D = 652 N ΣFy = 0: A y = 0 FBD members: ΣM E = 0: ( 0.39 m )( 652 N ) − ( 0.12 m ) Bx = 0 ΣFx = 0: Ex − 2119 N + 652 N = 0 Bx = 2119 N Ex = 1467 N PROBLEM 6.100 CONTINUED ΣFx = 0: 80 N + 192 N − 1467 N + Cx = 0 Cx = 1195 N ΣM E = 0: − ( 0.9 m ) C y + ( 0.12 m )(1195 N ) − ( 0.6 m )( 80 N ) = 0 C y = 1540 N From above, on ABC C x = 1.195 kN C y = 1.540 kN B x = 2.12 kN ΣFy = 0: − By + 1540 N = 0 W W W By = 1540 N B y = 1.540 kN W PROBLEM 6.101 For the frame and loading shown, determine the components of the forces acting on member CDE at C and D. SOLUTION FBD Frame: Note: p AF = 2 ( 0.32 m ) cos 30° = 0.5543 m ΣM F = 0: ( 0.5543 m ) Ax − ( 0.48 m )(100 N ) = 0 A x = 86.603 N ΣFy = 0: Ay − 100 N = 0 FBD members: A y = 100 N ΣM B = 0: ( 0.32 m )( cos 30° )( 86.603 N ) + ( 0.16 m )( cos 30° ) Dx − ( 0.32 m )( sin 30° )(100 N ) − ( 0.16 m )( sin 30° ) Dy = 0 Dx = Dy tan 30° − 57.736 N ΣM C = 0: ( 0.16 m ) Dy − ( 0.40 m )(100 N ) = 0 Dy = 250 N D y = 250 N Then, from above Dx = 86.6 N ΣFx = 0: Cx − 86.6 N = 0 ΣFy = 0: −C y + 250 N − 100 N = 0 W D x = 86.6 N W C x = 86.6 N W C y = 150.0 N W PROBLEM 6.102 Knowing that P = 15 N and Q = 65 N, determine the components of the forces exerted (a) on member BCDF at C and D, (b) on member ACEG at E. SOLUTION FBD Frame: P = 15 N Q = 65 N ΣM D = 0: ( 0.25 m )( P + Q ) − (.15 m )( P + Q ) − ( 0.08 m ) Ex = 0 Ex = 1.2 ( P + Q ) = 100 N ΣFx = 0: Dx − Ex = 0 = Dx − 100 N E x = 100.0 N W Dx = 100 N D x = 100.0 N W ΣFy = 0: E y − Dy − 2P − 2Q = 0 E y = D y + 2 ( P + Q ) = Dy + 160 N FBD member BF: ΣM C = 0: ( 0.15 m )( 65 N ) − ( 0.1 m ) Dy − ( 0.04 m )(100 N ) − ( 0.25 m )(15 N ) = 0 Dy = 20 N From above E y = 20 N + 160 N = 180 N D y = 20.0 N W E y = 180.0 N W ΣFx = 0: −Cx + 100 N = 0 C x = 100.0 N W ΣFy = 0: − 65 N + C y − 20 N − 15 N = 0 C y = 100.0 N W PROBLEM 6.103 Knowing that P = 25 N and Q = 55 N, determine the components of the forces exerted (a) on member BCDF at C and D, (b) on member ACEG at E. SOLUTION P = 25 N FBD Frame: Q = 55 N ΣM D = 0: ( 0.25 m )( P + Q ) − ( 0.15 m )( P + Q ) − ( 0.08m ) Ex = 0 Ex = 1.20 ( P + Q ) = 100 N E x = 100.0 N W D x = 100.0 N W ΣFx = Dx − 100 N = 0 ΣFy = E y − Dy − 2P − 2Q = 0 E y = D y + 2 ( P + Q ) = Dy + 160 N FBD member BF: ΣM C = 0: ( 0.15 m )( 55 N ) − ( 0.1 m ) Dy − ( 0.04 )(100 N ) − ( 0.25 m )( 25 N ) = 0 Dy = −20 N From above E y = −20 N + 160 N = 140 N ΣFx = 0: −Cx + 100 N = 0 D y = 20.0 N W E y = 140.0 N W C x = 100.0 N W ΣFy = 0: −55 N + C y − ( −20 N ) − 25 N = 0 C y = 60.0 N W PROBLEM 6.104 Knowing that P = 822 N and Q = 0, determine for the frame and loading shown (a) the reaction at D, (b) the force in member BF. SOLUTION FBD Frame: ΣM = 0: ( 0.24 m ) Dx − ( 0.56 m )( 822 N ) = 0 Dx = 1918 N D x = 1.918 kN ΣM D = 0: ( 0.69 m ) FBD member DF: 8 3 FBF − ( 0.24 m ) FEC = 0 17 5 0.3247 FBF − 0.144 FEC = 0 ΣFx = 0: 1918 N − 15 4 FBF − FEC = 0 17 5 0.8824 FBF + 0.800 FEC = 1918 N FBF = 714 N T W Solving: ΣM E = 0: ( 0.45 m ) 8 ( 714 N ) − ( 0.24 m ) Dy = 0 17 Dy = 630 N so D = 2.02 kN 18.18° W PROBLEM 6.105 Knowing that P = 0 and Q = 1096 N, determine for the frame and loading shown (a) the reaction at D, (b) the force in member BF. SOLUTION FBD Frame: ΣM A = 0: ( 0.24 m ) Dx − ( 0.69 m )(1096 N ) = 0 ΣM D = 0: ( 0.69 m ) FBD member DF: D x = 3151 N 8 3 FBF − ( 0.69 m )(1096 N ) − ( 0.24 m ) FEC = 0 17 5 0.3247 FBF − 0.144 FEC = 756.24 N ΣFx = 0: 3151 N − 4 15 FEC − FBF = 0 5 17 0.8824 FBF + 0.800 FEC = 3151 N Solving: FBF = 2737 N FBF = 2.74 kN T W 8 ΣM E = 0: ( 0.45 m ) ( 2737 N ) − 1096 N − ( 0.24 m ) Dy = 0 17 D y = 360.06 N D = 3.17 kN 6.52° W PROBLEM 6.106 The axis of the three-hinge arch ABC is a parabola with vertex at B. Knowing that P = 28 kips and Q = 35 kips, determine (a) the components of the reaction at A, (b) the components of the force exerted at B on segment AB. SOLUTION FBDs members: From FBD I: ΣM A = 0: ( 9.6 ft ) Bx − ( 24 ft ) By − (15 ft )( 28 kips ) = 0 1.2Bx − 3.0 By = 52.5 kips FBD II: ΣM C = 0: ( 5.4 ft ) Bx + (18 ft ) By − ( 9 ft )( 35 kips ) = 0 0.6 Bx − 2 By = 35 kips Solving: Bx = 50 kips; By = 2.5 kips as drawn, so on AB: B x = 50.0 kips B y = 2.50 kips FBD I: ΣFx = 0: Ax − 50 kips = 0 ΣFx = 0: Ay − 28 kips − 2.5 kips = 0 A x = 50.0 kips A y = 30.5 kips W W W W PROBLEM 6.107 The axis of the three-hinge arch ABC is a parabola with vertex at B. Knowing that P = 35 kips and Q = 28 kips , determine (a) the components of the reaction at A, (b) the components of the force exerted at B on segment AB. SOLUTION member FBDs: From FBD I: ΣM A = 0: ( 9.6 ft ) Bx + ( 24 ft ) By − (15 ft )( 35 kips ) = 0 3.2Bx + 8By = 175 kips FBD I: ΣM C = 0: ( 5.4 ft ) Bx − (18 ft ) By − ( 9 ft )( 28 kips ) = 0 0.6 Bx − 2 By = 28 kips Solving: Bx = 51.25 kips; Bx = 1.375 kips as drawn, so on AB: B x = 51.3 kips B y = 1.375 kips FBD I: ΣFx = 0: Ax − 51.25 kips ΣFy = 0: Ay − 35 kips + 1.375 kips A x = 51.3 kips A y = 33.6 kips W W W W PROBLEM 6.108 For the frame and loading shown, determine the reactions at A, B, D, and E. Assume that the surface at each support is frictionless. SOLUTION FBD Frame: ΣM A = 0: ( 0.16 m ) E − ( 0.08 m )(1 kN ) cos 30° − ( 0.06 m )(1 kN ) sin 30° = 0 E = 0.2455 kN E = 246 N ΣFy = 0: D + 0.2455 kN − (1 kN ) cos 30° = 0 D = 0.6205 kN D = 621 N ΣFx = 0: A − B + (1 kN ) sin 30° = 0 W W B = A + 0.5 kN FBD member ACE: ΣM C = 0: ( 0.8 m )( 0.2455 kN ) − ( 0.6 m )( A ) = 0 From above A = 0.3274 kN A = 327 N W B = 827 N W B = A + 0.05 kN B = ( 0.327 + 0.50 ) kN = 0.827 kN PROBLEM 6.109 Members ABC and CDE are pin-connected at C and are supported by four links. For the loading shown, determine the force in each link. SOLUTION member FBDs: FBD I: FBD II: ΣM I = 0: 2aC y + aC x − aP = 0 ΣM J = 0: 2aC y − aC x = 0 Solving: Cx = FBD I: 2C y − Cx = 0 P P ; Cy = as shown 2 4 ΣFx = 0: − 1 FBG + C x = 0 2 ΣFy = 0: FAF − P + FBD II: 2C y + Cx = P FBG = FBG = C x 2 1 2 P P + =0 2 2 4 ΣFx = 0: −C x + 1 FDG = 0 2 ΣFy = 0: −C y + 1 2 P + FEH = 0 2 2 2 P CW 2 FAF = FDG = FDG = C x 2 FEH = P P P − =− 4 2 4 P CW 4 2 P CW 2 FEH = P TW 4 PROBLEM 6.110 Members ABC and CDE are pin-connected at C and are supported by four links. For the loading shown, determine the force in each link. SOLUTION member FBDs: From FBD I: FBD II: Solving : Cx = FBD I: ΣM J = 0: a 3a a Cx + Cy − P = 0 2 2 2 ΣM K = 0: a 3a Cx − Cy = 0 2 2 Cx + 3C y = P Cx − 3C y = 0 P P ; Cy = as drawn 2 6 ΣM B = 0: aC y − a ΣFx = 0: − 1 FAG = 0 2 FAG = 1 1 FAG + FBF − Cx = 0 2 2 2C y = 2 P 6 FBF = FAG + Cx 2 = FAG = 2 2 P+ P 6 2 FBF = FBD II: ΣM D = 0: a 1 FEH + aC y = 0 2 ΣFx = 0: C x − FEH = − 2C y = − 1 1 FDI + FEH = 0 2 2 2 P 6 FDI = FEH + Cx 2 = − 2 P CW 6 2 2 P CW 3 FEH = 2 P TW 6 2 2 P+ P 6 2 FDI = 2 P CW 3 PROBLEM 6.111 Members ABC and CDE are pin-connected at C and are supported by four links. For the loading shown, determine the force in each link. SOLUTION member FBDs: FBD I: ΣM B = 0: aC y − a 1 FAF = 0 2 FAF = 2C y FBD II: M D = 0: aC y − a 1 FEH = 0 2 FEH = 2C y FBDs combined: ΣM G = 0: aP − a 1 1 FAF − a FEH = 0 2 2 Cy = FBD I: ΣFy = 0: 1 1 2C y + 2C y 2 2 P 2 1 1 FDG − FEH = 0 2 2 so FAF = 2 P C 2 FEH = 2 P T 2 P 1 P FBG − P + + =0 2 2 2 1 1 FAF + FBG − P + C y = 0 2 2 FBD II: ΣFy = 0: − C y + P= − P 1 P FDG − + =0 2 2 2 FBG = 0 FDG = 2P C PROBLEM 6.112 Solve Prob. 6.109 assuming that the force P is replaced by a clockwise couple of moment M 0 applied to member CDE at D. SOLUTION FBDs members: 1 FBG = 0 2 FBD I: ΣM A = 0: 2aC y − a FBD II: ΣM E = 0: 2aC y − M 0 + a FBDs combined: ΣFx = 0: FBG = 2 2C y 1 FDG = 0 2 FBG = 2 2 FBD I: ΣFy = 0: FAF − FBD II: 2 M0 a 1 1 FBG + C x − C x − FDG = 0 2 2 FBG = FDG : 2 2C y = −2 2C y + FDG = FDG = −2 2C y + 2 M0 a Cy = M0 4a 2 M M0 − 2 2 0 a 4a 1 FBG + C y = 0 2 ΣH D = 0: aC y − M 0 + aFEH = 0 FAF = 1 2 M0 M0 − 4a 2 2 a aFEH = M 0 − a M0 4a M0 4a FBG = 2 M0 T 2 a FDG = 2 M0 2 a T M0 4a C 3 M0 4 a C FAF = FEH = PROBLEM 6.113 Four wooden beams, each of length 2a, are nailed together at their midpoints to form the support system shown. Assuming that only vertical forces are exerted at the connections, determine the vertical reactions at A, D, E, and H. SOLUTION Note that, if we assume P is applied to EG, each individual member FBD looks like so 2Fleft = 2 Fright = Fmiddle Labeling each interaction force with the letter corresponding to the joint of its application, we see that B = 2 A = 2F C = 2B = 2D G = 2C = 2H P + F = 2G ( = 4C = 8B = 16 F ) = 2E From P + F = 16 F , F = P 15 so A = P 15 D= 2P 15 H= 4P 15 E= 8P 15 PROBLEM 6.114 Three wooden beams, each of length of 3a, are nailed together to form the support system shown. Assuming that only vertical forces are exerted at the connections, determine the vertical reactions at A, D, and F. SOLUTION Note that, if we assume P is applied to BF, each individual member FBD looks like: Fshort = 2Flong = so 2 Fload 3 (by moment equations about S and L). Labeling each interaction force with the letter corresponding to the joint of application, we have: 2( P + E ) = 2B 3 C D = E = 3 2 B A C = = 3 2 F = so 2(P + E) = 2B = 6C = 18E 3 A = 2C = 3E F = 2 P P + 3 26 P + E = 27 E E= P 26 so D = 2E = P 13 A= 3P 13 F= 9P 13 PROBLEM 6.115 Each of the frames shown consists of two L-shaped members connected by two rigid links. For each frame, determine the reactions at the supports and indicate whether the frame is rigid. SOLUTION (a) member FBDs: FBD I: ΣM A = 0: aF1 − 2aP = 0 FBD II: ΣM B = 0: − aF2 = 0 F1 = 2 P; ΣFy = 0: Ay − P = 0 F2 = 0 ΣFx = 0: Bx + F1 = 0, Bx = − F1 = −2P B x = 2P ΣFy = 0: By = 0 FBD I: Ay = P ΣFx = 0: − Ax − F1 + F2 = 0 Ax = F2 − F1 = 0 − 2P so B = 2P A x = 2P so A = 2.24 P 26.6° frame is rigid (b) FBD left: FBD I: FBD II: FBD whole: a a 5a P + Ax − Ay = 0 2 2 2 Ax − 5 Ay = − P ΣM B = 0: 3aP + aAx − 5aAy = 0 Ax − 5 Ay = −3P ΣM E = 0: This is impossible unless P = 0 ∴ not rigid PROBLEM 6.115 CONTINUED (c) member FBDs: FBD I: ΣFy = 0: A − P = 0 A= P ΣM D = 0: aF1 − 2aA = 0 ΣFx = 0: F2 − F1 = 0 FBD II: ΣM B = 0: 2aC − aF1 = 0 C = F2 = 2 P F1 = P 2 ΣFx = 0: F1 − F2 + Bx = 0 ΣFx = 0: By + C = 0 F1 = 2 P C= P Bx = P − P = 0 By = −C = − P B= P Frame is rigid PROBLEM 6.116 Each of the frames shown consists of two L-shaped members connected by two rigid links. For each frame, determine the reactions at the supports and indicate whether the frame is rigid. SOLUTION (a) member FBDs: FBD II: ΣFy = 0: By = 0 ΣM B = 0: aF2 = 0 FBD I: ΣM A = 0: aF2 − 2aP = 0 F2 = 0 but F2 = 0 so P = 0 not rigid for P ≠ 0 (b) member FBDs: ( ) Note: 7 unknowns Ax , Ay , Bx , By , F1, F2 , C but only 6 independent equations. System is statically indeterminate System is, however, rigid (c) FBD whole: FBD right: PROBLEM 6.116 CONTINUED FBD I: ΣM A = 0: 5aBy − 2aP = 0 ΣFy = 0: Ay − P + FBD II: FBD I: ΣM c = 0: 2 P=0 5 By = Ay = a 5a Bx − By = 0 2 2 ΣFx = 0: Ax + Bx = 0 2 P 5 3 P 5 Bx = 5By Ax = − Bx B x = 2P A x = 2P A = 2.09 P 16.70° B = 2.04P 11.31° System is rigid PROBLEM 6.117 Each of the frames shown consists of two L-shaped members connected by two rigid links. For each frame, determine the reactions at the supports and indicate whether the frame is rigid. SOLUTION Note: In all three cases, the right member has only three forces acting, two of which are parallel. Thus the third force, at B, must be parallel to the link forces. (a) FBD whole: ΣM A = 0: − 2aP − ΣFx = 0: Ax − a 4 1 B + 5a B=0 4 17 17 4 B=0 17 ΣFy = 0: Ay − P + 1 B=0 17 B = 2.06 P B = 2.06P 14.04° W A = 2.06P 14.04° W A x = 2P Ay = P 2 rigid W (b) FBD whole: Since B passes through A, ∴ no equilibrium if P ≠ 0 ΣM A = 2aP = 0 only if P = 0 not rigid W PROBLEM 6.117 CONTINUED (c) FBD whole: ΣM A = 0: 5a ΣFx = 0: Ax + 1 3a 4 B+ B − 2aP = 0 4 17 17 4 B=0 17 ΣFy = 0: Ay − P + 1 B=0 17 B= 17 P 4 B = 1.031P 14.04° W Ax = − P Ay = P − P 3P = 4 4 A = 1.250P 36.9° W System is rigid W PROBLEM 6.118 A 50-N force directed vertically downward is applied to the toggle vise at C. Knowing that link BD is 150 mm long and that a = 100 mm, determine the horizontal force exerted on block E. SOLUTION FBD machine: Note: ( 0.1 m ) sin 15° = ( 0.15 m ) sin θ θ = sin −1 ( 0.17255 ) = 9.9359° p AD = ( 0.1 m ) cos 15° + ( 0.15 m ) cos θ = 0.24434 m ΣM A = 0: ( 0.24434 m ) D sin θ − ( 0.25m )( cos 15° )( 50 N ) = 0 D= FBD part D : 0.25 cos 15° 50 N = 286.38 N ( 0.24434 )( 0.17255) ΣFx = 0: D cosθ − E = 0 E = D cosθ = 282.1 N Eblock = 282 N W PROBLEM 6.119 A 50-N force directed vertically downward is applied to the toggle vise at C. Knowing that link BD is 150 mm long and that a = 200 mm, determine the horizontal force exerted on block E. SOLUTION FBD machine: Note: ( 0.2 m ) sin15° = ( 0.15 m ) sin θ θ = sin −1 ( 0.3451) = 20.187° p AD = ( 0.2 m ) cos15° + ( 0.15m ) cos θ = 0.33397 m ΣM A = 0: ( 0.33397 m ) D sin 20.187° − ( 0.35m )( cos15° )( 50 N ) = 0 FBD part D: D = 146.67 N ΣFx = 0: D cosθ − E = 0 E = (146.67 N ) cos 20.187° = 137.66 N Eon block = 137.7 N PROBLEM 6.120 The press shown is used to emboss a small seal at E. Knowing that P = 60 lb, determine (a) the vertical component of the force exerted on the seal, (b) the reaction at A. SOLUTION FBD machine: ΣM A = 0: ( 5 in.) cos 60° D cos 20° + ( 5 in.) sin 60° D sin 20° − ( 5 in.) cos 60° + (10 in.) cos15° ( 60 lb ) = 0 D = 190.473 lb ΣFx = 0: Ax − D sin 20° = 0 Ax = 65.146 lb ΣFy = 0: Ay + D cos 20° − 60 lb = 0 Ax = −118.99 lb so A = 135.7 lb 61.3° FBD part D: ΣFy = 0: E − D cos 20° = 0 E = (190.47 lb ) cos 20° = 178.98 lb Eon seal = 179.0 lb PROBLEM 6.121 The press shown is used to emboss a small seal at E. Knowing that the vertical component of the force exerted on the seal must be 240 lb, determine (a) the required vertical force P, (b) the corresponding reaction at A. SOLUTION FBD part D: (a) ΣFy = 0: E − D cos 20° = 0 D= 240 lb = 255.40 lb cos 20° ΣM A = 0: ( 5in.) cos 60° D cos 20° + ( 5 in.) cos 60° D sin 20° FBD machine: − ( 5in.) cos 60° + 10in.) cos15° P = 0 P = 80.453 lb (b) P = 80.5 lb ΣFx = 0: Ax − D sin 20° = 0 Ax = 87.35 lb ΣFy = 0: Ay + 240 lb − 80.5 lb = 0 Ay = 159.5 lb A = 181.9 lb 61.3° PROBLEM 6.122 The double toggle latching mechanism shown is used to hold member G against the support. Knowing that α = 60°, determine the force exerted on G. SOLUTION member FBDs: tan θ = Note: ( 0.05 m + 0.02 m ) sin 60° ( 0.09 m ) + ( 0.03 + 0.05 − 0.02 ) m cos 60° = 0.50518 θ = 26.802° FBD I: ΣM C = 0: ( 0.15 m ) 80 N − ( 0.02 m ) FDF cos ( 30° − 26.802° ) = 0 FDF = 600.94 N ΣFx = 0: ( 600.94 N ) cos 26.802° − ( 80 N ) sin 60° − Cx = 0 Cx = 467.10 N ΣFy = 0: − C y + ( 600.94 N ) sin 26.802° − ( 80 N ) cos 60° = 0 C y = 230.97 N FBD II: ΣM G = 0: ( 0.03 m )( cos 30° ) Bx + 0.12 m + ( 0.03m ) cos 60° By + ( 0.03 m ) ( 600.94 N ) sin 26.802° − ( .026 m ) ( 600.94 N ) cos 26.802° = 0 0.015 3 Bx + 0.135By = 5.8065 N (1) PROBLEM 6.122 CONTINUED FBD III: ΣM A = 0: ( 0.03m )( sin 60° ) Bx + ( 0.03 m )( cos 60° ) By − ( 0.08 m )( sin 60° ) 467.10 N + ( 0.08 m )( cos 60° ) 230.97 N = 0 0.015 3 Bx + 0.015By = 23.123 N Solving (1) and (2) (2) Bx = 973.31 N By = −144.303 N FBD II: ΣFx = 0: − Gx − ( 600.94 N ) cos 26.802° + 973.31 N = 0 G x = 436.93 N ΣFy = 0: − ( −144.303 N ) + G y − ( 600.94 N ) sin 26.802° = 0 G y = 126.67 N Therefore, the force acting on member G is G = 455 N 16.17° PROBLEM 6.123 The double toggle latching mechanism shown is used to hold member G against the support. Knowing that α = 75°, determine the force exerted on G. SOLUTION FBDs: tan θ = Note: ( 0.07 m ) cos 30° 0.09 m + ( 0.03 m ) cos 75° + ( 0.03 m ) sin 30° θ = 28.262° FBD I: ΣM C = 0: ( 0.15 m ) ( 80 N ) − ( 0.02 m ) FDF cos ( 30° − 28.262° ) = 0 FDF = 600.28 N ΣFx = 0: − Cx − ( 80 N ) cos 30° + ( 600.28 N ) cos 28.262° = 0 Cx = 459.44 N ΣFy = 0: − C y − ( 80 N ) sin 30° − ( 600.28 N ) sin 28.262° = 0 C y = 244.24 N FBD II: ΣM G = 0: − ( 0.03m ) sin 75° Bx + 0.120 m + ( 0.03m ) cos 75° By + ( 0.03 m ) sin 75° ( 600.28 N ) cos 28.262° − ( 0.03 m ) ( 600.28 N ) sin 28.262° = 0 0.9659 Bx − 4.2588By = 226.47 N (1) PROBLEM 6.123 CONTINUED FBD III: ΣM A = 0: ( 0.03 m ) sin 75° Bx − ( 0.03 m ) cos 75° By − ( 0.03 m ) sin 75° + ( 0.05 m ) sin 60° ( 459.44 N ) + ( 0.03 m ) cos 75° + ( 0.05 m ) cos 60° ( 244.24 N ) = 0 0.9659 Bx − 0.2588By = 840.18 N Solving (1) and (2): (2) Bx = 910.93 N By = 153.428 N FBD II: ΣFx = 0: − Gx − ( 600.28 N ) cos 28.262° + 910.93 N = 0 G x = 382.21 N ΣFy = 0: G y − ( 600.28 N ) sin 28.262° + 153.428 N = 0 G y = 130.81 N Therefore, the force acting on member G is: G = 404 N 18.89° PROBLEM 6.124 For the system and loading shown, determine (a) the force P required for equilibrium, (b) the corresponding force in member BD, (c) the corresponding reaction at C. SOLUTION FBD I : member FBDs: ΣM C = 0: R ( FBD sin 30° ) − R (1 − cos 30° ) ( 200 N ) − R ( 100 N ) = 0 FBD = 253.6 N FBD = 254 N T ΣFx = 0: − Cx + ( 253.6 N ) cos 30° = 0 C x = 219.6 N ΣFy = 0: C y + ( 253.6 N ) sin 30° − 200 N − 100 N = 0 C y = 173.2 N FBD II : so C = 280 N ΣM A = 0: aP − a ( 253.6 N ) cos 30° = 0 P = 220 N 38.3° PROBLEM 6.125 A couple M of magnitude 15 kip ⋅ in. is applied to the crank of the engine system shown. For each of the two positions shown, determine the force P required to hold the system in equilibrium. SOLUTION (a) FBDs: Note: tan θ = = 1.5 in. 5.25 in. 2 7 FBD whole: ΣM A = 0: ( 7.50 in.) C y − 15 kip ⋅ in. = 0 FBD piston: ΣFy = 0: C y − FBC sin θ = 0 FBC = C y = 2.00 kips Cy sin θ = 2 kips sinθ ΣFx = 0: FBC cosθ − P = 0 P = FBC cosθ = 2 kips = 7 kips tan θ P = 7.00 kips PROBLEM 6.125 CONTINUED (b) FBDs: Note: FBD whole: tan θ = 2 as above 7 ΣM A = 0: ( 3 in.) C y − 15 kip ⋅ in. = 0 C y = 5 kips ΣFy = 0: C y − FBC sin θ = 0 FBC = Cy sin θ ΣFx = 0: FBC cosθ − P = 0 P = FBC cosθ = Cy tan θ = 5 kips 2/7 P = 17.50 kips PROBLEM 6.126 A force P of magnitude 4 kips is applied to the piston of the engine system shown. For each of the two positions shown, determine the couple M required to hold the system in equilibrium. SOLUTION (a) FBDs: Note: tan θ = = FBD piston: FBD whole: 1.5 in. 5.25 in. 2 7 P cosθ ΣFx = 0: FBC cosθ − P = 0 FBC = ΣFy = 0: C y − FBC sin θ = 0 C y = FBC sin θ = P tan θ = ΣM A = 0: ( 7.50 in.) C y − M = 0 M = 7.5 in. Cy = 2 P 7 15 in. P 7 M = 8.57 kip ⋅ in. PROBLEM 6.126 CONTINUED (b) FBDs: Note: tan θ = 2 as above 7 FBD piston: as above C y = P tan θ = FBD whole: 2 P 7 ΣM A = 0: ( 3.0 in.) C y − M = 0 M = 2 M = ( 3.0 in.) P 7 24 kip ⋅ in. 7 M = 3.43 kip ⋅ in. PROBLEM 6.127 Arm BCD is connected by pins to crank AB at B and to a collar at C. Neglecting the effect of friction, determine the couple M required to hold the system in equilibrium when θ = 0. SOLUTION member FBDs: FBD II: ΣFy = 0: By = 0 ΣM C = 0: FBD I: ( 6.4 in.) Bx − ( 5 in.)16 lb = 0 ΣM A = 0: (7.5 in.) Bx − M = 0 Bx = 12.5 lb M = ( 7.5 in.)(12.5 lb ) = 93.8 lb ⋅ in. M = 93.8 lb ⋅ in. PROBLEM 6.137 The drum lifter shown is used to lift a steel drum. Knowing that the mass of the drum and its contents is 240 kg, determine the forces exerted at F and H on member DFH. SOLUTION ΣFy = 0; FBD System: P −W = 0 P =W ( = ( 240 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 P = 2354.4 N FBD machine: Symmetry: H x = I x Hy = Iy ΣFy = 0: P − 2 H y = 0 Hy = FBD ABC: P = 1177.2 N 2 Symmetry: C = B 4 ΣFy = 0: P − 2 B = 0 5 B= 5 P = 1471.5 N 8 ) PROBLEM 6.137 CONTINUED FBD DFH: 3 ΣM H = 0: − ( 0.1 m ) F + ( 0.39 m ) 1471.5 N 5 4 − ( 0.055 m ) 1471.5 N = 0 5 F = 3973.05 N F = 3.97 kN W 3 ΣFx = 0: 3973.05 N − 1471.5 N − H x = 0 5 H x = 3090.15 N H = 3.31 kN 20.9° W PROBLEM 6.138 A small barrel having a mass of 72 kg is lifted by a pair of tongs as shown. Knowing that a = 100 mm, determine the forces exerted at B and D on tong ABD. SOLUTION Notes: From FBD whole, by inspection, ( P = W = mg = ( 72 kg ) 9.81 m/s2 FBB ABD: ) P = 706.32 N BC is a two-force member: Bx = 3By ΣM D = 0: ( 0.1 m ) Bx + ( 0.06 m ) By − ( 0.18 m ) P = 0 3By + 0.6 By = 1.8P By = so P = 353.16 N 2 Bx = 3P = 1059.48 N 2 and B = 1.117 kN 18.43° W ΣFx = 0: − Bx + Dx = 0 Dx = 3P = 1059.48 N 2 ΣFy = 0: P − By − Dy = 0 Dy = P − P = 353.16 N 2 so D = 1.117 kN 18.43° W PROBLEM 6.139 Determine the magnitude of the ripping forces exerted along line aa on the nut when two 240-N forces are applied to the handles as shown. Assume that pins A and D slide freely in slots cut in the jaws. SOLUTION FBD jaw AB: ΣFx = 0: Bx = 0 ΣM B = 0: ( 0.01 m ) G − ( 0.03 m ) A = 0 A= G 3 ΣFy = 0: A + G − By = 0 By = A + G = 4G 3 FBD handle ACE: By symmetry and FBD jaw DE: D = A = E y = By = G , Ex = Bx = 0, 3 4G 3 ΣM C = 0: ( 0.105 m )( 240 N ) + ( 0.015 m ) G 4G − ( 0.015 m ) =0 3 3 G = 1680 N W PROBLEM 6.140 In using the bolt cutter shown, a worker applies two 75-lb forces to the handles. Determine the magnitude of the forces exerted by the cutter on the bolt. SOLUTION FBD Cutter AB: FBD I: FBD handle BC: ΣFx = 0: Bx = 0 FBD II: ΣM C = 0: ( 0.5 in.) By − (19.5 in.) 75 lb = 0 By = 2925 lb Then FBD I: ΣM A = 0: ( 4 in.) By − (1 in.) F = 0 F = 4 By F = 11700 lb = 11.70 kips W PROBLEM 6.141 Determine the magnitude of the gripping forces produced when two 50-lb forces are applied as shown. SOLUTION FBD handle CD: ΣM D = 0: − ( 4.2 in.)( 50 lb ) − ( 0.2 in.) 2.8 A 8.84 1 + (1 in.) A = 0 8.84 A = 477.27 8.84 lb FBD handle AD: ΣM D = 0: ( 4.4 in.)( 50 lb ) − ( 4 in.) ( 1 477.27 8.84 lb 8.84 ) + (1.2 in.) F = 0 F = 1.408 kips W PROBLEM 6.142 The compound-lever pruning shears shown can be adjusted by placing pin A at various ratchet positions on blade ACE. Knowing that 1.5-kN vertical forces are required to complete the pruning of a small branch, determine the magnitude P of the forces that must be applied to the handles when the shears are adjusted as shown. SOLUTION FBD cutter AC: ΣM C = 0: ( 32 mm )1.5 KN − ( 28 mm ) Ay − (10 mm ) Ax = 0 11 10 Ax + 28 Ax = 48 kN 13 Ax = 1.42466 kN Ay = 1.20548 kN FBD handle AD: ΣM D = 0: (15 mm )(1.20548 kN ) − ( 5 mm )(1.42466 kN ) − (70 mm) P = 0 P = 0.1566 kN = 156.6 N W PROBLEM 6.143 Determine the force P which must be applied to the toggle BCD To maintain equilibrium in the position shown. SOLUTION θ = 30° + α Note: FBD joint B: = 30° + tan −1 20 200 = 30° + 5.711° = 35.711° ΣFx′ = 0: FBC cos 35.711° − ( 240 N ) cos 30° = 0 FBC = 255.98 N T FBD joint C: By symmetry: FCD = 255.98 N ΣFx′′ = 0: P − 2 ( 255.98 N ) sin 5.711° = 0 P = 50.9 N 30.0° W PROBLEM 6.144 In the locked position shown, the toggle clamp exerts at A a vertical 1.2-kN force on the wooden block, and handle CF rests against the stop at G. Determine the force P required to release the clamp. (Hint: To release the clamp, the forces of contact at G must be zero.) SOLUTION FBD BC: ΣM B = 0: ( 24 mm ) C x − ( 66 mm )(1.2 kN ) = 0 Cx = 3.3 kN ΣFx = 0: Dx − C x = 0 Dx = 3.3 kN ΣM C = 0: ( 86 mm ) P FBD CDF: − 18.5 mm − (16 mm ) tan 40° ( FDE cos 40° ) = 0 FDE = 22.124 P ΣFx = 0: Cx − FDE cos 40° + P sin 30° = 0 3.3 kN − ( 22.124 P ) cos 40° + P sin 30° = 0 P = 201 N 60° W PROBLEM 6.145 The garden shears shown consist of two blades and two handles. The two handles are connected by pin C and the two blades are connected by pin D. The left blade and the right handle are connected by pin A; the right blade and the left handle are connected by pin B. Determine the magnitude of the forces exerted on the small branch E when two 20-lb forces are applied to the handles as shown. SOLUTION Note: By symmetry the vertical components of pin forces C and D are zero. FBD handle ACF: (not to scale) ΣFy = 0: Ay = 0 ΣM C = 0: (13.5 in.)( 20 lb ) − (1.5 in.) Ax = 0 ΣFx = 0: C − Ax − 20 lb = 0 Ax = 180 lb C = (180 + 20 ) lb = 200 lb FBD blade DE: ΣM D = 0: ( 9 in.) E − ( 3 in.)(180 lb ) = 0 E = 60.0 lb W PROBLEM 6.146 The bone rongeur shown is used in surgical procedures to cut small bones. Determine the magnitude of the forces exerted on the bone at E when two 25-lb forces are applied as shown. SOLUTION Note: By symmetry the horizontal components of pin forces at A and D are zero. FBD handle AB: ΣFx = 0: Bx = 0 ΣM A = 0: (1.1 in.) By − ( 4.4 in.)( 25 lb ) By = 100 lb FBD Blade BD: ΣM A = 0: (1.6 in.)(100 lb ) − (1.2 in.)( E ) = 0 E = 133.3 lb W PROBLEM 6.147 The telescoping arm ABC is used to provide an elevated platform for construction workers. The workers and the platform together have a mass of 240 kg and have a combined center of gravity located directly above C. For the position when θ = 24o , determine (a) the force exerted at B by the single hydraulic cylinder BD, (b) the force exerted on the supporting carriage at A. SOLUTION θ = tan −1 Note: FBD boom: ( 3.2sin 24° − 1) m ( 3.2cos 24° − 0.6 ) m θ = 44.73° (a ) ΣM A = 0: ( 6.4 m ) cos 24° ( 2.3544 kN ) − ( 3.2 m ) cos 24° B sin 44.73° + ( 3.2 m ) sin 24° B cos 44.73° = 0 B = 12.153 kN B = 12.15 kN 44.7° W ΣFx = 0: Ax − (12.153 kN ) cos 44.73° = 0 A x = 8.633 kN (b ) ΣFy = 0: − 2.3544 kN + (12.153 kN ) sin 44.73° − Ay = 0 A y = 6.198 kN On boom: On carriage: A = 10.63 kN 35.7° A = 10.63 kN 35.7° W PROBLEM 6.148 The telescoping arm ABC can be lowered until end C is close to the ground, so that workers can easily board the platform. For the position when θ = −18o , determine (a) the force exerted at B by the single hydraulic cylinder BD, (b) the force exerted on the supporting carriage at A. SOLUTION FBD boom: 1 m − 3.2 m sin18° 3.2 m cos18° − 0.6 m θ = 0.2614° θ = tan −1 W = ( 240 kg )( 9.81 N kg ) = 2354.4 N (a) ΣM A = 0: ( 6.4 m ) cos18° 2.3544 kN − ( 3.2 m ) cos18° B sin ( 0.2614° ) − ( 3.2 m ) sin18° B cos ( 0.2614° ) = 0 B = 14.292 kN (b) B = 14.29 kN .261° W A = 14.47 kN 9.10° ΣFx = 0: Ax − B cos ( 0.2614° ) = 0 Ax = (14.292 kN ) cos ( 0.2614° ) = 14.292 kN ΣFy = 0: Ay + B sin ( 0.2614° ) − 2.3544 kN = 0 Ay = 2.3544 kN − (14.292 kN ) sin ( 0.2614° ) Ay = 2.2892 kN On boom: On carriage: A = 14.47 kN 9.10° W PROBLEM 6.149 The bucket of the front-end loader shown carries a 12-kN load. The motion of the bucket is controlled by two identical mechanisms, only one of which is shown. Knowing that the mechanism shown supports one-half of the 12-kN load, determine the force exerted (a) by cylinder CD, (b) by cylinder FH. SOLUTION FBD bucket: (a ) ΣM D = 0: ( 0.3 m )(12 kN ) − ( 0.32 m )( 2FAB ) = 0 FAB = 5.625 kN ΣFx = 0: 2FAB − 2 Dx = 0 Dx = FAB = 5.625 kN ΣFy = 0: Dy − 12 kN = 0 Dy = 12 kN FBD link BCE: θ = tan −1 160 = 21.801° 400 ΣM E = 0: ( 0.46 m )( 5.625 kN ) + ( 0.1 m )( FCD sin 21.801° ) − ( 0.3 m )( FCD cos 21.801° ) = 0 FCD = 10.7185 kN On BCE: (C) FCD = 10.72 kN 21.8° W FBD boom & bucket mechanism: (b) ΣM G = 0: (1.5 m )(12 kN ) + ( 0.12 m )( 2 FFH cos 45° ) − ( 0.48 m )( 2FFH sin 45° ) = 0 FFH = 35.4 kN C On DFG: FFH = 35.4 kN 45° W PROBLEM 6.150 The motion of the bucket of the front-end loader shown is controlled by two arms and a linkage which are pin-connected at D. The arms are located symmetrically with respect to the central, vertical, and longitudinal plane of the loader; one arm AFJ and its control cylinder EF are shown. The single linkage GHBD and its control cylinder BC are located in the plane of symmetry. For the position shown, determine the force exerted (a) by cylinder BC, (b) by cylinder EF. SOLUTION FBD bucket: (a ) ΣM J = 0: ( 0.5 m )( 20 kN ) − ( 0.55 m ) FGH = 0 FGH = 18.1818 kN ΣM D = 0: ( 0.5 m ) FBC − ( 0.6 m ) FGH = 0 FBD link BH: FBC = 6 6 FGH = 18.1818 kN = 21.818 kN 5 5 On BH: FBC = 21.8 kN W FBD mechanism with bucket: (b) θ = tan −1 1.625 m = 74.521° 0.45 m ΣM A = ( 3.075 m )( 20 kN ) − ( 0.3 m )( 28.818 kN ) − ( 0.6 m )( 2FEF sin 74.521° ) = 0 On AF: FEF = 47.5 kN 15.48° W PROBLEM 6.151 In the planetary gear system shown, the radius of the central gear A is a = 20 mm, the radius of the planetary gear is b, and the radius of the outer gear E is ( a + 2b ) . A clockwise couple of magnitude M A = 20 N ⋅ m is applied to the central gear A, and a counterclockwise couple of magnitude M S = 100 N ⋅ m is applied to the spider BCD. If the system is to be in equilibrium, determine (a) the required radius b of the planetary gears, (b) the couple ME that must be applied to the outer gear E. SOLUTION FBD Gear A: (a) By symmetry F1 = F2 = F3 = F ΣM A = 0: 3aF − 20 N ⋅ m = 0 F = FBD Gear C: 20 N⋅m 3a ΣFx′ = 0: Cx′ = 0 ΣM C = 0: bF − bF4 = 0 ΣFy′ = 0: C y′ − F − F4 = 0 F4 = F = 20 N ⋅ m 3a C y′ = 2 F = 40 N ⋅ m 3a By symmetry central forces on gears B and D are the same FBD Spider: Smaller scale ΣM A = 0: M S − ( a + b ) 2 F = 0 100 N ⋅ m = 6 ( a + b ) F = ( a + b ) 100 b =1+ 40 a 40 N⋅m a b 3 = a 2 a = 20 mm so that b = 30.0 mm W PROBLEM 6.151 CONTINUED FBD Outer gear: (b) ΣM A = 0: 3 ( a + 2b ) F − M E = 0 M E = 3 ( 20 mm + 60 mm ) 20 N ⋅ m = 80.0 N ⋅ m W 3 ( 20 mm ) PROBLEM 6.152 Gears A and D are rigidly attached to horizontal shafts that are held by frictionless bearings. Determine (a) the couple M 0 that must be applied to shaft DEF to maintain equilibrium, (b) the reactions at G and H. SOLUTION FBD Gear A: looking from C (a) M A = 15 lb ⋅ ft rA = 4 in. ΣM A = 0: M A − P rA = 0 P= M A 180 lb ⋅ in. = rA 4 in. P = 45 lb FBD Gear B: looking from F ΣM B = 0: M 0 − rB P = 0 M 0 = rB P = ( 2.5 in.)( 45 lb ) = 112.5 lb ⋅ in. M 0 = 112.5 lb ⋅ in. i W FBD ABC: looking down (b) ΣM B = 0: ( 2 in.)( 45 lb ) − ( 5 in.) C = 0 ΣFz = 0: 45 lb − B + 18 lb = 0 C = 18 lb k B = −63 lb k PROBLEM 6.152 CONTINUED FBD BEG: By analogy, using FBD DEF E = 63 lb k F = 18 lb k ΣFz = 0: Gz + 63 lb − 63 lb = 0 Gz = 0 ΣFy = 0 ΣM G = 0 Gy = 0 M G − ( 6.5 in.)( 63 lb ) = 0 M G = ( 410 lb ⋅ in.) i W FBD CFH: ΣF = 0: H z = H y = 0 ΣM H = 0 M H = − ( 6.5 in.)(18 lb ) = −117 lb ⋅ in. M G = − (117.0 lb ⋅ in.) i W PROBLEM 6.153 Two shafts AC and CF, which lie in the vertical xy plane, are connected by a universal joint at C. The bearings at B and D do ot exert any axial force. A couple of magnitude 50 N ⋅ m (clockwise when viewed from the positive x axis) is applied to shaft CF at F. At a time when the arm of the crosspiece attached to shaft CF is horizontal, determine (a) the magnitude of the couple which must be applied to shaft AC at A to maintain equilibrium, (b) the reactions at B, D, and E. (Hint: The sum of the couples exerted on the crosspiece must be zero). SOLUTION Note: The couples exerted by the two yokes on the crosspiece must be equal and opposite. Since neither yoke can exert a couple along the arm of the crosspiece it contacts, these equal and opposite couples must be normal to the plane of the crosspiece. If the crosspiece arm attached to shaft CF is horizontal, the plane of the crosspiece is normal to shaft AC, so couple M C is along AC. FBDs shafts with yokes: (a) FBD CDE: ΣM x = 0: M C cos30° − 50 N ⋅ m = 0 M C = 57.735 N ⋅ m FBD BC: ΣM x′ = 0: M A − M C = 0 (b) M A = 57.7 N ⋅ m W ΣM C = 0: M A i′ + ( 0.5 m ) Bz j′ − ( 0.5 m ) By′ k = 0 ΣF = 0: B + C = 0 so B = 0W C=0 FBD CDF : ΣM Dy = 0: − ( 0.6 m ) Ez + ( 57.735 N ⋅ m ) sin 30° = 0 E z = 48.1 N k ΣFx = 0: Ex = 0 ΣM Dz = 0: ( 0.6 m ) E y = 0 0 ΣF = 0: C + D + E = 0 E y = 0 so E = ( 48.1 N ) k W D = −E = − ( 48.1 N ) k W PROBLEM 6.154 Solve Prob. 6.153 assuming that the arm of the crosspiece attached to shaft CF is vertical. SOLUTION Note: The couples exerted by the two yokes on the crosspiece must be equal and opposite. Since neither yoke can exert a couple along the arm of the crosspiece it contacts, these equal and opposite couples must be normal to the plane of the crosspiece. If the crosspiece arm attached to CF is vertical, the plane of the crosspiece is normal to CF, so the couple M C is along CF. (a) FBD CDE: FBD BC: ΣM x = 0: M C − 50 N ⋅ m = 0 M C = 50 N ⋅ m ΣM x′ = 0: M A − M C cos 30° = 0 M A = ( 50 N ⋅ m ) cos 30° M A = 43.3 N ⋅ m W (b) ΣM Cy′ = 0: M C sin 30° + ( 0.5 m ) Bz = 0 ΣM Cz = 0: − ( 0.5 m ) By = 0 ΣF = 0: B + C = 0 FBD CDE: C = −B Bz = − ( 50 N ⋅ m )( 0.5) By = 0 so ΣM Dy = 0: − ( 0.4 m ) Cz − ( 0.6 m ) Ez = 0 0.5 m = −50 N so B = − ( 50.0 N ) k W C = ( 50 N ) k on BC 4 Ez = − ( 50 N ) = −33.3 N 6 ΣM Dz = 0: E y = 0 ΣFx = 0: Ex = 0 ΣF = 0: C + D + E = 0 so E = − ( 33.3 N ) k W − ( 50 N ) k + D − ( 33.3 N ) k = 0 D = ( 83.3 N ) k W PROBLEM 6.155 The large mechanical tongs shown are used to grab and lift a thick 1800-lb steel slab HJ. Knowing that slipping does not occur between the tong grips and the slab at H and J, determine the components of all forces acting on member EFH. (Hint: Consider the symmetry of the tongs to establish relationships between the components of the force acting at E on EFH and the components of the force acting at D on CDF.) SOLUTION FBD A: By inspection of FBD whole: FA = W = 1800 lb By symmetry: FAB = FAC = T (say) ΣFy = 0: 1800 lb − 2 1 T =0 5 T = 900 5 lb = FAC = FAB ΣFx = 0: Dx − Fx − FBD CDF: ( ) 2 900 5 lb = 0 5 Dx − Fx = 1800 lb ΣFy = 0: − Dy + Fy + ( (1) ) 1 900 5 lb = 0 5 Dy − Fy = 900 lb ( (2) ) ( ) 1 2 ΣM D = 0: (6.9 ft) 900 5 lb + ( 0.9 ft ) 900 5 lb 5 5 FBD EFH: − (1.5 ft ) Fy − ( 5.4 ft ) Fx = 0 5.4 Fx + 1.5Fy = 7830 lb (3) Note: By symmetry Ex = Dx ; E y = Dy ΣM F = 0: ( 4.5 ft ) Dy − ( 5.4 ft ) Dy − (1.5 ft ) H x + ( 0.9 ft ) 900 lb = 0 5.4 Dx − 4.5D y + 1.5H x = 810 lb (4) ΣFx = 0: Dx + Fx − H x = 0 Fx = 648 lb (5) W PROBLEM 6.155 CONTINUED Solving equations (1) through (5): Fx = 648 lb W Fy = 2.89 kips W E x = D x = 2.45 kips E y = D y = 3.79 kips H x = 3.10 kip and, as noted H y = 900 lb W W W W PROBLEM 6.156 For the frame and loading shown, determine the force acting on member ABC (a) at B, (b) at C. SOLUTION FBD ABC: Note: BD is two-force member (a) 3 ΣM C = 0: ( 0.09 m )( 200 N ) − ( 2.4 m ) FBD = 0 5 FBD = 125.0 N (b) ΣFx = 0: 200 N − ΣFy = 0: 4 (125 N ) − Cx = 0 5 3 FBD − C y = 0 5 Cy = 36.9° W C x = 100 N 3 (125 N ) = 75 N 5 C = 125.0 N 36.9° W PROBLEM 6.157 Determine the force in each member of the truss shown. State whether each member is in tension or compression. SOLUTION ΣFx = 0: H x = 0 FBD Truss: ΣM H = 0: ( 32 ft )(12 kips ) − ( 8 ft ) G = 0 G = 48 kips ΣFy = 0: −12 kips + G − H y = 0 H y = 48 kips − 12 kips = 36 kips H y = 36 kips 12 kips F F = AB = AC 3 8 73 FBD joint A: so FAB = 32.0 kips T W FAC = 4 73 kips; FAC = 34.2 kips C W FBC = 0 W By inspection of joint C : FCE = 34.2 kips C W FBE = 0 W Then by inspection of joint B : FBD = 32.0 kips T W FDE = 0 W Then by inspection of joint E : FEG = 34.2 kips C W FDG = 0 W Then by inspection of joint D : FBD joint G: FDF = 32.0 kips T W FFG = 0 W By inspection of joint F : FFH = 32.0 kips T W ΣFx = 0: ( ) 8 8 4 73 kips − FGH = 0 73 145 FGH = 4 145 kips FGH = 48.2 kips C W PROBLEM 6.158 The tongs shown are used to apply a total upward force of 45 kN on a pipe cap. Determine the forces exerted at D and F on tong ADF. SOLUTION FBD whole: By symmetry A = B = 22.5 kN ΣM F = 0: ( 75 mm ) CD − (100 mm )( 22.5 kN ) = 0 CD = 30 kN FBD ADF: ΣFx = 0: Fx − CD = 0 ΣFy = 0: 22.5 kN − Fy = 0 W Fx = CD = 30 kN Fy = 22.5 kN so F = 37.5 kN 36.9° W PROBLEM 6.159 A stadium roof truss is loaded as shown. Determine the force in members BC, BH, and GH. SOLUTION ΣM B = 0: ( 6.3 ft ) FGH − (14 ft )(1.8 kips ) − ( 28 ft )( 0.9 kip ) = 0 FBD Section: FGH = 8.00 kips C W 40 ΣM H = 0: ( 3.15 ft ) FBC − (14 ft )( 0.9 kip ) = 0 41 FBC = 4.10 kips T W ΣFY = 0: FBH = 9 9 FBC − 1.8 kips − 0.9 kip + FBH = 0 41 21.93 21.93 9 2.7 kips − ( 4.10 kips ) = 4.386 kips 9 41 FBH = 4.39 kips T W PROBLEM 6.160 A stadium roof truss is loaded as shown. Determine the force in members EJ, FJ, and EI. SOLUTION FBD Truss: ( ΣM K = 0: (16 ft ) Ly − 0.9 kip ) − ( 28 ft )(1.8 kips ) − ( 42ft )(1.8 kips ) − ( 56 ft )( 0.9 kip ) = 0 Ly = 11.925 kips ΣM E = 0: ( 8 ft )(11.925 kips − 0.9 kip ) − ( 20 ft ) (1.8 kips ) − ( 34 ft ) (1.8 kips ) − ( 48ft ) ( 0.9 kip ) + ( 31.5ft ) Lx = 0 Lx = 1.65714 kips Joint L: ΣFx = 0: − 8 FIL + 1.65714 kips = 0 32.5 FIL = 6.7321 kips ΣFy = 0: 31.5 ( 6.7321 kips ) + 11.925 kips 32.5 − FJL = 0 FJL = 18.4500 kips By inspection of joint I, FIJ = 0 and FEI = FIL = 6.73 kips T W Then by inspection of joint J, FEJ = 0 W and FFJ = FJL = 18.45 kips C W PROBLEM 6.161 For the frame and loading shown, determine the components of the forces acting on member DABC at B and at D. SOLUTION FBD Frame: ΣM G = 0: ( 0.6 m ) H y − ( 0.5 m ) 6 kN − (1.0 m )(12 kN ) = 0 H y = 25 kN FBD BEH: ΣM E = 0: ( 0.5 m ) Bx − ( 0.2 m )( 25 kN ) = 0 Bx = 10 kN on DABC B x = 10.00 kN W ΣFx = 0: − Dx + Bx + 12 kN = 0 FBD DABC: Dx = (10 kN + 12 kN ) = 22 kN D x = 22.0 kN W ΣM B = 0: ( 0.8 m ) Dy − ( 0.5 m ) Dx = 0 Dy = 13.75 kN D y = 13.75 kN W B y = 13.75 kN W ΣFy = 0: By − Dy = 0 By = 13.75 kN PROBLEM 6.162 Using the method of joints, determine the force in each member of the truss shown. State whether each member is in tension or compression. SOLUTION Joint FBDs: 8.4 kN F F = AC = AB 2.8 4.5 5.3 A: FAB = 15.90 kN C W FAC = 13.50 kN T W C: ΣFy = 0: 13.5 kN − 4.5 FCD = 0 5.3 FCD = 15.90 kN T W ΣFy = 0: FBC − 2.8 (15.9 kN ) − 8.4 kN = 0 5.3 FBC = 16.80 kN C W D: ΣFy = 0: 4.5 (15.9 kN ) − FBD = 0 5.3 FBD = 13.50 kN C W PROBLEM 6.163 For the frame and loading shown, determine the components of the forces acting on member CFE at C and at F. SOLUTION FBD Frame: ΣM D = 0: (13 in.)( 40 lb ) − (10 in.) Ax = 0 FBD ABF: A x = 52 lb ΣM B = 0: ( 4 in.) Fx − ( 6 in.)( 52 lb ) = 0 Fx = 78 lb on ABF Fx = 78.0 lb on CFE from above W ΣM c = 0: ( 9 in.)( 40 lb ) − ( 4 in.) Fy − ( 4 in.)( 78 lb ) = 0 FBD CFE: Fy = 12.00 lb ΣFx = 0: C x − Fx = 0 W C x = 78 lb C x = 78.0 lb W ΣFy = 0: − 40 lb + Fy + C y = 0 C y = 40 lb − 12 lb = 28 lb C y = 28.0 lb W PROBLEM 6.164 A Mansard roof truss is loaded as shown. Determine the force in members DF, DG, and EG. SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣFx = 0: Ax = 0 By symmetry: Ay = Ly = FBD Section: 5P 2 or Ay = Ly = 3 kN ΣM D = 0: ( 3 m ) FEG + ( 4 m )(1.2 kN ) − ( 6.25 m )( 3 kN ) = 0 FEG = 4.65 kN T W ΣFy = 0: 3 kN − 2 (1.2 kN ) − 3 FDG = 0 5 FDG = 1.000 kN T W ΣFx = 0: FEG + FDF = 4.65 kN + 4 FDG − FDF = 0 5 4 (1 kN ) = 5.45 kN 5 FDF = 5.45 kN C W PROBLEM 6.165 A Mansard roof truss is loaded as shown. Determine the force in members GI, HI, and HJ. SOLUTION FBD Truss: ΣFx = 0: Ax = 0 By symmetry: Ay = Ly = FBD Section: 5P 2 or Ay = Ly = 3 kN ΣM I = 0: ( 6.25 m )( 3 kN ) − ( 4 m )(1.2 kN ) − ( 3 m ) FHJ = 0 FHJ = 4.65 kN C W ΣFx = 0: FHJ − FGI = 0 FGI = FHJ FGI = 4.65 kN T W ΣFy = 0: − FHI − 1.2 kN + 3 kN = 0 FHI = 1.800 kN C W PROBLEM 6.166 Rod CD is fitted with a collar at D that can be moved along rod AB, which is bent in the shape of a circular arc. For the position when θ = 30°, determine (a) the force in rod CD, (b) the reaction at B. SOLUTION FBD: (a) ( ) ΣM C = 0: (15 in.) 20 lb − By = 0 B y = 20 lb ΣFy = 0: − 20 lb + FCD sin 30° − 20 lb = 0 FCD = 80.0 lb T W (b) ΣFx = 0: ( 80 lb ) cos 30° − Bx = 0 B x = 69.282 lb so B = 72.1 lb 16.10° W PROBLEM 6.167 A log weighing 800 lb is lifted by a pair of tongs as shown. Determine the forces exerted at E and at F on tong DEF. SOLUTION FBD AB: By symmetry: Ay = By = 400 lb and FBD DEF: Note: Ax = Bx = D = −B 6 ( 400 lb ) = 480 lb 5 so Dx = 480 lb Dy = 400 lb ΣM F = (10.5 in.)( 400 lb ) + (15.5 in.)( 480 lb ) − (12 in.) Ex = 0 Ex = 970 lb E = 970 lb ΣFx = 0: − 480 lb + 970 lb − Fx = 0 ΣFy = 0: 400 lb − Fy = 0 W Fx = 490 lb Fy = 400 lb F = 633 lb 39.2° W PROBLEM 7.1 Determine the internal forces (axial force, shearing force, and bending moment) at point J of the structure indicated: Frame and loading of Prob. 6.77. SOLUTION ΣFx = 0: − F = 0 FBD JD: F=0 ΣFy = 0: V − 20 lb − 20 lb = 0 V = 40.0 lb ΣM J = 0: M − ( 2 in.)( 20 lb ) − ( 6 in.)( 20 lb ) = 0 M = 160.0 lb ⋅ in. PROBLEM 7.2 Determine the internal forces (axial force, shearing force, and bending moment) at point J of the structure indicated: Frame and loading of Prob. 6.76. SOLUTION FBD AJ: ΣFx = 0: 60 lb − V = 0 V = 60.0 lb ΣFy = 0: − F = 0 F=0 ΣM J = 0: M − (1 in.)( 60 lb ) = 0 M = 60.0 lb ⋅ in. PROBLEM 7.3 For the frame and loading of Prob. 6.80, determine the internal forces at a point J located halfway between points A and B. SOLUTION FBD Frame: ΣFy = 0: Ay − 80 kN = 0 A y = 80 kN ΣM E = 0: (1.2 m ) Ax − (1.5 m )( 80 kN ) = 0 A x = 100 kN 0.3 m θ = tan −1 = 21.801° 0.75 m FBD AJ: ΣFx′ = 0: F − ( 80 kN ) sin 21.801° − (100 kN ) cos 21.801° = 0 F = 122.6 kN ΣFy′ = 0: V + ( 80 kN ) cos 21.801° − (100 kN ) sin 21.801° = 0 V = 37.1 kN ΣM J = 0: M + (.3 m )(100 kN ) − (.75 m )( 80 kN ) = 0 M = 30.0 kN ⋅ m PROBLEM 7.4 For the frame and loading of Prob. 6.101, determine the internal forces at a point J located halfway between points A and B. SOLUTION FBD Frame: ΣFy = 0: Ay − 100 N = 0 A y = 100 N ΣM F = 0: 2 ( 0.32 m ) cos 30° Ax − ( 0.48 m )(100 N ) = 0 A x = 86.603 N FBD AJ: ΣFx′ = 0: F − (100 N ) cos 30° − ( 86.603 N ) sin 30° = 0 F = 129.9 N ΣFy′ = 0: V + (100 N ) sin 30° − ( 86.603 N ) cos 30° = 0 V = 25.0 N ΣM J = 0: ( 0.16 m ) cos 30° ( 86.603 N ) − ( 0.16 m ) sin 30° (100 N ) − M = 0 M = 4.00 N ⋅ m PROBLEM 7.5 Determine the internal forces at point J of the structure shown. SOLUTION FBD Frame: AB is two-force member, so Ay Ax = 0.36 m 0.15 m Ay = 5 Ax 12 ΣM C = 0: ( 0.3 m ) Ax − ( 0.48 m )( 390 N ) = 0 A x = 624 N Ay = 5 Ax = 260 N or A y = 260 N 12 ΣFx = 0: F − 624 N = 0 F = 624 N FBD AJ: ΣFy = 0: 260 N − V = 0 V = 260 N ΣM J = 0: M − ( 0.2 m )( 260 N ) = 0 M = 52.0 N ⋅ m PROBLEM 7.6 Determine the internal forces at point K of the structure shown. SOLUTION FBD Frame: ΣM C = 0: ( 0.3 m ) Ax − ( 0.48 m )( 390 N ) = 0 A x = 624 N AB is two-force member, so Ay Ax 5 = → Ay = Ax 0.36 m 0.15 m 12 ΣFx = 0: − Ax + C x = 0 A y = 260 N C x = A x = 624 N ΣFy = 0: Ay + C y − 390 N = 0 C y = 390 N − 260 N = 130 N or C y = 130 N FBD CK: ΣFx′ = 0: F + 12 5 ( 624 N ) + (130 N ) = 0 13 13 F = −626 N ΣFy′ = 0: F = 626 N 12 5 (130 N ) − ( 624 N ) − V = 0 13 13 V = −120 N V = 120.0 N ΣM K = 0: ( 0.1 m )( 624 N ) − ( 0.24 m )(130 N ) − M = 0 M = 31.2 N ⋅ m PROBLEM 7.7 A semicircular rod is loaded as shown. Determine the internal forces at point J. SOLUTION FBD Rod: ΣM B = 0: Ax ( 2r ) = 0 Ax = 0 ΣFx′ = 0: V − ( 30 lb ) cos 60° = 0 V = 15.00 lb FBD AJ: ΣFy′ = 0: F + ( 30 lb ) sin 60° = 0 F = −25.98 lb F = 26.0 lb ΣM J = 0: M − [ (9 in.) sin 60°] ( 30 lb ) = 0 M = −233.8 lb ⋅ in. M = 234 lb ⋅ in. PROBLEM 7.8 A semicircular rod is loaded as shown. Determine the internal forces at point K. SOLUTION FBD Rod: ΣFy = 0: By − 30 lb = 0 ΣM A = 0: 2rBx = 0 B y = 30 lb Bx = 0 ΣFx′ = 0: V − ( 30 lb ) cos 30° = 0 FBD BK: V = 25.98 lb V = 26.0 lb ΣFy′ = 0: F + ( 30 lb ) sin 30° = 0 F = −15 lb F = 15.00 lb ΣM K = 0: M − ( 9 in.) sin 30° ( 30 lb ) = 0 M = 135.0 lb ⋅ in. PROBLEM 7.9 An archer aiming at a target is pulling with a 210-N force on the bowstring. Assuming that the shape of the bow can be approximated by a parabola, determine the internal forces at point J. SOLUTION FBD Point A: By symmetry T1 = T2 3 ΣFx = 0: 2 T1 − 210 N = 0 5 T1 = T2 = 175 N Curve CJB is parabolic: y = ax 2 FBD BJ: At B : x = 0.64 m, y = 0.16 m a= 0.16 m ( 0.64 m ) 2 = 1 2.56 m 1 ( 0.32 m )2 = 0.04 m 2.56 m So, at J : yJ = Slope of parabola = tan θ = dy = 2ax dx 2 At J : θ J = tan −1 ( 0.32 m ) = 14.036° 2.56 m So α = tan −1 4 − 14.036° = 39.094° 3 ΣFx′ = 0: V − (175 N ) cos ( 39.094° ) = 0 V = 135.8 N ΣFy′ = 0: F + (175 N ) sin ( 39.094° ) = 0 F = −110.35 N F = 110.4 N PROBLEM 7.9 CONTINUED 3 Σ M J = 0 : M + ( 0.32 m ) (175 N ) 5 4 + ( 0.16 − 0.04 ) m (175 N ) = 0 5 M = 50.4 N ⋅ m PROBLEM 7.10 For the bow of Prob. 7.9, determine the magnitude and location of the maximum (a) axial force, (b) shearing force, (c) bending moment. SOLUTION By symmetry T1 = T2 = T 3 ΣFx = 0: 2T1 − 210 N = 0 5 FBD Point A: 4 (175 N ) = 0 5 FC = 140 N 3 (175 N ) − VC = 0 5 VC = 105 N ΣFy = 0: FC − ΣFx = 0: FBD BC: T1 = 175 N 3 4 ΣM C = 0: M C − ( 0.64 m ) (175 N ) − ( 0.16 m ) (175 N ) = 0 5 5 M C = 89.6 N ⋅ m Also: if y = ax 2 and, at B, y = 0.16 m, x = 0.64 m 0.16 m Then a= And θ = tan −1 ( 0.64 m ) 2 = 1 ; 2.56 m FBD CK: dy = tan −1 2ax dx ΣFx′ = 0: (140 N ) cos θ − (105 N ) sin θ + F = 0 So F = (105 N ) sin θ − (140 N ) cos θ dF = (105 N ) cos θ + (140 N ) sin θ dθ ΣFy′ = 0: V − (105 N ) cos θ − (140 N ) sin θ = 0 So V = (105 N ) cos θ + (140 N ) sin θ PROBLEM 7.10 CONTINUED And dV = − (105 N ) sin θ + (140 N ) cos θ dθ ΣM K = 0: M + x (105 N ) + y (140 N ) − 89.6 N ⋅ m = 0 M = − (105 N ) x − (140 N ) x 2 ( 2.56 m ) + 89.6 N ⋅ m dM = − (105 N ) − (109.4 N/m ) x + 89.6 N ⋅ m dx Since none of the functions, F, V, or M has a vanishing derivative in the valid range of 0 ≤ x ≤ 0.64 m ( 0 ≤ θ ≤ 26.6° ) , the maxima are at the limits ( x = 0, or x = 0.64 m ) . Therefore, (a) Fmax = 140.0 N at C (b) Vmax = 156.5 N at B (c) M max = 89.6 N ⋅ m at C PROBLEM 7.11 A semicircular rod is loaded as shown. Determine the internal forces at point J knowing that θ = 30o. SOLUTION FBD AB: 4 3 ΣM A = 0: r C + r C − 2r ( 70 lb ) = 0 5 5 C = 100 lb ΣFx = 0: − Ax + 4 (100 lb ) = 0 5 A x = 80 lb ΣFy = 0: Ay + 3 (100 lb ) − 70 lb = 0 5 A y = 10 lb FBD AJ: ΣFx′ = 0: F − ( 80 lb ) sin 30° − (10 lb ) cos 30° = 0 F = 48.66 lb F = 48.7 lb 60° ΣFy′ = 0: V − ( 80 lb ) cos 30° + (10 lb ) sin 30° = 0 V = 64.28 lb V = 64.3 lb 30° ΣM 0 = 0: ( 8 in.)( 48.66 lb ) − ( 8 in.)(10 lb ) − M = 0 M = 309.28 lb ⋅ in. M = 309 lb ⋅ in. PROBLEM 7.12 A semicircular rod is loaded as shown. Determine the magnitude and location of the maximum bending moment in the rod. SOLUTION 4 3 ΣM A = 0: r C + r C − 2r ( 70 lb ) = 0 5 5 FBD AB: C = 100 lb ΣFx = 0: − Ax + 4 (100 lb ) = 0 5 A x = 80 lb ΣFy = 0: Ay + 3 (100 lb ) − 70 lb = 0 5 A y = 10 lb ΣM J = 0: M − ( 8 in.)(1 − cosθ )(10 lb ) − ( 8 in.)( sin θ )( 80 lb ) = 0 FBD AJ: M = ( 640 lb ⋅ in.) sin θ + ( 80 lb ⋅ in.) ( cos θ − 1) dM = ( 640 lb ⋅ in.) cos θ − ( 80 lb ⋅ in.) sin θ = 0 dθ θ = tan −1 8 = 82.87° , for where d 2M = − ( 640 lb ⋅ in.) sin θ − ( 80 lb ⋅ in.) cos θ < 0 dθ 2 M = 565 lb ⋅ in. at θ = 82.9° is a max for AC So FBD BK: ΣM K = 0: M − ( 8 in.)(1 − cos β )( 70 lb ) = 0 M = ( 560 lb ⋅ in.)(1 − cos β ) dM = ( 560 lb ⋅ in.) sin β = 0 dβ So, for β = π 2 for β = 0, where M = 0 , M = 560 lb ⋅ in. is max for BC ∴ M max = 565 lb ⋅ in. at θ = 82.9° PROBLEM 7.13 Two members, each consisting of straight and 168-mm-radius quartercircle portions, are connected as shown and support a 480-N load at D. Determine the internal forces at point J. SOLUTION FBD Frame: 24 ΣM A = 0: ( 0.336 m ) C − ( 0.252 m )( 480 N ) = 0 25 C = 375 N ΣFy = 0: Ax − 24 C =0 25 Ax = 24 ( 375 N ) = 360 N 25 A x = 360 N ΣFy = 0: Ay − 480 N + FBD CD: 7 ( 375 N ) = 0 24 A y = 375 N ΣM C = 0: ( 0.324 m )( 480 N ) − ( 0.27 m ) B = 0 B = 576 N ΣFx = 0: C x − 24 ( 375 N ) = 0 25 C x = 360 N ΣFy = 0: −480 N + 7 ( 375 N ) + ( 576 N ) − C y = 0 25 C y = 201 N FBD CJ: ΣFx′ = 0: V − ( 360 N ) cos 30° − ( 201 N ) sin 30° = 0 V = 412 N ΣFy′ = 0: F + ( 360 N ) sin 30° − ( 201 N ) cos 30° = 0 F = −5.93 N F = 5.93 N ΣM 0 = 0: ( 0.168 m )( 201 N + 5.93 N ) − M = 0 M = 34.76 N ⋅ m M = 34.8 N ⋅ m PROBLEM 7.14 Two members, each consisting of straight and 168-mm-radius quartercircle portions, are connected as shown and support a 480-N load at D. Determine the internal forces at point K. SOLUTION FBD CD: ΣFx = 0: C x = 0 ΣM B = 0: ( 0.054 m )( 480 N ) − ( 0.27 m ) C y = 0 C y = 96 N ΣFy = 0: B − C y = 0 FBD CK: B = 96 N ΣFy′ = 0: V − ( 96 N ) cos 30° = 0 V = 83.1 N ΣFx′ = 0: F − ( 96 N ) sin 30° = 0 F = 48.0 N ΣM K = 0: M − ( 0.186 m )( 96 N ) = 0 M = 17.86 N ⋅ m PROBLEM 7.15 Knowing that the radius of each pulley is 7.2 in. and neglecting friction, determine the internal forces at point J of the frame shown. SOLUTION FBD Frame: Note: Tension T in cord is 90 lb at any cut. All radii = 0.6 ft ΣM A = 0: ( 5.4 ft ) Bx − ( 7.8 ft )( 90 lb ) − ( 0.6 ft )( 90 lb ) = 0 B x = 140 lb ΣM E = 0: ( 5.4 ft )(140 lb ) − ( 7.2 ft ) By + ( 4.8 ft ) 90 lb − ( 0.6 ft ) 90 lb = 0 FBD BCE with pulleys and cord: B y = 157.5 lb ΣFx = 0: Ex − 140 lb = 0 E x = 140 lb ΣFy = 0: 157.5 lb − 90 lb − 90 lb + E y = 0 E y = 22.5 lb FBD EJ: ΣFx′ = 0: −V + 3 4 (140 lb ) + ( 22.5 lb − 90 lb ) = 0 5 5 V = 30 lb ΣFy′ = 0: F + 90 lb − V = 30.0 lb 4 3 (140 lb ) − ( 90 lb − 22.5 lb ) = 0 5 5 F = 62.5lb F = 62.5 lb ΣM J = 0: M + (1.8 ft )(140 lb ) + ( 0.6 ft )( 90 lb ) + ( 2.4 ft )( 22.5 lb ) − ( 3.0 ft )( 90 lb ) = 0 M = − 90 lb ⋅ ft M = 90.0 lb ⋅ ft PROBLEM 7.16 Knowing that the radius of each pulley is 7.2 in. and neglecting friction, determine the internal forces at point K of the frame shown. SOLUTION FBD Whole: Note: T = 90 lb ΣM B = 0: ( 5.4 ft ) Ax − ( 6 ft )( 90 lb ) − ( 7.8 ft )( 90 lb ) = 0 A x = 2.30 lb FBD AE: Note: Cord tensions moved to point D as per Problem 6.91 ΣFx = 0: 230 lb − 90 lb − Ex = 0 E x = 140 lb ΣM A = 0: (1.8 ft )( 90 lb ) − ( 7.2 ft ) E y = 0 E y = 22.5 lb FBD KE: ΣFx = 0: F − 140 lb = 0 F = 140.0 lb ΣFy = 0: V − 22.5 lb = 0 V = 22.5 lb ΣM K = 0: M − ( 2.4 ft )( 22.5 lb ) = 0 M = 54.0 lb ⋅ ft PROBLEM 7.17 Knowing that the radius of each pulley is 7.2 in. and neglecting friction, determine the internal forces at point J of the frame shown. SOLUTION FBD Whole: ΣM A = 0: ( 5.4 ft ) Bx − ( 7.8 ft )( 90 lb ) = 0 B x = 130 lb FBD BE with pulleys and cord: ΣM E = 0: ( 5.4 ft )(130 lb ) − ( 7.2 ft ) By + ( 4.8 ft )( 90 lb ) − ( 0.6 ft )( 90 lb ) = 0 B y = 150 lb ΣFx = 0: Ex − 130 lb = 0 E x = 130 lb ΣFy = 0: E y + 150 lb − 90 lb − 90 lb = 0 E y = 30 lb FBD JE and pulley: ΣFx′ = 0: − F − 90 lb + 4 3 (130 lb ) + ( 90 lb − 30 lb ) = 0 5 5 F = 50.0 lb ΣFy′ = 0: V + 3 4 (130 lb ) + ( 30 lb − 90 lb ) = 0 5 5 V = −30 lb V = 30.0 lb ΣM J = 0: − M + (1.8 ft )(130 lb ) + ( 2.4 ft )( 30 lb ) + ( 0.6 ft )( 90 lb ) − ( 3.0 ft )( 90 lb ) = 0 M = 90.0 lb ⋅ ft PROBLEM 7.18 Knowing that the radius of each pulley is 7.2 in. and neglecting friction, determine the internal forces at point K of the frame shown. SOLUTION FBD Whole: ΣM B = 0: ( 5.4 ft ) Ax − ( 7.8 ft )( 90 lb ) = 0 A x = 130 lb FBD AE: ΣM E = 0: − ( 7.2 ft ) Ay − ( 4.8 ft )( 90 lb ) = 0 Ay = −60 lb A y = 60 lb ΣFx = 0: FBD AK: F=0 ΣFy = 0: −60 lb + 90 lb − V = 0 V = 30.0 lb ΣM K = 0: ( 4.8 ft )( 60 lb ) − ( 2.4 ft )( 90 lb ) − M = 0 M = 72.0 lb ⋅ ft PROBLEM 7.19 A 140-mm-diameter pipe is supported every 3 m by a small frame consisting of two members as shown. Knowing that the combined mass per unit length of the pipe and its contents is 28 kg/m and neglecting the effect of friction, determine the internal forces at point J. SOLUTION FBD Whole: ( ) W = ( 3 m )( 28 kg/m ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 824.04 N ΣM A = ( 0.6 m ) Cx − ( 0.315 m )( 824.04 N ) = 0 C x = 432.62 N FBD pipe: By symmetry: N1 = N 2 ΣFy = 0: 2 N1 = 21 N1 − W = 0 29 29 (824.04 N ) 42 = 568.98 N Also note: 20 a = r tan θ = 70 mm 21 a = 66.67 mm FBD BC: ΣM B = 0: ( 0.3 m )( 432.62 N ) − ( 0.315 m ) C y + ( 0.06667 m )( 568.98 N ) = 0 C y = 532.42 N PROBLEM 7.19 CONTINUED FBD CJ: ΣFx′ = 0: F − 21 20 ( 432.62 N ) − ( 532.42 N ) = 0 29 29 F = 680 N ΣFy′ = 0: 21 20 ( 532.42 N ) − ( 432.62 N ) − V = 0 29 29 V = 87.2 N ΣM J = 0: ( 0.15 m )( 432.62 N ) − ( 0.1575 m )( 532.42 N ) + M = 0 M = 18.96 N ⋅ m PROBLEM 7.20 A 140-mm-diameter pipe is supported every 3 m by a small frame consisting of two members as shown. Knowing that the combined mass per unit length of the pipe and its contents is 28 kg/m and neglecting the effect of friction, determine the internal forces at point K. SOLUTION FBD Whole: ( ) W = ( 3 m )( 28 kg/m ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 824.04 N ΣM C = 0: (.6 m ) Ax − (.315 m )( 824.04 N ) = 0 A x = 432.62 N FBD pipe By symmetry: N1 = N 2 ΣFy = 0: 2 N2 = 21 N1 − W = 0 29 29 824.04 N 42 = 568.98 N Also note: FBD AD: a = r tan θ = ( 70 mm ) 20 21 a = 66.67 mm ΣM B = 0: ( 0.3 m )( 432.62 N ) − ( 0.315 m ) Ay − ( 0.06667 m )( 568.98 N ) = 0 A y = 291.6 N PROBLEM 7.20 CONTINUED FBD AK: ΣFx′ = 0: 21 20 ( 432.62 N ) + ( 291.6 N ) − F = 0 29 29 F = 514 N ΣFy′ = 0: 21 20 ( 291.6 N ) − ( 432.62 N ) + V = 0 29 29 V = 87.2 N ΣM K = 0: ( 0.15 m )( 432.62 N ) − ( 0.1575 m )( 291.6 N ) − M = 0 M = 18.97 N ⋅ m PROBLEM 7.21 A force P is applied to a bent rod which is supported by a roller and a pin and bracket. For each of the three cases shown, determine the internal forces at point J. SOLUTION (a) FBD Rod: ΣM D = 0: aP − 2aA = 0 A= P 2 ΣFx = 0: V − P =0 2 V = FBD AJ: ΣFy = 0: F=0 ΣM J = 0: M − a P =0 2 M = (b) FBD Rod: ΣM D = 0: aP − A= 5P 2 P 2 a4 A = 0 25 aP 2 PROBLEM 7.21 CONTINUED FBD AJ: ΣFx = 0: 3 5P −V = 0 5 2 V = ΣFy = 0: 3P 2 4 5P −F =0 5 2 F = 2P M = (c) FBD Rod: 3 aP 2 3 4 ΣM D = 0: aP − 2a A − 2a A = 0 5 5 A= 5P 14 3 5P ΣFx = 0: V − =0 5 14 V = ΣFy = 0: 3P 14 4 5P −F =0 5 14 F= 2P 7 3 5P ΣM J = 0: M − a =0 5 14 M = 3 aP 14 PROBLEM 7.22 A force P is applied to a bent rod which is supported by a roller and a pin and bracket. For each of the three cases shown, determine the internal forces at point J. SOLUTION (a) FBD Rod: ΣFx = 0: Ax = 0 ΣM D = 0: aP − 2aAy = 0 Ay = P 2 ΣFx = 0: V = 0 FBD AJ: ΣFy = 0: P −F =0 2 F= P 2 ΣM J = 0: M = 0 (b) FBD Rod: ΣM A = 0 4 3 2a D + 2a D − aP = 0 5 5 D= 5P 14 ΣFx = 0: Ax − 4 5 P=0 5 14 Ax = 2P 7 ΣFy = 0: Ay − P + 3 5 P=0 5 14 Ay = 11P 14 PROBLEM 7.22 CONTINUED FBD AJ: ΣFx = 0: 2 P −V = 0 7 V = 2P 7 11P −F =0 14 ΣFy = 0: F= ΣM J = 0: a 2P −M =0 7 M = (c) FBD Rod: ΣM A = 0: a 4D − aP = 0 2 5 4 5P =0 5 2 ΣFx = 0: Ax − ΣFy = 0: Ay − P − FBD AJ: 11P 14 3 5P =0 5 2 D= 2 aP 7 5P 2 Ax = 2P Ay = 5P 2 ΣFx = 0: 2 P − V = 0 V = 2P ΣFy = 0: 5P −F =0 2 F= 5P 2 ΣM J = 0: a ( 2 P ) − M = 0 M = 2aP PROBLEM 7.23 A rod of weight W and uniform cross section is bent into the circular arc of radius r shown. Determine the bending moment at point J when θ = 30°. SOLUTION FBD CJ: Note α = 180° − 60° π = 60° = 2 3 r = r α sin α = 3r 3 3 3 r = π 2 2π Weight of section = W ΣFy′ = 0: F − 120 4 = W 270 9 4 W cos 30° = 0 9 ΣM 0 = 0: rF − ( r sin 60° ) 2 3 3 3 3 − M = r 2π 2 9 F = 2 3 W 9 4W −M =0 9 2 3 1 4 − Wr W = π 9 9 M = 0.0666Wr PROBLEM 7.24 A rod of weight W and uniform cross section is bent into the circular arc of radius r shown. Determine the bending moment at point J when θ = 120°. SOLUTION ΣFx = 0: Ax = 0 (a) FBD Rod: ΣM B = 0: rAy + 2r W 2r 2W − =0 π 3 π 3 Ay = 2W 3π FBD AJ: α = Note: 60° π = 30° = 2 6 Weight of segment = W F = r α sin α = ΣM J = 0: ( r cos α − r sin 30° ) M = 2W 9 60 2W = 270 9 r 3r sin 30° = π /6 π 2W 2W + ( r − r sin 30° ) −M =0 9 3π 3r 3 r 3 1 3r 1 − + − + = Wr 2 2π 9 3π π 2 3π M = 0.1788Wr PROBLEM 7.25 A quarter-circular rod of weight W and uniform cross section is supported as shown. Determine the bending moment at point J when θ = 30o. SOLUTION FBD Rod: ΣFx = 0: A x = 0 ΣM B = 0: 2r π W − rAy = 0 α = 15°, weight of segment = W FBD AJ: r = r α sin α = ΣFy′ = 0: 2W π F= Ay = 2W π 30° W = 90° 3 r sin15° = 0.9886r π /12 cos 30° − W cos 30° − F = 0 3 W 3 2 1 − 2 π 3 2W W ΣM 0 = M + r F − =0 + r cos15° π 3 M = 0.0557 Wr PROBLEM 7.26 A quarter-circular rod of weight W and uniform cross section is supported as shown. Determine the bending moment at point J when θ = 30o. SOLUTION FBD Rod: ΣM A = 0: rB − B= r = r π /12 π π π 12 sin15° = 0.98862r Weight of segment = W ΣFy′ = 0: F − W =0 2W α = 15° = FBD BJ: 2r 30° W = 90° 3 W 2W cos 30° − sin 30° = 0 π 3 3 1 + W F= 6 π ΣM 0 = 0: rF − ( r cos15° ) W −M =0 3 3 1 cos15° M = rW + − 0.98862 Wr 6 π 3 M = 0.289Wr PROBLEM 7.27 For the rod of Prob.7.26, determine the magnitude and location of the maximum bending moment. SOLUTION FBD Bar: ΣM A = 0: rB − α = 2r π θ W =0 r = r α = F = 2W = 2W π π 4α π ( sin 2α M = or W 2W π sin 2α = 0 + θ cos θ ) 4α π W −M =0 r 4α Wr ( sin θ + θ cos θ ) − sin α cos α W π α π 2 But, so π + 2α cos 2α ) ΣM 0 = 0: rF − ( r cos α ) FBD BJ: 4 2α π /2 4α W cos 2α − ( sin θ π sin α , Weight of segment = W ΣFx′ = 0: F − 2W π 0≤α ≤ so 2 B= sin α cos α = M = 2Wr π 1 1 sin 2α = sin θ 2 2 ( sin θ M = + θ cosθ − sin θ ) 2 π Wrθ cosθ dM 2 = Wr ( cos θ − θ sin θ ) = 0 at θ tan θ = 1 dθ π PROBLEM 7.27 CONTINUED Solving numerically θ = 0.8603 rad and M = 0.357Wr at θ = 49.3° (Since M = 0 at both limits, this is the maximum) PROBLEM 7.28 For the rod of Prob.7.25, determine the magnitude and location of the maximum bending moment. SOLUTION ΣFx = 0: Ax = 0 FBD Rod: 2r ΣM B = 0: W − rAy = 0 π α = θ 2 r = , r α F = 2W π 4α π 2W ΣM 0 = 0: M + F − π FBD AJ: M = 2W π (1 + θ cosθ M = so 2r π 2W π 2W π cos 2α = 0 (1 − θ ) cosθ 4α W =0 r + ( r cos α ) π − cosθ ) r − sin α cos α = But, = π 2α 4α W = π /2 π W cos 2α + (1 − 2α ) cos 2α 2W sin α Weight of segment = W ΣFx′ = 0: − F − Ay = 4αW r π α sin α cos α 1 1 sin 2α = sin θ 2 2 W (1 − cosθ + θ cosθ − sin θ ) dM 2rW = ( sin θ − θ sin θ + cosθ − cosθ ) = 0 dθ π (1 − θ ) sin θ for dM =0 dθ for =0 θ = 0, 1, nπ ( n = 1, 2,") Only 0 and 1 in valid range At θ = 0 M = 0, at θ = 57.3° at θ = 1 rad M = M max = 0.1009 Wr PROBLEM 7.29 For the beam and loading shown, (a) draw the shear and bendingmoment diagrams, (b) determine the maximum absolute values of the shear and bending moment. SOLUTION FBD beam: (a) By symmetry: Ay = D = 1 L ( w) 2 2 Ay = D = wL 4 Along AB: ΣFy = 0: ΣM J = 0: M − x wL −V = 0 4 wL =0 4 M = V = wL x (straight) 4 Along BC: ΣFy = 0: wL − wx1 − V = 0 4 V = ΣM k = 0: M + M = wL − wx1 4 V =0 straight with wL 4 at x1 = L 4 x1 L wL wx1 − + x1 =0 2 4 4 w L2 L + x1 − x12 2 8 2 PROBLEM 7.29 CONTINUED Parabola with M = 3 L wL2 at x1 = 32 4 Section CD by symmetry (b) From diagrams: V max M = max wL on AB and CD 4 = 3wL2 at center 32 PROBLEM 7.30 For the beam and loading shown, (a) draw the shear and bendingmoment diagrams, (b) determine the maximum absolute values of the shear and bending moment. SOLUTION (a) Along AB: ΣFy = 0: −wx − V = 0 straight with V =− ΣM J = 0: M + wL 2 L 2 x= at x wx = 0 2 M =− parabola with V = − wx 1 M = − wx 2 2 wL2 L at x = 8 2 Along BC: ΣFy = 0: − w L −V = 0 2 1 V = − wL 2 L L ΣM k = 0: M + x1 + w = 0 4 2 M =− straight with (b) From diagrams: wL L + x1 2 4 3 L M = − wL2 at x1 = 8 2 V M max max = wL on BC 2 = 3wL2 at C 8 PROBLEM 7.31 For the beam and loading shown, (a) draw the shear and bendingmoment diagrams, (b) determine the maximum absolute values of the shear and bending moment. SOLUTION (a) Along AB: ΣFy = 0: P − V = 0 V = P ΣM J = 0: M − Px = 0 straight with M = M = Px PL at B 2 Along BC: ΣFy = 0: P − P − V = 0 V =0 L ΣM K = 0: M + Px1 − P + x1 = 0 2 M = PL 2 (constant) (b) From diagrams: V M max max = = P along AB PL along BC 2 PROBLEM 7.32 For the beam and loading shown, (a) draw the shear and bendingmoment diagrams, (b) determine the maximum absolute values of the shear and bending moment. SOLUTION ΣM C = 0: LAy − M 0 = 0 (a) FBD Beam: Ay = M0 L ΣFy = 0: − Ay + C = 0 M0 L C= Along AB: ΣFy = 0: − M0 −V = 0 L ΣM J = 0: x V =− M0 +M =0 L M0 L M =− straight with M = − M0 x L M0 at B 2 Along BC: ΣFy = 0: − ΣM K = 0: M + x M0 −V = 0 L M0 − M0 = 0 L straight with M = (b) From diagrams: V =− M0 L x M = M 0 1 − L M0 at B 2 V max M = 0 at C = P everywhere M max = M0 at B 2 PROBLEM 7.33 For the beam and loading shown, (a) draw the shear and bendingmoment diagrams, (b) determine the maximum absolute values of the shear and bending moment. SOLUTION (a) FBD Beam: ΣM B = 0: (.6 ft )( 4 kips ) + ( 5.1 ft )(8 kips ) + ( 7.8 ft )(10 kips ) − ( 9.6 ft ) Ay A y = 12.625 kips ΣFy = 0: 12.625 kips − 10 kips − 8 kips − 4 kips + B = 0 B = 9.375 kips Along AC: ΣFy = 0: 12.625 kips − V = 0 V = 12.625 kips ΣM J = 0: M − x (12.625 kips ) = 0 M = (12.625 kips ) x M = 22.725 kip ⋅ ft at C Along CD: ΣFy = 0: 12.625 kips − 10 kips − V = 0 V = 2.625 kips ΣM K = 0: M + ( x − 1.8 ft )(10 kips ) − x (12.625 kips ) = 0 M = 18 kip ⋅ ft + ( 2.625 kips ) x M = 29.8125 kip ⋅ ft at D ( x = 4.5 ft ) =0 PROBLEM 7.33 CONTINUED Along DE: Along DE: ΣFy = 0: (12.625 − 10 − 8 ) kips − V = 0 V = −5.375 kips ΣM L = 0: M + x1 ( 8 kips ) + ( 2.7 ft + x1 )(10 kips ) − ( 4.5 ft + x1 )(12.625 kips ) = 0 M = 29.8125 kip ⋅ ft − ( 5.375 kips ) x1 M = 5.625 kip ⋅ ft at E Along EB: ( x1 = 4.5 ft ) Along EB: ΣFy = 0: V + 9.375 kips = 0 V = 9.375 kips ΣM N = 0: x2 ( 9.375 kip ) − M = 0 M = ( 9.375 kips ) x2 M = 5.625 kip ⋅ ft at E (b) From diagrams: V max M = 12.63 kips on AC max = 29.8 kip ⋅ ft at D PROBLEM 7.34 For the beam and loading shown, (a) draw the shear and bendingmoment diagrams, (b) determine the maximum absolute values of the shear and bending moment. SOLUTION (a) FBD Beam: ΣM C = 0: (1.2 m )( 4 kN ) − (1 m )(16 kN ) + ( 2 m )(8 kN ) + ( 3.2 m ) B = 0 B = −1.5 kN ΣFy = 0: −4 kN + C y − 16 kN + 8 kN − 1.5 kN = 0 C y = 13.5 kN Along AC: ΣFy = 0: −4 kN − V = 0 V = −4 kN ΣM J = 0: M + x ( 4 kN ) = 0 M = −4 kN x M = −4.8 kN ⋅ m at C Along CD: ΣFy = 0: −4 kN + 13.5 kN − V = 0 V = 9.5 kN ΣM K = 0: M + (1.2 m + x1 )( 4 kN ) − x1 (13.5 kN ) = 0 M = −4.8 kN ⋅ m + ( 9.5 kN ) x1 M = 4.7 kN ⋅ m at D ( x1 = 1 m ) PROBLEM 7.34 CONTINUED Along DE: ΣFy = 0: V + 8 kN − 1.5 kN = 0 V = −6.5 kN ΣM L = 0: M − x3 ( 8 kN ) + ( x3 + 1.2 m ) (1.5 kN ) = 0 M = −1.8 kN ⋅ m + ( 6.5 kN ) x3 M = 4.7 kN ⋅ m at D ( x3 = 1 m ) Along EB: ΣFy = 0: V − 1.5 kN = 0 V = 1.5 kN ΣM N = 0: x2 (1.5 kN ) + M = 0 M = − (1.5 kN ) x2 (b) From diagrams: M = −1.8 kN ⋅ m at E V M max max = 9.50 kN ⋅ on CD = 4.80 kN ⋅ m at C PROBLEM 7.35 For the beam and loading shown, (a) draw the shear and bendingmoment diagrams, (b) determine the maximum absolute values of the shear and bending moment. SOLUTION (a) Along AC: ΣFy = 0: −3 kip − V = 0 V = −3 kips ΣM J = 0: M + x ( 3 kips ) = 0 M = ( 3 kips ) x M = −9 kip ⋅ ft at C Along CD: ΣFy = 0: −3 kips − 5 kips − V = 0 V = −8 kips ΣM K = 0: M + ( x − 3 ft )( 5 kips ) + x ( 3 kips ) = 0 M = +15 kip ⋅ ft − ( 8 kips ) x M = −16.2 kip ⋅ ft at D ( x = 3.9 ft ) Along DE: ΣFy = 0: −3 kips − 5 kips + 6 kips − V = 0 V = −2 kips ΣM L = 0: M − x1 ( 6 kips ) + (.9 ft + x1 )( 5 kips ) + ( 3.9 ft + x1 )( 3 kips ) = 0 M = −16.2 kip ⋅ ft − ( 2 kips ) x1 M = −18.6 kip ⋅ ft at E ( x1 = 1.2 ft ) PROBLEM 7.35 CONTINUED Along EB: ΣFy = 0: −3 kips − 5 kips + 6 kips − 4 kips − V = 0 V = −6 kips ΣM N = 0: M + ( 4 kips ) x2 + ( 2.1 ft + x2 )( 5 kips ) + ( 5.1 ft + x2 )( 3 kips ) − (1.2 ft + x2 )( 6 kips ) = 0 M = −18.6 kip ⋅ ft − ( 6 kips ) x2 M = −33 kip ⋅ ft at B (b) From diagrams: ( x2 = 2.4 ft ) V max M max = 8.00 kips on CD = 33.0 kip ⋅ ft at B PROBLEM 7.36 For the beam and loading shown, (a) draw the shear and bendingmoment diagrams, (b) determine the maximum absolute values of the shear and bending moment. SOLUTION ΣM E = 0: (a) FBD Beam: (1.1 m )( 540 N ) − ( 0.9 m ) C y + ( 0.4 m )(1350 N ) − ( 0.3 m )( 540 N ) = 0 C y = 1080 N ΣFy = 0: −540 N + 1080 N − 1350 N −540 N + E y = 0 E y = 1350 N Along AC: ΣFy = 0: −540 N − V = 0 V = −540 N ΣM J = 0: x ( 540 N ) + M = 0 M = − ( 540 N ) x Along CD: ΣFy = 0: −540 N + 1080 N − V = 0 V = 540 N ΣM K = 0: M + ( 0.2 m + x1 )( 540 N ) − x1 (1080 N ) = 0 M = −108 N ⋅ m + ( 540 N ) x1 M = 162 N ⋅ m at D ( x1 = 0.5 m ) PROBLEM 7.36 CONTINUED Along DE: ΣFy = 0: V + 1350 N − 540 N = 0 V = −810 N ΣM N = 0: M + ( x3 + 0.3 m )( 540 N ) − x3 (1350 N ) = 0 M = −162 N ⋅ m + ( 810 N ) x3 M = 162 N ⋅ m at D ( x3 = 0.4 ) Along EB: ΣFy = 0: V − 540 N = 0 V = 540 N ΣM L = 0: M + x2 ( 540 N ) = 0 ( x2 M = −162 N ⋅ m at E (b) From diagrams M = −540 N x2 = 0.3 m ) V M max max = 810 N on DE W = 162.0 N ⋅ m at D and E W PROBLEM 7.37 For the beam and loading shown, (a) draw the shear and bendingmoment diagrams, (b) determine the maximum absolute values of the shear and bending moment. SOLUTION (a) FBD Beam: ΣFy = 0: Ay + ( 6 ft )( 2 kips/ft ) − 12 kips − 2 kips = 0 A y = 2 kips ΣM A = 0: M A + ( 3 ft )( 6 ft )( 2 kips/ft ) − (10.5 ft )(12 kips ) − (12 ft )( 2 kips ) = 0 M A = 114 kip ⋅ ft Along AC: ΣFy = 0: 2 kips + x ( 2 kips/ft ) − V = 0 V = 2 kips + ( 2 kips/ft ) x V = 14 kips at C ( x = 6 ft ) ΣM J = 0: 114 kip ⋅ ft − x ( 2 kips ) − x x ( 2 kips/ft ) + M = 0 2 M = (1 kip/ft ) x 2 + ( 2 kips ) x − 114 kip ⋅ ft M = −66 kip ⋅ ft at C ( x = 6 ft ) Along CD: ΣFy = 0: V − 12 kips − 2 kips = 0 V = 14 kips ΣM k = 0: −M − x1 (12 kips ) − (1.5 ft + x1 )( 2 kips ) = 0 PROBLEM 7.37 CONTINUED M = −3 kip ⋅ ft − (14 kips ) x1 M = −66 kip ⋅ ft at C ( x1 = 4.5 ft ) Along DB: ΣFy = 0: V − 2 kips = 0 V = + 2 kips ΣM L = 0: −M − 2 kip x3 = 0 M = − ( 2 kips ) x3 M = −3 kip ⋅ ft at D ( x = 1.5 ft ) (b) From diagrams: V max M max = 14.00 kips on CD W = 114.0 kip ⋅ ft at A W PROBLEM 7.38 For the beam and loading shown, (a) draw the shear and bendingmoment diagrams, (b) determine the maximum absolute values of the shear and bending moment. SOLUTION (a) FBD Beam: ΣM A = (15 ft ) B − (12 ft )( 2 kips/ft )( 6 ft ) − ( 6 ft )(12 kips ) = 0 B = 14.4 kips ΣFy = 0: Ay − 12 kips − ( 2 kips/ft )( 6 ft ) + 14.4 kips A y = 9.6 kips Along AC: ΣFy = 0: 9.6 kips − V = 0 V = 9.6 kips ΣM J = 0: M − x ( 9.6 kips ) = 0 M = ( 9.6 kips ) x M = 57.6 kip ⋅ ft at C ( x = 6 ft ) Along CD: ΣFy = 0: 9.6 kips − 12 kips − V = 0 V = −2.4 kips ΣM K = 0: M + x1 (12 kips ) − ( 6 ft + x1 )( 9.6 kips ) = 0 M = 57.6 kip ⋅ ft − ( 2.4 kips ) x1 M = 50.4 kip ⋅ ft at D PROBLEM 7.38 CONTINUED Along DB: ΣFy = 0: V − x3 ( 2 kips/ft ) + 14.4 kips = 0 V = −14.4 kips + ( 2 kips/ft ) x3 V = −2.4 kips at D ΣM L = 0: M + x3 ( 2 kips/ft )( x3 ) − x3 (14.4 kips ) = 0 2 M = (14.4 kips ) x3 − (1 kip/ft ) x32 M = 50.4 kip ⋅ ft at D ( x3 = 6 ft ) (b) From diagrams: V M max max = 14.40 kips at B W = 57.6 kip ⋅ ft at C W PROBLEM 7.39 For the beam and loading shown, (a) draw the shear and bendingmoment diagrams, (b) determine the maximum absolute values of the shear and bending moment. SOLUTION (a) By symmetry: Ay = B = 8 kN + 1 ( 4 kN/m )( 5 m ) 2 A y = B = 18 kN Along AC: ΣFy = 0: 18 kN − V = 0 V = 18 kN ΣM J = 0: M − x (18 kN ) M = (18 kN ) x M = 36 kN ⋅ m at C ( x = 2 m ) Along CD: ΣFy = 0: 18 kN − 8 kN − ( 4 kN/m ) x1 − V = 0 V = 10 kN − ( 4 kN/m ) x1 V = 0 at x1 = 2.5 m ( at center ) ΣM K = 0: M + x1 ( 4 kN/m ) x1 + (8 kN ) x1 − ( 2 m + x1 )(18 kN ) = 0 2 M = 36 kN ⋅ m + (10 kN/m ) x1 − ( 2 kN/m ) x12 M = 48.5 kN ⋅ m at x1 = 2.5 m Complete diagram by symmetry (b) From diagrams: V max M = 18.00 kN on AC and DB W max = 48.5 kN ⋅ m at center W PROBLEM 7.40 For the beam and loading shown, (a) draw the shear and bendingmoment diagrams, (b) determine the maximum absolute values of the shear and bending moment. SOLUTION (a) ΣM D = 0: ( 2 m )( 2 kN/m )( 2 m ) − ( 2.5 m )( 4 kN/m )( 3 m ) − ( 4 m ) F − ( 5 m )( 22 kN ) = 0 F = 22 kN ΣFy = 0: − ( 2 m )( 2 kN/m ) + D y − ( 3 m )( 4 kN/m ) − 22 kN + 22 kN = 0 D y = 16 kN Along AC: ΣFy = 0: − x ( 2 kN/m ) − V = 0 V = − ( 2 kN/m ) x V = −4 kN at C ΣM J = 0: M + x ( 2 kN/m )( x ) ≠ 0 2 M = − (1 kN/m ) x 2 M = −4 kN ⋅ m at C Along CD: ΣFy = 0: − ( 2 m )( 2 kN/m ) − V = 0 V = −4 kN ΣM K = 0: (1 m + x1 )( 2 kN/m )( 2 m ) = 0 M = −4 kN ⋅ m − ( 4 kN/m ) x1 M = −8 kN ⋅ m at D PROBLEM 7.40 CONTINUED Along DE: ΣFy = 0: − ( 2 kN/m )( 2 m ) + 16 kN − V = 0 V = 12 kN ΣM L = 0: M − x2 (16 kN ) + ( x2 + 2 m )( 2 kN/m )( 2 m ) = 0 M = −8 kN ⋅ m + (12 kN ) x2 M = 4 kN ⋅ m at E Along EF: ΣFy = 0: V − x4 ( 4 kN/m ) − 22 kN + 22 kN = 0 V = ( 4 kN/m ) x4 ΣM 0 = 0: M + V = 12 kN at E x4 ( 4 kN/m ) x4 − (1 m )( 22 kN ) = 0 2 M = 22 kN ⋅ m − ( 2 kN/m ) x42 M = 4 kN ⋅ m at E Along FB: ΣFy = 0: V + 22 kN = 0 V = 22 kN ΣM N = 0: M − x3 ( 22 kN ) = 0 M = ( 22 kN ) x3 M = 22 kN ⋅ m at F (b) From diagrams: V M max max = 22.0 kN on FB W = 22.0 kN ⋅ m at F W PROBLEM 7.41 Assuming the upward reaction of the ground on beam AB to be uniformly distributed, (a) draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams, (b) determine the maximum absolute values of the shear and bending moment. SOLUTION ΣFy = 0: (12 m ) w − ( 6 m )( 3 kN/m ) = 0 (a) w = 1.5 kN/m Along AC: ΣFy = 0: x (1.5 kN/m ) − V = 0 V = (1.5 kN/m ) x V = 4.5 kN at C ΣM J = 0: M − x (1.5 kN/m )( x ) = 0 2 M = ( 0.75 kN/m ) x 2 M = 6.75 N ⋅ m at C Along CD: ΣFy = 0: x (1.5 kN/m ) − ( x − 3 m )( 3 kN/m ) − V = 0 V = 9 kN − (1.5 kN/m ) x V = 0 at x = 6 m x x − 3m ΣM K = 0: M + ( 3 kN/m )( x − 3 m ) − (1.5 kN/m ) x = 0 2 2 M = −13.5 kN ⋅ m + ( 9 kN ) x − ( 0.75 kN/m ) x 2 ( x = 6 m) M = 13.5 kN ⋅ m at center Finish by symmetry (b) From diagrams: V M max max = 4.50 kN at C and D = 13.50 kN ⋅ m at center PROBLEM 7.42 Assuming the upward reaction of the ground on beam AB to be uniformly distributed, (a) draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams, (b) determine the maximum absolute values of the shear and bending moment. SOLUTION (a) FBD Beam: ΣFy = 0: ( 4 m )( w ) − ( 2 m )(12 kN/m ) = 0 w = 6 kN/m Along AC: ΣFy = 0: − x ( 6 kN/m ) − V = 0 V = − ( 6 kN/m ) x V = −6 kN at C ( x = 1 m ) ΣM J = 0: M + x ( 6 kN/m )( x ) = 0 2 M = − ( 3 kN/m ) x 2 M = −3 kN ⋅ m at C Along CD: ΣFy = 0: − (1 m )( 6 kN/m ) + x1 ( 6 kN/m ) − v = 0 V = ( 6 kN/m )(1 m − x1 ) V = 0 at x1 = 1 m ΣM K = 0: M + ( 0.5 m + x1 )( 6 kN/m )(1 m ) − x1 ( 6 kN/m ) x1 = 0 2 M = −3 kN ⋅ m − ( 6 kN ) x1 + ( 3 kN/m ) x12 M = −6 kN ⋅ m at center ( x1 = 1 m ) Finish by symmetry (b) From diagrams: V max M = 6.00 kN at C and D max = 6.00 kN at center PROBLEM 7.43 Assuming the upward reaction of the ground on beam AB to be uniformly distributed and knowing that a = 0.9 ft, (a) draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams, (b) determine the maximum absolute values of the shear and bending moment. SOLUTION (a) FBD Beam: ΣFy = 0: ( 4.5 ft ) w − 900 lb − 900 lb = 0 w = 400 lb/ft Along AC: ΣFy = 0: x ( 400 lb ) − V = 0 V = 360 lb at C ΣM J = 0: M − V = ( 400 lb ) x ( x = 0.9 ft ) x ( 400 lb/ft ) x = 0 2 M = ( 200 lb/ft ) x 2 M = 162 lb ⋅ ft at C Along CD: ΣFy = 0: ( 0.9 ft + x1 )( 400 lb/ft ) − 900 lb − V = 0 V = −540 lb + ( 400 lb/ft ) x1 ΣM K = 0: M + x1 ( 900 lb ) − V = 0 at x1 = 1.35 ft 0.9 ft + x1 ( 400 lb/ft )( 0.9 ft + x1 ) = 0 2 M = 162 lb ⋅ ft − ( 540 lb ) x1 + ( 200 lb/ft ) x12 M = −202.5 lb ⋅ ft at center ( x1 = 1.35 ft ) Finish by symmetry (b) From diagrams: V max M = 540 lb at C + and D − max = 203 lb ⋅ ft at center PROBLEM 7.44 Solve Prob. 7.43 assuming that a = 1.5 ft. SOLUTION (a) FBD Beam: ΣFy = 0: ( 4.5 ft ) w − 900 lb − 900 lb = 0 w = 400 lb/ft Along AC: x ( 400 lb/ft ) − V = 0 ΣFy = 0: V = ( 400 lb/ft ) x V = 600 lb at C ΣM J = 0: M − ( x = 1.5 ft ) x ( 400 lb/ft ) x = 0 2 M = ( 200 lb/ft ) x 2 M = 450 lb ⋅ ft at C Along CD: ΣFy = 0: x ( 400 lb/ft ) − 900 lb − V = 0 V = −900 lb + ( 400 lb/ft ) x V = −300 at x = 1.5 ft V = 0 at x = 2.25 ft ΣM K = 0: M + ( x − 1.5 ft )( 900 lb ) − x ( 400 lb/ft ) x = 0 2 M = 1350 lb ⋅ ft − ( 900 lb ) x + ( 200 lb/ft ) x 2 M = 450 lb ⋅ ft at x = 1.5 ft M = 337.5 lb ⋅ ft at x = 2.25 ft ( center ) Finish by symmetry (b) From diagrams: V M max max = 600 lb at C − and D + = 450 lb ⋅ ft at C and D PROBLEM 7.45 Two short angle sections CE and DF are bolted to the uniform beam AB of weight 3.33 kN, and the assembly is temporarily supported by the vertical cables EG and FH as shown. A second beam resting on beam AB at I exerts a downward force of 3 kN on AB. Knowing that a = 0.3 m and neglecting the weight of the ngle sections, (a) draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for beam AB, (b) determine the maximum absolute values of the shear and bending moment in the beam. SOLUTION FBD angle CE: T = (a) By symmetry: 3.33 kN + 3 kN = 3.165 kN 2 ΣFy = 0: T − PC = 0 PC = T = 3.165 kN ΣM C = 0: M C − ( 0.1 m )( 3.165 kN ) = 0 By symmetry: M C = 0.3165 kN ⋅ m PD = 3.165 kN; M D = 0.3165 kN ⋅ m Along AC: ΣFy = 0: − x (1.11 kN/m ) − V = 0 V = − (1.11 kN/m ) x V = −1.332 kN at C ΣM J = 0: M + M = ( 0.555 kN/m ) x 2 ( x = 1.2 m ) x (1.11 kN/m ) x = 0 2 M = − 0.7992 kN ⋅ m at C Along CI: ΣFy = 0: − (1.11 kN/m ) x + 3.165 kN − V = 0 V = 3.165 kN − (1.11 kN/m ) x V = 1.5 kN at I ( x = 1.5 m ) ΣM k = 0: M + (1.11 kN/m ) x − ( x − 1.2 m )( 3.165 kN ) − ( 0.3165 kN ⋅ m ) = 0 PROBLEM 7.45 CONTINUED M = 3.4815 kN ⋅ m + ( 3.165 kN ) x − ( 0.555 kN/m ) x 2 M = − 0.4827 kN ⋅ m at C M = 0.01725 kN ⋅ m at I Note: At I, the downward 3 kN force will reduce the shear V by 3 kN, from +1.5 kN to –1.5 kN, with no change in M. From I to B, the diagram can be completed by symmetry. (b) From diagrams: V M max max = 1.833 kN at C and D = 799 N ⋅ m at C and D PROBLEM 7.46 Solve Prob. 7.45 when a = 0.6 m. SOLUTION FBD angle CE: T = (a) By symmetry: 3.33 kN + 3 kN = 3.165 kN 2 ΣFy = 0: T − PC = 0 PC = T = 3.165 kN ΣM C = 0: M C − ( 0.1 m )( 3.165 kN ) = 0 By symmetry: PD = 3.165 kN M C = 0.3165 kN ⋅ m M D = 0.3165 kN ⋅ m Along AC: ΣFy = 0: − (1.11 kN/m ) x − V = 0 V = − (1.11 kN/m ) x V = − 0.999 kN at C ΣM J = 0: M + ( x = 0.9 m ) x (1.11 kN/m ) x = 0 2 M = − ( 0.555 kN/m ) x 2 M = − 0.44955 kN ⋅ m at C Along CI: ΣFy = 0: − x (1.11 kN/m ) + 3.165 kN − V = 0 V = 3.165 kN − (1.11 kN/m ) x V = 1.5 kN at I V = 2.166 kN at C ( x = 1.5 m ) ΣM K = 0: M − 0.3165 kN ⋅ m + ( x − 0.9 m )( 3.165 kN ) + x (1.11 kN/m ) x = 0 2 PROBLEM 7.46 CONTINUED M = −2.532 kN ⋅ m + ( 3.165 kN ) x − ( 0.555 kN/m ) x 2 M = − 0.13305 kN ⋅ m at C M = 0.96675 kN ⋅ m at I Note: At I, the downward 3 kN force will reduce the shear V by 3 kN, from +1.5 kN to –1.5 kN, with no change in M. From I to B, the diagram can be completed by symmetry. (b) From diagrams: V max = 2.17 kN at C and D M max = 967 N ⋅ m at I PROBLEM 7.47 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam AB, and determine the shear and bending moment (a) just to the left of C, (b) just to the right of C. SOLUTION FBD CD: ΣFy = 0: −1.2 kN + C y = 0 ΣM C = 0: ( 0.4 m )(1.2 kN ) − M C = 0 C y = 1.2 kN M C = 0.48 kN ⋅ m FBD Beam: ΣM A = 0: (1.2 m ) B + 0.48 kN ⋅ m − ( 0.8 m )(1.2 kN ) = 0 B = 0.4 kN ΣFy = 0: Ay − 1.2 kN + 0.4 kN = 0 A y = 0.8 kN Along AC: ΣFy = 0: 0.8 kN − V = 0 ΣM J = 0: M − x ( 0.8 kN ) = 0 V = 0.8 kN M = ( 0.8 kN ) x M = 0.64 kN ⋅ m at x = 0.8 m Along CB: ΣFy = 0: V + 0.4 kN = 0 ΣM K = 0: x1 ( 0.4 kN ) − M = 0 V = −0.4 kN M = ( 0.4 kN ) x1 M = 0.16 kN ⋅ m at x1 = 0.4 m (a) Just left of C: V = 800 N M = 640 N ⋅ m (b) Just right of C: V = −400 N M = 160.0 N ⋅ m PROBLEM 7.48 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam AB, and determine the maximum absolute values of the shear and bending moment. SOLUTION FBD angle: ΣFy = 0: Fy − 600 N = 0 Fy = 600 N ΣM Base = 0: M − ( 0.3 m )( 600 N ) = 0 M = 180 N ⋅ m All three angles are the same. FBD Beam: ΣM A = 0: (1.8 m ) B − 3 (180 N ⋅ m ) − ( 0.3 m + 0.9 m + 1.5 m )( 600 N ) = 0 B = 1200 N ΣFy = 0: Ay − 3 ( 600 N ) + 1200 N = 0 A y = 600 N Along AC: ΣFy = 0: 600 N − V = 0 V = 600 N ΣM J = 0: M − x ( 600 N ) = 0 M = ( 600 N ) x = 180 N ⋅ m at x = .3 m Along CD: ΣFy = 0: 600 N − 600 N − V = 0 V =0 ΣM K = 0: M + ( x − 0.3 m )( 600 N ) − 180 N ⋅ m − x ( 600 N ) = 0 M = 360 N ⋅ m PROBLEM 7.48 CONTINUED Along DE: ΣFy = 0: V − 600 N + 1200 N = 0 V = −600 N ΣM N = 0: −M − 180 N ⋅ m − x2 ( 600 N ) + ( x2 + 0.3 m )(1200 N ) = 0 M = 180 N ⋅ m + ( 600 N ) x2 = 540 N ⋅ m at D, x2 = 0.6 m M = 180 N ⋅ m at E (x2 = 0) Along EB: ΣFy = 0: V + 1200 N = 0 ΣM L = 0: x1 (1200 N ) − M = 0 V = −1200 N M = (1200 N ) x1 M = 360 N ⋅ m at x1 = 0.3 m From diagrams: V M max max = 1200 N on EB = 540 N ⋅ m at D + PROBLEM 7.49 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam AB, and determine the maximum absolute values of the shear and bending moment. SOLUTION FBD Whole: ΣM D = 0: (1.2 m )(1.5 kN ) − (1.2 m )( 6 kN ) − ( 3.6 m )(1.5 kN ) + (1.6 m ) G = 0 G = 6.75 kN ΣFx = 0: − Dx + G = 0 Beam AB, with forces D and G replaced by equivalent force/couples at C and F D x = 6.75 kN ΣFy = 0: Dy − 1.5 kN − 6 kN − 1.5 kN = 0 D y = 9 kN Along AD: ΣFy = 0: −1.5 kN − V = 0 ΣM J = 0: x (1.5 kN ) + M = 0 V = −1.5 kN M = − (1.5 kN ) x M = −1.8 kN at x = 1.2 m Along DE: ΣFy = 0: −1.5 kN + 9 kN − V = 0 V = 7.5 kN ΣM K = 0: M + 5.4 kN ⋅ m − x1 ( 9 kN ) + (1.2 m + x1 )(1.5 kN ) = 0 M = 7.2 kN ⋅ m + ( 7.5 kN ) x1 M = 1.8 kN ⋅ m at x1 = 1.2 m PROBLEM 7.49 CONTINUED Along EF: ΣFy = 0: V − 1.5 kN = 0 V = 1.5 kN ΣM N = 0: − M + 5.4 kN ⋅ m − ( x4 + 1.2 m )(1.5 kN ) M = 3.6 kN ⋅ m − (1.5 kN ) x4 M = 1.8 kN ⋅ m at x4 = 1.2 m; M = 3.6 kN ⋅ m at x4 = 0 Along FB: ΣFy = 0: V − 1.5 kN = 0 V = 1.5 kN ΣM L = 0: − M − x3 (1.5 kN ) = 0 M = ( −1.5 kN ) x3 M = −1.8 kN ⋅ m at x3 = 1.2 m From diagrams: V M max max = 7.50 kN on DE = 7.20 kN ⋅ m at D + PROBLEM 7.50 Neglecting the size of the pulley at G, (a) draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam AB, (b) determine the maximum absolute values of the shear and bending moment. SOLUTION FBD Whole: (a) ΣM A = 0: ( 0.5 m ) 12 5 D + (1.2 m ) D − ( 2.5 m )( 480 N ) = 0 13 13 D = 1300 N ΣFy = 0: Ay + 5 (1300 N ) − 480 N = 0 13 Ay = −20 N A y = 20 N Beam AB with pulley forces and Along AE: force at D replaced by equivalent force-couples at B, F, E ΣFy = 0: −20 N − V = 0 ΣM J = 0: M + x ( 20 N ) V = −20 N M = − ( 20 N ) x M = −24 N ⋅ m at x = 1.2 m Along EF: ΣFy = 0: V − 288 N − 480 N = 0 V = 768 N ΣM L = 0: −M − x2 ( 288 N ) − ( 28.8 N ⋅ m ) − ( x2 + 0.6 m )( 480 N ) = 0 M = −316.8 N ⋅ m − ( 768 N ) x2 M = −316.8 N ⋅ m at x2 = 0 ; M = −624 N ⋅ m at x2 = 0.4 m Along FB: ΣFy = 0: V − 480 N = 0 ΣM K = 0: − M − x1 ( 480 N ) = 0 V = 480 N M = − ( 480 N ) x1 M = −288 N ⋅ m at x1 = 0.6 m PROBLEM 7.50 CONTINUED (b) From diagrams: V max M = 768 N along EF max = 624 N ⋅ m at E + PROBLEM 7.51 For the beam of Prob. 7.43, determine (a) the distance a for which the maximum absolute value of the bending moment in the beam is as small as possible, (b) the corresponding value of M max . (Hint: Draw the bending-moment diagram and then equate the absolute values of the largest positive and negative bending moments obtained.) SOLUTION FBD Beam: ΣFy = 0: Lw − 2 P = 0 w=2 ΣM J = 0: M − M = Along AC: P L x 2P x = 0 2 L P 2 x L P 2 a at x = a L ΣM K = 0: M + ( x − a ) P − M = P (a − x) + M = x 2P x = 0 2 L P 2 Pa 2 x = L L at x=a L L M = P a − at x = 2 4 Along CD: This is M min by symmetry–see moment diagram completed by symmetry. For minimum M max , set M max = −M min : P a2 L = −P a − L 4 a 2 + La − or a= Solving: Positive answer L2 =0 4 −1 ± 2 L 2 a = 0.20711L = 0.932 ft (a) (b) M max = 0.04289PL = 173.7 lb ⋅ ft PROBLEM 7.52 For the assembly of Prob. 7.45, determine (a) the distance a for which the maximum absolute value of the bending moment in beam AB is as small as possible, (b) the corresponding value of M max . (See hint for Prob. 7.51.) SOLUTION By symmetry of whole arrangement: FBD Angle: T = 3.33 kN + 3 kN = 3.165 kN 2 ΣFy = 0: T − F = 0 F = 3.165 kN ΣM 0 = 0: M − ( 0.1 m )( 3.165 kN ) = 0 ΣM J = 0: M + M = 0.3165 kN ⋅ m x (1.11 kN/m ) x = 0 2 M = − ( 0.555 kN/m ) x 2 = − ( 0.555 kN/m )(1.5 m − a ) Along AC: at C 2 ( this is M min ) x (1.11 kN/m ) x 2 − x − (1.5 m − a ) ( 3.165 kN ) = 0 ΣM K = 0: M − 0.3165 kN ⋅ m + Along CI: M = −4.431 kN ⋅ m + ( 3.165 kN )( x + a ) − ( 0.555 kN/m ) x 2 M max ( at x = 1.5 m ) = − 0.93225 kN ⋅ m + ( 3.165 kN ) a For minimum M max , set M max = −M min : − 0.93225 kN ⋅ m + ( 3.165 kN ) a = ( 0.555 kN/m )(1.5 m − a ) Yielding: a 2 − ( 8.7027 m ) a + 3.92973 m 2 = 0 Solving: a = 4.3514 ± 13.864 = 0.4778 m, 8.075 m Second solution out of range, so (a) 2 a = 0.478 m M max = 0.5801 kN ⋅ m (b) M max = 580 N ⋅ m PROBLEM 7.53 For the beam shown, determine (a) the magnitude P of the two upward forces for which the maximum value of the bending moment is as small as possible, (b) the corresponding value of M max . (See hint for Prob. 7.51.) SOLUTION Ay = B = 60 kN − P By symmetry: Along AC: ΣM J = 0: M − x ( 60 kN − P ) = 0 M = ( 60 kN − P ) x M = 120 kN ⋅ m − ( 2 m ) P at x = 2 m Along CD: ΣM K = 0: M + ( x − 2 m )( 60 kN ) − x ( 60 kN − P ) = 0 M = 120 kN ⋅ m − Px M = 120 kN ⋅ m − ( 4 m ) P at x = 4 m Along DE: ΣM L = 0: M − ( x − 4 m ) P + ( x − 2 m )( 60 kN ) − x ( 60 kN − P ) = 0 M = 120 kN ⋅ m − ( 4 m ) P (const) Complete diagram by symmetry For minimum M max , set M max = −M min 120 kN ⋅ m − ( 2 m ) P = − 120 kN ⋅ m − ( 4 m ) P P = 40.0 kN (a) M min = 120 kN ⋅ m − ( 4 m) P (b) M max = 40.0 kN ⋅ m PROBLEM 7.54 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the distance a for which the maximum absolute value of the bending moment in the beam is as small as possible, (b) the corresponding value of M max . (See hint for Prob. 7.51.) SOLUTION ΣM A = 0: M A − (1.5 ft )(1 kip ) − ( 3.5 ft )( 4 kips ) FBD Beam: + ( 3.5 ft + a )( 2 kips ) = 0 M A = 8.5 kip ⋅ ft − ( 2 kips ) a ΣFy = 0: Ay − 1 kip − 4 kips + 2 kips = 0 A y = 3 kips Along AC: ΣM J = 0: M − x ( 3 kips ) + 8.5 kip ⋅ ft − ( 2 kips ) a = 0 M = ( 3 kips ) x + ( 2 kips ) a − 8.5 kip ⋅ ft M = ( 2 kips ) a − 4 kip ⋅ ft at C ( x = 1.5 ft ) M = ( 2 kips ) a − 8.5 kip ⋅ ft at A ( M min ) Along DB: ΣM K = 0: − M + x1 ( 2 kips ) = 0 M = ( 2 kips ) x1 M = ( 2 kips ) a at D ΣM L = 0: ( x2 + a )( 2 kips ) − x2 ( 4 kips ) − M = 0 M = ( 2 kips ) a − ( 2 kips ) x2 Along CD: M = ( 2 kips ) a − 4 kip ⋅ ft at C For minimum M max ( see above ) , set M max ( at D ) = −M min ( at A) ( 2 kips ) a = − ( 2 kips ) a − 8.5 kip ⋅ ft 4a = 8.5 ft a = 2.125 ft a = 2.13 ft (a) So M max = ( 2 kips ) a = 4.25 kip ⋅ ft (b) M max = 4.25 kip ⋅ ft PROBLEM 7.55 Knowing that P = Q = 375 lb, determine (a) the distance a for which the maximum absolute value of the bending moment in beam AB is as small as possible, (b) the corresponding value of M max . (See hint for Prob. 7.51.) SOLUTION ΣM A = 0: ( a ft ) D − ( 4 ft )( 375 lb ) − ( 8 ft )( 375 lb ) = 0 D= FBD Beam: 4500 lb a ΣFy = 0: Ay − 2 ( 375 lb ) + 4500 lb = 0 a 4500 A y = 750 − lb a It is apparent that M = 0 at A and B, and that all segments of the M diagram are straight, so the max and min values of M must occur at C and D 4500 ΣM C = 0: M − ( 4 ft ) 750 − lb = 0 a Segment AC: 18000 M = 3000 − lb ⋅ ft a ΣM D = 0: − ( 8 − a ) ft ( 375 lb ) − M = 0 Segment DB: M = −375 ( 8 − a ) lb ⋅ ft For minimum M So max , set M max = −M min 3000 − a 2 = 48 18000 = 375 ( 8 − a ) a a = 6.9282 ft a = 6.93 ft (a) M max = 375 ( 8 − a ) = 401.92 lb ⋅ ft (b) M max = 402 lb ⋅ ft PROBLEM 7.56 Solve Prob. 7.55 assuming that P = 750 lb and Q = 375 lb. SOLUTION ΣM D = 0: − ( a ft ) Ay + ( a − 4 ) ft ( 750 lb ) FBD Beam: − ( 8 − a ) ft ( 375 lb ) = 0 6000 A y = 1125 − lb a It is apparent that M = 0 at A and B, and that all segments of the M-diagram are straight, so M max and M min occur at C and D. 6000 ΣM C = 0: M − ( 4 ft ) 1125 − lb = 0 a Segment AC: 24000 M = 4500 − lb ⋅ ft a ΣM D = 0: − M − ( 8 − a ) ft ( 375 lb ) = 0 Segment DB: M = −375 ( 8 − a ) lb ⋅ ft For minimum M max , set M max = −M min 4500 − 24000 = 375 ( 8 − a ) a a 2 + 4a − 64 = 0 a = 6.2462 ft Then a = −2 ± 68 ( need + ) a = 6.25 ft (a) M max = 375 ( 8 − a ) = 657.7 lb ⋅ ft (b) M max = 658 lb ⋅ ft PROBLEM 7.57 In order to reduce the bending moment in the cantilever beam AB, a cable and counterweight are permanently attached at end B. Determine the magnitude of the counterweight for which the maximum absolute value of the bending moment in the beam is as small as possible and the corresponding value of M max . Consider (a) the case when the distributed load is permanently applied to the beam, (b) the more general case when the distributed load may either be applied or removed. SOLUTION x wx = 0 2 ΣM J = 0: −M − M due to distributed load: 1 M = − wx 2 2 ΣM J = 0: −M + xw = 0 M due to counter weight: (a) Both applied: M = wx M = Wx − w 2 x 2 And here M = dM W = W − wx = 0 at x = dx w W2 > 0 so M max ; M min must be at x = L 2w So M min = WL − 1 2 wL . For minimum M 2 max set M max = −M min , so W2 1 = −WL + wL2 or W 2 + 2wLW − w2 L2 = 0 2w 2 W = W = −wL ± 2w2 L2 (need +) M max (b) w may be removed: W2 = = 2w Without w, With w (see part a) ( ) 2 −1 2 ( ) 2 − 1 wL = 0.414wL 2 M max = 0.858wL2 wL2 M = Wx, M max = WL at A M = Wx − M min = WL − w 2 x , 2 M max = 1 2 wL at x = L 2 W2 W at x = 2w w PROBLEM 7.57 CONTINUED For minimum M max , set M max ( no w ) = −M min ( with w ) WL = −WL + With 1 2 1 wL → W = wL → 2 4 M max = 1 2 wL 4 W = 1 wL 4 PROBLEM 7.58 Using the method of Sec. 7.6, solve Prob. 7.29. SOLUTION (a) and (b) By symmetry: Ay = D = Shear Diag: 1 L wL w = 2 2 4 V jumps to Ay = or A y = D = wL 4 wL at A, 4 and stays constant (no load) to B. From B to C, V is linear wL L wL dV −w =− = −w , and it becomes at C. 4 2 4 dx (Note: V = 0 at center of beam. From C to D, V is again constant.) Moment Diag: M starts at zero at A wL dM = and increases linearly 4 to B. dV MB = 0 + L wL wL2 . = 4 4 16 From B to C M is parabolic wL dM = V , which decreases to zero at center and − at C , 4 dx M is maximum at center. M max = Then, M is linear with wL2 1 L wL + 16 2 4 4 dM wL =− to D dy 4 MD = 0 V M max max = = wL 4 3wL2 32 Notes: Symmetry could have been invoked to draw second half. Smooth transitions in M at B and C, as no discontinuities in V. PROBLEM 7.59 Using the method of Sec. 7.6, solve Prob. 7.30. SOLUTION (a) and (b) Shear Diag: V = 0 at A and is linear wL dV L dV = −w to − w = − at B. V is constant = 0 from 2 dx dx 2 B to C. V max = wL 2 Moment Diag: M = 0 at A and is dM decreasing with V to B. parabolic dx MB = 1 L wL wL2 − = − 2 2 2 8 wL dM =− From B to C, M is linear dx 2 MC = − wL2 L wL 3wL2 − = − 8 8 2 2 M max = Notes: Smooth transition in M at B, as no discontinuity in V. It was not necessary to predetermine reactions at C. In fact they are given by −VC and − M C . 3wL2 8 PROBLEM 7.60 Using the method of Sec. 7.6, solve Prob. 7.31. SOLUTION Shear Diag: (a) and (b) dV = 0 to B. V jumps down P V jumps to P at A, then is constant dx to zero at B, and is constant (zero) to C. V max = P Moment Diag: dM M is linear = V = P to B. dy PL L M B = 0 + ( P) = . 2 2 PL dM = 0 at to C M is constant 2 dx M max = PL 2 Note: It was not necessary to predetermine reactions at C. In fact they are given by −VC and − M C . PROBLEM 7.61 Using the method of Sec. 7.6, solve Prob. 7.32. SOLUTION (a) and (b) ΣM C = 0: LAy − M 0 = 0 Ay = M0 L Shear Diag: V jumps to − M0 dV at A and is constant = 0 all the way to C L dx V max = M0 W L = M0 W 2 Moment Diag: M dM M is zero at A and linear = V = − 0 throughout. L dx LM M M B− = − 0 = − 0 , 2 L 2 M but M jumps by + M 0 to + 0 at B. 2 M LM MC = 0 − 0 = 0 2 2 L M max PROBLEM 7.62 Using the method of Sec. 7.6, solve Prob. 7.33. SOLUTION (a) and (b) ΣM B = 0: ( 0.6 ft )( 4 kips ) + ( 5.1 ft )( 8 kips ) + ( 7.8 ft )(10 kips ) − ( 9.6 ft ) Ay = 0 A y = 12.625 kips Shear Diag: dV V is piecewise constant, = 0 with discontinuities at each dx concentrated force. (equal to force) V = 12.63 kips W max Moment Diag: dM = V throughout. M is zero at A, and piecewise linear dx M C = (1.8 ft )(12.625 kips ) = 22.725 kip ⋅ ft M D = 22.725 kip ⋅ ft + ( 2.7 ft )( 2.625 kips ) = 29.8125 kip ⋅ ft M E = 29.8125 kip ⋅ ft − ( 4.5 ft )( 5.375 kips ) = 5.625 kip ⋅ ft M B = 5.625 kip ⋅ ft − ( 0.6 ft )( 9.375 kips ) = 0 M max = 29.8 kip ⋅ ft W PROBLEM 7.63 Using the method of Sec. 7.6, solve Prob. 7.36. SOLUTION (a) and (b) FBD Beam: ΣM E = 0: (1.1 m )( 0.54 kN ) − ( 0.9 m ) C y + ( 0.4 m )(1.35 kN ) − ( 0.3 m )( 0.54 kN ) = 0 C y = 1.08 kN ΣFy = 0: − 0.54 kN + 1.08 kN − 1.35 kN + E − 0.54 kN = 0 E = 1.35 kN Shear Diag: dV V is piecewise constant, = 0 everywhere with discontinuities at dx each concentrated force. (equal to the force) V max = 810 N W Moment Diag: M is piecewise linear starting with M A = 0 M C = 0 − 0.2 m ( 0.54 kN ) = 0.108 kN ⋅ m M D = 0.108 kN ⋅ m + ( 0.5 m )( 0.54 kN ) = 0.162 kN ⋅ m M E = 0.162 kN ⋅ m − ( 0.4 m )( 0.81 kN ) = − 0.162 kN ⋅ m M B = 0.162 kN ⋅ m + ( 0.3 m )( 0.54 kN ) = 0 M max = 0.162 kN ⋅ m = 162.0 N ⋅ m W PROBLEM 7.64 For the beam and loading shown, (a) draw the shear and bendingmoment diagrams, (b) determine the maximum absolute values of the shear and bending moment. SOLUTION (a) and (b) Shear Diag: dV V = 0 at A and linear = −2 kN/m to C dx VC = −1.2 m ( 2 kN/m ) = −2.4 kN. At C, V jumps 6 kN to 3.6 kN, and is constant to D. From there, V is dV = +3 kN/m to B linear dx VB = 3.6 kN + (1 m )( 3 kN/m ) = 6.6 kN V max = 6.60 kN W M A = 0. Moment Diag: dM decreasing with V . From A to C, M is parabolic, dx MC = − 1 (1.2 m )( 2.4 kN ) = −1.44 kN ⋅ m 2 dM From C to D, M is linear dx = 3.6 kN M D = −1.44 kN ⋅ m + ( 0.6 m )( 3.6 kN ) = 0.72 kN ⋅ m. dM From D to B, M is parabolic increasing with V dx M B = 0.72 kN ⋅ m + 1 (1 m )( 3.6 + 6.6 ) kN 2 = 5.82 kN ⋅ m M max = 5.82 kN ⋅ m W Notes: Smooth transition in M at D. It was unnecessary to predetermine reactions at B, but they are given by −VB and −M B PROBLEM 7.65 For the beam and loading shown, (a) draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams, (b) determine the maximum absolute values of the shear and bending moment. SOLUTION ΣM B = 0: ( 3 ft )(1 kip/ft )( 6 ft ) + ( 8 ft )( 6 kips ) (a) and (b) + (10 ft )( 6 kips ) − (12 ft ) Ay = 0 A y = 10.5 kips Shear Diag: V is piecewise constant from A to E, with discontinuities at A, C, and E equal to the forces. VE = −1.5 kips. From E to B, V is linear dV = −1 kip/ft , dx so VB = −1.5 kips − ( 6 ft )(1 kip/ft ) = −7.5 kips V max = 10.50 kips W Moment Diag: M A = 0, then M is piecewise linear to E M C = 0 + 2 ft (10.5 kips ) = 21 kip ⋅ ft M D = 21 kip ⋅ ft + ( 2 ft )( 4.5 kips ) = 30 kip ⋅ ft M E = 30 kip ⋅ ft − ( 2 ft )(1.5 kips ) = 27 kip ⋅ ft dM decreasing with V , and From E to B, M is parabolic dx M B = 27 kip ⋅ ft − 1 ( 6 ft )(1.5 kips + 7.5 kips ) = 0 2 M max = 30.0 kip ⋅ ft W PROBLEM 7.66 Using the method of Sec. 7.6, solve Prob. 7.37. SOLUTION (a) and (b) FBD Beam: ΣFy = 0: Ay + ( 6 ft )( 2 kips/ft ) − 12 kips − 2 kips = 0 A y = 2 kips ΣM A = 0: M A + ( 3 ft )( 2 kips/ft )( 6 ft ) − (10.5 ft )(12 kips ) − (12 ft )( 2 kips ) = 0 M A = 114 kip ⋅ ft Shear Diag: dV VA = Ay = 2 kips. Then V is linear = 2 kips/ft to C, where dx VC = 2 kips + ( 6 ft )( 2 kips/ft ) = 14 kips. V is constant at 14 kips to D, then jumps down 12 kips to 2 kips and is constant to B V Moment Diag: max = 14.00 kips W M A = −114 kip ⋅ ft. dM increasing with V and From A to C, M is parabolic dx M C = −114 kip ⋅ ft + 1 ( 2 kips + 14 kips )( 6 ft ) 2 M C = −66 kip ⋅ ft. Then M is piecewise linear. M D = −66 kip ⋅ ft + (14 kips )( 4.5 ft ) = −3 kip ⋅ ft M B = −3 kip ⋅ ft + ( 2 kips )(1.5 ft ) = 0 M max = 114.0 kip ⋅ ft W PROBLEM 7.67 Using the method of Sec. 7.6, solve Prob. 7.38. SOLUTION (a) and (b) FBD Beam: kips ΣM B = 0: ( 3 ft ) 2 ( 6 ft ) + ( 9 ft )(12 kips ) − (15 ft ) Ay = 0 ft A y = 9.6 kips Shear Diag: V jumps to Ay = 9.6 kips at A, is constant to C, jumps down 12 kips to −2.4 kips at C, is constant to D, and then is linear dV = −2 kips/ft to B dx VB = −2.4 kips − ( 2 kips/ft )( 6 ft ) = −14.4 kips V max = 14.40 kips W Moment Diag: dM = 9.6 kips/ft dx M is linear from A to C M C = 9.6 kips ( 6 ft ) = 57.6 kip ⋅ ft, M is linear from C to D dM dx = −2.4 kips/ft M D = 57.6 kip ⋅ ft − 2.4 kips ( 3 ft ) M D = 50.4 kip ⋅ ft. dM M is parabolic decreasing with V to B. dx M B = 50.4 kip ⋅ ft − 1 ( 2.4 kips + 14.4 kips )( 6 ft ) = 0 2 =0 M max = 57.6 kip ⋅ ft W PROBLEM 7.68 Using the method of Sec. 7.6, solve Prob. 7.39. SOLUTION (a) and (b) FBD Beam: By symmetry: 1 ( 5 m )( 4 kN/m ) + 8 kN 2 or A y = B = 18 kN Ay = B = Shear Diag: V jumps to 18 kN at A, and is constant to C, then drops 8 kN to 10 kN. dV = −4 kN/m , reaching −10 kN at After C, V is linear dx D VD = 10 kN − ( 4 kN/m )( 5 m ) passing through zero at the beam center. At D, V drops 8 kN to −18 kN and is then constant to B V max = 18.00 kN W Moment Diag: dM M A = 0. Then M is linear = 18 kN/m to C dx M C = (18 kN )( 2 m ) = 36 kN ⋅ m, M is parabolic to D dM decreases with V to zero at center dx M center = 36 kN ⋅ m + 1 (10 kN )( 2.5 m ) = 48.5 kN ⋅ m = M max 2 M Complete by invoking symmetry. max = 48.5 kN ⋅ m W PROBLEM 7.69 Using the method of Sec. 7.6, solve Prob. 7.40. SOLUTION (a) and (b) FBD Beam: ΣM F = 0: (1 m )( 22 kN ) + (1.5 m )( 4 kN/m )( 3 m ) − ( 4 m ) Dy + ( 6 m )( 2 kN/m )( 2 m ) = 0 D y = 16 kN ΣFy = 0: 16 kN + 22 kN − Fy − ( 2 kN/m )( 2 m ) − ( 4 kN/m )( 3 m ) = 0 Fy = 22 kN Shear Diag: dV VA = 0, then V is linear = −2 kN/m to C; dx VC = −2 kN/m ( 4 m ) = −4 kN V is constant to D, jumps 16 kN to 12 kN and is constant to E. dV = −4 kN/m to F. Then V is linear dx VF = 12 kN − ( 4 kN/m )( 3 m ) = 0. V jumps to −22 kN at F, is constant to B, and returns to zero. V Moment Diag: dM M A = 0, M is parabolic decreases with V to C. dx 1 M C = − ( 4 kN )( 2 m ) = −4 kN ⋅ m. 2 max = 22.0 kN W PROBLEM 7.69 CONTINUED dM Then M is linear = −4 kN to D. dx M D = −4 kN ⋅ m − ( 4 kN )(1 m ) = −8 kN ⋅ m dM = 12 kN , and From D to E, M is linear dx M E = −8 kN ⋅ m + (12 kN )(1m ) M E = 4 kN ⋅ m dM M is parabolic decreasing with V to F. dx M F = 4 kN ⋅ m + 1 (12 kN )( 3 m ) = 22 kN ⋅ m. 2 dM Finally, M is linear = −22 kN , back to zero at B. dx M max = 22.0 kN ⋅ m W PROBLEM 7.70 For the beam and loading shown, (a) draw the shear and bendingmoment diagrams, (b) determine the maximum absolute values of the shear and bending moment. SOLUTION (a) and (b) FBD Beam: ΣM B = 0: (1.5 m )(16 kN ) + ( 3 m )( 8 kN ) + 6 kN ⋅ m − ( 4.5 m ) Ay = 0 A y = 12 kN Shear Diag: V is piecewise constant with discontinuities equal to the concentrated forces at A, C, D, B V max = 12.00 kN W Moment Diag: dM =V After a jump of −6 kN ⋅ m at A, M is piecewise linear dx So M C = −6 kN ⋅ m + (12 kN )(1.5 m ) = 12 kN ⋅ m M D = 12 kN ⋅ m + ( 4 kN )(1.5 m ) = 18 kN ⋅ m M B = 18 kN ⋅ m − (12 kN )(1.5 m ) = 0 M max = 18.00 kN ⋅ m W PROBLEM 7.71 For the beam and loading shown, (a) draw the shear and bendingmoment diagrams, (b) determine the maximum absolute values of the shear and bending moment. SOLUTION (a) FBD Beam: ΣM A = 0: ( 8 m ) F + (11 m )( 2 kN ) + 10 kN ⋅ m − ( 6 m )( 8 kN ) − 12 kN ⋅ m − ( 2 m )( 6 kN ) = 0 F = 5 kN ΣFy = 0: Ay − 6 kN − 8 kN + 5 kN + 2 kN = 0 A y = 7 kN Shear Diag: V is piecewise constant with discontinuities equal to the concentrated forces at A, C, E, F, G Moment Diag: M is piecewise linear with a discontinuity equal to the couple at D. M C = ( 7 kN )( 2 m ) = 14 kN ⋅ m M D− = 14 kN ⋅ m + (1 kN )( 2 m ) = 16 kN ⋅ m M D+ = 16 kN ⋅ m + 12 kN ⋅ m = 28 kN ⋅ m M E = 28 kN ⋅ m + (1 kN )( 2 m ) = 30 kN ⋅ m M F = 30 kN ⋅ m − ( 7 kN )( 2 m ) = 16 kN ⋅ m M G = 16 kN ⋅ m − ( 2 kN )( 3 m ) = 10 kN ⋅ m (b) V M max max = 7.00 kN = 30.0 kN PROBLEM 7.72 For the beam and loading shown, (a) draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams, (b) determine the magnitude and location of the maximum bending moment. SOLUTION (a) FBD Beam: ΣM B = 0: ( 3 ft )(1.2 kips/ft )( 6 ft ) − ( 8 ft ) Ay = 0 A y = 2.7 kips Shear Diag: V = Ay = 2.7 kips at A, is constant to C, then linear dV = −1.2 kips/ft to B. dx VB = 2.7 kips − (1.2 kips/ft )( 6 ft ) VB = −4.5 kips V = 0 = 2.7 kips − (1.2 kips/ft ) x1 at x1 = 2.25 ft Moment Diag: dM M A = 0, M is linear = 2.7 kips to C. dx M C = ( 2.7 kips )( 2 ft ) = 5.4 kip ⋅ ft dM decreasing with V Then M is parabolic dx (b) M max occurs where dM =V =0 dx M max = 5.4 kip ⋅ ft + 1 ( 2.7 kips ) x1; 2 x1 = 2.25 m M max = 8.4375 kip ⋅ ft M max = 8.44 kip ⋅ ft, 2.25 m right of C Check: M B = 8.4375 kip ⋅ ft − 1 ( 4.5 kips )( 3.75 ft ) = 0 2 PROBLEM 7.73 For the beam and loading shown, (a) draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams, (b) determine the magnitude and location of the maximum bending moment. SOLUTION FBD Beam: (a) ΣM B = 0: ( 6 ft )( 2 kips/ft )( 8 ft ) − (15 ft ) Ay = 0 A y = 6.4 kips Shear Diag: V = Ay = 6.4 kips at A, and is constant to C, then linear dV = −2 kips/ft to D, dx VD = 6.4 kips − ( 2 kips/ft )( 8 ft ) = −9.6 kips V = 0 = 6.4 kips − ( 2 kips/ft ) x1 at x1 = 3.2 ft Moment Diag: dM M A = 0, then M is linear = 6.4 kips to M C = ( 6.4 kips )( 5 ft ) . dx dM M C = 32 kip ⋅ ft. M is then parabolic decreasing with V . dx (b) M max occurs where M max = 32 kip ⋅ ft + dM = V = 0. dx 1 ( 6.4 kips ) x1; 2 x1 = 3.2 ft M max = 42.24 kip ⋅ ft M max = 42.2 kip ⋅ ft, 3.2 ft right of C M D = 42.24 kip ⋅ ft − M is linear from D to zero at B. 1 ( 9.6 kips )( 4.8 ft ) = 19.2 kip ⋅ ft 2 PROBLEM 7.74 For the beam shown, draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams and determine the maximum absolute value of the bending moment knowing that (a) P = 14 kN, (b) P = 20 kN. SOLUTION (a) FBD Beam: ΣFy = 0: Ay − (16 kN/m )( 2 m ) − 6 kN + P = 0 Ay = 38 kN − P (a) A y = 24 kN (b) A y = 18 kN ΣM A = 0: ( 5 m ) P − ( 3.5 m )( 6 kN ) − 1 m (16 kN/m )( 2 m ) − M A = 0 M A = ( 5 m ) P − 53 kN ⋅ m (b) (a) M A = 17 kN ⋅ m (b) M A = 47 kN ⋅ m Shear Diags: dV VA = Ay . Then V is linear = −16 kN/m to C. dx VC = VA − (16 kN/m )( 2 m ) = VA − 32 kN (a) VC = −8 kN (b) VC = −14 kN V = 0 = VA − (16 kN/m ) x1 (a) x1 = 1.5 m (b) x1 = 1.125 m V is constant from C to D, decreases by 6 kN at D and is constant to B (at − P) PROBLEM 7.74 CONTINUED Moment Diags: dM M A = M A reaction. Then M is parabolic decreasing with V . dx The maximum occurs where V = 0. M max = M A + (a) M max = 17 kN ⋅ m + 1 VA x1. 2 1 ( 24 kN )(1.5 m ) = 35.0 kN ⋅ m 2 1.5 ft from A (b) M max = 47 kN ⋅ m + 1 (18 kN )(1.125 m ) = 57.125 kN ⋅ m 2 M max = 57.1 kN ⋅ m 1.125 ft from A M C = M max + (a) (b) M C = 35 kN ⋅ m − M C = 57.125 kN ⋅ m − 1 VC ( 2 m − x1 ) 2 1 (8 kN )( 0.5 m ) = 33 kN ⋅ m 2 1 (14 kN )( 0.875 m ) = 51 kN ⋅ m 2 M is piecewise linear along C, D, B, with M B = 0 and M D = (1.5 m ) P (a) M D = 21 kN ⋅ m (b) M D = 30 kN ⋅ m PROBLEM 7.75 For the beam shown, draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams, and determine the magnitude and location of the maximum absolute value of the bending moment knowing that (a) M = 0 , (b) M = 12 kN ⋅ m. SOLUTION FBD Beam: ΣM A = 0: ( 4 m ) B − (1 m )( 20 kN/m )( 2 m ) − M = 0 B = 10 kN + (a) M 4m (a) B = 10 kN (b) B = 13 kN ΣFy = 0: Ay − ( 20 kN/m )( 2 m ) + B = 0 Ay = 40 kN − B (a) A y = 30 kN (b) A y = 27 kN Shear Diags: (b) dV = −20 kN/m to C. VA = Ay , then V is linear dx VC = Ay − ( 20 kN/m )( 2 m ) = Ay − 40 kN (a) VC = −10 kN (b) VC = −13 kN V = 0 = Ay − ( 20 kN/m ) x1 at x1 = (a) x1 = 1.5 m (b) x1 = 1.35 m V is constant from C to B. Ay m 20 kN PROBLEM 7.75 CONTINUED Moment Diags: dM M A = applied M . Then M is parabolic decreases with V dx M is max where V = 0. M max = M + (a) M = max 1 Ay x1. 2 1 ( 30 kN )(1.5 m ) = 22.5 kN ⋅ m 2 1.500 m from A (b) M max = 12 kN ⋅ m + 1 ( 27 kN )(1.35 m ) = 30.225 kN ⋅ m 2 M M C = M max − max = 30.2 kN 1.350 m from A 1 VC ( 2 m − x1 ) 2 (a) M C = 20 kN ⋅ m (b) M C = 26 kN ⋅ m dM Finally, M is linear = VC to zero at B. dx PROBLEM 7.76 For the beam and loading shown, (a) draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams, (b) determine the magnitude and location of the maximum absolute value of the bending moment. SOLUTION FBD Beam: (a) ΣM B = 0: ( 3 m )( 40 kN/m )( 6 m ) − ( 30 kN ⋅ m ) − ( 6 m ) Ay = 0 A y = 115 kN Shear Diag: dM = − 40 kN/m to B. VA = Ay = 115 kN, then V is linear dx VB = 115 kN − ( 40 kN/m )( 6 m ) = −125 kN. V = 0 = 115 kN − ( 40 kN/m ) x1 at x1 = 2.875 m Moment Diag: dM M A = 0. Then M is parabolic decreasing with V . Max M occurs dx where V = 0, M max = 1 (115 kN/m )( 2.875 m ) = 165.3125 kN ⋅ m 2 1 (125 kN )( 6 m − x1 ) 2 1 = 165.3125 kN ⋅ m − (125 kN )( 6 − 2.875 ) m 2 = −30 kN ⋅ m as expected. M B = M max − (b) M max = 165.3 kN ⋅ m ( 2.88 m from A ) PROBLEM 7.77 Solve Prob. 7.76 assuming that the 30 kN ⋅ m couple applied at B is counterclockwise SOLUTION (a) FBD Beam: ΣM B = 0: 30 kN ⋅ m + ( 3 m )( 40 kN/m )( 6 m ) − ( 6 m ) Ay = 0 A y = 125 kN Shear Diag: dV VA = Ay = 125 kN, V is linear = −40 kN/m to B. dx VB = 125 kN − ( 40 kN/m )( 6 m ) = −115 kN V = 0 = 115 kN − ( 40 kN/m ) x1 at x1 = 3.125 m Moment Diag: dM M A = 0. Then M is parabolic decreases with V . Max M occurs dx where V = 0, M max = 1 (125 kN )( 3.125 m ) = 195.3125 kN ⋅ m 2 (b) M max M B = 195.3125 kN ⋅ m − = 195.3 kN ⋅ m ( 3.125 m from A ) 1 (115 kN )( 6 − 3.125) m 2 M B = 30 kN ⋅ m as expected. PROBLEM 7.78 For beam AB, (a) draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams, (b) determine the magnitude and location of the maximum absolute value of the bending moment. SOLUTION (a) Replacing the load at E with equivalent force-couple at C: ΣM A = 0: ( 6 m ) D − ( 8 m )( 2 kN ) − ( 3 m )( 4 kN ) − (1.5 m )( 8 kN/m )( 3 m ) − 4 kN ⋅ m = 0 D = 10 kN ΣFy = 0: Ay + 10 kN − 2 kN − 4 kN − ( 8 kN/m )( 3 m ) = 0 A y = 20 kN Shear Diag: dV VA = Ay = 20 kN, then V is linear = −8 kN/m to C. dx VC = 20 kN − ( 8 kN/m )( 3 m ) = −4 kN V = 0 = 20 kN − ( 8 kN/m ) x1 at x1 = 2.5 m At C, V decreases by 4 kN to −8 kN. At D, V increases by 10 kN to 2 kN. Moment Diag: dM M A = 0, then M is parabolic decreasing with V . Max M occurs dx where V = 0. M max = 1 ( 20 kN )( 2.5 m ) = 25 kN ⋅ m 2 (b) M max = 25.0 kN ⋅ m, 2.50 m from A PROBLEM 7.78 CONTINUED M C = 25 kN ⋅ m − 1 ( 4 kN )( 0.5 m ) = 24 kN ⋅ m. 2 At C, M decreases by 4 kN ⋅ m to 20 kN ⋅ m. From C to B, M is piecewise dM dM linear with = +2 kN to B. = −8 kN to D, then dx dx M D = 20 kN ⋅ m − ( 8 kN )( 3 m ) = −4 kN ⋅ m. MB = 0 PROBLEM 7.79 Solve Prob. 7.78 assuming that the 4-kN force applied at E is directed upward. SOLUTION (a) Replacing the load at E with equivalent force-couple at C. ΣM A = 0: ( 6 m ) D − ( 8 m )( 2 kN ) + ( 3 m )( 4 kN ) − 4 kN ⋅ m − (1.5 m )( 8 kN/m )( 3 m ) = 0 D= ΣFy = 0: Ay + 22 kN 3 22 kN − ( 8 kN/m )( 3 m ) + 4 kN − 2 kN = 0 3 Ay = 44 kN 3 Shear Diag: VA = Ay = 44 dV kN, then V is linear = −8 kN/m to C. 3 dx VC = 44 28 kN − ( 8 kN/m )( 3 m ) = − kN 3 3 V =0= 44 11 kN − ( 8 kN/m ) x1 at x1 = m. 3 6 At C, V increases 4 kN to − At D, V increases 16 kN. 3 22 kN to 2 kN. 3 PROBLEM 7.79 CONTINUED Moment Diag: dM M A = 0. Then M is parabolic decreasing with V . Max M occurs dx where V = 0. M max = 1 44 11 121 kN m = kN ⋅ m 2 3 9 6 (b) MC = M max = 13.44 kN ⋅ m at 1.833 m from A 121 1 28 7 kN ⋅ m − kN m = 8 kN ⋅ m. 9 2 3 6 At C, M increases by 4 kN ⋅ m to 12 kN ⋅ m. Then M is linear 16 dM =− kN to D. 3 dx 16 kN ( 3 m ) = −4 kN ⋅ m. M is again linear M D = 12 kN ⋅ m − 3 dM = 2 kN to zero at B. dx PROBLEM 7.80 For the beam and loading shown, (a) derive the equations of the shear and bending-moment curves, (b) draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams, (c) determine the magnitude and location of the maximum bending moment. SOLUTION x Distributed load w = w0 1 − L ΣM A = 0: 1 total = w0 L 2 L 1 w0 L − LB = 0 3 2 B= w0 L 6 1 wL w0 L + 0 = 0 2 6 Ay = w0 L 3 ΣFy = 0: Ay − Shear: VA = Ay = w0 L , 3 x dV x = − w → V = VA − ∫ w0 1 − dx 0 L dx Then 1 x 1 x 2 1 w0 2 w L V = 0 − w0 x + x = w0 L − + 2 L 3 3 L 2 L Note: At x = L, V = − w0 L ; 6 2 x x x 2 V = 0 at − 2 + = 0 → = 1− L L L 3 1 3 Moment: M A = 0, Then x x/ L x x dM = V → M = ∫0 Vdx = L ∫0 V d dx L L x / L 1 x 1 x 2 x − + d M = w0 L ∫ 0 3 L 2 L L 2 1 x 1 x 2 1 x 3 M = w0 L2 − + 6 L 3 L 2 L PROBLEM 7.80 CONTINUED x M max at =1− L 1 2 = 0.06415w0 L 3 1 x 1 x 2 V = w0 L − + 3 L 2 L (a) 1 x 1 x 2 1 x 3 M = w0 L − + 6 L 3 L 2 L 2 (c) M max = 0.0642 w0 L2 at x = 0.423L PROBLEM 7.81 For the beam and loading shown, (a) derive the equations of the shear and bending-moment curves, (b) draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams, (c) determine the magnitude and location of the maximum bending moment. SOLUTION x w = w0 4 − 1 L Distributed load dV = −w, and V ( 0 ) = 0, so dx Shear: V = x ∫0 − wdx = − x/L ∫0 x Lwd L 2 x x/L x x x V =∫ wo L 1 − 4 d = w L − 2 0 L L 0 L L Notes: At x = L, V = −w0 L x x = 2 L L And V = 0 at 2 or x 1 = L 2 M ( 0 ) = 0, dM =V dx 1 x Also V is max where w = 0 = 4 L Vmax = 1 w0 L 8 Moment: x x V d L L 2 x / L x − 2 x d x M = w0 L2 ∫ 0 L L L M = x x/ L ∫0 vdx = L∫0 (a) 2 x x V = w0 L − 2 L L 1 x 2 2 x 3 M = w0 L2 − 3 L 2 L PROBLEM 7.81 CONTINUED M max = 1 L w0 L2 at x = 24 2 1 M min = − w0 L2 at x = L 6 M max = w0 L2 L at x = 24 2 (c) M max = −M min = w0 L2 at B 6 PROBLEM 7.82 For the beam shown, (a) draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams, (b) determine the magnitude and location of the maximum bending moment. (Hint: Derive the equations of the shear and bending-moment curves for portion CD of the beam.) SOLUTION (a) FBD Beam: ΣM B = 0: ( 3a ) 1 w0 ( 3a ) − 5aAy = 0 A y = 0.9w0a 2 1 ΣFy = 0: 0.9w0a − w0 ( 3a ) + B = 0 2 B = 0.6w0a Shear Diag: V = Ay = 0.9w0a from A to C and V = B = − 0.6w0a from B to D. x1 . If x1 is measured right to left, 3a dV x w dM = + w and = − V . So, from D, V = − 0.6w0a + ∫0 1 0 x1dx1, 3a dx1 dx1 Then from D to C, w = w0 2 1 x1 V = w0a − 0.6 + 6 a 2 x Note: V = 0 at 1 = 3.6, x1 = a 3.6 a Moment Diag: dM M = 0 at A, increasing linearly = 0.9w0a to M C = 0.9w0a 2. dx1 dM = 0.6w0a to Similarly M = 0 at B increasing linearly dx M D = 0.6w0a 2. Between C and D 2 x1 1 x1 M = 0.6w0a + w0a ∫ 0.6 − dx1, 0 6 a 2 3 x 1 x M = w0a 2 0.6 + 0.6 1 − 1 a 18 a PROBLEM 7.82 CONTINUED (b) At x1 = a 3.6, M = M max = 1.359w0a 2 x1 = 1.897a left of D PROBLEM 7.83 Beam AB, which lies on the ground, supports the parabolic load shown. Assuming the upward reaction of the ground to be uniformly distributed, (a) write the equations of the shear and bending-moment curves, (b) determine the maximum bending moment. SOLUTION ΣFy = 0: wg L − (a) wg L = Define ξ = or L 4w0 ∫0 L2 ( Lx − x ) dx = 0 2 4w0 1 2 1 3 2 LL − L = w0 L 3 3 L2 2 2w0 3 wg = x x 2 2 − − w0 L L 3 x dx so dξ = → net load w = 4w0 L L 1 w = 4w0 − + ξ − ξ 2 6 V = V(0) − ξ 1 1 1 ∫0 4w0 L − 6 + ξ − ξ 2 dξ = 1 0 + 4w0 L ξ + ξ 2 − ξ 3 6 2 3 ( 2 w0 L ξ − 3ξ 2 + 2ξ 3 3 V = M = M0 + = (b) x 2 ξ ∫0 Vdx = 0 + 3 w0 L ∫0 2 (ξ − 3ξ 2 ) ) + 2ξ 3 d ξ ( 2 1 1 1 w0 L2 ξ 2 − ξ 3 + ξ 4 = w0 L2 ξ 2 − 2ξ 3 + ξ 4 3 2 3 2 Max M occurs where V = 0 → 1 − 3ξ + 2ξ 2 = 0 → ξ = ) 1 2 1 1 1 w L2 1 2 M ξ = = w0 L2 − + = 0 2 3 48 4 8 16 M max = w0 L2 at center of beam 48 PROBLEM 7.84 The beam AB is subjected to the uniformly distributed load shown and to two unknown forces P and Q. Knowing that it has been experimentally determined that the bending moment is +325 lb ft at D and +800 lb ft at E, (a) determine P and Q, (b) draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam. SOLUTION FBD ACD: (a) ΣM D − = 0: 0.325 kip ⋅ ft − (1 ft ) C y + (1.5 ft )( 2 kips/ft )(1 ft ) = 0 C y = 3.325 kips FBD EB: ΣM E = 0: (1 ft ) B − 0.8 kip ⋅ ft = 0 B = 0.8 kip FBD Beam: ΣM D = 0: (1.5 ft )( 2 kips/ft )(1 ft ) − (1 ft )( 3.325 kips ) − (1 ft ) Q + 2 ft ( 0.8 kips ) = 0 Q = 1.275 kips ΣFy = 0: 3.325 kips + 0.8 kips − 1.275 kips − ( 2 kips/ft )(1ft ) − P = 0 (a) P = 0.85 kip P = 850 lb Q = 1.275 kips (b) Shear Diag: dV = −2 kips/ft from 0 at A to V is linear dx − ( 2 kips/ft )(1 ft ) = −2 kips at C. Then V is piecewise constant with discontinuities equal to forces at C, D, E, B Moment Diag: dM decreasing with V from 0 at A to M is parabolic dx 1 − ( 2 kips )(1 ft ) = −1 kip ⋅ ft at C. Then M is piecewise linear with 2 PROBLEM 7.84 CONTINUED M D = −1 kip ⋅ ft + (1.325 kips )(1 ft ) = 0.325 kip ⋅ ft M E = 0.325 kip ⋅ ft + ( 0.475 kips )(1 ft ) = 0.800 kip ⋅ ft M B = 0.8 kip ⋅ ft − ( 0.8 kip )(1 ft ) = 0 PROBLEM 7.85 Solve Prob. 7.84 assuming that the bending moment was found to be +260 lb ft at D and +860 lb ft at E. SOLUTION FBD ACD: (a) ΣM D = 0: 0.26 kip ⋅ ft − (1 ft ) C y + (1.5 ft )( 2 kips/ft )(1 ft ) = 0 C y = 3.26 kips FBD DB: ΣM E = 0: (1 ft ) B − 0.86 kip ⋅ ft B = 0.86 kip FBD Beam: ΣM D = 0: (1.5 ft )( 2 kips/ft )(1 ft ) − (1 ft )( 3.26 kips ) + (1 ft ) Q + ( 2 ft )( 0.86 kips ) = 0 Q = 1.460 kips Q = 1.460 kips ΣFy = 0: 3.26 kips + 0.86 kips − 1.460 kips − P − ( 2 kips/ft )(1 ft ) = 0 P = 0.66 kips P = 660 lb (b) Shear Diag: dV V is linear = −2 kips/ft from 0 at A to dx − ( 2 kips/ft )(1 ft ) = −2 kips at C. Then V is piecewise constant with discontinuities equal to forces at C, D, E, B. Moment Diag: dM decreasing with V from 0 at A to M is parabolic dx 1 − ( 2 kips/ft )(1 ft ) = −1 kip ⋅ ft at C. Then M is piecewise linear with 2 PROBLEM 7.85 CONTINUED M 0 = 0.26 kip ⋅ ft M E = 0.86 kip ⋅ ft, M B = 0 PROBLEM 7.86 The beam AB is subjected to the uniformly distributed load shown and to two unknown forces P and Q. Knowing that it has been experimentally determined that the bending moment is +7 kN · m at D and +5 kN · m at E, (a) determine P and Q, (b) draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam. SOLUTION FBD AD: ΣM D = 0: 7 kN ⋅ m + (1 m )( 0.6 kN/m )( 2 m ) (a) − ( 2 m ) Ay = 0 2 Ay − P = 8.2 kN (1) ΣM E = 0: ( 2 m ) B − (1 m ) Q − (1 m )( 0.6 kN/m )( 2 m ) − 5 kN ⋅ m = 0 FBD EB: 2B − Q = 6.2 kN (2) ( 6 m ) B − (1 m ) P − ( 5 m ) Q − ( 3 m )( 0.6 kN/m )( 6 m ) = 0 ΣM A = 0: 6 B − P − 5Q = 10.8 kN (3) ΣM B = 0: (1 m ) Q + ( 5 m ) P + ( 3 m )( 0.6 kN/m )( 6 m ) − (6 m) A = 0 6 A − Q − 5P = 10.8 kN P = 6.60 kN , Q = 600 N Solving (1)–(4): A y = 7.4 kN , (4) B = 3.4 kN (b) Shear Diag: dV = − 0.6 kN/m throughout, and dx discontinuities equal to forces at A, C, F, B. V is piecewise linear with Note V = 0 = 0.2 kN − ( 0.6 kN/m ) x at x = 1 m 3 PROBLEM 7.86 CONTINUED Moment Diag: dM decreasing with V with “breaks” in M is piecewise parabolic dx slope at C and F. MC = M max = 7.1 kN ⋅ m + 1 ( 7.4 + 6.8) kN (1 m ) = 7.1 kN ⋅ m 2 1 1 ( 0.2 kN ) m = 7.133 kN ⋅ m 2 3 1 2 M F = 7.133 kN ⋅ m − ( 2.2 kN ) 3 m = 3.1 kN ⋅ m 2 3 PROBLEM 7.87 Solve Prob. 7.86 assuming that the bending moment was found to be +3.6 kN · m at D and +4.14 kN · m at E. SOLUTION FBD AD: ΣM D = 0: 3.6 kN ⋅ m + (1 m ) P + (1 m )( 0.6 kN/m )( 2 m ) (a) − ( 2 m ) Ay = 0 2 Ay − P = 4.8 kN FBD EB: ΣM E = 0: (1) ( 2 m ) B − (1 m ) Q − (1 m )( 0.6 kN/m )( 2 m ) − 4.14 kN ⋅ m = 0 2B − Q = 5.34 kN (2) ΣM A = 0: ( 6 m ) B − ( 5 m ) Q − (1 m ) P − ( 3 m )( 0.6 kN/m )( 6 m ) = 0 6 B − P − 5Q = 10.8 kN (3) By symmetry: 6 A − Q − 5P = 10.8 kN Solving (1)–(4) (4) P = 660 N , Q = 2.28 kN Ay = 2.73 kN , B = 3.81 kN (b) Shear Diag: dV = − 0.6 kN/m throughout, and V is piecewise linear with dx discontinuities equal to forces at A, C, F, B. Note that V = 0 = 1.47 kN − ( 0.6 kN/m ) x at x = 2.45 m Moment Diag: dM decreasing with V , with “breaks” in M is piecewise parabolic dx slope at C and F. PROBLEM 7.87 CONTINUED MC = 1 ( 2.73 + 2.13) kN (1 m ) = 2.43 kN ⋅ m 2 M max = 2.43 kN ⋅ m + M F = 4.231 kN ⋅ m − 1 (1.47 kN )( 2.45 m ) = 4.231 kN ⋅ m 2 1 ( 0.93 kN )(1.55 m ) = 3.51 kN ⋅ m 2 PROBLEM 7.88 Two loads are suspended as shown from cable ABCD. Knowing that dC = 1.5 ft, determine (a) the distance dB, (b) the components of the reaction at A, (c) the maximum tension in the cable. SOLUTION ΣM A = 0: (10 ft ) Dy − 8 ft ( 450 lb ) − 4 ft ( 600 lb ) = 0 FBD cable: Dy = 600 1b ΣFy = 0: Ay + 600 lb − 600 lb − 450 lb = 0 Ay = 450 lb ΣFx = 0: Ax − Dx = 0 FBD pt D: (1) 600 lb D T = x = CD : Dx = 800 lb 3 4 5 = Ax So TCD = 1000 lb And 800 lb 450 lb = dB 4 ft FBD pt A: d B = 2.25 ft (a) (b) A x = 800 lb A y = 450 lb TAB = So (800 lb )2 + ( 450 lb )2 (c) = 918 lb Tmax = TCD = 1000 lb Note: TCD is Tmax as cable slope is largest in section CD. PROBLEM 7.89 Two loads are suspended as shown from cable ABCD. Knowing that the maximum tension in the cable is 720 lb, determine (a) the distance dB, (b) the distance dC. SOLUTION ΣM A = 0: (10 ft ) Dy − ( 8 ft )( 450 lb ) − ( 4 ft )( 600 lb ) = 0 FBD cable: D y = 600 1b ΣFy = 0: Ay + 600 lb − 600 lb − 450 lb = 0 A y = 450 lb FBD pt D: ΣFx = 0: Ax − Bx = 0 Since Ax = Bx ; And Dy > Ay , Tension TCD > TAB So TCD = Tmax = 720 lb Dx = ( 720 lb )2 − ( 600 lb )2 dC 2ft = 600 lb 398lb FBD pt. A: dB 4ft = 450 lb 398lb = 398 lb = Ax dC = 3.015 ft (a) d B = 4.52 ft (b) dC = 3.02 ft PROBLEM 7.90 Knowing that dC = 4 m, determine (a) the reaction at A, (b) the reaction at E. SOLUTION (a) FBD cable: ΣM E = 0: ( 4 m )(1.2 kN ) + (8 m )( 0.8 kN ) + (12 m )(1.2 kN ) − ( 3 m ) Ax − (16 m ) Ay = 0 3 Ax + 16 Ay = 25.6 kN (1) FBD ABC: ΣM C = 0: ( 4 m )(1.2 kN ) + (1 m ) Ax − ( 8 m ) Ay = 0 Ax − 8 Ay = −4.8 kN (2) Ax = 3.2 kN Solving (1) and (2) Ay = 1 kN So A = 3.35 kN (b) cable: 17.35° ΣFx = 0: − Ax + Ex = 0 Ex = Ax = 3.2 kN ΣFy = 0: Ay − (1.2 + 0.8 + 1.2 ) kN + E y = 0 E y = 3.2 kN − Ay = ( 3.2 − 1) kN = 2.2 kN So E = 3.88 kN 34.5° PROBLEM 7.91 Knowing that dC = 2.25 m, determine (a) the reaction at A, (b) the reaction at E. SOLUTION FBD Cable: (a) ΣM E = 0: ( 4 m )(1.2 kN ) + ( 8 m )( 0.8 kN ) + (12 m )(1.2 kN ) − (3 m) Ax − (16 m ) Ay = 0 3 Ax + 16 Ay = 25.6 kN (1) ΣM C = 0: ( 4 m )(1.2 kN ) − ( 0.75 m ) Ax − ( 8 m ) Ay = 0 0.75 Ax + 8 Ay = 4.8 kN FBD ABC: Solving (1) and (2) Ax = (2) 32 kN, 3 Ay = − 0.4 kN So A = 10.67 kN 2.15° Note: this implies d B < 3 m (in fact d B = 2.85 m) (b) FBD cable: ΣFx = 0: − 32 kN + Ex = 0 3 Ex = 32 kN 3 ΣFy = 0: − 0.4 kN − 1.2 kN − 0.8 kN − 1.2 kN + E y = 0 E y = 3.6 kN E = 11.26 kN 18.65° PROBLEM 7.92 Cable ABCDE supports three loads as shown. Knowing that dC = 3.6 ft, determine (a) the reaction at E, (b) the distances dB and dD. SOLUTION FBD Cable: ΣM A = 0: ( 2.4 ft ) Ex + ( 8 ft ) E y − ( 2 ft )( 360 ) (a) − ( 4 ft )( 720 lb ) − ( 6 ft )( 240 lb ) = 0 0.3Ex + E y = 630 lb (1) ΣM C = 0: − (1.2 ft ) Ex + ( 4 ft ) E y − ( 2 ft )( 240 lb ) = 0 FBD CDE: − 0.3Ex + E y = +120 lb Solving (1) and (2) Ex = 850 lb (a) (b) cable: ΣFx = 0: − Ax + Ex = 0 (2) E y = 375 lb E = 929 lb 23.8° Ax = Ex = 850 lb ΣFy = 0: Ay − 360 lb − 720 lb − 240 lb + 375 lb = 0 Point A: Ay = 945 lb dB 945 lb = 2 ft 850 lb d B = 2.22 ft PROBLEM 7.92 CONTINUED ΣM D = 0: ( 2 ft )( 375 lb ) − ( d D − 2.4 ft )( 850 lb ) = 0 Segment DE: d D = 3.28 ft PROBLEM 7.93 Cable ABCDE supports three loads as shown. Determine (a) the distance dC for which portion CD of the cable is horizontal, (b) the corresponding reactions at the supports. SOLUTION Segment DE: ΣFy = 0: E y − 240 lb = 0 E y = 240 lb ΣM A = ( 2.4 ft ) Ex + ( 8 ft )( 240 lb ) − ( 6 ft )( 240 lb ) FBD Cable: − ( 4 ft )( 720 lb ) − ( 2 ft )( 360 lb ) = 0 E x = 1300 lb So From Segment DE: ΣM D = 0: ( 2 ft ) E y − ( dC − 2.4 ft ) Ex = 0 dC = 2.4 ft + Ey Ex ( 2 ft ) = ( 2.4 ft ) + 240 lb ( 2 ft ) = 2.7692 ft 1300 lb (a) dC = 2.77 ft From FBD Cable: ΣFx = 0: − Ax + Ex = 0 A x = 1300 lb ΣFy = 0: Ay − 360 lb − 720 lb − 240 lb + E y = 0 A y = 1080 lb (b) A = 1.690 kips 39.7° E = 1.322 kips 10.46° PROBLEM 7.94 An oil pipeline is supported at 6-m intervals by vertical hangers attached to the cable shown. Due to the combined weight of the pipe and its contents, the tension in each hanger is 4 kN. Knowing that dC = 12 m, determine (a) the maximum tension in the cable, (b) the distance d D . SOLUTION FBD Cable: Note: A y and Fy shown are forces on cable, assuming the 4 kN loads at A and F act on supports. ΣM F = 0: ( 6 m ) 1( 4 kN ) + 2 ( 4 kN ) + 3 ( 4 kN ) + 4 ( 4 kN ) − ( 30 m ) Ay − ( 5 m ) Ax = 0 Ax + 6 Ay = 48 kN FBD ABC: (1) ΣM C = 0: ( 6 m )( 4 kN ) + ( 7 m ) Ax − (12 m ) Ay = 0 7 Ax − 12 Ay = −24 kN Solving (1) and (2) A x = 8 kN (2) 20 kN 3 Ay = From FBD Cable: ΣFx = 0: − Ax + Fx = 0 Fx = Ax = 8 kN ΣFy = 0: Ay − 4 ( 4 kN ) + Fy = 0 20 28 Fy = 16 kN − Ay = 16 − kN > Ay kN = 3 3 So TEF > TAB Tmax = TEF = Fx2 + Fy2 FBD DEF: (a) Tmax = (18 kN ) 2 2 28 + kN = 12.29 kN 3 28 ΣM D = 0: (12 m ) kN − d D ( 8 kN ) − ( 6 m )( 4 kN ) = 0 3 (b) d D = 11.00 m PROBLEM 7.95 Solve Prob. 7.94 assuming that dC = 9 m. SOLUTION Note: 4 kN loads at A and F act directly on supports, not on cable. FBD Cable: ΣM A = 0: ( 30 m ) Fy − ( 5 m ) Fx − ( 6 m ) 1( 4 kN ) + 2 ( 4 kN ) + 3 ( 4 kN ) + 4 ( 4 kN ) = 0 Fx − 6 Fy = −48 kN (1) ΣM C = 0: (18 ) Fy − ( 9 m ) Fx − (12 m )( 4 kN ) − ( 6 m )( 4 kN ) = 0 FBD CDEF: Fx − 2Fy = −8 kN (2) Fx = 12 kN Solving (1) and (2) TEF = Fy = 10 kN (10 kN )2 + (12 kN )2 = 15.62 kN Since slope EF > slope AB this is Tmax Tmax = 15.62 kN (a) Also could note from FBD cable ΣFy = 0: Ay + Fy − 4 ( 4 kN ) = 0 Ay = 16 kN − 12 kN = 4 kN Thus FBD DEF: (b) Ay < Fy and TAB < TEF ΣM D = 0: (12 m )(10 kN ) − d D (12 kN ) − ( 6 m )( 4 kN ) = 0 d D = 8.00 m PROBLEM 7.96 Cable ABC supports two boxes as shown. Knowing that b = 3.6 m, determine (a) the required magnitude of the horizontal force P, (b) the corresponding distance a. SOLUTION ( ) W = ( 8 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 78.48 N FBD BC: ΣM A = 0: ( 3.6 m ) P − ( 2.4 m ) 3W − aW = 0 2 a P = W 1 + 3.6 m ΣFx = 0: −T1x + P = 0 ΣFy = 0: T1y − W − T1 y But T1x = 3 W =0 2 2.8 m a P= So T1x = P 5W 2 T1 y = 5W 2.8 m = a 2P so 5Wa 5.6 m (2) a = 1.6258 m, Solving (1) and (2): (1) P = 1.4516W (a) P = 1.4516 ( 78.48 ) = 113.9 N (b) a = 1.626 m PROBLEM 7.97 Cable ABC supports two boxes as shown. Determine the distances a and b when a horizontal force P of magnitude 100 N is applied at C. SOLUTION FBD pt C: Segment BC: 2.4 m − a 0.8 m = 100 N 117.72 N a = 1.7204 m a = 1.720 m ΣM A = 0: b (100 N ) − ( 2.4 m )(117.72 N ) 2 − (1.7204 m ) 117.72 N = 0 3 b = 4.1754 m b = 4.18 m PROBLEM 7.98 Knowing that WB = 150 lb and WC = 50 lb, determine the magnitude of the force P required to maintain equilibrium. SOLUTION FBD CD: ΣM C = 0: (12 ft ) Dy − ( 9 ft ) Dx = 0 3Dx = 4 Dy (1) ΣM B = 0: ( 30 ft ) D y − (15 ft ) Dx − (18 ft )( 50 lb ) = 0 FBD BCD: 2D y − Dx = 60 lb Solving (1) and (2) FBD Cable: D x = 120 lb (2) D y = 90 lb ΣM A = 0: ( 42 ft )( 90 lb ) − ( 30 ft )( 50 lb ) − (12 ft )(150 lb ) − (15 ft ) P = 0 P = 32.0 lb PROBLEM 7.99 Knowing that WB = 40 lb and WC = 22 lb, determine the magnitude of the force P required to maintain equilibrium. SOLUTION FBD CD: ΣM C = 0: (12 ft ) Dy − ( 9 ft ) Dx = 0 4D y = 3Dx (1) ΣM B = 0: ( 30 ft ) D y − (15 ft ) Dx − (18 ft )( 22 lb ) = 0 FBD BCD: 10 Dy − 5Dx = 132 lb Solving (1) and (2) D x = 52.8 lb (2) D y = 39.6 lb FBD Whole: ΣM A = 0: ( 42 ft )( 39.6 lb ) − ( 30 ft )( 22 lb ) − (12 ft )( 40 lb ) − (15 ft ) P = 0 P = 34.9 lb PROBLEM 7.100 If a = 4.5 m, determine the magnitudes of P and Q required to maintain the cable in the shape shown. SOLUTION By symmetry: FBD pt C: TBC = TCD = T 1 ΣFy = 0: 2 T − 180 kN = 0 5 Tx = 180 kN T = 90 5 kN Ty = 90 kN Segment DE: ΣM E = 0: ( 7.5 m )( P − 180 kN ) + ( 6 m )( 90 kN ) = 0 P = 108.0 kN Segment AB: ΣM A = 0: ( 4.5 m )(180 kN ) − ( 6 m )( Q + 90 kN ) = 0 Q = 45.0 kN PROBLEM 7.101 If a = 6 m, determine the magnitudes of P and Q required to maintain the cable in the shape shown. SOLUTION FBD pt C: TBC = TCD = T By symmetry: 1 ΣFy = 0: 2 T − 180 kN = 0 5 Tx = 180 kN T = 90 5 kN Ty = 90 kN FBD DE: ΣM E = 0: ( 9 m )( P − 180 kN ) + ( 6 m )( 90 kN ) = 0 P = 120.0 kN FBD AB: ΣM A = 0: ( 6 m )(180 kN ) − ( 6 m )( Q + 90 kN ) = 0 Q = 90.0 kN PROBLEM 7.102 A transmission cable having a mass per unit length of 1 kg/m is strung between two insulators at the same elevation that are 60 m apart. Knowing that the sag of the cable is 1.2 m, determine (a) the maximum tension in the cable, (b) the length of the cable. SOLUTION (a) Since h = 1.2 m L = 30 m we can approximate the load as evenly distributed in the horizontal direction. ( ) w = 1 kg/m 9.81 m/s 2 = 9.81 N/m. w = ( 60 m )( 9.81 N/m ) w = 588.6 N Also we can assume that the weight of half the cable acts at the 1 chord point. 4 FBD half-cable: ΣM B = 0: (15 m )( 294.3 N ) − (1.2 m ) Tmin = 0 Tmin = 3678.75 N = Tmax ΣFy = 0: Tmax Tmax y y x − 294.3 N = 0 = 294.3 N Tmax = 3690.5 N Tmax = 3.69 kN (b) 2 4 2 y 2 y sB = xB 1 + B − B + " 3 xB 5 xB 2 4 2 1.2 2 1.2 = ( 30 m ) 1 + − + " = 30.048 m 3 30 5 30 so s = 2sB = 60.096 m s = 60.1 m Note: The more accurate methods of section 7.10, which assume the load is evenly distributed along the length instead of horizontally, yield Tmax = 3690.5 N and s = 60.06 m. Answers agree to 3 digits at least. PROBLEM 7.103 Two cables of the same gauge are attached to a transmission tower at B. Since the tower is slender, the horizontal component of the resultant of the forces exerted by the cables at B is to be zero. Knowing that the mass per unit length of the cables is 0.4 kg/m, determine (a) the required sag h, (b) the maximum tension in each cable. SOLUTION Half-cable FBDs: T1x = T2 x to create zero horizontal force on tower → thus T01 = T02 ΣM B = 0: (15 m ) w ( 30 m ) − h1T0 = 0 FBD I: ( 450 m ) w = 2 h1 FBD II: T0 ΣM B = 0: ( 2 m ) T0 − (10 m ) w ( 20 m ) = 0 T0 = (100 m ) w ( 450 m ) w = 4.50 m = 2 h1 (a) ΣFx = 0: T1x − T0 = 0 T1x = (100 m ) w FBD I: ΣFy = 0: T1y − ( 30 m ) w = 0 T1y = ( 30 m ) w T1 = (100 m )2 + ( 30 m )2 w ( = (104.4 m )( 0.4 kg/m ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 409.7 N ) (100 m ) w PROBLEM 7.103 CONTINUED ΣFy = 0: T2y − ( 20 m ) w = 0 FBD II: T2y = ( 20 m ) w T2 x = T1x = (100 m ) w T2 = (100 m )2 + ( 20 m )2 w = 400.17 N (b) T1 = 410 N T2 = 400 N * Since h L it is reasonable to approximate the cable weight as being distributed uniformly along the horizontal. The methods of section 7.10 are more accurate for cables sagging under their own weight. PROBLEM 7.104 The center span of the George Washington Bridge, as originally constructed, consisted of a uniform roadway suspended from four cables. The uniform load supported by each cable was w = 9.75 kips/ft along the horizontal. Knowing that the span L is 3500 ft and that the sag h is 316 ft, determine for the original configuration (a) the maximum tension in each cable, (b) the length of each cable. SOLUTION W = ( 9.75 kips/ft )(1750 ft ) = 17, 062.5 kips FBD half-span: ΣM B = 0: ( 875 ft )(17, 065 kips ) − ( 316 ft ) T0 = 0 T0 = 47, 246 kips Tmax = T02 + W 2 = ( 47, 246 kips )2 + (17, 063 kips )2 (a) Tmax = 50, 200 kips 2 4 2 y 2 y s = x 1 + − + " 3 x 5 x 2 4 2 316 ft 2 316 ft − sB = (1750 ft ) 1 + + " 3 1750 ft 5 1750 ft = 1787.3 ft (b) * To get 3-digit accuracy, only two terms are needed. l = 2sB = 3575 ft PROBLEM 7.105 Each cable of the Golden Gate Bridge supports a load w = 11.1 kips/ft along the horizontal. Knowing that the span L is 4150 ft and that the sag h is 464 ft, determine (a) the maximum tension in each cable, (b) the length of each cable. SOLUTION FBD half-span: (a) 2075 ft ΣM B = 0: ( 23032.5 kips ) − ( 464 ft ) T0 = 0 2 T0 = 47, 246 kips Tmax = T02 + W 2 = (b) ( 47, 246 kips )2 + ( 23,033 kips )2 2 2 y 2 s = x 1 + − 3 5 x = 56, 400 kips 4 y + " x 2 4 2 464 ft 2 464 ft sB = ( 2075 ft ) 1 + − + " 3 2075 ft 5 2075 ft sB = 2142 ft l = 2s B l = 4284 ft PROBLEM 7.106 To mark the positions of the rails on the posts of a fence, a homeowner ties a cord to the post at A, passes the cord over a short piece of pipe attached to the post at B, and ties the free end of the cord to a bucket filled with bricks having a total mass of 20 kg. Knowing that the mass per unit length of the rope is 0.02 kg/m and assuming that A and B are at the same elevation, determine (a) the sag h, (b) the slope of the cable at B. Neglect the effect of friction. SOLUTION FBD pulley: ΣM P = 0: (Tmax − WB ) r = 0 Tmax = WB = 196.2 N FBD half-span:* 2 T0 = Tmax −W2 = (196.2 N )2 − ( 4.91 N )2 = 196.139 N 25 m ΣM B = 0: ( 4.905 N ) − h (196.139 N ) = 0 2 h = 0.3126 m = 313 mm (a) (b) *See note Prob. 7.103 θ B = sin −1 W 4.905 N = sin −1 = 1.433° Tmax 196.2 N PROBLEM 7.107 A small ship is tied to a pier with a 5-m length of rope as shown. Knowing that the current exerts on the hull of the ship a 300-N force directed from the bow to the stern and that the mass per unit length of the rope is 2.2 kg/m, determine (a) the maximum tension in the rope, (b) the sag h. [Hint: Use only the first two terms of Eq. (7.10).] SOLUTION (a) FBD ship: ΣFx = 0: T0 − 300 N = 0 T0 = 300 N FBD half-span:* Tmax = T02 + W 2 = (b) ΣM A = 0: hTx − L W =0 4 2 2 4 s = x 1 + + " 3 x L ( 2.5 m ) = 2 but = ( 54 N ) = 305 N 2 LW 4Tx yA = h = LW 4Tx so yA W = 2Tx xA 2 2 53.955 N 1 + − " → L = 4.9732 m 3 600 N So h = *See note Prob. 7.103 h= ( 300 N )2 LW = 0.2236 m 4Tx h = 224 mm PROBLEM 7.108 The center span of the Verrazano-Narrows Bridge consists of two uniform roadways suspended from four cables. The design of the bridge allowed for the effect of extreme temperature changes which cause the sag of the center span to vary from hw = 386 ft in winter to hs = 394 ft in summer. Knowing that the span is L = 4260 ft, determine the change in length of the cables due to extreme temperature changes. SOLUTION 2 2 y 2 s = x 1 + − 3 x 5 Knowing l = 2sTOT 4 y + " x 2 2 2 h 2 h = L 1 + − + " 3 L/2 5 L/2 Winter: 2 4 2 386 ft 2 386 ft lw = ( 4260 ft ) 1 + " − + = 4351.43 ft 3 2130 ft 5 2130 ft Summer: 2 4 2 394 ft 2 394 ft ls = ( 4260 ft ) 1 + − + " = 4355.18 ft 3 2130 ft 5 2130 ft ∆l = ls − lw = 3.75 ft PROBLEM 7.109 A cable of length L + ∆ is suspended between two points which are at the same elevation and a distance L apart. (a) Assuming that ∆ is small compared to L and that the cable is parabolic, determine the approximate sag in terms of L and ∆ . (b) If L = 30 m and ∆ = 1.2 m, determine the approximate sag. [Hint: Use only the first two terms of Eq. (7.10).] SOLUTION (a) 2 2 y s = x 1 + − " 3 x L + ∆ = 2sTOT 2 2 h = L 1 + − " 3 L/2 2 2 ∆ 2 2h 8 h = = →h= L 3 L 3 L (b) For L = 30 m, ∆ = 1.2 m 3 L∆ 8 h = 3.67 m PROBLEM 7.110 Each cable of the side spans of the Golden Gate Bridge supports a load w = 10.2 kips/ft along the horizontal. Knowing that for the side spans the maximum vertical distance h from each cable to the chord AB is 30 ft and occurs at midspan, determine (a) the maximum tension in each cable, (b) the slope at B. SOLUTION FBD AB: ΣM A = 0: (1100 ft ) TBy − ( 496 ft ) TBx − ( 550 ft )W = 0 11TBy − 4.96TBx = 5.5W (1) FBD CB: ΣM C = 0: ( 550 ft ) TBy − ( 278 ft ) TBx − ( 275 ft ) W =0 2 11TBy − 5.56TBx = 2.75W Solving (1) and (2) TBy = 28,798 kips Solving (1) and (2) TBx = 51, 425 kips Tmax = TB = TB2x + TB2y So that (2) tan θ B = TBy TBx (a) Tmax = 58,900 kips (b) θ B = 29.2° PROBLEM 7.111 A steam pipe weighting 50 lb/ft that passes between two buildings 60 ft apart is supported by a system of cables as shown. Assuming that the weight of the cable is equivalent to a uniformly distributed loading of 7.5 lb/ft, determine (a) the location of the lowest point C of the cable, (b) the maximum tension in the cable. SOLUTION FBD AC: FBD CB: ΣM A = 0: (13.5 ft ) T0 − a ( 57.5 lb/ft ) a = 0 2 ( ) T0 = 2.12963 lb/ft 2 a 2 (1) 60 ft − a ( 57.5 lb/ft )( 60 ft − a ) − ( 6 ft ) T0 = 0 2 ΣM B = 0: ( ) 6T0 = 28.75 lb/ft 2 3600 ft 2 − (120 ft ) a + a 2 Using (1) in (2) (2) 0.55a 2 − (120 ft ) a + 3600 ft 2 = 0 Solving: a = (108 ± 72 ) ft a = 36 ft (180 ft out of range) So (a) C is 36 ft from A C is 6 ft below and 24 ft left of B T0 = 2.1296 lb/ft 2 ( 36 ft ) = 2760 lb 2 W1 = ( 57.5 lb/ft )( 36 ft ) = 2070 lb (b) Tmax = TA = T02 + W12 = ( 2760 lb )2 + ( 2070 lb )2 = 3450 lb PROBLEM 7.112 Chain AB supports a horizontal, uniform steel beam having a mass per unit length of 85 kg/m. If the maximum tension in the cable is not to exceed 8 kN, determine (a) the horizontal distance a from A to the lowest point C of the chain, (b) the approximate length of the chain. SOLUTION ΣM A = 0: y AT0 − yA = a wa = 0 2 ΣM B = 0: − yBT0 + wa 2 2T0 yB = d = ( y B − yB ) = Using L = 6 m, yields w 2 b − a2 2T0 ) 2 2 2 − ( wb ) ( 2d )2 Tmax or wb 2 2T0 2 T0 = TB2 − ( wb ) = Tmax − ( wb ) But ∴ ( b wb = 0 2 ( = w2 b 2 − a 2 ) 2 ( = L2 w2 4b 2 − 4 Lb + L2 T2 4 L2 + d 2 b 2 − 4L3b + L4 − 4d 2 max w2 ( d = 0.9 m, ) Tmax = 8 kN, b = ( 2.934 ± 1.353) m 2 ) = 0 ( ) w = ( 85 kg/m ) 9.81 m/s2 = 833.85 N/m b = 4.287 m ( since b > 3 m ) (a) a = 6 m − b = 1.713 m PROBLEM 7.112 CONTINUED 2 T0 = Tmax − ( wb ) = 7156.9 N 2 yA wa = = 0.09979 xA 2T0 yB wb = = 0.24974 xB 2T0 2 2 2 yA 2 yB l = s A + sB = a 1 + +" + b 1+ + " 3 xA 3 xB 2 2 2 2 = (1.713 m ) 1 + ( 0.09979 ) + ( 4.287 m ) 1 + ( 0.24974 ) = 6.19 m 3 3 (b) l = 6.19 m PROBLEM 7.113 Chain AB of length 6.4 m supports a horizontal, uniform steel beam having a mass per unit length of 85 kg/m. Determine (a) the horizontal distance a from A to the lowest point C of the chain, (b) the maximum tension in the chain. SOLUTION ΣM P = 0: Geometry: y = wx 2 2T0 x wx − yT0 = 0 2 y wx = x 2T0 so and d = yB − y A = FBD Segment: ( w 2 b − a2 2T0 ) 2 2 2 y 2 y l = s A + sB = a 1 + A + b 1 + B 3 a 3 b Also 2 y A yB + 3 a b 2 l−L= 1 4d 2 = 6 b2 − a 2 ( ) 2 (a 3 2 ( w2 3 a + b3 = 2 6T0 +b 3 ) ( ) 2 3 3 2d a +b = 3 b2 − a 2 2 ( ) ) Using l = 6.4 m, L = 6 m, d = 0.9 m, b = 6 m − a, and solving for a, knowing that a < 3 ft a = 2.2196 m (a) T0 = Then ( w 2 b − a2 2d ( a = 2.22 m ) ) w = ( 85 kg/m ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 833.85 N/m And with b = 6 m − a = 3.7804 m And Tmax = TB = T02 + ( wb ) = T0 = 4338 N 2 ( 4338 N )2 + (833.85 N/m )2 ( 3.7804 m )2 Tmax = 5362 N (b) Tmax = 5.36 kN PROBLEM 7.114 A cable AB of span L and a simple beam A′B′ of the same span are subjected to identical vertical loadings as shown. Show that the magnitude of the bending moment at a point C ′ in the beam is equal to the product , T0h where T0 is the magnitude of the horizontal component of the tension force in the cable and h is the vertical distance between point C and the chord joining the points of support A and B. SOLUTION FBD Cable: ΣM B = 0: LACy + aT0 − ΣM B loads = 0 (1) (Where ΣM B loads includes all applied loads) x ΣM C = 0: xACy − h − a T0 − ΣM C left = 0 L FBD AC: (Where ΣM C left includes all loads left of C) x (1) − ( 2 ): L FBD Beam: (2) hT0 − x ΣM B loads + ΣM C left = 0 L (3) ΣM B = 0: LABy − ΣM B loads = 0 (4) ΣM C = 0: xABy − ΣM C left − M C = 0 (5) FBD AC: x ( 4 ) − ( 5): L Comparing (3) and (6) − x ΣM B loads + ΣM C left + M C = 0 L M C = hT0 Q.E.D. (6) PROBLEM 7.115 Making use of the property established in Prob. 7.114, solve the problem indicated by first solving the corresponding beam problem. Prob. 7.89a. SOLUTION FBD Beam: ΣM D = 0: ( 2 ft )( 450 lb ) + ( 6 ft )( 600 lb ) − (10 ft ) A By = 0 A By = 450 lb ΣM B = 0: M B − ( 4 ft )( 450 lb ) = 0 Section AB: M B = 1800 lb ⋅ ft ΣM A = 0: (10 ft ) DCy − ( 8 ft )( 450 lb ) − ( 4 ft )( 600 lb ) = 0 Cable: DCy = 600 lb ( Note: Dy > Ay so Tmax = TCD ) 2 2 T0 = Tmax − DCy T0 = ( 720 lb )2 − ( 600 lb )2 T0 = 398 lb dB = M B 1800 lb ⋅ ft = = 4.523 ft T0 398 lb d B = 4.52 ft PROBLEM 7.116 Making use of the property established in Prob. 7.114, solve the problem indicated by first solving the corresponding beam problem. Prob. 7.92b. SOLUTION FBD Beam: ΣM E = 0: ( 2 ft )( 240 lb ) + ( 4 ft )( 720 lb ) + ( 6 ft )( 360 lb ) − ( 8 ft ) ABy = 0 A By = 690 lb ΣM B = 0: M B − ( 2 ft )( 690 lb ) = 0 M B = 1380 lb ⋅ ft ΣM B = 0: M C + ( 2 ft )( 360 lb ) − ( 4 ft )( 690 lb ) = 0 M C = 2040 lb ⋅ ft ΣM D = 0: M D + ( 2 ft )( 720 lb ) + ( 4 ft )( 360 lb ) − ( 6 ft )( 690 lb ) = 0 M D = 1260 lb ⋅ ft hC = dC − 1.2 ft = 3.6 ft − 1.2 ft = 2.4 ft T0 = Cable: MC 2040 lb ⋅ ft = = 850 lb hC 2.4 ft M B 1380 lb ⋅ ft = = 1.6235 ft T0 850 lb hB = d B = hB + 0.6 ft h0 = d B = 2.22 ft M D 1260 lb ⋅ ft = = 1.482 ft T0 850 lb d B = h0 + 1.8 ft d D = 3.28 ft PROBLEM 7.117 Making use of the property established in Prob. 7.114, solve the problem indicated by first solving the corresponding beam problem. Prob. 7.94b. SOLUTION FBD Beam: A By = F = 8 kN By symmetry: M B = M E; MC = M D AC: ΣM C = 0: M C + ( 6 m )( 4 kN ) − (12 m )( 8 kN ) = 0 M C = 72 kN ⋅ m so M D = 72 kN ⋅ m Cable: Since M D = MC hD = hC = 12 m − 3 m = 9 m d D = hD + 2 m = 11 m d D = 11.00 m PROBLEM 7.118 Making use of the property established in Prob. 7.114, solve the problem indicated by first solving the corresponding beam problem. Prob. 7.95b. SOLUTION FBD Beam: By symmetry: M B = M E and MC = M D Cable: Since M D = M C , hD = hC hD = hC = dC − 3 m = 9 m − 3 m = 6 m Then d D = hD + 2 m = 6 m + 2 m = 8 m d D = 8.00 m PROBLEM 7.119 Show that the curve assumed by a cable that carries a distributed load w( x) is defined by the differential equation d 2 y / dx 2 = w( x ) / T0 , where T0 is the tension at the lowest point. SOLUTION ΣFy = 0: Ty ( x + ∆x ) − Ty ( x ) − w ( x ) ∆ x = 0 FBD Elemental segment: Ty ( x + ∆x ) So T0 Ty ( x ) − T0 Ty But T0 dy dx So − x + ∆x ∆x In lim : ∆x → 0 = dy dx x = w( x) ∆x T0 dy dx = w( x) T0 w( x) d2y = 2 T0 dx Q.E.D. PROBLEM 7.120 Using the property indicated in Prob. 7.119, determine the curve assumed by a cable of span L and sag h carrying a distributed load w = w0 cos(π x / L ) , where x is measured from mid-span. Also determine the maximum and minimum values of the tension in the cable. SOLUTION w ( x ) = w0 cos πx L From Problem 7.119 w( x) πx d2y w = = 0 cos 2 T0 T0 L dx So dy using dx dy W0 L πx = sin dx T0π L y = But And 0 = 0 w0 L2 πx 1 − cos using y ( 0 ) = 0 2 L T0π w L2 π L y = h = 0 2 1 − cos 2 T0π 2 T0 = so T0 = Tmin w0 L2 π 2h Tmin = so Tmax = TA = TB : TBy TBy = w0 L T0 = dy dx = x = L2 w0 L2 π 2h w0 L T0π π 2 TB = TBy + T02 = w0 L π L 1+ πh 2 PROBLEM 7.121 If the weight per unit length of the cable AB is w0 / cos 2 θ , prove that the curve formed by the cable is a circular arc. (Hint: Use the property indicated in Prob. 7.119.) SOLUTION Elemental Segment: Load on segment* But dx = cosθ ds, w0 ds cos 2 θ w0 w( x) = cos3 θ w ( x ) dx = so From Problem 7.119 d2y w( x) w0 = = T0 dx 2 T0 cos3 θ In general d2y d dy d dθ = ( tan θ ) = sec2 θ = 2 dx dx dx dx dx So dθ w0 w0 = = 3 2 dx T0 cosθ T0 cos θ sec θ or T0 cosθ dθ = dx = rdθ cosθ w0 Giving r = T0 = constant. So curve is circular arc w0 *For large sag, it is not appropriate to approximate ds by dx. Q.E.D. PROBLEM 7.122 Two hikers are standing 30-ft apart and are holding the ends of a 35-ft length of rope as shown. Knowing that the weight per unit length of the rope is 0.05 lb/ft, determine (a) the sag h, (b) the magnitude of the force exerted on the hand of a hiker. SOLUTION Half-span: w = 0.05 lb/ft, L = 30 ft, sB = c sinh sB = 35 ft 2 yB xB 15 ft 17.5 ft = c sinh c c = 15.36 ft Solving numerically, Then yB = c cosh xB 15 ft = (15.36 ft ) cosh = 23.28 ft c 15.36 ft (a) hB = yB − c = 23.28 ft − 15.36 ft = 7.92 ft (b) TB = wyB = ( 0.05 lb/ft )( 23.28 ft ) = 1.164 lb PROBLEM 7.123 A 60-ft chain weighing 120 lb is suspended between two points at the same elevation. Knowing that the sag is 24 ft, determine (a) the distance between the supports, (b) the maximum tension in the chain. SOLUTION sB = 30 ft, w= hB = 24 ft, 120 lb = 2 lb/ft 60 ft xB = yB2 = c 2 + sB2 = ( hB + c ) L 2 2 = hB2 + 2chB + c 2 ( 30 ft ) − ( 24 ft ) sB2 − hB2 = 2hB 2 ( 24 ft ) 2 c= 2 c = 6.75 ft Then sB = c sinh xB s → xB = c sinh −1 B c c 30 ft xB = ( 6.75 ft ) sinh −1 = 14.83 ft 6.75 ft (a) L = 2 xB = 29.7 ft Tmax = TB = wyB = w ( c + hB ) = ( 2 lb/ft )( 6.75 ft + 24 ft ) = 61.5 lb (b) Tmax = 61.5 lb PROBLEM 7.124 A 200-ft steel surveying tape weighs 4 lb. If the tape is stretched between two points at the same elevation and pulled until the tension at each end is 16 lb, determine the horizontal distance between the ends of the tape. Neglect the elongation of the tape due to the tension. SOLUTION sB = 100 ft, w= 4 lb = 0.02 lb/ft 200 ft Tmax = 16 lb Tmax = TB = wyB yB = TB 16 lb = = 800 ft w 0.02 lb/ft c 2 = yB2 − sB2 c= But (800 ft )2 − (100 ft )2 yB = xB cosh = 793.73 ft xB y → xB = c cosh −1 B c c 800 ft = ( 793.73 ft ) cosh −1 = 99.74 ft 793.73 ft L = 2 xB = 2 ( 99.74 ft ) = 199.5 ft PROBLEM 7.125 An electric transmission cable of length 130 m and mass per unit length of 3.4 kg/m is suspended between two points at the same elevation. Knowing that the sag is 30 m, determine the horizontal distance between the supports and the maximum tension. SOLUTION sB = 65 m, ( hB = 30 m ) w = ( 3.4 kg/m ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 33.35 N/m yB2 = c 2 + s 2B ( c + hB )2 = c 2 + sB2 ( 65 m ) − ( 30 m ) sB2 − hB2 = 2hB 2 ( 30 m ) 2 c= 2 = 55.417 m Now sB = c sinh xB s 65 m → xB = c sinh −1 B = ( 55.417 m ) sinh −1 c c 55.417 m = 55.335 m L = 2 xB = 2 ( 55.335 m ) = 110.7 m Tmax = wyB = w ( c + hB ) = ( 33.35 N/m )( 55.417 m + 30 m ) = 2846 N Tmax = 2.85 kN PROBLEM 7.126 A 30-m length of wire having a mass per unit length of 0.3 kg/m is attached to a fixed support at A and to a collar at B. Neglecting the effect of friction, determine (a) the force P for which h = 12 m, (b) the corresponding span L. SOLUTION FBD Cable: s = 30 m 30 m = 15 m so sB = 2 ( ) w = ( 0.3 kg/m ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 2.943 N/m hB = 12 m yB2 = ( c + hB ) = c 2 + s 2B 2 c= So c= Now sB = c sinh sB2 − hB2 2hB (15 m )2 − (12 m )2 2 (12 m ) = 3.375 m xB s 15 m → xB = c sinh −1 B = ( 3.375 m ) sinh −1 c c 3.375 m xB = 7.4156 m P = T0 = wc = ( 2.943 N/m )( 3.375 m ) L = 2 xB = 2 ( 7.4156 m ) (a) (b) P = 9.93 N L = 14.83 m PROBLEM 7.127 A 30-m length of wire having a mass per unit length of 0.3 kg/m is attached to a fixed support at A and to a collar at B. Knowing that the magnitude of the horizontal force applied to the collar is P = 30 N, determine (a) the sag h, (b) the corresponding span L. SOLUTION FBD Cable: sT = 30 m, ( ) w = ( 0.3 kg/m ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 2.943 N/m P = T0 = wc c= c= P w 30 N = 10.1937 m 2.943 N/m yB2 = ( hB + c ) = c 2 + sB2 2 h 2 + 2ch − sB2 = 0 sB = 30 m = 15 m 2 h 2 + 2 (10.1937 m ) h − 225 m 2 = 0 h = 7.9422 m sB = c sinh (a) h = 7.94 m xA s 15 m → xB = c sinh −1 B = (10.1937 m ) sinh −1 c c 10.1937 m = 12.017 m L = 2 xB = 2 (12.017 m ) (b) L = 24.0 m PROBLEM 7.128 A 30-m length of wire having a mass per unit length of 0.3 kg/m is attached to a fixed support at A and to a collar at B. Neglecting the effect of friction, determine (a) the sag h for which L = 22.5 m, (b) the corresponding force P. SOLUTION FBD Cable: sT = 30 m → sB = 30 m = 15 m 2 ( ) w = ( 0.3 kg/m ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 2.943 N/m L = 22.5 m sB = c sinh xB L/2 = c sinh c c 15 m = c sinh 11.25 m c Solving numerically: c = 8.328 m yB2 = c 2 + sB2 = ( 8.328 m ) + (15 m ) = 294.36 m 2 2 2 yB = 17.157 m hB = yB − c = 17.157 m − 8.328 m (a) P = wc = ( 2.943 N/m )( 8.328 m ) (b) hB = 8.83 m P = 24.5 N PROBLEM 7.129 A 30-ft wire is suspended from two points at the same elevation that are 20 ft apart. Knowing that the maximum tension is 80 lb, determine (a) the sag of the wire, (b) the total weight of the wire. SOLUTION L = 20 ft sB = xB = 30 ft = 15 ft 2 sB = c sinh xB 10 ft = c sinh c c Solving numerically: yB = c cosh 20 ft = 10 ft 2 c = 6.1647 ft xB 10 ft = ( 6.1647 ft ) cosh c 1.1647 ft yB = 16.217 ft hB = yB − c = 16.217 ft − 6.165 ft Tmax = wyB So W = and (a) hB = 10.05 ft (b) Wm = 148.0 lb W = w ( 2 sB ) Tmax 80 lb ( 2sB ) = ( 30 ft ) yB 16.217 ft PROBLEM 7.130 Determine the sag of a 45-ft chain which is attached to two points at the same elevation that are 20 ft apart. SOLUTION sB = 45 ft = 22.5 ft 2 xB = L = 20 ft L = 10 ft 2 sB = c sinh xB c 22.5 ft = c sinh Solving numerically: yB = c cosh 10 ft c c = 4.2023 ft xB c = ( 4.2023 ft ) cosh 10 ft = 22.889 ft 4.2023 ft hB = yB − c = 22.889 ft − 4.202 ft hB = 18.69 ft PROBLEM 7.131 A 10-m rope is attached to two supports A and B as shown. Determine (a) the span of the rope for which the span is equal to the sag, (b) the corresponding angle θB. SOLUTION y = c cosh We know yB = c + h = c cosh At B, 1 = cosh or sB = c sinh c= h 2c h h − 2c c h = 4.933 c Solving numerically So x c xB s h → T = c sinh c 2 2c sT 10 m = = 0.8550 m h 4.933 2sinh 2 sinh 2c 2 h = 4.933c = 4.933 ( 0.8550 ) m = 4.218 m h = 4.22 m (a) From x y = c cosh , c At B, tan θ = dy dx θ = tan −1 5.848 dy x = sinh dx c = sinh B L = h = 4.22 m W L 4.933 = sinh = 5.848 2c 2 (b) θ = 80.3° W PROBLEM 7.132 A cable having a mass per unit length of 3 kg/m is suspended between two points at the same elevation that are 48 m apart. Determine the smallest allowable sag of the cable if the maximum tension is not to exceed 1800 N. SOLUTION ( ) w = ( 3 kg/m ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 29.43 N/m L = 48 m, Tmax ≤ 1800 N Tmax = wyB → yB = yB ≤ yB = c cosh xB c Tmax w 1800 N = 61.162 m 29.43 N/m 61.162 m = c cosh Solving numerically 48m / 2 * c c = 55.935 m h = yB − c = 61.162 m − 55.935 m h = 5.23 m W *Note: There is another value of c which will satisfy this equation. It is much smaller, thus corresponding to a much larger h. PROBLEM 7.133 An 8-m length of chain having a mass per unit length of 3.72 kg/m is attached to a beam at A and passes over a small pulley at B as shown. Neglecting the effect of friction, determine the values of distance a for which the chain is in equilibrium. SOLUTION TB = wa Neglect pulley size and friction But TB = wyB so yB = c cosh c cosh But sB = c sinh So yB = a xB c 1m =a c 8m − a 1m = c sinh c 2 xB c 4 m = c sinh ( 1m c 1m + cosh c c 2 16 m = c 3e1/c − e−1/c Solving numerically ) c = 0.3773 m, 5.906 m 1m ( 0.3773 m ) cosh 0.3773 m = 2.68 m W 1m = a = c cosh c ( 5.906 m ) cosh 1 m = 5.99 m W 5.906 m PROBLEM 7.134 A motor M is used to slowly reel in the cable shown. Knowing that the weight per unit length of the cable is 0.5 lb/ft, determine the maximum tension in the cable when h = 15 ft. SOLUTION w = 0.5 lb/ft L = 30 ft yB = c cosh hB = 15 ft xB c hB + c = c cosh L 2c 15 ft − 1 15 ft = c cosh c Solving numerically c = 9.281 ft yB = ( 9.281 ft ) cosh 15 ft = 24.281 ft 9.281 ft Tmax = TB = wyB = ( 0.5 lb/ft )( 24.281 ft ) Tmax = 12.14 lb W PROBLEM 7.135 A motor M is used to slowly reel in the cable shown. Knowing that the weight per unit length of the cable is 0.5 lb/ft, determine the maximum tension in the cable when h = 9 ft. SOLUTION w = 0.5 lb/ft, L = 30 ft, yB = hB + c = c cosh hB = 9 ft xB L = c cosh 2c c 15 ft 9 ft = c cosh − 1 c Solving numerically c = 13.783 ft yB = hB + c = 9 ft + 13.783 ft = 21.783 ft Tmax = TB = wyB = ( 0.5 lb/ft )( 21.78 ft ) Tmax = 11.39 lb W PROBLEM 7.136 To the left of point B the long cable ABDE rests on the rough horizontal surface shown. Knowing that the weight per unit length of the cable is 1.5 lb/ft, determine the force F when a = 10.8 ft. SOLUTION yD = c cosh xD c h + c = c cosh a c 10.8 m − 1 12 m = c cosh c Solving numerically Then c = 6.2136 m yB = ( 6.2136 m ) cosh 10.8 m = 18.2136 m 6.2136 m F = Tmax = wyB = (1.5 lb/ft )(18.2136 m ) F = 27.3 lb W PROBLEM 7.137 To the left of point B the long cable ABDE rests on the rough horizontal surface shown. Knowing that the weight per unit length of the cable is 1.5 lb/ft, determine the force F when a = 18 ft. SOLUTION yD = c cosh xD c c + h = c cosh a c a h = c cosh − 1 c 18 ft 12 ft = c cosh − 1 c Solving numerically c = 15.162 ft yB = h + c = 12 ft + 15.162 ft = 27.162 ft F = TD = wyD = (1.5 lb/ft )( 27.162 ft ) = 40.74 lb F = 40.7 lb W PROBLEM 7.138 A uniform cable has a mass per unit length of 4 kg/m and is held in the position shown by a horizontal force P applied at B. Knowing that P = 800 N and θA = 60°, determine (a) the location of point B, (b) the length of the cable. SOLUTION ( ) w = 4 kg/m 9.81 m/s 2 = 39.24 N/m P = T0 = wc c= P 800 N = w 39.24 N/m c = 20.387 m y = c cosh x c dy x = sinh dx c tan θ = − dy dx = − sinh −a −a a = sinh c c a = c sinh −1 ( tan θ ) = ( 20.387 m ) sinh −1 ( tan 60° ) a = 26.849 m y A = c cosh a 26.849 m = ( 20.387 m ) cosh = 40.774 m c 20.387 m b = y A − c = 40.774 m − 20.387 m = 20.387 m So s = c sinh (a) a 26.849 m = ( 20.387 m ) sinh = 35.31 m c 20.387 m B is 26.8 m right and 20.4 m down from A W (b) s = 35.3 m W PROBLEM 7.139 A uniform cable having a mass per unit length of 4 kg/m is held in the position shown by a horizontal force P applied at B. Knowing that P = 600 N and θA = 60°, determine (a) the location of point B, (b) the length of the cable. SOLUTION ( ) w = ( 4 kg/m ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 39.24 N/m P = T0 = wc c= P 600 N = w 39.24 N/m c = 15.2905 m y = c cosh At A: So tan θ = − dy dx x c dy x = sinh dx c = − sinh −a −a a = sinh c c a = c sinh −1 ( tan θ ) = (15.2905 m ) sinh −1 ( tan 60° ) = 20.137 m a c yB = h + c = c cosh a h = c cosh − 1 c 20.137 m = (15.2905 m ) cosh − 1 15.2905 m = 15.291 m So s = c sinh (a) B is 20.1 m right and 15.29 m down from A a 20.137 m = (15.291 m ) sinh = 26.49 m c 15.291 m (b) s = 26.5 m PROBLEM 7.140 The cable ACB weighs 0.3 lb/ft. Knowing that the lowest point of the cable is located at a distance a = 1.8 ft below the support A, determine (a) the location of the lowest point C, (b) the maximum tension in the cable. SOLUTION y A = c cosh −a = c + 1.8 ft c 1.8 ft a = c cosh −1 1 + c yB = c cosh b = c + 7.2 ft c 7.2 ft b = c cosh −1 1 + c But 1.8 ft 7.2 ft −1 a + b = 36 ft = c cosh −1 1 + + cosh 1 + c c Solving numerically Then c = 40.864 ft 7.2 ft b = ( 40.864 ft ) cosh −1 1 + = 23.92 ft 40.864 ft (a) Tmax = wyB = ( 0.3 lb/ft )( 40.864 ft + 7.2 ft ) C is 23.9 ft left of and 7.20 ft below B W (b) Tmax = 14.42 lb W PROBLEM 7.141 The cable ACB weighs 0.3 lb/ft. Knowing that the lowest point of the cable is located at a distance a = 6 ft below the support A, determine (a) the location of the lowest point C, (b) the maximum tension in the cable. SOLUTION y A = c cosh −a = c + 6 ft c 6 ft a = c cosh −1 1 + c yB = c cosh b = c + 11.4 ft c 11.4 ft b = c cosh −1 1 + c So Solving numerically 6 ft 11.4 ft −1 a + b = c cosh −1 1 + + cosh 1 + = 36 ft c c c = 20.446 ft 11.4 ft b = ( 20.446 ft ) cosh −1 1 + = 20.696 ft 20.446 ft (a) C is 20.7 ft left of and 11.4 ft below B 20.696 ft Tmax = wyB = ( 0.3 lb/ft )( 20.446 ft ) cosh = 9.554 lb 20.446 ft (b) Tmax = 9.55 lb PROBLEM 7.142 Denoting by θ the angle formed by a uniform cable and the horizontal, show that at any point (a) s = c tan θ , (b) y = c sec θ . SOLUTION tan θ = (a) s = c sinh (b) Also dy x = sinh dx c x = c tan θ Q.E.D. c ( ) y 2 = s 2 + c 2 cosh 2 x = sinh 2 x + 1 ( ) So y 2 = c 2 tan 2 θ + 1 = c 2 sec2 θ And y = c sec θ Q.E.D. PROBLEM 7.143 (a) Determine the maximum allowable horizontal span for a uniform cable of mass per unit length m′ if the tension in the cable is not to exceed a given value Tm . (b) Using the result of part a, determine the maximum span of a steel wire for which m′ = 0.34 kg/m and Tm = 32 kN. SOLUTION TB = Tmax = wyB = wc cosh Let ξ = L 2c so xB L 2c L = w cosh c 2 L 2c Tmax = wL cosh ξ 2ξ dTmax wL 1 = sinh ξ − cosh ξ dξ ξ 2ξ For min Tmax , tanh ξ − 1 ξ =0 Solving numerically ξ = 1.1997 (Tmax )min = wL cosh (1.1997 ) = 0.75444wL 2 (1.9997 ) (a) If Lmax = ( Tmax T = 1.3255 max 0.75444w w ) Tmax = 32 kN and w = ( 0.34 kg/m ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 3.3354 N/m Lmax = 1.3255 32.000 N = 12 717 m 3.3354 N/m (b) Lmax = 12.72 km PROBLEM 7.144 A cable has a weight per unit length of 2 lb/ft and is supported as shown. Knowing that the span L is 18 ft, determine the two values of the sag h for which the maximum tension is 80 lb. SOLUTION ymax = c cosh Tmax = wymax ymax = ymax = Tmax w 80 lb = 40 ft 2 lb/ft c cosh Solving numerically L =h+c 2c 9 ft = 40 ft c c1 = 2.6388 ft c2 = 38.958 ft h = ymax − c h1 = 40 ft − 2.6388 ft h1 = 37.4 ft h2 = 40 ft − 38.958 ft h2 = 1.042 ft PROBLEM 7.145 Determine the sag-to-span ratio for which the maximum tension in the cable is equal to the total weight of the entire cable AB. SOLUTION Tmax = wyB = 2wsB y B = 2sB c cosh L L = 2c sinh 2c 2c tanh L 1 = 2c 2 L 1 = tanh −1 = 0.549306 2c 2 hB y −c L = B = cosh −1 c c 2c = 0.154701 hB hB / c = L 2( L / 2c) = 0.5 ( 0.154701) = 0.14081 0.549306 hB = 0.1408 L PROBLEM 7.146 A cable of weight w per unit length is suspended between two points at the same elevation that are a distance L apart. Determine (a) the sagto-span ratio for which the maximum tension is as small as possible, (b) the corresponding values of θ B and Tm . SOLUTION Tmax = wyB = wc cosh (a) L 2c dTmax L L L sinh = w cosh − dc 2c 2c 2c min Tmax , For tanh dTmax =0 dc L L 2c = 1.1997 = → 2c 2c L yB L = cosh = 1.8102 c 2c h y = B − 1 = 0.8102 c c h 1 h 2c 0.8102 = = 0.3375 = L 2 c L 2 (1.1997 ) T0 = wc (b) But So Tmax = wc cosh T0 = Tmax cosθ B L 2c h = 0.338 L Tmax L y = cosh = B 2c T0 c Tmax = secθ B T0 y θ B = sec−1 B = sec−1 (1.8102 ) c = 56.46° Tmax = wyB = w θ B = 56.5° yB 2c L L = w (1.8102 ) c L 2 2 (1.1997 ) Tmax = 0.755wL PROBLEM 7.147 For the beam and loading shown, (a) draw the shear and bending moment diagrams, (b) determine the maximum absolute values of the shear and bending moment. SOLUTION FBD Beam: (a) ΣM A = 0: ( 6 ft ) E − ( 8 ft )( 4.5 kips ) − ( 4 ft )(12 kips ) − ( 2 ft )( 6 kips ) = 0 E = 16 kips ΣM E = 0: − ( 6 ft ) Ay + ( 4 ft )( 6 kips ) + ( 2 ft )(12 kips ) − ( 2 ft )( 4.5 kips ) = 0 A y = 6.5 kips Shear Diag: V is piece wise constant with discontinuities equal to the forces at A, C, D, E, B Moment Diag: M is piecewise linear with slope changes at C, D, E MA = 0 M C = ( 6.5 kips )( 2 ft ) = 13 kip ⋅ ft M C = 13 kip ⋅ ft + ( 0.5 kips )( 2 ft ) = 14 kip ⋅ ft M D = 14 kip ⋅ ft − (11.5 kips )( 2 ft ) = −9 kip ⋅ ft M B = − 9 kip ⋅ ft + ( 4.5 kips )( 2 ft ) = 0 (b) V M max max = 11.50 kips on DE = 14.00 kip ⋅ ft at D PROBLEM 7.148 For the beam and loading shown, (a) draw the shear and bending moment diagrams, (b) determine the maximum absolute values of the shear and bending moment. SOLUTION FBD Beam: (a) ΣM B = 0: ( 4 ft )(12 kips ) + ( 7 ft )( 2.5 kips/ft )( 6 ft ) − (10 ft ) Ay = 0 A y = 15.3 kips Shear Diag: VA = Ay = 15.3 kips, then V is linear dV = −2.5 kips/ft to C. dx VC = 15.3 kips − ( 2.5 kips/ft )( 6 ft ) = 0.3 kips At C , V decreases by 12 kips to − 11.7 kips and is constant to B. Moment Diag: M A = 0 and M is parabolic dM decreasing with V to C dx MC = 1 (15.3 kips + 0.3 kip )( 6 ft ) = 46.8 kip ⋅ ft 2 M B = 46.8 kip ⋅ ft − (11.7 kips )( 4 ft ) = 0 (b) V max = 15.3 kips M max = 46.8 kip ⋅ ft PROBLEM 7.149 Two loads are suspended as shown from the cable ABCD. Knowing that hB = 1.8 m, determine (a) the distance hC, (b) the components of the reaction at D, (c) the maximum tension in the cable. SOLUTION ΣFx = 0: − Ax + Dx = 0 FBD Cable: Ax = Dx ΣM A = 0: (10 m ) D y − ( 6 m )(10 kN ) − ( 3 m )( 6 kN ) = 0 Dy = 7.8 kN ΣFy = 0: Ay − 6 kN − 10 kN + 7.8 kN = 0 A y = 8.2 kN FBD AB: ΣM B = 0: (1.8 m ) Ax − ( 3 m )( 8.2 kN ) = 0 Ax = From above FBD CD: 41 kN 3 Dx = Ax = 41 kN 3 41 kN = 0 ΣM C = 0: ( 4 m )( 7.8 kN ) − hC 3 hC = 2.283 m hC = 2.28 m (a) Dx = 13.67 kN (b) Dy = 7.80 kN Since Ax = Bx and Ay > By , max T is TAB 2 TAB = Ax2 + Ay2 = 2 41 kN + ( 8.2 kN ) 3 (c) Tmax = 15.94 kN PROBLEM 7.150 Knowing that the maximum tension in cable ABCD is 15 kN, determine (a) the distance hB, (b) the distance hC. SOLUTION ΣFx = 0: − Ax + Dx = 0 FBD Cable: Ax = Dx ΣM A = 0: (10 m ) D y − ( 6 m )(10 kN ) − ( 3 m )( 6 kN ) = 0 D y = 7.8 kN ΣFy = 0: Ay − 6 kN − 10 kN + 7.8 kN = 0 A y = 8.2 kN Since Ax = Dx and Ay > Dy , Tmax = TAB ΣFy = 0: 8.2 kN − (15 kN ) sin θ A = 0 FBD pt A: θ A = sin −1 8.2 kN = 33.139° 15 kN ΣFx = 0: − Ax + (15 kN ) cos θ A = 0 Ax = (15 kN ) cos ( 33.139° ) = 12.56 kN FBD CD: From FBD cable: hB = ( 3 m ) tan θ A = ( 3 m ) tan ( 33.139° ) (a) hB = 1.959 m ΣM C = 0: ( 4 m )( 7.8 kN ) − hC (12.56 kN ) = 0 (b) hC = 2.48 m PROBLEM 7.151 A semicircular rod of weight W and uniform cross section is supported as shown. Determine the bending moment at point J when θ = 60°. SOLUTION FBD Rod: ΣM A = 0: 2r π B= ΣFy′ = 0: F + FBD BJ: W − 2rB = 0 W π W W sin 60° − cos 60° = 0 π 3 F = − 0.12952W W 3r W ΣM 0 = 0: r F − + +M =0 π 2π 3 1 1 M = Wr 0.12952 + − = 0.28868Wr π 2π On BJ M J = 0.289Wr PROBLEM 7.152 A semicircular rod of weight W and uniform cross section is supported as shown. Determine the bending moment at point J when θ = 150°. SOLUTION FBD rod: ΣFy = 0: Ay − W = 0 Ay = W 2r ΣM B = 0: W − 2rAx = 0 W π Ax = π FBD AJ: ΣFx′ = 0: W π cos 30° + 5W sin 30° − F = 0 F = 0.69233W 6 W W ΣM 0 = 0: 0.25587r + r F − − M = 0 π 6 1 0.25587 M = Wr + 0.69233 − π 6 M = Wr ( 0.4166 ) On AJ M = 0.417Wr PROBLEM 7.153 Determine the internal forces at point J of the structure shown. SOLUTION FBD ABC: ΣM D = 0: ( 0.375 m )( 400 N ) − ( 0.24 m ) C y = 0 C y = 625 N ΣM B = 0: − ( 0.45 m ) C x + ( 0.135 m )( 400 N ) = 0 C x = 120 N FBD CJ: ΣFy = 0: 625 N − F = 0 F = 625 N ΣFx = 0: 120 N − V = 0 V = 120.0 N ΣM J = 0: M − ( 0.225 m )(120 N ) = 0 M = 27.0 N ⋅ m PROBLEM 7.154 Determine the internal forces at point K of the structure shown. SOLUTION FBD AK: ΣFx = 0: V = 0 V =0 ΣFy = 0: F − 400 N = 0 F = 400 N ΣM K = 0: ( 0.135 m )( 400 N ) − M = 0 M = 54.0 N ⋅ m PROBLEM 7.155 Two small channel sections DF and EH have been welded to the uniform beam AB of weight W = 3 kN to form the rigid structural member shown. This member is being lifted by two cables attached at D and E. Knowing the θ = 30° and neglecting the weight of the channel sections, (a) draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for beam AB, (b) determine the maximum absolute values of the shear and bending moment in the beam. SOLUTION FBD Beam + channels: (a) T1 = T2 = T By symmetry: ΣFy = 0: 2T sin 60° − 3 kN = 0 T = FBD Beam: With cable force replaced by equivalent force-couple system at F and G 3 kN 3 M = ( 0.5 m ) T1x = 3 2 3 3 T1y = 2 3 3 kN 2 kN = 0.433 kN ⋅ m Shear Diagram: V is piecewise linear dV = − 0.6 kN/m with 1.5 kN dx discontinuities at F and H. V F − = − ( 0.6 kN/m )(1.5 m ) = 0.9 kN V increases by 1.5 kN to + 0.6 kN at F + VG = 0.6 kN − ( 0.6 kN/m )(1 m ) = 0 Finish by invoking symmetry Moment Diagram: M is piecewise parabolic dM decreasing with V with discontinuities of .433 kN at F and H. dx 1 M F − = − ( 0.9 kN )(1.5 m ) = − 0.675 kN ⋅ m 2 M increases by 0 .433 kN ⋅ m to − 0.242 kN ⋅ m at F + M G = − 0.242 kN ⋅ m + 1 ( 0.6 kN )(1 m ) = 0.058 kN ⋅ m 2 Finish by invoking symmetry V (b) max = 900 N at F − and G + M max = 675 N ⋅ m at F and G PROBLEM 7.156 (a) Draw the shear and bending moment diagrams for beam AB, (b) determine the magnitude and location of the maximum absolute value of the bending moment. PROBLEM 7.157 Cable ABC supports two loads as shown. Knowing that b = 4 ft, determine (a) the required magnitude of the horizontal force P, (b) the corresponding distance a. SOLUTION FBD ABC: ΣFy = 0: −40 lb − 80 lb + C y = 0 C y = 120 lb FBD BC: ΣM B = 0: ( 4 ft )(120 lb ) − (10 ft ) Cx = 0 C x = 48 lb From ABC: ΣFx = 0: − P + Cx = 0 P = C x = 48 lb (a) P = 48.0 lb ΣM C = 0: ( 4 ft )( 80 lb ) + a ( 40 lb ) − (15 ft )( 48 lb ) = 0 (b) a = 10.00 ft PROBLEM 7.158 Cable ABC supports two loads as shown. Determine the distances a and b when a horizontal force P of magnitude 60 lb is applied at A. SOLUTION FBD ABC: ΣFx = 0: C x − P = 0 Cx = 60 lb ΣFy = 0: C y − 40 lb − 80 lb = 0 C y = 120 lb FBD BC: ΣM B = 0: b (120 lb ) − (10 ft )( 60 lb ) = 0 b = 5.00 ft FBD AB: ΣM B = 0: ( a − b )( 40 lb ) − ( 5 ft ) 60 lb = 0 a − b = 7.5 ft a = b + 7.5 ft = 5 ft + 7.5 ft a = 12.50 ft PROBLEM 8.1 Determine whether the block shown is in equilibrium, and find the magnitude and direction of the friction force when θ = 30o and P = 200 N. SOLUTION FBD block: ΣFn = 0: N − (1000 N ) cos 30° − ( 200 N ) sin 30° = 0 N = 966.03 N Assume equilibrium: ΣFt = 0: F + ( 200 N ) cos 30° − (1000 N ) sin 30° = 0 F = 326.8 N = Feq. But Fmax = µ s N = ( 0.3) 966 N = 290 N Feq. > Fmax and impossible ⇒ Block moves F = µk N = ( 0.2 )( 966.03 N ) Block slides down F = 193.2 N PROBLEM 8.2 Determine whether the block shown is in equilibrium, and find the magnitude and direction of the friction force when θ = 35o and P = 400 N. SOLUTION FBD block: ΣFn = 0: N − (1000 N ) cos35° − ( 400 N ) sin 35° = 0 N = 1048.6 N Assume equilibrium: ΣFt = 0: F − (1000 N ) sin 35° + ( 400 N ) cos 35° = 0 F = 246 N = Feq. Fmax = µ s N = ( 0.3)(1048.6 N ) = 314 N Feq. < Fmax OK equilibrium ∴ F = 246 N PROBLEM 8.3 Determine whether the 20-lb block shown is in equilibrium, and find the magnitude and direction of the friction force when P = 8 lb and θ = 20°. SOLUTION FBD block: ΣFn = 0: N − ( 20 lb ) cos 20° + ( 8 lb ) sin 20° = 0 N = 16.0577 lb Fmax = µ s N = ( 0.3)(16.0577 lb ) = 4.817 lb Assume equilibrium: ΣFt = 0: (8 lb ) cos 20° − ( 20 lb ) sin 20° − F =0 F = 0.6771 lb = Feq. Feq. < Fmax and OK equilibrium F = 0.677 lb PROBLEM 8.4 Determine whether the 20-lb block shown is in equilibrium, and find the magnitude and direction of the friction force when P = 12.5 lb and θ = 15°. SOLUTION FBD block: ΣFn = 0: N − ( 20 lb ) cos 20° + (12.5 lb ) sin15° = 0 N = 15.559 lb Fmax = µ s N = ( 0.3)(15.559 lb ) = 4.668 lb Assume equilibrium: ΣFt = 0: (12.5 lb ) cos15° − ( 20 lb ) sin 20° − F =0 F = 5.23 lb = Feq. but Feq. > Fmax impossible, so block slides up and F = µk N = ( 0.25 )(15.559 lb ) F = 3.89 lb PROBLEM 8.5 Knowing that θ = 25°, determine the range of values of P for which equilibrium is maintained. SOLUTION FBD block: Block is in equilibrium: ΣFn = 0: N − ( 20 lb ) cos 20° + P sin 25° = 0 N = 18.794 lb − P sin 25° ΣFt = 0: F − ( 20 lb ) sin 20° + P cos 25° = 0 F = 6.840 lb − P cos 25° or Impending motion up: Therefore, F = µs N ; Impending motion down: F = − µ s N 6.840 lb − P cos 25° = ± ( 0.3)(18.794 lb − P sin 25° ) Pup = 12.08 lb Pdown = 1.542 lb 1.542 lb ≤ Peq. ≤ 12.08 lb PROBLEM 8.6 Knowing that the coefficient of friction between the 60-lb block and the incline is µ s = 0.25, determine (a) the smallest value of P for which motion of the block up the incline is impending, (b) the corresponding value of β. SOLUTION FBD block (impending motion up) φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 ( 0.25 ) = 14.04° (a) Note: For minimum P, P ⊥ R so β = φ s Then P = W sin ( 30° + φ s ) = ( 60 lb ) sin 44.04° = 41.71 lb Pmin = 41.7 lb (b) Have β = φ s β = 14.04° PROBLEM 8.7 Considering only values of θ less than 90° , determine the smallest value of θ for which motion of the block to the right is impending when (a) m = 30 kg, (b) m = 40 kg. SOLUTION FBD block (impending motion to the right) φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 ( 0.25 ) = 14.036° P W = sin φs sin (θ − φ s ) sin (θ − φs ) = (a) W sin φ s P m = 30 kg: θ − φ s = sin W = mg ( ( 30 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 −1 120 N ) sin14.036° = 36.499° ∴ θ = 36.499° + 14.036° (b) or θ = 50.5° ( ) ( 40 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 sin14.036° m = 40 kg: θ − φs = sin −1 120 N = 52.474° ∴ θ = 52.474° + 14.036° or θ = 66.5° PROBLEM 8.8 Knowing that the coefficient of friction between the 30-lb block and the incline is µ s = 0.25 , determine (a) the smallest value of P required to maintain the block in equilibrium, (b) the corresponding value of β . SOLUTION FBD block (impending motion downward) φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 ( 0.25 ) = 14.036° (a) Note: For minimum P, So and P⊥R β = α = 90° − ( 30° + 14.036° ) = 45.964° P = ( 30 lb ) sin α = ( 30 lb ) sin ( 45.964° ) = 21.567 lb P = 21.6 lb (b) β = 46.0° PROBLEM 8.9 A 6-kg block is at rest as shown. Determine the positive range of values of θ for which the block is in equilibrium if (a) θ is less than 90°, (b) θ is between 90° and 180°. SOLUTION FBD block (impending motion) φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 ( 0.4 ) = 21.801° (a) 0° ≤ θ ≤ 90° : 58.86 N 40 N = sin (θ − φs ) sinφ s θ − φ s = sin −1 58.86 N sin ( 21.801° ) 40 N = 33.127°, 146.873° θ = 54.9° ∴ (b) 90° ≤ θ ≤ 180° : and θ = 168.674° (a) Equilibrium for 0 ≤ θ ≤ 54.9° (b) and for 168.7° ≤ θ ≤ 180.0° PROBLEM 8.10 Knowing that P = 25 lb, determine the range of values of θ for which equilibrium of the 18-lb block is maintained. SOLUTION FBD block (impending motion down) φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 ( 0.45 ) = 24.228° 25 lb 18 lb = sin ( 90° − φ s ) sin (θ + φs ) 18 lb θ + φs = sin −1 sin ( 90° − 24.228° ) = 41.04° 25 lb θ = 16.81° Impending motion up: 25 lb 18 lb = sin ( 90° + φs ) sin (θ − φs ) 18 lb θ − φ s = sin −1 sin ( 90° + 24.228° ) = 41.04° 25 lb θ = 65.27° Equilibrium for 16.81° ≤ θ ≤ 65.3° PROBLEM 8.1 Determine whether the block shown is in equilibrium, and find the magnitude and direction of the friction force when θ = 30o and P = 200 N. SOLUTION FBD block: ΣFn = 0: N − (1000 N ) cos 30° − ( 200 N ) sin 30° = 0 N = 966.03 N Assume equilibrium: ΣFt = 0: F + ( 200 N ) cos 30° − (1000 N ) sin 30° = 0 F = 326.8 N = Feq. But Fmax = µ s N = ( 0.3) 966 N = 290 N Feq. > Fmax and impossible ⇒ Block moves F = µk N = ( 0.2 )( 966.03 N ) Block slides down F = 193.2 N PROBLEM 8.2 Determine whether the block shown is in equilibrium, and find the magnitude and direction of the friction force when θ = 35o and P = 400 N. SOLUTION FBD block: ΣFn = 0: N − (1000 N ) cos35° − ( 400 N ) sin 35° = 0 N = 1048.6 N Assume equilibrium: ΣFt = 0: F − (1000 N ) sin 35° + ( 400 N ) cos 35° = 0 F = 246 N = Feq. Fmax = µ s N = ( 0.3)(1048.6 N ) = 314 N Feq. < Fmax OK equilibrium ∴ F = 246 N PROBLEM 8.3 Determine whether the 20-lb block shown is in equilibrium, and find the magnitude and direction of the friction force when P = 8 lb and θ = 20°. SOLUTION FBD block: ΣFn = 0: N − ( 20 lb ) cos 20° + ( 8 lb ) sin 20° = 0 N = 16.0577 lb Fmax = µ s N = ( 0.3)(16.0577 lb ) = 4.817 lb Assume equilibrium: ΣFt = 0: (8 lb ) cos 20° − ( 20 lb ) sin 20° − F =0 F = 0.6771 lb = Feq. Feq. < Fmax and OK equilibrium F = 0.677 lb PROBLEM 8.4 Determine whether the 20-lb block shown is in equilibrium, and find the magnitude and direction of the friction force when P = 12.5 lb and θ = 15°. SOLUTION FBD block: ΣFn = 0: N − ( 20 lb ) cos 20° + (12.5 lb ) sin15° = 0 N = 15.559 lb Fmax = µ s N = ( 0.3)(15.559 lb ) = 4.668 lb Assume equilibrium: ΣFt = 0: (12.5 lb ) cos15° − ( 20 lb ) sin 20° − F =0 F = 5.23 lb = Feq. but Feq. > Fmax impossible, so block slides up and F = µk N = ( 0.25 )(15.559 lb ) F = 3.89 lb PROBLEM 8.5 Knowing that θ = 25°, determine the range of values of P for which equilibrium is maintained. SOLUTION FBD block: Block is in equilibrium: ΣFn = 0: N − ( 20 lb ) cos 20° + P sin 25° = 0 N = 18.794 lb − P sin 25° ΣFt = 0: F − ( 20 lb ) sin 20° + P cos 25° = 0 F = 6.840 lb − P cos 25° or Impending motion up: Therefore, F = µs N ; Impending motion down: F = − µ s N 6.840 lb − P cos 25° = ± ( 0.3)(18.794 lb − P sin 25° ) Pup = 12.08 lb Pdown = 1.542 lb 1.542 lb ≤ Peq. ≤ 12.08 lb PROBLEM 8.6 Knowing that the coefficient of friction between the 60-lb block and the incline is µ s = 0.25, determine (a) the smallest value of P for which motion of the block up the incline is impending, (b) the corresponding value of β. SOLUTION FBD block (impending motion up) φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 ( 0.25 ) = 14.04° (a) Note: For minimum P, P ⊥ R so β = φ s Then P = W sin ( 30° + φ s ) = ( 60 lb ) sin 44.04° = 41.71 lb Pmin = 41.7 lb (b) Have β = φ s β = 14.04° PROBLEM 8.7 Considering only values of θ less than 90° , determine the smallest value of θ for which motion of the block to the right is impending when (a) m = 30 kg, (b) m = 40 kg. SOLUTION FBD block (impending motion to the right) φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 ( 0.25 ) = 14.036° P W = sin φs sin (θ − φ s ) sin (θ − φs ) = (a) W sin φ s P m = 30 kg: θ − φ s = sin W = mg ( ( 30 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 −1 120 N ) sin14.036° = 36.499° ∴ θ = 36.499° + 14.036° (b) or θ = 50.5° ( ) ( 40 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 sin14.036° m = 40 kg: θ − φs = sin −1 120 N = 52.474° ∴ θ = 52.474° + 14.036° or θ = 66.5° PROBLEM 8.8 Knowing that the coefficient of friction between the 30-lb block and the incline is µ s = 0.25 , determine (a) the smallest value of P required to maintain the block in equilibrium, (b) the corresponding value of β . SOLUTION FBD block (impending motion downward) φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 ( 0.25 ) = 14.036° (a) Note: For minimum P, So and P⊥R β = α = 90° − ( 30° + 14.036° ) = 45.964° P = ( 30 lb ) sin α = ( 30 lb ) sin ( 45.964° ) = 21.567 lb P = 21.6 lb (b) β = 46.0° PROBLEM 8.9 A 6-kg block is at rest as shown. Determine the positive range of values of θ for which the block is in equilibrium if (a) θ is less than 90°, (b) θ is between 90° and 180°. SOLUTION FBD block (impending motion) φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 ( 0.4 ) = 21.801° (a) 0° ≤ θ ≤ 90° : 58.86 N 40 N = sin (θ − φs ) sinφ s θ − φ s = sin −1 58.86 N sin ( 21.801° ) 40 N = 33.127°, 146.873° θ = 54.9° ∴ (b) 90° ≤ θ ≤ 180° : and θ = 168.674° (a) Equilibrium for 0 ≤ θ ≤ 54.9° (b) and for 168.7° ≤ θ ≤ 180.0° PROBLEM 8.10 Knowing that P = 25 lb, determine the range of values of θ for which equilibrium of the 18-lb block is maintained. SOLUTION FBD block (impending motion down) φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 ( 0.45 ) = 24.228° 25 lb 18 lb = sin ( 90° − φ s ) sin (θ + φs ) 18 lb θ + φs = sin −1 sin ( 90° − 24.228° ) = 41.04° 25 lb θ = 16.81° Impending motion up: 25 lb 18 lb = sin ( 90° + φs ) sin (θ − φs ) 18 lb θ − φ s = sin −1 sin ( 90° + 24.228° ) = 41.04° 25 lb θ = 65.27° Equilibrium for 16.81° ≤ θ ≤ 65.3° PROBLEM 8.11 The coefficients of friction are µ s = 0.40 and µ k = 0.30 between all surfaces of contact. Determine the force P for which motion of the 60-lb block is impending if cable AB (a) is attached as shown, (b) is removed. SOLUTION (a) Note: With the cable, motion must impend at both contact surfaces. FBDs Top block: ΣFy = 0: N1 − 40 lb = 0 F1 = µ s N1 = 0.4 ( 40 lb ) = 16 lb Impending slip: ΣFx = 0: T − F1 = 0 T − 16 lb = 0 ΣFy = 0: N 2 − 40 lb − 60 lb = 0 Bottom block: Impending slip: N1 = 40 lb T = 16 lb N 2 = 100 lb F2 = µ s N 2 = 0.4 (100 lb ) = 40 lb ΣFx = 0: − P + 16 lb + 16 lb + 40 lb = 0 P = 72.0 lb FBD blocks: (b) Without the cable, both blocks will stay together and motion will impend only at the floor. ΣFy = 0: N − 40 lb − 60 lb = 0 N = 100 lb Impending slip: F = µ s N = 0.4 (100 lb ) = 40 lb ΣFx = 0: 40 lb − P = 0 P = 40.0 lb PROBLEM 8.12 The coefficients of friction are µ s = 0.40 and µ k = 0.30 between all surfaces of contact. Determine the force P for which motion of the 60-lb block is impending if cable AB (a) is attached as shown, (b) is removed. SOLUTION (a) With the cable, motion must impend at both surfaces. FBDs Top block: ΣFy = 0: N1 − 40 lb = 0 Impending slip: N1 = 40 lb F1 = µ s N1 = 0.4 ( 40 lb ) = 16 lb ΣFy = 0: N 2 − 40 lb − 60 lb = 0 Impending slip: Bottom block: N 2 = 100 lb F2 = µ N 2 = 0.4 (100 lb ) = 40 lb ΣFx = 0: 16 lb + 40 lb − P = 0 P = 56 lb P = 56.0 lb FBD blocks: (b) Without the cable, both blocks stay together and motion will impend at the floor surface only. ΣFy = 0: N − 40 lb − 60 lb = 0 N = 100 lb Impending slip: F = µ s N = 0.4 (100 lb ) = 40 lb ΣFx = 0: − P + 40 lb = 0 P = 40 lb P = 40.0 lb PROBLEM 8.13 The 8-kg block A is attached to link AC and rests on the 12-kg block B. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction is 0.20 between all surfaces of contact and neglecting the mass of the link, determine the value of θ for which motion of block B is impending. SOLUTION FBDs: Motion must impend at both contact surfaces Block A: ΣFy = 0: N1 − WA = 0 N1 = WA Block B: ΣFy = 0: N 2 − N1 − WB = 0 N 2 = N1 + WB = WA + WB Impending motion: F1 = µ s N1 = µ sWA F2 = µ s N 2 = µ s ( N1 + WB ) Block B: ΣFx = 0: 50 N − F1 − F2 = 0 50 N = µ s ( N1 + N1 + WB ) = 0.2 ( 2 N1 + 117.72 N ) or N1 = 66.14 N Block A: F1 = 0.2 ( 66.14 N ) = 13.228 N ΣFx = 0: 13.228 N − FAC cosθ = 0 FAC cosθ = 13.228 N or (1) ΣFy = 0: 66.14 N − 78.48 N + FAC sinθ = 0 FAC sin θ = 78.48 N − 66.14 N or Then, Eq. (2) Eq. (1) tan θ = (2) 78.48 N − 66.14 N 13.228 N θ = 43.0° PROBLEM 8.14 The 8-kg block A and the 16-kg block B are at rest on an incline as shown. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction is 0.25 between all surfaces of contact, determine the value of θ for which motion is impending. SOLUTION FBDs: Block A: Impending motion: ΣFy = 0: N1 − WA = 0 F1 = µ s N1 = µ sWA ΣFx = 0: F1 − T = 0 Block B: N1 = WA T = F1 = µ sWA ΣFy′ = 0: N 2 − ( N1 + WB ) cosθ − F1 sin θ = 0 N 2 = 3WA cosθ + µ sWA sin θ = WA ( 3cosθ + 0.25sin θ ) Impending motion: F2 = µ s N 2 = 0.25WA ( 3cosθ + 0.25sin θ ) ΣFx′ = 0: − T − F2 − F1 cosθ + ( N1 + WB ) sin θ = 0 −0.25 − 0.25 ( 3cosθ + 0.25sin θ ) − 0.25cosθ + 3sinθ WA = 0 or Solving numerically 47sinθ − 16cosθ − 4 = 0 θ = 23.4° PROBLEM 8.15 A 48-kg cabinet is mounted on casters which can be locked to prevent their rotation. The coefficient of static friction between the floor and each caster is 0.30. Knowing that h = 640 mm, determine the magnitude of the force P required for impending motion of the cabinet to the right (a) if all casters are locked, (b) if the casters at B are locked and the casters at A are free to rotate, (c) if the casters at A are locked and the casters at B are free to rotate. SOLUTION N A = FA = 0 Note: For tipping, FBD cabinet: ΣM B = 0: ( 0.24 m )W − ( 0.64 m ) Ptip ΣFy = 0: N A + N B − W = 0 N A + NB = W FA + FB = µ sW P = FA + FB = µ sW ΣFx = 0: P − FA − FB = 0 ∴ P = 0.3 ( 470.88 N ) ( P = 0.3W ( W = 48 kg 9.81 m/s 2 = 470.88 N µ s = 0.3 ) Ptip = 0.375W FA = µ s N A , FB = µ s N B (a) All casters locked: Impending slip: So =0 < Ptip P = 141.3 N or OK ) FA = 0 (b) Casters at A free, so FB = µ s N B Impending slip: ΣFx = 0: P − FB = 0 P = FB = µ s N B ΣM A = 0: NB = P µs ( 0.64 m ) P + ( 0.24 m )W − ( 0.48 m ) N B 8P + 3W − 6 P =0 0.3 ( P = 0.25W < Ptip ∴ P = 0.25 ( 470.88 N ) =0 P = 0.25W OK ) P = 117.7 N PROBLEM 8.15 CONTINUED FB = 0 (c) Casters at B free, so FA = µ s N A Impending slip: P = FA = µ s N A ΣFx = 0: P − FA = 0 NA = ΣM B = 0: P µs = P 0.3 ( 0.24 m )W − ( 0.64 m ) P − ( 0.48 m ) N A 3W − 8P − 6 P =0 0.3 ( P < Ptip =0 P = 0.10714W = 50.45 N OK ) P = 50.5 N PROBLEM 8.16 A 48-kg cabinet is mounted on casters which can be locked to prevent their rotation. The coefficient of static friction between the floor and each caster is 0.30. Assuming that the casters at A and B are locked, determine (a) the force P required for impending motion of the cabinet to the right, (b) the largest allowable height h if the cabinet in not to tip over. SOLUTION ΣFy = 0: N A + N B − W = 0; (a) FBD cabinet: Impending slip: N A + NB = W FA = µ s N A , FB = µ s N B FA + FB = µ sW So P = FA + FB = µ sW ΣFx = 0: P − FA − FB = 0 P = 0.3 ( 470.88 N ) = 141.26 N P = 141.3 N (b) For tipping, N A = FA = 0 ΣM B = 0: hP − ( 0.24 m )W = 0 ( W = 48 kg 9.81 m/s 2 = 470.88 N ) hmax = ( 0.24 m ) W 1 0.24 m = ( 0.24 m ) = µs 0.3 P hmax = 0.800 m PROBLEM 8.17 The cylinder shown is of weight W and radius r, and the coefficient of static friction µ s is the same at A and B. Determine the magnitude of the largest couple M which can be applied to the cylinder if it is not to rotate. SOLUTION FBD cylinder: For maximum M, motion impends at both A and B FA = µ s N A, FB = µ s N B ΣFx = 0: N A − FB = 0 N A = FB = µ s N B FA = µ s N A = µ s2 N B N B + µ s2 N B = W ΣFy = 0: N B + FA − W = 0 or NB = W 1 + µ s2 and FB = µ sW 1 + µ s2 FA = µ s2W 1 + µ2 ΣM C = 0: M − r ( FA + FB ) = 0 ( M = r µ s + µ s2 ) 1 +Wµ 2 s M max = Wr µ s 1 + µs 1 + µ s2 PROBLEM 8.18 The cylinder shown is of weight W and radius r. Express in terms of W and r the magnitude of the largest couple M which can be applied to the cylinder if it is not to rotate assuming that the coefficient of static friction is (a) zero at A and 0.36 at B, (b) 0.30 at A and 0.36 at B. SOLUTION FBD cylinder: For maximum M, motion impends at both A and B FA = µ A N A; FB = µ B N B N A = FB = µ B N B ΣFx = 0: N A − FB = 0 FA = µ A N A = µ Aµ B N B N B (1 + µ Aµ B ) = W ΣFy = 0: N B + FA − W = 0 1 W 1 + µ Aµ B or NB = and FB = µ B N B = µB 1 + µ Aµ B FA = µ Aµ B N B = µ Aµ B 1 + µ Aµ B ΣM C = 0: M − r ( FA + FB ) = 0 (a) For µA = 0 and W W M = Wr µ B 1 + µA 1 + µ Aµ B µ B = 0.36 M = 0.360Wr (b) For µ A = 0.30 and µ B = 0.36 M = 0.422Wr PROBLEM 8.19 The hydraulic cylinder shown exerts a force of 680 lb directed to the right on point B and to the left on point E. Determine the magnitude of the couple M required to rotate the drum clockwise at a constant speed. SOLUTION FBDs Drum: Rotating drum ⇒ slip at both sides; constant speed ⇒ equilibrium ∴ F1 = µ k N1 = 0.3N1; AB: ΣM A = 0: F2 = µk N 2 = 0.3N 2 ( 6 in.)( 680 lb ) + ( 6 in.)( F1 ) − (18 in.) N1 = 0 18 in. − 6 in. = ( 6 in.)( 680 lb ) F1 0.3 DE: ΣM D = 0: F1 = 75.555 lb ( 6 in.) F2 + (18 in.) N 2 − ( 6 in.)( 680 lb ) = 0 18 in. F2 6 in. + = ( 6 in.)( 680 lb ) 0.3 Drum: or or F2 = 61.818 lb ΣM C = 0: r ( F1 + F2 ) − M = 0 M = (10 in.)( 75.555 + 61.818 ) lb M = 1374 lb ⋅ in. PROBLEM 8.20 A couple M of magnitude 70 lb ⋅ ft is applied to the drum as shown. Determine the smallest force which must be exerted by the hydraulic cylinder on joints B and E if the drum is not to rotate. SOLUTION FBDs DE: Drum: For minimum T, slip impends at both sides, so F1 = µ s N1 = 0.4 N1 AB: ΣM A = 0: F2 = µ s N 2 = 0.4 N 2 ( 6 in.)T + ( 6 in.) F1 − (18 in.) N1 = 0 18 in. − 6 in. = ( 6 in.) T F1 0.4 DE: ΣM D = 0: ( 6 in.) F2 + (18 in.) N 2 − ( 6 in.) T 18 in. F2 6 in. + = ( 6 in.) T 0.4 Drum: ΣM C = 0: or F1 = T 6.5 F2 = T 8.5 =0 or (10 in.) (F1 + F2 ) − 840 lb ⋅ in. = 0 1 1 + T = 84 lb 6.5 8.5 T = 309 lb PROBLEM 8.21 A 19.5-ft ladder AB leans against a wall as shown. Assuming that the coefficient of static friction µ s is the same at A and B, determine the smallest value of µ s for which equilibrium is maintained. SOLUTION Motion impends at both A and B. FBD ladder: FA = µ s N A FB = µ s N B ΣFx = 0: FA − N B = 0 Then FB = µ s N B = µ s2 N A ΣFy = 0: N A − W + FB = 0 ΣM O = 0: bN B + or a = 7.5 ft N B = FA = µ s N A or b = 18 ft ( ) ( ) N A 1 + µ s2 = W a W − aN A = 0 2 aN A − bµ s N A = µ s2 + or a a W = N A 1 + µ s2 2 2 2b µs − 1 = 0 a 2 µs = − b b ± + 1 = −2.4 ± 2.6 a a The positive root is physically possible. Therefore, µ s = 0.200 PROBLEM 8.22 A 19.5-ft ladder AB leans against a wall as shown. Assuming that the coefficient of static friction µ s is the same at A and B, determine the smallest value of µ s for which equilibrium is maintained. SOLUTION Motion impends at both A and B, so FBD ladder: FA = µ s N A a W =0 2 ΣM A = 0: lN B − or FB = µ s N B = µ s ΣFx = 0: FA + a 5 = l 13 b 12 = l 13 12.5 (13) 2.5W 13 (13) 2 µ sW − 30 (13)2 W =0 ( 30 − 12.5µ s ) W ΣFy = 0: N A − W + l = 19.5 ft a 7.5 ft W = W 2l 39 ft 5 12 FB − NB = 0 13 13 µs N A + NA − NB = or 2.5 W 13 NB = Then a = 7.5 ft FB = µ s N B and 2 µs 12 5 FB + NB = 0 13 13 30 − 12.5µ s W + 30µ s + 12.5 =W 2 µ s (13) or µ s2 − 5.6333µ s + 1 = 0 µ s = 2.8167 ± 2.6332 or µ s = 0.1835 and µ s = 5.45 The larger value is very unlikely unless the surface is treated with some “non-skid” material. In any event, the smallest value for equilibrium is µ s = 0.1835 PROBLEM 8.23 End A of a slender, uniform rod of weight W and length L bears on a horizontal surface as shown, while end B is supported by a cord BC of length L. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction is 0.40, determine (a) the value of θ for which motion is impending, (b) the corresponding value of the tension in the cord. SOLUTION FBD rod: (a) Geometry: BE = L cosθ 2 EF = L sin θ So or Also, or L DE = cosθ tan β 2 DF = L cosθ 2 tan φ s 1 L cosθ L cosθ tan β + sin θ = 2 2 tan φs tan β + 2 tan θ = 1 1 1 = = = 2.5 tan φ s µ s 0.4 L sin θ + L sin β = L sin θ + sin β = 1 Solving Eqs. (1) and (2) numerically θ1 = 4.62° (2) β1 = 66.85° θ 2 = 48.20° β 2 = 14.75° θ = 4.62° and θ = 48.2° Therefore, (b) Now φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.4 = 21.801° and T W = sin φs sin ( 90 + β − φ s ) or T =W For (1) sin φs sin ( 90 + β − φ s ) θ = 4.62° T = 0.526W θ = 48.2° T = 0.374W PROBLEM 8.24 A slender rod of length L is lodged between peg C and the vertical wall and supports a load P at end A. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction between the peg and the rod is 0.25 and neglecting friction at the roller, determine the range of values of the ratio L/a for which equilibrium is maintained. SOLUTION ΣM B = 0: FBD rod: a N − L sin 30°P = 0 sin 30° N = L 2 LP sin 30°P = a a 4 Impending motion at C : down → F = µ s N N F = ± 4 up → F = − µ s N ΣFy = 0: F cos 30° + N sin 30° − P = 0 ± L P 3 LP1 + = P a 16 2 a 42 L 1 3 ± =1 a 8 32 L 32 = a 4± 3 or For equilibrium: L = 5.583 a and L = 14.110 a 5.58 ≤ L ≤ 14.11 a PROBLEM 8.25 The basic components of a clamping device are bar AB, locking plate CD, and lever EFG; the dimensions of the slot in CD are slightly larger than those of the cross section of AB. To engage the clamp, AB is pushed against the workpiece, and then force P is applied. Knowing that P = 160 N and neglecting the friction force between the lever and the plate, determine the smallest allowable value of the static coefficient of friction between the bar and the plate. SOLUTION FBD Plate: DC is three-force member and motion impends at C and D (for minimum µ s ). OCG = 20° + φs ODG = 20° − φ s 24 mm OG = (10 mm ) tan ( 20° + φs ) = + 10 mm tan ( 20° − φs ) sin70° or tan ( 20° + φ s ) = 3.5540 tan ( 20° − φs ) Solving numerically Now so that φ s = 10.565° µ s = tan φs µ s = 0.1865 PROBLEM 8.26 A window sash having a mass of 4 kg is normally supported by two 2-kg sash weights. Knowing that the window remains open after one sash cord has broken, determine the smallest possible value of the coefficient of static friction. (Assume that the sash is slightly smaller that the frame and will bind only at points A and D.) SOLUTION ( ΣFx = 0: N A − ND = 0 FA = µ s N A Impending motion: ΣM D = 0: NA = ) W = ( 4 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 39.24 N W 2 N A = ND FD = µ s N D ( 0.36 m )W − ( 0.54 m ) N A − ( 0.72 m ) FA W = ( ) T = ( 2 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 19.62 N = FBD window: =0 3 N A + 2µ s N A 2 2W 3 + 4µ s ΣFy = 0: FA − W + T + FD = 0 FA + FD = W − T = Now Then or W 2 FA + FD = µ s ( N A + N D ) = 2µ s N A W 2W = 2µ s 2 3 + 4µ s µ s = 0.750 PROBLEM 8.27 The steel-plate clamp shown is used to lift a steel plate H of mass 250 kg. Knowing that the normal force exerted on steel cam EG by pin D forms an angle of 40° with the horizontal and neglecting the friction force between the cam and the pin, determine the smallest allowable value of the coefficient of static friction. SOLUTION FBDs: (Note: P is vertical as AB is two force member; also P = W since clamp + plate is a two force FBD) BCD: ΣM C = 0: ( 0.37 m ) P − ( 0.46 m ) N D cos 40° − ( 0.06 m ) N D sin 40° = 0 N D = 0.94642P = 0.94642W or EG: ΣM E = 0: ( 0.18 m ) NG − ( 0.26 m ) FG − ( 0.26 m ) N D cos 40° = 0 Impending motion: Combining FG = µ s NG (18 + 26µs ) NG = 19.9172 N D = 18.850W PROBLEM 8.27 CONTINUED Plate: From plate: Then FG = W 2 (18 + 26µs ) so that NG = W 2µ s W = 18.85W 2µ s µ s = 0.283 PROBLEM 8.28 The 5-in.-radius cam shown is used to control the motion of the plate CD. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction between the cam and the plate is 0.45 and neglecting friction at the roller supports, determine (a) the force P for which motion of the plate is impending knowing that the plate is 1 in. thick, (b) the largest thickness of the plate for which the mechanism is self-locking, (that is, for which the plate cannot be moved however large the force P may be). SOLUTION FBDs: ΣFx = 0: F − P = 0 From plate: cosθ = From cam geometry: F = P 5 in. − t 5 in. ΣM A = 0: ( 5 in.) sin θ N − ( 5 in.) cosθ F − ( 5 in.) Q = 0 F = µs N Impending motion: N sin θ − µ s N cosθ = Q = 15 lb So N = Q sin θ − µ s cosθ µ sQ sin θ − µ s cosθ P = F = µs N = So t = 1 in. ⇒ cosθ = (a) P= 4 in. = 0.8; sin θ = 0.6 5 in. ( 0.45)(15 lb ) 0.6 − ( 0.45 )( 0.8 ) = 28.125 lb; P = 28.1 lb P → ∞ : sin θ − µ s cosθ = (b) Thus But tan θ → µ s = 0.45 ( 5 in.) cosθ = 5 in. − t so that or µ sQ P 0 θ = 24.228° t = ( 5 in.) (1 − cosθ ) t = 0.440 in. PROBLEM 8.11 The coefficients of friction are µ s = 0.40 and µ k = 0.30 between all surfaces of contact. Determine the force P for which motion of the 60-lb block is impending if cable AB (a) is attached as shown, (b) is removed. SOLUTION (a) Note: With the cable, motion must impend at both contact surfaces. FBDs Top block: ΣFy = 0: N1 − 40 lb = 0 F1 = µ s N1 = 0.4 ( 40 lb ) = 16 lb Impending slip: ΣFx = 0: T − F1 = 0 T − 16 lb = 0 ΣFy = 0: N 2 − 40 lb − 60 lb = 0 Bottom block: Impending slip: N1 = 40 lb T = 16 lb N 2 = 100 lb F2 = µ s N 2 = 0.4 (100 lb ) = 40 lb ΣFx = 0: − P + 16 lb + 16 lb + 40 lb = 0 P = 72.0 lb FBD blocks: (b) Without the cable, both blocks will stay together and motion will impend only at the floor. ΣFy = 0: N − 40 lb − 60 lb = 0 N = 100 lb Impending slip: F = µ s N = 0.4 (100 lb ) = 40 lb ΣFx = 0: 40 lb − P = 0 P = 40.0 lb PROBLEM 8.12 The coefficients of friction are µ s = 0.40 and µ k = 0.30 between all surfaces of contact. Determine the force P for which motion of the 60-lb block is impending if cable AB (a) is attached as shown, (b) is removed. SOLUTION (a) With the cable, motion must impend at both surfaces. FBDs Top block: ΣFy = 0: N1 − 40 lb = 0 Impending slip: N1 = 40 lb F1 = µ s N1 = 0.4 ( 40 lb ) = 16 lb ΣFy = 0: N 2 − 40 lb − 60 lb = 0 Impending slip: Bottom block: N 2 = 100 lb F2 = µ N 2 = 0.4 (100 lb ) = 40 lb ΣFx = 0: 16 lb + 40 lb − P = 0 P = 56 lb P = 56.0 lb FBD blocks: (b) Without the cable, both blocks stay together and motion will impend at the floor surface only. ΣFy = 0: N − 40 lb − 60 lb = 0 N = 100 lb Impending slip: F = µ s N = 0.4 (100 lb ) = 40 lb ΣFx = 0: − P + 40 lb = 0 P = 40 lb P = 40.0 lb PROBLEM 8.13 The 8-kg block A is attached to link AC and rests on the 12-kg block B. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction is 0.20 between all surfaces of contact and neglecting the mass of the link, determine the value of θ for which motion of block B is impending. SOLUTION FBDs: Motion must impend at both contact surfaces Block A: ΣFy = 0: N1 − WA = 0 N1 = WA Block B: ΣFy = 0: N 2 − N1 − WB = 0 N 2 = N1 + WB = WA + WB Impending motion: F1 = µ s N1 = µ sWA F2 = µ s N 2 = µ s ( N1 + WB ) Block B: ΣFx = 0: 50 N − F1 − F2 = 0 50 N = µ s ( N1 + N1 + WB ) = 0.2 ( 2 N1 + 117.72 N ) or N1 = 66.14 N Block A: F1 = 0.2 ( 66.14 N ) = 13.228 N ΣFx = 0: 13.228 N − FAC cosθ = 0 FAC cosθ = 13.228 N or (1) ΣFy = 0: 66.14 N − 78.48 N + FAC sinθ = 0 FAC sin θ = 78.48 N − 66.14 N or Then, Eq. (2) Eq. (1) tan θ = (2) 78.48 N − 66.14 N 13.228 N θ = 43.0° PROBLEM 8.14 The 8-kg block A and the 16-kg block B are at rest on an incline as shown. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction is 0.25 between all surfaces of contact, determine the value of θ for which motion is impending. SOLUTION FBDs: Block A: Impending motion: ΣFy = 0: N1 − WA = 0 F1 = µ s N1 = µ sWA ΣFx = 0: F1 − T = 0 Block B: N1 = WA T = F1 = µ sWA ΣFy′ = 0: N 2 − ( N1 + WB ) cosθ − F1 sin θ = 0 N 2 = 3WA cosθ + µ sWA sin θ = WA ( 3cosθ + 0.25sin θ ) Impending motion: F2 = µ s N 2 = 0.25WA ( 3cosθ + 0.25sin θ ) ΣFx′ = 0: − T − F2 − F1 cosθ + ( N1 + WB ) sin θ = 0 −0.25 − 0.25 ( 3cosθ + 0.25sin θ ) − 0.25cosθ + 3sinθ WA = 0 or Solving numerically 47sinθ − 16cosθ − 4 = 0 θ = 23.4° PROBLEM 8.15 A 48-kg cabinet is mounted on casters which can be locked to prevent their rotation. The coefficient of static friction between the floor and each caster is 0.30. Knowing that h = 640 mm, determine the magnitude of the force P required for impending motion of the cabinet to the right (a) if all casters are locked, (b) if the casters at B are locked and the casters at A are free to rotate, (c) if the casters at A are locked and the casters at B are free to rotate. SOLUTION N A = FA = 0 Note: For tipping, FBD cabinet: ΣM B = 0: ( 0.24 m )W − ( 0.64 m ) Ptip ΣFy = 0: N A + N B − W = 0 N A + NB = W FA + FB = µ sW P = FA + FB = µ sW ΣFx = 0: P − FA − FB = 0 ∴ P = 0.3 ( 470.88 N ) ( P = 0.3W ( W = 48 kg 9.81 m/s 2 = 470.88 N µ s = 0.3 ) Ptip = 0.375W FA = µ s N A , FB = µ s N B (a) All casters locked: Impending slip: So =0 < Ptip P = 141.3 N or OK ) FA = 0 (b) Casters at A free, so FB = µ s N B Impending slip: ΣFx = 0: P − FB = 0 P = FB = µ s N B ΣM A = 0: NB = P µs ( 0.64 m ) P + ( 0.24 m )W − ( 0.48 m ) N B 8P + 3W − 6 P =0 0.3 ( P = 0.25W < Ptip ∴ P = 0.25 ( 470.88 N ) =0 P = 0.25W OK ) P = 117.7 N PROBLEM 8.15 CONTINUED FB = 0 (c) Casters at B free, so FA = µ s N A Impending slip: P = FA = µ s N A ΣFx = 0: P − FA = 0 NA = ΣM B = 0: P µs = P 0.3 ( 0.24 m )W − ( 0.64 m ) P − ( 0.48 m ) N A 3W − 8P − 6 P =0 0.3 ( P < Ptip =0 P = 0.10714W = 50.45 N OK ) P = 50.5 N PROBLEM 8.16 A 48-kg cabinet is mounted on casters which can be locked to prevent their rotation. The coefficient of static friction between the floor and each caster is 0.30. Assuming that the casters at A and B are locked, determine (a) the force P required for impending motion of the cabinet to the right, (b) the largest allowable height h if the cabinet in not to tip over. SOLUTION ΣFy = 0: N A + N B − W = 0; (a) FBD cabinet: Impending slip: N A + NB = W FA = µ s N A , FB = µ s N B FA + FB = µ sW So P = FA + FB = µ sW ΣFx = 0: P − FA − FB = 0 P = 0.3 ( 470.88 N ) = 141.26 N P = 141.3 N (b) For tipping, N A = FA = 0 ΣM B = 0: hP − ( 0.24 m )W = 0 ( W = 48 kg 9.81 m/s 2 = 470.88 N ) hmax = ( 0.24 m ) W 1 0.24 m = ( 0.24 m ) = µs 0.3 P hmax = 0.800 m PROBLEM 8.17 The cylinder shown is of weight W and radius r, and the coefficient of static friction µ s is the same at A and B. Determine the magnitude of the largest couple M which can be applied to the cylinder if it is not to rotate. SOLUTION FBD cylinder: For maximum M, motion impends at both A and B FA = µ s N A, FB = µ s N B ΣFx = 0: N A − FB = 0 N A = FB = µ s N B FA = µ s N A = µ s2 N B N B + µ s2 N B = W ΣFy = 0: N B + FA − W = 0 or NB = W 1 + µ s2 and FB = µ sW 1 + µ s2 FA = µ s2W 1 + µ2 ΣM C = 0: M − r ( FA + FB ) = 0 ( M = r µ s + µ s2 ) 1 +Wµ 2 s M max = Wr µ s 1 + µs 1 + µ s2 PROBLEM 8.18 The cylinder shown is of weight W and radius r. Express in terms of W and r the magnitude of the largest couple M which can be applied to the cylinder if it is not to rotate assuming that the coefficient of static friction is (a) zero at A and 0.36 at B, (b) 0.30 at A and 0.36 at B. SOLUTION FBD cylinder: For maximum M, motion impends at both A and B FA = µ A N A; FB = µ B N B N A = FB = µ B N B ΣFx = 0: N A − FB = 0 FA = µ A N A = µ Aµ B N B N B (1 + µ Aµ B ) = W ΣFy = 0: N B + FA − W = 0 1 W 1 + µ Aµ B or NB = and FB = µ B N B = µB 1 + µ Aµ B FA = µ Aµ B N B = µ Aµ B 1 + µ Aµ B ΣM C = 0: M − r ( FA + FB ) = 0 (a) For µA = 0 and W W M = Wr µ B 1 + µA 1 + µ Aµ B µ B = 0.36 M = 0.360Wr (b) For µ A = 0.30 and µ B = 0.36 M = 0.422Wr PROBLEM 8.19 The hydraulic cylinder shown exerts a force of 680 lb directed to the right on point B and to the left on point E. Determine the magnitude of the couple M required to rotate the drum clockwise at a constant speed. SOLUTION FBDs Drum: Rotating drum ⇒ slip at both sides; constant speed ⇒ equilibrium ∴ F1 = µ k N1 = 0.3N1; AB: ΣM A = 0: F2 = µk N 2 = 0.3N 2 ( 6 in.)( 680 lb ) + ( 6 in.)( F1 ) − (18 in.) N1 = 0 18 in. − 6 in. = ( 6 in.)( 680 lb ) F1 0.3 DE: ΣM D = 0: F1 = 75.555 lb ( 6 in.) F2 + (18 in.) N 2 − ( 6 in.)( 680 lb ) = 0 18 in. F2 6 in. + = ( 6 in.)( 680 lb ) 0.3 Drum: or or F2 = 61.818 lb ΣM C = 0: r ( F1 + F2 ) − M = 0 M = (10 in.)( 75.555 + 61.818 ) lb M = 1374 lb ⋅ in. PROBLEM 8.20 A couple M of magnitude 70 lb ⋅ ft is applied to the drum as shown. Determine the smallest force which must be exerted by the hydraulic cylinder on joints B and E if the drum is not to rotate. SOLUTION FBDs DE: Drum: For minimum T, slip impends at both sides, so F1 = µ s N1 = 0.4 N1 AB: ΣM A = 0: F2 = µ s N 2 = 0.4 N 2 ( 6 in.)T + ( 6 in.) F1 − (18 in.) N1 = 0 18 in. − 6 in. = ( 6 in.) T F1 0.4 DE: ΣM D = 0: ( 6 in.) F2 + (18 in.) N 2 − ( 6 in.) T 18 in. F2 6 in. + = ( 6 in.) T 0.4 Drum: ΣM C = 0: or F1 = T 6.5 F2 = T 8.5 =0 or (10 in.) (F1 + F2 ) − 840 lb ⋅ in. = 0 1 1 + T = 84 lb 6.5 8.5 T = 309 lb PROBLEM 8.21 A 19.5-ft ladder AB leans against a wall as shown. Assuming that the coefficient of static friction µ s is the same at A and B, determine the smallest value of µ s for which equilibrium is maintained. SOLUTION Motion impends at both A and B. FBD ladder: FA = µ s N A FB = µ s N B ΣFx = 0: FA − N B = 0 Then FB = µ s N B = µ s2 N A ΣFy = 0: N A − W + FB = 0 ΣM O = 0: bN B + or a = 7.5 ft N B = FA = µ s N A or b = 18 ft ( ) ( ) N A 1 + µ s2 = W a W − aN A = 0 2 aN A − bµ s N A = µ s2 + or a a W = N A 1 + µ s2 2 2 2b µs − 1 = 0 a 2 µs = − b b ± + 1 = −2.4 ± 2.6 a a The positive root is physically possible. Therefore, µ s = 0.200 PROBLEM 8.22 A 19.5-ft ladder AB leans against a wall as shown. Assuming that the coefficient of static friction µ s is the same at A and B, determine the smallest value of µ s for which equilibrium is maintained. SOLUTION Motion impends at both A and B, so FBD ladder: FA = µ s N A a W =0 2 ΣM A = 0: lN B − or FB = µ s N B = µ s ΣFx = 0: FA + a 5 = l 13 b 12 = l 13 12.5 (13) 2.5W 13 (13) 2 µ sW − 30 (13)2 W =0 ( 30 − 12.5µ s ) W ΣFy = 0: N A − W + l = 19.5 ft a 7.5 ft W = W 2l 39 ft 5 12 FB − NB = 0 13 13 µs N A + NA − NB = or 2.5 W 13 NB = Then a = 7.5 ft FB = µ s N B and 2 µs 12 5 FB + NB = 0 13 13 30 − 12.5µ s W + 30µ s + 12.5 =W 2 µ s (13) or µ s2 − 5.6333µ s + 1 = 0 µ s = 2.8167 ± 2.6332 or µ s = 0.1835 and µ s = 5.45 The larger value is very unlikely unless the surface is treated with some “non-skid” material. In any event, the smallest value for equilibrium is µ s = 0.1835 PROBLEM 8.23 End A of a slender, uniform rod of weight W and length L bears on a horizontal surface as shown, while end B is supported by a cord BC of length L. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction is 0.40, determine (a) the value of θ for which motion is impending, (b) the corresponding value of the tension in the cord. SOLUTION FBD rod: (a) Geometry: BE = L cosθ 2 EF = L sin θ So or Also, or L DE = cosθ tan β 2 DF = L cosθ 2 tan φ s 1 L cosθ L cosθ tan β + sin θ = 2 2 tan φs tan β + 2 tan θ = 1 1 1 = = = 2.5 tan φ s µ s 0.4 L sin θ + L sin β = L sin θ + sin β = 1 Solving Eqs. (1) and (2) numerically θ1 = 4.62° (2) β1 = 66.85° θ 2 = 48.20° β 2 = 14.75° θ = 4.62° and θ = 48.2° Therefore, (b) Now φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.4 = 21.801° and T W = sin φs sin ( 90 + β − φ s ) or T =W For (1) sin φs sin ( 90 + β − φ s ) θ = 4.62° T = 0.526W θ = 48.2° T = 0.374W PROBLEM 8.24 A slender rod of length L is lodged between peg C and the vertical wall and supports a load P at end A. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction between the peg and the rod is 0.25 and neglecting friction at the roller, determine the range of values of the ratio L/a for which equilibrium is maintained. SOLUTION ΣM B = 0: FBD rod: a N − L sin 30°P = 0 sin 30° N = L 2 LP sin 30°P = a a 4 Impending motion at C : down → F = µ s N N F = ± 4 up → F = − µ s N ΣFy = 0: F cos 30° + N sin 30° − P = 0 ± L P 3 LP1 + = P a 16 2 a 42 L 1 3 ± =1 a 8 32 L 32 = a 4± 3 or For equilibrium: L = 5.583 a and L = 14.110 a 5.58 ≤ L ≤ 14.11 a PROBLEM 8.25 The basic components of a clamping device are bar AB, locking plate CD, and lever EFG; the dimensions of the slot in CD are slightly larger than those of the cross section of AB. To engage the clamp, AB is pushed against the workpiece, and then force P is applied. Knowing that P = 160 N and neglecting the friction force between the lever and the plate, determine the smallest allowable value of the static coefficient of friction between the bar and the plate. SOLUTION FBD Plate: DC is three-force member and motion impends at C and D (for minimum µ s ). OCG = 20° + φs ODG = 20° − φ s 24 mm OG = (10 mm ) tan ( 20° + φs ) = + 10 mm tan ( 20° − φs ) sin70° or tan ( 20° + φ s ) = 3.5540 tan ( 20° − φs ) Solving numerically Now so that φ s = 10.565° µ s = tan φs µ s = 0.1865 PROBLEM 8.26 A window sash having a mass of 4 kg is normally supported by two 2-kg sash weights. Knowing that the window remains open after one sash cord has broken, determine the smallest possible value of the coefficient of static friction. (Assume that the sash is slightly smaller that the frame and will bind only at points A and D.) SOLUTION ( ΣFx = 0: N A − ND = 0 FA = µ s N A Impending motion: ΣM D = 0: NA = ) W = ( 4 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 39.24 N W 2 N A = ND FD = µ s N D ( 0.36 m )W − ( 0.54 m ) N A − ( 0.72 m ) FA W = ( ) T = ( 2 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 19.62 N = FBD window: =0 3 N A + 2µ s N A 2 2W 3 + 4µ s ΣFy = 0: FA − W + T + FD = 0 FA + FD = W − T = Now Then or W 2 FA + FD = µ s ( N A + N D ) = 2µ s N A W 2W = 2µ s 2 3 + 4µ s µ s = 0.750 PROBLEM 8.27 The steel-plate clamp shown is used to lift a steel plate H of mass 250 kg. Knowing that the normal force exerted on steel cam EG by pin D forms an angle of 40° with the horizontal and neglecting the friction force between the cam and the pin, determine the smallest allowable value of the coefficient of static friction. SOLUTION FBDs: (Note: P is vertical as AB is two force member; also P = W since clamp + plate is a two force FBD) BCD: ΣM C = 0: ( 0.37 m ) P − ( 0.46 m ) N D cos 40° − ( 0.06 m ) N D sin 40° = 0 N D = 0.94642P = 0.94642W or EG: ΣM E = 0: ( 0.18 m ) NG − ( 0.26 m ) FG − ( 0.26 m ) N D cos 40° = 0 Impending motion: Combining FG = µ s NG (18 + 26µs ) NG = 19.9172 N D = 18.850W PROBLEM 8.27 CONTINUED Plate: From plate: Then FG = W 2 (18 + 26µs ) so that NG = W 2µ s W = 18.85W 2µ s µ s = 0.283 PROBLEM 8.28 The 5-in.-radius cam shown is used to control the motion of the plate CD. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction between the cam and the plate is 0.45 and neglecting friction at the roller supports, determine (a) the force P for which motion of the plate is impending knowing that the plate is 1 in. thick, (b) the largest thickness of the plate for which the mechanism is self-locking, (that is, for which the plate cannot be moved however large the force P may be). SOLUTION FBDs: ΣFx = 0: F − P = 0 From plate: cosθ = From cam geometry: F = P 5 in. − t 5 in. ΣM A = 0: ( 5 in.) sin θ N − ( 5 in.) cosθ F − ( 5 in.) Q = 0 F = µs N Impending motion: N sin θ − µ s N cosθ = Q = 15 lb So N = Q sin θ − µ s cosθ µ sQ sin θ − µ s cosθ P = F = µs N = So t = 1 in. ⇒ cosθ = (a) P= 4 in. = 0.8; sin θ = 0.6 5 in. ( 0.45)(15 lb ) 0.6 − ( 0.45 )( 0.8 ) = 28.125 lb; P = 28.1 lb P → ∞ : sin θ − µ s cosθ = (b) Thus But tan θ → µ s = 0.45 ( 5 in.) cosθ = 5 in. − t so that or µ sQ P 0 θ = 24.228° t = ( 5 in.) (1 − cosθ ) t = 0.440 in. PROBLEM 8.29 A child having a mass of 18 kg is seated halfway between the ends of a small, 16-kg table as shown. The coefficient of static friction is 0.20 between the ends of the table and the floor. If a second child pushes on edge B of the table top at a point directly opposite to the first child with a force P lying in a vertical plane parallel to the ends of the table and having a magnitude of 66 N, determine the range of values of θ for which the table will (a) tip, (b) slide. SOLUTION FBD table + child: ( ) = 16 kg ( 9.81 m/s ) = 156.96 N WC = 18 kg 9.81 m/s 2 = 176.58 N WT 2 (a) Impending tipping about E, N F = FF = 0, and ΣM E = 0: ( 0.05 m )(176.58 N ) − ( 0.4 m )(156.96 N ) + ( 0.5 m ) P cosθ − ( 0.7 m ) P sin θ =0 33cosθ − 46.2sin θ = 53.955 Solving numerically θ = −36.3° θ = −72.6° and −72.6° ≤ θ ≤ −36.3° Therefore Impending tipping about F is not possible (b) For impending slip: FE = µ s N E = 0.2 N E ΣFx = 0: FE + FF − P cosθ = 0 or FF = µ s N F = 0.2 N F 0.2 ( N E + N F ) = ( 66 N ) cosθ ΣFy = 0: N E + N F − 176.58 N − 156.96 N − P sin θ = 0 N E + N F = ( 66sin θ + 333.54 ) N So Solving numerically, Therefore, 330cosθ = 66sin θ + 333.54 θ = −3.66° and θ = −18.96° −18.96° ≤ θ ≤ −3.66° PROBLEM 8.30 A pipe of diameter 3 in. is gripped by the stillson wrench shown. Portions AB and DE of the wrench are rigidly attached to each other, and portion CF is connected by a pin at D. If the wrench is to grip the pipe and be self-locking, determine the required minimum coefficients of friction at A and C. SOLUTION ΣM D = 0: FBD ABD: ( 0.75 in.) N A − ( 5.5 in.) FA =0 FA = µ A N A Impending motion: 0.75 − 5.5µ A = 0 Then µ A = 0.13636 or µ A = 0.1364 ΣFx = 0: FA − Dx = 0 Dx = FA Pipe: ΣFy = 0: NC − N A = 0 NC = N A FBD DF: ΣM F = 0: ( 27.5 in.) FC − ( 0.75 in.) NC − ( 25 in.) Dx Impending motion: FC = µC NC Then 27.5µC − 0.75 = 25 But So NC = N A and =0 FA NC FA = µ A = 0.13636 NA 27.5µC = 0.75 + 25 ( 0.13636 ) µC = 0.1512 PROBLEM 8.31 Solve Problem 8.30 assuming that the diameter of the pipe is 1.5 in. SOLUTION ΣM D = 0: FBD ABD: Impending motion: Then ( 0.75 in .) N A − (4 in.)FA = 0 FA = µ A N A 0.75 in. − (4 in.)µ A = 0 µ A = 0.1875 ΣFx = 0: FA − Dx = 0 Dx = FA = 0.1875 N A so that FBD Pipe: ΣFy = 0: NC − N A = 0 NC = N A FBD DF: ΣM F = 0: Impending motion: ( 27.5 in.) FC − ( 0.75 in.) NC − ( 25 in.) Dx =0 FC = µC NC 27.5µC − 0.75 = 25(0.1875) But N A = NC (from pipe FBD) so NA NC NA =1 NC and µC = 0.1977 PROBLEM 8.32 The 25-kg plate ABCD is attached at A and D to collars which can slide on the vertical rod. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction is 0.40 between both collars and the rod, determine whether the plate is in equilibrium in the position shown when the magnitude of the vertical force applied at E is (a) P = 0, (b) P = 80 N. SOLUTION (a) P = 0; assume equilibrium: FBD plate: ΣM A = 0: ( 0.7 m ) N D − (1 m )W ΣFx = 0: N D − N A = 0 ( FA )max W = 25 kg ( 9.81 N/kg ) So = 245.25 N ( FA + FD )max =0 ND = N A = ND = 10W 7 ( FD )max = µs N A = µs ( N A + N D ) = 10W 7 = µs N D 20µ sW = 1.143W 7 ΣFy = 0: FA + FD − W = 0 ∴ FA + FD = W < ( FA + FD )max OK. Plate is in equilibrium (b) P = 80 N; assume equilibrium: ΣM A = 0: or (1.75 m ) P + ( 0.7 m ) N D − (1 m )W ND = W − 1.75P 0.7 ΣFx = 0: N D − N A = 0 ( FA )max So =0 ( FB )max = µs N A ( FA + FB )max W − 1.75P 0.7 ND = N A = = 0.4 = µs N B 2W − 3.5P = 120.29 N 0.7 ΣFy = 0: FA + FD − W + P = 0 FA + FD = W − P = 165.25 N ( FA + FD )equil > ( FA + FD )max Impossible, so plate slides downward PROBLEM 8.33 In Problem 8.32, determine the range of values of the magnitude P of the vertical force applied at E for which the plate will move downward. SOLUTION ΣM A = 0: FBD plate: ( 0.7 m ) N D − (1 m ) W + (1.75 m ) P = 0 ND = W − 1.75P 0.7 ΣFx = 0: N D − N A = 0 so that Note: NA and ND will be > 0 if P < ( W = ( 25 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 ) N A = ND = W − 1.75P 0.7 4 4 W and < 0 if P > W . 7 7 Impending motion downward: FA and FB are both > 0, so = 245.25 N FA = µ s N A = 0.4 4 W − 1.75P = W − P 0.7 7 FD = µ S N D = 4 W −P 7 ΣFy = 0: FA + FD − W + P = 0 4 2 W − P −W + P = 0 7 For P < 4 W; 7 P= W = 35.04 N 7 For P > 4 W; 7 P= 5W = 175.2 N 7 Downward motion for 35.0 N < P < 175.2 N Alternative Solution We first observe that for smaller values of the magnitude of P that (Case 1) the inner left-hand and right-hand surfaces of collars A and D, respectively, will contact the rod, whereas for larger values of the magnitude of P that (Case 2) the inner right-hand and left-hand surfaces of collars A and D, respectively, will contact the rod. First note: W = ( 25 kg ) ( 9.81 m/s 2 ) = 245.25 N PROBLEM 8.33 CONTINUED Case 1 ΣM D = 0: ( 0.7 m ) N A − (1 m) ( 245.25 N ) + (1.75 m ) P = 0 NA = or 10 7 245.25 − P N 7 4 ΣFx = 0: −N A + N D = 0 ND = N A or ΣFy = 0: FA + FD + P − 245.25 N = 0 FA + FD = ( 245.25 − P ) N or Now ( FA )max so that ( FA )max + ( FD )max ( FD )max = µs N A = µs N D = µs ( N A + N D ) 10 7 = 2 ( 0.4 ) 245.25 − P 4 7 Case 2 For motion: FA + FD > ( FA )max + ( FD )max Substituting 245.25 − P > or P > 35.0 N From Case 1: ND = N A 8 7 245.25 − P 7 4 FA + FD = ( 245.25 − P ) N ( FA )max + ( FD )max = 2µ s N A ΣM D = 0: − ( 0.7 m ) N A − (1 m) ( 245.25 N ) + (1.75 m ) P = 0 10 7 P − 245.25 N 7 4 or NA = For motion: FA + FD > ( FA )max + ( FD )max Substituting: 10 7 245.25 − P > 2 ( 0.4 ) P − 245.25 7 4 or P < 175.2 N Therefore, have downward motion for 35.0 N < P < 175.2 N PROBLEM 8.34 A collar B of weight W is attached to the spring AB and can move along the rod shown. The constant of the spring is 1.5 kN/m and the spring is unstretched when θ = 0. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction between the collar and the rod is 0.40, determine the range of values of W for which equilibrium is maintained when (a) θ = 20o , (b) θ = 30o. SOLUTION FBD collar: Stretch of spring x = AB − a = Impending motion down: a −a cosθ a 1 Fs = kx = k − a = (1.5 kN/m )( 0.5 m ) − 1 θ θ cos cos 1 = ( 0.75 kN ) − 1 cos θ ΣFx = 0: N − Fs cosθ = 0 N = Fs cosθ = ( 0.75 kN )(1 − cosθ ) Impending motion up: Impending slip: F = µ s N = ( 0.4 )( 0.75 kN )(1 − cosθ ) = ( 0.3 kN )(1 − cosθ ) + down, – up ΣFy = 0: Fs sin θ ± F − W = 0 ( 0.75 kN )( tan θ or (a) θ = 20°: − sin θ ) ± ( 0.3 kN )(1 − cosθ ) − W = 0 W = ( 0.3 kN ) [ 2.5 ( tan θ − sin θ ) ± (1 − cosθ )] ( impossible ) Wup = −0.00163 kN Wdown = 0.03455 kN ( OK ) Equilibrium if 0 ≤ W ≤ 34.6 N (b) θ = 30°: Wup = 0.01782 kN Wdown = 0.0982 kN ( OK ) ( OK ) Equilibrium if 17.82 N ≤ W ≤ 98.2 N PROBLEM 8.35 A collar B of weight W is attached to the spring AB and can move along the rod shown. The constant of the spring is 1.5 kN/m and the spring is unstretched when θ = 0. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction between the collar and the rod is 0.40, determine the range of values of W for which equilibrium is maintained when (a) θ = 20o , (b) θ = 30o. SOLUTION FBD collar: Stretch of spring x = AB − a = a −a cosθ a 1 Fs = k − a = (1.5 kN/m )( 0.5 m ) − 1 cos θ cos θ 1 = ( 0.75 kN ) − 1 = ( 750 N )( sec θ − 1) θ cos ΣFy = 0: Fs cosθ − W + N = 0 W = N + ( 750 N ) (1 − cosθ ) or Impending slip: F = µ s N (F must be +, but N may be positive or negative) ΣFx = 0: Fs sin θ − F = 0 or F = Fs sin θ = ( 750 N )( tan θ − sin θ ) (a) θ = 20°: F = ( 750 N )( tan 20° − sin 20° ) = 16.4626 N Impending motion: (Note: for N = F µs = 16.4626 N = 41.156 N 0.4 N < 41.156 N, motion will occur, equilibrium for N > 41.156) W = N + ( 750 N )(1 − cos 20° ) = N + 45.231 N But So equilibrium for W ≤ 4.07 N and W ≥ 86.4 N (b) θ = 30°: F = ( 750 N )( tan 30° − sin 30° ) = 58.013 N Impending motion: N = F µs = 58.013 = 145.032 N 0.4 W = N + ( 750 N )(1 − cos 30° ) = N ± 145.03 N = −44.55 N ( impossible ) , 245.51 N Equilibrium for W ≥ 246 N PROBLEM 8.36 The slender rod AB of length l = 30 in. is attached to a collar at B and rests on a small wheel located at a horizontal distance a = 4 in. from the vertical rod on which the collar slides. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction between the collar and the vertical rod is 0.25 and neglecting the radius of the wheel, determine the range of values of P for which equilibrium is maintained when Q = 25 lb and θ = 30o. SOLUTION FBD rod + collar: Note: d = a 4 in. = = 8 in., so AC = 22 in. sin θ sin 30° Neglect weights of rod and collar. ΣM B = 0: ( 30 in.)( sin 30° )( 25 lb ) − (8 in.) C =0 C = 46.875 lb ΣFx = 0: N − C cos 30° = 0 N = ( 46.875 lb ) cos 30° = 40.595 lb F = µ s N = 0.25 ( 40.595 lb ) Impending motion up: = 10.149 lb ΣFy = 0: − 25 lb + ( 46.875 lb ) sin 30° − P − 10.149 lb = 0 or P = −1.563 lb − 10.149 lb = −11.71 lb Impending motion down: Direction of F is now upward, but still have F = µ s N = 10.149 lb ΣFy = 0: − 25 lb + ( 46.875 lb ) sin 30° − P + 10.149 lb = 0 or P = −1.563 lb + 10.149 lb = 8.59 lb ∴ Equilibrium for −11.71 lb ≤ P ≤ 8.59 lb PROBLEM 8.37 The 4.5-kg block A and the 3-kg block B are connected by a slender rod of negligible mass. The coefficient of static friction is 0.40 between all surfaces of contact. Knowing that for the position shown the rod is horizontal, determine the range of values of P for which equilibrium is maintained. SOLUTION Note: φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.4 = 21.801° FBDs: (b) Block A impending slip (a) Block A impending slip FAB = WA ctn ( 45° − φ s ) FAB = WA tan ( 45° − φ s ) ( ( ) = ( 4.5 kg ) 9.81 m/s tan ( 23.199° ) 2 = 103.005 N = 18.9193 N Block B: ( WB = ( 3 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 ) = 29.43 N From Block B: ) = ( 4.5 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 ctn ( 23.199° ) ΣFy′ = 0: N − WB cos 30° − FAB sin 30° = 0 PROBLEM 8.37 CONTINUED N = ( 29.43 N ) cos 30° + (18.9193 N ) sin 30° = 34.947 N Case (a) F = µ s N = 0.4 ( 34.947 N ) = 13.979 N Impending motion: ΣFx′ = 0: FAB cos 30° − WB sin 30° − 13.979 N − P = 0 P = (18.9193 N ) cos 30° − ( 29.43 N ) sin 30° − 13.979 N = −12.31 N N = ( 29.43 N ) cos 30° + (103.005 N ) sin 30° = 76.9896 N Case (b) F = 0.4 ( 76.9896 N ) = 30.7958 N Impending motion: ΣFx′ = 0: (103.005 N ) cos 30° − ( 29.43 N ) sin 30° + 30.7958 N − P = 0 P = 105.3 N For equilibrium −12.31 N ≤ P ≤ 105.3 N PROBLEM 8.38 Bar AB is attached to collars which can slide on the inclined rods shown. A force P is applied at point D located at a distance a from end A. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction µ s between each collar and the rod upon which it slides is 0.30 and neglecting the weights of the bar and of the collars, determine the smallest value of the ratio a/L for which equilibrium is maintained. SOLUTION FBD bar + collars: Impending motion φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.3 = 16.6992° Neglect weights: 3-force FBD and ( ACB = 90° So AC = a = l sin ( 45° − φs ) cos ( 45° + φs ) a = sin ( 45° − 16.6992° ) cos ( 45° + 16.6992° ) l a = 0.225 l PROBLEM 8.39 The 6-kg slender rod AB is pinned at A and rests on the 18-kg cylinder C. Knowing that the diameter of the cylinder is 250 mm and that the coefficient of static friction is 0.35 between all surfaces of contact, determine the largest magnitude of the force P for which equilibrium is maintained. SOLUTION FBD rod: FBD cylinder: ΣM A = 0: ( 0.4 m ) N1 − ( 0.25 m ) Wr =0 N1 = 0.625Wr = 36.7875 N Cylinder: ΣFy = 0: N 2 − N1 − WC = 0 ΣM D = 0: or N 2 = 0.625Wr + 3Wr = 3.625Wr = 5.8N1 ( 0.165 m ) F1 − ( 0.085 m ) F2 =0 or F2 = 1.941F1 Since µ s1 = µ s 2 , motion will impend first at top of the cylinder So F1 = µ s N1 = 0.35 ( 36.7875 N ) = 12.8756 N and F2 = 1.941 (12.8756 N ) = 24.992 N [Check F2 = 25 N < µ S N 2 = 74.7 N OK ] ΣFx = 0: P − F1 − F2 = 0 or P = 12.8756 N + 24.992 N or P = 37.9 N PROBLEM 8.40 Two rods are connected by a collar at B. A couple M A of magnitude 12 lb ⋅ ft is applied to rod AB. Knowing that µ s = 0.30 between the collar and rod AB, determine the largest couple M C for which equilibrium will be maintained. SOLUTION FBD AB: ΣM A = 0: 8 in 2 + 4 in 2 ( N ) − M A = 0 N = Impending motion: (12 lb ⋅ ft )(12 in./ft ) 8.9443 in. = 16.100 lb F = µ s N = 0.3 (16.100 lb ) = 4.83 lb (Note: For max, MC, need F in direction shown; see FBD BC.) FBD BC + collar: ΣM C = 0: M C − (17 in.) or MC = 1 2 2 N − ( 8 in.) N − (13 in.) F =0 5 5 5 17 in. 16 in. 26 in. (16.100 lb ) + (16.100 lb ) + ( 4.830 lb ) = 293.77 lb ⋅ in. 5 5 5 ( MC )max = 24.5 lb ⋅ ft PROBLEM 8.29 A child having a mass of 18 kg is seated halfway between the ends of a small, 16-kg table as shown. The coefficient of static friction is 0.20 between the ends of the table and the floor. If a second child pushes on edge B of the table top at a point directly opposite to the first child with a force P lying in a vertical plane parallel to the ends of the table and having a magnitude of 66 N, determine the range of values of θ for which the table will (a) tip, (b) slide. SOLUTION FBD table + child: ( ) = 16 kg ( 9.81 m/s ) = 156.96 N WC = 18 kg 9.81 m/s 2 = 176.58 N WT 2 (a) Impending tipping about E, N F = FF = 0, and ΣM E = 0: ( 0.05 m )(176.58 N ) − ( 0.4 m )(156.96 N ) + ( 0.5 m ) P cosθ − ( 0.7 m ) P sin θ =0 33cosθ − 46.2sin θ = 53.955 Solving numerically θ = −36.3° θ = −72.6° and −72.6° ≤ θ ≤ −36.3° Therefore Impending tipping about F is not possible (b) For impending slip: FE = µ s N E = 0.2 N E ΣFx = 0: FE + FF − P cosθ = 0 or FF = µ s N F = 0.2 N F 0.2 ( N E + N F ) = ( 66 N ) cosθ ΣFy = 0: N E + N F − 176.58 N − 156.96 N − P sin θ = 0 N E + N F = ( 66sin θ + 333.54 ) N So Solving numerically, Therefore, 330cosθ = 66sin θ + 333.54 θ = −3.66° and θ = −18.96° −18.96° ≤ θ ≤ −3.66° PROBLEM 8.30 A pipe of diameter 3 in. is gripped by the stillson wrench shown. Portions AB and DE of the wrench are rigidly attached to each other, and portion CF is connected by a pin at D. If the wrench is to grip the pipe and be self-locking, determine the required minimum coefficients of friction at A and C. SOLUTION ΣM D = 0: FBD ABD: ( 0.75 in.) N A − ( 5.5 in.) FA =0 FA = µ A N A Impending motion: 0.75 − 5.5µ A = 0 Then µ A = 0.13636 or µ A = 0.1364 ΣFx = 0: FA − Dx = 0 Dx = FA Pipe: ΣFy = 0: NC − N A = 0 NC = N A FBD DF: ΣM F = 0: ( 27.5 in.) FC − ( 0.75 in.) NC − ( 25 in.) Dx Impending motion: FC = µC NC Then 27.5µC − 0.75 = 25 But So NC = N A and =0 FA NC FA = µ A = 0.13636 NA 27.5µC = 0.75 + 25 ( 0.13636 ) µC = 0.1512 PROBLEM 8.31 Solve Problem 8.30 assuming that the diameter of the pipe is 1.5 in. SOLUTION ΣM D = 0: FBD ABD: Impending motion: Then ( 0.75 in .) N A − (4 in.)FA = 0 FA = µ A N A 0.75 in. − (4 in.)µ A = 0 µ A = 0.1875 ΣFx = 0: FA − Dx = 0 Dx = FA = 0.1875 N A so that FBD Pipe: ΣFy = 0: NC − N A = 0 NC = N A FBD DF: ΣM F = 0: Impending motion: ( 27.5 in.) FC − ( 0.75 in.) NC − ( 25 in.) Dx =0 FC = µC NC 27.5µC − 0.75 = 25(0.1875) But N A = NC (from pipe FBD) so NA NC NA =1 NC and µC = 0.1977 PROBLEM 8.32 The 25-kg plate ABCD is attached at A and D to collars which can slide on the vertical rod. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction is 0.40 between both collars and the rod, determine whether the plate is in equilibrium in the position shown when the magnitude of the vertical force applied at E is (a) P = 0, (b) P = 80 N. SOLUTION (a) P = 0; assume equilibrium: FBD plate: ΣM A = 0: ( 0.7 m ) N D − (1 m )W ΣFx = 0: N D − N A = 0 ( FA )max W = 25 kg ( 9.81 N/kg ) So = 245.25 N ( FA + FD )max =0 ND = N A = ND = 10W 7 ( FD )max = µs N A = µs ( N A + N D ) = 10W 7 = µs N D 20µ sW = 1.143W 7 ΣFy = 0: FA + FD − W = 0 ∴ FA + FD = W < ( FA + FD )max OK. Plate is in equilibrium (b) P = 80 N; assume equilibrium: ΣM A = 0: or (1.75 m ) P + ( 0.7 m ) N D − (1 m )W ND = W − 1.75P 0.7 ΣFx = 0: N D − N A = 0 ( FA )max So =0 ( FB )max = µs N A ( FA + FB )max W − 1.75P 0.7 ND = N A = = 0.4 = µs N B 2W − 3.5P = 120.29 N 0.7 ΣFy = 0: FA + FD − W + P = 0 FA + FD = W − P = 165.25 N ( FA + FD )equil > ( FA + FD )max Impossible, so plate slides downward PROBLEM 8.33 In Problem 8.32, determine the range of values of the magnitude P of the vertical force applied at E for which the plate will move downward. SOLUTION ΣM A = 0: FBD plate: ( 0.7 m ) N D − (1 m ) W + (1.75 m ) P = 0 ND = W − 1.75P 0.7 ΣFx = 0: N D − N A = 0 so that Note: NA and ND will be > 0 if P < ( W = ( 25 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 ) N A = ND = W − 1.75P 0.7 4 4 W and < 0 if P > W . 7 7 Impending motion downward: FA and FB are both > 0, so = 245.25 N FA = µ s N A = 0.4 4 W − 1.75P = W − P 0.7 7 FD = µ S N D = 4 W −P 7 ΣFy = 0: FA + FD − W + P = 0 4 2 W − P −W + P = 0 7 For P < 4 W; 7 P= W = 35.04 N 7 For P > 4 W; 7 P= 5W = 175.2 N 7 Downward motion for 35.0 N < P < 175.2 N Alternative Solution We first observe that for smaller values of the magnitude of P that (Case 1) the inner left-hand and right-hand surfaces of collars A and D, respectively, will contact the rod, whereas for larger values of the magnitude of P that (Case 2) the inner right-hand and left-hand surfaces of collars A and D, respectively, will contact the rod. First note: W = ( 25 kg ) ( 9.81 m/s 2 ) = 245.25 N PROBLEM 8.33 CONTINUED Case 1 ΣM D = 0: ( 0.7 m ) N A − (1 m) ( 245.25 N ) + (1.75 m ) P = 0 NA = or 10 7 245.25 − P N 7 4 ΣFx = 0: −N A + N D = 0 ND = N A or ΣFy = 0: FA + FD + P − 245.25 N = 0 FA + FD = ( 245.25 − P ) N or Now ( FA )max so that ( FA )max + ( FD )max ( FD )max = µs N A = µs N D = µs ( N A + N D ) 10 7 = 2 ( 0.4 ) 245.25 − P 4 7 Case 2 For motion: FA + FD > ( FA )max + ( FD )max Substituting 245.25 − P > or P > 35.0 N From Case 1: ND = N A 8 7 245.25 − P 7 4 FA + FD = ( 245.25 − P ) N ( FA )max + ( FD )max = 2µ s N A ΣM D = 0: − ( 0.7 m ) N A − (1 m) ( 245.25 N ) + (1.75 m ) P = 0 10 7 P − 245.25 N 7 4 or NA = For motion: FA + FD > ( FA )max + ( FD )max Substituting: 10 7 245.25 − P > 2 ( 0.4 ) P − 245.25 7 4 or P < 175.2 N Therefore, have downward motion for 35.0 N < P < 175.2 N PROBLEM 8.34 A collar B of weight W is attached to the spring AB and can move along the rod shown. The constant of the spring is 1.5 kN/m and the spring is unstretched when θ = 0. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction between the collar and the rod is 0.40, determine the range of values of W for which equilibrium is maintained when (a) θ = 20o , (b) θ = 30o. SOLUTION FBD collar: Stretch of spring x = AB − a = Impending motion down: a −a cosθ a 1 Fs = kx = k − a = (1.5 kN/m )( 0.5 m ) − 1 θ θ cos cos 1 = ( 0.75 kN ) − 1 cos θ ΣFx = 0: N − Fs cosθ = 0 N = Fs cosθ = ( 0.75 kN )(1 − cosθ ) Impending motion up: Impending slip: F = µ s N = ( 0.4 )( 0.75 kN )(1 − cosθ ) = ( 0.3 kN )(1 − cosθ ) + down, – up ΣFy = 0: Fs sin θ ± F − W = 0 ( 0.75 kN )( tan θ or (a) θ = 20°: − sin θ ) ± ( 0.3 kN )(1 − cosθ ) − W = 0 W = ( 0.3 kN ) [ 2.5 ( tan θ − sin θ ) ± (1 − cosθ )] ( impossible ) Wup = −0.00163 kN Wdown = 0.03455 kN ( OK ) Equilibrium if 0 ≤ W ≤ 34.6 N (b) θ = 30°: Wup = 0.01782 kN Wdown = 0.0982 kN ( OK ) ( OK ) Equilibrium if 17.82 N ≤ W ≤ 98.2 N PROBLEM 8.35 A collar B of weight W is attached to the spring AB and can move along the rod shown. The constant of the spring is 1.5 kN/m and the spring is unstretched when θ = 0. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction between the collar and the rod is 0.40, determine the range of values of W for which equilibrium is maintained when (a) θ = 20o , (b) θ = 30o. SOLUTION FBD collar: Stretch of spring x = AB − a = a −a cosθ a 1 Fs = k − a = (1.5 kN/m )( 0.5 m ) − 1 cos θ cos θ 1 = ( 0.75 kN ) − 1 = ( 750 N )( sec θ − 1) θ cos ΣFy = 0: Fs cosθ − W + N = 0 W = N + ( 750 N ) (1 − cosθ ) or Impending slip: F = µ s N (F must be +, but N may be positive or negative) ΣFx = 0: Fs sin θ − F = 0 or F = Fs sin θ = ( 750 N )( tan θ − sin θ ) (a) θ = 20°: F = ( 750 N )( tan 20° − sin 20° ) = 16.4626 N Impending motion: (Note: for N = F µs = 16.4626 N = 41.156 N 0.4 N < 41.156 N, motion will occur, equilibrium for N > 41.156) W = N + ( 750 N )(1 − cos 20° ) = N + 45.231 N But So equilibrium for W ≤ 4.07 N and W ≥ 86.4 N (b) θ = 30°: F = ( 750 N )( tan 30° − sin 30° ) = 58.013 N Impending motion: N = F µs = 58.013 = 145.032 N 0.4 W = N + ( 750 N )(1 − cos 30° ) = N ± 145.03 N = −44.55 N ( impossible ) , 245.51 N Equilibrium for W ≥ 246 N PROBLEM 8.36 The slender rod AB of length l = 30 in. is attached to a collar at B and rests on a small wheel located at a horizontal distance a = 4 in. from the vertical rod on which the collar slides. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction between the collar and the vertical rod is 0.25 and neglecting the radius of the wheel, determine the range of values of P for which equilibrium is maintained when Q = 25 lb and θ = 30o. SOLUTION FBD rod + collar: Note: d = a 4 in. = = 8 in., so AC = 22 in. sin θ sin 30° Neglect weights of rod and collar. ΣM B = 0: ( 30 in.)( sin 30° )( 25 lb ) − (8 in.) C =0 C = 46.875 lb ΣFx = 0: N − C cos 30° = 0 N = ( 46.875 lb ) cos 30° = 40.595 lb F = µ s N = 0.25 ( 40.595 lb ) Impending motion up: = 10.149 lb ΣFy = 0: − 25 lb + ( 46.875 lb ) sin 30° − P − 10.149 lb = 0 or P = −1.563 lb − 10.149 lb = −11.71 lb Impending motion down: Direction of F is now upward, but still have F = µ s N = 10.149 lb ΣFy = 0: − 25 lb + ( 46.875 lb ) sin 30° − P + 10.149 lb = 0 or P = −1.563 lb + 10.149 lb = 8.59 lb ∴ Equilibrium for −11.71 lb ≤ P ≤ 8.59 lb PROBLEM 8.37 The 4.5-kg block A and the 3-kg block B are connected by a slender rod of negligible mass. The coefficient of static friction is 0.40 between all surfaces of contact. Knowing that for the position shown the rod is horizontal, determine the range of values of P for which equilibrium is maintained. SOLUTION Note: φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.4 = 21.801° FBDs: (b) Block A impending slip (a) Block A impending slip FAB = WA ctn ( 45° − φ s ) FAB = WA tan ( 45° − φ s ) ( ( ) = ( 4.5 kg ) 9.81 m/s tan ( 23.199° ) 2 = 103.005 N = 18.9193 N Block B: ( WB = ( 3 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 ) = 29.43 N From Block B: ) = ( 4.5 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 ctn ( 23.199° ) ΣFy′ = 0: N − WB cos 30° − FAB sin 30° = 0 PROBLEM 8.37 CONTINUED N = ( 29.43 N ) cos 30° + (18.9193 N ) sin 30° = 34.947 N Case (a) F = µ s N = 0.4 ( 34.947 N ) = 13.979 N Impending motion: ΣFx′ = 0: FAB cos 30° − WB sin 30° − 13.979 N − P = 0 P = (18.9193 N ) cos 30° − ( 29.43 N ) sin 30° − 13.979 N = −12.31 N N = ( 29.43 N ) cos 30° + (103.005 N ) sin 30° = 76.9896 N Case (b) F = 0.4 ( 76.9896 N ) = 30.7958 N Impending motion: ΣFx′ = 0: (103.005 N ) cos 30° − ( 29.43 N ) sin 30° + 30.7958 N − P = 0 P = 105.3 N For equilibrium −12.31 N ≤ P ≤ 105.3 N PROBLEM 8.38 Bar AB is attached to collars which can slide on the inclined rods shown. A force P is applied at point D located at a distance a from end A. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction µ s between each collar and the rod upon which it slides is 0.30 and neglecting the weights of the bar and of the collars, determine the smallest value of the ratio a/L for which equilibrium is maintained. SOLUTION FBD bar + collars: Impending motion φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.3 = 16.6992° Neglect weights: 3-force FBD and ( ACB = 90° So AC = a = l sin ( 45° − φs ) cos ( 45° + φs ) a = sin ( 45° − 16.6992° ) cos ( 45° + 16.6992° ) l a = 0.225 l PROBLEM 8.39 The 6-kg slender rod AB is pinned at A and rests on the 18-kg cylinder C. Knowing that the diameter of the cylinder is 250 mm and that the coefficient of static friction is 0.35 between all surfaces of contact, determine the largest magnitude of the force P for which equilibrium is maintained. SOLUTION FBD rod: FBD cylinder: ΣM A = 0: ( 0.4 m ) N1 − ( 0.25 m ) Wr =0 N1 = 0.625Wr = 36.7875 N Cylinder: ΣFy = 0: N 2 − N1 − WC = 0 ΣM D = 0: or N 2 = 0.625Wr + 3Wr = 3.625Wr = 5.8N1 ( 0.165 m ) F1 − ( 0.085 m ) F2 =0 or F2 = 1.941F1 Since µ s1 = µ s 2 , motion will impend first at top of the cylinder So F1 = µ s N1 = 0.35 ( 36.7875 N ) = 12.8756 N and F2 = 1.941 (12.8756 N ) = 24.992 N [Check F2 = 25 N < µ S N 2 = 74.7 N OK ] ΣFx = 0: P − F1 − F2 = 0 or P = 12.8756 N + 24.992 N or P = 37.9 N PROBLEM 8.40 Two rods are connected by a collar at B. A couple M A of magnitude 12 lb ⋅ ft is applied to rod AB. Knowing that µ s = 0.30 between the collar and rod AB, determine the largest couple M C for which equilibrium will be maintained. SOLUTION FBD AB: ΣM A = 0: 8 in 2 + 4 in 2 ( N ) − M A = 0 N = Impending motion: (12 lb ⋅ ft )(12 in./ft ) 8.9443 in. = 16.100 lb F = µ s N = 0.3 (16.100 lb ) = 4.83 lb (Note: For max, MC, need F in direction shown; see FBD BC.) FBD BC + collar: ΣM C = 0: M C − (17 in.) or MC = 1 2 2 N − ( 8 in.) N − (13 in.) F =0 5 5 5 17 in. 16 in. 26 in. (16.100 lb ) + (16.100 lb ) + ( 4.830 lb ) = 293.77 lb ⋅ in. 5 5 5 ( MC )max = 24.5 lb ⋅ ft PROBLEM 8.41 In Problem 8.40, determine the smallest couple M C for which equilibrium will be maintained. SOLUTION FBD AB: ΣM A = 0: N ) ( 8 in 2 + 4 in 2 − M A = 0 N = Impending motion: (12 lb ⋅ ft )(12 in./ft ) 8.9443 in. = 16.100 lb F = µ s N = 0.3 (16.100 lb ) = 4.830 lb (Note: For min. MC, need F in direction shown; see FBD BC.) FBD BC + collar: ΣM C = 0: M C − (17 in.) MC = 1 2 2 F =0 N − ( 8 in.) N + (13 in.) 5 5 5 1 (17 in. + 16 in.)(16.100 lb ) − ( 26 in.)( 4.830 lb ) 5 = 181.44 lb ⋅ in. ( MC )min = 15.12 lb ⋅ ft W PROBLEM 8.42 Blocks A, B, and C having the masses shown are at rest on an incline. Denoting by µ s the coefficient of static friction between all surfaces of contact, determine the smallest value of µ s for which equilibrium is maintained. SOLUTION For impending motion, C will start down and A will start up. Since, the normal force between B and C is larger than that between A and B, the corresponding friction force can be larger as well. Thus we assume that motion impends between A and B. FBD A: ΣFy′ = 0: N AB − WA cos30° = 0; N AB = FAB = µ s N AB = Impending motion: 3 WA 2 3 WAµ s 2 ΣFx′ = 0: T − FAB − WA sin 30° = 0 T = or ( ) W2 3µ s + 1 A ΣFy′ = 0: NCD − N AB − (WB + WC ) cos30° = 0 FBD B + C: NCD = or Impending motion: 3 (WA + WB + WC ) 2 FCD = µ s NCD = 3 (WA + WB + WC ) µs 2 ΣFx′ = 0: T + FAB + FCD − (WB + WC ) sin 30° = 0 T = Equating T’s: µs = WB + WC 3 − µ s ( 2WA + WB + WC ) 2 2 3µ s ( 3WA + WB + WC ) = WB + WC − WA mB + mC − mA 1.5 kg + 4 kg − 2 kg = + + 3 m m m 3 6 ( A B C) ( kg + 1.5 kg + 4 kg ) 3 µ s = 0.1757 W PROBLEM 8.42 CONTINUED FBD B: ΣFy′ = 0: N BC − N AB − WB cos30° = 0 N BC = or ( FBC ) max 3 (WA + WB ) 2 = µ s N BC = 0.1757 3 (WA + WB ) 2 ( = 0.1522 ( mA + mB ) g = 0.1522 ( 3.5 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 5.224 N ΣFx′ = 0: FAB + FBC − WB sin 30° = 0 or FBC = − FAB + 1 3 W WB = − WA ( 0.1757 ) + B 2 2 2 = ( −0.1522mA + 0.5mB ) g = −0.1522 ( 2 kg ) + 0.5 (1.5 kg ) ( 9.81 m/s 2 ) = 4.37 N FBC < FBC max OK ) PROBLEM 8.43 A slender steel rod of length 9 in. is placed inside a pipe as shown. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction between the rod and the pipe is 0.20, determine the largest value of θ for which the rod will not fall into the pipe. SOLUTION ΣM A = 0: FBD rod: 3 in. N B − ( 4.5 in.) cosθ W = 0 cosθ N B = (1.5cos 2 θ )W or Impending motion: FB = µ s N B = (1.5µ s cos 2 θ )W = ( 0.3cos 2 θ )W ΣFx = 0: N A − N B sin θ + FB cosθ = 0 N A = (1.5cos 2 θ )W ( sin θ − 0.2 cosθ ) or Impending motion: FA = µ s N A = ( 0.3cos 2 θ )W ( sin θ − 0.2 cosθ ) ΣFy = 0: FA + N B cosθ + FB sinθ − W = 0 ( FA = W 1 − 1.5cos3 θ − 0.3cos 2 θ sin θ or ) Equating FA’s 0.3cos 2 θ ( sin θ − 0.2cosθ ) = 1 − 1.5cos3 θ − 0.3cos 2 θ sin θ 0.6cos 2 θ sin θ + 1.44cos3 θ = 1 Solving numerically θ = 35.8° W PROBLEM 8.44 In Problem 8.43, determine the smallest value of will not fall out of the pipe. θ for which the rod SOLUTION ΣM A = 0: FBD rod: 3 in. N B − ( 4.5 in.) cosθ W = 0 cosθ N B = 1.5W cos 2 θ or Impending motion: ( FB = µ s N B = 0.2 1.5W cos 2 θ ) = 0.3W cos 2 θ ΣFx = 0: N A − N B sin θ − FB cosθ = 0 N A = W cos 2 θ (1.5sin θ + 0.3cosθ ) or Impending motion: FA = µ s N A = W cos 2 θ ( 0.3sin θ + 0.06 cosθ ) ΣFy = 0: N B cosθ − FB sin θ − W − FA = 0 or FA = W cos 2 θ (1.5cosθ − 0.3sin θ ) − 1 Equating FA’s: cos 2 θ (1.44cosθ − 0.6sin θ ) = 1 Solving numerically θ = 20.5° W PROBLEM 8.45 Two slender rods of negligible weight are pin-connected at C and attached to blocks A and B, each of weight W. Knowing that θ = 70o and that the coefficient of static friction between the blocks and the horizontal surface is 0.30, determine the largest value of P for which equilibrium is maintained. SOLUTION FBD pin C: FAB = P sin10° = 0.173648P FBC = P cos10° = 0.98481P ΣFy = 0: N A − W − FAB sin 30° = 0 FBD block A: N A = W + 0.173648P sin 30° = W + 0.086824P or ΣFx = 0: FA − FAB cos30° = 0 FA = 0.173648P cos30° = 0.150384P or FA = µ s N A For impending motion at A: Then NA = FA µs : W + 0.086824 P = 0.150384 P 0.3 P = 2.413W or ΣFy = 0: N B − W − FBC cos30° = 0 N B = W + 0.98481P cos30° = W + 0.85287 P ΣFx = 0: FBC sin 30° − FB = 0 FBD block B: FB = 0.98481P sin 30° = 0.4924 P FB = µ s N B For impending motion at B: Then or NB = FB µs : W + 0.85287 P = 0.4924P 0.3 P = 1.268W Thus, maximum P for equilibrium Pmax = 1.268W W PROBLEM 8.46 A 40-lb weight is hung from a lever which rests against a 10° wedge at A and is supported by a frictionless hinge at C. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction is 0.25 at both surfaces of the wedge and that for the position shown the spring is stretched 4 in., determine (a) the magnitude of the force P for which motion of the wedge is impending, (b) the components of the corresponding reaction at C. SOLUTION φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.25 = 14.036° 4 in. Fs = kx = ( 240 lb/ft ) = 80 lb 12 in./ft FBD lever: ΣM C = 0: (12 in.)(80 lb ) − (16 in.)( 40 lb ) − ( 21 in.) RA cos (φs − 10° ) + ( 2 in.) RA sin (φs − 10° ) = 0 (b) or RA = 15.3793 lb ΣFx = 0: (15.379 lb ) sin ( 4.036° ) − Cx ΣFy = 0: (15.379 lb ) cos ( 4.036° ) − 80 lb − 40 lb + C y =0 C x = 1.082 lb =0 C y = 104.7 lb W W FBD wedge: ΣFy = 0: RW cos14.036° − (15.3793 lb ) cos 4.036° = 0 or (a) RW = 15.8133 lb ΣFx = 0: P − (15.3793 lb ) sin 4.036° − (15.8133 lb ) sin14.036° = 0 P = 4.92 lb W PROBLEM 8.47 Solve Problem 8.46 assuming that force P is directed to the left. SOLUTION φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.25 = 14.036° 4 in. Fs = kx = ( 240 lb/ft ) = 80 lb 12 in./ft FBD lever: ΣM C = 0: (12 in.)(80 lb ) − (16 in.)( 40 lb ) − ( 21 in.) RA cos 24.036° − ( 2 in.) RA sin 24.036° = 0 RA = 16.005 lb or (b) ΣFx = 0: C x − (16.005 lb ) sin 24.036° = 0 ΣFy = 0: C y − 80 lb − 40 lb + (16.005 lb ) cos ( 24.036° ) = 0 C x = 6.52 lb W C y = 105.4 lb W FBD wedge: ΣFy = 0: RW cos14.036° − (16.005 lb ) cos 24.036° = 0 (a) or RW = 15.067 lb ΣFx = 0: (16.005 lb ) sin 24.036° + (15.067 lb ) sin14.036° − P = 0 P = 10.17 lb W PROBLEM 8.48 Two 8° wedges of negligible mass are used to move and position a 240-kg block. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction is 0.40 at all surfaces of contact, determine the magnitude of the force P for which motion of the block is impending. SOLUTION φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.4 = 21.801° ( ) W = 240 kg 9.81 m/s 2 = 2354.4 N FBD block: R2 2354.4 N = sin 41.801° sin 46.398° R2 = 2167.12 N FBD wedge: P 2167.12 N = sin 51.602° sin 60.199° P = 1957 N P = 1.957 kN W PROBLEM 8.49 Two 8° wedges of negligible mass are used to move and position a 240-kg block. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction is 0.40 at all surfaces of contact, determine the magnitude of the force P for which motion of the block is impending. SOLUTION φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.4 = 21.801° ( ) W = 240 kg 9.81 m/s 2 = 2354.4 N FBD block + wedge: R2 2354.4 N = sin 41.801° sin 38.398° R2 = 2526.6 N FBD wedge: P 2526.6 N = sin 51.602° sin 68.199° P = 2132.7 N P = 2.13 kN W PROBLEM 8.50 The elevation of the end of the steel beam supported by a concrete floor is adjusted by means of the steel wedges E and F. The base plate CD has been welded to the lower flange of the beam, and the end reaction of the beam is known to be 150 kN. The coefficient of static friction is 0.30 between the two steel surfaces and 0.60 between the steel and the concrete. If the horizontal motion of the beam is prevented by the force Q, determine (a) the force P required to raise the beam, (b) the corresponding force Q. SOLUTION φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.3 = 16.70° for steel on steel FBD AB + CD: ΣFy = 0: N − 150 kN = 0 Impending motion: N = 150 kN F = µ s N = 0.3 (150 kN ) = 45 kN ΣFx = 0: F − Q = 0 (b) Q = 45.0 kN FBD top wedge: W Assume bottom wedge doesn’t move: ΣFy = 0: RW cos (10° + 16.70° ) − 150 kN = 0 RW = 167.9 kN ΣFx = 0: P − 45 kN − (167.9 kN ) sin 26.70° = 0 P = 120.44 kN FBD bottom wedge: ( a ) P = 120.4 kN W Bottom wedge is two-force member, so φ = 26.70° for equilibrium, but φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.6 = 31.0° ( steel on concrete ) So φ < φs OK. PROBLEM 8.51 The elevation of the end of the steel beam supported by a concrete floor is adjusted by means of the steel wedges E and F. The base plate CD has been welded to the lower flange of the beam, and the end reaction of the beam is known to be 150 kN. The coefficient of static friction is 0.30 between the two steel surfaces and 0.60 between the steel and the concrete. If the horizontal motion of the beam is prevented by the force Q, determine (a) the force P required to raise the beam, (b) the corresponding force Q. SOLUTION φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.3 = 16.70° for steel on steel FBD AB + CD + top wedge: Assume top wedge doesn’t move Rw = 150 kN = 167.90 kN cos26.70° Q = (150 kN ) tan 26.70° = 75.44 kN (b) Q = 75.4 kN FBD top wedge: ΣFx = 0: 75.44 kN − 167.9 kN sin 26.70° − F = 0 F = 0 as expected. PROBLEM 8.51 CONTINUED FBD bottom wedge: φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.6 = 30.96° steel on concrete P 167.90 kN = sin 57.66° sin 59.04° (a) P = 165.4 kN PROBLEM 8.52 Block A supports a pipe column and rests as shown on wedge B. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction at all surfaces of contact is 0.25 and that θ = 45°, determine the smallest force P required to raise block A. SOLUTION φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.25 = 14.036° FBD block A: R2 750 lb = sin104.036° sin16.928° R2 = 2499.0 lb FBD wedge B: P 2499.0 = sin 73.072° sin 75.964° P = 2464 lb P = 2.46 kips PROBLEM 8.53 Block A supports a pipe column and rests as shown on wedge B. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction at all surfaces of contact is 0.25 and that θ = 45°, determine the smallest force P for which equilibrium is maintained. SOLUTION φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.25 = 14.036° FBD block A: R2 750 lb = sin ( 75.964° ) sin ( 73.072° ) R2 = 760.56 lb FBD wedge B: P 760.56 = sin16.928° sin104.036° P = 228.3 lb P = 228 lb PROBLEM 8.41 In Problem 8.40, determine the smallest couple M C for which equilibrium will be maintained. SOLUTION FBD AB: ΣM A = 0: N ) ( 8 in 2 + 4 in 2 − M A = 0 N = Impending motion: (12 lb ⋅ ft )(12 in./ft ) 8.9443 in. = 16.100 lb F = µ s N = 0.3 (16.100 lb ) = 4.830 lb (Note: For min. MC, need F in direction shown; see FBD BC.) FBD BC + collar: ΣM C = 0: M C − (17 in.) MC = 1 2 2 F =0 N − ( 8 in.) N + (13 in.) 5 5 5 1 (17 in. + 16 in.)(16.100 lb ) − ( 26 in.)( 4.830 lb ) 5 = 181.44 lb ⋅ in. ( MC )min = 15.12 lb ⋅ ft W PROBLEM 8.42 Blocks A, B, and C having the masses shown are at rest on an incline. Denoting by µ s the coefficient of static friction between all surfaces of contact, determine the smallest value of µ s for which equilibrium is maintained. SOLUTION For impending motion, C will start down and A will start up. Since, the normal force between B and C is larger than that between A and B, the corresponding friction force can be larger as well. Thus we assume that motion impends between A and B. FBD A: ΣFy′ = 0: N AB − WA cos30° = 0; N AB = FAB = µ s N AB = Impending motion: 3 WA 2 3 WAµ s 2 ΣFx′ = 0: T − FAB − WA sin 30° = 0 T = or ( ) W2 3µ s + 1 A ΣFy′ = 0: NCD − N AB − (WB + WC ) cos30° = 0 FBD B + C: NCD = or Impending motion: 3 (WA + WB + WC ) 2 FCD = µ s NCD = 3 (WA + WB + WC ) µs 2 ΣFx′ = 0: T + FAB + FCD − (WB + WC ) sin 30° = 0 T = Equating T’s: µs = WB + WC 3 − µ s ( 2WA + WB + WC ) 2 2 3µ s ( 3WA + WB + WC ) = WB + WC − WA mB + mC − mA 1.5 kg + 4 kg − 2 kg = + + 3 m m m 3 6 ( A B C) ( kg + 1.5 kg + 4 kg ) 3 µ s = 0.1757 W PROBLEM 8.42 CONTINUED FBD B: ΣFy′ = 0: N BC − N AB − WB cos30° = 0 N BC = or ( FBC ) max 3 (WA + WB ) 2 = µ s N BC = 0.1757 3 (WA + WB ) 2 ( = 0.1522 ( mA + mB ) g = 0.1522 ( 3.5 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 5.224 N ΣFx′ = 0: FAB + FBC − WB sin 30° = 0 or FBC = − FAB + 1 3 W WB = − WA ( 0.1757 ) + B 2 2 2 = ( −0.1522mA + 0.5mB ) g = −0.1522 ( 2 kg ) + 0.5 (1.5 kg ) ( 9.81 m/s 2 ) = 4.37 N FBC < FBC max OK ) PROBLEM 8.43 A slender steel rod of length 9 in. is placed inside a pipe as shown. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction between the rod and the pipe is 0.20, determine the largest value of θ for which the rod will not fall into the pipe. SOLUTION ΣM A = 0: FBD rod: 3 in. N B − ( 4.5 in.) cosθ W = 0 cosθ N B = (1.5cos 2 θ )W or Impending motion: FB = µ s N B = (1.5µ s cos 2 θ )W = ( 0.3cos 2 θ )W ΣFx = 0: N A − N B sin θ + FB cosθ = 0 N A = (1.5cos 2 θ )W ( sin θ − 0.2 cosθ ) or Impending motion: FA = µ s N A = ( 0.3cos 2 θ )W ( sin θ − 0.2 cosθ ) ΣFy = 0: FA + N B cosθ + FB sinθ − W = 0 ( FA = W 1 − 1.5cos3 θ − 0.3cos 2 θ sin θ or ) Equating FA’s 0.3cos 2 θ ( sin θ − 0.2cosθ ) = 1 − 1.5cos3 θ − 0.3cos 2 θ sin θ 0.6cos 2 θ sin θ + 1.44cos3 θ = 1 Solving numerically θ = 35.8° W PROBLEM 8.44 In Problem 8.43, determine the smallest value of will not fall out of the pipe. θ for which the rod SOLUTION ΣM A = 0: FBD rod: 3 in. N B − ( 4.5 in.) cosθ W = 0 cosθ N B = 1.5W cos 2 θ or Impending motion: ( FB = µ s N B = 0.2 1.5W cos 2 θ ) = 0.3W cos 2 θ ΣFx = 0: N A − N B sin θ − FB cosθ = 0 N A = W cos 2 θ (1.5sin θ + 0.3cosθ ) or Impending motion: FA = µ s N A = W cos 2 θ ( 0.3sin θ + 0.06 cosθ ) ΣFy = 0: N B cosθ − FB sin θ − W − FA = 0 or FA = W cos 2 θ (1.5cosθ − 0.3sin θ ) − 1 Equating FA’s: cos 2 θ (1.44cosθ − 0.6sin θ ) = 1 Solving numerically θ = 20.5° W PROBLEM 8.45 Two slender rods of negligible weight are pin-connected at C and attached to blocks A and B, each of weight W. Knowing that θ = 70o and that the coefficient of static friction between the blocks and the horizontal surface is 0.30, determine the largest value of P for which equilibrium is maintained. SOLUTION FBD pin C: FAB = P sin10° = 0.173648P FBC = P cos10° = 0.98481P ΣFy = 0: N A − W − FAB sin 30° = 0 FBD block A: N A = W + 0.173648P sin 30° = W + 0.086824P or ΣFx = 0: FA − FAB cos30° = 0 FA = 0.173648P cos30° = 0.150384P or FA = µ s N A For impending motion at A: Then NA = FA µs : W + 0.086824 P = 0.150384 P 0.3 P = 2.413W or ΣFy = 0: N B − W − FBC cos30° = 0 N B = W + 0.98481P cos30° = W + 0.85287 P ΣFx = 0: FBC sin 30° − FB = 0 FBD block B: FB = 0.98481P sin 30° = 0.4924 P FB = µ s N B For impending motion at B: Then or NB = FB µs : W + 0.85287 P = 0.4924P 0.3 P = 1.268W Thus, maximum P for equilibrium Pmax = 1.268W W PROBLEM 8.46 A 40-lb weight is hung from a lever which rests against a 10° wedge at A and is supported by a frictionless hinge at C. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction is 0.25 at both surfaces of the wedge and that for the position shown the spring is stretched 4 in., determine (a) the magnitude of the force P for which motion of the wedge is impending, (b) the components of the corresponding reaction at C. SOLUTION φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.25 = 14.036° 4 in. Fs = kx = ( 240 lb/ft ) = 80 lb 12 in./ft FBD lever: ΣM C = 0: (12 in.)(80 lb ) − (16 in.)( 40 lb ) − ( 21 in.) RA cos (φs − 10° ) + ( 2 in.) RA sin (φs − 10° ) = 0 (b) or RA = 15.3793 lb ΣFx = 0: (15.379 lb ) sin ( 4.036° ) − Cx ΣFy = 0: (15.379 lb ) cos ( 4.036° ) − 80 lb − 40 lb + C y =0 C x = 1.082 lb =0 C y = 104.7 lb W W FBD wedge: ΣFy = 0: RW cos14.036° − (15.3793 lb ) cos 4.036° = 0 or (a) RW = 15.8133 lb ΣFx = 0: P − (15.3793 lb ) sin 4.036° − (15.8133 lb ) sin14.036° = 0 P = 4.92 lb W PROBLEM 8.47 Solve Problem 8.46 assuming that force P is directed to the left. SOLUTION φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.25 = 14.036° 4 in. Fs = kx = ( 240 lb/ft ) = 80 lb 12 in./ft FBD lever: ΣM C = 0: (12 in.)(80 lb ) − (16 in.)( 40 lb ) − ( 21 in.) RA cos 24.036° − ( 2 in.) RA sin 24.036° = 0 RA = 16.005 lb or (b) ΣFx = 0: C x − (16.005 lb ) sin 24.036° = 0 ΣFy = 0: C y − 80 lb − 40 lb + (16.005 lb ) cos ( 24.036° ) = 0 C x = 6.52 lb W C y = 105.4 lb W FBD wedge: ΣFy = 0: RW cos14.036° − (16.005 lb ) cos 24.036° = 0 (a) or RW = 15.067 lb ΣFx = 0: (16.005 lb ) sin 24.036° + (15.067 lb ) sin14.036° − P = 0 P = 10.17 lb W PROBLEM 8.48 Two 8° wedges of negligible mass are used to move and position a 240-kg block. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction is 0.40 at all surfaces of contact, determine the magnitude of the force P for which motion of the block is impending. SOLUTION φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.4 = 21.801° ( ) W = 240 kg 9.81 m/s 2 = 2354.4 N FBD block: R2 2354.4 N = sin 41.801° sin 46.398° R2 = 2167.12 N FBD wedge: P 2167.12 N = sin 51.602° sin 60.199° P = 1957 N P = 1.957 kN W PROBLEM 8.49 Two 8° wedges of negligible mass are used to move and position a 240-kg block. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction is 0.40 at all surfaces of contact, determine the magnitude of the force P for which motion of the block is impending. SOLUTION φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.4 = 21.801° ( ) W = 240 kg 9.81 m/s 2 = 2354.4 N FBD block + wedge: R2 2354.4 N = sin 41.801° sin 38.398° R2 = 2526.6 N FBD wedge: P 2526.6 N = sin 51.602° sin 68.199° P = 2132.7 N P = 2.13 kN W PROBLEM 8.50 The elevation of the end of the steel beam supported by a concrete floor is adjusted by means of the steel wedges E and F. The base plate CD has been welded to the lower flange of the beam, and the end reaction of the beam is known to be 150 kN. The coefficient of static friction is 0.30 between the two steel surfaces and 0.60 between the steel and the concrete. If the horizontal motion of the beam is prevented by the force Q, determine (a) the force P required to raise the beam, (b) the corresponding force Q. SOLUTION φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.3 = 16.70° for steel on steel FBD AB + CD: ΣFy = 0: N − 150 kN = 0 Impending motion: N = 150 kN F = µ s N = 0.3 (150 kN ) = 45 kN ΣFx = 0: F − Q = 0 (b) Q = 45.0 kN FBD top wedge: W Assume bottom wedge doesn’t move: ΣFy = 0: RW cos (10° + 16.70° ) − 150 kN = 0 RW = 167.9 kN ΣFx = 0: P − 45 kN − (167.9 kN ) sin 26.70° = 0 P = 120.44 kN FBD bottom wedge: ( a ) P = 120.4 kN W Bottom wedge is two-force member, so φ = 26.70° for equilibrium, but φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.6 = 31.0° ( steel on concrete ) So φ < φs OK. PROBLEM 8.51 The elevation of the end of the steel beam supported by a concrete floor is adjusted by means of the steel wedges E and F. The base plate CD has been welded to the lower flange of the beam, and the end reaction of the beam is known to be 150 kN. The coefficient of static friction is 0.30 between the two steel surfaces and 0.60 between the steel and the concrete. If the horizontal motion of the beam is prevented by the force Q, determine (a) the force P required to raise the beam, (b) the corresponding force Q. SOLUTION φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.3 = 16.70° for steel on steel FBD AB + CD + top wedge: Assume top wedge doesn’t move Rw = 150 kN = 167.90 kN cos26.70° Q = (150 kN ) tan 26.70° = 75.44 kN (b) Q = 75.4 kN FBD top wedge: ΣFx = 0: 75.44 kN − 167.9 kN sin 26.70° − F = 0 F = 0 as expected. PROBLEM 8.51 CONTINUED FBD bottom wedge: φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.6 = 30.96° steel on concrete P 167.90 kN = sin 57.66° sin 59.04° (a) P = 165.4 kN PROBLEM 8.52 Block A supports a pipe column and rests as shown on wedge B. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction at all surfaces of contact is 0.25 and that θ = 45°, determine the smallest force P required to raise block A. SOLUTION φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.25 = 14.036° FBD block A: R2 750 lb = sin104.036° sin16.928° R2 = 2499.0 lb FBD wedge B: P 2499.0 = sin 73.072° sin 75.964° P = 2464 lb P = 2.46 kips PROBLEM 8.53 Block A supports a pipe column and rests as shown on wedge B. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction at all surfaces of contact is 0.25 and that θ = 45°, determine the smallest force P for which equilibrium is maintained. SOLUTION φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.25 = 14.036° FBD block A: R2 750 lb = sin ( 75.964° ) sin ( 73.072° ) R2 = 760.56 lb FBD wedge B: P 760.56 = sin16.928° sin104.036° P = 228.3 lb P = 228 lb PROBLEM 8.54 A 16° wedge A of negligible mass is placed between two 80-kg blocks B and C which are at rest on inclined surfaces as shown. The coefficient of static friction is 0.40 between both the wedge and the blocks and block C and the incline. Determine the magnitude of the force P for which motion of the wedge is impending when the coefficient of static friction between block B and the incline is (a) 0.40, (b) 0.60. SOLUTION φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.4 = 21.8014°; (a) ( ) W = 80 kg 9.81 m/s 2 = 784.8 N FBD wedge: By symmetry: R1 = R 2 ΣFy = 0: 2R2 sin ( 8° + 21.8014° ) − P = 0 P = 0.99400 R2 FBD block C: R2 W = sin 41.8014° sin18.397° R2 = 2.112 W PROBLEM 8.54 CONTINUED P = 0.994 R2 = ( 0.994 )( 2.112W ) P = 2.099 ( 784.8 N ) = 1647.5 N (a) P = 1.648 kN (b) Note that increasing the friction between block B and the incline has no effect on the above calculations. The physical effect is that slip of B will not impend. (b) P = 1.648 kN PROBLEM 8.55 A 16° wedge A of negligible mass is placed between two 80-kg blocks B and C which are at rest on inclined surfaces as shown. The coefficient of static friction is 0.40 between both the wedge and the blocks and block C and the incline. Determine the magnitude of the force P for which motion of the wedge is impending when the coefficient of static friction between block B and the incline is (a) 0.40, (b) 0.60. SOLUTION (a) φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.4 = 21.801° FBD wedge: ( ) W = 80 kg 9.81 m/s 2 = 784.8 N FBD block C: Note that, since ( RCI ) y > ( RC ) y , while the horizontal components are equal, 20° + φ < 32.199° φ < 12.199° < φ s Therefore, motion of C is not impending; thus, motion of B up the incline is impending. RB P = sin 52.198° sin 59.603° P = 1.0916RB PROBLEM 8.55 CONTINUED FBD block B: RB W = sin ( 20° + φ sB ) sin ( 68.199° − φsB ) RB = or W sin ( 20° + φsB ) sin ( 68.199° − φsB ) (a) Have φ sB = φs = 21.801° Then RB = ( 784.8 N ) sin ( 20° + 21.801° ) sin ( 68.199° − 21.801° ) = 722.37 N P = 1.0916 ( 722.37 N ) and or P = 789 N (b) Have φ sB = tan −1 µ sB = tan −1 0.6 = 30.964° Then and RB = ( 784.8 N ) sin ( 20° + 30.964° ) sin ( 68.199° − 30.964° ) P = 1.0916 (1007.45 N ) = 1007.45 N or P = 1100 N PROBLEM 8.56 A 10° wedge is to be forced under end B of the 12-lb rod AB. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction is 0.45 between the wedge and the rod and 0.25 between the wedge and the floor, determine the smallest force P required to raise end B of the rod. SOLUTION FBD AB: φ s1 = tan −1 ( µ s )1 = tan −1 0.45 = 24.228° ΣM A = 0: rR1 cos (10° + 24.228° ) − rR1 sin (10° + 24.228° ) − 2r π (12 lb ) = 0 R1 = 28.902 lb FBD wedge: φ s 2 = tan −1 ( µ s )2 = tan −1 0.25 = 14.036° P 28.902 lb = ; sin ( 38.264° ) sin 75.964° P = 22.2 lb PROBLEM 8.57 A small screwdriver is used to pry apart the two coils of a circular key ring. The wedge angle of the screwdriver blade is 16° and the coefficient of static friction is 0.12 between the coils and the blade. Knowing that a force P of magnitude 0.8 lb was required to insert the screwdriver to the equilibrium position shown, determine the magnitude of the forces exerted on the ring by the screwdriver immediately after force P is removed. SOLUTION FBD wedge: By symmetry: R1 = R2 ΣFy = 0: 2R1 sin ( 8° + φ s ) − P = 0 Have So φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.12 = 6.843° P = 0.8 lb R1 = R2 = 1.5615 lb When P is removed, the vertical components of R1 and R2 vanish, leaving the horizontal components, R1 cos (14.843° ) , only Therefore, side forces are 1.509 lb But these will occur only instantaneously as the angle between the force and the wedge normal is 8° > φ s = 6.84°, so the screwdriver will slip out. PROBLEM 8.58 A conical wedge is placed between two horizontal plates that are then slowly moved toward each other. Indicate what will happen to the wedge (a) if µ s = 0.20, (b) if µ s = 0.30. SOLUTION As the plates are moved, the angle θ will decrease. (a) φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.2 = 11.31°. As θ decreases, the minimum angle at the contact approaches 12.5° > φs = 11.31°, so the wedge will slide up and out from the slot. (b) φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.3 = 16.70°. As θ decreases, the angle at one contact reaches 16.7°. (At this time the angle at the other contact is 25° − 16.7° = 8.3° < φ s ) The wedge binds in the slot. PROBLEM 8.59 A 6° steel wedge is driven into the end of an ax handle to lock the handle to the ax head. The coefficient of static friction between the wedge and the handle is 0.35. Knowing that a force P of magnitude 250 N was required to insert the wedge to the equilibrium position shown, determine the magnitude of the forces exerted on the handle by the wedge after force P is removed. SOLUTION FBD wedge: By symmetry R1 = R2 φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.35 = 19.29° ΣFy = 0: 2R sin (19.29° + 3° ) − P = 0 R1 = R2 = 329.56 N When force P is removed, the vertical components of R1 and R2 vanish, leaving only the horizontal components H1 = H 2 = R cos ( 22.29° ) H1 = H 2 = 305 N Since the wedge angle 3° < φs = 19.3°, the wedge is “self-locking” and will remain seated. PROBLEM 8.60 A 15° wedge is forced under a 100-lb pipe as shown. The coefficient of static friction at all surfaces is 0.20. Determine (a) at which surface slipping of the pipe will first occur, (b) the force P for which motion of the wedge is impending. SOLUTION FBD pipe: ΣM C = 0: rFA − rFB = 0 (a) FA = FB or But it is apparent that N B > N A , so since ( µ s ) A = ( µ s ) B , motion must first impend at A FB = FA = µ s N A = 0.2 N A and ΣM B = 0: (b) ( r sin15° )W + r (1 + sin15° ) FA − ( r cos15° ) N A = 0 0.2588 (100 lb ) + 1.2588 ( 0.2 N A ) − 0.9659 N A = 0 or N A = 36.24 lb and FA = 7.25 lb ΣFy′ = 0: N B − N A sin15° − FA cos15° − W cos15° = 0 N B = ( 36.24 lb ) sin15° + ( 7.25 lb + 100 lb ) cos15° = 112.97 lb FBD wedge: ( note N B > N A as stated, and FB < µ s N B ) ΣFy = 0: NW + ( 7.25 lb ) sin15° − (112.97 lb ) cos15° = 0 NW = 107.24 lb Impending slip: FW = µ s NW = 0.2 (107.24 ) = 21.45 lb ΣFx = 0: 21.45 lb + ( 7.25 lb ) cos15° + (112.97 lb ) sin15° − P = 0 P = 57.7 lb PROBLEM 8.61 A 15° wedge is forced under a 100-lb pipe as shown. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction at both surfaces of the wedge is 0.20, determine the largest coefficient of static friction between the pipe and the vertical wall for which slipping is impending at A. SOLUTION ΣM C = 0: rFA − rFB = 0 FBD pipe: or FA = FB It is apparent that N B > N A , so if ( µ s ) A = ( µ s ) B , motion must impend ( ) first at A. As ( µ s ) A is increased to some µ s* A , motion will impend simultaneously at A and B. Then FA = FB = µ sB N B = 0.2 N B ΣFy = 0: N B cos15° − FB sin15° − FA − 100 lb = 0 N B cos15° − 0.2 N B sin15° − 0.2 N B = 100 lb or N B = 140.024 lb So FA = FB = 0.2 N B = 28.005 lb ΣFx = 0: N A − N B sin15° − FB cos15° = 0 N A = 140.024sin15° + 28.005cos15° = 63.29 lb Then or (µ ) * s A = FA 28.005 lb = NA 63.29 lb (µ ) * s A = 0.442 PROBLEM 8.62 Bags of grass seed are stored on a wooden plank as shown. To move the plank, a 9° wedge is driven under end A. Knowing that the weight of the grass seed can be represented by the distributed load shown and that the coefficient of static friction is 0.45 between all surfaces of contact, (a) determine the force P for which motion of the wedge is impending, (b) indicate whether the plank will slide on the floor. SOLUTION FBD plank + wedge: (a) ( 2.4 m ) N B − ( 0.45 m )( 0.64 kN/m )( 0.9 m ) ΣM A = 0: − ( 0.6 m ) 1 ( 0.64 kN/m )( 0.9 m ) 2 − (1.4 m ) 1 (1.28 kN/m )(1.5 m ) = 0 2 N B = 0.740 kN = 740 N or ΣFy = 0: NW − ( 0.64 kN/m )( 0.9 m ) − − 1 ( 0.64 kN/m )( 0.9 m ) 2 1 (1.28 kN/m )(1.5m ) = 0 2 NW = 1.084 kN = 1084 N or Assume impending motion of the wedge on the floor and the plank on the floor at B. So and FW = µ s NW = 0.45 (1084 N ) = 478.8 N FB = µ s N B = 0.45 ( 740 N ) = 333 N ΣFx = 0: P − FW − FB = 0 or Check wedge: (b) ΣFy = 0: or ΣFx = 0: or P = 478.8 N + 333 N P = 821 N (1084 N ) cos 9° + (821 N − 479 N ) sin 9° − N A =0 N A = 1124 N (821 N − 479 N ) cos 9° − (1084 N ) sin 9° − FA =0 FA = 168 N FA < µ s N A = 0.45 (1124 N ) = 506 N So, no impending motion at wedge/plank ∴ Impending motion of plank on floor at B PROBLEM 8.63 Solve Problem 8.62 assuming that the wedge is driven under the plank at B instead of at A. SOLUTION FBD plank: (a) ΣFx = 0: FA − Bx = 0 FA = Bx ΣM A = 0: ( 2.4 m ) By − ( 0.45 m )( 0.64 kN/m )( 0.9 m ) − ( 0.6 m ) 1 ( 0.64 kN/m )( 0.9 m ) 2 − (1.4 m ) 1 (1.28 kN/m )(1.5 m ) = 0 2 By = 0.740 kN = 740 N or ΣFy = 0: N A − ( 0.64 kN/m )( 0.9 m ) − − 1 ( 0.64 kN/m )( 0.9 m ) 2 1 (1.28 kN/m )(1.5 m ) = 0 2 N A = 1.084 kN = 1084 N or Since By < N A , assume impending motion of the wedge under the plank at B. FBD wedge: ( RB ) y = By = 740 N and Bx = µ s By = 0.45 ( 740 N ) = 333 N ( RB ) x = ( RB ) y tan ( 9° + φs ) φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.45 = 24.228° So ( RB ) x = ( 740 N ) tan ( 9° + 24.228° ) = 485 N ΣFx = 0: 485 N − 333 N − P = 0 P = 818 N (b) Check: FA = Bx = 333 N and FA 333 = = 0.307 < µ s N A 1084 OK No impending slip of plank at A PROBLEM 8.64 The 20-lb block A is at rest against the 100-lb block B as shown. The coefficient of static friction µ s is the same between blocks A and B and between block B and the floor, while friction between block A and the wall can be neglected. Knowing that P = 30 lb, determine the value of µ s for which motion is impending. SOLUTION FBD’s: FAB = µ s N AB Impending motion at all surfaces FB = µ s N B A + B: ΣFy = 0: N B − 30 lb − 20 lb − 100 lb = 0 N B = 150 lb or and FB = µ s N B = (150 lb ) µ s ΣFx = 0: N A − FB = 0 A: so that N A = (150 lb ) µ s ΣFx′ = 0: N A cos 20° + ( 30 lb + 20 lb ) sin 20° − N AB = 0 or N AB = 17.1010 lb + µ s (140.954 lb ) ΣFy′ = 0: FAB + N A sin 20° − ( 30 lb + 20 lb ) cos 20° = 0 or But FAB = 46.985 lb − µ s ( 51.303 lb ) FAB = µ s N AB : 46.985 − 51.303µs = 17.101µ s + 140.954µ s2 µ s2 + 0.4853µ s − 0.3333 = 0 µ s = −0.2427 ± 0.6263 µs > 0 so µ s = 0.384 PROBLEM 8.65 Solve Problem 8.64 assuming that µ s is the coefficient of static friction between all surfaces of contact. SOLUTION FBD’s: A + B: B: FA = µ s N A Impending motion at all surfaces, so FB = µ s N B FAB = µ s N AB A + B: ΣFx = 0: N A − FB = 0 or N A = FB = µ s N B ΣFy = 0: FA − 30 lb − 20 lb − 100 lb + N B = 0 or So B: or NB = 150 lb 1 + µ s2 and FB = µ s N A + N B = 150 lb µs (150 lb ) 1 + µ s2 ΣFx′ = 0: N AB + (100 lb − N B ) sin 20° − FB cos 20° = 0 N AB = N B sin 20° + FB cos 20° − (100 lb ) sin 20° ΣFy′ = 0: − FAB + ( N B − 100 lb ) cos 20° − FB sin 20° = 0 or FAB = N B cos 20° − FB sin 20° − (100 lb ) cos 20° PROBLEM 8.65 CONTINUED Now FAB = µ s N AB : = 150 lb µs cos 20° − (150 lb ) sin 20° − (100 lb ) cos 20° 1 + µ s2 1 + µ s2 µs µ s2 150 lb sin 20 ° + ( ) (150 lb ) cos 20° − µ s (100 lb ) sin 20° 1 + µ s2 1 + µ s2 2µ s3 − 5µ s2ctn 20° − 4µ s + ctn 20° = 0 Solving numerically: µ s = 0.330 PROBLEM 8.66 Derive the following formulas relating the load W and the force P exerted on the handle of the jack discussed in Section 8.6. (a) P = (Wr/a ) tan (θ + φs ) , to raise the load; (b) P = (Wr/a ) tan (φ s − θ ) , to lower the load if the screw is selflocking; (c) P = (Wr/a ) tan (θ − φ s ) , to hold the load if the screw is not self-locking. SOLUTION FBD jack handle: See Section 8.6 ΣM C = 0: aP − rQ = 0 or P = r Q a FBD block on incline: (a) Raising load Q = W tan (θ + φ s ) P= r W tan (θ + φs ) a PROBLEM 8.66 CONTINUED (b) Lowering load if screw is self-locking ( i.e.: if φs > θ ) Q = W tan (φs − θ ) P= r W tan (φ s − θ ) a P= r W tan (θ − φ s ) a (c) Holding load is screw is not self-locking ( i.e. if φs < θ ) Q = W tan (θ − φs ) PROBLEM 8.67 The square-threaded worm gear shown has a mean radius of 30 mm and a lead of 7.5 mm. The larger gear is subjected to a constant clockwise couple of 720 N ⋅ m. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction between the two gears is 0.12, determine the couple that must be applied to shaft AB in order to rotate the large gear counterclockwise. Neglect friction in the bearings at A, B, and C. SOLUTION FBD large gear: ΣM C = 0: ( 0.24 m )W − 720 N ⋅ m = 0 W = 3000 N Block on incline: θ = tan −1 7.5 mm = 2.2785° 2π ( 30 mm ) φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.12 = 6.8428° Q = ( 3000 N ) tan 9.1213° = 481.7 N PROBLEM 8.67 CONTINUED Worm gear: r = 30 mm = 0.030 m ΣM B = 0: rQ − M = 0 M = rQ = ( 0.030 m )( 481.7 N ) M = 14.45 N ⋅ m PROBLEM 8.68 In Problem 8.67, determine the couple that must be applied to shaft AB in order to rotate the gear clockwise. SOLUTION FBD large gear: ΣM C = 0: ( 0.24 m )W − 720 N ⋅ m = 0 W = 3000 N Block on incline: θ = tan −1 7.5 mm = 2.2785° 2π ( 30 mm ) φ s = tan −1 µ = tan −1 0.12 φ s = 6.8428° φ s − θ = 4.5643° PROBLEM 8.68 CONTINUED Q = ( 3000 N ) tan 4.5643° = 239.5 N Worm gear: ΣM B = 0: M − rQ = 0 M = rQ = ( 0.030 m )( 239.5 N ) = 7.18 N ⋅ m PROBLEM 8.69 High-strength bolts are used in the construction of many steel structures. For a 24-mm-nominal-diameter bolt the required minimum bolt tension is 210 kN. Assuming the coefficient of friction to be 0.40, determine the required couple that should be applied to the bolt and nut. The mean diameter of the thread is 22.6 mm, and the lead is 3 mm. Neglect friction between the nut and washer, and assume the bolt to be square-threaded. SOLUTION FBD block on incline: θ = tan −1 3 mm = 2.4195° ( 22.6 mm )π φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.40 φ s = 21.8014° Q = ( 210 kN ) tan ( 21.8014° + 2.4195° ) Q = 94.47 kN Torque = d 22.6 mm Q= ( 94.47 kN ) 2 2 = 1067.5 N ⋅ m Torque = 1.068 kN ⋅ m PROBLEM 8.70 The ends of two fixed rods A and B are each made in the form of a singlethreaded screw of mean radius 0.3 in. and pitch 0.1 in. Rod A has a righthanded thread and rod B a left-handed thread. The coefficient of static friction between the rods and the threaded sleeve is 0.12. Determine the magnitude of the couple that must be applied to the sleeve in order to draw the rods closer together. SOLUTION Block on incline: θ = tan −1 0.1 in. = 3.0368° 2π ( 0.3 in.) φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.12 = 6.8428° Q = ( 500 lb ) tan 9.8796° = 87.08 lb Couple on each side M = rQ = ( 0.3 in.)( 87.08 lb ) = 26.12 lb ⋅ in. Couple to turn = 2M = 52.2 lb ⋅ in. PROBLEM 8.71 Assuming that in Problem 8.70 a right-handed thread is used on both rods A and B, determine the magnitude of the couple that must be applied to the sleeve in order to rotate it. SOLUTION Block on incline A: θ = tan −1 0.1 in. = 3.0368° 2π ( 0.3 in.) φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.12 = 6.8428° Q = ( 500 lb ) tan 9.8796° = 87.08 lb Couple at A = ( 0.3 in.)( 87.08 lb ) = 26.124 lb ⋅ in. Block on incline B: Q = ( 500 lb ) tan 3.806° = 33.26 lb Couple at B = ( 0.3 in.)( 33.26 lb ) = 9.979 lb ⋅ in. Total couple = 26.124 lb ⋅ in. + 9.979 lb ⋅ in. Couple to turn = 36.1 lb ⋅ in. W PROBLEM 8.72 The position of the automobile jack shown is controlled by a screw ABC that is single-threaded at each end (right-handed thread at A, left-handed thread at C). Each thread has a pitch of 2 mm and a mean diameter of 7.5 mm. If the coefficient of static friction is 0.15, determine the magnitude of the couple M that must be applied to raise the automobile. SOLUTION FBD joint D: FAD = FCD By symmetry: ΣFy = 0: 2FAD sin 25° − 4 kN = 0 FAD = FCD = 4.7324 kN FBD joint A: FAE = FAD By symmetry: ΣFx = 0: FAC − 2 ( 4.7324 kN ) cos 25° = 0 FAC = 8.5780 kN Block and incline A: θ = tan −1 2 mm π ( 7.5 mm ) = 4.8518° φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.15 = 8.5308° PROBLEM 8.72 CONTINUED Q = ( 8.578 kN ) tan (13.3826° ) = 2.0408 kN Couple at A: M A = rQ 7.5 = mm ( 2.0408 kN ) 2 = 7.653 N ⋅ m By symmetry: Couple at C: M C = 7.653 N ⋅ m Total couple M = 2 ( 7.653 N ⋅ m ) M = 15.31 N ⋅ m W PROBLEM 8.73 For the jack of Problem 8.72, determine the magnitude of the couple M that must be applied to lower the automobile. SOLUTION FBD joint D: FAD = FCD By symmetry: ΣFy = 0: 2FAD sin 25° − 4 kN = 0 FAD = FCD = 4.7324 kN FBD joint A: FAE = FAD By symmetry: ΣFx = 0: FAC − 2 ( 4.7324 kN ) cos 25° = 0 FAC = 8.5780 kN Block and incline at A: θ = tan −1 2 mm = 4.8518° π ( 7.5 mm ) φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.15 φ s = 8.5308° PROBLEM 8.73 CONTINUED φ s − θ = 3.679° Q = ( 8.5780 kN ) tan 3.679° Q = 0.55156 kN Couple at A: M A = Qr 7.5 mm = ( 0.55156 kN ) 2 = 2.0683 N ⋅ m By symmetry: Couple at C : M C = 2.0683 N ⋅ m Total couple M = 2 ( 2.0683 N ⋅ m ) M = 4.14 N ⋅ m W PROBLEM 8.74 In the gear-pulling assembly shown, the square-threaded screw AB has a mean radius of 22.5 mm and a lead of 6 mm. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction is 0.10, determine the couple which must be applied to the screw in order to produce a force of 4.5 kN on the gear. Neglect friction at end A of the screw. SOLUTION Block on incline: θ = tan −1 6 mm = 2.4302° 2π ( 22.5 mm ) φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.1 φ s = 5.7106° Q = ( 4.5 kN ) tan 8.1408° = 0.6437 kN Couple M = rQ = ( 22.5 mm )( 0.6437 kN ) = 14.483 N ⋅ m M = 14.48 N ⋅ m W NOTE FOR PROBLEMS 8.75–8.89 Note to instructors: In this manual, the singular sin (tan–1µ) ≈ µ is NOT used in the solution of journal bearing and axle friction problems. While this approximation may be valid for very small values of µ, there is little if any reason to use it, and the error may be significant. For example, in Problems 8.76–8.79, µ s = 0.40, and the error made by using the approximation is about 7.7%. PROBLEM 8.75 A 120-mm-radius pulley of mass 5 kg is attached to a 30-mm-radius shaft which fits loosely in a fixed bearing. It is observed that the pulley will just start rotating if a 0.5-kg mass is added to block A. Determine the coefficient of static friction between the shaft and the bearing. SOLUTION FBD pulley: ΣFy = 0: R − 103.005 N − 49.05 N − 98.1 N = 0 R = 250.155 N ΣM O = 0: ( 0.12 m )(103.005 N − 98.1 N ) − rf ( 250.155 N ) = 0 rf = 0.0023529 m = 2.3529 mm φ s = sin −1 µ s = tan φs = tan sin −1 rf rs rf −1 2.3529 mm = tan sin rs 30 mm µ s = 0.0787 W PROBLEM 8.76 The double pulley shown is attached to a 0.5-in.-radius shaft which fits loosely in a fixed bearing. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction between the shaft and the poorly lubricated bearing is 0.40, determine the magnitude of the force P required to start raising the load. SOLUTION FDB pulley: ( rf = rs sin φs = rs sin tan −1 µ s ( ) * ) rf = ( 0.5 in.) sin tan −1 0.40 = 0.185695 in. ΣM C = 0: ( 4.5 in. + 0.185695 in.)( 40 lb ) − ( 2.25 in. − 0.185695 in.) P = 0 P = 90.8 lb * See note before Problem 8.75. PROBLEM 8.77 The double pulley shown is attached to a 0.5-in.-radius shaft which fits loosely in a fixed bearing. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction between the shaft and the poorly lubricated bearing is 0.40, determine the magnitude of the force P required to start raising the load. SOLUTION FBD pulley: ( ) ( rf = rs sin φs = rs sin tan −1 µ s = ( 0.5 in.) sin tan −1 0.4 ) * rf = 0.185695 in. ΣM C = 0: ( 4.5 in. − 0.185695 in.)( 40 lb ) − ( 2.25 in. − 0.185695 in.) P = 0 P = 83.6 lb * See note before Problem 8.75. PROBLEM 8.78 The double pulley shown is attached to a 0.5-in.-radius shaft which fits loosely in a fixed bearing. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction between the shaft and the poorly lubricated bearing is 0.40, determine the magnitude of the force P required to maintain equilibrium. SOLUTION FBD pulley: ( rf = rs sin φs = rs sin tan −1 µ s ( ) * ) rf = ( 0.5 in.) sin tan −1 0.40 = 0.185695 in. ΣM C = 0: ( 4.5 in. − 0.185695 in.)( 40 lb ) − ( 2.25 in. + 0.185695 in.)( P ) = 0 P = 70.9 lb * See note before Problem 8.75. PROBLEM 8.79 The double pulley shown is attached to a 0.5-in.-radius shaft which fits loosely in a fixed bearing. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction between the shaft and the poorly lubricated bearing is 0.40, determine the magnitude of the force P required to maintain equilibrium. SOLUTION FBD pulley: ( rf = rs sin φs = rs sin tan −1 µ s ( ) * ) rf = ( 0.5 in.) sin tan −1 0.4 = 0.185695 in. ΣM C = 0: ( 4.5 in. + 0.185695 in.)( 40 lb ) − ( 2.25 in. + 0.185695 in.) P = 0 P = 77.0 lb * See note before Problem 8.75. PROBLEM 8.80 Control lever ABC fits loosely on a 18-mm-diameter shaft at support B. Knowing that P = 130 N for impending clockwise rotation of the lever, determine (a) the coefficient of static friction between the pin and the lever, (b) the magnitude of the force P for which counterclockwise rotation of the lever is impending. SOLUTION (a) FBD lever (Impending CW rotation): ΣM C = 0: ( 0.2 m + rf ) ( 75 N ) − ( 0.12 m − rf ) (130 N ) = 0 rf = 0.0029268 m = 2.9268 mm sin φ s = µ s = tan φs = tan sin −1 rf rs * rf −1 2.9268 mm = tan sin 18 mm rs = 0.34389 µ s = 0.344 (b) FBD lever (Impending CCW rotation): ΣM D = 0: ( 0.20 m − 0.0029268 m )( 75 N ) − ( 0.12 m + 0.0029268 m ) P = 0 P = 120.2 N * See note before Problem 8.75. PROBLEM 8.81 The block and tackle shown are used to raise a 600-N load. Each of the 60-mm-diameter pulleys rotates on a 10-mm-diameter axle. Knowing that the coefficient of kinetic friction is 0.20, determine the tension in each portion of the rope as the load is slowly raised. SOLUTION Pulley FBD’s: rp = 30 mm Left: rf = raxle sin φk = raxle sin tan −1 µ k ( ) * ( = ( 5 mm ) sin tan −1 0.2 ) = 0.98058 mm Left: ΣM C = 0: Right: ( rp − rf ) ( 600 lb ) − 2rpTAB = 0 TAB = or 30 mm − 0.98058 mm ( 600 N ) = 290.19 N 2 ( 30 mm ) TAB = 290 N ΣFy = 0: 290.19 N − 600 N + TCD = 0 TCD = 309.81 N or TCD = 310 N Right: ΣM G = 0: or ( rp + rf ) TCD − ( rp − rf ) TEF TEF = =0 30 mm + 0.98058 mm ( 309.81 N ) = 330.75 N 30 mm − 0.98058 mm TEF = 331 N * See note before Problem 8.75. PROBLEM 8.82 The block and tackle shown are used to lower a 600-N load. Each of the 60-mm-diameter pulleys rotates on a 10-mm-diameter axle. Knowing that the coefficient of kinetic friction is 0.20, determine the tension in each portion of the rope as the load is slowly lowered. SOLUTION rp = 30 mm Pulley FBDs: Left: ( rf = raxle sin φk = raxle sin tan −1 µ k ) * ( = ( 5 mm ) sin tan −1 0.2 ) = 0.98058 mm ΣM C = 0: ( rp + rf ) ( 600 N ) − 2rpTAB = 0 TAB = or 30 mm + 0.98058 mm ( 600 N ) = 309.81 N 2 ( 30 mm ) TAB = 310 N ΣFy = 0: TAB − 600 N + TCD = 0 Right: TCD = 600 N − 309.81 N = 290.19 N or TCD = 290 N ΣM H = 0: or ( rp − rf ) TCD − ( rp + rf ) TEF TEF = =0 30 mm − 0.98058 mm ( 290.19 N ) 30 mm + 0.98058 mm TEF = 272 N * See note before Problem 8.75. PROBLEM 8.83 The link arrangement shown is frequently used in highway bridge construction to allow for expansion due to changes in temperature. At each of the 3-in.-diameter pins A and B the coefficient of static friction is 0.20. Knowing that the vertical component of the force exerted by BC on the link is 50 kips, determine (a) the horizontal force which should be exerted on beam BC to just move the link, (b) the angle that the resulting force exerted by beam BC on the link will form with the vertical. SOLUTION FBD link AB: Note that AB is a two force member. For impending motion, the pin forces are tangent to the friction circles. θ = sin −1 where rf 25 in. ( rf = rp sin φs = rp sin tan −1 µ s ( ) * ) = (1.5 in.) sin tan −1 0.2 = 0.29417 in. Then θ = sin −1 0.29417 in. = 1.3485° 12.5 in. (b) θ = 1.349° Rvert = R cosθ Rhoriz = R sin θ Rhoriz = Rvert tan θ = ( 50 kips ) tan1.3485° = 1.177 kips (a) Rhoriz = 1.177 kips * See note before Problem 8.75. PROBLEM 8.84 A gate assembly consisting of a 24-kg gate ABC and a 66-kg counterweight D is attached to a 24-mm-diameter shaft B which fits loosely in a fixed bearing. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction is 0.20 between the shaft and the bearing, determine the magnitude of the force P for which counterclockwise rotation of the gate is impending. SOLUTION FBD gate: ( ) W = 24 kg ( 9.81 m/s ) = 235.44 N = r sin φ = r sin ( tan µ ) = ( 0.012 m ) sin ( tan 0.2 ) = 0.0023534 m W1 = 66 kg 9.81 m/s 2 = 647.46 N 2 2 rf −1 s s s s −1 ΣM C = 0: P= ( 0.6 m − rf )W1 + ( 0.15 m − rf ) P − (1.8 m + rf )W2 = 0 (1.80235 m )( 235.44 N ) − ( 0.59765 m )( 647.46 N ) ( 0.14765 m ) = 253.2 N P = 253 N PROBLEM 8.85 A gate assembly consisting of a 24-kg gate ABC and a 66-kg counterweight D is attached to a 24-mm-diameter shaft B which fits loosely in a fixed bearing. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction is 0.20 between the shaft and the bearing, determine the magnitude of the force P for which counterclockwise rotation of the gate is impending. SOLUTION It is convenient to replace the ( 66 kg ) g and ( 24 kg ) g weights with a single combined weight of ( 90 kg ) ( 9.81 m/s2 ) = 882.9 N, located at a distance right of B. (1.8 m )( 24 kg ) − ( 0.6 m )( 24 kg ) x= ( rf = rs sin φs = rs sin tan −1 µ s 90 kg ) * ( = ( 0.012 m ) sin tan −1 0.2 = 0.04 m to the ) = 0.0023534 m FBD pulley + gate: β = sin −1 α = tan −1 0.04 m = 14.931° 0.15 m rf 0.0023534 m = 0.8686° 0.15524 m OB = sin −1 OB = 0.15 = 0.15524 m cos α then θ = α + β = 15.800° P = W tan θ = 248.9 N P = 250 N * See note before Problem 8.75. PROBLEM 8.86 A gate assembly consisting of a 24-kg gate ABC and a 66-kg counterweight D is attached to a 24-mm-diameter shaft B which fits loosely in a fixed bearing. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction is 0.20 between the shaft and the bearing, determine the magnitude of the force P for which clockwise rotation of the gate is impending. SOLUTION FBD gate: ( ) ( ) W1 = 66 kg 9.81 m/s 2 = 647.46 N W2 = 24 kg 9.81 m/s 2 = 235.44 N ( rf = rs sin φs = rs sin tan −1 µ s ( ) * ) = ( 0.012 m ) sin tan −1 0.2 = 0.0023534 m ΣM C = 0: P= ( 0.6 m + rf )W1 + ( 0.15 m + rf ) P − (1.8 m − rf )W2 = 0 (1.79765 m )( 235.44 N ) − ( 0.60235 m )( 647.46 N ) 0.15235 m = 218.19 N P = 218 N * See note before Problem 8.75. PROBLEM 8.87 A gate assembly consisting of a 24-kg gate ABC and a 66-kg counterweight D is attached to a 24-mm-diameter shaft B which fits loosely in a fixed bearing. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction is 0.20 between the shaft and the bearing, determine the magnitude of the force P for which clockwise rotation of the gate is impending. SOLUTION It is convenient to replace the ( 66 kg ) g and ( 24 kg ) g weights with a single weight of ( 90 kg )( 9.81 N/kg ) = 882.9 N, located at a distance x= (1.8 m )( 24 kg ) − ( 0.15 m )( 66 kg ) 90 kg = 0.04 m to the right of B. FBD pulley + gate: ( rf = rs sin φs = rs sin tan −1 µ s ) * ( = ( 0.012 m ) sin tan −1 0.2 ) rf = 0.0023534 m α = tan −1 β = sin −1 rf OB 0.04 m = 14.931° 0.15 m = sin −1 OB = 0.0023534 m = 0.8686° 0.15524 m 0.15 m = 0.15524 m cos α then θ = α − β = 14.062° P = W tan θ = 221.1 N P = 221 N * See note before Problem 8.75. PROBLEM 8.88 A loaded railroad car has a weight of 35 tons and is supported by eight 32-in.-diameter wheels with 5-in.-diameter axles. Knowing that the coefficients of friction are µ s = 0.020 and µ k = 0.015, determine the horizontal force required (a) for impending motion of the car, (b) to keep the car moving at a constant speed. Neglect rolling resistance between the wheels and the track. SOLUTION FBD wheel: Ww = 1 1 1 Wc = ( 35 ton ) = ( 70,000 ) lb 8 8 8 ( rf = ra sin φ = ra sin tan −1 µ θ = sin ) * ( ) ( ) ( 2.5 in.) sin tan −1µ = sin rw 16 in. −1 r f −1 = sin −1 0.15625sin tan −1µ (a) For impending motion use µ s = 0.02: then θ s = 0.179014° (b) For steady motion use µ k = 0.15: then θ k = 0.134272° Pw = Ww tan θ (a) Pc = Wc tan θ = 8Ww tan θ Pc = ( 70,000 lb ) tan ( 0.179014° ) Pc = 219 lb (b) Pc = ( 70,000 lb ) tan ( 0.134272° ) Pc = 164.0 lb * See note before Problem 8.75. PROBLEM 8.89 A scooter is designed to roll down a 2 percent slope at a constant speed. Assuming that the coefficient of kinetic friction between the 1-in.diameter axles and the bearing is 0.10, determine the required diameter of the wheels. Neglect the rolling resistance between the wheels and the ground. SOLUTION FBD wheel: Note: The wheel is a two-force member in equilibrium, so R and W must be collinear and tangent to friction circle. 2% slope ⇒ tan θ = 0.02 Also But sin θ = rf rw ( ) sin tan −1 0.02 = 0.019996 ( rf = ra sin φk = ra sin tan −1 µ k ( ) * ) = (1 in.) sin tan −1 0.1 = 0.099504 in. Then and rw = rf sin θ = 0.099504 = 4.976 in. 0.019996 d w = 2rw * See note before Problem 8.75. d w = 9.95 in. PROBLEM 8.90 A 25-kg electric floor polisher is operated on a surface for which the coefficient of kinetic friction is 0.25. Assuming that the normal force per unit area between the disk and the floor is uniformly distributed, determine the magnitude Q of the horizontal forces required to prevent motion of the machine. SOLUTION M H = dQ = ( 0.4 m ) Q Couple exerted on handle MF = Couple exerted on floor where µ k = 0.25, ( (Equation 8.9) ) P = ( 25 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 245.25 N, R = 0.18 m MH = MF, For equilibrium so 2 µ k PR 3 Q= 2 3 ( 0.25)( 245.25 N )( 0.18 m ) 0.4 m Q = 18.39 N PROBLEM 8.91 The pivot for the seat of a desk chair consists of the steel plate A, which supports the seat, the solid steel shaft B which is welded to A and which turns freely in the tubular member C, and the nylon bearing D. If a person of weight W = 180 lb is seated directly above the pivot, determine the magnitude of the couple M for which rotation of the seat is impending knowing that the coefficient of static friction is 0.15 between the tubular member and the bearing. SOLUTION For an annular bearing area Since R = Now D 2 M = 2 R3 − R13 µ s P 22 3 R2 − R12 M = 1 D3 − D13 µ s P 22 3 D2 − D12 ( Equation 8.8) µ s = 0.15, P = W = 180 lb, D1 = 1.00 in., D2 = 1.25 in. (1.25 in.) − ( 4 in.) 0.15 (180 lb ) 3 (1.25 in.)2 − (1 in.)2 3 M = 3 M = 15.25 lb ⋅ in. PROBLEM 8.92 As the surfaces of a shaft and a bearing wear out, the frictional resistance of a thrust bearing decreases. It is generally assumed that the wear is directly proportional to the distance traveled by any given point of the shaft and thus to the distance r from the point to the axis of the shaft. Assuming, then, that the normal force per unit area is inversely proportional to r, show that the magnitude M of the couple required to overcome the frictional resistance of a worn-out end bearing (with contact over the full circular area) is equal to 75 percent of the value given by formula (8.9) for a new bearing. SOLUTION Let the normal force on ∆A be ∆N , and ∆N k = r ∆A ∆F = µ∆N , ∆M = r ∆F As in the text The total normal force 2π R k P = lim Σ∆N = ∫0 ∫0 rdr dθ ∆A → 0 r ( ) P = 2π ∫0 kdr = 2π kR The total couple R or P 2π R k 2π R M worn = lim Σ∆M = ∫0 ∫0 r µ rdr dθ ∆A → 0 r M worn = 2πµ k ∫0 rdr = 2πµ k R R2 P R2 = 2πµ 2 2π R 2 or M worn = 1 µ PR 2 Now M new = 2 µ PR 3 Thus k = M worn = M new [Eq. (8.9)] 1 2 2 3 µ PR 3 = = 75% µ PR 4 PROBLEM 8.93 Assuming that bearings wear out as indicated in Problem 8.92, show that the magnitude M of the couple required to overcome the frictional 1 resistance of a worn-out collar bearing is M = µk P ( R1 + R2 ) 2 where P = magnitude of the total axial force R1, R2 = inner and outer radii of collar SOLUTION Let normal force on ∆A be ∆N , and ∆N k = ∆A r ∆F = µ∆N , ∆M = r ∆F As in the text The total normal force P is 2π R k P = lim Σ∆N = ∫0 ∫R 2 rdr dθ 1 ∆A → 0 r P = 2π ∫R 2 kdr = 2π k ( R2 − R1 ) R k = or 1 P 2π ( R2 − R1 ) k 2π R M worn = lim Σ∆M = ∫0 ∫R 2 r µ rdr dθ 1 ∆A → 0 r The total couple is M worn = 2πµ k ∫ R2 R1 ( rdr ) = πµ k ( R22 − R12 )= ( πµ P R22 − R12 2π ( R2 − R1 ) M worn = ) 1 µ P ( R2 + R1 ) 2 PROBLEM 8.94 Assuming that the pressure between the surfaces of contact is uniform, show that the magnitude M of the couple required to overcome frictional 2 µk P R23 − R13 resistance for the conical bearing shown is M = 3 sin θ R22 − R12 SOLUTION Let normal force on ∆A be ∆N , and ∆A = r ∆s∆φ ∆N = k ∆A so ∆N = k, ∆A ∆s = ∆r sin θ where φ is the azimuthal angle around the symmetry axis of rotation ∆Fy = ∆N sin θ = kr ∆r ∆φ P = lim Σ∆Fy Total vertical force ∆A → 0 2π P = ∫0 ( (∫ R2 krdr R1 P = π k R22 − R12 Friction force ) ) dφ = 2π k ∫ R2 rdr R1 or k = Total couple M = 2π ( − R12 ) ∆F = µ∆N = µ k ∆A ∆M = r ∆F = r µ kr Moment π P R22 ∆r ∆φ sin θ 2π R µ k M = lim Σ∆M = ∫0 ∫R 2 r 2dr dφ 1 ∆A → 0 sin θ µ k R2 2 2 πµ P r dr = ∫ R1 2 sin θ 3 sin θ π R2 − R32 ( ) M = (R 3 2 − R33 ) 2 µ P R23 − R13 3 sin θ R22 − R12 PROBLEM 8.95 Solve Problem 8.90 assuming that the normal force per unit area between the disk and the floor varies linearly from a maximum at the center to zero at the circumference of the disk. SOLUTION Let normal force on ∆A be ∆N , and r ∆N = k 1 − R ∆A r r ∆F = µ∆N = µ k 1 − ∆A = µ k 1 − r ∆r ∆θ R R r 2π R P = lim Σ∆N = ∫0 ∫0 k 1 − rdr dθ ∆A → 0 R R 2 R3 r R P = 2π k ∫0 1 − rdr = 2π k − 3R R 2 P= 1 π kR 2 3 k = or 3P π R2 r 2π R M = lim Σr ∆F = ∫0 ∫0 r µ k 1 − rdr dθ ∆A → 0 R R3 R 4 1 r3 R 3 = 2πµ k ∫0 r 2 − dr = 2πµ k − = πµ kR R 3 4 R 6 = where πµ 3P 3 1 R = µ PR 6 π R2 2 µ = µk = 0.25 R = 0.18 m ( ) P = W = ( 25 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 = 245.25 N Then Finally, M = 1 ( 0.25)( 245.25 N )( 0.18 m ) = 5.5181 N ⋅ m 2 Q= M 5.5181 N ⋅ m = d 0.4 m Q = 13.80 N PROBLEM 8.96 A 1-ton machine base is rolled along a concrete floor using a series of steel pipes with outside diameters of 5 in. Knowing that the coefficient of rolling resistance is 0.025 in. between the pipes and the base and 0.0625 in. between the pipes and the concrete floor, determine the magnitude of the force P required to slowly move the base along the floor. SOLUTION FBD pipe: θ = sin −1 0.025 in. + 0.0625 in. = 1.00257° 5 in. P = W tan θ for each pipe, so also for total P = ( 2000 lb ) tan (1.00257° ) P = 35.0 lb PROBLEM 8.97 Knowing that a 120-mm-diameter disk rolls at a constant velocity down a 2 percent incline, determine the coefficient of rolling resistance between the disk and the incline. SOLUTION FBD disk: tan θ = slope = 0.02 b = r tan θ = ( 60 mm )( 0.02 ) b = 1.200 mm PROBLEM 8.98 Determine the horizontal force required to move a 1-Mg automobile with 460-mm-diameter tires along a horizontal road at a constant speed. Neglect all forms of friction except rolling resistance, and assume the coefficient of rolling resistance to be 1 mm. SOLUTION FBD wheel: r = 230 mm b = 1 mm θ = sin −1 b r b P = W tan θ = W tan sin −1 for each wheel, so for total r ( ) 1 P = (1000 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 tan sin −1 230 P = 42.7 N PROBLEM 8.99 Solve Problem 8.88 including the effect of a coefficient of rolling resistance of 0.02 in. SOLUTION FBD wheel: ( rf = ra sin φ = ra sin tan −1 µ ( = ( 2.5 in.) sin tan −1 µ ) ) P = W tan θ for each wheel, so also for total P = W tan θ tan θ ≈ b + rf rw P = ( 70, 000 lb ) So for small θ ( 0.02 in.) + rf 16 in. (a) For impending motion, use µ s = 0.02: Then rf = 0.04999 in. and P = 306 lb and P = 252 lb (b) For steady motion, use µ k = 0.015: Then rf = 0.037496 in. PROBLEM 8.100 Solve Problem 8.89 including the effect of a coefficient of rolling resistance of 0.07 in. SOLUTION FBD wheel: The wheel is a two-force body, so R and W are colinear and tangent to the friction circle. tan θ = slope = 0.02 tan θ ≈ Now b + rf rw rw ≈ or ( b + rf tan θ rf = ra sin φk = ra sin tan −1 µk ( ) ) = ( 0.5 in.) sin tan −1 0.1 = 0.049752 ∴ rw ≈ 0.07 in. + 0.049752 in. = 5.9876 in. 0.02 d = 2rw d = 11.98 in. PROBLEM 8.101 A hawser is wrapped two full turns around a bollard. By exerting a 320-N force on the free end of the hawser, a dockworker can resist a force of 20 kN on the other end of the hawser. Determine (a) the coefficient of static friction between the hawser and the bollard, (b) the number of times the hawser should be wrapped around the bollard if a 80-kN force is to be resisted by the same 320-N force. SOLUTION β = 4π rad Two full turns of rope → (a) µ s β = ln µs = T2 T1 or µs = 1 β ln T2 T1 1 20 000 N ln = 0.329066 4π 320 N µ s = 0.329 (b) β = = 1 µs ln T2 T1 1 80 000 N ln 0.329066 320 N = 16.799 rad β = 2.67 turns PROBLEM 8.102 Blocks A and B are connected by a cable that passes over support C. Friction between the blocks and the inclined surfaces can be neglected. Knowing that motion of block B up the incline is impending when WB = 16 lb, determine (a) the coefficient of static friction between the rope and the support, (b) the largest value of WB for which equilibrium is maintained. (Hint: See Problem 8.128.) SOLUTION FBD A: FBD B: ΣFt = 0: TA − 20 lb sin 30° = 0 ΣFx′ = 0: WB sin 30° − TB = 0 TA = 10 lb TB = From hint, β = 60° = π 3 rad regardless of shape of support C (a) For motion of B up incline when WB = 16 lb, and WB 2 µ s β = ln TA TB or TB = µs = 1 β ln WB = 8 lb 2 TA 3 10 lb = = 0.213086 ln TB π 8 lb µ s = 0.213 (b) For maximum WB , motion of B impends down and TB > TA So Now So that TB = TAe µ s β = (10 lb ) e0.213086 π /3 = 12.500 lb WB = 2TB WB = 25.0 lb PROBLEM 8.103 Blocks A and B are connected by a cable that passes over support C. Friction between the blocks and the inclined surfaces can be neglected. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction between the rope and the support is 0.50, determine the range of values of WB for which equilibrium is maintained. (Hint: See Problem 8.128.) SOLUTION FBD A: FBD B: ΣFt = 0: TA − 20 lbsin 30° = 0 TA = 10 lb ΣFt ′ = 0: WB sin 30° − TB = 0 TB = From hint, β = 60° = π 3 WB 2 rad, regardless of shape of support C. For impending motion of B up, TA > TB , so TA = TBe µs β or TB = TAe − µs β = (10 lb ) e−0.5π /3 = 5.924 lb WB = 2TB = 11.85 lb For impending motion of B down, TB > TB , so TB = TAe µs β = (10 lb ) e0.5π /3 = 16.881 lb WB = 2TB = 33.76 lb For equilibrium 11.85 lb ≤ WB ≤ 33.8 lb PROBLEM 8.104 A 120-kg block is supported by a rope which is wrapped 1 12 times around a horizontal rod. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction between the rope and the rod is 0.15, determine the range of values of P for which equilibrium is maintained. SOLUTION β = 1.5 turns = 3π rad For impending motion of W up P = We µs β = (1177.2 N ) e( 0.15 )3π = 4839.7 N For impending motion of W down − 0.15 3π P = We − µs β = (1177.2 N ) e ( ) = 286.3 N For equilibrium 286 N ≤ P ≤ 4.84 kN PROBLEM 8.105 The coefficient of static friction between block B and the horizontal surface and between the rope and support C is 0.40. Knowing that WA = 30 lb, determine the smallest weight of block B for which equilibrium is maintained. SOLUTION Support at C: FBD block B: ΣFy = 0: N B − WB = 0 Impending motion or FB = µ s N B = 0.4 N B = 0.4WB ΣFx = 0: FB − TB = 0 or Now so that TB = FB = 0.4WB WA = TBe µ s β At support, for impending motion of WA down, so N B = WB − 0.4 π /2 TB = WAe − µ s β = ( 30 lb ) e ( ) = 16.005 lb WB = TB 0.4 WB = 40.0 lb PROBLEM 8.106 The coefficient of static friction µ s is the same between block B and the horizontal surface and between the rope and support C. Knowing that WA = WB , determine the smallest value of µ s for which equilibrium is maintained. SOLUTION Support at C FBD B: ΣFy = 0: N B − W = 0 or FB = µ s N B = µ sW Impending motion: ΣFx = 0: FB − TB = 0 or 1 = µ s e µs β π or Solving numerically: TB = FB = µ sW W = TBe µ s β = µ sWe µ s β Impending motion of rope on support: or NB = W µ se 2 µs =1 µ s = 0.475 PROBLEM 8.107 In the pivoted motor mount shown, the weight W of the 85-kg motor is used to maintain tension in the drive belt. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction between the flat belt and drums A and B is 0.40, and neglecting the weight of platform CD, determine the largest torque which can be transmitted to drum B when the drive drum A is rotating clockwise. SOLUTION FBD motor + mount: For impending slipping of belt, ΣM D = 0: T2 = T1e µs β = T1e0.4π = 3.5136T1 ( 0.24 m )(833.85 N ) − ( 0.14 m ) T2 − ( 0.26 m ) T1 = 0 ( 0.14 m )( 3.5136 ) + 0.26 m T1 = 200.124 N ⋅ m or and T1 = 266.16 N T2 = 3.5136T1 = 935.18 N FBD drum: ΣM B = 0: M B − ( 0.06m )( 266.16 N − 935.18 N ) = 0 M B = 40.1 N ⋅ m (Compare to M B = 81.7 N ⋅ m using V-belt, Problem 8.130.) PROBLEM 8.108 Solve Problem 8.107 assuming that the drive drum A is rotating counterclockwise. SOLUTION FBD motor + mount: T1 = T2e µ s β = T1e0.4π = 3.5136T2 Impending slipping of belt: ΣM D = 0: ( 0.24 m )W − ( 0.26 m ) T1 − ( 0.14 m ) T2 =0 ( 0.26 m )( 3.5136 ) + 0.14 m T2 = ( 0.24 m )( 833.85 N ) or T2 = 189.95 N and T1 = 667.42 N FBD drum: ΣM B = 0: ( 0.06 m )( 667.42 N − 189.95 N ) − M B =0 M B = 28.6 N ⋅ m PROBLEM 8.109 A flat belt is used to transmit a torque from pulley A to pulley B. The radius of each pulley is 3 in., and a force of magnitude P = 225 lb is applied as shown to the axle of pulley A. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction is 0.35, determine (a) the largest torque which can be transmitted, (b) the corresponding maximum value of the tension in the belt. SOLUTION FBD pulley A: T2 = T1e µs β Impending slipping of belt: T2 = T1e0.35π = 3.0028T1 ΣFx = 0: T1 + T2 − 225 lb = 0 T1 (1 + 3.0028 ) = 225 lb T2 = 3.0028T1 (a) or T1 = 56.211 lb or T2 = 168.79 lb ΣM A = 0: M A + ( 6 in.)(T1 − T2 ) = 0 or M A = ( 3 in.)(168.79 lb − 56.21 lb ) ∴ max. torque: M A = 338 lb ⋅ in. max. tension: T2 = 168.8 lb (b) (Compare with M A = 638 lb ⋅ in. with V-belt, Problem 8.131.) PROBLEM 8.110 Solve Problem 8.109 assuming that the belt is looped around the pulleys in a figure eight. SOLUTION FBDs pulleys: θ = sin −1 3 in. π = 30° = rad. 6 in. 6 β =π +2 π 6 4π 3 = T2 = T1e µs β Impending belt slipping: T2 = T1e( 0.35 ) 4π /3 = 4.3322T1 ΣFx = 0: T1 cos 30° + T2 cos 30° − 225 lb = 0 (T1 + 4.3322T1 ) cos 30° = 225 lb T2 = 4.3322T1 (a) so that ΣM A = 0: M A + ( 3 in.)(T1 − T2 ) = 0 or T1 = 48.7243 lb T2 = 211.083 lb or M A = ( 3 in.)( 211.083 lb − 48.224 lb ) M max = M A = 487 lb ⋅ in. (b) Tmax = T2 = 211 lb PROBLEM 8.111 A couple M B of magnitude 2 lb ⋅ ft is applied to the drive drum B of a portable belt sander to maintain the sanding belt C at a constant speed. The total downward force exerted on the wooden workpiece E is 12 lb, and µ k = 0.10 between the belt and the sanding platen D. Knowing that µ s = 0.35 between the belt and the drive drum and that the radii of drums A and B are 1.00 in., determine (a) the minimum tension in the lower portion of the belt if no slipping is to occur between the belt and the drive drum, (b) the value of the coefficient of kinetic friction between the belt and the workpiece. SOLUTION FBD lower portion of belt: ΣFy = 0: N E − N D = 0 N D = N E = 12 lb or FD = ( µ k )belt/platen N D Slipping: FD = 0.1(12 lb ) = 1.2 lb FE = ( µk )belt/wood N E and F = (12 lb ) ( µ k )belt/wood (1) ΣFx = 0: TB − TA − FD − FE = 0 (2) FBD drum A: (assumed free to rotate) ΣM A = 0: rA (TA − TT ) = 0 or TT = TA PROBLEM 8.111 CONTINUED FBD drum B: ΣM B = 0: M B + r (TT − TB ) = 0 TB − TT = or TB = TT e µs β = TT e0.35π Impending slipping: So Now From Equation (2): From Equation (1): Therefore M B 2 lb ⋅ ft 12 in. = = 24 lb r 1 in. ft (e 0.35π ) − 1 TT = 24 lb or TT = 11.983 lb TA = TT = 11.983 lb then TB = (11.983 lb ) e0.35π = 35.983 lb 35.983 lb − 11.983 lb − 1.2 lb = FE = 22.8 lb ( µk )belt/wood = FE 22.8 lb = = 1.900 12 lb 12 lb (a) Tmin = TA = 11.98 lb (b) ( µk )belt/wood = 1.900 PROBLEM 8.112 A band belt is used to control the speed of a flywheel as shown. Determine the magnitude of the couple being applied to the flywheel knowing that the coefficient of kinetic friction between the belt and the flywheel is 0.25 and that the flywheel is rotating clockwise at a constant speed. Show that the same result is obtained if the flywheel rotates counterclockwise. SOLUTION FBD wheel: ΣM E = 0: − M E + ( 7.5 in.)(T2 − T1 ) = 0 M E = ( 7.5 in.)(T2 − T1 ) or ΣM C = 0: FBD lever: T1 + T2 = 100 lb or Impending slipping: or So ( 4 in.)(T1 + T2 ) − (16 in.)( 25 lb ) = 0 T2 = T1e µs β T2 = T1e ( ) 0.25 32π = 3.2482T1 T1 (1 + 3.2482 ) = 100 lb T1 = 23.539 lb and M E = ( 7.5 in.)( 3.2482 − 1)( 23.539 lb ) = 396.9 lb ⋅ in. M E = 397 lb ⋅ in. Changing the direction of rotation will change the direction of M E and will switch the magnitudes of T1 and T2 . The magnitude of the couple applied will not change. PROBLEM 8.113 The drum brake shown permits clockwise rotation of the drum but prevents rotation in the counterclockwise direction. Knowing that the maximum allowed tension in the belt is 7.2 kN, determine (a) the magnitude of the largest counterclockwise couple that can be applied to the drum, (b) the smallest value of the coefficient of static friction between the belt and the drum for which the drum will not rotate counterclockwise. SOLUTION FBD lever: ΣM B = 0: ( 25 mm ) TC − ( 62.5 mm ) TA =0 TC = 2.5TA Impending ccw rotation: FBD lever: TC = Tmax = 7.2 kN (a) TC = 2.5TA But TA = So 7.2 kN = 2.88 kN 2.5 ΣM D = 0: M D + (100 mm ) (TA − TC ) = 0 M D = (100 mm )( 7.2 − 2.88 ) kN M D = 432 N ⋅ m (b) Also, impending slipping: µs = Therefore, 1 β ln µ s β = ln TC TA TC 1 = ln2.5 = 0.2187 π 4 TA 3 ( µs )min = 0.219 PROBLEM 8.114 A differential band brake is used to control the speed of a drum which rotates at a constant speed. Knowing that the coefficient of kinetic friction between the belt and the drum is 0.30 and that a couple of magnitude is 150 N ⋅ m applied to the drum, determine the corresponding magnitude of the force P that is exerted on end D of the lever when the drum is rotating (a) clockwise, (b) counterclockwise. SOLUTION FBD lever: ΣM B = 0: ( 0.34 m ) P + ( 0.04 m ) TC − ( 0.15 m ) TA P= =0 15TA − 4TC 34 (1) FBD drum: (a) For cw rotation, M E ( 0.14 m ) (TA − TC ) − M E ΣM E = 0: TA − TC = Impending slipping: =0 150 N ⋅ m = 1071.43 N 0.14 m TA = TC e µk β = TC e ( 0.3) 76π TA = 3.00284TC So and ( 3.00284 − 1) TC = 1071.43 N TA = 1606.39 N or TC = 534.96 N PROBLEM 8.114 CONTINUED P= From Equation (1): 15 (1606.39 N ) − 4 ( 534.96 N ) 34 P = 646 N (b) For ccw rotation, Also, impending slip ⇒ ME and TC = 3.00284TA , so TA = 534.96 N TC = 1606.39 N and And Equation (1) ⇒ ΣM E = 0 ⇒ TC − TA = 1071.43 N P= 15 ( 534.96 N ) − 4 (1606.39 N ) 34 P = 47.0 N PROBLEM 8.115 A differential band brake is used to control the speed of a drum. Determine the minimum value of the coefficient of static friction for which the brake is self-locking when the drum rotates counterclockwise. SOLUTION FBD lever: For self-locking P = 0 ΣM B = 0: ( 0.04 m ) TC − ( 0.15 m ) TA =0 TC = 3.75TA FBD drum: TC = TAe µs β For impending slipping of belt or Then µ s β = ln µs = 1 β TC TA ln TC 1 = ln 3.75 = 0.3606 π 7 TA 6 ( µs )req = 0.361 PROBLEM 8.116 Bucket A and block C are connected by a cable that passes over drum B. Knowing that drum B rotates slowly counterclockwise and that the coefficients of friction at all surfaces are µ s = 0.35 and µ k = 0.25, determine the smallest combined weight W of the bucket and its contents for which block C will (a) remain at rest, (b) be about to move up the incline, (c) continue moving up the incline at a constant speed. SOLUTION FBD block: ΣFn = 0: NC − ( 200 lb ) cos 30° = 0; N = 100 3 lb ΣFt = 0: TC − ( 200 lb ) sin 30° ∓ FC = 0 TC = 100 lb ± FC (1) where the upper signs apply when FC acts FBD drum: (a) For impending motion of block , FC , and ( ) FC = µ s NC = 0.35 100 3 lb = 35 3 lb ( ) TC = 100 − 35 3 lb So, from Equation (1): TC = WAe µk β But belt slips on drum, so −0.25( WA = 100 − 35 3 lb e ( ) 2π 3 ) WA = 23.3 lb and FC = µ s NC = 35 3 lb (b) For impending motion of block , FC From Equation (1): Belt still slips, so ( ) TC = 100 + 35 3 lb −0.25( WA = TC e − µk β = 100 + 35 3 lb e ( ) 2π 3 ) WA = 95.1 lb PROBLEM 8.116 CONTINUED (c) For steady motion of block , FC , and FC = µk NC = 25 3 lb ( ) T = 100 + 25 3 lb. Then, from Equation (1): Also, belt is not slipping on drum, so −0.35( WA = TC e− µ s β = 100 + 25 3 lb e ( ) 2π 3 ) WA = 68.8 lb PROBLEM 8.117 Solve Problem 8.116 assuming that drum B is frozen and cannot rotate. SOLUTION ΣFn = 0: NC − ( 200 lb ) cos 30° = 0; NC = 100 3 lb FBD block: ΣFt = 0: ± FC + ( 200 lb ) sin 30° − T = 0 T = 100 lb ± FC (1) where the upper signs apply when FC acts (a) For impending motion of block , FC So ( ) FC = 0.35 100 3 lb = 35 3 lb T = 100 lb − 35 3 lb = 39.375 lb and FBD drum: Also belt slipping is impending or and FC = µ s NC T = WAe µ s β so WA = Te− µ s β = ( 39.378 lb ) e ( ) −0.35 23π WA = 18.92 lb (b) For impending motion of block , FC , and FC = µ s NC = 35 3 lb But ( ) T = 100 + 35 3 lb = 160.622 lb. Also belt slipping is impending So WA = Te+ µ s β = (160.622 lb ) e ( ); 0.35 23π WA = 334 lb (c) For steady motion of block , FC Then ( , and FC = µk NC = 25 3 lb ) T = 100 lb + 25 3 lb = 143.301 lb. Now belt is slipping So WA = Te µk β = (143.301 lb ) e ( ) 0.25 23π WA = 242 lb PROBLEM 8.118 A cable passes around three 30-mm-radius pulleys and supports two blocks as shown. Pulleys C and E are locked to prevent rotation, and the coefficients of friction between the cable and the pulleys are µ s = 0.20 and µ k = 0.15. Determine the range of values of the mass of block A for which equilibrium is maintained (a) if pulley D is locked, (b) if pulley D is free to rotate. SOLUTION θ = sin −1 Note: βC = β D = So r π = 30° = rad 2r 6 2π 3 and βE = π (a) All pulleys locked ⇒ slipping impends at all surface simultaneously. T2 = WAe µ s βC ; T1 = T2e µ s β D ; WB = T1e µs β E If A impends , So Then If A impends , So µ β +β +β WB = WAe s ( C D E ) mA = mBe − µ s ( βC + β D + β E ) or = ( 8 kg ) e WA = WBe ( − µs ( βC + β D + β E ) −0.2 23π + 23π + π ) = 1.847 kg µ β +β +β WA = T2e µ s βC = T1e µs β D e µ s βC = WBe s ( E D C ) 0.2(π + 23π + 23π ) µ β +β +β mA = mBe s ( E D C ) = ( 8 kg ) e = 34.7 kg Equilibrium for 1.847 kg ≤ mA ≤ 34.7 kg PROBLEM 8.118 CONTINUED (b) Pulleys C & E locked, pulley D free ⇒ T1 = T2 , other relations remain the same. If A impends , So T2 = WAe µs βC = T1 mA = mBe − µs ( βC + β E ) If A impends slipping is reversed, Then µ β +β WB = T1e µs β E = WAe s ( C E ) = ( 8 kg ) e ( −0.2 23π + π ) = 2.807 kg WA = WBe + µ s ( βC + β E ) 0.2( 5π ) µ β +β mA = mBe s ( C E ) = ( 8 kg ) e 3 = 22.8 kg Equilibrium for 2.81 kg ≤ mA ≤ 22.8 kg PROBLEM 8.119 A cable passes around three 30-mm-radius pulleys and supports two blocks as shown. Two of the pulleys are locked to prevent rotation, while the third pulley is rotated slowly at a constant speed. Knowing that the coefficients of friction between the cable and the pulleys are µ s = 0.20 and µ k = 0.15, determine the largest mass mA which can be raised (a) if pulley C is rotated, (b) if pulley E is rotated. SOLUTION θ = sin −1 Note: βC = β D = r π = 30° = rad 2r 6 2π 3 βE = π and Mass A moves up (a) C rotates , for maximum WA have no belt slipping on C, so WA = T2e µ s βC T1 = T2e µk β D D and E are fixed, so and Thus µ β +β −µ β + β WB = T1e µk β E = T2e k ( D E ) ⇒ T2 = WBe k ( D E ) mA g = mB ge µs βC − µk ( β D + β E ) or mA = ( 8 kg ) e ( 0.43π − 0.1π − 0.15π ) mA = 5.55 kg PROBLEM 8.119 CONTINUED T1 = WBe µs β E (b) E rotates , no belt slip on E, so µ β +β T1 = T2e µk β D = WAe k ( C D ) C and D fixed, so or Then mA g = T1e − µk ( βC + β D ) mA = ( 8 kg ) e( = mB ge µ s β E − µk ( βC + β D ) 0.2π − 0.1π − 0.1π ) = 8.00 kg mA = 8.00 kg PROBLEM 8.120 A cable passes around three 30-mm-radius pulleys and supports two blocks as shown. Pulleys C and E are locked to prevent rotation, and the coefficients of friction between the cable and the pulleys are µ s = 0.20 and µ k = 0.15. Determine the range of values of the mass of block A for which equilibrium is maintained (a) if pulley D is locked, (b) if pulley D is free to rotate. SOLUTION θ = sin −1 Note: βC = So 0.075 m π = 30° = rad 0.15 m 6 5 2 1 π , βD = π , βE = π 6 3 2 (a) All pulleys locked, slipping at all surfaces. T1 = WAe µs βC , For mA impending , T2 = T1e µ s β D , WB = T2e µk β E , and µ β +β +β mB g = mA ge s ( C D E ) So 8 kg = mAe ( ) 0.2 56 + 23 + 12 π mA = 2.28 kg or For mA impending down, all tension ratios are inverted, so mA = ( 8 kg ) e ( ) 0.2 56 + 23 + 12 π = 28.1 kg Equilibrium for 2.28 kg ≤ mA ≤ 28.1 kg (b) Pulleys C and E locked, D free ⇒ T1 = T2 , other ratios as in (a) T1 = WAe µ s βC = T2 mA impending , and So µ β +β WB = T2e µs β E = WAe s ( C E ) µ β +β mB g = mA g e ( C E ) 8 kg = mAe or ( ) 0.2 56 + 12 π mA = 3.46 kg mA impending , all tension ratios are inverted, so mA = 8 kg e ( ) 0.2 56 + 12 π = 18.49 kg Equilibrium for 3.46 kg ≤ mA ≤ 18.49 kg PROBLEM 8.121 A cable passes around three 30-mm-radius pulleys and supports two blocks as shown. Two of the pulleys are locked to prevent rotation, while the third pulley is rotated slowly at a constant speed. Knowing that the coefficients of friction between the cable and the pulleys are µ s = 0.20 and µ k = 0.15, determine the largest mass mA which can be raised (a) if pulley C is rotated, (b) if pulley E is rotated. SOLUTION θ = sin −1 Note: βC = So 0.075 m π = 30° = rad 0.15 m 6 5 2 1 π , βD = π , βE = π 6 3 2 WA = T1e µ s βC . If D (a) To raise maximum mA , with C rotating and E are fixed, cable must slip there, so T2 = T1e µk β D and µ β +β WB = T2e µk β E = T1e k ( D E ) µ β +β = WAe− µ s βC e k ( D E ) (8 kg ) g = mA ge ( )e0.15( 23 + 12 )π −0.2 56 π mA = 7.79 kg (b) With E rotating , T2 = WBe µs β E . With C and D fixed. T1 = WAe µk βC so and µ β +β T2 = T1e µk β D = WAe k ( C D ) µ β +β WB = WAe k ( C D )e− µ s β E (8 kg ) g = mA ge ( ) ( ) 0.15 56 + 23 π −0.2 12 π e mA = 5.40 kg PROBLEM 8.122 A recording tape passes over the 1-in.-radius drive drum B and under the idler drum C. Knowing that the coefficients of friction between the tape and the drums are µ s = 0.40 and µ k = 0.30 and that drum C is free to rotate, determine the smallest allowable value of P if slipping of the tape on drum B is not to occur. SOLUTION FBD drive drum: ΣM B = 0: r (TA − T ) − M = 0 M 2.7 lb ⋅ in. = = 2.7 lb r 1 in. TA − T = Impending slipping: TA = Te µ S β = Te0.4π ( ) So T e0.4π − 1 = 2.7 lb or T = 1.0742 lb If C is free to rotate, P = T P = 1.074 lb PROBLEM 8.123 Solve Problem 8.122 assuming that the idler drum C is frozen and cannot rotate. SOLUTION FBD drive drum: ΣM B = 0: r (TA − T ) − M = 0 TA − T = Impending slipping: So or M 2.7 lb ⋅ in. = = 2.7 lb r 1 in. TA = Te µ s β = Te0.4π (e 0.4π ) − 1 T = 2.7 lb T = 1.07416 lb If C is fixed, the tape must slip So P = Te µk βC = 1.07416 lb e 0.3 π2 = 1.7208 lb P = 1.721 lb PROBLEM 8.124 For the band brake shown, the maximum allowed tension in either belt is 5.6 kN. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction between the belt and the 160-mm-radius drum is 0.25, determine (a) the largest clockwise moment M 0 that can be applied to the drum if slipping is not to occur, (b) the corresponding force P exerted on end E of the lever. SOLUTION FBD pin B: T1 = T2 (a) By symmetry: 2 ΣFy = 0: B − 2 T =0 2 1 For impending rotation or B= 2T1 = 2T2 (1) : T3 > T1 = T2 > T4 , so T3 = Tmax = 5.6 kN Then T1 = T3e − µs β L = ( 5.6 kN ) e or T1 = 4.03706 kN = T2 ( −0.25 π4 + π6 and T4 = T2e− µs β R = ( 4.03706 kN ) e or T4 = 2.23998 kN ) ( ) −0.25 34π ΣM F = 0: M 0 + r (T4 − T3 + T2 − T1 ) = 0 or M 0 = ( 0.16 m )( 5.6 kN − 2.23998 kN ) = 0.5376 kN ⋅ m M 0 = 538 N ⋅ m Lever: (b) Using Equation (1) B= 2T1 = 2 ( 4.03706 kN ) = 5.70927 kN ΣM D = 0: ( 0.05 m )( 5.70927 kN ) − ( 0.25 m ) P = 0 P = 1.142 kN PROBLEM 8.125 Solve Problem 8.124 assuming that a counterclockwise moment is applied to the drum. SOLUTION FBD pin B: T1 = T2 (a) By symmetry: 2 ΣFy = 0: B − 2 T =0 2 1 For impending rotation or B= (1) 2T1 : T4 > T2 = T1 > T3 , so T4 = Tmax = 5.6 kN Then T2 = T4e− µs β R = ( 5.6 kN ) e or T2 = 3.10719 kN = T1 ( ) −0.25 34π and T3 = T1e− µs β L = ( 3.10719 kN ) e or T3 = 2.23999 kN ( −0.25 π4 + π6 ) ΣM F = 0: M 0 + r (T2 − T1 + T3 − T4 ) = 0 M 0 = (160 mm )( 5.6 kN − 2.23999 kN ) = 537.6 N ⋅ m M 0 = 538 N ⋅ m FBD Lever: (b) Using Equation (1) B= 2T1 = 2 ( 3.10719 kN ) B = 4.3942 kN ΣM D = 0: ( 0.05 m )( 4.3942 kN ) − ( 0.25 m ) P = 0 P = 879 N PROBLEM 8.126 The strap wrench shown is used to grip the pipe firmly without marring the surface of the pipe. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction is the same for all surfaces of contact, determine the smallest value of µ s for which the wrench will be self-locking when a = 10 in., r = 1.5 in., and θ = 65o. SOLUTION For the wrench to be self-locking, friction must be sufficient to maintain equilibrium as P is increased from zero to Pmax , as well as to prevent slipping of the belt on the pipe. FBD wrench: 10 in. 10 in. ΣM E = 0: − 1.5 in. F − − 1.5 in. T2 = 0 sin 65° tan65° 9.5338F = 3.1631 T2 or 3.01406 = T2 F (1) ΣFx = 0: − T2 + N sin 65° + F cos 65° = 0 N = F /µ s Impending slipping: So or sin 65° F + cos 65° = T2 µs 0.90631 µs + 0.42262 = T2 F Solving Equations (1) and (2) yields µ s = 0.3497; must still check belt on pipe. (2) PROBLEM 8.126 CONTINUED Small portion of belt at A: ΣFt = 0: 2 F − T1 = 0 T1 = 2F or ln Belt impending slipping: So Using Equation (1) µs = 1 β µs = T2 = µs β T1 ln T2 1 T = ln 2 T1 β 2F 180 ln1.50703 295π = 0.0797 ∴ for self-locking, need µ s = 0.350 PROBLEM 8.127 Solve Problem 8.126 assuming that θ = 75o. SOLUTION For the wrench to be self-locking, friction must be sufficient to maintain equilibrium as P is increased from zero to Pmax , as well as to prevent slipping of the belt on the pipe. FBD wrench: 10 in. 10 in. ΣM E = 0: − 1.5 in. F − − 1.5 in. T2 = 0 sin 75° tan 75° or T2 = 7.5056 F (1) ΣFx = 0: − T2 + N sin 75° + F cos 75° = 0 Impending slipping: N = F /µ s So sin 75° F + cos 75° = T2 µs or T2 0.96593 = + 0.25882 F µs Solving Equations (1) and (2): µ s = 0.13329; must still check belt on pipe. (2) PROBLEM 8.127 CONTINUED Small portion of belt at A: ΣFt = 0: 2 F − T1 = 0 T1 = 2F or Impending belt slipping: So Using Equation (1): ln µs = 1 β µs = T2 = µs β T1 ln T2 1 T = ln 2 T1 β 2F 180 7.5056 ln 285π 2 = 0.2659 ∴ for self-locking, µ s = 0.266 PROBLEM 8.128 Prove that Equatins (8.13) and (8.14) are valid for any shape of surface provided that the coefficient of friction is the same at all points of contact. SOLUTION ∆θ ΣFn = 0: ∆N − T + (T + ∆T ) sin =0 2 ∆N = ( 2T + ∆T ) sin or ∆θ 2 ∆θ ΣFt = 0: (T + ∆T ) − T cos − ∆F = 0 2 ∆F = ∆T cos or ∆F = µ s ∆N Impending slipping: So In limit as So and ∆T cos ∆θ 2 ∆θ ∆θ sin ∆θ = µ s 2T sin + µ s ∆T 2 2 2 ∆θ → 0: dT = µ sTdθ , or dT = µ s dθ T T2 β ∫T1 T = ∫0 µ s dθ ; dT ln T2 = µs β T1 or T2 = T1e µs β Note: Nothing above depends on the shape of the surface, except it is assumed smooth. PROBLEM 8.129 Complete the derivation of Equation (8.15), which relates the tension in both parts of a V belt. SOLUTION Small belt section: ΣFy = 0: 2 ∆N α ∆θ sin − T + (T + ∆T ) sin =0 2 2 2 ∆θ ΣFx = 0: (T + ∆T ) − T cos − ∆F = 0 2 Impending slipping: In limit as ∆θ → 0: ∆F = µ s ∆N ⇒ ∆T cos dT = µ sTdθ α sin So ∆θ 2T + ∆T ∆θ = µs sin α 2 2 sin 2 dT µs dθ = α T sin 2 or 2 µ T2 β s ∫T1 T = α ∫0 dθ sin dT 2 or or ln T2 µβ = s α T1 sin 2 T2 = T1e µ s β /sin α2 PROBLEM 8.130 Solve Problem 8.107 assuming that the flat belt and drums are replaced by a V belt and V pulleys with α = 36o. (The angle α is as shown in Figure 8.15a.) SOLUTION ΣM D = 0: FBD motor + mount: Impending slipping: ( 0.24 m )W − ( 0.26 m ) T1 − ( 0.14 m ) T2 T2 = T1e =0 µ S β /sin α2 0.4π T2 = T1e sin18° = 58.356T1 Thus ( 0.24 m )(833.85 N ) − 0.26 m + ( 0.14 m )( 58.356 ) T1 = 0 T1 = 23.740 N T2 = 1385.369 N FBD Drum: ΣM B = 0: M B + ( 0.06 m )( 23.740 N − 1385.369 N ) = 0 M B = 81.7 N ⋅ m (Compare to M B = 40.1 N ⋅ m using flat belt, Problem 8.107.) PROBLEM 8.131 Solve Problem 8.109 assuming that the flat belt and drums are replaced by a V belt and V pulleys with α = 36o. (The angle α is as shown in Figure 8.15a.) SOLUTION FBD pulley A: Impending slipping: T2 = T1e µ s β /sin α2 T2 = T1e0.35π /sin18° = 35.1015T1 ΣFx = 0: T1 + T2 − 225 lb = 0 T1 (1 + 35.1015 ) = 225 lb So T1 = 6.2324 lb T2 = 218.768 lb = Tmax ΣM A = 0: M + ( 3 in.)(T1 − T2 ) = 0 M = ( 3 in.)( 218.768 lb − 6.232 lb ) (a) M = 638 lb ⋅ in. (Compare to 338 lb ⋅ in. with flat belt, Problem 8.109.) (b) Tmax = 219 lb PROBLEM 8.132 Considering only values of θ less than 90°, determine the smallest value of θ required to start the block moving to the right when (a) W = 75 lb, (b) W = 100 lb. SOLUTION FBD block: (motion impending) φ s = tan −1 µ s = 14.036° 30 lb W = sinφs sin (θ − φs ) sin (θ − φs ) = W sin14.036° 30 lb W 123.695 lb or sin (θ − 14.036° ) = (a) W = 75 lb: θ = 14.036° + sin −1 75 lb 123.695 lb θ = 51.4° (b) W = 100 lb: θ = 14.036° + sin −1 100 lb 123.695 lb θ = 68.0° PROBLEM 8.133 The machine base shown has a mass of 75 kg and is fitted with skids at A and B. The coefficient of static friction between the skids and the floor is 0.30. If a force P of magnitude 500 N is applied at corner C, determine the range of values of θ for which the base will not move. SOLUTION FBD machine base (slip impending): φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.3 = 16.699° W P = sin ( 90° − φs − θ ) sin φs sin ( 90° − φ s − θ ) = W sin16.699° P 735.75 lb 90° − 16.699° − θ = sin −1 ( 0.28734 ) 500 lb θ = 73.301° − 25.013° θ = 48.3° FBD machine base (tip about B impending): PROBLEM 8.133 CONTINUED ΣM B = 0: ( 0.2 m )( 735.75 N ) + ( 0.5 m ) ( 500 N ) cosθ − ( 0.4 m ) ( 500 N ) sinθ = 0 0.8 sin θ − cosθ = 0.5886 Solving numerically So, for equilibrium θ = 78.7° 48.3° ≤ θ ≤ 78.7° PROBLEM 8.134 Knowing that a couple of magnitude 30 N ⋅ m is required to start the vertical shaft rotating, determine the coefficient of static friction between the annular surfaces of contact. SOLUTION For annular contact regions, use Equation 8.8 with impending slipping: M = 2 R3 − R13 µ s N 22 3 R2 − R12 ( 0.06 m ) − ( 0.025 m ) 2 µ s ( 4000 N ) 3 ( 0.06 m )2 − ( 0.025 m )2 3 So, 30 N ⋅ m = 3 µ s = 0.1670 PROBLEM 8.135 The 20-lb block A and the 30-lb block B are supported by an incline which is held in the position shown. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction is 0.15 between the two blocks and zero between block B and the incline, determine the value of θ for which motion is impending. SOLUTION FBD’s Block A: A: ΣFn = 0: N A − ( 20 lb ) cosθ = 0 B: ΣFn = 0: N B − N A − ( 30 lb ) cosθ = 0 or or N A = ( 20 lb ) cosθ N B = N A + ( 30 lb ) cosθ = ( 50 lb ) cosθ Impending motion at all surfaces: FA = µ s N A = 0.15 ( 20 lb ) cosθ = ( 3 lb ) cosθ Block B: A: ΣFt = 0: FA + ( 20 lb ) sin θ − T = 0 B: ΣFt = 0: − FA + ( 30 lb ) sin θ − T = 0 So (10 lb ) sin θ (10 lb ) sin θ θ = tan −1 − 2 FA = 0 = 2 ( 3 lb ) cosθ 6 lb = 30.96° 10 lb θ = 31.0° PROBLEM 8.136 The 20-lb block A and the 30-lb block B are supported by an incline which is held in the position shown. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction is 0.15 between all surfaces of contact, determine the value of θ for which motion is impending. SOLUTION FBD’s Block A: A: ΣFn = 0: N A − ( 20 lb ) cosθ = 0 B: ΣFn = 0: N B − N A − ( 30 lb ) cosθ = 0 or N A = ( 20 lb ) cosθ N B = N A + ( 30 lb ) cosθ = ( 50 lb ) cosθ or Impending motion at all surfaces; B impends : FA = µ s N A = ( 0.15 )( 20 lb ) cosθ = ( 3 lb ) cosθ FB = µ s N B = ( 0.15 )( 50 lb ) cosθ = ( 7.5 lb ) cosθ Block B: A: ΣFt = 0: ( 20 lb ) sin θ + FA − T = 0 B: ΣFt = 0: ( 30 lb ) sin θ − FA − FB − T = 0 So (10 lb ) sin θ (10 lb ) sin θ tan θ = − 2 FA − FB = 0 = 2 ( 3 lb ) cosθ + ( 7.5 lb ) cosθ 13.5 lb = 1.35; 10 lb θ = 53.5° PROBLEM 8.137 Two cylinders are connected by a rope that passes over two fixed rods as shown. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction between the rope and the rods is 0.40, determine the range of values of the mass m of cylinder D for which equilibrium is maintained. SOLUTION T = WAe µ s β B For impending motion of A up: and µ β +β WD = Te µs βC = WAe s ( B C ) or mD g = ( 50 kg ) ge ( 0.4 π2 + π2 ) mD = 175.7 kg For impending motion of A down, the tension ratios are inverted, so µ β +β WA = WDe s ( C B ) ( 50 kg ) g = mD ge ( 0.4 π2 + π2 ) mD = 14.23 kg For equilibrium: 14.23 kg ≤ mD ≤ 175.7 kg PROBLEM 8.138 Two cylinders are connected by a rope that passes over two fixed rods as shown. Knowing that for cylinder D upward motion impends when m = 20 kg, determine (a) the coefficient of static friction between the rope and the rods, (b) the corresponding tension in portion BC of the rope. SOLUTION (a) Motion of D impends upward, so TBC = WDe µ s βC (1) µ β +β WA = TBC e µs β B = WDe s ( C B ) So 50 kg W π π + = ln A = ln 2 2 W 20 kg D µs µ s = 0.29166 µ s = 0.292 W (b) From Equation (1): ( ) TBC = ( 20 kg ) 9.81 m/s 2 e0.29166 π /2 TBC = 310 N W PROBLEM 8.139 A 10° wedge is used to split a section of a log. The coefficient of static friction between the wedge and the log is 0.35. Knowing that a force P of magnitude 600 lb was required to insert the wedge, determine the magnitude of the forces exerted on the wood by the wedge after insertion. SOLUTION FBD wedge (impending motion ): φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.35 = 19.29° R1 = R2 By symmetry: ΣFy = 0: 2R1 sin ( 5° + φs ) − 600 lb = 0 or R1 = R2 = 300 lb = 729.30 lb sin ( 5° + 19.29° ) When P is removed, the vertical components of R1 and R2 vanish, leaving the horizontal components R1x = R2 x = R1 cos ( 5° + φ s ) = ( 729.30 lb ) cos ( 5° + 19.29° ) R1x = R2 x = 665 lb W (Note that φ s > 5°, so wedge is self-locking.) PROBLEM 8.140 A flat belt is used to transmit a torque from drum B to drum A. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction is 0.40 and that the allowable belt tension is 450 N, determine the largest torque that can be exerted on drum A. SOLUTION β A = 180° + 30° = π + FBD’s drums: β B = 180° − 30° = π − π 6 π 6 = 7π 6 = 5π 6 Since β B < β A , slipping will impend first on B (friction coefficients being equal) So T2 = Tmax = T1e µs β B 0.4 5π /6 450 N = T1e( ) or T1 = 157.914 N ΣM A = 0: M A + ( 0.12 m )(T1 − T2 ) = 0 M A = ( 0.12 m )( 450 N − 157.914 N ) = 35.05 N ⋅ m M A = 35.1 N ⋅ m W PROBLEM 8.141 Two 10-lb blocks A and B are connected by a slender rod of negligible weight. The coefficient of static friction is 0.30 between all surfaces of contact, and the rod forms an angle θ = 30° with the vertical. (a) Show that the system is in equilibrium when P = 0. (b) Determine the largest value of P for which equilibrium is maintained. SOLUTION FBD block B: (b) For Pmax , motion impends at both surfaces B: ΣFy = 0: N B − 10 lb − FAB cos 30° = 0 N B = 10 lb + 3 FAB 2 (1) FB = µ s N B = 0.3N B Impending motion: ΣFx = 0: FB − FAB sin 30° = 0 FAB = 2 FB = 0.6 N B N B = 10 lb + Solving (1) and (2) FBD block A: (2) 3 ( 0.6 N B ) 2 = 20.8166 lb FAB = 0.6 N B = 12.4900 lb Then A: ΣFx = 0: FAB sin 30° − N A = 0 NA = Impending motion: 1 1 FAB = (12.4900 lb ) = 6.2450 lb 2 2 FA = µ s N A = 0.3 ( 6.2450 lb ) = 1.8735 lb ΣFy = 0: FA + FAB cos 30° − P − 10 lb = 0 P = FA + 3 FAB − 10 lb 2 = 1.8735 lb + 3 (12.4900 lb ) − 10 lb = 2.69 lb 2 P = 2.69 lb W (a) Since P = 2.69 lb to initiate motion, equilibrium exists with P = 0 W PROBLEM 8.142 Determine the range of values of P for which equilibrium of the block shown is maintained. SOLUTION FBD block (Impending motion down): φ s = tan −1 µ s = tan −1 0.25 ( P = ( 500 lb ) tan 30° − tan −1 0.25 ) = 143.03 lb (Impending motion up): ( P = ( 500 lb ) tan 30° + tan −1 0.25 ) = 483.46 lb Equilibrium for 143.0 lb ≤ P ≤ 483 lb W PROBLEM 8.143 Two identical uniform boards, each of weight 40 lb, are temporarily leaned against each other as shown. Knowing that the coefficient of static friction between all surfaces is 0.40, determine (a) the largest magnitude of the force P for which equilibrium will be maintained, (b) the surface at which motion will impend. SOLUTION Board FBDs: FC = µ s NC Assume impending motion at C, so = 0.4 NC FBD II: ΣM B = 0: ( 6 ft ) NC − (8 ft ) FC − ( 3 ft )( 40 lb ) = 0 6 ft − 0.4 ( 8 ft ) NC = ( 3 ft )( 40 lb ) or NC = 42.857 lb and FC = 0.4 NC = 17.143 lb ΣFx = 0: N B − FC = 0 N B = FC = 17.143 lb ΣFy = 0: − FB − 40 lb + NC = 0 FB = NC − 40 lb = 2.857 lb Check for motion at B: FB 2.857 lb = = 0.167 < µ s , OK, no motion. N B 17.143 lb PROBLEM 8.143 CONTINUED FBD I: ΣM A = 0: (8 ft ) N B + ( 6 ft ) FB − ( 3 ft )( P + 40 lb ) = 0 P= (8 ft )(17.143 lb ) + ( 6 ft )( 2.857 lb ) − 40 lb = 11.429 lb 3 ft Check for slip at A (unlikely because of P) ΣFx = 0: FA − N B = 0 or FA = N B = 17.143 lb ΣFy = 0: N A − P − 40 lb + FB = 0 or N A = 11.429 lb + 40 lb − 2.857 lb = 48.572 lb Then Therefore, FA 17.143 lb = = 0.353 < µ s , NA 48.572 lb OK, no slip ⇒ assumption is correct (a) Pmax = 11.43 lb W (b) Motion impends at C W PROBLEM 9.1 Determine by direct integration the moment of inertia of the shaded area with respect to the y axis. SOLUTION 5 At x = a, y = b: b = ka 2 or k = b 5 a2 ∴ y = b a 5 2 5 x2 or a b dI y = = Then x= 2 2 5 y5 1 3 x dy 3 1 a3 65 y dy 3 b 65 Iy = 1 a3 b 65 ∫ y dy 3 b 65 0 1 5 a3 115 = y 3 11 b 65 = b 0 5 a3 115 b 33 b 65 or I y = 5 3 a bW 33 PROBLEM 9.2 Determine by direct integration the moment of inertia of the shaded area with respect to the y axis. SOLUTION At x = 0, y = 0: 0 = ka 2 + c k =− x = a, y =b: ∴k = − Then y =− =− Now c a2 b=c b a2 b 2 x − a) + b 2( a ( ) b 2 x − 2ax + a 2 + b a2 2b 3 b dI y = x 2dA = x 2 ( ydx ) = − 2 x 4 + x − bx 2 + bx 2 dx a a 2b 3 b = − 2 x4 + x dx a a Then b 2b 3 a I y = ∫ dI y = ∫0 − 2 x 4 + x dx a a a 1 x5 2 x 4 = b − 2 + a 4 0 a 5 a 3 2a 3 1 3 1 = b + = ba − 4 2 5 5 Iy = 3a3b W 10 PROBLEM 9.3 Determine by direct integration the moment of inertia of the shaded area with respect to the y axis. SOLUTION y =h− By observation h x b x = h 1 − b Now dI y = x 2dA = x 2 ( h − y ) dx x = x 2 h − h 1 − dx b = Then hx3 dx b hx3 hx 4 I y = ∫ dI y = ∫ dx = b 4b b b 0 = 0 hb 4 4b Iy = b 3h W 4 PROBLEM 9.4 Determine by direct integration the moment of inertia of the shaded area with respect to the y axis. SOLUTION y = kx 2 + c Have x = 0, y = b: b = k ( 0 ) + c At or c=b At x = 2a, y = 0: or k =− y =− Then = Then I y = ∫ x 2dA, 2a I y = ∫a x 2dA = 0 = k ( 2a ) + b 2 b 4a 2 b 2 x +b 4a 2 ( b 4a 2 − x 2 2 4a dA = ydx = ) ( ) b 4a 2 − x 2 dx 4a 2 ( ) b 2a 2 x 4a 2 − x 2 dx 2 ∫a 4a 2a = b 4a 2 2 x3 x5 − 4a 3 5 a = b b 8a3 − a3 − 32a5 − a5 3 20a 2 ( ) = 7a3b 31a 3b − 3 20 ( ) Iy = 47 3 a bW 60 PROBLEM 9.5 Determine by direct integration the moment of inertia of the shaded area with respect to the x axis. SOLUTION 3 At x = a, y = b: b = ka 2 or k = b 3 a2 ∴y = b 32 x a 32 I x = ∫ y 2dA dA = xdy a 2 b = ∫0 y 2 2 y 5 dy b 5 5 175 = 2 × y b 5 17 b 17 0 5a b 5 = 17 b 25 a or I x = 5 3 ab W 17 PROBLEM 9.6 Determine by direct integration the moment of inertia of the shaded area with respect to the x axis. SOLUTION At x = 0, y = 0: 0 = ka 2 + c k =− c a2 x = a, y = b k =− y =b− Then Now ( x − a )2 b 2 x − a) 2( a = a2 (b − y ) b x − a = a2 1 − Then x = a2 1 − and and b a2 dI x = y 2dA = y 2 ( xdy ) From above Then b=c y b y +a b y dI x = ay 2 1 + 1 − dy b y b I x = ∫ dI x = a ∫0 y 2 1 + 1 − dy b y3 =a 3 b 0 y b + a ∫0 y 2 1 − dy 6 PROBLEM 9.6 CONTINUED For the second integral use substitution u =1− y 1 ⇒ du = − dy, y = b(1 − u ) b b y = 0 u =1 y=b u =0 y 1 b 2 b 2 2 ∫0 y 1 − b dy = −∫0 b (1 − u ) u 2 du Now 0 = 0 −b3 1 ∫ u 12 − 2u 32 + u 52 du = −b3 2 u 23 − 4 u 52 + 2 u 72 5 7 1 3 2 4 2 70 − 84 + 30 16b3 = +b 3 − + = b 3 = 105 3 5 7 105 Then Ix = a b3 16ab3 51 3 + = ab 3 105 105 or I x = 17 3 ab W 35 PROBLEM 9.7 Determine by direct integration the moment of inertia of the shaded area with respect to the x axis. SOLUTION y =h− By observation h x b x = h 1 − b y x = b 1 − h or Now dI x = y 2dA = y 2 ( b − x ) dy by = y2 b − b + dy h = Then by 4 dy = h 4h h by 0 Ix = ∫ 3 by 3 dy h h = 0 bh 4 4h or I x = bh3 W 4 PROBLEM 9.8 Determine by direct integration the moment of inertia of the shaded area with respect to the x axis. SOLUTION y = kx 2 + c Have At x = 0, y = b: b = k (0) + c or c=b At x = 2a, y = 0: 0 = k (2a) 2 + b k =− or Then Now y = dI x = = b 4a 2 ( ) ( ) b 4a 2 − x 2 4a 2 1 3 y dx 3 3 1 b3 4a 2 − x 2 dx 6 3 64a PROBLEM 9.8 CONTINUED Then I x = ∫ dI x ( ) = 3 1 b3 2 a 4a 2 − x 2 dx 6 ∫a 3 64a = b3 2 a 6 4 2 2 4 6 ∫ 64a − 48a x + 12a x − x dx 192a 6 a ( b3 = 192a 6 = 2a 12 2 5 x 7 6 4 3 64 a x 16 a x a x − − + 5 7 a b3 64a 7( 2 − 1) − 16a 7 ( 8 − 1) 6 192a + = ) 12 7 1 a ( 32 − 1) − (128 − 1) 5 7 ab3 372 127 3 − 64 − 112 + = 0.043006ab 192 5 7 I x = 0.0430ab3 W PROBLEM 9.9 Determine by direct integration the moment of inertia of the shaded area with respect to the x axis. SOLUTION 1 At x = a, y = b: b = ka 2 k = or y = Then b a b 12 x a 3 Now dI x = 1 3 1 b 32 y dx = x dx 3 3 a 3 Then 3 a a1 b 2 I x = 2∫0 dI x = 2∫0 x dx 3 a 3 2 b 2 52 = x 3 a 5 a = 0 4 b3 52 a 15 a 23 Ix = 4 3 ab W 15 PROBLEM 9.10 Determine by direct integration the moment of inertia of the shaded area with respect to the x axis. SOLUTION At x = 2a, y = b: or k = 2a = kb3 2a b3 Then x= 2a 3 y b3 or y = b Now dI x = ( 2a ) 1 1 3 x3 1 3 1 b3 y dx = xdx 3 3 2a 2a Then 1 b3 2a 1 b3 1 2 I x = ∫ dI x = xdx = x ∫ 3 2a a 6 a 2 a = ( b3 4a 2 − a 2 12a ) Ix = 1 3 ab W 4 PROBLEM 9.11 Determine by direct integration the moment of inertia of the shaded area with respect to the x axis. SOLUTION x = 0, y = b: b = ke0 = k At y = be Then dI x = Now Then a I x = ∫ dI x = ∫0 − ax 1 3 b3 − ax 3 y dx = e dx 3 3 b3 − ax 3 e dx 3 b3 − 3ax b3 −a − 3ax = e dx = ∫ e 3 3 3 = a =− 0 ( b3a −3 e − e0 9 ) ab3 ( 0.95021) = 0.10558ab3 9 or I x = 0.1056ab3 PROBLEM 9.12 Determine by direct integration the moment of inertia of the shaded area with respect to the y axis. SOLUTION 1 At x = a, y = b: b = ka 2 Then y = Now dI y = x 2dA, or Then I y = ∫ dI y = 2∫ = b a b 12 x a dA = ydx dI y = x 2 ydx = a 0 k = b 52 x dx a b 52 4 b 72 x dx = x 7 a a a 0 4 b 72 a 7 a 12 or I y = 4 3 ab 7 PROBLEM 9.13 Determine by direct integration the moment of inertia of the shaded area with respect to the y axis. SOLUTION At x = 2a, y = b: 2a = kb3 y = or Now b ( 2a ) I y = ∫ x 2dA 2a = 1 x3 1 3 dA = ydx I y = ∫a x 2 Then s 2a 3 y b3 x= Then or b b ( 2a ) 1 1 3 x 3 dx 5 ( 2a ) 1 3 2a ∫a x 3 dx 2a = = b ( 2a ) 3 1 3b 10 ( 2a ) = 1 3 3 103 x 10 a 2a 103 − a 103 ( ) 10 3ba3 103 2 − 1 3 1 10 ( 2 ) 3 = 2.1619a3b or I y = 2.16a3b PROBLEM 9.14 Determine by direct integration the moment of inertia of the shaded area with respect to the y axis. SOLUTION x = 0, y = b: b = ke0 = k At y = be Then − ax dI y = x 2dA = x 2 ydx Now −x = x 2be a dx a −x a −x I y = ∫ dI y = ∫0 bx 2e a dx = b∫0 x 2e a dx Then Use integration by parts u = x2 du = 2 xdx Then −x dv = e a dx v = −ae −x −x a I y = ∫0 x 2e a dx = b −ax 2e a a 0 − ax −x a − ∫0 −ae a 2 xdx −x a = b −a3e −1 + 2a ∫0 xe a dx Again use integration by parts: u = x du = dx −x dv = e a dx v = −ae − ax PROBLEM 9.14 CONTINUED Then −x a ∫0 xe a dx = −axe − ax a 0 − ∫0 −ae a = −a 2e−1 − a 2e − ax a − ax dx = −a 2e−1 − a 2e−1 + a 2e0 0 = −2a 2e −1 + a 2 Finally, ( ) ( I y = b −a 3e −1 + 2a −2a 2e −1 + a 2 = ba3 −5e −1 + 2 ) = 0.1606ba3 or I y = 0.1606ba3 PROBLEM 9.15 Determine the moment of inertia and the radius of gyration of the shaded area shown with respect to the x axis. SOLUTION x = a, At Then Now y1 = y2 = b y1: b = ma or m= b a y2: b = ka3 or k = b a3 y1 = b x a y2 = b 3 x a3 a x2 = 1 3 b 1 y 3 b a A = 2∫ dA = 2∫ y − 1 b b3 = Now or a y b a 1 a dA = ( x2 − x1 ) dy = 1 y 3 − y dy 3 b b b 0 Then x1 = or a 1 3 a 3 4 a 1 2 y dy = 2 1 y 3 − y b 2 b 3 4 0 3ab 1 − ab = ab 2 2 a 1 a dI x = y 2dA = y 2 1 y 3 − y dy 3 b b b y 73 3 y 103 y 3 y 4 I x = 2∫ dI x = 2a ∫ dy 2 a − = − 1 b 4b 10 13 3 b b 0 b 0 3 b3 1 3 = 2a b3 − = 2ab3 − 10 4 10 4 or I x = And k x2 = Ix = A 1 ab3 10 1 ab 2 = 1 3 ab 10 1 2 b 5 kx = b 5 PROBLEM 9.16 Determine the moment of inertia and the radius of gyration of the shaded area shown with respect to the x axis. SOLUTION x = a, y = b: At k1 = or y1 = Then x1 = and 1 b = k1a 4 b = k2a 4 b a4 k2 = y2 = a x2 = b b a 1 y4 1 a4 b 4 x a4 1 4 b 1 4 1 x4 a 4 y b4 1 x4 a x4 A = ∫ ( y2 − y1 ) dx = b∫0 1 − 4 dx a4 a Now a 4 x 54 1 x5 = 3 ab = b − 1 4 5 5 a4 5 a 0 dA = ( x1 − x2 ) dy I x = ∫ y 2dA Then Ix = b a 2 ∫0 y b 1 4 1 y4 − a 4 y dy b 4 b 4 y 134 1 y 7 = a − 1 7 b4 13 b 4 0 1 4 = ab3 − 13 7 or I x = Now kx = Ix = A 15 ab3 91 3 ab 5 = 15 3 ab 91 25 2 b = 0.52414b 91 or k x = 0.524b PROBLEM 9.17 Determine the moment of inertia and the radius of gyration of the shaded area shown with respect to the y axis. SOLUTION x = a, At y1 = y2 = b y1: b = ka3 or k = b a3 y2: b = ma or m= b a Then y1 = b 3 x a3 y2 = b x a b b dA = ( y2 − y1 ) dx = x − 3 x3 dx a a Now a b a x3 b 1 1 A = ∫ dA = 2 ∫0 x − 2 dx = 2 x 2 − 2 x 4 a a 2 4a a 0 1 b a2 1 =2 − 2 a 4 = ab a 2 4a 2 dI y = x 2dA = Now Then b 3 x 5 x − 2 dx a a b a x5 a I y = ∫0 dI y = 2 ∫0 x3 − 2 dx a a a b 1 1 b a 4 1 a6 = 2 x 4 − 2 x6 = 2 − a 4 a 4 6 a 2 6a 0 = And 1 3 ab 6 k y2 = Iy A or I y = = 1 a 3b 6 1 ab 2 = 1 2 a 3 1 3 ab 6 or k y = a 3 PROBLEM 9.18 Determine the moment of inertia and the radius of gyration of the shaded area shown with respect to the y axis. SOLUTION At x = a, y = b: y1 = Now b 4 x a4 b = k2a 4 b a4 k2 = and y2 = k1 = or Then 1 b = k1a 4 b 1 a4 b a A = ∫ ( y2 − y1 ) dx = b∫ x 14 a 0 a 1 4 − 1 4 1 x4 x 4 dx a4 a 4 x 54 1 x5 = 3 ab = b − 1 4 5 5 a4 5 a 0 dA = ( y2 − y1 ) dx Now I y = ∫ x 2dA Then b 1 b a I y = ∫0 x 2 1 x 4 − 4 x 4 dx 4 a a 9 x6 a x4 = b ∫0 1 − 4 dx a4 a a 4 x 134 1 x7 = b − 7 a4 13 a 14 0 1 4 = b a3 − a3 7 13 or I y = Now ky = Iy A = 15 a 3b 91 3 ab 5 = 15 3 ab 91 25 a = 0.52414a 91 or k y = 0.524a PROBLEMS 9.19 AND 9.20 P 9.19 Determine the moment of inertia and the radius of gyration of the shaded area shown with respect to the x axis. P 9.20 Determine the moment of inertia and the radius of gyration of the shaded area shown with respect to the y axis. SOLUTION First determine constants m, b, and c y1: at x = 2a, y =0 0 = m ( 2a ) + b x = a, At y =h h = m(a) + b m=− Solving yields y1 = − Then h a b = 2h h x + 2h a y2: at x = 2a, y =0 0 = c sin k ( 2a ) At x = a, y = 2h 2h = c sin ka Solving c sin k ( 2a ) = 0 c≠0 sin k ( 2a ) = 0, k ( 2a ) = π , k = Substitute k, 2h = c sin ka Then yields 2h = c sin y2 = 2h sin π 2a π 2 π 2a or c = 2h x To calculate the area of shaded surface, a differential strip parallel to the y axis is chosen to be dA. π h dA = ( y2 − y1 ) dx = 2h sin x − − x + 2h dx 2 a a PROBLEMS 9.19 AND 9.20 CONTINUED π h 2a A = ∫ dA = ∫0 2h sin x − 2hx + x dx 2a a 2a 4a π x2 = h − cos x − 2x + 2a 2a a π 4a ( 2a )2 π = h − cos 2a − 2 ( 2a ) + 2a 2a π 4a π a2 − h − cos a − 2 ( a ) + 2a 2a π 4a = h − 4a + 2a − π a 4 1 h −2a + = ah − 2 π 2 A = 0.77324ah PROBLEM 9.19 2a I x = ∫a dI x Moment of inertia dI x = where dI x = Now ( ) 1 3 y2 − y13 dx 3 3 3 1 π h x − 2h − x dx 2h sin 3 2a a 3 1 3 3 π x 3 = 8h sin x − h 2 − dx 3 2a a 3 8h3 2a 3 π h3 2 a x − sin 2 − dx Ix = xdx ∫ ∫ −a a 3 2a 3 a Then Now π π π 3 2 ∫ sin 2a xdx = ∫ sin 2a x 1 − cos 2a x dx π π π x dx − ∫ sin x cos 2 x dx = ∫ sin 2a 2a 2a 2a 2a π π cos3 x+ x = − cos 2a 3π 2a π Then 2a sin 3 a ∫ 2a π 2a π 1 π x dx = − cos x − cos3 x 2 π 2a 3 2a a =− 2a 1 4a −1 + = 3 3π π PROBLEMS 9.19 AND 9.20 CONTINUED And 3 2a 2 a x a x − dx = − 2 − ∫ a a 4 4 2a a 4 4 a 2a a a a = − 2 − + 2 − = 4 a 4 a 4 Ix = Then 8h3 4a h3 a h3a 32 1 − − = 3 3π 3 4 3 3π 4 I x = 1.0484ah3 1.0484ah3 = 1.1644h 0.77324ah Ix = A kx = and k x = 1.164h PROBLEM 9.20 I y = ∫ dI y dI y = x 2dA y1 = 2h − From Problem 9.19 dA = ( y2 − y1 ) dx h x a y2 = 2h sin π 2a x Now π x3 dI y = 2hx 2 sin x − h 2 x 2 − dx a 2a Then πx x3 2a 2a I y = ∫a dI y = h ∫a 2 x 2 sin − 2x2 + dx 2a a Now using integration by parts Then π u = x2 dv = sin du = 2 xdx v=− π π 2a 2a π xdx cos π 2a x π 2 2 ∫ x sin 2a xdx = x − π cos 2a x − ∫ − π cos 2a x 2 xdx 2a 2a PROBLEM 9.20 CONTINUED u = x Now let dv = cos du = dx Then π π v= 4a 2a π π 2a sin xdx π 2a x π π 2 2 ∫ x sin 2a xdx = − π x cos 2a x + π x π sin 2a x − ∫ π sin 2a x dx 2a 2a 2a 2a Finally, 2a 2 π 8a 2 π 4a 2 2a π 1 3 1 4 I y = 2h − x cos x + 2 x sin x+ 2 cos x − x + x 2a 2a 2a 3 8a π π π π a 3 2a 16a3 ( 2a ) 1 8a 2 a3 a 4 2 = 2h ( 2a ) − 3 − + ( 2a )4 − 2 a + − = 1.5231a3h 3 8a 3 8a π π π I y = 1.523a3h and k y2 = Iy A = 1.5231a3h = 1.4035a 2 0.77324 k y = 1.404a PROBLEM 9.31 Determine the moment of inertia and the radius of gyration of the shaded area with respect to the x axis. SOLUTION A = A1 + A2 + A3 First note that = (1.2 in.)( 0.3 in.) + ( 2.4 in.)( 0.4 in.) + ( 2.4 in.)( 0.3 in.) = ( 0.36 + 0.96 + 0.72 ) in 2 = 2.04 in 2 I x = ( I x )1 + ( I x )2 + ( I x )3 Now where Then ( ) ( I x )1 = 1 (1.2 in.)( 0.3 in.)3 + 0.36 in 2 (1.36 in.)2 = 0.6588 in 4 12 ( I x )2 = 1 ( 0.4 in.)( 2.4 in.)3 = 0.4608 in 4 12 ( I x )3 = 1 ( 2.4 in.)( 0.3 in.)3 + 0.72 in 2 (1.35 in.)2 = 1.3176 in 4 12 ( ) I x = 0.6588 in 4 + 0.4608 in 4 + 1.3176 in 4 = 2.4372 in 4 or I x = 2.44 in 4 W and k x2 = Ix 2.4372 in 4 = = 1.1947 in 2 A 2.04 in 2 or k x = 1.093 in. W PROBLEM 9.32 Determine the moment of inertia and the radius of gyration of the shaded area with respect to the x axis. SOLUTION First note that A = A1 − A2 − A3 = (100 mm )(120 mm ) − ( 80 mm )( 40 mm ) − ( 80 mm )( 20 mm ) = 7200 mm 2 = (12 000 − 3200 − 1600 ) mm 2 = 7200 mm I x = ( I x )1 − ( I x )2 − ( I x )3 Now where Then ( I x )1 = 1 (100 mm )(120 mm )3 = 14.4 × 106 mm4 12 ( ) ( ) ( I x )2 = 1 (80 mm )( 40 mm )3 + 3200 mm2 ( 40 mm )2 = 5.5467 × 106 mm 4 12 ( I x )3 = 1 (80 mm )( 20 mm )2 + 1600 mm2 ( 30 mm )2 = 1.4933 × 106 mm 4 12 I x = (14.4 − 5.5467 − 1.4933) × 106 mm 4 = 7.36 × 106 mm 4 or I x = 7.36 × 106 mm 4 W and k x2 = Ix 7.36 × 106 = = 1022.2 mm 2 A 7200 or k x = 32.0 mm W PROBLEM 9.33 Determine the moment of inertia and the radius of gyration of the shaded area with respect to the y axis. SOLUTION First note that A = A1 + A2 + A3 = (1.2 in.)( 0.3 in.) + ( 2.4 in.)( 0.4 in.) + ( 2.4 in.)( 0.3 in.) = ( 0.36 + 0.96 + 0.72 ) in 2 = 2.04 in 2 Now Where: ( )1 + ( I y )2 + ( I y )3 Iy = Iy ( I y )1 = 121 ( 0.3 in.)(1.2 in.)3 = 0.0432 in 4 ( I y )2 = 121 ( 2.4 in.)( 0.4 in.)3 = 0.0128 in 4 ( I y )3 = 121 ( 0.3 in.)( 2.4 in.)3 = 0.3456 in 4 Then I y = ( 0.0432 + 0.0128 + 0.3456 ) in 4 = 0.4016 in 4 or I y = 0.402 in 4 W And k y2 = Iy A = 0.4016 = 0.19686 in 2 2.04 in 2 or k y = 0.444 in. W PROBLEM 9.34 Determine the moment of inertia and the radius of gyration of the shaded area with respect to the y axis. SOLUTION First note that A = A1 − A2 − A3 = (100 mm )(120 mm ) − ( 80 mm )( 40 mm ) − ( 80 mm )( 20 mm ) = 7200 mm 2 = (12 000 − 3200 − 1600)mm 2 = 7200 mm 2 ( )1 − ( I y )2 − ( I y )3 Iy = Iy Now where ( I y )1 = 121 (120 mm )(100 mm )3 = 10 × 106 mm4 ( I y )2 = 121 ( 40 mm )(80 mm )3 = 1.7067 × 106 mm4 ( I y )3 = 121 ( 20 mm )(80 mm )3 = 0.8533 × 106 mm4 Then I y = (10 − 1.7067 − 0.8533) × 106 mm 4 = 7.44 × 106 mm 4 or I y = 7.44 × 106 mm 4 W And k y2 = Iy A = 7.44 × 106 mm 4 = 1033.33 mm 2 7200 mm 2 k = 32.14550 mm or k y = 32.1 mm W PROBLEM 9.35 Determine the moments of inertia of the shaded area shown with respect to the x and y axes. SOLUTION Have I x = ( I x )1 + ( I x )2 + ( I x )3 3 3 1 1 = ( 2a )( 4a ) + ( a )( 3a ) 3 3 2 2 π π 2 4a π 2 4a 4 + a − a + a 3a + 4 3π 4 3π 16 4 9π 4 4 128 4 27 4 π = − + +2+ a + a + a 3 3 16 9 π 4 9 π 161 37 4 4 = + a = 60.9316a 3 π or I x = 60.9a 4 W Also ( )1 + ( I y )2 + ( I y )3 Iy = Iy 3 3 1 1 π = ( 4a )( 2a ) + ( 3a )( a ) + a 4 3 3 16 π 32 = + 1 + a 4 = 11.8630a 4 16 3 or I y = 11.86a 4 W PROBLEM 9.36 Determine the moments of inertia of the shaded area shown with respect to the x and y axes. SOLUTION Have I x = ( I x )1 − ( I x )2 − ( I x )3 3 1 π π = ( 3a )( 2a ) − a 4 − a 4 12 8 8 π π π = 2 − − a4 = 2 − a4 8 8 4 or I x = 1.215a 4 W Also ( )1 − ( I y )2 − ( I y )3 Iy = Iy 2 1 3 a = ( 2a )( 3a ) + ( 3a )( 2a ) 2 12 2 2 π π 4a π 4a − a 4 − a 2 + a 2 2a − 2 3π 2 3π 8 2 2 π π 2 4a π 2 4a 4 − a − a + a a − 2 3π 2 3π 8 8 8 8 9 3 π = + a4 − − + 2π − + 3 9π 2 2 8 9π 4 a 8 π 4 8 4 11π 4 π − − + − + a = 10 − a 8 9 π 2 3 9 π 4 = 1.3606a 4 or I y = 1.361a 4 W PROBLEM 9.37 For the 6-in2 shaded area shown, determine the distance d 2 and the moment of inertia with respect to the centroidal axis parallel to AA′ knowing that the moments of inertia with respect to AA′ and BB′ are 30 in4 and 58 in4, respectively, and that d1 = 1.25 in. SOLUTION Have I AA′ = I + Ad12 and I BB′ = I + Ad 22 ( I AA′ − I BB′ = A d12 − d 22 subtracting or ( 30 − 58) in 4 ( ) ) 2 = 6 in 2 (1.25 in.) − d 22 Solve for d 2 ( ) d 22 = 1.252 + 4.6667 in 2 = 6.2292 in 2 Then d 2 = 2.4958 in. or d 2 = 2.50 in. W and ( ) I = I AA′ − Ad12 = 30 in 4 − 6 in 2 (1.25 in.) = 20.625 in 4 2 or I = 20.6 in 4 W PROBLEM 9.38 Determine for the shaded region the area and the moment of inertia with respect to the centroidal axis parallel to BB′ knowing that d1 = 1.25 in. and d2 = 0.75 in. and that the moments of inertia with respect to AA′ and BB′ are 20 in4 and 15 in4, respectively. SOLUTION Have I AA′ = I + Ad12 and I BB′ = I + Ad 22 subtracting ( I AA′ − I BB′ = A d12 − d 22 ) 2 2 20 in 4 − 15 in 4 = A (1.25 ) − ( 0.75 ) in 2 5 in 4 = A [1.5625 − 0.5625] in 2 or A = 5 in 2 W and ( ) I = I AA′ − Ad 2 = 20 in 4 − 5 in 2 (1.25 in.) = 12.1875 in 4 2 or I = 12.19 in 4 W PROBLEM 9.39 The centroidal polar moment of inertia J C of the 15.5 × 103 mm 2 shaded region is 250 × 106 mm 4 . Determine the polar moments of inertia J B and J D of the shaded region knowing that J D = 2 J B and d = 100 mm. SOLUTION Have 2 J B = J C + AdCB and 2 J D = J C + AdCD J D = 2J B Now ( 2 2 J C + AdCD = 2 J C + AdCB Then 2 dCB = a2 + d 2 Now a2 = = ) ( ) 1 JC + d2 2 A 1 250 × 106 mm 4 2 + (100 mm ) = 13064.5 mm 2 3 2 2 15.5 × 10 mm a = 114.300 mm or Then 2 A 4a 2 + d 2 = J C + 2 A a 2 + d 2 Substituting or 2 dCD = ( 2a ) + d 2 and ( ) ( ) 2 2 J B = 250 × 106 mm 4 + 15.5 × 103 mm 2 (114.300 mm ) + (100 mm ) ( ) = 250 × 106 + 357.5 × 106 mm 4 = 607.5 × 106 mm 4 or J B = 608 × 106 mm 4 W And ( ) 2 2 J D = 250 × 106 mm 4 + 15.5 × 103 mm 2 ( 228.60 mm ) + (100 mm ) ( ) = 250 × 106 + 964.99 × 10 mm 4 = 1214.99 × 106 mm 4 or J D = 1215 × 106 mm 4 W PROBLEM 9.40 Determine the centroidal polar moment of inertia J C of the 10 × 103 mm 2 shaded area knowing that the polar moments of inertia of the area with respect to points A, B, and D are J A = 45 × 106 mm 4 , J B = 130 × 106 mm 4 , and J D = 252 × 106 mm 4 , respectively. SOLUTION 2 J A = J C + AdCA Have J A = J C + Aa 2 Then 2 J B = J C + AdCB Have (1) 2 dCB = a2 + d 2 where ( J B = JC + A a2 + d 2 Then 2 J D = J C + AdCD Have ) ( ) (3) J D − J B = 3 Aa 2 Then Equation (3) − Equation(2): and Equation(4) − 3[ Equation(1)]: JC = J A − (2) 2 dCD = 4a 2 + d 2 where J D = J C + A 4a 2 + d 2 Then or 2 dCA = a2 where (4) ( J D − J B ) − 3J A = −3 J C 1 ( JD − JB ) 3 = 45 × 106 mm 4 − ( ) 1 252 × 106 − 130 × 106 mm 4 = 4.3333 × 106 mm 4 3 or J C = 4.33 × 106 mm 4 W Note a = 63.77 mm and d = 92.195 mm PROBLEM 9.41 Determine the moments of inertia I x and I y of the area shown with respect to centroidal axes respectively parallel and perpendicular to side AB. SOLUTION First calculate the centroid C of the area Y = 0.6 in. + 0.9 in. = 1.5 in. From symmetry XA = ΣAx To compute X use the equation or X = 1 2 2 (1.8 × 3.6 ) in × ( 2.3 in.) 1 ( 3 × 5.4 ) in 2 − (1.8 × 3.6 ) in 2 2 ( 3 × 5.4 ) in 2 × ( 2.7 in.) − = 2.8 in. The moment of inertia of the composite area is obtained by subtracting the moment of inertia of the triangle from the moment of inertia of the rectangle I x = ( I x )1 − ( I x )2 ( I x )1 = where and Then ( I x )2 1 ( 5.4 in.)( 3 in.)3 = 12.15 in 4 12 3 1 = 2 ( 3.6 in.)( 0.9 in.) = 0.4374 in 4 12 I x = (12.15 − 0.4374 ) in 4 = 11.7126 in 4 or I x = 11.71 in 4 W ( )1 − ( I y )2 Iy = Iy Similarly, where ( I y )1 = 121 ( 3 in.)( 5.4 in.)3 + (3 × 5.4) in 2 ( 2.8 in. − 2.7 in.)2 = 39.582 in 4 PROBLEM 9.41 CONTINUED and ( I y )2 = 361 (1.8 in.)( 3.6 in.)3 + 12 (1.8)( 3.6) in 2 ( 2.8 in. − 2.3 in.)2 = 3.1428 in 4 Then I y = ( 39.582 − 3.1428 ) in 4 = 36.4392 in 4 or I y = 36.4 in 4 W PROBLEM 9.42 Determine the moments of inertia I x and I y of the area shown with respect to centroidal axes respectively parallel and perpendicular to side AB. SOLUTION X = 0.9 in. By symmetry Have AY = ΣyA Where A = (1.8 in.)(1.4 in.) + 1 (1.8 in.)( 2.1 in.) 2 = ( 2.52 + 1.89 ) in 2 = 4.41 in 2 Then ( 4.41 in ) Y 2 ( ) ( = ( 0.7 in.) 2.52 in 2 + ( 2.1 in.) 1.89 in 2 ) = 5.733 in 3 or Y = 1.3 in. I x = ( I x )1 + ( I x )2 Now where ( I x )1 = 1 (1.8 in.)(1.4 in.)3 12 ( ) + 2.52 in 2 (1.3 in. − 0.7 in.) = 1.3188 in 4 And ( I x )2 = 2 1 (1.8 in.)( 2.1 in.)3 36 ( ) + 1.89 in 2 ( 2.1 in. − 1.3 in.) = 1.67265 in 4 Then 2 I x = (1.3188 + 1.67265 ) in 4 = 2.99145 in 4 or I x = 2.99 in 4 W Also where ( )1 + ( I y )2 Iy = Iy ( I y )1 = 121 (1.4 in.)(1.8 in.)3 = 0.6804 in 4 PROBLEM 9.42 CONTINUED and ( I y )2 = 2 361 ( 2.1 in.)( 0.9 in.)3 2 1 + × 1.89 in 2 ( 0.3 in.) = 0.25515 in 4 2 Then I y = ( 0.6804 + 0.25515 ) in 4 or I y = 0.936 in 4 W PROBLEM 9.43 Determine the moments of inertia I x and I y of the area shown with respect to centroidal axes respectively parallel and perpendicular to side AB. SOLUTION A = A1 − A2 = (100 mm )(160 mm ) − ( 40 mm )(100 mm ) = (16 000 − 4000 ) mm 2 = 12 000 mm 2 First locate the centroid: AX = ΣAx Have or (12 000 mm ) X = (16 000)(50) − ( 4000 )( 38) mm 2 X = or or = 648 000 mm3 648 000 mm3 = 54 mm 12 000 mm 2 AY = ΣAy And or 3 (12 000 mm ) Y 2 = (16 000 )( 86 ) − ( 4000 )( 86 ) mm3 = 936 000 mm3 Y = 936 000 mm3 = 78 mm 12 000 mm 2 PROBLEM 9.43 CONTINUED I x = ( I x )1 − ( I x )2 Now where ( I x )1 = ( ) 1 ( 40 mm )(100 mm )3 + 16 000 mm2 (80 mm − 78 mm )2 12 = 34.197 × 106 mm 4 ( I x )2 = ( ) 1 ( 40 mm )(100 mm )3 + 4000 mm2 ( 80 mm − 78 mm )2 12 = 3.5893 × 106 mm 4 Then I x = ( 34.197 − 3.5893) × 106 mm 4 or I x = 30.6 × 106 mm 4 W Also where ( )1 − ( I y )2 Iy = Iy ( I y )1 = 121 (160 mm )(100 mm )3 + (16 000 mm2 ) ( 54 mm − 50 mm )2 = 13.589 × 106 mm4 ( I y )2 = 121 (100 mm )( 40 mm )3 + ( 4000 mm2 ) ( 54 mm − 38 mm )2 = 1.5573 × 106 mm4 Then I y = (13.589 − 1.5573) × 106 mm 4 or I y = 12.03 × 106 mm 4 W PROBLEM 9.44 Determine the moments of inertia I x and I y of the area shown with respect to centroidal axes respectively parallel and perpendicular to side AB. SOLUTION x1 = 160 mm First locate centroid y1 = 60 mm A1 = 320 mm × 120 mm = 38 400 mm 2 x2 = −30 mm y2 = 40 mm A2 = 60 mm × 80 mm = 4800 mm 2 x3 = 280 mm y3 = −105 mm A3 = 80 mm × 210 mm = 16 800 mm 2 Then X = ΣxA ΣA 160 ( 38 400 ) − 30 ( 4800 ) + 280 (16 800 ) mm3 = ( 38 400 + 4800 + 16 800 ) mm 2 = 178.4 mm And Y = ΣyA ΣA 60 ( 38 400 ) + 40 ( 4800 ) − 105 (16 800 ) mm3 = ( 38 400 + 4800 + 16 800 ) mm 2 = 12.20 mm PROBLEM 9.44 CONTINUED Then I x = ( I x )1 + ( I x )2 + ( I x )3 ( ) 3 2 1 = ( 320 mm )(120 mm ) + 38 400 mm 2 ( 60 mm − 12.2 mm ) 12 ( ) 3 2 1 + ( 60 mm )( 80 mm ) + 4800 mm 2 ( 40 mm − 12.2 mm ) 12 ( ) 3 2 1 + ( 80 mm )( 210 mm ) + 16 800 mm 2 (105 mm + 12.2 mm ) 12 = ( 46.080 + 87.7379 ) + ( 2.5600 + 3.7096 ) + ( 61.7400 + 230.7621) × 106 mm 4 = 432.5896 × 106 mm 4 or I x = 433 × 106 mm 4 W And ( )1 + ( I y )2 + ( I y )3 Iy = Iy ( ) 3 2 1 = (120 mm )( 320 mm ) + 38 400 mm 2 (178.4 mm − 160 mm ) 12 ( ) 3 2 1 + ( 80 mm )( 60 mm ) + 4800 mm 2 ( 30 mm + 178.4 mm ) 12 ( ) 3 2 1 + ( 210 mm )( 80 mm ) + 16 800 mm 2 ( 280 mm − 178.4 mm ) 12 = ( 327.6800 + 13.0007 ) + (1.4400 + 208.4667 ) + ( 8.9600 + 173.4190 ) × 106 mm 4 = 732.9664 × 106 mm 4 or I y = 733 × 106 mm 4 W PROBLEM 9.45 Determine the polar moment of inertia of the area shown with respect to (a) point O, (b) the centroid of the area. SOLUTION First locate centroid C of the area A, in 2 1 2 π 2 − ( 2.7 )(1.8) = 7.6341 π 2 ( 0.9 )2 Σ yA, in 3 0.76394 5.8319 0.38197 0.4860 6.3618 5.3460 Y = Y ΣA = ΣyA: Then J O = ( J O )1 − ( J O )2 = (a) = −1.2723 y , in. π 8 5.3460 in 2 = 0.84033 in. 6.3618 in 2 π ( 2.7 in.)(1.8 in.) ( 2.7 )2 + (1.8)2 in 2 − ( 0.9 in.)4 4 = 19.5814 in 4 or J O = 19.58 in 4 W JO = JC + A ( y ) (b) or ( ) 2 J C = 19.5814 in 4 − 6.3618 in 2 ( 0.84033 in.) = 15.0890 in 4 2 J C = 15.09 in 4 W PROBLEM 9.46 Determine the polar moment of inertia of the area shown with respect to (a) point O, (b) the centroid of the area. SOLUTION First locate centroid Y =0 Symmetry implies A1 = π ( 20 in.)(12 in.) x1 = 0 = ( 240π ) in 2 x2 = 4 ( 9 in.) = (12π ) in. 3π A2 = − π 2 x3 = − A3 = − Then ΣxA X = = ΣA = ( 9 in.)2 = − ( 40.5π ) in 2 4 ( 6 in.) 8 = − in. π 3π π 2 ( 6 in.)2 ( 0 ) ( 240π in 2 ) + (12π = − (18π ) in 2 ( ) in.) −40.5π in 2 − 8 in. π 240π in 2 − 40.5π in 2 − 18π in 2 −486 in 3 + 144 in 3 −342 in 3 = = −0.59979 in. 181.5π in 2 181.5π in 2 ( −18π in ) 2 PROBLEM 9.46 CONTINUED (a) Have J O = ( J O )1 − ( J O )2 − ( J O )3 = π 4 π π ( 20 in.)(12 in.) ( 20 in.)2 + (12 in.)2 − ( 9 in.)4 − ( 6 in.)4 4 4 = π ( 32640 − 1640.25 − 324.00 ) in 4 = 96,371 in 4 or J O = 96.4 × 103 in 4 W (b) Have Then J O = J C + Ax 2 ( ) J C = 96,371 in 4 − 181.5π in 2 ( −0.59979 in.) 2 = 96,371 in 4 − 204.5629 in 4 = 96,166.4379 in 4 or J C = 96.2 × 103 in 4 W PROBLEM 9.47 Determine the polar moment of inertia of the area shown with respect to (a) point O, (b) the centroid of the area. SOLUTION A, mm 2 π 1 2 Σ Now 2 − (120 )2 = 22 619.5 1 ( 240 )( 90 ) = −10 800 2 y , mm yA, mm3 50.9296 1.1520 × 106 30 −0.324 × 106 0.828 × 106 11 819.5 Y = ΣAY 0.828 × 106 mm3 = = 70.054 mm ΣA 11819.5 mm 2 J O = ( J O )1 − ( J O )2 (a) where and ( J O )1 = π (120 mm ) = 162.86 × 10 4 ( J O )2 = ( I x′ ) 2 + ( I y ′ ) 2 4 = 6 mm 4 1 1 ( 240 mm )( 90 mm )3 + 2 ( 90 mm )(120 mm )3 12 12 = 40.5 × 106 mm 4 Then J O = (162.86 − 40.5 ) × 106 mm 4 = 122.36 × 106 mm 4 or J O = 122.4 × 106 mm 4 W PROBLEM 9.47 CONTINUED J O = J C + Ay 2 (b) or ( ) J C = 122.36 × 106 mm 4 − 11 819.5 mm 2 ( 70.054 mm ) 2 = (122.36 − 58.005 )106 mm 4 or J C = 64.4 × 106 mm 4 W PROBLEM 9.48 Determine the polar moment of inertia of the area shown with respect to (a) point O, (b) the centroid of the area. SOLUTION First locate centroid x1 = 100 mm y1 = −28.75 mm A1 = ( 400 mm )( 57.5 mm ) = 23 000 mm 2 x2 = 100 mm A2 = 1 ( 300 mm )( 240 mm ) = 36 000 mm2 2 x3 = 50 mm A3 = − Then y3 = 40 mm 1 (150 mm )(120 mm ) = −9000 mm2 2 ( ) ( ) ( 2 2 2 ΣxA (100 mm ) 23 000 mm + (100 mm ) 36 000 mm + ( 50 mm ) −9000 mm = X = ΣA 23 000 mm 2 + 36 000 mm 2 − 9000 mm 2 = And y2 = 80 mm ( 2.3 + 3.6 − 0.45) × 106 mm3 50 × 103 mm 2 ( ) = 109.0 mm ) ( ) ( 2 2 2 ΣyA ( −28.75 mm ) 23 000 mm + ( 80 mm ) 36 000 mm + ( 40 mm ) −9000 mm Y = = ΣA 50 × 103 mm 2 = ( −661.25 + 2880 − 360 ) × 103 mm3 50 × 103 mm 2 = 37.175 mm ) PROBLEM 9.48 CONTINUED JO = I x + I y (a) Now I x = ( I x )1 + ( I x )2 − ( I x )3 where 1 3 ( I x )1 = ( 400 mm )( 57.5 mm )3 Then = 25.3479 × 106 mm 4 ( I x )2 = 1 ( 300 mm )( 240 mm )3 = 345.6000 × 106 mm 4 12 ( I x )3 = 1 (150 mm )(120 mm )3 = 21.6000 × 106 mm4 12 I x = ( 25.3479 + 345.6000 − 21.6000 ) × 106 mm 4 = 349.348 × 106 mm 4 Also where ( )1 + ( I y )2 − ( I y )3 Iy = Iy ( I y )1 = 121 ( 57.5 mm )( 400 mm )3 + ( 23 000 mm2 ) (100 mm )2 = ( 306.6667 + 230.0000 ) × 106 mm 4 = 536.6667 × 106 mm 4 ( I y )2 = 121 ( 240 mm )( 300 mm )3 = 540.0000 × 106 mm4 ( I y )3 = 121 (150 mm )(120 mm )3 = 33.7500 × 106 mm4 Then Finally, I y = ( 536.6667 + 540 − 33.75 ) × 106 mm 4 = 1042.917 × 106 mm 4 J O = ( 349.348 + 1042.917 ) × 106 mm 4 = 1392.265 × 106 mm 4 or J O = 1392 × 106 mm 4 W (b) Have Then J O = J C + Ad 2 where ( 2 d2 = X + Y 2 ) 2 2 J C = 1392.265 × 106 mm 4 − 50 × 103 mm 2 (109.0 mm ) + ( 37.175 mm ) = (1392.265 − 594.050 − 69.099 ) × 106 mm 4 = 729.1660 × 106 mm 4 or J C = 729 × 106 mm 4 W PROBLEM 9.49 Two 1-in. steel plates are welded to a rolled S section as shown. Determine the moments of inertia and the radii of gyration of the section with respect to the centroidal x and y axes. SOLUTION S-section A = 14.7 in 2 I x = 305 in 4 I y = 15.7 in 4 A = AS + 2 Aplate = 14.7 in 2 + 2 ( 8 in.)(1 in.) = 30.7 in 2 ( )S + 2 ( I x )plate Ix = Ix ( 8 in.)(1 in.)3 2 = 305 in 4 + 2 + ( 8 in.)(1 in.)( 6.5 in.) 12 = ( 305 + 677.33) in 4 = 982.33 in 4 I x = 9.82 in 4 W or and k x2 = Ix 982.33 in 4 = = 31.998 in 2 4 A 30.7 in k x = 5.66 in. W or Also ( )S Iy = Iy ( )plate + 2 Iy (1 in.)( 8 in.)3 = 15.7 in 4 + 2 12 = (15.7 + 85.333) in 4 = 101.03 in 4 or I y = 101.0 in 4 W and k y2 = Iy A = 101.03 in 4 = 3.29098 in 2 30.7 in 2 or k y = 1.814 in. W PROBLEM 9.50 To form a reinforced box section, two rolled W sections and two plates are welded together. Determine the moments of inertia and the radii of gyration of the combined section with respect to the centroidal axes shown. SOLUTION W-section A = 7.08 in 2 I x = 18.3 in 4 I y = 82.8 in 4 A = 2 AW + 2 Aplate = 2 7.08 in 2 + ( 7.93 in.)( 0.3 in.) = 18.918 in 2 Now ( )W Ix = 2 Ix ( )plate + 2 Ix 2 6.495 in. = 2 18.3 in 4 + 7.08 in 2 2 ( ) ( 7.93 in.)( 0.3 in.)3 2 + 2 + ( 7.93 in.)( 0.3 in.) ( 6.495 in. + 0.15 in.) 12 = 2 92.967 in 4 + 2 105.07 in 4 = 396.07 in 4 I x = 396 in 4 W or and or k x2 = Ix 396.07 in 4 = = 20.936 in 2 2 A 18.918 in k x = 4.58 in. W PROBLEM 9.50 CONTINUED Also ( )W + 2 ( I y )plate Iy = 2 Iy ( = 2 82.8 in 4 ) ( 0.3 in.)( 7.93 in.)3 = (165.60 + 24.9339 ) in 4 + 2 12 = 190.53 in 4 or I y = 190.5 in 4 W and k y2 = Iy A = 190.53 in 4 = 10.072 18.918 in 2 or k x = 3.17 in. W PROBLEM 9.51 Two C250 × 30 channels are welded to a 250 × 52 rolled S section as shown. Determine the moments of inertia and the radii of gyration of the combined section with respect to its centroidal x and y axes. SOLUTION Use Figure 9.13B (textbook) properties of rolled-steel shapes (SI units) to get the values for C250 and S250 shapes S250 × 52 section: A = 6670 mm 2 I x = 61.2 × 106 mm 4 I y = 3.59 × 106 mm 4 A = 3780 mm 2 C250 × 30 section: I x = 32.6 × 106 mm 4 I y = 1.14 × 106 mm 4 A = AS + 2 AC How, for the combined section: = 6670 + 2 ( 3780 ) mm 2 = 14 230 mm 2 I x = ( I x ) S + 2 ( I x )C = 61.2 × 106 + 2 32.6 × 106 mm 4 ( ) ( )S + 2 ( I y )C + AC d 2 or I x = 126.4 × 106 mm 4 Iy = Iy where d is the distance from the centroid of the C section to the centroid C of the combined section Now 2 126 I y = 3.59 × 106 mm 4 + 2 1.14 × 106 mm 4 + 3780 mm 2 + 69 − 15.3 mm 2 2 ( ) ( ) = ( 3.59 + 2.28 + 102.9588 ) × 106 mm 4 or I y = 108.8 × 106 mm 4 Also kx = = Ix A 126.4 × 106 mm 4 14 230 mm 2 or k x = 94.2 mm PROBLEM 9.51 CONTINUED And ky = = Iy A 108.8 × 106 mm 4 14 230 mm 2 or k y = 87.5 mm PROBLEM 9.52 Two channels are welded to a d × 300-mm steel plate as shown. Determine the width d for which the ratio I x / I y of the centroidal moments of inertia of the section is 16. SOLUTION A = 3780 mm 2 Channel: I x = 32.6 × 106 mm 4 I y = 1.14 × 106 mm 4 ( )C + ( I x )plate Ix = 2 Ix Now ( ) = 2 32.6 × 106 mm 4 + d ( 300 mm )3 12 ( ) = 65.2 × 106 + 2.25d × 106 mm 4 And ( )channel + ( I y )plate Iy = 2 Iy 2 d = 2 1.14 × 106 mm 4 + 3780 mm 2 + 15.3 mm 2 ( ) ( 300 mm )d 3 + 12 ( ) = 2.28 × 106 + 1890d + 115.668 × 103 d + 1.7697 × 106 + 25d 3 mm 4 ( ) = 25d 3 + 1890d 2 + 115.67 × 103 d + 4.0497 × 106 mm 4 I x = 16I y Given Then 65.2 × 106 + 2.25d × 106 ( = 16 25d 3 + 1890d 2 + 115.67 × 103 d + 4.0497 × 106 or ) 25d 3 + 1890d 2 − 24.955d − 25300 = 0 Solving numerically d = 12.2935 mm or d = 12.29 mm PROBLEM 9.53 Two L3 × 3 × 14 -in. angles are welded to a C10 × 20 channel. Determine the moments of inertia of the combined section with respect to centroidal axes respectively parallel and perpendicular to the web of the channel. SOLUTION A = 1.44 in 2 Angle: I x = I y = 1.24 in 4 A = 5.88 in 2 Channel: I x = 2.81 in 4 I y = 78.9 in 4 Locate the centroid X =0 Y = = Now ( ) ( ) 2 1.44 in 2 ( 0.842 in.) + 5.88 in 2 ( −0.606 in.) ΣAy = 2 ΣA 2 1.44 in + 5.88 in 2 ( ( 2.42496 − 3.5638) in 3 8.765 in 4 ) = −0.12995 in. ( I x ) = 2 ( I x )L + ( I x )C = 2 1.24 in 4 + (1.44 in 2 ) ( 0.842 in. + 0.12995 in.)2 ( ) 2 + 2.81 in 4 + 5.88 in 2 ( 0.606 in. − 0.12995 in.) = 2 ( 2.6003) in 4 + 4.1425 in 4 = 9.3431 in 4 or I x = 9.34 in 4 Also ( I y ) = 2 ( I y )L + ( I y )C = 2 2.14 in 4 + 1.44 in 2 ( 5 in. − 0.842 in.)2 + 7.89 in 4 = 2 ( 26.136 ) in 4 + 78.9 in 4 = 131.17 in 4 or I y = 131.2 in 4 PROBLEM 9.54 To form an unsymmetrical girder, two L3 × 3 × 14 -in. angles and two L6 × 4 × 12 -in. angles are welded to a 0.8-in. steel plate as shown. Determine the moments of inertia of the combined section with respect to its centroidal x and y axes. SOLUTION L3 × 3 × Angle: A = 1.44 in 2 L6 × 4 × A = 4.75 in 2 1 : 4 I x = I y = 1.24 in 4 1 : 2 I x = 6.27 in 4 I y = 17.4 in 4 Plate: A = ( 27 in.)( 0.8 in.) = 21.6 in 2 Ix = 1 ( 0.8 in.)( 27 in.)3 = 1312.2 in 4 12 Iy = 1 ( 27 in.)( 0.8 in.)3 = 1.152 in 4 12 PROBLEM 9.54 CONTINUED X =0 Centroid: Y = or ( ( ) ) ( ) 2 2 1.44 in 2 ( 27 in. − 0.84 in.) + 2 4.75 in 2 ( 0.987 in.) + 21.6 in 2 (13.5 in.) Y = 2 1.44 in 2 + 4.75 in 2 + 21.6 in 2 = Now ) ΣAy ΣA ( 376.31 in 3 = 11.0745 in. 33.98 in 2 I x = 2 ( I x )1 + 2 ( I x )3 + ( I x )2 2 2 = 2 6.25 + 4.75 (11.075 − 0.987 ) in 4 + 2 1.24 + 1.44 ( 27 − 0.842 − 11.075) in 4 2 + 1312.2 + 21.6 (13.5 − 11.075) in 4 = 2 ( 489.67 ) in 4 + 2 ( 328.84 ) in 4 + 1439.22 in 4 = 3076.24 in 4 or I x = 3076 in 4 Also ( I y ) = 2 ( I y )1 + 2 ( I y )3 + ( I y )2 2 2 = 2 17.4 + 4.75 ( 0.4 + 1.99 ) in 4 + 2 1.24 + 1.44 ( 0.4 + 0.842 ) in 4 + 1.152 in 4 = 2 ( 44.532 ) in 4 + 2 ( 3.4613) in 4 + 1.152 in 4 = 97.139 in 4 or I y = 97.1 in 4 PROBLEM 9.55 Two L127 × 76 × 12.7-mm angles are welded to a 10-mm steel plate. Determine the distance b and the centroidal moments of inertia I x and I y of the combined section knowing that I y = 3I x . SOLUTION A = 2420 mm 2 Angle: I x = 3.93 × 106 mm 4 I y = 1.074 × 106 mm 4 A = ( 200 mm )(10 mm ) = 2000 mm 2 Plate: Ix = 1 ( 200 mm )(10 mm )3 = 0.01667 × 106 mm4 12 Iy = 1 (10 mm )( 200 mm )3 = 6.6667 × 106 mm 4 12 X =0 Centroid Y = or Y = ( ΣAy ΣA ) 2 2420 mm 2 ( 44.5 mm ) + 2000 mm 2 ( −5 mm ) 2 ( 2420 ) + 2000 mm 2 = 205.380 mm3 6840 mm 2 = 30.026 mm Now I x = 2 ( I x )angle + ( I x )plate 2 = 2 3.93 × 106 + ( 2420 )( 44.5 − 30.026 ) mm 4 2 + 0.01667 × 106 + ( 2000 )( 30.026 + 5 ) mm 4 ( ) = 2 4.43698 × 106 mm 4 + 2.4703 × 106 mm 4 = 11.344 × 106 mm 4 or I x = 11.34 × 106 mm 4 PROBLEM 9.55 CONTINUED Also Where ( )angle + ( I y )plate Iy = 2 Iy ( I y )angle = 1.074 × 106 mm4 + ( 2420 mm2 ) ( b − 19.05 mm )2 ( ) = 1.074 × 106 + ( 2420 ) b 2 − 38.1b + 362.9 mm 4 = 2420b 2 − 92202b + 1.9522 × 106 mm 4 and Now Then or ( I y )plate = 6.6667 × 106 mm4 ( ) I y = 3 Ix ( ) 2 2420b 2 − 92202b + 1.9522 × 106 mm 4 + 6.6667 × 106 mm 4 = 3 11.34 × 106 mm 4 2420b 2 − 9.2202b + 1.9522 × 106 − 13.6767 × 106 = 0 b 2 − 38.1b − 4844.8 = 0 b = 91.2144 mm or b = 91.2 mm PROBLEM 9.56 A channel and an angle are welded to an a × 20-mm steel plate. Knowing that the centroidal y axis is located as shown, determine (a) the width a, (b) the moments of inertia with respect to the centroidal x and y axes. SOLUTION (a) Using Figure 9.13B From the geometry of L152 × 152 × 19, C150 × 15.6, plate a × 20 mm and how they are welded x A = 44.9 mm AA = 5420 mm 2 xC = −12.5 mm AC = 1980 mm 2 a xP = − − 152 mm 2 AP = ( 20a ) mm 2 X = From the condition ΣxA =0 ΣA a − 152 mm 20a mm 2 = 0 2 ( 44.9 mm ) ( 5420 mm2 ) − (12.5 mm ) (1980 mm2 ) − or a 2 − 304a − 21860.8 = 0 ( ) a = 364.05 mm or a = 364 mm And AP = ( 20 mm )( 364 mm ) = 7280 mm 2 PROBLEM 9.56 CONTINUED (b) Locate the centroid Y = ΣAy ΣA mm + ( 7280 mm ) ( −10 mm ) (5420 mm ) ( 44.9 mm ) + (1980 mm ) 152 2 2 = 2 2 ( 5420 + 1980 + 7280 ) mm 2 = 21.867 mm Now I x = ( I x ) A + ( I x )C + ( I x ) P ( ) 2 = 11.6 × 106 mm 4 + 5420 mm 2 ( 44.9 mm − 21.867 mm ) ( ) 2 + 6.21 × 106 mm 4 + 1980 mm 2 ( 76 mm − 21.867 mm ) ( ) 3 2 1 + ( 364.05 mm )( 20 mm ) + 7281 mm 2 (10 mm + 21.867 mm ) 12 = (11.6 + 2.8754 ) + ( 6.21 + 5.8022 ) + ( 0.2427 + 7.3939 ) × 106 mm 4 = (14.4754 + 12.0122 + 7.6366 ) × 106 mm 4 = 34.1242 × 106 mm 4 or I x = 34.1 × 106 mm 4 And ( ) A + ( I y )C + ( I y )P Iy = Iy ( ) 2 = 11.6 × 106 mm 4 + 5420 mm 2 ( 44.9 mm ) ( ) 2 + 0.347 × 106 mm 4 + 1980 mm 2 (12.5 mm ) 2 1 3 364.05 mm + ( 20 mm )( 364.05 mm ) + 7821 mm 2 − 152 mm 2 12 ( ) = (11.6 + 10.9268 ) × 106 mm 4 + ( 0.347 + 0.3094 ) × 106 mm 4 + ( 80.4140 + 6.5638 ) × 106 mm 4 = ( 22.5268 + 0.6564 + 86.9778 ) × 106 mm 4 = 110.161 × 10−6 mm 4 or I y = 110.2 × 106 mm 4 PROBLEM 9.57 The panel shown forms the end of a trough which is filled with water to the line AA′ . Referring to Sec. 9.2, determine the depth of the point of application of the resultant of the hydrostatic forces acting on the panel (the center of pressure). SOLUTION Using the equation developed on page 491 of the text have yP = I AA′ = For a quarter circle and I AA′ yA y = yP = 16 r4 4r π , A = r2 3π 4 π Then π r4 16 4r π 2 r 3π 4 or yP = 3π r 16 PROBLEM 9.58 The panel shown forms the end of a trough which is filled with water to the line AA′ . Referring to Sec. 9.2, determine the depth of the point of application of the resultant of the hydrostatic forces acting on the panel (the center of pressure). SOLUTION Using the equation developed on page 491 of the text have yP = I AA′ yA I AA′ = For a semiellipse y = π 8 ab3 4b π , A = ab 3π 2 π Then ab3 8 yP = 4b π ab 3π 2 or yP = 3π b 16 PROBLEM 9.59 The panel shown forms the end of a trough which is filled with water to the line AA′. Referring to Sec. 9.2, determine the depth of the point of application of the resultant of the hydrostatic forces acting on the panel (the center of pressure). SOLUTION Using the equation developed on page 491 of the text yP = Have I AA′ yA YA = ΣyA Now = h 4 1 ( 2b × h ) + h × 2b × h 2 3 2 = 7 2 bh 3 I AA′ = ( I AA′ )1 + ( I AA′ )2 And where 1 3 ( I AA′ )1 = ( 2b )( h )3 = ( I AA′ )2 = I x + Ad 2 = = Then Finally, 2 3 bh 3 1 1 4 ( 2b )( h )3 + × 2b × h h 36 2 3 2 11 3 bh 6 I AA′ = 2 3 11 3 5 3 bh + bh = bh 3 6 2 5 3 bh yP = 2 7 2 bh 3 or yP = 15 h 14 PROBLEM 9.60 The panel shown forms the end of a trough which is filled with water to the line AA′. Referring to Sec. 9.2, determine the depth of the point of application of the resultant of the hydrostatic forces acting on the panel (the center of pressure). SOLUTION Using the equation developed on page 491 of the text yP = Have where I AA′ yA I AA′ = ( I AA′ )1 + ( I AA′ )2 2 2 π π 4r π 2 4r 3 1 = ( 2r )( r ) + r 4 − r 2 + + r r 2 3π 2 3π 3 8 = And 2 4 π 8 π 4 9 4 5π 4 + + + r + − r = 2 + r 3 2 3 8π 8 8 9π 4r π 2 r YA = ΣyA = ( 2r × r ) + r + r 3π 2 2 π 2 5 π = 1 + + r 3 = + r 3 2 3 3 2 Then 5π 4 2 + r 8 yP = = 1.2242r 5 π 3 + r 3 2 or yP = 1.224r PROBLEM 9.61 The cover for a 10 × 22-in. access hole in an oil storage tank is attached to the outside of the tank with four bolts as shown. Knowing that the specific weight of the oil is 57.4 lb/ft3 and that the center of the cover is located 10 ft below the surface of the oil, determine the additional force on each bolt because of the pressure of the oil. SOLUTION Using the equation developed on page 491 of the text have yP = I AA′ yA R = γ yA R = 57.4 lb/ft 3 × 10 ft × ( 22 × 10 ) in 2 × Then 1 ft 2 144 in 2 = 876.94 lb and I AA′ = 1 ( 22 in.)(10 in.)3 + ( 22 in.)(10 in.) (120 in.)2 12 = 3.169833 × 106 in 4 = 152.8662 ft 4 yA = 10 ft × ( 22 × 10 ) in 2 × and yp = Then Now symmetry implies 1 ft 2 = 15.27778 ft 3 2 144 in 152.8662 ft 4 = 10.00579 ft 15.27778 ft 2 FA = FB and FC = FD Equilibrium ΣM CD = 0: (1 ft )( 2FAa ) − ( 0.5 − 0.00579 ) ft × 876.94 lb = 0 FA = 216.70 lb or FA = FB = 217 lb Also or ΣFx = 0: −2 ( 216.70 ) + 876.94 − 2FC = 0 or FC = FD = 222 lb PROBLEM 9.62 A vertical trapezoidal gate that is used as an automatic valve is held shut by two springs attached to hinges located along edge AB. Knowing that each spring exerts a couple of magnitude 8.50 kN ⋅ m , determine the depth d of water for which the gate will open. SOLUTION d = ( h + 1.58 ) m I ss′ yA From page 491 yp = Now yA = ΣyA γ = ρg R = γ yA 1 1 = ( h + 0.34 m ) × 2.4 m × 1.02 m + ( h + 0.68 m ) × 1.68 m × 1.02 m 2 2 = ( 2.0808h + 0.99878 ) m3 ( )( ) R = 103 kg/m3 9.81 m/s 2 ( 2.0808h + 0.99878 ) m3 Also, = 20 413 ( h + 0.480 ) N 1 3 2 1 And I ss′ = ( I ss′ )1 + ( I ss′ )2 = ( 2.4 m )(1.02 m ) + ( 2.4 m )(1.02 m ) ( h + 0.34 ) m 2 36 2 1 3 2 1 + (1.68 m )(1.08 m ) + (1.68 m )(1.02 m ) ( h + 0.68 ) m 2 2 36 2 2 = 0.07075 + 1.224 ( h + 0.34 ) + 0.04952 + 0.8568 ( h + 0.68 ) m 4 ( ) ( ) = 0.12027 + 1.224 h 2 + 0.68h + 0.1156 + 0.8568 h 2 + 1.36h + 0.4624 m 4 ( ) = 2.0808h 2 + 1.9976h + 0.65795 m 4 PROBLEM 9.62 CONTINUED Then yp ( 2.0808h = ) + 1.9976h + 0.65795 m 4 ( 2.0808h + 0.99878) m = For gate to open 2 3 h 2 + 0.960h + 0.3162 m h + 0.480 ( ) ΣM AB = 0: M open − y p − h R = 0 h 2 + 0.960h + 0.3162 2 ( 8500 N ⋅ m ) − − h m ( 20 413)( h + 0.48 ) N = 0 h + 0.480 or or ( 17 000 = 20 413 h 2 + 0.96h + 0.3162 − h 2 − 0.480h ) 0.48h − 0.5166 = 0 h = 1.0763 m Now d = h + 1.58 m = (1.0763 + 1.58 ) m = 2.6563 m or d = 2.66 m PROBLEM 9.63 Determine the x coordinate of the centroid of the volume shown. (Hint: The height y of the volume is proportional to the x coordinate; consider an analogy between this height and the water pressure on a submerged surface.) SOLUTION x dV x = ∫ EL ∫ dV Have where dV = ydA Now y = and xEL = x 60 1 x= x 300 5 1 x = 1 ∫ 5 x dA ∫ x 5 x dA Then ( I z )A x 2dA = ∫ = ∫ xdA ( xA) A where ( I z ) A is the moment of inertia of the area with respect to the z axis, and x is analogous to y p Now ( Iz )A = 1 1 ( 240 mm )( 300 mm )3 + ( 240 mm )( 300 mm ) ( 200 mm )2 36 2 = 1.620 × 109 mm 4 and Then 1 xA = ( 200 mm ) ( 240 mm )( 300 mm ) = 7.20 × 106 mm3 2 x = 1.620 × 109 mm 4 7.20 × 106 mm3 or x = 225 mm PROBLEM 9.64 Determine the x coordinate of the centroid of the volume shown; this volume was obtained by intersecting an elliptic cylinder with an oblique plane. (Hint: The height y of the volume is proportional to the x coordinate; consider an analogy between this height and the water pressure on a submerged surface.) SOLUTION y = Have x ∫ dV = ∫ xEL dV , h x a where xEL = x h dV = ydA = x dA a And h ( Iz )A x 2dA = ∫ = x = h ∫ xdA ( xA) A ∫ a x dA ∫ x a x dA Now For the given volume ( Iz )A = π 4 ( 2 in.)( 3.5 in.)3 + π ( 3.5 in.)( 2 in.) ( 3.5 in.)2 = ( 21.4375π + 85.7500π ) in 4 = 336.74 in 4 and Then ( xA) A = 3.5 in. π ( 3.5 in.)( 2 in.) = 76.969 in 3 x = 336.74 in 4 = 4.375 in. 76.969 in 3 or x = 4.38 in. PROBLEM 9.65 Show that the system of hydrostatic forces acting on a submerged plane area A can be reduced to a force P at the centroid C of the area and two couples. The force P is perpendicular to the area and is of magnitude P = γ Ay sin θ , where γ is the specific weight of the liquid, and the couples are M x′ = ( γ I x′ sin θ ) i and M y′ = γ I x′y′ sin θ j , where I x′y′ = ∫ x′y ′ dA (see Sec. 9.8). Note that the couples are independent of the depth at which the area is submerged. ( ) SOLUTION The pressure p at an arbitrary depth ( y sin θ ) is p = γ ( y sin θ ) so that the hydrostatic force dF exerted on an infinitesimal area dA is dF = (γ y sin θ ) dA Equivalence of the force P and the system of infinitesimal forces dF requires ΣF : P = ∫ dF = ∫ γ y sin θ dA = γ sin θ ∫ ydA or P = γ Ay sin θ Equivalence of the force and couple ( P, M x′ + M y′ ) and the system of infinitesimal hydrostatic forces requires ΣM x: − yP − M x′ = ∫ ( − ydF ) Now −∫ ydF = −∫ y (γ y sin θ ) dA = −γ sin θ ∫ y 2dA = − (γ sin θ ) I x Then or − yP − M x′ = − (γ sin θ ) I x M x′ = (γ sin θ ) I x − y (γ Ay sin θ ) ( = γ sin θ I x − Ay 2 ) or M x′ = γ I x′ sin θ ΣM y : xP + M y′ = ∫ xdF Now ∫ xdF = ∫ x (γ y sin θ ) dA = γ sin θ ∫ xydA = (γ sin θ ) I xy ( Equation 9.12 ) PROBLEM 9.65 CONTINUED Then or xP + M y′ = (γ sin θ ) I xy M y′ = (γ sin θ ) I xy − x (γ Ay sin θ ) ( = γ sin θ I xy − Ax y or, using Equation 9.13, ) or M y′ = γ I x′y′ sin θ PROBLEM 9.66 Show that the resultant of the hydrostatic forces acting on a submerged plane area A is a force P perpendicular to the area and of magnitude P = γ Ay sin θ = pA , where γ is the specific weight of the liquid and p is the pressure at the centroid C of the area. Show that P is applied at a point C p , called the center of pressure, whose coordinates are x p = I xy / Ay and y p = I x / Ay , where I xy = ∫ xy dA (see Sec. 9.8). Show also that the difference of ordinates y p − y is equal to k x2′ / y and thus depends upon the depth at which the area is submerged. SOLUTION The pressure p at an arbitrary depth ( y sin θ ) is p = γ ( y sin θ ) so that the hydrostatic force dP exerted on an infinitesimal area dA is dP = (γ y sin θ ) dA The magnitude P of the resultant force acting on the plane area is then P = ∫ dP = ∫ γ y sin θ dA = γ sin θ ∫ ydA = γ sin θ ( yA ) Now p = γ y sin θ ∴ P = pA Next observe that the resultant P is equivalent to the system of infinitesimal forces dP. Equivalence then requires ΣM x: − yP P = − ∫ ydP Now 2 ∫ ydP = ∫ y (γ y sin θ ) dA = γ sin θ ∫ y dA = ( γ sin θ ) I x Then or yP P = (γ sin θ ) I x yP = (γ sin θ ) I x γ sin θ ( yA) or yP = Ix Ay ΣM y : xP P = ∫ xdP Now ∫ xdP = ∫ x (γ y sin θ ) dA = γ sin θ ∫ xydA = (γ sin θ ) I xy ( Equation 9.12 ) PROBLEM 9.66 CONTINUED Then or xP P = (γ sin θ ) I xy xP = (γ sin θ ) I xy γ sin θ ( yA) or xP = Now Ay I x = I x′ + Ay 2 From above I x = ( Ay ) yP By definition I x′ = k x′ A Substituting I xy 2 ( Ay ) yP = k x2′ A + Ay 2 yP − y = Rearranging yields k x2′ y Although k x′ is not a function of the depth of the area (it depends only on the shape of A), y is dependent on the depth. ∴ ( yP − y ) = f ( depth ) PROBLEM 9.67 Determine by direct integration the product of inertia of the given area with respect to the x and y axes. SOLUTION y = a 1− First note = 1 4a 2 − x 2 2 dI xy = dI x′y′ + xEL yELdA Have dI x′y′ = 0 where yEL = ( symmetry ) xEL = x 1 1 y = 4a 2 − x 2 2 4 dA = ydx = Then x2 4a 2 1 4a 2 − x 2dx 2 2a 1 1 4a 2 − x 2 4a 2 − x 2 dx I xy = ∫ dI xy = ∫0 x 4 2 ( ) 2a 1 2a 1 1 = ∫0 4a 2 x − x3 dx = 2a 2 x 2 − x 4 8 8 4 0 = a4 8 1 2 4 2 ( 2) − 4 ( 2) or I xy = 1 4 a 2 PROBLEM 9.68 Determine by direct integration the product of inertia of the given area with respect to the x and y axes. SOLUTION At x = a, y = b: a = kb 2 or k = a b2 Then x= a 2 y b2 Have where dI xy = dI x′y′ + xEL yELdA dI x′y′ = 0 yEL = y Then ( symmetry ) dA = xdy = xEL = 1 a x = 2 y2 2 2b a 2 y dy b2 b a a I xy = ∫ dI xy = ∫0 2 y 2 ( y ) 2 y 2dy 2b b b a2 b a2 1 = 4 ∫0 y 5dy = 4 y 6 2b 2b 6 0 or I xy = 1 2 2 ab 12 PROBLEM 9.69 Determine by direct integration the product of inertia of the given area with respect to the x and y axes. SOLUTION First note that y =− Now h x b dI xy = dI x′y′ + xEL yELdA dI x′y′ = 0 ( symmetry ) where xEL = x yEL = 1 1h y =− x 2 2b h dA = ydx = − xdx b Then 0 1 h h I xy = ∫ dI xy = ∫−b x − x − xdx 2 b b 0 = 1 h2 0 3 1 h2 1 4 x dx x = ∫ 2 b 2 −b 2 b 2 4 −b 1 or I xy = − b 2h 2 8 PROBLEM 9.70 Determine by direct integration the product of inertia of the given area with respect to the x and y axes. SOLUTION At π x = a, y = b: b = c sin a 2a y = b sin Now dI x′y′ = 0 Have dI xy Now or π 2a or c=b x (symmetry) dA = ydx 0 = dI x′y′ + xEL yELdA 1 a π a 1 I xy = ∫0 x y ( ydx ) = ∫0 xb 2 sin 2 xdx 2 2a 2 b x 2 x sin πa x cos πa = − − 2 4 4 2πa 8 2πa 2 ( ) = a x 2 0 ( ) b 2 a 2 4a 2 4a 2 + 2 + 2 4 8π 8π 2 or I xy = ( a 2b 2 4 + π2 8π 2 ) The following table is provided for the convenience of the instructor, as many problems in this and the next lesson are related. Type of Problem Compute I x and I y Fig. 9.12 Fig. 9.13B Fig. 9.13A Compute I xy 9.67 9.72 9.73 9.74 9.75 9.78 9.79 9.80 9.81 9.83 9.82 9.84 9.85 9.86 9.87 9.89 9.88 9.90 9.91 9.92 9.93 9.95 9.94 9.96 9.97 9.98 9.100 9.101 9.103 9.106 I x′, I y′, I x′y′ by equations Principal axes by equations I x′, I y′, I x′y′ by Mohr's circle Principal axes by Mohr’s circle PROBLEM 9.71 Using the parallel-axis theorem, determine the product of inertia of the area shown with respect to the centroidal x and y axes. SOLUTION ( )1 + ( I xy )2 + ( I xy )3 I xy = I xy Have ( I xy )2 = 0 Symmetry implies I xy = I x′y′ + x yA For the other rectangles I x′y′ = 0 Where symmetry implies A in 2 x , in. y , in. Ax y in 4 1 4 ( 0.5 ) = 2 −2.75 1.0 −5.5 3 4 ( 0.5 ) = 2 2.75 −1.0 −5.5 Σ −11.00 or I xy = −11.00 in 4 PROBLEM 9.72 Using the parallel-axis theorem, determine the product of inertia of the area shown with respect to the centroidal x and y axes. SOLUTION Note: Orientation of A3 corresponding to a 180° rotation of the axes. Equation 9.20 then yields I x′y′ = I xy ( I xy )1 = 0 Symmetry implies ( I x′y′ )2 = − 721 ( 9 in.)2 ( 4.5 in.)2 = −22.78125 in 4 Using Sample Problem 9.6 and X 2 = 9 in. Then and Therefore, A2 = 1 ( 9 in.)( 4.5 in.) = 20.25 in 2 2 ( I x′y′ )3 = − 721 ( 9 in.)2 ( 4.5 in.)2 = −22.78125 in 4 Similarly, and Y2 = 1.5 in. X 3 = −9 in. Y2 = −1.5 in. A3 = 0 ( )1 + ( I xy )2 + ( I xy )3 I xy = I xy 1 ( 9 in.)( 4.5 in.) = 20.25 in 2 2 with ( I xy )2 = ( I xy )3 I xy = I x′y′ + x y A I xy = 2 −22.78125 + ( 9 )(1.5 )( 20.25 ) in 4 = 501.1875 in 4 or I xy = 501 in 4 W PROBLEM 9.73 Using the parallel-axis theorem, determine the product of inertia of the area shown with respect to the centroidal x and y axes. SOLUTION ( )1 + ( I xy )2 Have I xy = I xy For each semicircle I xy = I x′y′ + x y A Thus I xy = Σx y A A, mm 2 1 2 Σ π 2 π 2 x , mm (120 )2 = 7200π − 60 (120 )2 = 7200π 60 I x′y′ = 0 (symmetry) and y , mm Ax y , mm 4 160 69.12 × 106 − π 160 π 69.12 × 106 138.24 × 106 or I xy = 138.2 × 106 mm 4 W PROBLEM 9.74 Using the parallel-axis theorem, determine the product of inertia of the area shown with respect to the centroidal x and y axes. SOLUTION ( )1 + ( I xy )2 I xy = I xy Have I xy = I x′y′ + Ax y For each rectangle and I x′y′ = 0 (symmetry) I xy = Σ x y A Thus A, mm 2 x , mm y , mm Ax y , mm 4 1 76 ( 6.4 ) = 486.4 −12.9 9.4 −58 980.86 2 44.6 ( 6.4 ) = 285.44 21.9 −16.1 −100 643.29 Σ −159 624.15 or I xy = −0.1596 × 106 mm 4 W PROBLEM 9.75 Using the parallel-axis theorem, determine the product of inertia of the area shown with respect to the centroidal x and y axes. SOLUTION Have Now symmetry implies and for the other rectangles Thus ( )1 + ( I xy )2 + ( I xy )3 I xy = I xy ( I xy )1 = 0 I xy = I x′y′ + x y A where I x′y′ = 0 (symmetry) I xy = ( x y A)2 + ( x y ) A3 = ( −69 mm )( −25 mm ) (12 mm )( 38 mm ) + ( 69 mm )( 25 mm ) (12 mm )( 38 mm ) = ( 786 600 + 786 600 ) mm 4 = 1 573 200 mm 4 or I xy = 1.573 × 106 mm 4 W PROBLEM 9.76 Using the parallel-axis theorem, determine the product of inertia of the area shown with respect to the centroidal x and y axes. SOLUTION ( I xy )1 = 0 Symmetry implies Using Sample Problem 9.6 and Equation 9.20, note that the orientation of A2 corresponds to a 90° rotation of 1 2 2 the axes; thus I x′y′ = b h 2 72 ( ) ( I x′y′ )3 = 721 b2h2 Also, the orientation of A3 corresponds to a 270° rotation of the axes; thus ( I x′y′ )2 = 721 ( 9 in.)2 ( 6 in.)2 = 40.5 in 4 Then and x2 = 6 in., x3 = −6 in., and Then A2 = 1 ( 9 in.)( 6 in.) = 27 in 2 2 ( I x′y′ )3 = ( I x′y′ )2 = 40.5 in 4 Also Now y2 = −2 in., 0 y3 = 2 in., ( )1 − ( I xy )2 − ( I xy )3 I xy = I xy and A3 = A2 = 27 in 2 I xy = I x′y′ + x y A ( ( I xy )2 = ( I xy )3 ) I xy = −2 40.5 in 4 + ( 6 in.)( −2 in.) 27 in 2 = −2 ( 40.5 − 324 ) in 4 or I xy = 567 in 4 W PROBLEM 9.77 Using the parallel-axis theorem, determine the product of inertia of the area shown with respect to the centroidal x and y axes. SOLUTION I xy = I x′y′ + x y A Have Where I x′y′ = 0 for each rectangle ( )1 + ( I xy )2 + ( I xy )3 I xy = I xy Then = Σ x yA Now x1 = − (178.4 mm − 160 mm ) = −18.4 mm y1 = 60 mm − 12.2 mm = 47.8 mm A1 = 320 mm × 120 mm = 38400 mm 2 and x2 = − (178.4 mm + 30 mm ) = −208.4 mm y2 = 40 mm − 12.2 mm = 27.8 mm A2 = 60 mm × 80 mm = 4800 mm 2 and x3 = ( 320 mm − 178.4 mm ) − 40 mm = 101.6 mm y3 = − (12.2 mm + 105 mm ) = −117.2 mm A3 = ( 80 mm × 210 mm ) = 16800 mm 2 Then ( ) ( ) I xy = ( −18.4 mm )( 47.8 mm ) 38400 mm 2 + ( −208.4 mm )( 27.8 mm ) 4800 mm 2 ( ) + (101.6 mm )( −117.2 mm ) 16800 mm 2 = − ( 33.7736 + 27.8089 + 200.0463) × 106 mm 4 = −261.6288 × 106 mm 4 or I xy = −262 × 106 mm 4 W PROBLEM 9.78 Using the parallel-axis theorem, determine the product of inertia of the area shown with respect to the centroidal x and y axes. SOLUTION ( )1 + ( I xy )2 I xy = I xy Have For each rectangle I xy = I x′y′ + x yA Then and I x′y′ = 0 (symmetry) I xy = Σx yA = ( −0.75 in.)( −1.5 in.) ( 3 in.)( 0.5 in.) + ( 0.5 in.)(1.00 in.) ( 4.5 in.)( 0.5 in.) = (1.6875 + 1.125 ) in 4 = 2.8125 in 4 or I xy = 2.81 in 4 W PROBLEM 9.79 Determine for the quarter ellipse of Problem 9.67 the moments of inertia and the product of inertia with respect to new axes obtained by rotating the x and y axes about O (a) through 45o counterclockwise, (b) through 30o clockwise. SOLUTION π Ix = From Figure 9.12: 16 π = 8 a4 π Iy = 16 = π 2 ( 2a )( a )3 ( 2a )3 ( a ) a4 I xy = From Problem 9.67: 1 4 a 2 1 1 π π 5 I x + I y = a4 + a4 = π a4 2 28 2 16 ( First note ) 1 1 π π 3 I x − I y = a4 − a4 = − π a4 2 2 8 2 16 ( ) Now use Equations (9.18), (9.19), and (9.20). Equation (9.18): I x′ = = Equation (9.19): I y′ = = Equation (9.20): I x′y′ = ( ) ( ) 1 1 Ix + I y + I x − I y cos 2θ − I xy sin 2θ 2 2 5 3 1 π a 4 − π a 4 cos 2θ − a 4 sin 2θ 16 16 2 ( ) ( ) 1 1 Ix + I y − I x − I y cos 2θ + I xy sin 2θ 2 2 5 3 1 π a 4 + π a 4 cos 2θ + a 4 sin 2θ 16 16 2 ( ) 1 I x − I y sin 2θ + I xy cos 2θ 2 =− 3 1 π a 4 sin 2θ + a 4 cos 2θ 16 2 PROBLEM 9.79 CONTINUED (a) θ = +45°: I x′ = 5 3 1 π a 4 − π a 4 cos90° − a 4 sin 90° 16 16 2 or I x′ = 0.482a 4 W I y′ = 5 3 1 π + π a 4 cos 90° + a 4 16 16 2 or I y′ = 1.482a 4 W I x′y′ = − 3 1 π a 4 sin 90° + a 4 cos 90° 16 2 or I x′y′ = −0.589a 4 W (b) θ = −30° : I x′ = 5 3 1 π a 4 − π a 4 cos ( −60° ) − a 4 sin ( −60° ) 16 16 2 or I x′ = 1.120a 4 W I y′ = 5 3 1 π a 4 + π a 4 cos ( −60° ) + a 4 sin ( −60° ) 16 16 2 or I y′ = 0.843a 4 W I x′y′ = − 3 1 π a 4 sin ( −60° ) + a 4 cos ( −60° ) 16 2 or I x′y′ = 0.760a 4 W PROBLEM 9.80 Determine the moments of inertia and the product of inertia of the area of Problem 9.72 with respect to new centroidal axes obtained by rotating the x and y axes 45° clockwise. SOLUTION From the solution to Problem 9.72 I xy = 501.1875 in 4 A2 = A3 = 20.25 in 2 First compute the moment of inertia I x = ( I x )1 + ( I x )2 + ( I x )3 ( I x )2 = ( I x )3 with 3 3 1 1 = (12 in.)( 9 in.) + 2 ( 9 in.)( 4.5in.) 12 12 = ( 729 + 136.6875 ) in 4 = 865.6875 in 4 and ( )1 + ( I y )2 + ( I y )3 Iy = Iy with ( I y )2 = ( I y )3 ( ) 3 3 2 1 1 = ( 9 in.)(12 in.) + 2 ( 4.5 in.)( 9 in.) + 20.25 in 2 ( 9 in.) 12 36 = (1296 + 182.25 + 3280.5 ) in 4 = 4758.75 in 4 From Equation 9.18 I x′ = = Ix + I y 2 + Ix − I y 2 cos 2θ − I xy sin 2θ 865.6875 in 4 + 4758.75 in 4 865.6875 in 4 − 4758.75 in 4 cos 2 ( −45° ) + 2 2 −501.1875 in 4 sin 2 ( −45° ) = ( 2812.21875 + 501.1875 ) in 4 = 3313.4063 in 4 or I x′ = 3.31 × 103 in 4 PROBLEM 9.80 CONTINUED Similarly I y′ = Ix + I y 2 − Ix − I y 2 cos 2θ + I xy sin 2θ = ( 2812.21875 − 501.1875 ) in 4 = 2311.0313 in 4 or I y′ = 2.31 × 103 in 4 and I x′y′ = = Ix − I y 2 sin 2θ + I xy cos 2θ 865.6875 in 4 − 4758.75 in 4 sin 2 ( −45° ) 2 + 501.1875cos 2 ( −45° ) = ( −1946.53125 )( −1) in 4 = 1946.53125 in 4 or I x′y′ = 1.947 × 103 in 4 PROBLEM 9.81 Determine the moments of inertia and the product of inertia of the area of Problem 9.73 with respect to new centroidal axes obtained by rotating the x and y axes through 30o clockwise. SOLUTION I xy = 138.24 × 106 mm 4 From Problem 9.73, I x = ( I x )1 + ( I x )2 ( I x )1 = ( I x )2 4 π = 2 (120 mm ) 8 = 51.84π × 106 mm 4 ( )1 + ( I y )2 ( I y )1 = ( I y )2 Iy = Iy π 4 2 2 π = 2 (120 mm ) + (120 mm ) ( 60 mm ) 2 8 = 103.68π × 106 mm 4 ( ) ( ) Have I x = 2 25.92π × 106 = 51.84π × 106 mm 4 and I y = 2 51.84π × 106 = 103.68π × 106 mm 4 Then 1 I x + I y = 77.76π × 106 mm 4 2 and ( ) ( ) 1 I x − I y = −25.92π × 106 mm 4 2 PROBLEM 9.81 CONTINUED Now, from Equations 9.18, 9.19, and 9.20 Equation 9.18: I x′ = ( ) ( ) 1 1 Ix + I y + I x − I y cos 2θ − I xy sin 2θ 2 2 = 77.76π × 106 − 25.92π × 106 cos ( −60° ) − 138.24 × 106 sin ( −60° ) mm 4 = 323.29 × 106 mm 4 or I x = 323 × 106 mm 4 Equation 9.19: I y′ = ( ) ( ) 1 1 Ix + I y − I x − I y cos 2θ + I xy sin 2θ 2 2 = 77.76π × 106 + 25.92π × 106 cos ( −60° ) + 138.24 × 106 sin ( −60° ) mm 4 = 165.29 × 106 mm 4 or I y′ = 165.29 × 106 mm 4 Equation 9.20: I x′y′ = ( ) 1 I x − I y sin 2θ + I xy cos 2θ 2 = −25.92π × 106 sin ( −60° ) + 138.24 × 106 cos ( −60° ) mm 4 = 139.64 × 106 mm 4 or I x′y′ = 139.6 × 104 mm 4 PROBLEM 9.82 Determine the moments of inertia and the product of inertia of the area of Problem 9.75 with respect to new centroidal axes obtained by rotating the x and y axes through 60o counterclockwise. SOLUTION From Problem 9.75 I xy = 1.5732 × 106 mm 4 Now I x = ( I x )1 + ( I x )2 + ( I x )3 ( I x )1 = where and ( I x )2 = ( I x )3 1 (150 mm )(12 mm )3 = 21 600 mm4 12 1 (12 mm )( 38 mm )3 + (12 mm )( 38 mm ) ( 25 mm )2 12 = = 339 872 mm 4 Then I x = 21 600 + 2 ( 339 872 ) mm 4 = 701 344 mm 4 = 0.70134 × 106 mm 4 ( )1 + ( I y )2 + ( I y )3 Iy = Iy Also where and ( I y )1 = 121 (12 mm )(150 mm )3 = 3.375 × 106 mm4 ( I y )2 = ( I y )3 = 121 ( 38 mm )(12 mm )3 + (12 mm )( 38 mm ) ( 69 mm )2 = 2.1765 × 106 mm 4 Then I y = ( 3.375 + 2 ( 2.1765 ) × 106 mm 4 = 7.728 × 106 mm 4 ( ) ( ) Now 1 I x + I y = 4.2146 × 106 mm 4 2 and 1 I x − I y = −3.5133 × 106 mm 4 2 PROBLEM 9.82 CONTINUED Using Equations 9.18, 9.19, and 9.20 From Equation 9.18: I x′ = Ix + I y 2 Ix − I y + 2 cos 2θ − I xy sin 2θ ( ) = 4.2147 × 106 + −3.5133 × 106 cos (120° ) − 1.5732 × 106 sin (120° ) mm 4 = 4.6089 × 106 mm 4 or I x′ = 4.61 × 106 mm 4 From Equation 9.19: I y′ = Ix + I y 2 − Ix − I y 2 cos 2θ + I xy sin 2θ ( ) = 4.2147 × 106 − −3.5133 × 106 cos (120° ) + 1.5732 × 106 sin (120° ) mm 4 = 3.8205 × 106 mm 4 or I y′ = 3.82 × 106 mm 4 From Equation 9.20: I x′y′ = Ix − I y 2 sin 2θ + I xy cos 2θ = −3.5133 × 106 sin (120° ) + 1.5732 × 106 cos (120° ) mm 4 = −3.8292 × 106 mm 4 or I x′y′ = −3.83 × 106 mm 4 PROBLEM 9.83 Determine the moments of inertia and the product of inertia of the L76 × 51 × 6.4-mm angle cross section of Problem 9.74 with respect to new centroidal axes obtained by rotating the x and y axes through 45o clockwise. SOLUTION From Problem 9.74 I xy = −0.1596 × 106 mm 4 From Figure 9.13 I x = 0.166 × 106 mm 4 I y = 0.453 × 106 mm 4 ( ) ( ) 1 I x + I y = 0.3095 × 106 mm 4 2 Now 1 I x − I y = −0.1453 × 106 mm 4 2 Using Equations (9.18), (9.19), and (9.20) Equation (9.18): I x′ = Ix + I y 2 + Ix − I y 2 ( cos 2θ − I xy sin 2θ ) ( ) = 0.3095 × 106 + −0.1435 × 106 cos ( −90° ) − −0.1596 × 106 sin ( −90° ) mm 4 = 0.1499 × 106 mm 4 or I x′ = 0.1499 × 106 mm 4 PROBLEM 9.83 CONTINUED Equation (9.19): I y′ = Ix + I y 2 − Ix − I y cos 2θ + I xy sin 2θ 2 ( ) ( ) = 0.3095 × 106 − −0.1435 × 106 cos ( −90° ) + −0.1596 × 106 sin ( −90° ) mm 4 = 0.4691 × 106 mm 4 or I y′ = 0.469 × 106 mm 4 Equation (9.20): I x′y′ = Ix − I y 2 sin 2θ + I xy cos 2θ = −0.1435 × 106 sin ( −90° ) + 0.1596 × 106 cos ( −90° ) mm 4 = 0.1435 × 106 mm 4 or I x′y′ = 0.1435 × 106 mm 4 PROBLEM 9.84 Determine the moments of inertia and the product of inertia of the L5 × 3 × 12 -in. angle cross section of Problem 9.78 with respect to new centroidal axes obtained by rotating the x and y axes through 30o counterclockwise. SOLUTION From Problem 9.78 I xy = 2.8125 in 4 From Figure 9.13 I x = 9.45 in 4 , I y = 2.58 in 4 ( ) ( ) 1 I x + I y = 6.015 in 4 2 Now 1 I x − I y = 3.435 in 4 2 Using Equations (9.18), (9.19), and (9.20) Equation (9.18): Ix + I y I x′ = + 2 Ix − I y 2 cos 2θ − I xy sin 2θ = 6.015 + 3.435cos ( 60° ) − 2.8125sin ( 60° ) in 4 = 5.2968 in 4 or I x′ = 5.30 in 4 Equation (9.19): I y′ = Ix + I y 2 − Ix − I y 2 cos 2θ + I xy sin 2θ = 6.015 − 3.435cos ( 60° ) + 2.8125sin ( 60° ) in 4 = 6.7332 in 4 or I y′ = 6.73 in 4 Equation (9.20): I x′y′ = Ix − I y 2 sin 2θ + I xy cos 2θ = 3.435sin ( 60° ) + 2.8125cos ( 60° ) in 4 = 4.3810 in 4 or I x′y′ = 4.38 in 4 PROBLEM 9.85 For the quarter ellipse of Problem 9.67, determine the orientation of the principal axes at the origin and the corresponding values of the moments of inertia. SOLUTION From Problem 9.79: π Ix = 8 I xy = Problem 9.67: Now, Equation (9.25): Iy = a4 tan 2θ m = − Then 2 a4 1 4 a 2 2 I xy Ix − I y =− π 8 = π 1 2 a4 2 a4 − π 2 a4 8 = 0.84883 3π 2θ m = 40.326° and 220.326° or θ m = 20.2° and 110.2° Also, Equation (9.27): I max, min = = Ix + I y 2 2 Ix − I y 2 ± + I xy 2 1π 4 π 4 a + a 2 8 2 2 1 π π 1 ± a4 − a4 + a4 2 2 2 8 2 = ( 0.981748 ± 0.772644 ) a 4 or I max = 1.754a 4 and I min = 0.209a 4 By inspection, the a axis corresponds to Imin and the b axis corresponds to Imax. PROBLEM 9.86 For the area indicated, determine the orientation of the principal axes at the origin and the corresponding values of the moments of inertia. Area of Problem 9.72 SOLUTION From the solutions to Problem 9.72 and 9.80 ( ( ) 1 I x + I y = 2812.21875 in 4 2 I xy = 501.1875 in 4 ) 1 I x − I y = −1946.53125 in 4 2 Then Equation (9.25): or tan 2θ m = − 2 I xy Ix − I y 2θ m = 14.4387° =− 501.1875 = 0.257477 −1946.53125 194.4387° and or θ m = 7.22° and 97.2° Equation (9.27): I max, min = Ix + I y 2 2 Ix − I y ± + I xy2 2 = 2812.21875 ± ( −1946.53125 )2 + ( 501.1875 )2 = ( 2812.21875 ± 2010.0181) in 4 or I max = 4.82 × 103 in 4 and I min = 802 in 4 By inspection, the a axis corresponds to I min and the b axis corresponds to I max . PROBLEM 9.87 For the area indicated, determine the orientation of the principal axes at the origin and the corresponding values of the moments of inertia. Area of Problem 9.73 SOLUTION From Problems 9.73 and 9.81 I x = 51.84π × 106 mm 4 I y = 103.68π × 106 mm 4 I xy = 138.24 × 106 mm 4 tan 2θ m = − Equation (9.25): 2 I xy Ix − I y =− ( 2 138.24 × 106 ) 51.84π × 10 − 103.68π × 106 6 = 1.69765 2θ m = 59.500° and 239.500° or θ m = 29.7° and 119.7° Then I max, min 2 Ix − I y 1 = Ix + I y ± + I xy2 2 2 ( = ) ( 51.84 + 103.68) π × 106 2 ( 51.84 − 103.68 ) π × 106 6 + 138.24 × 10 2 2 ± ( ) 2 = ( 244.29 ± 160.44 ) × 106 mm 4 or I max = 405 × 106 mm 4 and I min = 83.9 × 106 mm 4 Note: By inspection the a axis corresponds to I min and the b axis corresponds to I max . PROBLEM 9.88 For the area indicated, determine the orientation of the principal axes at the origin and the corresponding values of the moments of inertia. Area of Problem 9.75 SOLUTION From Problems 9.75 and 9.82 I x = 0.70134 × 106 mm 4 I y = 7.728 × 106 mm 4 I xy = 1.5732 × 106 mm 4 Then ( ) ( ) 1 I x + I y = 4.2147 × 106 mm 4 2 1 I x − I y = −3.5133 × 106 mm 4 2 Equation (9.25): tan 2θ = − 2 I xy Ix − I y =− ( 2 1.5732 × 106 ) 0.70134 × 10 − 7.728 × 106 6 = 0.44778 Then 2θ m = 24.12° 204.12° and or θ m = 12.06° and 102.1° Also, Equation (9.27): I max, min = Ix + I y 2 2 Ix − I y 2 ± I 2 xy = 4.2147 × 106 ± ( −3.5133 × 10 ) + (1.5732 × 10 ) 6 2 6 2 = ( 4.2147 ± 3.8494 ) × 106 mm 4 or I max = 8.06 × 106 mm 4 and I min = 0.365 × 106 mm 4 By inspection, the a axis corresponds to I min and the b axis corresponds to I max . PROBLEM 9.89 For the angle cross section indicated, determine the orientation of the principal axes at the origin and the corresponding values of the moments of inertia. The L76 × 51 × 6.4-mm angle cross section of Problem 9.74 SOLUTION From Problems 9.74 and 9.83 I x = 0.166 × 106 mm 4 I y = 0.453 × 106 mm 4 I xy = −0.1596 × 106 mm 4 Then ( ) ( ) 1 I x + I y = 0.3095 × 106 mm 4 2 1 I x − I y = −0.1435 × 106 mm 4 2 Equation (9.25): Then tan 2θ m = − 2 I xy Ix − I y =− ( 2 −0.1596 × 106 ) ( 0.166 − 0.453) × 106 2θ m = −48.041° and = −1.1122 131.96° θ m = −24.0° and 66.0° or Also, Equation (9.27): I max, min = ( Ix + I y ) ± 2 2 Ix − I y 2 + I xy 2 = 0.3095 × 106 ± ( −0.1435 × 10 ) + ( −0.1596 × 10 ) 6 2 6 2 = ( 0.3095 ± 0.21463) × 106 mm 4 or I max = 0.524 × 106 mm 4 I min = 0.0949 × 106 mm 4 By inspection, the a axis corresponds to I min and the b axis corresponds to I max . PROBLEM 9.90 For the angle cross section indicated, determine the orientation of the principal axes at the origin and the corresponding values of the moments of inertia. The L5 × 3 × 1 -in. angle cross section of Problem 9.78 2 SOLUTION From Problems 9.78 and 9.84 I xy = 2.81 in 4 I x = 9.45 in 4 I y = 2.58 in 4 Then ( ) ( ) 1 I x + I y = 6.015 in 4 2 1 I x − I y = 3.435 in 4 2 2 I xy Equation (9.25): tan 2θ m = − Then 2θ m = −39.2849 Ix − I y =− and 2 ( 2.81) 9.45 − 2.58 = −0.8180 140.7151 or θ m = −19.64 and 70.36 Also, Equation (9.27): I max, min ( Ix + I y ) ± = 2 2 Ix − I y 2 + I xy 2 = 6.015 ± 3.4352 − 2.812 = ( 6.015 ± 4.438 ) in 4 or I max = 10.45 in 4 and I min = 1.577 in 4 Note: By inspection, the a axis corresponds to I max and the b axis corresponds to I min . PROBLEM 9.91 Using Mohr’s circle, determine for the quarter ellipse of Problem 9.67 the moments of inertia and the product of inertia with respect to new axes obtained by rotating the x and y axes about O (a) through 45o counterclockwise, (b) through 30o clockwise. SOLUTION π Ix = From Problem 9.79: 8 π Iy = 2 a4 1 4 a 2 I xy = Problem 9.67: a4 The Mohr’s circle is defined by the diameter XY, where 1 π X a4, a4 8 2 Now I ave = 1 1 π π 5 I x + I y = a 4 + a 4 = π a 4 = 0.98175a 4 2 2 8 2 16 ( ) 2 and R= 1 π Y a4, − a4 2 2 and Ix − I y 2 + I xy = 2 2 1 π 4 π 4 1 4 2 8 a − 2 a + 2 a = 0.77264a 4 The Mohr’s circle is then drawn as shown. tan 2θ m = − =− 2 I xy Ix − I y π 8 1 2 a4 2 a4 − = 0.84883 or 2θ m = 40.326° π 2 a4 2 PROBLEM 9.91 CONTINUED Then α = 90° − 40.326° = 49.674° β = 180° − ( 40.326° + 60° ) = 79.674° (a) I x′ = I ave − R cos α = 0.98175a 4 − 0.77264a 4 cos 49.674° or I x′ = 0.482a 4 I y′ = I ave + R cos α = 0.98175a 4 + 0.77264a 4 cos 49.674° or I y′ = 1.482a 4 I x′y′ = − R sin α = −0.77264a 4 sin 49.674° or I x′y′ = −0.589a 4 (b) I x′ = I ave + R cos β = 0.98175a 4 + 0.77264a 4 cos 79.674° or I x′ = 1.120a 4 I y′ = I ave − R cos β = 0.98175a 4 − 0.77264a 4 cos 79.674° or I y′ = 0.843a 4 I x′y′ = R sin β = 0.77264a 4 sin 79.674° or I x′y′ = 0.760a 4 PROBLEM 9.92 Using Mohr’s circle, determine the moments of inertia and the product of inertia of the area of Problem 9.72 with respect to new centroidal axes obtained by rotating the x and y axes 45° clockwise. SOLUTION From the solution to Problem 9.72: I xy = 501.1875 in 4 Problem 9.80: I x = 865.6875 in 4 I y = 4758.75 in 4 ( ) ( ) 1 I x + I y = 2812.21875 in 4 2 Now 1 I x − I y = −1946.53125 in 4 2 The Mohr’s circle is defined by the points X and Y where ( I x , I xy ) X: I ave = Now Y: ( ( I y , −I xy ) ) 1 I x + I y = 2812.2 in 4 2 2 and R= Ix − I y 2 + I xy = 2 ( −1946.53125)2 + 501.18752 = 2010.0 in 4 Also, tan 2θ m = I xy Ix − I y = 501.1875 = 0.2575 1946.53125 2 or Then 2θ m = 14.4387° α = 180° − (14.4387° + 90° ) = 75.561° in 4 PROBLEM 9.92 CONTINUED Then I x′ , I y′ = I ave ± R cos α = 2812.2 ± 2010.0cos 75.561° or I x′ = 3.31 × 103 in 4 and I y′ = 2.31 × 103 in 4 and I x′y′ = R sin α = 2010.0sin 75.561° or I x′y′ = 1.947 × 103 in 4 PROBLEM 9.93 Using Mohr’s circle, determine the moments of inertia and the product of inertia of the area of Problem 9.73 with respect to new centroidal axes obtained by rotating the x and y axes through 30o clockwise. SOLUTION From Problems 9.73 and 9.81 I xy = 138.24 × 106 mm 4 I x = 51.84π × 106 mm 4 = 162.86 × 106 mm 4 I y = 103.68π × 106 mm 4 = 325.72 × 106 mm 4 I ave = Now ( 1 Ix + I y 2 ) = 244.29 × 106 mm 4 2 R= Ix − I y 2 + I xy 2 = 160.4405 × 106 mm 4 2θ m = 59.5° From Problem 9.87 Then Then α = 180 − 60° − 2θ m = 60.5° I x′ = I ave + R cos α = 244.29 + 160.4405cos 60.5° = 323.29 × 106 mm 4 or I x′ = 323 × 106 mm 4 I y′ = I ave − R cos α = 244.24 − 160.4405cos 60.5° = 165.29 × 106 mm 4 or I y′ = 165.3 × 106 mm 4 I x′y′ = R sin α = 160.44sin 60.5° = 139.6 × 106 mm 4 PROBLEM 9.94 Using Mohr’s circle, determine the moments of inertia and the product of inertia of the area of Problem 9.75 with respect to new centroidal axes obtained by rotating the x and y axes through 60o counterclockwise. SOLUTION From Problems 9.75 and 9.82 I x = 0.70134 × 106 mm 4 I y = 7.728 × 106 mm 4 I xy = 1.5732 × 106 mm 4 Now I ave = ( ) 1 I x + I y = 4.2147 × 106 mm 4 2 2 and Then and Then R= Ix − I y 2 6 4 + I xy = 3.8494 × 10 mm 2 −2 (1.5732 ) 2θ m = tan −1 = 24.12° 0.70134 − 7.728 α = 120° − 24.12° − 90 = 5.88° I x′ = I ave + R sin α = ( 4.2147 + 3.8494sin 5.88° ) × 106 mm 4 = 4.6091 × 106 mm 4 or I x′ = 4.61 × 106 mm 4 I y′ = I ave − R sin α = ( 4.2147 − 3.8494sin 5.88° ) × 106 mm 4 = 3.8203 × 106 mm 4 or I y′ = 3.82 × 106 mm 4 I x′y′ = − R cos α = −3.8494 cos 5.88° = −3.8291 × 106 mm 4 or I x′y′ = −3.83 × 106 mm 4 PROBLEM 9.95 Using Mohr’s circle, determine the moments of inertia and the product of inertia of the L76 × 51 × 6.4-mm angle cross section of Problem 9.74 with respect to new centroidal axes obtained by rotating the x and y axes through 45o clockwise. SOLUTION From Problems 9.74 and 9.83 I x = 0.166 × 106 mm 4 I y = 0.453 × 106 mm 4 I xy = −0.1596 × 106 mm 4 Now I ave = ( ) 1 I x + I y = 0.3095 × 106 mm 4 2 2 and R= Ix − I y 2 + I xy 2 = 0.21463 × 106 mm 4 Then and −2 ( −0.1596 ) 2θ m = tan −1 = −48.04° 0.166 − 0.453 α + 90° − 2θ = 90°; α = 2θ m Then I x′ = I ave − R sin α = ( 0.3095 − 0.21463sin 48.04° ) × 106 mm 4 = 0.14989 × 106 mm 4 or I x′ = 0.1499 × 106 mm 4 and I y′ = I ave + R sin α = ( 0.3095 + 0.21463sin 48.04° ) × 106 mm 4 = 0.46910 × 106 mm 4 or I y′ = 0.4690 × 106 mm 4 and I x′y′ = R cos α = 0.21463cos 48.04° = 0.1435 × 106 mm 4 or I x′y′ = 0.1435 × 106 mm 4 PROBLEM 9.96 Using Mohr’s circle, determine the moments of inertia and the product of inertia of the L5 × 3 × 12 -in. angle cross section of Problem 9.78 with respect to new centroidal axes obtained by rotating the x and y axes through 30o counterclockwise. SOLUTION I x = 9.45 in 4 Have I y = 2.58 in 4 I xy = 2.8125 in 4 From Problem 9.78 I ave = Now 2 R= and Ix + I y Ix − I y + I xy 2 ( ) 2 = 6.015 in 4 2 = 4.43952 in 4 Then −2 ( 2.8125 ) 2θ m = tan −1 = −39.31° 9.45 − 2.58 2θ m + 60 + α = 180°, Then α = 80.69° I x′ = I ave − R cos α = 6.015 in 4 − ( 4.43952 in 4 ) cos80.69° = 5.29679 in 4 or I x′ = 5.30 in 4 I y′ = I ave + R cos α = 6.015 in 4 + ( 4.43952 in 4 ) cos80.69° = 6.73321 in 4 or I y′ = 6.73 in 4 I x′y′ = R sin α = ( 4.43952 in 4 ) sin 80.69° = 4.38104 in 4 or I x′y′ = 4.38 in 4 PROBLEM 9.97 For the quarter ellipse of Problem 9.67, use Mohr’s circle to determine the orientation of the principal axes at the origin and the corresponding values of the moments of inertia. SOLUTION From Problem 9.79: Ix = Problem 9.67: I xy = π 8 a4 Iy = π 2 a4 1 4 a 2 The Mohr’s circle is defined by the diameter XY, where 1 π X a4, a4 8 2 I ave = Now 1 π Y a4, − a4 2 2 and 1 1π π I x + I y = a 4 + a 4 = 0.98175a 4 2 2 8 2 ( ) and R= 2 1 2 2 I x − I y + I xy = ( ) 2 1 π 4 π 4 1 4 a − a + a 2 2 2 8 = 0.77264a 4 The Mohr’s circle is then drawn as shown. tan 2θ m = − =− 2 I xy Ix − I y π 8 1 2 a4 2 a4 − π 2 a4 = 0.84883 or and 2θ m = 40.326° θ m = 20.2° 2 PROBLEM 9.97 CONTINUED ∴ The principal axes are obtained by rotating the xy axes through 20.2° counterclockwise About O. Now I max, min = I ave ± R = 0.98175a 4 ± 0.77264a 4 or I max = 1.754a 4 and I min = 0.209a 4 From the Mohr’s circle it is seen that the a axis corresponds to I min and the b axis corresponds to I max . PROBLEM 9.98 Using Mohr’s circle, determine for the area indicated the orientation of the principal centroidal axes and the corresponding values of the moments of inertia. Area of Problem 9.72 SOLUTION From the solution to Problem 9.72: I xy = 501.1875 in 4 From the solution to Problem 9.80: I x = 865.6875 in 4 I y = 4758.75 in 4 ( ) ( ) 1 I x + I y = 2812.21875 in 2 2 1 I x − I y = −1946.53125 in 4 2 X: The Mohr’s circle is defined by the point I ave = Now ( ( I x , I xy ) , Y: ( I y, − I xy ) 1 I x + I y = 2812.2 in 4 2 2 and R= Ix − I y + I xy = 2 ( −1946.53125)2 + 501.18752 = 2010.0 in 4 ) PROBLEM 9.98 CONTINUED tan 2θ m = − I xy Ix − I y 2 =− 501.1875 = 0.2575, −1946.53125 2θ m = 14.4387° or θ m = 7.22° counterclockwise Then I max, min = I ave ± R = ( 2812.2 ± 2010.0 ) in 4 or I max = 4.82 × 103 in 4 and I min = 802 in 4 Note: From the Mohr’s circle it is seen that the a axis corresponds to I min and the b axis corresponds to I max . PROBLEM 9.99 Using Mohr’s circle, determine for the area indicated the orientation of the principal centroidal axes and the corresponding values of the moments of inertia. Area of Problem 9.76 SOLUTION I xy = 576 in 4 From the solution to Problem 9.76 Now I x = ( I x )1 − ( I x )2 − ( I x )3 , where = π ( I x )2 = ( I x )3 (15 in.)4 − 2 ( 9 in.)( 6 in.)3 = ( 39761 − 324 ) in 4 1 12 4 = 39, 437 in 4 ( )1 − ( I y )2 − ( I y )3 , Iy = Iy and = π 4 where ( I y )2 = ( I y )3 (15 in.)4 − 2 ( 6 in.)( 9 in.)3 + ( 9 in.)( 6 in.)( 6 in.)2 1 36 1 2 = ( 39, 761 − 243 − 1944 ) in 4 = 37,574 in 4 The Mohr’s circle is defined by the point (X, Y) where X: I ave = Now and R= Y: ( I y , −I xy ) ) 1 1 I x + I y = ( 39, 437 + 37,574 ) in 4 = 38,506 in 4 2 2 Ix − I y 2 ( ( I x , I xy ) 2 + I xy2 = 1 2 4 2 ( 39, 437 − 37,574 ) + 567 = 1090.5 in PROBLEM 9.99 CONTINUED tan 2θ m = − I xy Ix − I y 2 = −567 = −0.6087 1 ( 39, 437 − 37,574 ) 2 or θ m = −15.66° clockwise Then I max, min = I ave ± R = ( 38,506 ± 1090.50 ) in 4 or I max = 39.6 × 103 in 4 and I min = 37.4 × 103 in 4 Note: From the Mohr’s circle it is seen that the a axis corresponds to the I max and the b axis corresponds to I min . PROBLEM 9.100 Using Mohr’s circle, determine for the area indicated the orientation of the principal centroidal axes and the corresponding values of the moments of inertia. Area of Problem 9.73 SOLUTION I x = 162.86 × 106 mm 4 From Problems 9.73 and 9.81 I y = 325.72 × 106 mm 4 I xy = 138.24 × 106 mm 4 X (162.86,138.24 ) × 106 mm 4 Define points I ave = Now ( Y ( 325.72, −138.24 ) × 106 mm 4 ) 1 1 I x + I y = (162.86 + 325.72 ) × 106 mm 4 2 2 = 244.29 × 106 mm 4 2 and R= Ix − I y 2 + I xy = 2 (162.86 − 325.72 ) × 106 + 138.24 × 106 2 2 ( ) 2 = 160.44 × 106 mm 4 and −2 (138.24 ) × 106 2θ m = tan −1 = 59.4999° 6 (162.86 − 325.72 ) × 10 or θ m = 29.7° counterclockwise Then ( ) I max, min = I ave ± R = 244.29 × 106 ± 160.44 × 106 mm 4 or I max = 405 × 106 mm 4 and I min = 83.9 × 106 mm 4 Note: From the Mohr’s circle it is seen that the a axis corresponds to I min and the b axis corresponds to I max . PROBLEM 9.101 Using Mohr’s circle, determine for the area indicated the orientation of the principal centroidal axes and the corresponding values of the moments of inertia. Area of Problem 9.74 SOLUTION From Problems 9.74 and 9.83 I x = 0.166 × 106 mm 4 , I y = 0.453 × 106 mm 4 , X ( 0.166, −0.1596 ) × 106 mm 4 Define points I ave = Now ( and I xy = −0.1596 × 106 mm 4 Y ( 0.453, −0.1596 ) × 106 mm 4 ) 1 1 I x + I y = ( 0.166 + 0.453) × 106 mm 4 2 2 = 0.3095 × 106 mm 4 2 and R= Ix − I y 2 + I xy = 2 ( 0.166 − 0.453)106 6 + −0.1596 × 10 2 2 ( ) 2 = 0.21463 × 106 mm 4 Also −2 I xy 2θ m = tan −1 Ix − I y −2 ( −0.1596 ) = tan −1 = −48.04° 0.166 − 0.453 θ m = −24.02° or θ = −24.0° clockwise Then I max, min = I ave ± R = ( 0.3095 ± 0.21463) × 106 mm 4 or I max = 0.524 × 106 mm 4 and I min = 0.0949 × 106 mm 4 Note: From the Mohr’s circle it is seen that the a axis corresponds to I min and the b axis corresponds to I max . PROBLEM 9.102 Using Mohr’s circle, determine for the area indicated the orientation of the principal centroidal axes and the corresponding values of the moments of inertia. Area of Problem 9.75 SOLUTION From Problems 9.75 and 9.82 I x = 0.70134 × 106 mm 4 , Now I ave = ( I y = 7.728 × 106 mm 4 , ) 1 1 I x + I y = ( 0.70134 + 7.728 ) × 106 mm 4 = 4.2147 × 106 mm 4 2 2 2 and R= I xy = 1.5732 × 106 mm 4 Ix − I y 2 + I xy = 2 ( 0.70134 − 7.728 ) × 106 6 + 1.5732 × 10 2 2 ( ) 2 = 3.8495 × 106 mm 4 X ( 0.70134, 15732 ) × 106 mm Define points Y ( 7.728, − 1.5732 ) × 106 mm Also −2 (1.5732 ) 2θ m = tan −1 = 24.122°, θ m = 12.06° 0.70134 − 7.728 or θ m = 12.06° counterclockwise Then I max, min = I ave ± R = ( 4.2147 ± 3.8495 ) × 106 mm 4 or I max = 8.06 × 106 mm 4 and I min = 0.365 × 106 mm 4 Note: From the Mohr’s circle it is seen that the a axis corresponds to I min and the b axis corresponds to I max . PROBLEM 9.103 Using Mohr’s circle, determine for the area indicated the orientation of the principal centroidal axes and the corresponding values of the moments of inertia. Area of Problem 9.71 SOLUTION I xy = −11.0 in 4 From Problem 9.71 Compute I x and I y for area of Problem 9.71 5 in. × ( 0.5 in.) 3 Ix = 12 ( 0.5 in.)( 4 in.)3 2 + 2 + ( 4 in. × 0.5 in.)(1.0 in.) 12 = 9.38542 in 4 ( 0.5 in.)3 ( 4 in.) 0.5 in. × ( 5 in.)3 2 Iy = 2 + ( 4 in. × 0.5 in.)( 2.75 in.) + 12 12 = 35.54167 in 4 X ( 9.38542, − 11) , Define points I ave = Now Ix + I y 2 2 and R= = and Y ( 35.54167, 11) 9.38542 in 4 + 35.54167 in 4 = 22.46354 in 4 2 Ix − I y + I xy 2 ( ) 2 2 = 2 9.38542 − 35.54167 + (11.0 ) 2 = 17.08910 in 4 Also Then −2 ( −11.0 ) 2θ m = tan −1 = −40.067 9.38542 − 35.54167 or θ m = −20.033° clockwise I max, min = I ave ± R = 22.46354 ± 17.08910 = 39.55264, 5.37444 or I max = 39.55 in 4 I min = 5.37 in 4 Note: The a axis corresponds to I min and b axis corresponds to I max . PROBLEM 9.104 Using Mohr’s circle, determine for the area indicated the orientation of the principal centroidal axes and the corresponding values of the moments of inertia. Area of Problem 9.77 SOLUTION From Problems 9.44 and 9.77 I x = 432.59 × 106 mm 4 , I y = 732.97 × 106 mm 4 , I xy = −261.63 × 106 mm 4 X ( 432.59, − 261.63) × 106 mm 4 Define points Y ( 732.97, 261.63) × 106 mm 4 Now I ave = ( ) 1 1 I x + I y = ( 432.59 + 732.97 ) × 106 = 582.78 × 106 mm 4 2 2 2 and R= 2 Ix − I y 1 432.59 − 732.97 2 6 × 10 + −261.63 × 106 + I xy = 2 2 2 ( ) 2 = 301.67 × 106 mm 4 Also tan 2θ m = − Ix − I y = −2 ( −261.63) × 106 ( 432.59 − 732.97 ) × 106 = −60.14° θ m = −30.1° clockwise or Then 2 I xy I max, min = I ave ± R = ( 582.78 ± 301.67 ) × 106 mm 4 or I max = 884 × 106 mm 4 and I min = 281 × 106 mm 4 Note: From the Mohr’s circle it is seen that the a axis corresponds to I min and the b axis corresponds to I max . PROBLEM 9.105 The moments and product of inertia for an L102 × 76 × 6.4-mm angle cross section with respect to two rectangular axes x and y through C are, I x = 0.166 × 106 mm 4 , I y = 0.453 × 106 mm 4 , and respectively, I xy < 0 , with the minimum value of the moment of inertia of the area with respect to any axis through C being I min = 0.051 × 106 mm 4 . Using Mohr’s circle, determine (a) the product of inertia I xy of the area, (b) the orientation of the principal axes, (c) the value of I max . SOLUTION I x = 0.166 × 106 mm 4 , I y = 0.453 × 106 mm 4 and I xy < 0 Given: Note: A review of a table of rolled-steel shapes reveals that the given values of I x and I y are obtained when the 102 mm leg of the angle is parallel to the x axis. For I xy < 0 the angle must be oriented as shown. (a) Now I ave = ( ) 1 1 I x + I y = ( 0.166 + 0.453) × 106 mm 4 2 2 = 0.3095 × 106 mm 4 I min = I ave − R Now R = I ave − I min or R = ( 0.3095 − 0.051) × 106 mm 4 Then = 0.2585 × 106 mm 4 2 Ix − I y R = + I xy 2 2 From I xy = ( ) 2 2 2 0.166 − 0.453 6 4 ( 0.2585 ) − × 10 mm 2 I xy = ±0.21501 × 106 mm 4 Since I xy < 0, I xy = −0.21501 × 106 mm 4 or I xy = −0.215 × 106 mm 4 PROBLEM 9.105 CONTINUED (b) −2 ( −0.21501) 2θ m = tan −1 = −56.28° 0.166 − 0.453 or θ m = −28.1 clockwise (c) I max = I ave + R = ( 0.3095 + 0.2585 ) × 106 mm 4 or I max = 0.568 × 106 mm 4 PROBLEM 9.106 Using Mohr’s circle, determine for the cross section of the rolled-steel angle shown the orientation of the principal centroidal axes and the corresponding values of the moments of inertia. (Properties of the cross sections are given in Fig. 9.13.) SOLUTION I x = 9.45 in 4 From Figure 9.13 I y = 2.58 in 4 I xy = −2.81 in 4 From Problem 9.78 The Mohr’s circle is defined by the diameter XY where X ( 9.45, − 2.81) in 4 Y ( 2.58, 2.81) in 4 Now I ave = ( ( ) 1 1 Ix + I y = 9.45 in 4 + 2.58 in 4 2 2 ) = 6.015 in 4 and R= = 2 1 2 2 I x − I y + I xy ( ) ( 1 9.45 in 4 − 2.58 in 4 2 ) + ( 2.81 in ) 2 4 2 = 5.612 in 4 tan 2θ m = −2 I xy Ix − I y = ( −2 −2.81 in 4 ) 9.45 in − 2.58 in 4 4 = 0.81805 2θ m = 32.285° or or θ m = 19.643° counterclockwise About C. Now I max, min = I ave ± R = ( 6.015 ± 5.612 ) in 4 or I max = 11.63 in 4 and I min = 0.403 in 4 From the Mohr’s circle it is seen that the a axis corresponds to I max and the b axis corresponds to I min . PROBLEM 9.107 Using Mohr’s circle, determine for the cross section of the rolled-steel angle shown the orientation of the principal centroidal axes and the corresponding values of the moments of inertia. (Properties of the cross sections are given in Fig. 9.13.) SOLUTION I x = 7.20 × 106 mm 4 , From Figure 9.13B: ( )1 + ( I xy )2 , I xy = I xy Have x1 = Now where 102 − 25.3 = 25.7 mm, 2 I y = 2.64 × 106 mm 4 I xy = I x′y′ + x yA y1 = 50.3 − and I x′y′ = 0 12.7 = 43.95 mm 2 A1 = 102 × 12.7 = 1295.4 mm 2 x2 = −25.3 − 1 y2 = − (152 − 12.7 ) − ( 50.3 − 12.7 ) = 32.05 mm 2 12.7 = −18.95 mm 2 A2 = (12.7 )(152 − 12.7 ) = 1769.11 mm 2 Then { ( ) ( = (1.46317 + 1.07446 ) × 106 mm 4 = 2.5376 × 106 mm 4 The Mohr’s circle is defined by points X and Y, where ( ) ( X I x , I xy , Y I y , − I xy Now )} I xy = ( 25.7 mm )( 43.95 mm ) 1295.4 mm 2 + ( −18.95 mm )( −32.05 mm ) 1769.11 mm 2 × 106 I ave = ( ) ) 1 1 I x + I y = ( 7.20 + 2.64 ) × 106 mm 4 = 4.92 × 106 mm 4 2 2 PROBLEM 9.107 CONTINUED and R= Ix − I y 1 2 2 2 6 4 + I xy = ( 7.20 − 2.64 ) + 2.5376 × 10 mm 2 2 = 3.4114 × 106 mm 4 tan θ m = − 2 I xy Ix − I y =− 2 ( 2.5376 ) ( 7.20 − 2.64 ) = −1.11298, 2θ = −48.0607° θ = −24.0° clockwise or Now or and I max, min = I ave ± R = ( 4.92 ± 3.4114 ) × 106 mm 4 I max = 8.33 × 106 mm 4 I min = 1.509 × 106 mm 4 Note: From the Mohr’s circle it is seen that the a axis corresponds to I max and the b axis corresponds to I min . PROBLEM 9.108 For a given area the moments of inertia with respect to two rectangular centroidal x and y axes are I x = 640 in 4 and I y = 280 in 4 , respectively. Knowing that after rotating the x and y axes about the centroid 60° clockwise the product of inertia relative to the rotated axes is −180 in 4 , use Mohr’s circle to determine (a) the orientation of the principal axes, (b) the centroidal principal moments of inertia. SOLUTION I ave = Have ( ( ( ) ) 1 1 640 in 4 + 280 in 4 = 460 in 4 Ix + I y = 2 2 ( ) ) 1 1 640 in 4 − 280 in 4 = 180 in 4 Ix − I y = 2 2 2θ = −120°, I x′y′ = −180 in 4 , Also have ( ) ( Ix > I y ) Letting the points I x , I xy and I x′ , I x′y′ be denoted by X an X ′, respectively, three possible Mohr’s circles can be constructed Assume the first case applies Then Also Ix − I y 2 = R cos 2θ m I x′y′ = R cos α R cos 2θ m = 180 in 4 or or R cos α = 180 in 4 ∴ α = ±2θ m 120° = 2θ m + ( 90° − α ) Also have ∴ α = −2θ m Note and 2 ( 2θ m ) = 30° 2θ m − α = 30° or or 2θ m = α = 15° 2θ m > 0 implies case 2 applies α < 0 PROBLEM 9.108 CONTINUED θ m = 7.5° clockwise (a) Therefore, (b) Have Then R cos15° = 180 I max, min or R = 186.35 in 4 = I ave ± R = 460 ± 186.350 or I max = 646 in 4 and I min = 274 in 4 Note: From the Mohr’s circle it is seen that the a axis corresponds to I max and the b axis corresponds to I min . PROBLEM 9.109 It is known that for a given area I y = 300 in 4 and I xy = −125 in 4 , where the x and y axes are rectangular centroidal axes. If the axis corresponding to the maximum product of inertia is obtained by rotating the x axis 67.5o counterclockwise about C, use Mohr’s circle to determine (a) the moment of inertia I x of the area, (b) the principal centroidal moments of inertia. SOLUTION Ix > I y First assume ( )max is (Note: Assuming I x < I y is not consistent with the requirement that the axis corresponding to the I xy obtained by rotating the x axis through 67.5° counterclockwise) 2θ m = 2 ( 67.5° ) − 90° = 45° From Mohr’s circle have tan 2θ m = (a) From Have Ix = I y + 2 I xy tan 2θ m 2 I xy Ix − I y = 300 in 4 + 2 125 in 4 = 550 in 4 tan 45° or I x = 550 in 4 (b) Now and Then I ave = 1 550 + 300 4 in = 425 in 4 Ix + I y = 2 2 ( R= I max, ) I xy sin 2θ m min = 125 in 4 = 176.78 in 4 sin 45° = I ave ± R = ( 425 ± 176.76 ) in 4 = ( 601.78, 248.22 ) in 4 or I max = 602 in 4 and I min = 248 in 4 PROBLEM 9.110 Using Mohr’s circle, show that for any regular polygon (such as a pentagon) (a) the moment of inertia with respect to every axis through the centroid is the same, (b) the product of inertia with respect to every pair of rectangular axes through the centroid is zero. SOLUTION Consider the regular pentagon shown, with centroidal axes x and y. Because the y axis is an axis of symmetry, it follows that I xy = 0. Since I xy = 0, the x and y axes must be principal axes. Assuming I x = I max and I y = I min , the Mohr’s circle is then drawn as shown. Now rotate the coordinate axes through an angle α as shown; the resulting moments of inertia, I x′ and I y′ , and product of inertia, I x′y′ , are indicated on the Mohr’s circle. However, the x′ axis is an axis of symmetry, which implies I x′y′ = 0. For this to be possible on the Mohr’s circle, the radius R must be equal to zero (thus, the circle degenerates into a point). With R = 0, it immediately follows that (a) I x = I y = I x′ = I y′ = I ave (for all moments of inertia with respect to an axis through C) (b) I xy = I x′y′ = 0 (for all products of inertia with respect to all pairs of rectangular axes with origin at C) PROBLEM 9.121 The parabolic spandrel shown is revolved about the x axis to form a homogeneous solid of revolution of mass m. Using direct integration, express the moment of inertia of the solid with respect to the x axis in terms of m and b. SOLUTION At x = a, y = b: b = ka 2 y = Then or k = b a2 b 2 x a2 ( ) dm = ρ π r 2 dx Now 2 b = πρ 2 x 2 dx a Then m = πρ b2 a 4 ∫ x dx a4 0 a 1 b2 = πρ 4 x5 5 a 0 = Now 1 πρ ab 2 5 or πρ = 5m ab 2 2 2 1 b 1 b d I x = r 2 dm = 2 x 2 πρ 2 x 2 dx 2 a 2 a = 5m 1 b 2 4 b 2 4 5 b2 8 × x × x dx = m x dx 2 a9 ab 2 2 a 4 a4 a Then.. 5 b2 a 5 b2 1 I x = m 9 ∫0 x8dx = m 9 × x9 2 a 2 a 9 0 or I x = 5 mb 2 18 PROBLEM 9.122 Determine by direct integration the moment of inertia with respect to the z axis of the right circular cylinder shown assuming that it has a uniform density and a mass m. SOLUTION m = ρV = ρπ a 2 L For the cylinder dm = ρπ a 2dx For the element shown = dI z = dI z + x 2dm and = Then m dx L 1 2 a dm + x 2dm 4 L L 0 1 2 1 m m 1 I z = ∫ dI z = ∫ a + x 2 dx = a 2 x + x3 3 0 4 L L 4 = m1 2 1 3 a L+ L L4 3 or I z = ( 1 m 3a 2 + 4 L2 12 ) PROBLEM 9.123 The area shown is revolved about the x axis to form a homogeneous solid of revolution of mass m. Determine by direct integration the moment of inertia of the solid with respect to (a) the x axis, (b) the y axis. Express your answers in terms of m and a. SOLUTION 2a = k ( 2a ) 3 x = 2a At y = Then or 1 4a 2 1 3 x 4a 2 ( dm = ρ π r 2dx Now k = ) 2 πρ 6 1 = πρ 2 x3 dx = x dx 16a 4 4a πρ m= Then 16a 4 = or πρ = 2a 6 ∫a x dx πρ 1 4 16a 7 2a x = 7 a πρ 127 7 7 2a ) − ( a ) = πρ a3 4 ( 112a 112 112m 127a3 2 (a) Now 1 1 1 πρ 6 d I x = r 2 dm = 2 x3 x dx 4 2 2 4a 16a = x6 1 6 112m 7m x dx = x12dx × × 4 3 4 32a 127a 16a 4064a11 Then 2a Ix = = 7m 7m 1 13 2 a 12 x dx = x 11 ∫a 4064a 4064a11 13 a 7m 57337 2 ma = 1.0853ma 2 ( 2a )13 − ( a )13 = 11 52832 52832a or I x = 1.085ma 2 PROBLEM 9.123 CONTINUED 2 1 1 πρ 6 1 dI y = r 2 + x 2 dm = 2 x3 + x 2 x dx 4 4 16a 4 4a Have = 1 112m 1 12 x + x8 dx × 4 16a 127a3 64a 4 2a Then Iy = 7m 2a 1 12 7m 1 1 x + x8 dx = x13 + x8 7 ∫a 4 7 4 9 127a 127a 832a 64a a = 7m 1 1 1 1 13 9 13 9 2a ) + ( 2a ) − a − (a) 7 4( 4( ) 9 9 127a 832a 832a = 7m 8191 9 511 9 a + a = 3.67211ma 2 9 127a 7 832 or I y = 3.67ma 2 PROBLEM 9.124 Determine by direct integration the moment of inertia with respect to the x axis of the tetrahedron shown assuming that it has a uniform density and a mass m. SOLUTION Have x= a y y + a = a 1 + h h and z = b y y + b = b 1 + h h 2 y 1 1 dm = ρ xzdy = ρ ab 1 + dy h 2 2 For the element shown 2 1 y m = ∫ dm = ∫ ρ ab 1 + dy 2 h 0 −h Then 0 3 1 h y = ρ ab × 1 + 2 3 h −h Now, for the element Then = 1 3 3 ρ abh (1) − (1 − 1) 6 = 1 ρ abh 6 I AA′,area 1 3 1 3 y = xz = ab 1 + 36 36 h 4 1 y dI AA′, mass = ρ tI AA′, area = ρ ( dy ) ab3 1 + h 3 4 PROBLEM 9.124 CONTINUED Now dI x = dI AA′,mass 2 1 2 + y + z dm 3 4 y 1 = ρ ab3 1 + dy h 36 2 2 1 y 1 y + y 2 + b 1 + ρ ab 1 + dy h 2 h 3 = 4 y y3 y 4 1 1 + 2 dy ρ ab3 1 + dy + ρ ab y 2 + 2 h h 12 2 h m= Now 1 ρ abh 6 4 1 b2 y 3m 2 y3 y 4 dI x = m 1 + + + 2 dy y + 2 h h h h 2 h Then and 0 I x = ∫ dI x = ∫−h 4 m 2 y y3 y 4 + 2 dy b 1 + + 6 y 2 + 2 2h h h h 0 5 1 m 2 h y 1 y4 y5 = + 2 b × 1 + + 6 y 3 + 2h 5 h 2 h 5h 3 −h = m 1 2 1 1 5 3 1 ( −h )4 + 2 ( −h )5 b h (1) − 6 ( −h ) + 2h 5 2h 5h 3 or I x = ( 1 m b2 + h2 10 ) PROBLEM 9.125 Determine by direct integration the moment of inertia with respect to the y axis of the tetrahedron shown assuming that it has a uniform density and a mass m. SOLUTION Have x= a y y + a = a 1 + h h and z = b y y + b = b 1 + h h 2 For the element shown y 1 1 dm = ρ xzdy = ρ ab 1 + dy h 2 2 2 1 y m = ∫ dm = ∫ ρ ab 1 + dy 2 h 0 −h Then 0 3 1 h y = ρ ab × 1 + 2 3 h −h = 1 3 3 ρ abh (1) − (1 − 1) 6 = 1 ρ abh 6 I BB′,area = Also Then, using 1 3 xz 12 I DD′,area = 1 3 zx 12 I mass = ρ tI area have 1 dI BB′,mass = ρ ( dy ) xz 3 12 1 dI DD′,mass = ρ ( dy ) zx3 12 PROBLEM 9.125 CONTINUED Now dI y = dI BB′,mass + dI DD′,mass Have ( ) = 1 ρ xz x 2 + z 2 dy 12 = 2 1 y ρ ab 1 + a 2 + b 2 12 h m= ( ) 2 y 1 + dy h ( 1 m 2 ρ abh ⇒ dI y = a + b2 6 2h ) 4 y 1 + dy h Then ( 4 ) m 2 y I y = ∫ dI y = ∫ a + b 2 1 + dy 2h h 0 −h 0 5 m 2 h y 2 a + b × 1 + = 2h 5 h −h = ( ) ( ) m 2 5 5 a + b 2 (1) − (1 − 1) 10 or I y = ( 1 m a 2 + b2 10 ) PROBLEM 9.126 Determine by direct integration the moment of inertia with respect to the z axis of the semiellipsoid shown assuming that it has a uniform density and a mass m. SOLUTION First note that when 1 z = 0: x2 2 y = b 1 − 2 a y = 0: x2 2 z = c 1 − 2 a 1 x2 dm = ρ (π yzdx ) = πρ bc 1 − 2 dx a For the element shown m = ∫ dm = Then a πρ bc 1 0 ∫ x2 dx a 2 − a 1 2 = πρ bc x − 2 x3 = πρ abc 3 3a 0 I AA′,area = For the element 4 zy 3 π dI AA′,mass = ρ tI AA′,area = ρ ( dx ) zy 3 4 Then Now π dI z = dI AA′,mass + x 2dm = = π 4 ρ b3c 1 − 2 x2 x2 2 πρ 1 dx x bc + − dx 2 a a 2 3m b 2 x2 x4 2 x4 1 − 2 2 + 4 + x − 2 dx 2a 4 a a a PROBLEM 9.126 CONTINUED Finally I z = ∫ dI z = 3m a b 2 x2 x4 2 x4 1 2 − + + x − 2 dx ∫ 2a 0 4 a 2 a 4 a a 3m b 2 2 x3 1 x5 1 3 1 x5 = + x − + x − 2a 4 3 a 2 5 a 4 3 5 a 2 0 = 3 b2 2 1 1 1 m 1 − + + a 2 − 2 4 3 5 3 5 or I z = ( 1 m a 2 + b2 5 ) PROBLEM 9.127 A thin steel wire is bent into the shape shown. Denoting the mass per unit length of the wire by m ′, determine by direct integration the moment of inertia of the wire with respect to each of the coordinate axes. SOLUTION 1 2 2 2 dy −1 = − x 3 a 3 − x 3 dx First note 2 2 2 −2 dy 1 + = 1 + x 3 a 3 − x 3 dx Then 2 a 3 = x 2 dy dm = m′dL = m′ 1 + dx dx For the element shown 1 a 3 = m′ dx x 1 Then m = ∫ dm = ∫ 0a m′ a3 x Now dx = a 23 a 0 I x = ∫ y dm = ∫ 2 1 3 1 2 a 3 3 m′a 3 x 3 = m′a 2 2 0 1 3 a 3 − x m′ 1 dx x3 2 3 5 a2 1 4 1 2 = m′a 3 ∫ 0a 1 − 3a 3 x 3 + 3a 3 x − x 3 dx 3 x a 1 3 2 9 4 4 3 2 3 8 = m′a 3 a 2 x 3 − a 3 x 3 + a 3 x 2 − x 3 4 2 8 0 2 3 9 3 3 3 = m′a3 − + − = m′a3 2 4 2 8 8 Symmetry implies or I x = 1 2 ma 4 Iy = 1 2 ma 4 PROBLEM 9.127 CONTINUED Alternative Solution I y = ∫ x dm = 2 1 = m′a 3 × = Also ∫ 0a x 2 5 1 = m′a 3 ∫ 0a x 3 dx dx 1 x 3 1 m′ a3 3 83 a 3 x = m′a3 8 0 8 1 2 ma 4 ( ) I z = ∫ x 2 + y 2 dm = I y + I x or I z = 1 2 ma 2 PROBLEM 9.128 A thin triangular plate of mass m is welded along its base AB to a block as shown. Knowing that the plate forms an angle θ with the y axis, determine by direct integration the mass moment of inertia of the plate with respect to (a) the x axis, (b) the y axis, (c) the z axis. SOLUTION ζ =− For line BC = h x+h a 2 h ( a − 2x ) a 1 m = ρV = ρ t ah 2 Also = 1 ρ tah 2 2 (a) Have dI x = = 1 2 ζ dm′ 3 dm′ = ρ tζ dx where Then 1 2 ζ ζ dm′ + dm′ 12 2 a 1 I x = ∫ dI x = 2 ∫ 02 ζ 2 ( ρ tζ dx ) 3 3 = a h 2 ρ t ∫ 02 ( a − 2 x ) dx 3 a a 2 h3 1 1 4 = ρ t 3 × − ( a − 2 x ) 2 0 3 a 4 2 =− = 1 h3 4 4 ρ t 3 ( a − a ) − ( a ) 12 a 1 ρ tah3 12 or I x = 1 2 mh W 6 PROBLEM 9.128 CONTINUED Iζ = ∫ x 2dm Now Iζ = ∫ x 2dm′ = 2 ∫ 02 x 2 ( ρ tζ dx ) a and a h = 2 ρ t ∫ 02 x 2 ( a − 2 x ) dx a a h a 1 2 = 2 ρ t x3 − x 4 a 3 4 0 h a a 1a − a 3 2 4 2 3 = 2ρt = (b) Have 4 1 1 ρ ta3h = ma 2 48 24 2 I y = ∫ ry2dm = ∫ x 2 + (ζ sin θ ) dm = ∫ x 2dm + sin 2 θ ∫ ζ 2dm Now I x = ∫ ζ 2dm ⇒ I y = Iζ + I x sin 2 θ = (c) Have 1 1 ma 2 + mh 2 sin 2 θ 24 6 ( ) or I y = m 2 a + 4h 2 sin 2 θ W 24 ( ) I z = ∫ rz2dm = ∫ x 2 + y 2 dm 2 = ∫ x 2 + (ζ cosθ ) dm = ∫ x 2dm + cos 2 θ ∫ ζ 2dm = Iζ + I x cos 2 θ = 1 1 ma 2 + mh 2 cos 2 θ 24 6 or I z = ( ) m 2 a + 4h 2 cos 2 θ W 24 PROBLEM 9.129 Shown is the cross section of a molded flat-belt pulley. Determine its mass moment of inertia and its radius of gyration with respect to the axis AA′. (The specific weight of brass is 0.306 lb/in3 and the specific weight of the fiber-reinforced polycarbonate used is 0.0433 lb/in3.) SOLUTION First note for the cylindrical ring shown that m = ρV = ρ t × π 4 (d 2 2 − d12 ) and, using Figure 9.28, that 2 I AA′ = 1 d2 1 d m2 − m1 1 2 2 2 2 2 = 1 π 2 2 π 2 2 ρ t × d 2 d 2 − ρ t × d1 d1 8 4 4 = 1π 4 4 ρ t d 2 − d1 8 4 = 1π 2 2 2 2 ρ t d 2 − d1 d 2 + d1 8 4 = 1 m d12 + d 22 8 ( ( ( ) )( ) ) Now treat the pulley as four concentric rings and, working from the brass outward, have m= π 0.306 lb/in 3 4 32.2 ft/s 2 + π 1.0433 lb/in 3 4 32.2 ft/s ( 0.875 in.) ( 0.55 in.)2 − ( 0.25 in.)2 2 {(0.875 in.) (0.85 in.) 2 2 + ( 0.10 in.) (1.1 in.) − ( 0.85 in.) 2 2 + ( 0.475 in.) (1.4 in.) − (1.1 in.) = π 128.8 2 2 − ( 0.55 in.) } ( 0.06426 + 0.01593 + 0.00211 + 0.015426 ) lb ⋅ s 2/ft PROBLEM 9.129 CONTINUED Now ( m = 1567.38 ⋅ 10−6 + 388.553 ⋅ 10−6 + 51.465 ⋅ 10−6 ) + 376.259 ⋅ 10−6 lb ⋅ s 2 /ft = 2383.657 ⋅ 10−6 lb ⋅ s 2 /ft Then I AA′ = 0.25 2 0.55 2 1 −6 2 ⋅ ⋅ 1567.38 10 lb s /ft ft + ft 8 12 12 0.55 2 0.85 2 ft + ft + 388.553 ⋅ 10−6 lb ⋅ s 2 /ft 12 12 0.85 2 1.1 2 ft + ft + 51.465 ⋅ 10−6 lb ⋅ s 2 /ft 12 12 + 376.259 ⋅ 10 = −6 1.1 2 1.4 2 lb ⋅ s /ft ft + ft 12 12 2 1 ( 3.9728 + 2.7657 + 0.69067 + 8.2829 ) ⋅ 10−6 lb ⋅ ft ⋅ s2 8 = 1.96401 × 10−6 lb ⋅ ft ⋅ s 2 or I AA′ = 1.964 ⋅10−6 lb ⋅ ft ⋅ s 2 W and 2 k AA ′ = I AA′ 1.96401 × 10−6 lb ⋅ ft ⋅ s 2 = m 2383.657 × 10−6 lb ⋅ s 2 /ft = 8.23947 × 10− 4 ft 2 k AA′ = 2.87044 ⋅ 10− 2 ft = 0.34445 in. or k AA′ = 0.344 in. W PROBLEM 9.130 Shown is the cross section of an idler roller. Determine its moment of inertia and its radius of gyration with respect to the axis AA′. (The density of bronze is 8580 kg/m3; of aluminum, 2770 kg/m3; and of neoprene, 1250 kg/m3.) SOLUTION First note for the cylindrical ring shown that m = ρV = ρ t × π (d 4 2 2 ) − d12 = π 4 ( ρ t d 22 − d12 ) and, using Figure 9.28, that 2 I AA′ 1 d 1 d = m2 2 − m1 1 2 2 2 2 2 = 1 π 2 2 π 2 2 ρ t × d 2 d 2 − ρ t × d1 d1 8 4 4 = 1π 4 4 ρ t d 2 − d1 8 4 = 1π 2 2 2 2 ρ t d 2 − d1 d 2 + d1 8 4 = 1 m d12 + d 22 8 ( ( ( ) )( ) ) Now treat the roller as three concentric rings and, working from the bronze outward, have Have m= (8580 kg/m ) ( 0.0195 m ) ( 0.009 m ) 4{ π 3 ( ) ( ) 2 2 − ( 0.006 m ) 2 2 + 2770 kg/m3 ( 0.0165 m ) ( 0.012 m ) − ( 0.009 m ) } 2 2 + 1250 kg/m3 ( 0.0165 m ) ( 0.027 m ) − ( 0.012 m ) π [7.52895 + 2.87942 + 12.06563] × 10−3 kg 4 = 5.9132 × 10−3 kg + 2.26149 × 10−3 kg = + 9.47632 × 10−3 kg = 17.6510 × 10−3 kg PROBLEM 9.130 CONTINUED And I AA′ = {( ) ( ) ( ) 1 2 2 5.9132 × 10−3 kg ( 0.006 ) + ( 0.009 ) m 2 8 2 2 + 2.26149 × 10−3 kg ( 0.009 ) + ( 0.012 ) m 2 2 2 + 9.47632 × 10−3 kg ( 0.012 ) + ( 0.027 ) m 2 = } 1 ( 691.844 + 508.835 + 8272.827 )10−9 kg ⋅ m 2 8 = 1.18419 × 10−6 kg ⋅ m 2 or I AA′ = 1.184 × 10−6 kg ⋅ m 2 W Now 2 k AA ′ = I AA′ 1.18419 × 10−6 kg m 2 = m 17.6510 × 10−3 kg = 67.08902 × 10−6 m 2 k AA′ = 8.19079 × 10−3 m or k AA′ = 8.19 mm W PROBLEM 9.131 Given the dimensions and the mass m of the thin conical shell shown, determine the moment of inertia and the radius of gyration of the shell with respect to the x axis. (Hint: Assume that the shell was formed by removing a cone with a circular base of radius a from a cone with a circular base of radius a + t . In the resulting expressions, neglect terms containing t2, t3, etc. Do not forget to account for the difference in the heights of the two cones.) SOLUTION First note h′ h = a+t a or h′ = h (a + t ) a For a cone of height H whose base has a radius r, have Ix = where 3 mr 2 10 m = ρV = ρ× Ix = Then π 3 r 2H 3 π 2 2 ρr H r 10 3 = π 10 ρ r 4H Now, following the hint have mshell = mouter − minner = = = π 3 π 3 ρ ( a + t ) × 2 ρ a 2 h 1 + π 3 ρ ( a + t ) h′ − a 2h 2 h ( a + t ) − a 2h a 3 π t t 2 − 1 = ρ a h 1 + 3 + ... − 1 a 3 a Neglecting the t2 and t3 terms obtain mshell ≈ πρ aht PROBLEM 9.131 CONTINUED Also ( I x )shell = ( I x )outer − ( I x )inner π = 10 π = 10 π = 10 = π 10 ρ ( a + t ) h′ − a 4h 4 ρ ( a + t ) × 4 ρ a 4h 1 + h ( a + t ) − a 4h a 5 t − 1 a ρ a 4h 1 + 5 t + ... − 1 a Neglecting t2 and higher order terms, obtain ( I x )shell ≈ π 2 ρ a3ht or I x = Now 1 2 ma W 2 1 2 ma I k x2 = x = 2 m m or k x = a W 2 PROBLEM 9.132 A portion of an 8-in.-long steel rod of diameter 1.50 in. is turned to form the conical section shown. Knowing that the turning process reduces the moment of inertia of the rod with respect to the x axis by 20 percent, determine the height h of the cone. SOLUTION 8-in. rod and ( I x )0 = 12 m0a 2 a = 0.75 in. where and ( m0 = ρV0 = ρ π a 2 L L = 8 in. ( I x )0 = 12 ρπ a4 L Therefore, ( )cyl + ( I x )cone = 12 mcyla2 + 103 mconea 2 Rod and cone Ix = Ix where mcyl = ρVcyl = ρ π a 2 ( L − h ) and 1 mcone = ρVcone = ρ π a 2h 3 Then Ix = ( )0 1 1 1 ρπ a 4 ( L − h ) + ρπ a 4h = 0.8 ρπ a 4 L 2 10 2 5 5 1 4 L− h+ h= L 10 10 10 10 or or 1 1 ρπ a 4 ( L − h ) + ρπ a 4h 2 10 I x = 0.8 I x Given Then ) h= 1 1 L = ( 8.00 in.) = 2.00 in. 4 4 or h = 2.00 in. W PROBLEM 9.133 The steel machine component shown is formed by machining a hemisphere into the base of a truncated cone. Knowing that the density of steel is 7850 kg/m3, determine the mass moment of inertia of the component with respect to the y axis. SOLUTION First note and Now L L − 240 = 120 80 or L = 720 mm m = ρ stV 2 1 π m1 = ρ st π a12h1 = × 7850 kg/m3 × ( 0.120 m ) ( 0.720 m ) 3 3 = 85.230 kg 2 2 2 m2 = ρ st π a22 = π × 7850 kg/m3 × ( 0.090 m ) = 11.9855 kg 3 3 2 1 π m3 = ρ st π a32h3 = × 7850 kg/m3 × ( 0.080 m ) ( 0.720 − 0.240 ) m 3 3 = 25.253 kg Now ( )1 − ( I y )2 − ( I y )3 Iy = Iy PROBLEM 9.133 CONTINUED where (using Figure 9.28) ( I y )1 = 103 m1a12 = 103 (85.230 kg )( 0.120 m )2 = 0.36819 kg ⋅ m2 ( I y )2 = 12 ( I y )sphere = 12 52 mspherea22 = where msphere = 2mhemisphere 12 2 2 × 11.9855 kg ( 0.090 m ) 25 = 0.038833 kg ⋅ m 2 ( I y )3 = 103 m3a32 = 103 ( 25.253 kg )( 0.080 m )2 = 0.048486 kg ⋅ m2 Then I y = ( 0.36819 − 0.038833 − 0.048486 ) kg ⋅ m 2 = 0.28087 kg ⋅ m 2 = 0.281 kg ⋅ m 2 or I y = 281 × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 W PROBLEM 9.134 After a period of use, one of the blades of a shredder has been worn to the shape shown and is of weight 0.4 lb. Knowing that the moments of inertia of the blade with respect to the AA′ and BB′ axes are 0.6 × 10−3 lb ⋅ ft ⋅ s 2 and 1.26 × 10−3 lb ⋅ ft ⋅ s 2 , respectively, determine (a) the location of the centroidal axis GG′, (b) the radius of gyration with respect to axis GG′. SOLUTION Have dB = (a) and 4 − d A = ( 0.33333 − d A ) ft 12 I AA′ = I GG′ + md A2 I BB′ = I GG′ + md B2 Then ( I BB′ − I AA′ = m d B2 − d A2 ) ) 2 = m ( 0.33333 − d A ) −d A2 = m ( 0.11111 − 0.66666d A ) Then (1.26 − 0.6 ) × 10−3 lb ⋅ ft ⋅ s2 = or 0.40 lb ( 0.11111 − 0.66666d A ) ft 2 32.2 ft/s 2 d A = 0.08697 ft d A = 1.044 in. W or I AA′ = I GG′ + md A2 (b) or I GG′ = 0.6 × 10−3 lb ⋅ ft ⋅ s 2 − 0.4 lb ( 0.08697 ft )2 32.2 ft /s 2 = 0.50604 × 10−3 lb ⋅ ft ⋅ s 2 Then 2 kGG ′ = I GG′ 0.50604 × 10−3 lb ⋅ ft ⋅ s 2 = 0.4 lb m 32.2 ft/s 2 = 0.04074 ft 2 kGG′ = 0.20183 ft = 2.4219 in. or kGG′ = 2.42 in. W PROBLEM 9.135 The cups and the arms of an anemometer are fabricated from a material of density ρ. Knowing that the moment of inertia of a thin, hemispherical shell of mass m and thickness t with respect to its centroidal axis GG′, is 5ma2/12, determine (a) the moment of inertia of the anemometer with respect to the axis AA′, (b) the ratio of a to l for which the centroidal moment of inertia of the cups is equal to 1 percent of the moment of inertia of the cups with respect to the axis AA′. SOLUTION marm = ρVarm = ρ × (a) First note π 4 d 2l dmcup = ρ dVcup and = ρ ( 2π a cosθ )( t )( adθ ) π mcup = ∫ dmcup = ∫ 02 2πρ a 2t cosθ dθ Then π = 2πρ a 2t [sin θ ]02 = 2πρ a 2t ( I AA′ )anem. = ( I AA′ )cups + ( I AA′ )arms Now Using the parallel-axis theorem and assuming the arms are slender rods, have ( I AA′ )anem. 2 = 3 ( I GG′ )cup + mcup d AG + 3 I arm + marm d AGarm 2 5 2 a = 3 mcup a 2 + mcup ( l + a ) + 2 12 2 1 l 2 +3 marml + marm 2 2 5 = 3mcup a 2 + 2la + l 2 + marml 2 3 5 π = 3 2πρ a 2t a 2 + 2la + l 2 + ρ d 2l l 2 3 4 ( or ( I AA′ )anem ) ( ) 5 a2 d 2l a = πρ l 2 6a 2t 2 + 2 + 1 + W l 4 3 l PROBLEM 9.135 CONTINUED ( IGG′ )cup ( I AA′ )cup (b) Have or = 0.01 5 5 mcup a 2 = 0.01mcup a 2 + 2la + l 2 12 3 Now let ζ = ( From Part a ) a l Then 5 5ζ 2 = 0.12 ζ 2 + 2ζ + 1 3 or 40ζ 2 − 2ζ − 1 = 0 Then or ζ = 2± ζ = 0.1851 ( −2 )2 − 4 ( 40 )( −1) 2 ( 40 ) and ζ = − 0.1351 ∴ a = 0.1851 W l PROBLEM 9.136 A square hole is centered in and extends through the aluminum machine component shown. Determine (a) the value of a for which the mass moment of inertia of the component with respect to the axis AA′, which bisects the top surface of the hole, is maximum, (b) the corresponding values of the mass moment of inertia and the radius of gyration with respect to the axis AA′. (The density of aluminum is 2800 kg / m3 .) SOLUTION First note m1 = ρV1 = ρ b 2 L And m2 = ρV2 = ρ a 2 L (a) Using Figure 9.28 and the parallel-axis theorem, have I AA′ = ( I AA′ )1 − ( I AA′ )2 2 1 a = m1 b 2 + b 2 + m1 2 12 ( ) 2 1 a − m2 a 2 + a 2 + m2 2 12 ( ( ) ) ( ) 1 1 5 = ρ b2 L b2 + a 2 − ρ a 2 L a 2 4 6 12 = ρL ( 2b 12 4 + 3b 2a 2 − 5a 4 ) dI AA′ ρL = 6b 2a − 20a3 = 0 da 12 ( Then a=0 or ) a=b and 3 10 d 2 I AA′ ρL 1 6b 2 − 60a 2 = ρ L b 2 − 10a 2 = 2 12 2 da Also.. ( ) ( and for a=b ) Now, for a = 0, ∴ d 2 I AA′ >0 da 2 ( I AA′ )max occurs when a = 84 or a=b 3 d 2 I AA′ , <0 10 da 2 3 10 3 = 46.009 mm 10 a = 46.0 mm PROBLEM 9.136 CONTINUED (b) From part (a) ( I AA′ )mass ρ L 2 4 3 3 2b + 3b b = − 5 b 12 10 10 = 2 4 ( ) 49 49 4 ρ Lb 4 = 2800 kg/m3 ( 0.3 m )( 0.4 m ) 240 240 = 8.5385 × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 or ( I AA′ )mass 2 k AA ′ = and = 8.54 × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 ( I AA′ )mass m where ( m = m1 − m2 = ρ L b − a 2 2 ) 2 3 7 2 ρ Lb 2 = ρ L b − b = 10 10 Then 2 k AA ′ 49 ρ Lb 4 7 2 7 240 = = b = (84 mm )2 = 2058 mm 2 7 24 24 2 ρ Lb 10 k AA′ = 45.3652 mm or k AA′ = 45.4 mm To the instructor: The following formulas for the mass moment of inertia of thin plates and a half cylindrical shell are derived at this time for use in the solutions of Problems 9.137–9.142 Thin rectangular plate ( I x )m ( )m + md 2 = I x′ = b 2 h 2 1 m b 2 + h 2 + m + 12 2 2 = 1 m b2 + h2 3 ( ) ( ) ( I y )m = ( I y′ )m + md 2 = 1 b mb 2 + m 12 2 = 1 2 mb 3 2 ( )m + md 2 I z = I z′ = 1 h mh 2 + m 12 2 = 1 2 mh 3 2 Thin triangular plate Have 1 m = ρV = ρ bht 2 and I z , area = Then I z , mass = ρ tI z , area 1 3 bh 36 = ρt × = 1 3 bh 36 1 mh 2 18 1 mb 2 18 1 + I z , mass = m b2 + h2 18 I y, mass = Similarly, I x, mass = I y, mass Now ( ) Thin semicircular plate Have π m = ρV = ρ a 2t 2 And I y, area = I z, area = Then π 8 a4 I y, mass = I z, mass = ρ tI y, area = ρt × π 8 a4 1 2 ma 4 = I x, mass = I y, mass + I z , mass = Now 1 2 ma 2 Also I x, mass = I x′, mass + my 2 or 16 2 1 I x′, mass = m − a 2 2 9π And I z , mass = I z′, mass + my 2 or 16 2 1 I z′, mass = m − a 2 4 9π Thin Quarter-Circular Plate y = z = Have π m = ρV = ρ a 2t 4 and I y, area = I z , area = Then I y, mass = I z, mass = ρ tI y, area π 16 a4 = ρt × = π 16 1 2 ma 4 a4 4a 3π Now Also or and or I x, mass = I y, mass + I z , mass = 1 2 ma 2 ( I x, mass = I x′, mass + m y 2 + z 2 32 2 1 I x′, mass = m − a 2 2 9π I y, mass = I y′, mass + mz 2 16 2 1 I y′, mass = m − a 2 4 9π ) PROBLEM 9.137 A 0.1-in-thick piece of sheet metal is cut and bent into the machine component shown. Knowing that the specific weight of steel is 0.284 lb / in 3 , determine the moment of inertia of the component with respect to each of the coordinate axes. SOLUTION m1 = ρV = = γ g tA 0.284 lb/in 3 ( 0.10 in.)( 38 in.)( 24 in.) 32.2 ft/s 2 = 0.80438 lb ⋅ s 2 /ft m2 = 1 0.284 ( 0.1 in.) ( 38 in.)( 24 in.) 32.2 2 = 0.402186 lb ⋅ s 2 /ft m3 = π 0.284 ( 0.1 in.) ( 24 in.)2 = 0.39900 lb ⋅ s 2/ft 32.2 4 Using Fig. 9.28 for component 1 and the equations derived for components 2 and 3, have I x = ( I x )1 + ( I x )2 + ( I x )3 1 24 2 24 2 2 2 = 0.80438 lb ⋅ s 2 /ft + ft + 0.402186 lb ⋅ s /ft 12 12 2 × 12 ( ) ( ) 1 24 2 24 2 2 + ft 3 × 12 18 12 1 24 2 + 0.39900 lb ⋅ s 2 /ft ft 2 2 12 ( ) = (1.0725 + 0.26812 + 0.7980 ) lb ⋅ ft ⋅ s 2 = 2.13862 lb ⋅ ft ⋅ s 2 or I x = 2.14 lb ⋅ ft ⋅ s 2 PROBLEM 9.137 CONTINUED Also ( )1 + ( I y )2 + ( I y )3 Iy = Iy 1 38 2 24 2 38 2 24 2 2 = 0.80438 lb ⋅ s 2 /ft + ft 2 + + ft 12 2 × 12 2 × 12 12 12 ( ) 1 38 2 38 2 2 + 0.402186 lb ⋅ s 2/ft + ft 3 × 12 18 12 ( ) 1 24 2 + 0.39900 lb ⋅ s 2 /ft ft 2 4 12 ( ) = ( 3.76122 + 0.672172 + 0.3990 ) lb ⋅ ft ⋅ s 2 = 4.83234 lb ⋅ ft ⋅ s 2 or I y = 4.83 lb ⋅ ft ⋅ s 2 I z = ( I z )1 + ( I z )2 + ( I z )3 1 38 2 38 2 2 = 0.80438 lb ⋅ s 2 /ft + ft 2 × 12 12 12 ( ) 1 38 2 24 2 38 2 24 2 2 + 0.401286 lb ⋅ s 2/ft + + + ft × × 18 12 12 3 12 3 12 ( ) 1 24 2 + 0.3990 lb ⋅ s 2 /ft ft 2 4 12 ( ) = ( 2.68871 + 0.940296 + 0.3990 ) lb ⋅ ft ⋅ s 2 = 4.0280 lb ⋅ ft ⋅ s 2 or I z = 4.03 lb ⋅ ft ⋅ s 2 PROBLEM 9.138 A 3-mm-thick piece of sheet metal is cut and bent into the machine component shown. Knowing that the density of steel is 7850 kg / m3 , determine the moment of inertia of the component with respect to each of the coordinate axes. SOLUTION First compute the mass of each component. Have m = ρ stV = ρ st tA ( ) m1 = 7850 kg/m3 ( 0.003 m )( 0.70 m )( 0.780 m ) = 12.858 kg π 2 m2 = 7850 kg/m3 ( 0.003 m ) ( 0.39 m ) = 5.6265 kg 2 ( ) 1 m3 = 7850 kg/m3 ( 0.003 m ) ( 0.780 m )( 0.3 m ) = 2.7554 kg 2 ( ) Using Fig. 9-28 for component 1 and the equations derived above for components 2 and 3 have I x = ( I x )1 + ( I x )2 + ( I x )3 2 1 2 0.78 2 = (12.858 kg ) ( 0.78 ) + m 2 12 2 1 16 2 4 × 0.39 2 2 + ( 5.6265 kg ) − + + 0.39 0.39 m ( ) ( ) 2 2 9π 3π 2 2 2 2 0.78 1 0.30 2 + ( 2.7554 kg ) ( 0.78 ) + ( 0.30 ) + + m 3 18 3 = ( 2.6076 + 1.2836 + 0.3207 ) kg ⋅ m 2 = 4.2119 kg ⋅ m 2 or I x = 4.21 kg ⋅ m 2 PROBLEM 9.138 CONTINUED And ( )1 + ( I y )2 + ( I y )3 Iy = Iy 1 2 2 2 2 1 = (12.858 kg ) ( 0.7 ) + ( 0.78 ) + ( 0.7 ) + ( 0.78 ) m 2 12 4 2 2 1 + ( 5.6265 kg ) ( 0.39 ) + ( 0.39 ) m 2 4 2 1 2 2 0.78 4 + ( 2.7554 kg ) ( 0.78 ) + ( 0.7 ) + m 18 3 = ( 4.7077 + 1.0697 + 1.6295 ) kg ⋅ m 2 = 7.4069 kg ⋅ m 2 or I y = 7.41 kg ⋅ m 2 And I z = ( I z )1 + ( I z )2 + ( I z )3 1 2 1 = (12.858 kg ) ( 0.7 ) + m2 12 4 2 1 + ( 5.6265 kg ) ( 0.39 ) m 2 4 2 1 2 2 0.30 2 + ( 2.7554 kg ) ( 0.3) + ( 0.70 ) + m 3 18 = ( 2.1001 + 0.21395 + 1.39145 ) kg ⋅ m 2 = 3.7055 kg ⋅ m 2 or I z = 3.71 kg ⋅ m 2 PROBLEM 9.139 The cover of an electronic device is formed from sheet aluminum that is 2 mm thick. Determine the mass moment of inertia of the cover with respect to each of the coordinate axes. (The density of aluminum is 2770 kg / m3 .) SOLUTION m = ρV Have ( ) m1 = 2770 kg/m3 ( 0.002 m )( 0.048 m )( 0.06 m ) Now = 0.015955 kg ( ) m2 = 2770 kg/m3 ( 0.002 m )( 0.06 m )( 0.124 m ) = 0.041218 kg ( ) m3 = 2770 kg/m3 ( 0.002 m )( 0.048 m )( 0.124 m ) = 0.032974 kg Using Fig. 9.28 and the parallel axis theorem, have I x = ( I x )1 + ( I x )2 + ( I x )3 + ( I x )4 and ( I x )3 = ( I x ) 4 1 1 2 1 2 1 = ( 0.015955 kg ) ( 0.048 ) + m 2 + ( 0.041218 kg ) ( 0.124 ) + m2 12 4 12 4 1 2 2 1 + 2 ( 0.032974 kg ) ( 0.048 ) + ( 0.124 ) + m2 12 4 ( ) = 0.012253 × 10−3 + 0.211256 × 10−3 + 0.388654 × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 = 0.61216 × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 or I x = 0.612 × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 W PROBLEM 9.139 CONTINUED ( )1 + ( I y )2 + ( I y )3 + ( I y )4 Iy = Iy 2 2 2 1 1 = ( 0.015955 kg ) ( 0.06 ) m 2 + ( 0.041218 kg ) ( 0.06 ) + ( 0.124 ) m 2 3 3 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 + ( 0.032974 kg ) ( 0.124 ) m 2 + ( 0.032974 kg ) ( 0.124 ) + ( 0.06 ) + ( 0.124 ) m 2 3 12 4 = ( 0.019146 + 0.260718 + 0.16900 + 0.287709 ) × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 = 0.73657 × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 or I y = 0.737 × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 W I z = ( I z )1 + ( I z )2 + ( I z )3 + ( I z )4 2 2 1 2 1 = ( 0.015955 kg ) ( 0.06 ) + ( 0.048 ) m 2 + ( 0.041218 kg ) ( 0.06 ) m 2 3 3 1 2 1 2 2 + ( 0.032974 kg ) ( 0.048 ) m 2 + ( 0.032974 kg ) ( 0.048 ) + ( 0.06 ) m 2 3 3 = ( 0.031399 + 0.049462 + 0.025324 + 0.14403) × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 = 0.250215 × 103 kg ⋅ m 2 or I z = 0.250 × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 W PROBLEM 9.140 A framing anchor is formed of 2-mm-thick galvanized steel. Determine the mass moment of inertia of the anchor with respect to each of the coordinate exes. (The density of galvanized steel is 7530 kg/m3.) SOLUTION First compute the mass of each component m = ρV = ρ At Have Now ( ) = ( 7530 kg/m ) ( 0.002 m )( 0.045 m )( 0.020 m ) = 0.013554 kg m1 = 7530 kg/m3 ( 0.002 m )( 0.045 m )( 0.070 m ) = 0.047439 kg m2 3 ( ) m3 = 7530 kg/m3 ( 0.002 m ) × 1 ( 0.04 m )( 0.095 m ) = 0.028614 kg 2 Using Fig. 9.28 for components 1 and 2 and the equations derived above for components 3, have I x = ( I x )1 + ( I x )2 + ( I x )3 2 2 2 2 1 1 = ( 0.047439 kg ) ( 0.07 ) m 2 + ( 0.013554 kg ) ( 0.020 ) + ( 0.07 ) + ( 0.01) m 2 3 12 1 2 2 2 2 1 + ( 0.028614 kg ) ( 0.095 ) + ( 0.04 ) + ( 2 × 0.095 ) + ( 0.040 ) m 2 9 18 = ( 0.077484 + 0.068222 + 0.136751) × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 = 0.282457 × 10 −3 kg ⋅ m 2 or I x = 0.2825 × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 W PROBLEM 9.140 CONTINUED ( )1 + ( I y )2 + ( I y )3 Iy = Iy 2 2 2 1 1 = ( 0.047439 kg ) ( 0.045 ) m 2 + ( 0.013554 kg ) ( 0.045 ) + ( 0.02 ) m 2 3 3 1 2 2 2 1 + ( 0.028614 kg ) ( 0.04 ) ( 0.045 ) + ( 0.04 ) m 2 9 18 = ( 0.03202 + 0.010956 + 0.065574 ) × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 = 0.10855 × 103 kg ⋅ m 2 or I y = 0.1086 × 103 kg ⋅ m 2 W I z = ( I z )1 + ( I z )2 + ( I z )3 2 2 1 21 2 = ( 0.047439 kg ) ( 0.045 ) + ( 0.070 ) m 2 + ( 0.013554 kg ) ( 0.045 ) + ( 0.070 ) m 2 3 3 2 1 2 2 2 2 + ( 0.028614 kg ) ( 0.095 ) + 0.045 + 0.095 m 3 18 = ( 0.0109505 + 0.075564 + 0.187064 ) × 10−3 kg ⋅ m3 = 0.37213 × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 or I z = 0.372 × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 W PROBLEM 9.141 A 2-mm-thick piece of sheet steel is cut and bent into the machine component shown. Knowing that the density of steel is 7850 kg/m3, determine the moment of inertia of the component with respect to each of the coordinate axes. SOLUTION m = ρstV = ρsttA Have Then m1 = 7850 kg/m3 × 0.002 m × ( 0.320 × 0.240 ) m 2 = 1.20576 kg m2 = 7850 kg/m3 × 0.002 m × ( 0.320 × 0.180 ) m 2 = 0.90432 kg 1 m3 = 7850 kg/m3 × 0.002 m × × 0.180 × 0.240 m 2 2 = 0.33912 kg 2 π m4 = 7850 kg/m3 × 0.002 m × ( 0.100 m ) 2 = 0.24662 kg Using Fig. 9-2B for components 1 and 2 and the equations derived above for components 3 and 4, have Now where I x = ( I x )1 + ( I x )2 + ( I x )3 − ( I x )4 1 3 ( I x )1 = (1.20576 kg )( 0.240 m )2 = 23.151 × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 ( I x )2 = 1 ( 0.90432 kg )( 0.180 m )2 3 = 9.7667 × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 ( I x )3 = 1 ( 0.33912 kg ) ( 0.180 )2 + ( 0.240 )2 m 2 6 = 5.0868 × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 PROBLEM 9.141 CONTINUED ( I x )4 = 1 ( 0.24662 kg )( 0.100 m )2 4 = 0.61655 × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 Then I x = ( 23.151 + 9.7667 + 5.0868 − 0.61655 ) × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 or I x = 37.4 × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 ( )1 + ( I y )2 + ( I y )3 − ( I y )4 Iy = Iy And ( I y )1 = 13 (1.20576 kg ) ( 0.320)2 + ( 0.240 )2 m2 where = 64.307 × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 ( I y )2 = 13 ( 0.90432 kg )( 0.320 m )2 = 30.867 × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 ( I y )3 = 16 ( 0.33912 kg )( 0.240 m )2 = 3.2556 × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 ( I y )4 = ( 0.24662 kg ) 12 − 916π 2 ( 0.100 m )2 2 2 4 × 0.100 2 + ( 0.160 ) + m 3π = 7.5466 × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 Then I y = ( 64.307 + 30.067 + 3.2556 − 7.5466 )10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 or I y = 90.9 × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 I z = ( I z )1 + ( I z )2 + ( I z )3 − ( I z )4 And where 1 3 ( I z )1 = (1.20576 kg )( 0.320 m )2 ( I z )2 = = 41.157 × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 1 ( 0.90432 kg ) ( 0.320 )2 + ( 0.180 )2 m 2 3 = 40.634 × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 ( I z )3 = 1 ( 0.33912 kg )( 0.180 m )2 = 1.83125 × 10−3 kg ⋅ m2 6 PROBLEM 9.141 CONTINUED 1 4 ( I z )4 = ( 0.24662 kg ) ( 0.100 m )2 + ( 0.160 m )2 = 6.9300 × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 Then ( I z )z = ( 41.157 + 40.634 + 1.83125 − 6.9300 ) × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 or I z = 76.7 × 10−3 kg ⋅ m 2 PROBLEM 9.142 The piece of roof flashing shown is formed from sheet copper that is 0.032 in. thick. Knowing that the specific weight of copper is 558 lb/ft3, determine the mass moment of inertia of the flashing with respect to each of the coordinate axes. SOLUTION Have m = ρcopperV = Then γ copper g tA m1 = m2 = 558 lb/ft 3 1 ft × 0.032 in. × ( 48 × 6 ) in 2 × 2 32.2 ft/s 12 in. 3 = 0.092422 lb ⋅ s 2 /ft Using Fig. 9-2B for components 1 and 2, have Now Then I x = ( I x )1 + ( I x )2 and ( I x )1 = ( I x )2 2 1 6 ft = 1.54037 lb ⋅ ft ⋅ s 2 I x = 2 0.092422 lb ⋅ s 2 /ft 12 3 ( ) or I x = 1.54 × 10−3 lb ⋅ ft ⋅ s 2 ( )1 + ( I y )2 Iy = Iy where 48 ( I y )1 = 13 ( 0.092422 lb ⋅s2/ft ) 12 2 = 500.62 × 10−3 lb ⋅ ft ⋅ s 2 and ( I y )2 = ∫ ry2dm where ry2 = x 2 + z 2 = x 2 + (ζ cos30 ) 2 2 6 + ft 2 12 PROBLEM 9.142 CONTINUED dm = ρ dV = and Then ( I y )2 = = γ copper g γ copper g γ copper g tdζ dx ( ) t ∫ 0L ∫ 0a x 2 + ζ 2 cos 2 30° dζ dx 1 t ∫ 0L ax 2 + a3 cos 2 30° dx 3 = 1 γ copper t aL3 + a3 L cos 2 30° 3 g = 1 m2 L2 + a 2 cos 2 30° 3 = 1 0.092422 lb ⋅ s 2 /ft 3 ( ( ( ) A = aL ) ) ( 4) 2 1 + cos 30° 2 2 ft 2 = 498.69 × 10−3 lb ⋅ ft ⋅ s 2 Finally, I y = ( 500.62 + 498.69 ) × 10−3 lb ⋅ ft ⋅ s 2 or I y = 999 × 10−3 lb ⋅ ft ⋅ s 2 I z = ( I z )1 + ( I z )2 where ( I z )1 = ( ) 1 48 0.092422 lb ⋅ s 2/ft ft 3 12 = 492.92 × 10−3 lb ⋅ ft ⋅ s 2 and ( I z )2 where rz2 = x 2 + y 2 and y = ζ sin 30° Then ( I z )2 = ∫ rz2dm 2 = ∫ x 2 + (ζ sin 30° ) dm 2 PROBLEM 9.142 CONTINUED ( )2 Similarly, as I y ( I z )2 = ( 1 m2 L2 + a 2 sin 2 30° 3 ( 1 = 0.092422 lb ⋅ s 2 /ft 3 ) ) 2 1 2 2 ( 4 ) + sin 30° ft 2 2 = 494.84 × 10−3 lb ⋅ ft ⋅ s 2 Then I x = ( 492.92 + 494.84 ) × 10−3 lb ⋅ ft ⋅ s 2 or I z = 988 × 10−3 lb ⋅ ft ⋅ s 2 PROBLEM 9.143 The machine element shown is fabricated from steel. Determine the mass moment of inertia of the assembly with respect to (a) the x axis, (b) the y axis, (c) the z axis. (The specific weight of steel is 0.284 lb / in 3. ) SOLUTION m = ρV = Have γ g V =